diff options
42 files changed, 34128 insertions, 12050 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po index b90b5234..1e889ff5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca.po +++ b/docs/installer/ca.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-28 09:40+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <>\n" @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 #, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1636,20 +1636,20 @@ msgstr "" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1658,12 +1658,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -1680,12 +1680,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1694,12 +1694,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " @@ -1711,40 +1711,40 @@ msgstr "" "(Ajuda)</guibutton>. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1822,12 +1822,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1837,12 +1837,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Els passos de la instal·lació" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ msgstr "" "veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ msgstr "" "habituals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "" "dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1891,17 +1891,17 @@ msgstr "" "Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sense interfície gràfica" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1913,7 +1913,7 @@ msgstr "" "consola." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " @@ -1930,12 +1930,12 @@ msgstr "" "instal·lació en mode text.<emphasis></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "La instal·lació es penja" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1950,12 +1950,12 @@ msgstr "" "d'altres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1968,6 +1968,21 @@ msgstr "" "la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> " "significaria 256MB de RAM." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2520,6 +2535,513 @@ msgstr "" "de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Seleccioneu el ratolí" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Els passos de la instal·lació" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Ús del carregador d'arrencada de Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Instal·lació mínima" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccioneu país / regió" diff --git a/docs/installer/cs.po b/docs/installer/cs.po index d8c1345d..6fd69ef5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs.po +++ b/docs/installer/cs.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-16 08:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: jui <appukonrad@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 #, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1364,20 +1364,20 @@ msgstr "" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1386,12 +1386,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -1408,12 +1408,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1422,12 +1422,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1435,40 +1435,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1546,12 +1546,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1561,33 +1561,33 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1600,17 +1600,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1628,12 +1628,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1643,12 +1643,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1656,6 +1656,21 @@ msgid "" "g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2125,6 +2140,509 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index 72a00a36..2446aa3c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Marc Lattemann, 2013 # psyca <linux@psyca.de>, 2014 @@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-10 13:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: psyca <linux@psyca.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n" +"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"de/)\n" +"Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,9 +30,11 @@ msgstr "Lizenz- und Veröffentlichungshinweise" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,31 +44,41 @@ msgstr "Lizenzabkommen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte " +"sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie mit der Installation weitermachen können." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution " +"von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie " +"mit der Installation weitermachen können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Weiter</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Weiter</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, " +"bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf " +"<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -77,7 +90,10 @@ msgstr "Veröffentlichungshinweise" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</" +"replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " +"<guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -90,27 +106,32 @@ msgstr "de" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere " +"Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke " +"oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der " +"nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -120,7 +141,9 @@ msgstr "Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht hergestellt ist" +msgstr "" +"Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht " +"hergestellt ist" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 @@ -130,38 +153,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." +msgstr "" +"Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch " +"die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, " +"die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL " +"können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -173,20 +198,33 @@ msgstr "Setzen des Administrator (root) Passworts:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht vertippt haben." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> " +"verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, " +"normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> " +"genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich " +"die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit " +"des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie " +"ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden " +"Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu " +"überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht " +"vertippt haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." +msgstr "" +"Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten " +"ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und " +"Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -199,29 +237,41 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit einem Computer macht." +msgstr "" +"Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der " +"Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen " +"zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit " +"einem Computer macht." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert " +"sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Wirklicher Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Wirklicher Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den " +"wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des " +"Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" +"emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der " +"Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -229,22 +279,32 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für " +"den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie " +"sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort " +"des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" +"emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den " +"Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt ein home Verzeichnis, was von systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber schreibgeschützt ist." +msgstr "" +"Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt " +"ein home Verzeichnis, was von systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber " +"schreibgeschützt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -252,14 +312,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." +msgstr "" +"Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte " +"Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch " +"schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen nun nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem Neustart einzurichten." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen " +"nun nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach " +"dem Neustart einzurichten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -267,12 +333,17 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie <emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle " +"zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - " +"Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie " +"<emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." +msgstr "" +"Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -285,7 +356,12 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren." +msgstr "" +"Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> " +"geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, " +"die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. " +"Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder " +"deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -293,7 +369,11 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." +msgstr "" +"Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</" +"emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert " +"ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine " +"wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -301,7 +381,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-" +"Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt " +"es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser " +"Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -309,7 +393,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die " +"Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor " +"hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -317,42 +404,49 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID (Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID " +"(Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm " +"zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe " +"solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer " +"Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den " +"Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Einhängepunkte wählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -360,46 +454,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. " +"Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht " +"zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</literal> (root)-Partition haben." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</" +"literal> (root)-Partition haben." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", \"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", " +"\"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], \"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], " +"\"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene " +"Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</" +"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können " +"sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> " +"für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/" +"home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach " +"das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -407,15 +518,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf " +"<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte " +"Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine " +"Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte " +"auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX " +"vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -425,9 +543,11 @@ msgstr "Desktopauswahl" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster " +"angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -435,14 +555,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des <guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." +msgstr "" +"Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine " +"Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -454,21 +579,30 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei <guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</" +"application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen " +"vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei " +"<guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der " +"vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen " +"wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger " +"Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye " +"Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Paketgruppenauswahl" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -477,7 +611,12 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die Gruppen fahren." +msgstr "" +"Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen " +"sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber " +"doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die " +"Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die " +"Gruppen fahren." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -499,127 +638,160 @@ msgstr "Grafische Umgebung" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" +msgstr "" +"Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu " +"können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung " +"<xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation anzupassen." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation " +"anzupassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das <guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das " +"<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um " +"die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen " +"USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die " +"gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies " +"tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann " +"diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht " +"ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, " +"um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende Einstellungen." +msgstr "" +"Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende " +"Einstellungen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox " +"einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "" +"Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine " +"Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale " +"Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." +msgstr "" +"Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass " +"alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -629,24 +801,32 @@ msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." +msgstr "" +"DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist " +"Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum auswählen:" +msgstr "" +"Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht " +"wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum " +"auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -669,7 +849,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich " +"nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte " +"handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -677,14 +860,21 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende Funktionalität bietet." +msgstr "" +"Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für " +"Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte " +"finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende " +"Funktionalität bietet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." +msgstr "" +"Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers " +"passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine " +"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -692,30 +882,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." +msgstr "" +"Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, " +"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über " +"die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Sie sollten dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun." +msgstr "" +"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Sie " +"sollten dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -724,19 +920,31 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass <application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die " +"Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren " +"alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-" +"System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " +"oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die " +"nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen " +"Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass " +"<application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie " +"glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre " +"Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -746,7 +954,14 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder <guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie <guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell einzustellen." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren " +"Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder " +"<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie " +"<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die " +"horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell " +"einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -758,7 +973,9 @@ msgstr "Unkorrekte Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm zerstören" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die " +"entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -766,19 +983,31 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während " +"der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie " +"Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine " +"Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie " +"mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts " +"sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück " +"und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test " +"zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich " +"mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres " +"Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie " +"verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -790,7 +1019,9 @@ msgstr "Auswahl des Monitors" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." +msgstr "" +"DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt " +"normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -799,15 +1030,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann " +"Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, " +"dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch " +"bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -818,10 +1056,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele Scanlinien dargestellt werden." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale " +"Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. " +"Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird " +"und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele " +"Scanlinien dargestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -830,7 +1073,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" +msgstr "" +"Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, " +"dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu " +"Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine " +"niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -842,7 +1089,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der Datenbank zu bestimmen" +msgstr "" +"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der " +"Datenbank zu bestimmen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -854,7 +1103,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" +msgstr "" +"Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und " +"Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor " +"anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -875,11 +1127,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ 60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ " +"60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die " +"Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber " +"benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. " +"Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -889,52 +1146,74 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die <literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." +msgstr "" +"Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine " +"Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/" +"boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die " +"<literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</" +"emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie " +"können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition " +"oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor " +"Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie " +"einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> " +"und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des " +"gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an (falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie " +"zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an " +"(falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, " +"ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." +msgstr "" +"Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen " +"Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:51 @@ -952,21 +1231,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." +msgstr "" +"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die " +"Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von " +"<application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten Festplatte(n)." +msgstr "" +"Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten " +"Festplatte(n)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -978,7 +1264,9 @@ msgstr "Verwende vorhandene Partitionen" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." +msgstr "" +"Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible " +"Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -988,9 +1276,11 @@ msgstr "Nutze freien Speicherplatz" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, " +"dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1000,9 +1290,11 @@ msgstr "Nutze den freien Speicherplatz einer Windows Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-" +"Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1010,7 +1302,11 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen Datenträger gesichert sind." +msgstr "" +"Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-" +"Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also " +"sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen " +"Datenträger gesichert sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1021,7 +1317,14 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." +msgstr "" +"Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-" +"Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" " +"sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt " +"heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden " +"sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem " +"zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, " +"die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1036,7 +1339,9 @@ msgstr "Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte Vorsicht walten lassen!" +msgstr "" +"Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte " +"Vorsicht walten lassen!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1044,7 +1349,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen " +"oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen " +"dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1054,9 +1362,11 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der Installation auf den Festplatten." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der " +"Installation auf den Festplatten." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1065,10 +1375,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" +msgstr "" +"Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle " +"der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das " +"Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. " +"Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. " +"Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit " +"einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit " +"folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1084,7 +1401,9 @@ msgstr "\"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl an Megabytes erstellt werden" +msgstr "" +"Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl " +"an Megabytes erstellt werden" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1101,8 +1420,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februar 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1125,10 +1443,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." +msgstr "" +"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung " +"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " +"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1139,64 +1460,84 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC " +"BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" +"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren " +"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" +"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " +"Anleitung zu verbessern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Herzlichen Glückwunsch!" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den Computer neu starten können." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</" +"application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den " +"Computer neu starten können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden ist)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den " +"Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden " +"ist)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." +msgstr "" +"Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das " +"von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1208,43 +1549,57 @@ msgstr "Viel Vergnügen!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia mitarbeiten wollen." +msgstr "" +"Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia " +"mitarbeiten wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatieren" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). " +"Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für " +"das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." +msgstr "" +"Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die " +"notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen möchten." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</" +"replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf " +"sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen " +"möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1253,14 +1608,23 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." +msgstr "" +"Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so " +"klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, " +"nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und " +"dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></" +"emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm " +"können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</" +"guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1273,14 +1637,20 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." +msgstr "" +"Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das " +"Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die " +"Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was Sie tun müssen." +msgstr "" +"Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene " +"Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was " +"Sie tun müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1295,75 +1665,86 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Hier ist der standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" +msgstr "" +"Hier ist der standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche Einstellungen vorzunehmen" +msgstr "" +"Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche " +"Einstellungen vorzunehmen" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:57 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die Enter Taste." +msgstr "" +"Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die " +"Enter Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "Ändere die Bildschirmauflösung durch drücken der F3 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:85 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1371,40 +1752,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1413,7 +1794,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1431,8 +1813,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1445,8 +1829,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1465,150 +1851,198 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der " +"linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren zusätzlichen Optionen haben." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen " +"Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren " +"zusätzlichen Optionen haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." +msgstr "" +"Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, " +"über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist " +"es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber " +"zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert " +"oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein " +"Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr " +"verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher " +"sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Keine grafische Schnittstelle" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</code> eingeben." +msgstr "" +"Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei " +"einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine " +"niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</" +"code> eingeben." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Die Installation friert ein" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig ist." +msgstr "" +"Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise " +"auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem " +"Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später " +"behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm " +"die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und " +"tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese " +"Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig " +"ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM Problem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein (siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware " +"einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein " +"(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den " +"Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den " +"korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</" +"code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualisierungen (Updates)" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder erweitert." +msgstr "" +"Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</" +"application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder " +"erweitert." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1616,67 +2050,91 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden sind." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu " +"laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn " +"Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden " +"sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" -msgstr "Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." +msgstr "" +"Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der " +"Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "" +"Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem " +"ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die " +"Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte " +"zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." +msgstr "" +"Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie " +"die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." +msgstr "" +"Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, " +"d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source " +"software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle " +"proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für " +"verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien " +"Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in " +"diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten " +"oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum " +"Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie " +"zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1687,9 +2145,12 @@ msgstr "Minimale Installation" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine " +"minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1698,14 +2159,22 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. <application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. " +"<application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer " +"spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie " +"diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe " +"<xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, X, ...)." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine " +"spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, " +"X, ...)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1713,34 +2182,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1749,7 +2221,12 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</guibutton> klicken." +msgstr "" +"DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems " +"durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX " +"entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen " +"und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</" +"guibutton> klicken." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1765,9 +2242,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zeitzone</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten " +"Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch " +"unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1779,7 +2259,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie " +"diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1789,18 +2271,24 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des Bootloaders." +msgstr "" +"DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des " +"Bootloaders." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." +msgstr "" +"Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie " +"Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></" +"xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -1810,9 +2298,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils " +"benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1824,19 +2314,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Dienste</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks (Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." +msgstr "" +"Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund " +"laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks " +"(Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern - ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." +msgstr "" +"Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern " +"- ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1853,7 +2349,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." +msgstr "" +"Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von " +"Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1865,7 +2363,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen oder einstellen." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen " +"oder einstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1875,10 +2375,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soundkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." +msgstr "" +"Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die " +"Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es " +"mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1887,22 +2390,27 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige einzustellen." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige " +"einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1921,14 +2429,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." +msgstr "" +"Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree " +"Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia " +"Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media " +"Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so " +"zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1941,13 +2455,16 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." +msgstr "" +"Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem " +"eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu " +"konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" msgstr "Fragen Sie Ihren Systemadministrator nach Ihren Zugangsdaten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1963,14 +2480,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sicherheitsstufe</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine Zwecke." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten " +"Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine " +"Zwecke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am geeignetsten erscheint." +msgstr "" +"Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am " +"geeignetsten erscheint." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -1982,50 +2504,65 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen wollen." +msgstr "" +"Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den " +"Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen " +"wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren Computer verwenden wollen." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. " +"Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren " +"Computer verwenden wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles erlauben (keine Firewall)." +msgstr "" +"Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles " +"erlauben (keine Firewall)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition" +msgstr "" +"Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um " +"Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Sicherheitsstufe" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2036,29 +2573,538 @@ msgstr "Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "" +"Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau " +"wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt <guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." +msgstr "" +"Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen " +"zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt " +"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Maus auswählen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Minimale Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Wählen des Landes / der Region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2066,14 +3112,21 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion des WLANs führen." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, " +"wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des " +"Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion " +"des WLANs führen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre Region." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " +"<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre " +"Region." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2082,7 +3135,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." +msgstr "" +"Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, " +"nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den " +"Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte " +"ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2093,14 +3150,24 @@ msgstr "Eingabemethode" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium hinzufügen." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine " +"Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem " +"Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) " +"einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, " +"Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und " +"Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer " +"dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können " +"installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium " +"hinzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2108,7 +3175,12 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</emphasis> ausführen." +msgstr "" +"Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, " +"so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres " +"Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</" +"emphasis> ausführen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2118,9 +3190,11 @@ msgstr "Installation oder Aktualisierung" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2131,7 +3205,9 @@ msgstr "Installation" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</application>-Installation." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</" +"application>-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2144,7 +3220,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die neueste Version upgraden" +msgstr "" +"Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen " +"auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die " +"neueste Version upgraden" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2152,31 +3231,50 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unsterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen" +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der " +"letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unsterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich " +"getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das " +"Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation " +"durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen " +"wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber " +"zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder " +"Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den " +"ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur " +"Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart " +"durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " +"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte " +"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das <emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache " +"hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum " +"Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " +"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das " +"<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2188,43 +3286,64 @@ msgstr "Tastatur" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-Tastatur verwendet." +msgstr "" +"DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. " +"Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-" +"Tastatur verwendet." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " +"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine " +"andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre " +"Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem " +"System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. " +"Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, " +"um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:" +"href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Tastaturbelegung</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf " +"<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und " +"wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen Liste gewählt wurde." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt " +"haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, " +"und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt " +"wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der " +"Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen " +"Liste gewählt wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2232,7 +3351,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so " +"sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den " +"lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2245,38 +3367,56 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte System." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für " +"Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen " +"auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> " +"verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte " +"System." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem " +"System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></" +"emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas " +"komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." +msgstr "" +"Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten " +"Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese " +"wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung zu wählen." +msgstr "" +"Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte " +"Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung " +"zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2284,52 +3424,68 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." +msgstr "" +"Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies " +"kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert " +"sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung " +"vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und " +"Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Maus auswählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine andere Konfiguration auswählen." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine " +"andere Konfiguration auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige " +"PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen" +"\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer " +"Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -2339,10 +3495,13 @@ msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -2350,75 +3509,97 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern." +msgstr "" +"Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem " +"Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</" +"emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber " +"erscheint, verändern." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt." +msgstr "" +"Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und " +"aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn vollständig umbenennen." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn " +"vollständig umbenennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der Standarteintrag vom System gestartet." +msgstr "" +"Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der " +"Standarteintrag vom System gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "" +"Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte " +"probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Haupt-Optionen des Bootloaders" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier ändern." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch " +"vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier " +"ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." +msgstr "" +"Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so " +"dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits " +"bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt " +"werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -2437,14 +3618,18 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." +msgstr "" +"Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master " +"Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme " +"installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als bootloader an." +msgstr "" +"Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als bootloader an." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -2452,14 +3637,18 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht von grub legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." +msgstr "" +"Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht " +"von grub legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Die besste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." +msgstr "" +"Die besste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der " +"Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -2470,41 +3659,62 @@ msgstr "Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite \"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, " +"dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite " +"\"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader " +"einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den " +"Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden " +"MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der " +"Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist eine Partition." +msgstr "" +"Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist " +"eine Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum Installationsbildschirm zurück." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu " +"überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum " +"Installationsbildschirm zurück." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen offen sind." +msgstr "" +"Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden " +"Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten " +"Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das " +"dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen " +"Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen " +"offen sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -2515,48 +3725,57 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten " +"Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken " +"Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das " +"Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. " +"Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." +msgstr "" +"DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei " +"der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die " +"Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-Laufwerke Sie haben." +msgstr "" +"Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-" +"Laufwerke Sie haben." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -2568,13 +3787,15 @@ msgstr "Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Soundkonfiguration" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -2582,7 +3803,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" +msgstr "" +"In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre " +"Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -2592,16 +3815,23 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder <command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie <guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" +msgstr "" +"Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach " +"der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder " +"<command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia " +"Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie " +"<guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf " +"<guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</" +"guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -2614,44 +3844,56 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer den Falschen ausgewählt hat" +msgstr "" +"Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</" +"guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden " +"ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer " +"den Falschen ausgewählt hat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf <guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf " +"<guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der Auswahl nicht sicher sind." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der " +"Auswahl nicht sicher sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen wollen." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und " +"jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen " +"wollen." diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 34a72622..606075a4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-28 07:16+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" @@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 #, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1668,32 +1668,32 @@ msgstr "" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1702,30 +1702,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " @@ -1737,40 +1737,40 @@ msgstr "" "κουμπιού F1 (Βοήθεια) δείτε <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1842,12 +1842,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1857,12 +1857,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" "οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ msgstr "" "όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1913,17 +1913,17 @@ msgstr "" "επανεκκίνηση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανές λύσεις" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ msgstr "" "<code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " @@ -1952,12 +1952,12 @@ msgstr "" "Τώρα συνεχίστε την εγκατάσταση σε λειτουργία κειμένου.<emphasis></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Πάγωμα της εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1973,12 +1973,12 @@ msgstr "" "κριθεί απαραίτητο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1991,6 +1991,21 @@ msgstr "" "code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> " "καθορίζει 256MB RAM." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2560,6 +2575,503 @@ msgstr "" "την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης της Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας" diff --git a/docs/installer/en/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/en/DrakX.xml index 42de6e29..f652bf74 100644 --- a/docs/installer/en/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/en/DrakX.xml @@ -25,9 +25,12 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/en/installer.xml b/docs/installer/en/installer.xml index da773cf5..d354d060 100644 --- a/docs/installer/en/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/en/installer.xml @@ -34,8 +34,7 @@ <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Installation Welcome Screen</title> </info> - <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia - DVD:</para> + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -65,8 +64,8 @@ <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: - <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware - Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> + <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and + <guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> <para/> @@ -110,13 +109,14 @@ Controller), it is about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> - <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options - displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default + options displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> <note> <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected - with the key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, however, they - are really taken into account.</para> + with the key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot + Options</guilabel> line, however, they are really taken into + account.</para> </note> <mediaobject> @@ -168,7 +168,8 @@ <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired - Network-based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia Wiki</link></para> + Network-based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia + Wiki</link></para> <warning> <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para> @@ -262,6 +263,17 @@ amount of RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" + format on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to + install Mageia on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the + Microsoft documentation: <link ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po index 3df87063..5bbe2463 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo.po +++ b/docs/installer/eo.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-16 06:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 #, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1579,20 +1579,20 @@ msgstr "" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1601,12 +1601,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -1623,12 +1623,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1637,12 +1637,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " @@ -1654,40 +1654,40 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1765,12 +1765,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1781,12 +1781,12 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "La instal-paŝoj" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ msgstr "" "la flanka panelo de la ekrano." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr "" "bezonataj elektoj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ msgstr "" "havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1834,17 +1834,17 @@ msgstr "" "Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Instal-problemoj kaj eblaj solvoj" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sen grafika interfaco" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ msgstr "" "utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " @@ -1871,12 +1871,12 @@ msgstr "" "daŭrigu la instaladon tekste. <emphasis></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instal-paneoj" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1890,12 +1890,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1907,6 +1907,21 @@ msgstr "" "la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple " "\"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2432,6 +2447,513 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Selekti muson" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "La instal-paŝoj" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Uzi la lanĉilon de Magejo" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Minimuma instalo" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Elektu vian Landon / Regionon" diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index d992cf4b..b852387b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 16:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 #, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1645,20 +1645,20 @@ msgstr "" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1667,12 +1667,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -1689,12 +1689,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1703,12 +1703,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " @@ -1720,40 +1720,40 @@ msgstr "" "Vea <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1831,12 +1831,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1846,12 +1846,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "" "seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1869,7 +1869,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" "que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1898,17 +1898,17 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" "code> en la terminal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " @@ -1937,12 +1937,12 @@ msgstr "" "texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "La Instalación se congela" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1957,12 +1957,12 @@ msgstr "" "con otras si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1975,6 +1975,21 @@ msgstr "" "cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría " "256MB de RAM." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2528,6 +2543,513 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Elección del ratón" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Instalación mínima." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccione su país / Región" diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po index 539c0d28..26f794ab 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et.po +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-02 18:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1622,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 #, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1630,20 +1630,20 @@ msgstr "" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1652,12 +1652,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -1674,12 +1674,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1688,12 +1688,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " @@ -1705,40 +1705,40 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>F1 (Abi)</guibutton>, vt ka <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1816,12 +1816,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1831,12 +1831,12 @@ msgstr "" "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ msgstr "" "külgpaneelil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ msgstr "" "vajalikud valikud." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1864,7 +1864,7 @@ msgstr "" "etappi põhjalikumalt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1885,17 +1885,17 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Graafiline liides puudub" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ msgstr "" "ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " @@ -1923,12 +1923,12 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Paigaldamine hangub" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1943,12 +1943,12 @@ msgstr "" "võtmetega." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1960,6 +1960,21 @@ msgstr "" "parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks " "<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2506,6 +2521,513 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Hiire valimine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Mageia alglaaduri kasutamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Minimaalne paigaldus" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine" diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index 22f263ee..fbddf5e4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-09 20:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dune <dune06@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1648,7 +1648,7 @@ msgstr "" "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1657,12 +1657,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" @@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ msgstr "" "personnelles :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" @@ -1679,21 +1679,21 @@ msgstr "" "différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" "Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur " "la touche Entrée." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1706,30 +1706,30 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "Modifiez la résolution de l'écran en pressant la touche F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "Ajoutez certaines options au noyau en pressant la touche F6." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1741,12 +1741,12 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- par défaut. Cela ne modifie rien dans les options par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ msgstr "" "détriment performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "cette option uniquement si on vous le demande." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "" "défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1874,12 +1874,12 @@ msgstr "" "org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Le clavier est Américain." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1888,12 +1888,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ msgstr "" "suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@ msgstr "" "supplémentaires moins communes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ msgstr "" "apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1943,17 +1943,17 @@ msgstr "" "pour redémarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Pas d'interface graphique" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'invite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1981,12 +1981,12 @@ msgstr "" "l'installation en mode texte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "L'installation se fige" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -2001,12 +2001,12 @@ msgstr "" "avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Problème de mémoire vive" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -2019,6 +2019,21 @@ msgstr "" "est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour " "spécifier 256Mo de RAM." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2576,6 +2591,507 @@ msgstr "" "Contrôle de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Sélection de la souris" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Installation minimale" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Sélection du Pays / Région" diff --git a/docs/installer/help.pot b/docs/installer/help.pot index 317a963c..ebbca47b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/help.pot +++ b/docs/installer/help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " @@ -1285,34 +1285,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live " "DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " @@ -1321,27 +1321,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1349,40 +1349,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1449,31 +1449,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have " "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " @@ -1481,14 +1481,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1501,17 +1501,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection " "screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using " @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be " "possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use " @@ -1529,12 +1529,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1544,12 +1544,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1557,6 +1557,21 @@ msgid "" "RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link " +"ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2010,6 +2025,490 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB " +"stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able " +"media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/id.po b/docs/installer/id.po index 1d804da5..f3fc084d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id.po +++ b/docs/installer/id.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-17 07:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: kiki.syahadat <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 #, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1635,32 +1635,32 @@ msgstr "" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1669,30 +1669,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " @@ -1704,40 +1704,40 @@ msgstr "" "(Bantuan)</guibutton> lihat <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1809,12 +1809,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1824,12 +1824,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Langkah-langkah instalasi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ msgstr "" "panel samping dari layar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr "" "terlalu dibutuhkan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ msgstr "" "penjelasan lebih tentang langkah yang sedang dijalani." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1879,17 +1879,17 @@ msgstr "" "bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Masalah Instalasi dan Kemungkinan Solusinya" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Tidak Ada Antarmuka Grafis" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ msgstr "" "pada baris perintah." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " @@ -1917,12 +1917,12 @@ msgstr "" "lalu tekan ENTER. Lanjutkan instalasi dengan mode teks.<emphasis></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instalasi Membeku" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1937,12 +1937,12 @@ msgstr "" "pilihan lain seperlunya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1954,6 +1954,21 @@ msgstr "" "menggunakan parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, di mana xxx adalah besar RAM " "yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2505,6 +2520,503 @@ msgstr "" "bagian <guilabel>Keamanan</guilabel> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Pilih mouse" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Langkah-langkah instalasi" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Gunakan bootloader Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Instalasi Minimal" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Pilih Negara / Wilayah Anda" diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po index 3f5bf6f9..3c2dde2c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl.po +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-18 18:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 #, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1651,20 +1651,20 @@ msgstr "" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1673,12 +1673,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -1695,12 +1695,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1709,12 +1709,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " @@ -1726,40 +1726,40 @@ msgstr "" "klikt, zie <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1837,12 +1837,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1852,12 +1852,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "De Installatiestappen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1866,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr "" "gebruikelijke opties." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ msgstr "" "uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1907,17 +1907,17 @@ msgstr "" "op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Geen grafische interface" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "" "resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " @@ -1945,12 +1945,12 @@ msgstr "" "druk vervolgens op de entertoets. Ga nu verder met installeren in textmodus." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Installatieblokkades" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1965,12 +1965,12 @@ msgstr "" "beide vorige gecombineerd worden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1983,6 +1983,21 @@ msgstr "" "hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan " "RAM." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2537,6 +2552,513 @@ msgstr "" "configuratiecentrum (MCC)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Muiskeuze" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "De Installatiestappen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Minimale installatie" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selecteer uw land" diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po index 52557fb5..8b7ad465 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl.po +++ b/docs/installer/pl.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-19 12:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Polish <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n" @@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 #, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1406,20 +1406,20 @@ msgstr "" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1428,12 +1428,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -1450,12 +1450,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1464,12 +1464,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " @@ -1481,40 +1481,40 @@ msgstr "" "(Pomoc)</guibutton> zobacz <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1592,12 +1592,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1607,12 +1607,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Etapy instalacji" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "lewej stronie ekranu instalatora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "" "używanych opcji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1663,17 +1663,17 @@ msgstr "" "zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Brak graficznego interfejsu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" "użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " @@ -1700,12 +1700,12 @@ msgstr "" "kontynuować instalację w trybie tekstowym." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Zawieszenie się instalacji" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1719,12 +1719,12 @@ msgstr "" "łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1736,6 +1736,21 @@ msgstr "" "parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej " "pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2226,6 +2241,512 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Wybierz mysz" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Etapy instalacji" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Minimalna instalacja" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index 3e0b58cd..dedc9d0a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 15:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" +"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -27,9 +28,12 @@ msgstr "Licenças e Notas de Lançamento" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -39,31 +43,38 @@ msgstr "Acordo de Licença" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os " +"termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</" +"application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, " +"clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. " +"Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -75,7 +86,9 @@ msgstr "Notas de Lançamento" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, " +"clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -88,27 +101,32 @@ msgstr "pt_BR" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "" +"Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode " +"adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A " +"fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção " +"durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -128,38 +146,41 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento NFS de instalação." +msgstr "" +"selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando " +"um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, " +"como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você " +"pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento " +"NFS de instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -171,20 +192,31 @@ msgstr "Definir senha do administrador (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a <emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." +msgstr "" +"É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> " +"definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a " +"<emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma " +"senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para " +"amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que " +"você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na " +"caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver " +"digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." +msgstr "" +"Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas " +"e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e " +"minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -197,29 +229,40 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o usuário médio faz com o seu computador." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o " +"superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar " +"aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o " +"usuário médio faz com o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone de usuários." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone " +"de usuários." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de texto." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de " +"texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de login é \"case sensitive\"." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do " +"usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de " +"login é \"case sensitive\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -227,22 +270,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha " +"do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força " +"da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das caixas de texto de senha do usuário." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa " +"de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das " +"caixas de texto de senha do usuário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." +msgstr "" +"Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo " +"legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -250,14 +301,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." +msgstr "" +"No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário " +"adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </" +"emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a reinicialização." +msgstr "" +"Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-" +"se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a " +"reinicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -265,12 +322,17 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador de Usuário </emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer " +"acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - " +"Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador " +"de Usuário </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." +msgstr "" +"As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -283,7 +345,11 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado." +msgstr "" +"Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma " +"tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está " +"adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de " +"convidado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -291,7 +357,11 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos importantes em um pendrive USB." +msgstr "" +"Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão " +"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> " +"será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos " +"importantes em um pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -299,7 +369,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os usuários normais." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou " +"desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um " +"convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os " +"usuários normais." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -307,7 +381,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o " +"shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as " +"opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -315,42 +392,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário " +"para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. " +"Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do " +"grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em " +"branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Escolha os pontos de montagem" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -358,46 +441,64 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você pode alterar os pontos de montagem." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se " +"você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você " +"pode alterar os pontos de montagem." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição <literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "" +"Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição " +"<literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", \"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", " +"\"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido" +"\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem " +"diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</" +"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo " +"pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</" +"literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou " +"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> " +"de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do ponto de montagem em branco." +msgstr "" +"Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do " +"ponto de montagem em branco." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -405,15 +506,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do " +"que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do " +"particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em " +"uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em " +"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) " +"partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -423,9 +531,11 @@ msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais para ajustar as suas escolhas." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais " +"para ajustar as suas escolhas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -433,14 +543,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides " +"durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser " +"desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -452,21 +567,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." +msgstr "" +"Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</" +"application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto " +"completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</" +"guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do " +"que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O " +"desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, " +"ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -475,7 +598,12 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o mouse é passado sobre eles." +msgstr "" +"Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você " +"precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante " +"autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um " +"está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o " +"mouse é passado sobre eles." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -497,74 +625,91 @@ msgstr "Ambiente Gráfico." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou remover pacotes manualmente." +msgstr "" +"Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou " +"remover pacotes manualmente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Escolha Pacotes Individuais" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para personalizar a instalação." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para " +"personalizar a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do <guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do " +"<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a " +"sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então " +"usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, " +"pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurar os seus serviços" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você inicializar seu sistema." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você " +"inicializar seu sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e ver todos os serviços nele." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e " +"ver todos os serviços nele." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -576,48 +721,61 @@ msgstr "A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas na caixa de informações abaixo." +msgstr "" +"Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas " +"na caixa de informações abaixo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." +msgstr "" +"Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você no mesmo fuso horário." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você " +"no mesmo fuso horário." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local " +"ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-" +"se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/" +"GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -627,24 +785,31 @@ msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente " +"identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "" +"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe " +"identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -667,7 +832,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" +msgstr "" +"Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque " +"ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar " +"um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -675,14 +843,19 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." +msgstr "" +"A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de " +"código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua " +"placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." +msgstr "" +"Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode " +"ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -690,30 +863,37 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." +msgstr "" +"Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para " +"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns " +"casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os seus primeiros reiniciam." +msgstr "" +"O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. " +"Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os " +"seus primeiros reiniciam." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -722,19 +902,31 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente <acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o <application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que a escolha é incorreta." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de " +"desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</" +"application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de " +"usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente " +"<acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico " +"funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam " +"ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o " +"<application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que " +"a escolha é incorreta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua placa da lista, se necessário.." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua " +"placa da lista, se necessário.." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -744,7 +936,13 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e vertical do seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor " +"a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou " +"<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se " +"você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e " +"vertical do seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -756,7 +954,9 @@ msgstr "Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a " +"resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -764,19 +964,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. <emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem " +"sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar " +"suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se " +"suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as " +"configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a " +"tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. " +"<emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais " +"segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por ativar ou desativar várias opções." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por " +"ativar ou desativar várias opções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -788,7 +998,9 @@ msgstr "Escolhendo seu Monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente identificará corretamente o seu." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente " +"identificará corretamente o seu." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -797,15 +1009,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode " +"danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem " +"conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, " +"consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -816,10 +1035,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de " +"atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização " +"vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização " +"horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -828,7 +1051,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de " +"monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu " +"equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma " +"configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -840,7 +1067,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." +msgstr "" +"É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -852,7 +1080,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "" +"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe " +"identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -873,11 +1103,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como 1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas seleções." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é " +"frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o " +"driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado " +"automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas " +"seleções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -887,47 +1123,64 @@ msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> " +"(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</" +"literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</" +"literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." +msgstr "" +"Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar " +"partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu " +"tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três deles." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento " +"detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três " +"deles." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições " +"no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." +msgstr "" +"Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em " +"seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de " +"montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -950,21 +1203,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as " +"soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde " +"instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." +msgstr "" +"As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do " +"conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -976,7 +1236,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizar as partições existentes" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." +msgstr "" +"Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com " +"o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -986,9 +1248,11 @@ msgstr "Usar o espaço livre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá " +"usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -998,9 +1262,11 @@ msgstr "Use o espaço livre na partição do Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o " +"instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1008,7 +1274,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" +msgstr "" +"Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da " +"Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de " +"ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1019,7 +1288,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." +msgstr "" +"Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A " +"partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado " +"corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido " +"desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos " +"da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É " +"altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1034,7 +1309,9 @@ msgstr "Esta opção utilizará a unidade completa para a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. Tenha cuidado!" +msgstr "" +"Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. " +"Tenha cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1042,7 +1319,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta opção." +msgstr "" +"Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já " +"tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta " +"opção." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1052,9 +1332,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) " +"rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1063,10 +1345,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" +msgstr "" +"Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao " +"invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de " +"hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi " +"testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um " +"erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos " +"o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento " +"alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1082,7 +1371,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espaço livre Antes (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um número par de megabytes." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um " +"número par de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1099,8 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Fevereiro 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1123,10 +1413,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz durante a instalação." +msgstr "" +"Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As " +"telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz " +"durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1137,64 +1430,83 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA " +"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc." +"biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " +"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Parabéns" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e " +"agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador (se você tiver mais de um)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de " +"inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador " +"(se você tiver mais de um)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." +msgstr "" +"Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua " +"instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1206,43 +1518,55 @@ msgstr "Divirta-se!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para a Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para " +"a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatação" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão salvos." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer " +"dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão " +"salvos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser formatadas." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser " +"formatadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que " +"você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1251,14 +1575,21 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas partições." +msgstr "" +"Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em " +"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</" +"guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à " +"tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas " +"partições." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em " +"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1271,14 +1602,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando possível." +msgstr "" +"Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia " +"foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando " +"possível." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." +msgstr "" +"A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o " +"instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1296,123 +1632,154 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências pessoais:" +msgstr "" +"A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências " +"pessoais:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" +msgstr "" +"A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua " +"escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:57 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "Use as setas para selecionar o idioma e pressione a tecla Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/" +"CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de " +"Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> " +"ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "Alterar a resolução da tela, pressionando a tecla F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:85 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "Adicione algumas opções de kernel, pressionando a tecla F6." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro entradas:" +msgstr "" +"Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando " +"uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha " +"chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro " +"entradas:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Padrão, ele não altera nada nas opções padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em detrimento de performances." +msgstr "" +"- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em " +"detrimento de performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de energia não é levado em conta." +msgstr "" +"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de " +"energia não é levado em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." +msgstr "" +"- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), " +"trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "" +"Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão " +"exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." +msgstr "" +"Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas " +"com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</" +"guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1425,12 +1792,17 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." +msgstr "" +"Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um " +"com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione " +"a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1439,12 +1811,18 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione <guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "" +"A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione " +"<guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista " +"de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de " +"inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1456,157 +1834,211 @@ msgstr "A ajuda é traduzida no idioma escolhido com a tecla F2." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" +msgstr "" +"Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em " +"rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos " +"na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em " +"rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "O layout do teclado é o americano." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "As etapas de instalação" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser seguido no painel lateral da tela." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser " +"seguido no painel lateral da tela." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões <guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente necessárias." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões " +"<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente " +"necessárias." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém explicações sobre a etapa atual." +msgstr "" +"A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém " +"explicações sobre a etapa atual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." +msgstr "" +"Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a " +"instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de " +"fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações " +"começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e " +"reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, " +"você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um " +"terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </" +"guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt " +"Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sem Interface Gráfica" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-texto)." +msgstr "" +"Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto " +"pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar " +"uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-" +"texto)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. " +"Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar " +"este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você " +"será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto" +"\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "A Instalação Congela" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle <code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." +msgstr "" +"Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema " +"com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware " +"pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle " +"<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser " +"combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "problema RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá especificar 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode " +"relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso " +"manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o " +"a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá " +"especificar 256MB de RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Atualizações" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." +msgstr "" +"Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, " +"alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1614,7 +2046,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." +msgstr "" +"Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-" +"los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, " +"ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1626,55 +2061,73 @@ msgstr "Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os " +"repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você " +"estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais " +"pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez que ele contém a base da distribuição." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez " +"que ele contém a base da distribuição." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware de vários cartões WiFi, etc." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são " +"gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software " +"de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório " +"inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware " +"de vários cartões WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo comercial, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob " +"licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é " +"que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns " +"países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários " +"arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo " +"comercial, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1685,9 +2138,12 @@ msgstr "Instalação Mínima" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na " +"tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1696,14 +2152,22 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente " +"para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de " +"trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, " +"combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a documentação e o X." +msgstr "" +"Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá " +"oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a " +"documentação e o X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1711,34 +2175,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumo de diversos parâmetros" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1747,7 +2214,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, " +"dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo " +"DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você " +"quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1763,9 +2234,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso horário</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma " +"preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1777,7 +2251,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Região</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a " +"configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1787,18 +2263,21 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciador de Inicialização</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." +msgstr "" +"DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" +msgstr "" +"Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -1808,9 +2287,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciamento de usuário</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus " +"próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1822,14 +2303,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serviços</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar certas tarefas." +msgstr "" +"Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no " +"background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar " +"certas tarefas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." +msgstr "" +"Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um " +"erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1851,7 +2337,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." +msgstr "" +"Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender " +"do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1863,7 +2351,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, tablets, trackballs, etc" +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, " +"tablets, trackballs, etc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1873,10 +2363,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placa de Som</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, mas nenhum deles é o padrão." +msgstr "" +"O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar " +"um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, " +"mas nenhum deles é o padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1885,22 +2378,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface Gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1919,14 +2415,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os repositórios de mídia Nonfree." +msgstr "" +"Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias " +"non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de " +"Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os " +"repositórios de mídia Nonfree." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu firewall para ver aquela interface também." +msgstr "" +"Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu " +"firewall para ver aquela interface também." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1939,14 +2441,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um serviço proxy." +msgstr "" +"Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a " +"Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um " +"serviço proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os " +"parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1961,9 +2468,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nível de Segurança</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos " +"casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1980,50 +2489,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." +msgstr "" +"Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os " +"patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." +msgstr "" +"Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas " +"opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." +msgstr "" +"Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partição" +msgstr "" +"Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partição" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar " +"espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nível de Segurança" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2034,29 +2555,536 @@ msgstr "Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." +msgstr "" +"Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de " +"segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Selecione o mouse" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "As etapas de instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Usando o Gerenciador de Inicialização da Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Instalação Mínima" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selecione seu país / região" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2064,14 +3092,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." +msgstr "" +"Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de " +"configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país " +"errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</" +"guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2080,7 +3113,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua escolha real." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, " +"depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma " +"primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua " +"escolha real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2091,14 +3128,23 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um " +"método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem " +"a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é " +"o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/" +"Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será " +"definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem " +"configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) " +"também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou " +"as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2106,7 +3152,11 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando \"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake (gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." +msgstr "" +"Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, " +"você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando " +"\"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake " +"(gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2116,9 +3166,11 @@ msgstr "Instalar ou atualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2129,7 +3181,9 @@ msgstr "Instalar" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</application>. ." +msgstr "" +"Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</" +"application>. ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2142,7 +3196,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a versão mais recente." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em " +"seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a " +"versão mais recente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2150,31 +3207,50 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda " +"suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi " +"exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já " +"tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor " +"fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</" +"literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para reiniciar." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível " +"reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que " +"a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, " +"o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito " +"bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito " +"certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as " +"três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, " +"pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para " +"reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você " +"pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de " +"escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " +"<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2186,43 +3262,59 @@ msgstr "Teclado" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." +msgstr "" +"DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado " +"adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " +"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. " +"Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas " +"especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. " +"Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também " +"pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</" +"guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você escolheu da lista completa." +msgstr "" +"Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</" +"guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do " +"teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode " +"ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você " +"escolheu da lista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2230,7 +3322,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." +msgstr "" +"Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma " +"tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os " +"layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2243,38 +3338,52 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o " +"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa " +"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão <guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, " +"para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão " +"<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser " +"difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." +msgstr "" +"Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um " +"deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será " +"marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." +msgstr "" +"Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é " +"aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2282,52 +3391,66 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela \"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." +msgstr "" +"A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela " +"\"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A " +"desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." +msgstr "" +"Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de " +"Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selecione o mouse" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode selecionar um diferente aqui." +msgstr "" +"Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode " +"selecionar um diferente aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 " +"ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais botões." +msgstr "" +"Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> " +"para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais " +"botões." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -2337,10 +3460,13 @@ msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -2348,75 +3474,95 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, " +"pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do " +"Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." +msgstr "" +"Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo " +"de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la completamente." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la " +"completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha durante a inicialização." +msgstr "" +"A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha " +"durante a inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." +msgstr "" +"Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não " +"tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização (bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização " +"(bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo " +"instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." +msgstr "" +"Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você " +"precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de " +"inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -2435,14 +3581,20 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los ao seu novo menu de inicialização." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) " +"GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já " +"tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los " +"ao seu novo menu de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." +msgstr "" +"A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização " +"opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -2450,14 +3602,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." +msgstr "" +"Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, " +"atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos " +"se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." +msgstr "" +"A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 " +"que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -2468,18 +3625,26 @@ msgstr "Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você " +"precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e " +"clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de " +"Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do " +"Gerenciador de Inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." +msgstr "" +"Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir " +"sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante " +"a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -2490,19 +3655,28 @@ msgstr "Para ficar claro, sda é um dispositivo, sda7 é uma partição." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de volta para a tela do instalador." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar " +"onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de " +"volta para a tela do instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em questão." +msgstr "" +"O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de " +"Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na " +"maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de " +"instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-" +"lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em " +"questão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -2513,66 +3687,78 @@ msgstr "Opções Avançadas do Gerenciador de Inicialização" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre adicional." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</" +"literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a " +"cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre " +"adicional." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Detecção de disco rígido" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de instalar os drivers necessários." +msgstr "" +"O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não " +"detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de " +"instalar os drivers necessários." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." +msgstr "" +"Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o " +"dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." +msgstr "" +"O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de Som" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -2580,7 +3766,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som " +"foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -2590,16 +3778,25 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar <command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da tela." +msgstr "" +"O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a " +"instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar " +"<command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de " +"Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar " +"em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da " +"tela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como resolver o problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de " +"problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como " +"resolver o problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -2612,44 +3809,55 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." +msgstr "" +"Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é " +"útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers " +"disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no <guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no " +"<guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua escolha." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua " +"escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco rígido." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar " +"todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco " +"rígido." diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po index dc0fd0a2..8d80786b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro.po +++ b/docs/installer/ro.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-07 10:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 #, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1651,20 +1651,20 @@ msgstr "" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1673,12 +1673,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -1695,12 +1695,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1709,12 +1709,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " @@ -1726,40 +1726,40 @@ msgstr "" "(Ajutor)</guibutton>, vedeți <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1837,12 +1837,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1852,12 +1852,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Etapele instalării" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1866,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr "" "mai puțin necesare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ msgstr "" "multe explicații pentru etapa actuală." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1906,17 +1906,17 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Fără interfață grafică" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " @@ -1944,12 +1944,12 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instalarea îngheață" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1965,12 +1965,12 @@ msgstr "" "opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1982,6 +1982,21 @@ msgstr "" "manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea " "corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2538,6 +2553,513 @@ msgstr "" "control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Selectați mausul" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Etapele instalării" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Se utilizează un încărcător de sistem Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Instalare minimală" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selectați țara / regiunea" diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index dd3c566c..9245c1a6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 14:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <saikov.vb@gmail.com>\n" @@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "Ниже приведено типичное окно приветствия Mageia DVD:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1671,18 +1671,18 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "С помощью первой страницы можно указать некоторые личные предпочтения:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" @@ -1691,21 +1691,21 @@ msgstr "" "можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" "Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и " "нажмите клавишу Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1718,31 +1718,31 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "Изменить разрешение экрана можно с помощью нажатия клавиши F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" "Некоторые параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F6." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1755,12 +1755,12 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Default (по умолчанию), не менять ничего в параметрах по умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "" "над быстродействием." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ msgstr "" "принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ msgstr "" "центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1797,7 +1797,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1890,12 +1890,12 @@ msgstr "" "link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры соответствует американскому английскому." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1904,12 +1904,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Шаги установки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1918,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" "показан на боковой панели экрана." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользуются не так часто, как основными." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ msgstr "" "относительно текущего шага." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1961,17 +1961,17 @@ msgstr "" "Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Проблемы с установкой и возможные пути их решения" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Нет графического интерфейса" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ msgstr "" "впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1999,12 +1999,12 @@ msgstr "" "и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Остановка установки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -2020,12 +2020,12 @@ msgstr "" "При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Проблемы с RAM (оперативной памятью)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -2039,6 +2039,21 @@ msgstr "" "оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ " "оперативной памяти." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2616,6 +2631,507 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Выбор драйвера мыши" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Шаги установки" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Использование загрузчика Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Минимальная установка" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Выбор страны и региона" diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po index 69ee3590..d7a00a1f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl.po +++ b/docs/installer/sl.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-09 19:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 #, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1356,20 +1356,20 @@ msgstr "" "\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1378,12 +1378,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -1400,12 +1400,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1414,12 +1414,12 @@ msgstr "" "\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1427,40 +1427,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1538,12 +1538,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1553,33 +1553,33 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1592,17 +1592,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1620,12 +1620,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1635,12 +1635,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1648,6 +1648,21 @@ msgid "" "g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2117,6 +2132,510 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Minimalna namestitev" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po index 9b146bb6..1663fe21 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq.po +++ b/docs/installer/sq.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-20 14:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ard1t <ardit.dani@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" @@ -1305,25 +1305,25 @@ msgstr "" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1332,12 +1332,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 #, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" @@ -1354,12 +1354,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1368,12 +1368,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " @@ -1386,40 +1386,40 @@ msgstr "" "welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1497,12 +1497,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" @@ -1512,33 +1512,33 @@ msgstr "" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1551,17 +1551,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1579,12 +1579,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1599,12 +1599,12 @@ msgstr "" "opsione të tjera të nevojshme." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1612,6 +1612,21 @@ msgid "" "g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2065,6 +2080,510 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Opsione Instalimi" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" @@ -2665,8 +3184,5 @@ msgid "" "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Opsione Instalimi" - #~ msgid "Kernel Options" #~ msgstr "Opsionet Kernel" diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index 724ebc4b..3f007250 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-10 16:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sv/)\n" +"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"sv/)\n" +"Language: sv\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sv\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,9 +30,11 @@ msgstr "Anteckningar för Licens och Utgåva" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,31 +44,39 @@ msgstr "Licensavtal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar <application>Mageia</application>." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-" +"distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din dator att startas om." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du " +"tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din " +"dator att startas om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -77,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Noteringar för utgåva" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se " +"vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -90,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "sv" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Val av medier (konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." +msgstr "" +"Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan " +"lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en " +"fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras " +"tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -130,38 +148,41 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller din egen NFS-installation." +msgstr "" +"Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att " +"välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser " +"som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna " +"som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller " +"din egen NFS-installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Hantering av användare och administratör" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -173,20 +194,29 @@ msgstr "Ställ in ett administratörs (root) -lösenord:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla <application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat <emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem." +msgstr "" +"Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla " +"<application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat " +"<emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet " +"i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende " +"på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du " +"måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du " +"inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord." +msgstr "" +"Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning " +"av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -199,29 +229,40 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella användaren gör med sin dator" +msgstr "" +"Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en " +"administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda " +"kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella " +"användaren gör med sin dator" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det att ändra användarens ikon." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det " +"att ändra användarens ikon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta fält." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta " +"fält." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens " +"inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga " +"namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -229,22 +270,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för " +"din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar " +"styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i varje textfält." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i " +"detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i " +"varje textfält." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp." +msgstr "" +"Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att " +"ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -252,14 +301,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad." +msgstr "" +"Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare " +"som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</" +"emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till en eller flera riktiga användare." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga " +"till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till " +"en eller flera riktiga användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -267,7 +322,10 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till " +"alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i " +"slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -285,7 +343,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto." +msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra " +"inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller " +"inaktivera ett gästkonto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -293,7 +354,10 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne" +msgstr "" +"Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar " +"till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde " +"spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -301,7 +365,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller " +"inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och " +"använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -309,7 +376,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, Dash och Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra " +"skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, " +"Dash och Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -317,42 +387,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du " +"lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad " +"du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också " +"ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet " +"vad du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Välj monteringspunkterna" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -360,46 +436,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra monteringspunkterna." +msgstr "" +"Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte " +"håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra " +"monteringspunkterna." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</literal> (root)-partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</" +"literal> (root)-partition." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", " +"\"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], \"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], " +"\"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och <literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din Cauldron-installation<literal/>." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i " +"rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och " +"<literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, " +"exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina " +"filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din " +"Cauldron-installation<literal/>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för monteringspunkten blank." +msgstr "" +"För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för " +"monteringspunkten blank." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -407,15 +500,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och storlek." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, " +"och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I " +"skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och " +"storlek." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera " +"partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -425,9 +525,11 @@ msgstr "Val av skrivbordsmiljö" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera ditt val." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera " +"ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -435,14 +537,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på <guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" +msgstr "" +"Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket " +"installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på " +"<guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -454,21 +561,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." +msgstr "" +"Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</" +"application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med " +"användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> " +"om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än " +"dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</" +"application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre " +"ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Val av paketgrupp" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -477,7 +592,10 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem." +msgstr "" +"Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver " +"för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information " +"för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -499,74 +617,91 @@ msgstr "Grafisk miljö." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt lägga till eller ta bort paket." +msgstr "" +"Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt " +"lägga till eller ta bort paket." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man gör en minimal installation." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man " +"gör en minimal installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Välj individuella paket" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din " "installation." -msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-" +"ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att " +"spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för " +"att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma " +"knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurera dina tjänster" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt " "system." -msgstr "Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att " +"expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -590,36 +725,45 @@ msgstr "Ändra bara på saker som du mycket väl vet hur du ska ändra." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma tidszon." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma " +"tidszon." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal " +"tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är " +"inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -629,24 +773,31 @@ msgstr "Välj en X-server (Konfigurera ditt grafikkort)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." +msgstr "" +"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " +"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" +msgstr "" +"Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet " +"vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -669,7 +820,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu " +"inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en " +"passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -677,14 +831,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller grundläggande kapaciteter." +msgstr "" +"Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen " +"källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt " +"kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller " +"grundläggande kapaciteter." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." +msgstr "" +"Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du " +"enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -692,30 +852,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från kortets tillverkares hemsida." +msgstr "" +"En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket " +"enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från " +"kortets tillverkares hemsida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du borde göra detta efter din första omstart." +msgstr "" +"Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du " +"borde göra detta efter din första omstart." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Ställa in X, grafikkort och konfiguration av monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -724,19 +890,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att <application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att valet är inkorrekt." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du " +"väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så " +"baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-" +"Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</" +"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan " +"grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-" +"inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att " +"<application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att " +"valet är inkorrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från listan om det behövs." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från " +"listan om det behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -746,7 +923,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från " +"listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</" +"guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt " +"ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -758,7 +940,9 @@ msgstr "Inkorrekta uppdateringsfrekvenser kan skada din skärm" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad " +"upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -766,19 +950,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte " +"alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina " +"inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina " +"inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer " +"att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till " +"konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills " +"testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra " +"sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att " +"aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -790,7 +984,9 @@ msgstr "Att välja din skärm" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." +msgstr "" +"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " +"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -799,15 +995,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som följde med din bildskärm." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din " +"bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet " +"vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som " +"följde med din bildskärm." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -818,10 +1021,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Anpassad</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer visas." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den " +"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den " +"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras " +"och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer " +"visas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -830,7 +1038,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm." +msgstr "" +"Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp " +"med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, " +"då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning " +"och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -842,7 +1054,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från databasen över skärmar." +msgstr "" +"Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från " +"databasen över skärmar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -854,7 +1068,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tillverkare</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" +msgstr "" +"Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket " +"du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -875,11 +1091,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som 1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara " +"datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-" +"drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en " +"gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -889,47 +1110,64 @@ msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste " +"du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. " +"Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE " +"ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." +msgstr "" +"Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa " +"partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och " +"även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det är tre stycken." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan " +"lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det " +"är tre stycken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på den valda lagringsenheten" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på " +"den valda lagringsenheten" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den eller töm den." +msgstr "" +"För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan " +"på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den " +"eller töm den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -952,21 +1190,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." +msgstr "" +"På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur " +"partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</" +"application> kan installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)." +msgstr "" +"Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på " +"layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -978,7 +1223,9 @@ msgstr "Använd existerande partitioner" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner blivit hittade och får användas för installation." +msgstr "" +"Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner " +"blivit hittade och får användas för installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -988,9 +1235,11 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymme" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda det till din nya installation av Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda " +"det till din nya installation av Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1000,9 +1249,11 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymmer på en Windows-partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan " +"installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1010,7 +1261,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!" +msgstr "" +"Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-" +"installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du " +"har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1021,7 +1275,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga filer." +msgstr "" +"Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. " +"Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt " +"när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte " +"är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att " +"användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga " +"filer." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1036,7 +1296,9 @@ msgstr "Detta alternativ kommer att använda hela disken för Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta försiktighet!" +msgstr "" +"Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta " +"försiktighet!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1044,7 +1306,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så ska du inte använda detta alternativ." +msgstr "" +"Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat " +"eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så " +"ska du inte använda detta alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1054,9 +1319,11 @@ msgstr "Anpassad" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/a disk/ar." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/" +"a disk/ar." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1065,10 +1332,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med följande inställningar:" +msgstr "" +"En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den " +"föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig " +"hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del " +"SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår " +"att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt " +"partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med " +"följande inställningar:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1084,7 +1358,8 @@ msgstr "\"Ledigt utrymme före (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1101,8 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "februari 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1125,10 +1399,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val du gör under installationen." +msgstr "" +"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna " +"handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val " +"du gör under installationen." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1139,64 +1416,83 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, " +"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Grattis" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att starta om din dator." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</" +"application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att " +"starta om din dator." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan " +"operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din " +"Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1208,43 +1504,54 @@ msgstr "Njut!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till " +"Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formaterar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering kommer att sparas." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på " +"partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering " +"kommer att sparas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner " +"som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1253,14 +1560,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner." +msgstr "" +"Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på " +"<guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> " +"och sedan på <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till " +"huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att " +"fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1273,14 +1586,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så enkel som möjligt." +msgstr "" +"Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias " +"installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så " +"enkel som möjligt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver." +msgstr "" +"Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att " +"starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1295,126 +1613,158 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:" +msgstr "" +"Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga inställningar." +msgstr "" +"Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga " +"inställningar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket för systemet) genom att trycka på F2" +msgstr "" +"Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket " +"för systemet) genom att trycka på F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:57 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "Använd pil-tangenterna för att välja språk och tryck på Retur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och <guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en " +"Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: " +"<guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och " +"<guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "Ändra upplösning genom att trycka på F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/installer.xml:85 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "Lägg till några kernel-alternativ genom att trycka på F6." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra poster:" +msgstr "" +"Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom " +"att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som " +"visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra " +"poster:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Standard, det ändrar inget i standardalternativen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på bekostnad av prestanda." +msgstr "" +"- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på " +"bekostnad av prestanda." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering beaktas." +msgstr "" +"- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering " +"beaktas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad." +msgstr "" +"- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det " +"handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden." +msgstr "" +"När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra " +"standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas dock ändå." +msgstr "" +"I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med " +"F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas " +"dock ändå." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1427,12 +1777,17 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen." +msgstr "" +"Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj " +"något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller " +"tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1441,12 +1796,18 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja <guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till listan med alternativ. Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja " +"<guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till " +"listan med alternativ. Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden " +"med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1458,157 +1819,208 @@ msgstr "Hjälpen är översatt i det valda språket med F2-tangenten." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)." +msgstr "" +"Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen " +"nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns " +"beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen " +"nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Tangentbordslayouten är amerikansk." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Installationsstegen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i sidopanelen på skärmen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i " +"sidopanelen på skärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha <guibutton>Avancerat</" +"guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare information om det nuvarande steget." +msgstr "" +"De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare " +"information om det nuvarande steget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." +msgstr "" +"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa " +"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en " +"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli " +"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan " +"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på " +"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner " +"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, " +"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problem vid installation och möjliga lösningar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Inget grafiskt gränssnitt" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten." +msgstr "" +"Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända " +"med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att " +"skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: \"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter installationen i textläge." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt " +"gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad " +"installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och " +"bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: " +"\"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter " +"installationen i textläge." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Installationen hänger sig" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra alternativ om nödvändigt." +msgstr "" +"Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem " +"med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska " +"hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, " +"skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra " +"alternativ om nödvändigt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM-problem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera " +"tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. " +"ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uppdateringar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade." +msgstr "" +"Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har " +"några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1616,7 +2028,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj <guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är ansluten till internet" +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj " +"<guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är " +"ansluten till internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1628,55 +2043,71 @@ msgstr "Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i nästkommande steg." +msgstr "" +"Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga " +"beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv " +"bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i " +"nästkommande steg." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att det innehåller basen för distributionen." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att " +"det innehåller basen för distributionen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även firmware till olika WiFi-kort." +msgstr "" +"Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. " +"Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd " +"källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv " +"patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även " +"firmware till olika WiFi-kort." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är " +"släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i " +"denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar " +"i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1687,9 +2118,11 @@ msgstr "Minimal installation" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på sidan för paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på sidan för " +"paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1698,14 +2131,21 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för " +"sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en " +"specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta " +"tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig " +"ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1713,34 +2153,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1749,7 +2192,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de " +"val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla " +"inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka " +"Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1765,9 +2212,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tidszon</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan " +"ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></" +"xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1779,7 +2229,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar " +"till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1810,9 +2262,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Användarhantering</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-mapp</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-" +"mapp</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1824,14 +2278,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tjänster</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa arbetsuppgifter." +msgstr "" +"Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. " +"Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa " +"arbetsuppgifter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt." +msgstr "" +"Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan " +"förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1853,7 +2312,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tangentbord</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord." +msgstr "" +"Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras " +"på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1865,7 +2326,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor etc." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor " +"etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1875,10 +2338,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ljudkort</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. " +"Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin " +"för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1887,9 +2353,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiskt gränssnitt</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1899,10 +2365,11 @@ msgstr "För mer information, läs <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>. #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1921,14 +2388,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i <application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat Nonfree-medierna." +msgstr "" +"Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner " +"som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i " +"<application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat " +"Nonfree-medierna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg att kolla detta gränssnitt också." +msgstr "" +"När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg " +"att kolla detta gränssnitt också." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1941,14 +2414,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en proxytjänst." +msgstr "" +"En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna " +"sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en " +"proxytjänst." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som du behöver ange här" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som " +"du behöver ange här" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1963,9 +2441,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Säkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är " +"standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1982,50 +2462,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Brandvägg</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det." +msgstr "" +"En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och " +"rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är beroende på vad du använder din dator till." +msgstr "" +"Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är " +"beroende på vad du använder din dator till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." +msgstr "" +"Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partitionen" +msgstr "" +"Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>-partitionen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra " +"utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2036,29 +2528,537 @@ msgstr "Här justerar du din säkerhetsnivå." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia Control Center." +msgstr "" +"Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera " +"dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia " +"Control Center." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Välj mus" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Installationsstegen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Använder en Mageia-uppstartshanterare" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Minimal installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Välj ditt land / region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2066,14 +3066,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." +msgstr "" +"Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av " +"inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel " +"land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</" +"guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2082,7 +3087,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt riktiga val så ignorera detta.." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> " +"efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som " +"att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt " +"riktiga val så ignorera detta.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2093,14 +3102,24 @@ msgstr "Inmatningsmetod" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av paket." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en " +"inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare " +"att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). " +"IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien " +"och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska " +"språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så " +"användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra " +"inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander " +"funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av " +"paket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2108,7 +3127,11 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via \"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake som root." +msgstr "" +"Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du " +"få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via " +"\"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake " +"som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2118,9 +3141,11 @@ msgstr "Installation eller Uppgradering" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2131,7 +3156,9 @@ msgstr "Installera" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-installation." +msgstr "" +"Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-" +"installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2144,7 +3171,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av dem till den senaste utgåvan." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på " +"ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av " +"dem till den senaste utgåvan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2152,31 +3182,48 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som <emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som " +"<emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes " +"har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som " +"har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren " +"installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa " +"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en " +"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli " +"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan " +"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på " +"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner " +"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, " +"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från \"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta senare i installationen." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från " +"\"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka " +"ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta " +"senare i installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2188,43 +3235,62 @@ msgstr "Tangentbord" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk layout." +msgstr "" +"DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande " +"tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk " +"layout." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. " +"Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera " +"specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en " +"datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar " +"om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på <guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt tangentbord där." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på " +"<guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt " +"tangentbord där." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan." +msgstr "" +"Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</" +"guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och " +"det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan " +"säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt " +"tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2232,7 +3298,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout" +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer " +"du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan " +"Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2245,38 +3314,53 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val under installationen och för ditt installerade system." +msgstr "" +"Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din " +"kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val " +"under installationen och för ditt installerade system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter installationen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i " +"ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du " +"använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem " +"nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter " +"installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." +msgstr "" +"Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som " +"föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt " +"som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det " +"rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2284,52 +3368,64 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." +msgstr "" +"Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i " +"rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. " +"Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." +msgstr "" +"Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -" +"> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Välj mus" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-möss</guilabel> ett bra val." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-" +"möss</guilabel> ett bra val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler knappar." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> " +"för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler " +"knappar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -2339,10 +3435,13 @@ msgstr "Lägg till eller modifiera en post för uppstartsmenyn" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -2350,75 +3449,94 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att " +"klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av " +"starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard." +msgstr "" +"Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och " +"markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det helt." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det " +"helt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett val vid uppstart." +msgstr "" +"Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett " +"val vid uppstart." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör." +msgstr "" +"Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var " +"snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Huvudsakliga alternativ för uppstartshanterare" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är " +"automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny." +msgstr "" +"Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du " +"välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller " +"tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -2437,14 +3555,19 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny." +msgstr "" +"Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master " +"Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem " +"installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med GRUB legacy och Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med " +"GRUB legacy och Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -2452,14 +3575,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB (legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare används." +msgstr "" +"Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB " +"(legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare " +"används." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation." +msgstr "" +"Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är " +"tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -2470,41 +3598,56 @@ msgstr "Använder en existerande uppstartshanterare" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du " +"komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på " +"knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig " +"att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen tidigare, t. ex. sda7." +msgstr "" +"Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga " +"MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen " +"tidigare, t. ex. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten." +msgstr "" +"För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 tar dig tillbaka till installationen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att " +"kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 " +"tar dig tillbaka till installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga." +msgstr "" +"Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig " +"starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det " +"att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga " +"till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -2515,48 +3658,57 @@ msgstr "Avancerat alternativ för starthanteraren" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd fritt utrymme." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> " +"partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på " +"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid " +"varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd " +"fritt utrymme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Ställ in SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda och kan därför inte känna igen disken." +msgstr "" +"DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre " +"SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda " +"och kan därför inte känna igen disken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du har." +msgstr "" +"Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du " +"har." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -2568,13 +3720,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX bör då kunna konfigurera disken korrekt." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -2582,7 +3736,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan." +msgstr "" +"På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde " +"för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -2592,16 +3748,22 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan." +msgstr "" +"Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen " +"stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta " +"verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken " +"<guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på " +"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</" +"guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -2614,44 +3776,54 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har valt en felaktig drivrutin." +msgstr "" +"Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under " +"installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där " +"är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har " +"valt en felaktig drivrutin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på <guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på " +"<guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Bekräfta hårddisken som ska formateras" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken " +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla " +"partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken " diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po index cd748677..96e49db2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr.po +++ b/docs/installer/tr.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-01 01:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -1620,27 +1620,27 @@ msgstr "" "bulunmaktadır:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "İlk ekranda bazı kişisel seçenekler ayarlanabilir:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" @@ -1649,18 +1649,19 @@ msgstr "" "başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili seçebilirsiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "Ok tuşlarını kullanarak dili seçin ve Enter tuşuna basın." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1673,28 +1674,30 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "F3 tuşuna basarak ekran çözünürlüğünü değiştirin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "F6 tuşuna basarak bazı çekirdek seçeneklerini ekleyebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1705,12 +1708,12 @@ msgstr "" "seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Öntanımlı, öntanımlı seçeneklerden hiçbirinde değişiklik yapmaz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1719,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "" "seçeneklere öncelik verilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1728,7 +1731,7 @@ msgstr "" "alınmaz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1737,7 +1740,7 @@ msgstr "" "seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1747,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "" "değiştirir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1761,7 +1764,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:123 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1783,7 +1787,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:139 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1802,7 +1807,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:152 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1828,31 +1834,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda " "tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında " -"daha fazla bilgi için <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia " -"Wiki</link>sine bakın" +"daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>sine bakın" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Klavye düzeni Amerikan düzenidir." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Kurulum adımları" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1861,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "bölünmüştür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1870,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr "" "düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1879,7 +1884,7 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1901,17 +1906,17 @@ msgstr "" "tuşlarına aynı anda basın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Kurulum Sorunları ve Muhtemel Çözümleri" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafiksel Arabirim Yok" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1922,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr "" "<code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1932,17 +1937,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda " "metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama " -"ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:\" " -"kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve " +"ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:" +"\" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve " "ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Kurulum Donuyor" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1957,12 +1962,12 @@ msgstr "" "seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM sorunu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1974,6 +1979,21 @@ msgstr "" "parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade " "etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2524,6 +2544,507 @@ msgstr "" "Merkezi'ndeki <guilabel>Güvenlik</guilabel> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Fare seçin" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Kurulum adımları" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Bir Mageia önyükleyicisi kullanmak" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "En Ufak Kurulum" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Ülke/Bölge seçin" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index 9bb9b52a..820263fb 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 11:24+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-02 11:35+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" msgstr "Нижче наведено типове вікно вітання DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:41 +#: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1675,18 +1675,18 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:40 +#: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" msgstr "За допомогою першої сторінки можна вказати деякі особисті уподобання:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:52 +#: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" @@ -1695,21 +1695,21 @@ msgstr "" "мову) можна вибрати після натискання клавіші F2." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#: en/installer.xml:57 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:63 +#: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." msgstr "" "Скористайтеся клавішами зі стрілками, щоб вибрати потрібний вам пункт у " "списку, і натисніть клавішу Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " "Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" @@ -1723,31 +1723,31 @@ msgstr "" "обладнання</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:74 +#: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." msgstr "" "Змінити роздільну здатність екрана можна за допомогою натискання клавіші F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:86 +#: en/installer.xml:85 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:93 +#: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." msgstr "Деякі параметри роботи ядра можна вказати після натискання клавіші F6." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:95 +#: en/installer.xml:94 msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " @@ -1760,12 +1760,12 @@ msgstr "" "завантаження</guilabel>) з такими чотирма підпунктами:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:100 +#: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." msgstr "- Default (типовий), не змінювати нічого у типових параметрах." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:103 +#: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." @@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "швидкодією." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:106 +#: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." @@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "" "живленням), не брати до уваги параметри керування живленням." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:109 +#: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." @@ -1793,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" "центрального процесора, виберіть його, якщо маєте відповідні настанови." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:113 +#: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." @@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "" "показаних у рядку <guilabel>Параметри завантаження</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:117 +#: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " @@ -1895,12 +1895,12 @@ msgstr "" "link>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/installer.xml:174 +#: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." msgstr "Розкладка клавіатури відповідає американській англійській." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:178 +#: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" @@ -1909,12 +1909,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:185 +#: en/installer.xml:186 msgid "The installation steps" msgstr "Кроки встановлення" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:188 +#: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." @@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ msgstr "" "показано на бічній панелі екрана." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:191 +#: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." @@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "" "часто як основними." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:195 +#: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." @@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ msgstr "" "поточного кроку." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:199 +#: en/installer.xml:200 msgid "" "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " "possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " @@ -1966,17 +1966,17 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> одночасно, щоб перезавантажити комп’ютер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:214 +#: en/installer.xml:215 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Проблеми зі встановленням та можливі шляхи їх вирішення" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:220 +#: en/installer.xml:221 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Немає графічного інтерфейсу" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:225 +#: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1988,7 +1988,7 @@ msgstr "" "впишіть <code>vgalo</code> у рядок запиту." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:232 +#: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -2004,12 +2004,12 @@ msgstr "" "Enter. Встановлення буде продовжено у текстовому режимі." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:244 +#: en/installer.xml:245 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Встановлення зупиняється" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:247 +#: en/installer.xml:248 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -2025,12 +2025,12 @@ msgstr "" "потреби, цю команду можна поєднати з вищевказаними командами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:256 +#: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Проблеми з оперативною пам’яттю" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:259 +#: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -2044,6 +2044,21 @@ msgstr "" "об’єму оперативної пам’яті, наприклад <code>mem=256M</code> відповідає 256 " "МБ оперативної пам’яті." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:269 +msgid "Dynamic partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:272 +msgid "" +"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " +"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " +"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" @@ -2618,6 +2633,507 @@ msgstr "" "модуля <guilabel>Безпека</guilabel> Центру керування Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select and use ISOs" +msgstr "Вибір драйвера миші" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +msgid "Definition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +msgid "" +"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " +"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Classical installation media" +msgstr "Кроки встановлення" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +msgid "Common features" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +msgid "" +"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 +msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +msgid "" +"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " +"Hardware Detection Tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +msgid "" +"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +msgid "DVD dual arch" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " +"automatically according to the detected CPU." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +msgid "Xfce desktop only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " +"TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +msgid "It contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +msgid "Live media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +msgid "" +"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " +"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +msgid "They contains non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +msgid "Live CD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +msgid "KDE desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 +msgid "English language only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +msgid "32 bits only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +msgid "Live CD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +msgid "Live DVD KDE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +msgid "All languages are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +msgid "Live DVD GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +msgid "Boot-only CDs media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +msgid "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " +"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " +"local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 +msgid "" +"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " +"can't boot on a USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 +msgid "boot.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 +msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 +msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 +msgid "" +"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 +msgid "Media downloading and checking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 +msgid "" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " +"BitTorrent. In both case, a window give you some information, like the used " +"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " +"chosen, you can also see something like" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 +msgid "" +"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. If your ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " +"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " +"failure. Then this window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 +msgid "Check the radio button Save File." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 +msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +msgid "" +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 +msgid "" +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 +msgid "" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 +msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +msgid "" +"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. " +"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 +msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +msgid "" +"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " +"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " +"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 +msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +msgid "" +"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick " +"and use it to boot and install the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330 +msgid "" +"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in " +"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced " +"to the image size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 +msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using Mageia" +msgstr "Користування завантажувачем Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 +msgid "" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343 +msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 +msgid "Open a console" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 +msgid "Become root with the command su - (don't forget the final -)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +msgid "" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " +"or file manager that read it)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +msgid "Enter the command fdisk -l" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +msgid "" +"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " +"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +msgid "Enter the command: # dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +msgid "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc exemple: # dd if=/home/user/Downloads/" +"Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +msgid "Enter the command: # sync" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +msgid "Using Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +msgid "You can try:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +msgid "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mageia Installation" +msgstr "Мінімальне встановлення" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +msgid "" +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +msgid "" +"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Вибір країни і регіону" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po index f4b7b577..7a8fa527 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-02 11:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3521,12 +3521,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -3535,7 +3535,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -3545,14 +3555,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -3560,29 +3570,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -3591,52 +3601,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -3644,14 +3654,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -3659,17 +3669,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -3677,24 +3687,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -3705,12 +3715,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -3719,29 +3729,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -3753,12 +3763,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -3766,24 +3776,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -3791,12 +3801,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " @@ -3805,12 +3815,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -3820,23 +3830,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " "necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -4347,8 +4366,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -4360,11 +4379,12 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksound.xml:53 msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -4564,7 +4584,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -4635,7 +4655,7 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" @@ -4647,7 +4667,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" @@ -4694,29 +4714,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Configura DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " @@ -4724,12 +4751,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -4738,32 +4765,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" @@ -4771,17 +4798,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -4790,56 +4817,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " @@ -4847,69 +4874,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de.po b/docs/mcc-help/de.po index f4bf824c..0176de08 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 09:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3649,12 +3649,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -3663,7 +3663,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -3673,7 +3683,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." @@ -3682,7 +3692,7 @@ msgstr "" "role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -3690,29 +3700,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Die Spalten" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -3721,52 +3731,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -3774,14 +3784,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -3789,17 +3799,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -3807,24 +3817,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -3835,12 +3845,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -3849,29 +3859,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Das Menü" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -3883,12 +3893,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -3896,24 +3906,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -3921,12 +3931,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " @@ -3935,12 +3945,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -3950,23 +3960,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " "necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -4485,8 +4504,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -4498,11 +4517,12 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #: en/draksound.xml:53 msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -4708,7 +4728,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -4779,7 +4799,7 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" @@ -4791,7 +4811,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" @@ -4840,22 +4860,29 @@ msgstr "" "role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "DHCP konfigurieren" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." @@ -4864,7 +4891,7 @@ msgstr "" "role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " @@ -4872,12 +4899,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -4886,32 +4913,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" @@ -4919,17 +4946,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -4938,56 +4965,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " @@ -4995,69 +5022,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el.po b/docs/mcc-help/el.po index 1a602c6c..8acd9e97 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/el.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/el.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 17:13+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitris Tsiamasiotis <dtsiamasiotis@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <i18n-el@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -2426,7 +2426,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" "Θα σας ζητηθεί ο κωδικός PIN. Αφήστε το κενό αν δεν απαιτείται κωδικός PIN." @@ -4360,12 +4361,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -4374,7 +4375,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -4384,14 +4395,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -4399,29 +4410,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Οι στήλες" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Ενημέρωση στήλης:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -4430,52 +4441,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -4483,14 +4494,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -4498,17 +4509,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Τα κουμπιά στα δεξιά" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -4516,24 +4527,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -4544,12 +4555,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -4558,29 +4569,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -4592,12 +4603,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -4609,12 +4620,12 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" @@ -4624,12 +4635,12 @@ msgstr "" "εμφανίζεται:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -4637,12 +4648,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " @@ -4651,12 +4662,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -4666,23 +4677,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " "necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -5204,10 +5224,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" msgstr "" +"Το κουμπί <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> παρέχει κάποιες επιπλέον " +"επιλογές." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 @@ -5219,11 +5242,12 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #: en/draksound.xml:53 msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -5432,7 +5456,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -5508,7 +5532,7 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" @@ -5521,7 +5545,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" @@ -5570,30 +5594,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 #, fuzzy msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " @@ -5604,12 +5635,12 @@ msgstr "" "εκκινηθεί και να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο από τη γραμμή εντολών." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -5618,34 +5649,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 #, fuzzy msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 #, fuzzy msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" @@ -5653,18 +5684,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 #, fuzzy msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -5673,59 +5704,59 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 #, fuzzy msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 #, fuzzy msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 #, fuzzy msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " @@ -5733,69 +5764,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconnect.xml index ff460054..9ac952dd 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconnect.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakconnect.xml @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ </listitem> <listitem> - <para>The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not + <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para> </listitem> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml index ee667a7e..f219ab93 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ </info> <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections --> + <!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is @@ -18,11 +19,17 @@ </mediaobject> <para><important> - <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also - known as repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the - media sources to be used to install and update packages and + <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources + (also known as repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select + the media sources to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button below).</para> - </important><note> + </important> <note> + <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or + CD) or a USB device, there will be a software source configured to the + optical media used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you + install new packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It + will have the media type CD-Rom).</para> + </note> <note> <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch @@ -122,7 +129,7 @@ repositories contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you - prefer to choose a specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a + prefer to choose a specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from the drop-down "File" menu.</para> <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para> @@ -155,7 +162,7 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/> + <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> @@ -200,6 +207,10 @@ configure it here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para> - </section> -</section> + <para/> + + <para>For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia + Wiki page: <link linkend="???"><link ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></link></para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/draksound.xml index 4c424c13..47db2ca4 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/en/draksound.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/en/draksound.xml @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ programs. It is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para> <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with - three buttons:</para> + two or three buttons:</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> @@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ </mediaobject> <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what - you are doing.</para> + you are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a + driver for your device.</para> <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml index eab06e30..495518aa 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml @@ -1,11 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<section version="5.0" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp" - xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" - xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" - xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" - xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" - xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" - xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp"> <info> <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">Configure DHCP</title> @@ -14,14 +7,17 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" format="PNG" - revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1"/> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> + <para><note> + <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for + the Net interafces</para> + </note></para> + <para>This tool<footnote> - <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis - role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para> </footnote> can help you to set up a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed before you can access to it.</para> @@ -46,8 +42,7 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" - format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2"/> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> @@ -60,8 +55,7 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" - format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3"/> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> @@ -75,8 +69,7 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" - format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/> + <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> @@ -91,8 +84,7 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" - format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5"/> + <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> @@ -105,8 +97,7 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" - format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/> + <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> @@ -119,8 +110,7 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" - format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/> + <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> </step> @@ -202,4 +192,4 @@ </listitem> </itemizedlist></para> </section> -</section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es.po b/docs/mcc-help/es.po index ec62668b..73ebb56c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-06 15:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: melissamorae <melimora14@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -2244,7 +2244,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "Es necesario un Número PIN. Dejar vacío si el PIN no es requerido." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3895,12 +3896,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -3909,7 +3910,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -3919,7 +3930,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." @@ -3928,7 +3939,7 @@ msgstr "" "escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -3936,17 +3947,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Las columnas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Columna Activar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." @@ -3956,12 +3967,12 @@ msgstr "" "no funcione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Columna Actualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -3970,45 +3981,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." @@ -4017,7 +4028,7 @@ msgstr "" "que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -4025,14 +4036,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -4040,17 +4051,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Los botones a la derecha" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Eliminar:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -4062,12 +4073,12 @@ msgstr "" "oficial del lanzamiento. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." @@ -4076,12 +4087,12 @@ msgstr "" "descargar y proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Añadir:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -4092,12 +4103,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -4106,29 +4117,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "El menú" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -4140,12 +4151,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -4153,24 +4164,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -4178,12 +4189,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " @@ -4192,12 +4203,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -4207,23 +4218,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " "necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -4756,10 +4776,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" msgstr "" +"El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras " +"opciones." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 @@ -4770,11 +4793,12 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #: en/draksound.xml:53 msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -4980,7 +5004,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -5051,7 +5075,7 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" @@ -5063,7 +5087,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" @@ -5112,22 +5136,29 @@ msgstr "" "escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Configurar DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." @@ -5136,7 +5167,7 @@ msgstr "" "escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " @@ -5144,12 +5175,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -5158,32 +5189,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" @@ -5191,17 +5222,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -5210,56 +5241,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " @@ -5267,69 +5298,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et.po b/docs/mcc-help/et.po index 8928408d..0ce262e5 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/et.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/et.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 09:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -2333,7 +2333,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" "Teie käest küsitakse PIN-koodi. Kui see pole vajalik, jätke see andmata." @@ -4286,12 +4287,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -4305,7 +4306,17 @@ msgstr "" "kirjeldust)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -4319,7 +4330,7 @@ msgstr "" "arhitektuurist (selle kohta kasutatakse nimetust noarch)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." @@ -4328,7 +4339,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -4338,17 +4349,17 @@ msgstr "" "\">Tarkvara.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Veerud" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Veerg Lubatud:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." @@ -4358,12 +4369,12 @@ msgstr "" "võivad ebasoodsal juhul tekitada isegi süsteemile kahju." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Veerg Uuendused:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -4378,12 +4389,12 @@ msgstr "" "media --expert.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "Veerg Andmekandja:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" @@ -4392,7 +4403,7 @@ msgstr "" "hoidlad sisaldavad vähemalt järgmisi andmekandjaid:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." @@ -4401,7 +4412,7 @@ msgstr "" "enamikku Mageia toetatud tarkvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" @@ -4410,7 +4421,7 @@ msgstr "" "mõningat mittevaba tarkvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." @@ -4420,12 +4431,12 @@ msgstr "" "sellise tõttu lubatud." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Kõigil andmekandjatel on 4 alajaotust:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." @@ -4434,7 +4445,7 @@ msgstr "" "need olid Mageia väljalaskepäeval." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -4446,7 +4457,7 @@ msgstr "" "aeglasevõitu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." @@ -4455,7 +4466,7 @@ msgstr "" "versioone, mis on tagasi porditud Cauldronist (Mageia arendusversioonist)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -4467,17 +4478,17 @@ msgstr "" "kontrollida." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Nupud paremal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Eemalda:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -4489,12 +4500,12 @@ msgstr "" "tuumiktarkvara (core) andmekandjal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Muuda:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." @@ -4503,12 +4514,12 @@ msgstr "" "allalaadimisprogramm ja puhverserver)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Lisa:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -4524,12 +4535,12 @@ msgstr "" "aga pakub rohkem valikuvõimalusi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Nooled üles ja alla:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -4543,17 +4554,17 @@ msgstr "" "ligipääsetavad hoidlad ettepoole asetada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Menüü" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -> Uuenda:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." @@ -4562,12 +4573,12 @@ msgstr "" "uuendada, ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -> Lisa kohandatud andmekandjate peegel:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -4587,12 +4598,12 @@ msgstr "" "nupule <guibutton>Jah</guibutton>. Ilmub järgmine aken:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -4603,12 +4614,12 @@ msgstr "" "loendi. Valige neist mõni ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -> Lisa kohandatud andmekandja:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" @@ -4617,12 +4628,12 @@ msgstr "" "tarkvaraarendajalt, mida Mageia otseselt ei toeta. Ilmub järgmine aken:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -4633,12 +4644,12 @@ msgstr "" "asukoht)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -> Globaalsed valikud:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " @@ -4651,12 +4662,12 @@ msgstr "" "uuendamisel, alati või mitte kunagi)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -> Halda võtmeid:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -4671,17 +4682,17 @@ msgstr "" "või nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, millega saab võtme kõrvaldada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "Olge siin, nagu kõigi turbeküsimuste lahendamisel, väga ettevaatlik" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -> Puhverserver:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " @@ -4692,6 +4703,15 @@ msgstr "" "masinanimi</guibutton> ja kui peaks vaja olema, siis ka " "<guilabel>Kasutajanimi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Parool</guilabel>." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -5306,9 +5326,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" msgstr "" "Nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub uus aken kolme " "nupuga:" @@ -5320,15 +5341,17 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" "Esimene nupp pakub täielikku valikuvabadust. Te peate ainult kindlalt " "teadma, mida teha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -5553,7 +5576,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -5624,7 +5647,7 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" @@ -5636,7 +5659,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" @@ -5685,22 +5708,29 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "DHCP seadistamine" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." @@ -5709,7 +5739,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " @@ -5717,12 +5747,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -5731,32 +5761,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" @@ -5764,17 +5794,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -5783,56 +5813,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " @@ -5840,69 +5870,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po index 27ba2f57..16ec0f1d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-09 22:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dune <dune06@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -2409,7 +2409,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" "Le numéro PIN est demandé. Laisser en blanc si ce numéro PIN n'est pas exigé." @@ -4400,12 +4401,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -4419,7 +4420,17 @@ msgstr "" "(voir le bouton <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ajouter</emphasis> ci-dessous)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -4433,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr "" "dépendants du système, ces derniers sont appelés noarch." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." @@ -4442,7 +4453,7 @@ msgstr "" "root :<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -4453,17 +4464,17 @@ msgstr "" "\"Configurer les sources pour installer et mettre à jour des logiciels\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Les colonnes" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Colonne Activé :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." @@ -4473,12 +4484,12 @@ msgstr "" "rendre votre système instable." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Colonne Mise à jour :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -4493,12 +4504,12 @@ msgstr "" "expert.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "Colonne Média :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" @@ -4507,7 +4518,7 @@ msgstr "" "finales sont structurés à minima en trois médias :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." @@ -4516,7 +4527,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponibles et supportés par Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" @@ -4525,7 +4536,7 @@ msgstr "" "libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." @@ -4534,12 +4545,12 @@ msgstr "" "qui peuvent être soumis à des droits dans certains pays." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Chaque médium possède 4 sous-catégories :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." @@ -4548,7 +4559,7 @@ msgstr "" "étaient le jour de l'édition de la version concernée de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -4559,7 +4570,7 @@ msgstr "" "devrait valider ce médium, même avec une connexion Internet très lente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." @@ -4569,7 +4580,7 @@ msgstr "" "cours de développement)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -4580,17 +4591,17 @@ msgstr "" "et l'équipe qualité valident les corrections." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Les boutons à droite" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Enlever :</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -4602,12 +4613,12 @@ msgstr "" "Core Release." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Éditer :</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." @@ -4616,12 +4627,12 @@ msgstr "" "et proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Ajouter :</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -4638,12 +4649,12 @@ msgstr "" "second est plus d'ordre pratique." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Les flèches haut et bas :</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -4656,17 +4667,17 @@ msgstr "" "version). Donc, si possible, placer en tête les dépôts les plus rapides." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Le menu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Fichier -> Mettre à jour :</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." @@ -4675,12 +4686,12 @@ msgstr "" "mettre à jour et cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Mettre à jour</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Fichier -> Ajouter un miroir de média spécifique :</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -4700,12 +4711,12 @@ msgstr "" "contact en cliquant sur <guibutton>Oui</guibutton>. Cette fenêtre s'ouvre :" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -4717,12 +4728,12 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Fichier -> Ajouter un média personnalisé :</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" @@ -4732,12 +4743,12 @@ msgstr "" "apparaît :" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -4748,12 +4759,12 @@ msgstr "" "(ou le chemin, suivant le type de médium)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Options -> Options générales :</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " @@ -4767,12 +4778,12 @@ msgstr "" "ou jamais)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Options -> Gérer les clés :</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -4788,18 +4799,18 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> pour refuser cette clé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" "Faire cela avec précaution, comme pour tout ce qui concerne la sécurité." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Options -> Serveur mandataire (proxy):</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " @@ -4810,6 +4821,15 @@ msgstr "" "et si nécessaire un <guilabel>nom d'utilisateur</guilabel> et son " "<guilabel>mot de passe</guilabel>." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -5446,9 +5466,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" msgstr "" "Le bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> affiche une nouvelle fenêtre avec " "trois boutons :" @@ -5460,15 +5481,17 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" "Le premier bouton donne une totale liberté de choix. Vous devez savoir ce " "que vous faites." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -5701,7 +5724,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -5780,7 +5803,7 @@ msgstr "" "fichiers du serveur web : pages web, documents." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" @@ -5792,7 +5815,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" @@ -5843,22 +5866,29 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> sous root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Configurer DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." @@ -5867,7 +5897,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sous root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " @@ -5878,12 +5908,12 @@ msgstr "" "l'assistant qui devra être installé avant de pouvoir y accéder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "Qu'est-ce que DHCP ?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -5896,32 +5926,32 @@ msgstr "" "une adresse IP et un masque de sous-réseau (source Wikipedia)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "Paramétrer un serveur DHCP avec l'assistant DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenue dans l'assistant du serveur DHCP." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Sélection de l'interface Réseau" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" @@ -5932,17 +5962,17 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Sélection de la plage d'adresses IP" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -5955,22 +5985,22 @@ msgstr "" "le bouton <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Une erreur possible..." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." @@ -5979,28 +6009,28 @@ msgstr "" "plusieurs fois et modifier l'anomalie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Quelques instants plus tard..." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "Ce qui a été réalisé :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "Installation du paquetage dhcp-server si besoin ;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" @@ -6008,7 +6038,7 @@ msgstr "" "code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " @@ -6019,62 +6049,62 @@ msgstr "" "nouveaux paramètres :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "réseau" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mask</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" @@ -6083,7 +6113,7 @@ msgstr "" "dhcpd/config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "Redémarrer <code>dhcpd.</code>" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id.po b/docs/mcc-help/id.po index 4f38eebf..9c6e018a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/id.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/id.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 09:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -2339,7 +2339,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" "Nomor PIN akan ditanyakan. Biarkan nomor PIN ini jika tidak diperlukan." @@ -4294,12 +4295,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -4312,7 +4313,17 @@ msgstr "" "(lihat tombol Tambah di bawah)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -4326,7 +4337,7 @@ msgstr "" "noarch sendiri pada mirror, tapi semua ada di media i586 dan x86_64." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." @@ -4335,7 +4346,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> sebagai root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -4345,17 +4356,17 @@ msgstr "" "\">Pengelolaan software.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Kolom" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Kolom Hidupkan:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." @@ -4365,12 +4376,12 @@ msgstr "" "Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Kolom Update:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -4384,12 +4395,12 @@ msgstr "" "media --expert.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "Kolom media:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" @@ -4398,7 +4409,7 @@ msgstr "" "berisi setidaknya:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." @@ -4407,7 +4418,7 @@ msgstr "" "yang didukung oleh Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" @@ -4416,7 +4427,7 @@ msgstr "" "tidak bebas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." @@ -4425,12 +4436,12 @@ msgstr "" "klaim paten di beberapa negara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Tiap media memiliki 4 rincian:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." @@ -4439,7 +4450,7 @@ msgstr "" "ini rilis." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -4450,7 +4461,7 @@ msgstr "" "bahkan dengan koneksi internet yang lambat sekalipun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." @@ -4459,7 +4470,7 @@ msgstr "" "dimasukkan dari Cauldron (versi berikutnya yang dalam pengembangan) ke sini." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -4470,17 +4481,17 @@ msgstr "" "kualitas membuktikan perbaikan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Tombol sebelah kanan" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Hapus:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -4491,12 +4502,12 @@ msgstr "" "karena semua isi paketnya ada di media resmi Core release." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." @@ -4505,12 +4516,12 @@ msgstr "" "downloader dan proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Tambah:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -4527,12 +4538,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"Tambah mirror media spesifik\" dari menu drop-down \"File\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Panah naik dan turun:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -4545,17 +4556,17 @@ msgstr "" "akan diinstall. Jadi jika mungkin, simpan repository paling cepat di atas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Menu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." @@ -4564,12 +4575,12 @@ msgstr "" "klik tombol <guibutton>Update</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Tambah mirror media spesifik:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -4588,12 +4599,12 @@ msgstr "" "dengan mengklik <guibutton>Ya</guibutton>. Jendela ini membuka:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -4604,12 +4615,12 @@ msgstr "" "yang tersedia di negara tersebut. Pilih lalu klik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Tambah media sesuaian:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" @@ -4618,12 +4629,12 @@ msgstr "" "didukung oleh Mageia. Sebuah jendela muncul:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -4634,12 +4645,12 @@ msgstr "" "tergantung tipe media)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Pilihan global:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " @@ -4652,12 +4663,12 @@ msgstr "" "update, selalu atau tidak pernah)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Kelola kunci:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -4672,17 +4683,17 @@ msgstr "" "dan klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk tidak mengizinkan kunci." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "Lakukan ini dengan hati-hari, karena ini berhubungan dengan keamanan" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " @@ -4693,6 +4704,15 @@ msgstr "" "proxy</guibutton> dan jika perlu <guilabel>Nama pengguna</guilabel> dan " "<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -5309,9 +5329,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" msgstr "" "Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> menampilkan jendela baru dengan tiga " "tombol:" @@ -5323,15 +5344,17 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" "Tombol pertama memberikan kebebasan untuk memilih. Anda harus tahu apa yang " "Anda lakukan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -5556,7 +5579,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -5627,7 +5650,7 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" @@ -5639,7 +5662,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" @@ -5688,22 +5711,29 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> sebagai root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Konfigurasi DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." @@ -5712,7 +5742,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sebagai root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " @@ -5720,12 +5750,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -5734,32 +5764,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" @@ -5767,17 +5797,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -5786,56 +5816,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " @@ -5843,69 +5873,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po index cf0ef759..e3521a7f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 15:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 24fede89 <24fede89@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -2013,7 +2013,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" "Verrà richiesto un codice PIN. Se non viene richesto tieni la sinistra." @@ -3613,12 +3614,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -3627,7 +3628,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -3637,14 +3648,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -3652,29 +3663,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -3683,52 +3694,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -3736,14 +3747,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -3751,17 +3762,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Il bottone sulla destra" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -3769,24 +3780,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -3797,12 +3808,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -3811,29 +3822,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Il menu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -3845,12 +3856,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -3858,12 +3869,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" @@ -3872,12 +3883,12 @@ msgstr "" "non è supportato da Mageia. Una nuova finestra apparirà:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -3885,12 +3896,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " @@ -3899,12 +3910,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -3914,25 +3925,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" "Fai questo con cura, come faresti con tutte le domande relative alla " "sicurezza." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " "necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -4451,8 +4471,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -4462,15 +4482,17 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" "Il primo bottone lascia totale libertà di scelta. Devi sapare quello che " "stai facendo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -4670,7 +4692,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -4741,7 +4763,7 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" @@ -4753,7 +4775,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" @@ -4800,29 +4822,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Configura server DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " @@ -4830,12 +4859,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -4844,32 +4873,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" @@ -4877,17 +4906,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -4896,56 +4925,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " @@ -4953,69 +4982,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot b/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot index 4c955222..89b64d27 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot +++ b/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 en/system-config-printer.xml:21 +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" @@ -1914,7 +1914,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3513,12 +3513,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -3527,7 +3527,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -3537,14 +3547,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -3552,29 +3562,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -3583,52 +3593,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -3636,14 +3646,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -3651,17 +3661,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -3669,24 +3679,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -3697,12 +3707,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -3711,29 +3721,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -3745,12 +3755,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -3758,24 +3768,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -3783,12 +3793,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " "(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " @@ -3797,12 +3807,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -3812,23 +3822,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " "necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -4337,8 +4355,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -4350,11 +4368,12 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksound.xml:53 msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -4554,7 +4573,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" @@ -4623,7 +4642,7 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -4633,7 +4652,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" "Take a second to check these options, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -4677,29 +4696,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " @@ -4707,12 +4733,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -4721,32 +4747,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " @@ -4754,17 +4780,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -4773,54 +4799,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " "<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " @@ -4828,69 +4854,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file " "<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po index 281e047d..997a569f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 09:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -2145,7 +2145,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3809,12 +3809,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -3823,7 +3823,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -3833,7 +3843,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." @@ -3842,7 +3852,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> te typen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -3850,29 +3860,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -3881,52 +3891,52 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -3934,14 +3944,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -3949,17 +3959,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -3967,24 +3977,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -3995,12 +4005,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -4009,29 +4019,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Het menu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -4043,12 +4053,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -4056,24 +4066,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -4081,12 +4091,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " @@ -4095,12 +4105,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -4110,23 +4120,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " "necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -4650,10 +4669,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" -msgstr "" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" +msgstr "De <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>knop geeft wat extra opties." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 @@ -4664,11 +4684,12 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #: en/draksound.xml:53 msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -4874,7 +4895,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -4945,7 +4966,7 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" @@ -4957,7 +4978,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" @@ -5006,22 +5027,29 @@ msgstr "" "\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> te typen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "DHCP configureren" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." @@ -5030,7 +5058,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> te typen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " @@ -5038,12 +5066,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -5052,32 +5080,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" @@ -5085,17 +5113,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -5104,56 +5132,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " @@ -5161,69 +5189,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po index db0f99ce..b2c041e0 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Flávio Monteiro <flaviomonteiro2013@gmail.com>, 2013 # Flávio Monteiro <flaviomonteiro2013@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -13,14 +13,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 15:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" +"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -33,8 +34,7 @@ msgstr "Acessar diretório e drivers compartilhados por WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -42,9 +42,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -52,13 +54,16 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia de Compartilhamento de Rede, rotulado <guilabel>Configuração WebDAV </guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia de Compartilhamento de Rede, rotulado " +"<guilabel>Configuração WebDAV </guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -72,7 +77,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> é um protocolo que permite a montagem de diretório de um servidor web localmente, para que ele aparece como um diretório local. É necessário que a máquina remota esteja executando um servidor WebDAV. Este não é o objetivo desta ferramenta para configurar o servidor WebDAV." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> é um " +"protocolo que permite a montagem de diretório de um servidor web localmente, " +"para que ele aparece como um diretório local. É necessário que a máquina " +"remota esteja executando um servidor WebDAV. Este não é o objetivo desta " +"ferramenta para configurar o servidor WebDAV." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -85,7 +95,10 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "A primeira tela da ferramenta exibe as entradas já configuradas, se houver, e um botão <guibutton>novo </guibutton>. Use-o para criar uma nova entrada. Inserir a URL do servidor no domínio da nova tela." +msgstr "" +"A primeira tela da ferramenta exibe as entradas já configuradas, se houver, " +"e um botão <guibutton>novo </guibutton>. Use-o para criar uma nova entrada. " +"Inserir a URL do servidor no domínio da nova tela." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -93,12 +106,16 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." -msgstr "Em seguida, você recebe uma tela com os botões de rádio para selecionar algumas ações. Continuar com a ação <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton>clicando<guibutton>OK</guibutton> depois de selecionar o botão de rádio, como o <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> já está configurado. No entanto, pode corrigi-lo, se necessário." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, você recebe uma tela com os botões de rádio para selecionar " +"algumas ações. Continuar com a ação <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</" +"guibutton>clicando<guibutton>OK</guibutton> depois de selecionar o botão de " +"rádio, como o <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> já está configurado. No " +"entanto, pode corrigi-lo, se necessário." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -108,17 +125,21 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "O conteúdo do diretório remoto poderá ser acessado através deste ponto de montagem." +msgstr "" +"O conteúdo do diretório remoto poderá ser acessado através deste ponto de " +"montagem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "No próximo passo, dê o seu nome de usuário e senha. Se você precisa de algumas outras opções, você pode informa-las na tela <guibutton>avançada</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"No próximo passo, dê o seu nome de usuário e senha. Se você precisa de " +"algumas outras opções, você pode informa-las na tela <guibutton>avançada</" +"guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -128,19 +149,27 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "A opção <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> permite que você monte de imediato o acesso." +msgstr "" +"A opção <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> permite que você monte de imediato o " +"acesso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "Depois que você aceita a configuração com o botão de rádio <guibutton>Feito </guibutton>, a primeira tela é exibida novamente e seu novo ponto de montagem está na lista. Depois de escolher <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, você será perguntado se deseja ou não salvar as modificações em <emphasis> /etc/fstab </emphasis>. Escolha esta opção se você deseja que o diretório remoto está disponível em cada inicialização. Se a sua configuração é para o uso de uma só vez, não salvá-lo." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"Depois que você aceita a configuração com o botão de rádio <guibutton>Feito " +"</guibutton>, a primeira tela é exibida novamente e seu novo ponto de " +"montagem está na lista. Depois de escolher <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, você " +"será perguntado se deseja ou não salvar as modificações em <emphasis> /etc/" +"fstab </emphasis>. Escolha esta opção se você deseja que o diretório remoto " +"está disponível em cada inicialização. Se a sua configuração é para o uso de " +"uma só vez, não salvá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -152,8 +181,7 @@ msgstr "Partilhe as partições do disco rígido" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -161,9 +189,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -172,14 +202,20 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Esta simples ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você, o administrador, para permitir que os usuários compartilhem partes de seus próprios diretórios /home com outros usuários de uma mesma rede local que pode ter computadores com Linux ou sistema operacional Windows." +msgstr "" +"Esta simples ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que " +"você, o administrador, para permitir que os usuários compartilhem partes de " +"seus próprios diretórios /home com outros usuários de uma mesma rede local " +"que pode ter computadores com Linux ou sistema operacional Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Pode ser encontrada no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia do disco local, chamado \"Partilhe as partições do disco rígido \"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser encontrada no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia do disco local, " +"chamado \"Partilhe as partições do disco rígido \"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -188,11 +224,20 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Em primeiro lugar, responder à pergunta: \"<guilabel>Gostaria que permite aos usuários compartilhar alguns de seus diretórios </guilabel>\", clique em <guibutton>Sem partilha</guibutton> se a resposta é não para todos os usuários, clique em Permitir que <guibutton>todos os usuários</guibutton> para todos os usuários e clique em <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> se a resposta é não para alguns usuários e sim para os outros. Neste último caso, os usuários que estão autorizados a compartilhar seus diretórios devem pertencer ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, que é criado automaticamente pelo sistema. Você será questionado sobre isso mais tarde." +msgstr "" +"Em primeiro lugar, responder à pergunta: \"<guilabel>Gostaria que permite " +"aos usuários compartilhar alguns de seus diretórios </guilabel>\", clique em " +"<guibutton>Sem partilha</guibutton> se a resposta é não para todos os " +"usuários, clique em Permitir que <guibutton>todos os usuários</guibutton> " +"para todos os usuários e clique em <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> se a " +"resposta é não para alguns usuários e sim para os outros. Neste último caso, " +"os usuários que estão autorizados a compartilhar seus diretórios devem " +"pertencer ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, que é criado " +"automaticamente pelo sistema. Você será questionado sobre isso mais tarde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -203,7 +248,13 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "Clique em <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, uma segunda tela aparece que pede para você escolher entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB </guibutton>. Verifique <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se o Linux é o único sistema operacional em rede, verifique <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se a rede inclui tanto máquinas Windows Linux e em seguida, clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Todos os pacotes necessários serão instalados, se necessário." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, uma segunda tela aparece que pede para " +"você escolher entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB </" +"guibutton>. Verifique <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se o Linux é o único " +"sistema operacional em rede, verifique <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se a rede " +"inclui tanto máquinas Windows Linux e em seguida, clique em <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>. Todos os pacotes necessários serão instalados, se necessário." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -213,24 +264,40 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "A configuração está concluída, a menos que a opção Personalizar foi escolhido. Neste caso, uma tela extra pede-lhe para abrir Userdrake. Esta ferramenta permite que você adicione os usuários autorizados a partilhar os seus diretórios para o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos. Na guia do usuário, clique no usuário a adicionar ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, em seguida, <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, Na aba Grupos. Verifique o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para mais informações sobre Userdrake, consulte <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>" +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"A configuração está concluída, a menos que a opção Personalizar foi " +"escolhido. Neste caso, uma tela extra pede-lhe para abrir Userdrake. Esta " +"ferramenta permite que você adicione os usuários autorizados a partilhar os " +"seus diretórios para o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos. Na guia do " +"usuário, clique no usuário a adicionar ao grupo de compartilhamento de " +"arquivos, em seguida, <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, Na aba Grupos. " +"Verifique o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos e clique em <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>. Para mais informações sobre Userdrake, consulte <link ns2:href=" +"\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "Ao adicionar um novo usuário ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, você tem que desligar e religar a rede para as modificações serem levados em conta." +msgstr "" +"Ao adicionar um novo usuário ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, você " +"tem que desligar e religar a rede para as modificações serem levados em " +"conta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "A partir de agora cada usuário pertencente ao grupo fileshare pode selecionar em sua / seu gerenciador de arquivos nos diretórios para ser compartilhado, embora nem todos os gerenciadores de arquivos têm essa facilidade." +msgstr "" +"A partir de agora cada usuário pertencente ao grupo fileshare pode " +"selecionar em sua / seu gerenciador de arquivos nos diretórios para ser " +"compartilhado, embora nem todos os gerenciadores de arquivos têm essa " +"facilidade." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 @@ -248,8 +315,7 @@ msgstr "NFS acesso compartilhado unidades e diretórios" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -262,9 +328,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -273,9 +341,16 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar alguns diretórios compartilhados para ser acessível a todos os usuários da máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isso é o NFS que está disponível na maioria dos sistemas Linux ou Unix. O diretório compartilhado será, portanto, disponível diretamente no boot. Diretórios compartilhados podem ser também acessível diretamente em uma única sessão para um usuário com ferramentas tais como navegadores de arquivos." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar " +"alguns diretórios compartilhados para ser acessível a todos os usuários da " +"máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isso é o NFS que está disponível na " +"maioria dos sistemas Linux ou Unix. O diretório compartilhado será, " +"portanto, disponível diretamente no boot. Diretórios compartilhados podem " +"ser também acessível diretamente em uma única sessão para um usuário com " +"ferramentas tais como navegadores de arquivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -287,17 +362,20 @@ msgstr "procedimento" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista de servidores que diretórios ação." +msgstr "" +"Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma " +"lista de servidores que diretórios ação." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Clique no símbolo > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar." +msgstr "" +"Clique no símbolo > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos " +"diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -305,12 +383,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível e você tem que especificar onde montar o diretório." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"O botão <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível e você " +"tem que especificar onde montar o diretório." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -321,16 +400,18 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, você pode montá-lo. Você também pode verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>Opções</guibutton>botão. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão." +msgstr "" +"Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, você pode montá-lo. Você também pode " +"verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>Opções</" +"guibutton>botão. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o " +"mesmo botão." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -340,13 +421,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "Ao aceitar a configuração com o <guibutton>Feito</guibutton>, uma mensagem será exibida, pedindo \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificações\". Isso fará com que o diretório disponível em cada boot, se a rede está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, por exemplo, no Dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Ao aceitar a configuração com o <guibutton>Feito</guibutton>, uma mensagem " +"será exibida, pedindo \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificações" +"\". Isso fará com que o diretório disponível em cada boot, se a rede está " +"acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, " +"por exemplo, no Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -361,8 +446,7 @@ msgstr "Gravador de CD / DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -370,9 +454,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removale</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removale</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -380,7 +466,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob os discos locais guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulados com o hardware removível (CD/DVD players e gravadores e drives de disquete só) ." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob " +"os discos locais guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulados com o hardware " +"removível (CD/DVD players e gravadores e drives de disquete só) ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -394,7 +483,10 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "No topo da janela há uma breve descrição de seu hardware e as opções escolhidas para montá-lo. Use o menu na parte inferior para mudá-los. Verifique o item a ser alterado e, em seguida, no <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"No topo da janela há uma breve descrição de seu hardware e as opções " +"escolhidas para montá-lo. Use o menu na parte inferior para mudá-los. " +"Verifique o item a ser alterado e, em seguida, no <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -405,7 +497,8 @@ msgstr "ponto de montagem" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Marque esta caixa para alterar o ponto de montagem. O padrão é /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Marque esta caixa para alterar o ponto de montagem. O padrão é /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -415,9 +508,11 @@ msgstr "Opções" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Muitas opções de montagem pode ser escolhido aqui ou diretamente na lista ou através do <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> submenu. O principal são:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Muitas opções de montagem pode ser escolhido aqui ou diretamente na lista ou " +"através do <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> submenu. O principal são:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -430,7 +525,10 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "usuário permite que um usuário comum (não root) para montar o disco removível, esta opção envolve noexec, nosuid e nodev. O usuário que montou o disco é o único que pode desmontar-lo." +msgstr "" +"usuário permite que um usuário comum (não root) para montar o disco " +"removível, esta opção envolve noexec, nosuid e nodev. O usuário que montou o " +"disco é o único que pode desmontar-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -445,9 +543,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -456,40 +556,55 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar que compartilhar diretórios para ser acessível a todos os usuários da máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isto é que o SMB foi popularizado nos sistemas Windows(R). O diretório compartilhado estará disponível diretamente na inicialização. Diretórios compartilhados também podem ser acessados diretamente em uma única sessão por um usuário com ferramentas como navegadores de arquivos." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar " +"que compartilhar diretórios para ser acessível a todos os usuários da " +"máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isto é que o SMB foi popularizado nos " +"sistemas Windows(R). O diretório compartilhado estará disponível diretamente " +"na inicialização. Diretórios compartilhados também podem ser acessados " +"diretamente em uma única sessão por um usuário com ferramentas como " +"navegadores de arquivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "Antes de iniciar a ferramenta, é uma idéia boa para declarar os nomes dos servidores disponíveis, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Antes de iniciar a ferramenta, é uma idéia boa para declarar os nomes dos " +"servidores disponíveis, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." -msgstr "Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista de servidores que compartilham diretórios." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista " +"de servidores que compartilham diretórios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Clique no nome do servidor e em > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar." +msgstr "" +"Clique no nome do servidor e em > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a " +"lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja " +"acessar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "O <guibutton>ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível, você tem que especificar onde montar o diretório." +msgstr "" +"O <guibutton>ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível, você tem que " +"especificar onde montar o diretório." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -500,7 +615,10 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, pode ser montado com o <guimenu>Botão Monte </guimenu>. Você também pode verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>opções</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, pode ser montado com o " +"<guimenu>Botão Monte </guimenu>. Você também pode verificar e alterar " +"algumas opções com as <guibutton>opções</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -508,16 +626,17 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "Em opções, você pode especificar o nome de usuário e a senha daqueles capazes de se conectar ao servidor SMB. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão." +msgstr "" +"Em opções, você pode especificar o nome de usuário e a senha daqueles " +"capazes de se conectar ao servidor SMB. Depois de montar o diretório, você " +"pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -528,12 +647,15 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." -msgstr "Depois de aceitar a configuração com o botão Feito, uma mensagem irá perguntar \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificado\". Salvando, permitirá diretório para disponibilizada a cada inicialização, se a rede está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, por exemplo, em dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Depois de aceitar a configuração com o botão Feito, uma mensagem irá " +"perguntar \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificado\". Salvando, " +"permitirá diretório para disponibilizada a cada inicialização, se a rede " +"está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de " +"arquivos, por exemplo, em dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -548,8 +670,7 @@ msgstr "Efeitos de desktop 3D" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -557,9 +678,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -567,7 +690,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite gerenciar os efeitos de desktop 3D em seu sistema operacional. Efeitos 3D estão desligados por padrão." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite gerenciar " +"os efeitos de desktop 3D em seu sistema operacional. Efeitos 3D estão " +"desligados por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -580,30 +706,41 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "Para utilizar esta ferramenta, você precisa ter o pacote glxinfo instalado. Se o pacote não estiver instalado, você será solicitado a fazê-lo antes drak3d pode começar." +msgstr "" +"Para utilizar esta ferramenta, você precisa ter o pacote glxinfo instalado. " +"Se o pacote não estiver instalado, você será solicitado a fazê-lo antes " +"drak3d pode começar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." -msgstr "Depois de iniciar drak3d, você será apresentado com uma janela de menu. Aqui você pode escolher qualquer <guilabel>Nenhum efeito de desktop 3D</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion é parte de um gerenciador de composição/janela, que inclui efeitos especiais com aceleração de hardware para o seu desktop. Escolha <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para ligá-lo." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"Depois de iniciar drak3d, você será apresentado com uma janela de menu. Aqui " +"você pode escolher qualquer <guilabel>Nenhum efeito de desktop 3D</guilabel> " +"ou <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion é parte de um " +"gerenciador de composição/janela, que inclui efeitos especiais com " +"aceleração de hardware para o seu desktop. Escolha <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</" +"guilabel> para ligá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Se esta é sua primeira vez usando este programa após uma instalação limpa do Mageia, você receberá uma mensagem de aviso dizendo que os pacotes precisam ser instalados para usar Compiz Fusion. Clique no botão <guibutton>Ok </guibutton> para continuar." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Se esta é sua primeira vez usando este programa após uma instalação limpa do " +"Mageia, você receberá uma mensagem de aviso dizendo que os pacotes precisam " +"ser instalados para usar Compiz Fusion. Clique no botão <guibutton>Ok </" +"guibutton> para continuar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -614,14 +751,20 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "Uma vez que os pacotes apropriados estão instalados, você vai notar que Compiz Fusion é selecionado no menu drak3d, mas você deve fazer logoff e login novamente para que as alterações tenham efeito." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que os pacotes apropriados estão instalados, você vai notar que " +"Compiz Fusion é selecionado no menu drak3d, mas você deve fazer logoff e " +"login novamente para que as alterações tenham efeito." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "Depois de entrar de volta, Compiz Fusion será ativado. Para configurar o Compiz Fusion, consulte a página da ferramenta ccsm (Gerenciamento de configurações CompizConfig)." +msgstr "" +"Depois de entrar de volta, Compiz Fusion será ativado. Para configurar o " +"Compiz Fusion, consulte a página da ferramenta ccsm (Gerenciamento de " +"configurações CompizConfig)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -639,10 +782,13 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Se depois de ligar Compiz Fusion tentar voltar a entrar na sua área de trabalho, mas não pode ver nada, reinicie o computador para voltar para a tela de login. Uma vez lá, clique no ícone do Google Desktop e selecione drak3d." +msgstr "" +"Se depois de ligar Compiz Fusion tentar voltar a entrar na sua área de " +"trabalho, mas não pode ver nada, reinicie o computador para voltar para a " +"tela de login. Uma vez lá, clique no ícone do Google Desktop e selecione " +"drak3d." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -652,9 +798,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." -msgstr "Quando você entrar, se a sua conta está listado como um administrador, você será solicitado a senha novamente. Caso contrário, use o login de administrador com seu/sua conta. Depois, você pode desfazer quaisquer alterações que possam ter causado o log no problema." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"Quando você entrar, se a sua conta está listado como um administrador, você " +"será solicitado a senha novamente. Caso contrário, use o login de " +"administrador com seu/sua conta. Depois, você pode desfazer quaisquer " +"alterações que possam ter causado o log no problema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -666,8 +816,7 @@ msgstr "autenticação" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -675,16 +824,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite modificar a maneira pela qual você pode ser reconhecido como usuário da máquina ou na rede." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite modificar " +"a maneira pela qual você pode ser reconhecido como usuário da máquina ou na " +"rede." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -692,7 +846,10 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "Por padrão, as informações para a sua autenticação é armazenado em um arquivo em seu computador. Modificá-lo apenas se o seu administrador de rede convida-o a fazê-lo e dar informação sobre isso." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, as informações para a sua autenticação é armazenado em um " +"arquivo em seu computador. Modificá-lo apenas se o seu administrador de rede " +"convida-o a fazê-lo e dar informação sobre isso." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -704,8 +861,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o sistema de inicialização" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -713,9 +869,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 @@ -723,50 +881,73 @@ msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você configure as opções de inicialização (escolha do bootloader, defina uma senha, o padrão de inicialização, etc)" +msgstr "" +"esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você " +"configure as opções de inicialização (escolha do bootloader, defina uma " +"senha, o padrão de inicialização, etc)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "Pode ser encontrada na aba Inicialização no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar sistema de inicialização\"." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser encontrada na aba Inicialização no Centro de Controle Mageia " +"chamado \"Configurar sistema de inicialização\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "Não use esta ferramenta se você não sabe exatamente o que você está fazendo. Alterando algumas configurações podem impedir a sua máquina de inicializar de novamente!" +msgstr "" +"Não use esta ferramenta se você não sabe exatamente o que você está fazendo. " +"Alterando algumas configurações podem impedir a sua máquina de inicializar " +"de novamente!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "Na primeira parte, chamada <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, é possível escolher qual <guibutton>Bootloader usar</guibutton>, Grub ou Lilo, e com uma gráfica ou um menu de texto. É apenas uma questão de gosto, não há outras consequências. Você também pode configurar o <guibutton>dispositivo de inicialização</guibutton>, não mude nada aqui a não ser que você seja um especialista. O dispositivo de inicialização é onde o bootloader está instalado e qualquer modificação pode impedi-lo de máquina inicializar." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"Na primeira parte, chamada <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, é possível " +"escolher qual <guibutton>Bootloader usar</guibutton>, Grub ou Lilo, e com " +"uma gráfica ou um menu de texto. É apenas uma questão de gosto, não há " +"outras consequências. Você também pode configurar o <guibutton>dispositivo " +"de inicialização</guibutton>, não mude nada aqui a não ser que você seja um " +"especialista. O dispositivo de inicialização é onde o bootloader está " +"instalado e qualquer modificação pode impedi-lo de máquina inicializar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "Na segunda parte, chamada <guilabel>principais opções</guilabel>, você pode definir o atraso <guibutton>antes da inicialização da imagem padrão</guibutton> , em segundos. Durante esse atraso, grub ou Lilo irá exibir a lista de sistemas operacionais disponíveis, solicitando que você faça a sua escolha, se nenhuma seleção for feita, o bootloader irá arrancar o padrão uma vez que o atraso decorre." +msgstr "" +"Na segunda parte, chamada <guilabel>principais opções</guilabel>, você pode " +"definir o atraso <guibutton>antes da inicialização da imagem padrão</" +"guibutton> , em segundos. Durante esse atraso, grub ou Lilo irá exibir a " +"lista de sistemas operacionais disponíveis, solicitando que você faça a sua " +"escolha, se nenhuma seleção for feita, o bootloader irá arrancar o padrão " +"uma vez que o atraso decorre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "Na terceira e última parte, chamada <guibutton>Segurança</guibutton>, é possível definir uma senha." +msgstr "" +"Na terceira e última parte, chamada <guibutton>Segurança</guibutton>, é " +"possível definir uma senha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 @@ -785,7 +966,11 @@ msgid "" "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) é um padrão para o gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode economizar energia, parando os dispositivos não utilizados, este foi o método usado antes do APM. Marque esta caixa se o seu hardware é compatível com ACPI." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) é um padrão para o " +"gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode economizar energia, parando os " +"dispositivos não utilizados, este foi o método usado antes do APM. Marque " +"esta caixa se o seu hardware é compatível com ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 @@ -797,21 +982,27 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP significa symmetric multi processadores, é uma arquitetura para processadores multicore." +msgstr "" +"SMP significa symmetric multi processadores, é uma arquitetura para " +"processadores multicore." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Se você tem um processador com HyperThreading, Mageia vai vê-lo como um processador dual e ativar o SMP." +msgstr "" +"Se você tem um processador com HyperThreading, Mageia vai vê-lo como um " +"processador dual e ativar o SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton>e<guibutton>Habilitar APIC Local:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton>e<guibutton>Habilitar APIC Local:</" +"guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 @@ -822,12 +1013,19 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." -msgstr "APIC significa Advanced Controlador de interrupção programável. Há dois componentes no sistema Intel APIC, o local APIC (LAPIC) e APIC / S. A uma rotas as interrupções que os recebe autos periféricos para uma ou mais APICs locais que estão no processador. É realmente útil para sistemas multi-processador. Alguns computadores têm problemas com o sistema APIC o que pode causar congelamentos ou detecção de dispositivo incorreto (mensagem de erro \"espuria 8259A interrupção: IRQ7 \"). Neste caso, desative APIC e / ou APIC Local." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC significa Advanced Controlador de interrupção programável. Há dois " +"componentes no sistema Intel APIC, o local APIC (LAPIC) e APIC / S. A uma " +"rotas as interrupções que os recebe autos periféricos para uma ou mais APICs " +"locais que estão no processador. É realmente útil para sistemas multi-" +"processador. Alguns computadores têm problemas com o sistema APIC o que pode " +"causar congelamentos ou detecção de dispositivo incorreto (mensagem de erro " +"\"espuria 8259A interrupção: IRQ7 \"). Neste caso, desative APIC e / ou APIC " +"Local." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -836,16 +1034,23 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "Na <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> tela, você pode ver a lista de todas as entradas disponíveis no momento da inicialização. O padrão é um asterisco. Para alterar a ordem das entradas do menu, clique sobre as setas para cima ou para baixo para mover o item selecionado. Se você clicar em<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparece uma nova janela para adicionar uma nova entrada no menu Grub ou modificar um já existente. Você precisa estar familiarizado com o LILO ou GRUB para ser capaz de usar essas ferramentas." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"Na <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> tela, você pode ver a lista de todas as " +"entradas disponíveis no momento da inicialização. O padrão é um asterisco. " +"Para alterar a ordem das entradas do menu, clique sobre as setas para cima " +"ou para baixo para mover o item selecionado. Se você clicar " +"em<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, " +"aparece uma nova janela para adicionar uma nova entrada no menu Grub ou " +"modificar um já existente. Você precisa estar familiarizado com o LILO ou " +"GRUB para ser capaz de usar essas ferramentas." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -856,35 +1061,47 @@ msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Rótulo</guilabel> é de forma livre, escreva aqui o que você deseja ser exibido no menu. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"título \". Por exemplo: Mageia 3." +msgstr "" +"O campo <guilabel>Rótulo</guilabel> é de forma livre, escreva aqui o que " +"você deseja ser exibido no menu. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"título " +"\". Por exemplo: Mageia 3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Imagem</guilabel> contém o nome do kernel. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"do kernel\". Por exemplo /boot /vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"O campo <guilabel>Imagem</guilabel> contém o nome do kernel. Ele corresponde " +"ao Grub comando \"do kernel\". Por exemplo /boot /vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Raiz</guilabel> contém o nome do dispositivo onde o kernel está armazenado. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"root\". Por exemplo, (hd0, 1)." +msgstr "" +"O campo <guilabel>Raiz</guilabel> contém o nome do dispositivo onde o kernel " +"está armazenado. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"root\". Por exemplo, " +"(hd0, 1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "O <guilabel>Anexo</guilabel> contém as opções a serem dadas para o kernel no momento da inicialização." +msgstr "" +"O <guilabel>Anexo</guilabel> contém as opções a serem dadas para o kernel no " +"momento da inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "Se a caixa <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> estiver marcada, o Grub irá inicializar esta entrada por padrão." +msgstr "" +"Se a caixa <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> estiver marcada, o Grub irá " +"inicializar esta entrada por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 @@ -892,7 +1109,10 @@ msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "Na tela extra chamado <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher o <guilabel>modo Video</guilabel>, e um arquivo <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> e um <xref linkend =\"draknetprofile\"></xref> nas listas suspensas." +msgstr "" +"Na tela extra chamado <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher o " +"<guilabel>modo Video</guilabel>, e um arquivo <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> e " +"um <xref linkend =\"draknetprofile\"></xref> nas listas suspensas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -904,8 +1124,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar login automático para fazer logon automaticamente no" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -913,9 +1132,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -924,14 +1145,22 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você faça o login automaticamente com o mesmo usuário, em seu/seu ambiente de trabalho, sem pedir qualquer senha. É chamado login automático. Isso geralmente é uma boa idéia quando há apenas um usuário, como estar usando a máquina." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você " +"faça o login automaticamente com o mesmo usuário, em seu/seu ambiente de " +"trabalho, sem pedir qualquer senha. É chamado login automático. Isso " +"geralmente é uma boa idéia quando há apenas um usuário, como estar usando a " +"máquina." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Pode ser encontrada sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Inicialização</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar login automático para fazer logon automaticamente em\"." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser encontrada sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Inicialização</emphasis> " +"guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar login automático para " +"fazer logon automaticamente em\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -941,23 +1170,35 @@ msgstr "Os botões de interface são bastante óbvios:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Verifique <guibutton>Inicie o ambiente gráfico quando o sistema começa </guibutton>, se você quiser X Window System para ser executado após a inicialização. Se não, o sistema irá iniciar em modo texto. No entanto, será possível iniciar a interface gráfica manualmente. Isso pode ser feito com o lançamento do comando 'startx' ou 'systemctl começar dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Verifique <guibutton>Inicie o ambiente gráfico quando o sistema começa </" +"guibutton>, se você quiser X Window System para ser executado após a " +"inicialização. Se não, o sistema irá iniciar em modo texto. No entanto, será " +"possível iniciar a interface gráfica manualmente. Isso pode ser feito com o " +"lançamento do comando 'startx' ou 'systemctl começar dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Se a primeira caixa está marcada, outras duas opções estão disponíveis, verifique ou <guibutton>Não, eu não quero autologin</guibutton>, se você quiser que o sistema continue a pedir que o usuário se conectar (a senha) ou verificar <guibutton>Sim, eu quero autologin com este (usuário, desktop)</guibutton>, se necessário. Neste caso, você também precisa fornecer o nome de <guilabel>usuário padrão</guilabel> e o <guilabel>desktop padrão</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Se a primeira caixa está marcada, outras duas opções estão disponíveis, " +"verifique ou <guibutton>Não, eu não quero autologin</guibutton>, se você " +"quiser que o sistema continue a pedir que o usuário se conectar (a senha) ou " +"verificar <guibutton>Sim, eu quero autologin com este (usuário, desktop)</" +"guibutton>, se necessário. Neste caso, você também precisa fornecer o nome " +"de <guilabel>usuário padrão</guilabel> e o <guilabel>desktop padrão</" +"guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -972,32 +1213,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser " +"iniciado e usado na linha de comando." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Aconselha-se a escrever a saída desse comando para um arquivo, por exemplo, fazendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, mas verifique se você tem espaço em disco suficiente em primeiro lugar: o arquivo pode ser facilmente vários GBs grande." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Aconselha-se a escrever a saída desse comando para um arquivo, por exemplo, " +"fazendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</" +"emphasis>, mas verifique se você tem espaço em disco suficiente em primeiro " +"lugar: o arquivo pode ser facilmente vários GBs grande." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." -msgstr "A saída é muito grande para anexar a um relatório de bug sem primeiro remover as partes desnecessárias." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"A saída é muito grande para anexar a um relatório de bug sem primeiro " +"remover as partes desnecessárias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1174,12 +1425,20 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "No momento esta página de ajuda foi escrito, a parte \"syslog \" de saída deste comando estava vazio, pois esta ferramenta ainda não tinha sido adaptado para a nossa mudança para systemd. Se ele ainda estiver vazio, você pode recuperar o \"syslog\", fazendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Se você não tem um espaço em disco, você pode, por exemplo, tomar as últimas 5.000 linhas do log em vez de: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a | tail-N5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"No momento esta página de ajuda foi escrito, a parte \"syslog \" de saída " +"deste comando estava vazio, pois esta ferramenta ainda não tinha sido " +"adaptado para a nossa mudança para systemd. Se ele ainda estiver vazio, você " +"pode recuperar o \"syslog\", fazendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Se você não tem um espaço em " +"disco, você pode, por exemplo, tomar as últimas 5.000 linhas do log em vez " +"de: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a | tail-N5000 > journalctl5000.txt </" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1191,8 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "Relatório de ferramenta de Bug Mageia" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1200,29 +1458,39 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." -msgstr "Normalmente, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> começa automaticamente quando a ferramenta da Mageia falha. No entanto, também é possível que, após a apresentação de um relatório de erro, você está convidado a iniciar essa ferramenta para verificar algumas das informações que dá, e, em seguida, prever que nesse relatório de bug existente." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"começa automaticamente quando a ferramenta da Mageia falha. No entanto, " +"também é possível que, após a apresentação de um relatório de erro, você " +"está convidado a iniciar essa ferramenta para verificar algumas das " +"informações que dá, e, em seguida, prever que nesse relatório de bug " +"existente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." -msgstr "Se um novo relatório de erro precisa ser apresentado e você não está acostumado a fazer isso, então por favor leia <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Como relatar um bug relatório corretamente</link>, antes de clicar no botão \"Report \" ." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Se um novo relatório de erro precisa ser apresentado e você não está " +"acostumado a fazer isso, então por favor leia <link xlink:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Como relatar um bug " +"relatório corretamente</link>, antes de clicar no botão \"Report \" ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1230,7 +1498,10 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "No caso da falha já foi apresentado por outra pessoa (a mensagem de erro que deu drakbug será o mesmo, então), é útil para adicionar um comentário a este relatório existente que você viu o erro, também." +msgstr "" +"No caso da falha já foi apresentado por outra pessoa (a mensagem de erro que " +"deu drakbug será o mesmo, então), é útil para adicionar um comentário a este " +"relatório existente que você viu o erro, também." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1242,8 +1513,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar data e hora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1251,18 +1521,25 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrada no âmbito do Sistema guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>\"Gerenciar data e hora \"</guilabel>. Em alguns ambientes de trabalho também está disponível através de um clique direito data e hora / Ajustar ... no relógio na bandeja do sistema." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrada no " +"âmbito do Sistema guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>" +"\"Gerenciar data e hora \"</guilabel>. Em alguns ambientes de trabalho " +"também está disponível através de um clique direito data e hora / " +"Ajustar ... no relógio na bandeja do sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1273,30 +1550,44 @@ msgstr "É uma ferramenta muito simples." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "Na parte superior esquerda, é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendário</emphasis>. Na imagem acima, a data é setembro (no canto superior esquerdo), 2012 (no canto superior direito), o segundo (em azul) e é um domingo. Selecione o mês (ou ano), clicando nas pequenas setas em cada lado de setembro (ou 2012). Selecione o dia clicando em seu número." +msgstr "" +"Na parte superior esquerda, é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendário</" +"emphasis>. Na imagem acima, a data é setembro (no canto superior esquerdo), " +"2012 (no canto superior direito), o segundo (em azul) e é um domingo. " +"Selecione o mês (ou ano), clicando nas pequenas setas em cada lado de " +"setembro (ou 2012). Selecione o dia clicando em seu número." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "No canto inferior esquerdo é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">Netbook Time Protocol</emphasis> sincronização, é possível ter um relógio sempre a tempo, sincronizando-o com um servidor. Verifique <guilabel>Ativar Network Time Protocol</guilabel> e escolher o servidor mais próximo." +msgstr "" +"No canto inferior esquerdo é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">Netbook Time " +"Protocol</emphasis> sincronização, é possível ter um relógio sempre a tempo, " +"sincronizando-o com um servidor. Verifique <guilabel>Ativar Network Time " +"Protocol</guilabel> e escolher o servidor mais próximo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "Na parte direita é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">relógio</emphasis>. É inútil para acertar o relógio se NTP está habilitado. Três caixas de exibir horas, minutos e segundos (15, 28 e 22 na imagem). Utilize as pequenas setas para ajustar o relógio para a hora correta. O formato não pode ser alterado aqui, ver suas configurações de ambiente desktop para isso." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"Na parte direita é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">relógio</emphasis>. É inútil " +"para acertar o relógio se NTP está habilitado. Três caixas de exibir horas, " +"minutos e segundos (15, 28 e 22 na imagem). Utilize as pequenas setas para " +"ajustar o relógio para a hora correta. O formato não pode ser alterado aqui, " +"ver suas configurações de ambiente desktop para isso." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1304,15 +1595,21 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "Pelo menos, no canto inferior direito, selecione seu fuso horário clicando no <guibutton>Alterar fuso horário</guibutton> e escolher na lista a cidade mais próxima." +msgstr "" +"Pelo menos, no canto inferior direito, selecione seu fuso horário clicando " +"no <guibutton>Alterar fuso horário</guibutton> e escolher na lista a cidade " +"mais próxima." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "Mesmo que isso não é possível escolher um formato de data ou hora nesta ferramenta, eles serão exibidos na área de trabalho de acordo com as configurações de localização." +msgstr "" +"Mesmo que isso não é possível escolher um formato de data ou hora nesta " +"ferramenta, eles serão exibidos na área de trabalho de acordo com as " +"configurações de localização." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1324,8 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "Retirar uma conexão" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1333,30 +1629,37 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Aqui, você pode excluir uma interface de rede <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Aqui, você pode excluir uma interface de rede <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Clique no menu drop-down, escolha o que você deseja remover e clique em <emphasis>próxima</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Clique no menu drop-down, escolha o que você deseja remover e clique em " +"<emphasis>próxima</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "Você verá uma mensagem de que a interface de rede foi deletada com sucesso." +msgstr "" +"Você verá uma mensagem de que a interface de rede foi deletada com sucesso." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1368,8 +1671,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar uma nova interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1377,9 +1679,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1387,14 +1691,19 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "Essa ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar uma rede local ou acesso a internet. Você deve saber algumas informações do seu provedor de acesso ou administrador de sua rede" +msgstr "" +"Essa ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar " +"uma rede local ou acesso a internet. Você deve saber algumas informações do " +"seu provedor de acesso ou administrador de sua rede" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "Selecione o tipo de conexão que quer configurar, de acordo com qual Hardware e Provedor você usa." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o tipo de conexão que quer configurar, de acordo com qual Hardware " +"e Provedor você usa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1406,133 +1715,154 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão com fio (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "A primeira janela lista as interfaces disponíveis. Selecione uma para configurar." +msgstr "" +"A primeira janela lista as interfaces disponíveis. Selecione uma para " +"configurar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "A esse ponto, uma chance é dada entre configurações automáticas ou um endereço IP manual." +msgstr "" +"A esse ponto, uma chance é dada entre configurações automáticas ou um " +"endereço IP manual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP Automatico" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os " +"servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados " +"manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos " +"servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser " +"especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> " +"localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host " +"também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir " +"nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem " +"essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço " +"IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "O botão Advanced dar a oportunidade de especificar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "Pesquisa de domínio (não acessível, como fornecido pelo servidor DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "o cliente DHCP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "tempo limite de DHCP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar o servidor NIS" +msgstr "" +"Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar o servidor " +"NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Obter servidor NTPD de DHCP (sincronização de relógios)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP." +msgstr "" +"O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer " +"que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço " +"IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Depois de aceitar, os últimos passos que são comuns a todas as configurações de conexão são explicados: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Depois de aceitar, os últimos passos que são comuns a todas as configurações " +"de conexão são explicados: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Manual de configuração " -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você precisa declarar que servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você precisa declarar que " +"servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado " +"aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP normalmente parece <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0 </emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no site do seu provedor de serviços." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP normalmente parece " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0 " +"</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no site do seu " +"provedor de serviços." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é \"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa configuração. Mais uma vez, ADSL doméstico não precisaria esta definição." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de " +"domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o " +"seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A " +"menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa " +"configuração. Mais uma vez, ADSL doméstico não precisaria esta definição." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1553,11 +1883,14 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão por satélite (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe Doc</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que " +"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe Doc</link> " +"Agradecendo antecipadamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1569,59 +1902,74 @@ msgstr "A nova conexão de modem de cabo" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Você tem que especificar um método de autenticação:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "nenhum" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (necessário para Telstra). Neste caso, você tem que fornecer o nome de usuário e senha." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (necessário para Telstra). Neste caso, você tem que fornecer o nome " +"de usuário e senha." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "Servidor DHCP ou são especificadas manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"Servidor DHCP ou são especificadas manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No " +"último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do " +"host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for " +"especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído " +"por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com " +"a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem " +"todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o " +"seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "configurações <emphasis>cabo/IP </emphasis>: você precisa declarar que servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão." +msgstr "" +"configurações <emphasis>cabo/IP </emphasis>: você precisa declarar que " +"servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado " +"aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é \"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa configuração. Mais uma vez, a conexão doméstica não precisaria esta definição." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de " +"domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o " +"seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A " +"menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa " +"configuração. Mais uma vez, a conexão doméstica não precisaria esta " +"definição." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1636,47 +1984,47 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão DSL" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces de rede, oferece para selecionar um e configurá-lo." +msgstr "" +"Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces de rede, oferece para selecionar um e " +"configurá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o " +"seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não " +"Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Selecione um dos protocolos disponíveis:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configuração TCP/IP manual" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Aponte para Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" @@ -1686,26 +2034,22 @@ msgstr "Aponte para Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "definições de acesso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Conta Login (nome de usuário)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "senha da Conta" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avançado) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avançado) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" @@ -1725,14 +2069,12 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão ISDN" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "O assistente pergunta qual o dispositivo para configurar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Escolha Manual (placa interna ISDN)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Modem ISDN externo" @@ -1742,16 +2084,16 @@ msgstr "Modem ISDN externo" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de hardware, por categoria e fabricante. Escolha o seu drive." +msgstr "" +"Propõe-se uma lista de hardware, por categoria e fabricante. Escolha o seu " +"drive." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo para o resto do mundo, exceto na Europa (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protocolo para a Europa (EDSS1)" @@ -1760,31 +2102,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolo para a Europa (EDSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "É, então, ofereceu uma lista de prestadores de serviços, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor lhe deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para os parâmetros:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"É, então, ofereceu uma lista de prestadores de serviços, classificados por " +"países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione " +"a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de " +"seu provedor lhe deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para os parâmetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Nome da conexão" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Número do telefone" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID de Login" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Método de autenticação" @@ -1794,43 +2136,52 @@ msgstr "Método de autenticação" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "Após isso, você deve selecionar se quer obter o seu endereço IP automáticamente ou manualmente. Se for manualmente, especifique o endereço IP e a máscara de sub-rede" +msgstr "" +"Após isso, você deve selecionar se quer obter o seu endereço IP " +"automáticamente ou manualmente. Se for manualmente, especifique o endereço " +"IP e a máscara de sub-rede" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" -msgstr "O próximo passo é escolher como endereço de servidores DNS são obtidos, pelo método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que colocar:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"O próximo passo é escolher como endereço de servidores DNS são obtidos, pelo " +"método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que " +"colocar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nome de Domínio" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Primeiro e segundo Servidor DNS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Selecione se o nome da máquina é definido a partir de IP. Esta opção é selecionar somente se tiver certeza de que seu provedor está configurado para aceitá-la." +msgstr "" +"Selecione se o nome da máquina é definido a partir de IP. Esta opção é " +"selecionar somente se tiver certeza de que seu provedor está configurado " +"para aceitá-la." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." -msgstr "O próximo passo é escolher como o endereço do gateway é obtido, pelo método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que digitar o endereço IP." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"O próximo passo é escolher como o endereço do gateway é obtido, pelo método " +"automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que digitar o " +"endereço IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1843,103 +2194,94 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "A primeira janela lista as interfaces que estão disponíveis e uma entrada para o Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Selecione o que configurar. Use ndiswrapper somente se os outros métodos de configuração não funcionou." +msgstr "" +"A primeira janela lista as interfaces que estão disponíveis e uma entrada " +"para o Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Selecione o que configurar. Use " +"ndiswrapper somente se os outros métodos de configuração não funcionou." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "Neste passo, a escolha é dada entre os diferentes pontos de acesso que o cartão tenha detectado." +msgstr "" +"Neste passo, a escolha é dada entre os diferentes pontos de acesso que o " +"cartão tenha detectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Parâmetro específico para a placa wireless são fornecer:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Modo de funcionamento:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "gerenciado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Para aceder a um ponto de acesso existente (o mais freqüente)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Para configurar a conexão direta entre os computadores." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nome da rede (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." -msgstr "Modo de encriptação: depende de como o ponto de acesso está configurado." +msgstr "" +"Modo de encriptação: depende de como o ponto de acesso está configurado." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "Este modo de criptografia é preferir se o hardware permitir." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "Alguns antigos ofertas de hardware só este método de encriptação." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "chave de criptografia" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Em geral, é fornecida com o hardware que dão o ponto de acesso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1947,10 +2289,11 @@ msgstr "Em geral, é fornecida com o hardware que dão o ponto de acesso." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "Nesta etapa, a escolha é dada entre um endereço IP automático ou um endereço IP manual." +msgstr "" +"Nesta etapa, a escolha é dada entre um endereço IP automático ou um endereço " +"IP manual." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1960,49 +2303,67 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome localhost.localdomain é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os " +"servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados " +"manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos " +"servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser " +"especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome localhost." +"localdomain é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida " +"pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor " +"DHCP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar os servidores NIS" +msgstr "" +"Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar os " +"servidores NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Depois de aceitar a configuração a passo, o qual é comum a todas as configurações de ligação, é explicado: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Depois de aceitar a configuração a passo, o qual é comum a todas as " +"configurações de ligação, é explicado: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que declarar servidores DNS. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído por padrão." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que declarar servidores DNS. " +"O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de " +"host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain </literal> é " +"atribuído por padrão." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." -msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP sempre parece <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no seu website prestadores de serviços." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP sempre parece <emphasis>192.168.x." +"x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, e o " +"Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no seu website prestadores de " +"serviços." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." -msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Deve parecer para o seu hostname, sem o primeiro nome, antes do período." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de " +"domínio</emphasis>. Deve parecer para o seu hostname, sem o primeiro nome, " +"antes do período." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2014,27 +2375,33 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão GPRS/EDGE/3G" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces sem fio, ele se oferece para escolher um e configurá-lo." +msgstr "" +"Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces sem fio, ele se oferece para escolher um " +"e configurá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." -msgstr "É solicitado o número PIN. Mantenha esquerda se não é necessário este número PIN." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." +msgstr "" +"É solicitado o número PIN. Mantenha esquerda se não é necessário este número " +"PIN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:658 msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "O assistente pede rede. Se não for detectada, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"O assistente pede rede. Se não for detectada, selecione a opção " +"<guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Fornecer definições de acesso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Nome do Ponto de Acesso" @@ -2049,14 +2416,12 @@ msgstr "Conexão de rede Uma nova Bluetooth Dial-Up" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "A nova conexão de modem de telefone analógico (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "escolha manual" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Hardware detectado, se houver." @@ -2071,73 +2436,69 @@ msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de portas. Escolha o seu porto." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Se ainda não instalado, será sugerido que você instale o pacote <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Se ainda não instalado, será sugerido que você instale o pacote " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para as opções de Modem:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o " +"seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não " +"Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu. Em " +"seguida, ele é convidado para as opções de Modem:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Nome da conexão</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Numero Telefone</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>ID de Login</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Senha</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr " <emphasis>Autenticação</emphasis>, escolher entre:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "baseado no script" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Baseado no terminal" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2171,7 +2532,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Ativar contabilização de tráfego</emphasis>" #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2179,7 +2542,10 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "No caso de uma conexão sem fio, uma caixa suplementar é <emphasis>Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>, que dão a possibilidade de alternar automaticamente entre o ponto de acesso de acordo com a intensidade do sinal." +msgstr "" +"No caso de uma conexão sem fio, uma caixa suplementar é <emphasis>Permitir " +"ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>, que dão a possibilidade de alternar " +"automaticamente entre o ponto de acesso de acordo com a intensidade do sinal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2211,10 +2577,11 @@ msgstr "Habilitar tunelamento IPv6 para IPv4" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "O último passo permite você especificar se a conexão irá começar automáticamente ou não." +msgstr "" +"O último passo permite você especificar se a conexão irá começar " +"automáticamente ou não." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2229,8 +2596,7 @@ msgstr "Abrir um Terminal como root" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2238,17 +2604,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dá-lhe acesso a um console que está diretamente aberto como root. Não acho que você precisa de mais informações sobre isso." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dá-lhe acesso a um " +"console que está diretamente aberto como root. Não acho que você precisa de " +"mais informações sobre isso." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2260,8 +2631,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar partições de disco" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk ou diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2269,10 +2639,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis>ou<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis>ou<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</" +"emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2280,19 +2653,27 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é muito poderoso, um pequeno erro ou um gato pulando no seu teclado pode levar a perda de todos os dados em uma partição ou até mesmo apagar todo o disco disco. Por essa razão, você verá a tela acima no topo da tela do instrumento. Clique em <emphasis>Sair</emphasis> se você não tiver certeza de que quer continuar." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é muito poderoso, " +"um pequeno erro ou um gato pulando no seu teclado pode levar a perda de " +"todos os dados em uma partição ou até mesmo apagar todo o disco disco. Por " +"essa razão, você verá a tela acima no topo da tela do instrumento. Clique " +"em <emphasis>Sair</emphasis> se você não tiver certeza de que quer " +"continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um disco rígido, você pode alternar para o disco rígido que você deseja trabalhar, selecionando a guia correta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver mais de um disco rígido, você pode alternar para o disco " +"rígido que você deseja trabalhar, selecionando a guia correta (sda, sdb, " +"sdc, etc.)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2302,12 +2683,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." -msgstr "Você pode escolher entre muitas ações para ajustar o seu disco rígido com suas preferências. Limpando um disco rígido inteiro, divisão ou fusão de partições, redimensioná-los ou alterar o sistema de arquivos, formatar ou ver o que está em uma partição: tudo é possível. O <emphasis><guibutton>Limpar</guibutton></emphasis> botão na parte inferior é apagar o disco completo, os outros botões tornam-se visíveis à direita depois que você clica em uma partição." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Você pode escolher entre muitas ações para ajustar o seu disco rígido com " +"suas preferências. Limpando um disco rígido inteiro, divisão ou fusão de " +"partições, redimensioná-los ou alterar o sistema de arquivos, formatar ou " +"ver o que está em uma partição: tudo é possível. O " +"<emphasis><guibutton>Limpar</guibutton></emphasis> botão na parte inferior é " +"apagar o disco completo, os outros botões tornam-se visíveis à direita " +"depois que você clica em uma partição." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2315,7 +2702,10 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Se a partição selecionada é montado, como no exemplo abaixo, você não pode escolher para redimensionar, formatar ou apagar. Para ser capaz de fazer que a partição deve ser desmontado primeiro." +msgstr "" +"Se a partição selecionada é montado, como no exemplo abaixo, você não pode " +"escolher para redimensionar, formatar ou apagar. Para ser capaz de fazer que " +"a partição deve ser desmontado primeiro." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2329,15 +2719,18 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "Para alterar o tipo de partição (mudança ext3 para ext4, por exemplo) você tem que apagar a partição e, em seguida, recriá-lo com o novo tipo. O botão <guibutton role=\"bold\">Criar</guibutton> aparece quando uma parte do disco vazio é selecionado" +msgstr "" +"Para alterar o tipo de partição (mudança ext3 para ext4, por exemplo) você " +"tem que apagar a partição e, em seguida, recriá-lo com o novo tipo. O botão " +"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Criar</guibutton> aparece quando uma parte do disco " +"vazio é selecionado" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Você pode escolher um ponto que não existe montagem, ele será criado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2348,10 +2741,12 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "Selecionando <emphasis><guibutton> Alternar para o modo expert </guibutton></emphasis> dá algumas ações disponíveis extras, como rotular a partição, como pode ser visto na imagem abaixo." +msgstr "" +"Selecionando <emphasis><guibutton> Alternar para o modo expert </guibutton></" +"emphasis> dá algumas ações disponíveis extras, como rotular a partição, como " +"pode ser visto na imagem abaixo." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2366,8 +2761,7 @@ msgstr "Configure gerenciador de exibição" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2375,17 +2769,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." -msgstr "Aqui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> você pode escolher qual gerenciador de telas usa para fazer login em seu ambiente de desktop. Somente os disponíveis em seu sistema serão mostrados." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"Aqui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> você pode escolher qual " +"gerenciador de telas usa para fazer login em seu ambiente de desktop. " +"Somente os disponíveis em seu sistema serão mostrados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2393,7 +2792,10 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "A maioria dos usuários só vai notar que as telas de login fornecidas olhar diferente. No entanto, existem diferenças de recursos suportados também. LXDM é um gerenciador leve, KDM e GDM tem mais extras." +msgstr "" +"A maioria dos usuários só vai notar que as telas de login fornecidas olhar " +"diferente. No entanto, existem diferenças de recursos suportados também. " +"LXDM é um gerenciador leve, KDM e GDM tem mais extras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2405,8 +2807,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o seu firewall pessoal" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2414,9 +2815,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2425,18 +2828,28 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a guia Segurança no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configure o seu firewall pessoal \". É a mesma ferramenta na primeira guia de \"Configurar a segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria \"." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a " +"guia Segurança no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configure o seu " +"firewall pessoal \". É a mesma ferramenta na primeira guia de \"Configurar a " +"segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria \"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "Um firewall básico é instalado por padrão com o Mageia. Todas as conexões de entrada do lado de fora são bloqueadas se não forem autorizados. Na primeira tela acima, você pode selecionar os serviços para os quais as tentativas de conexão externas são aceitos. Para sua segurança, desmarque a primeira caixa - <guilabel>Tudo (sem firewall)</guilabel> - a menos que você quiser desativar o firewall, e só verificar os serviços necessários." +msgstr "" +"Um firewall básico é instalado por padrão com o Mageia. Todas as conexões de " +"entrada do lado de fora são bloqueadas se não forem autorizados. Na primeira " +"tela acima, você pode selecionar os serviços para os quais as tentativas de " +"conexão externas são aceitos. Para sua segurança, desmarque a primeira caixa " +"- <guilabel>Tudo (sem firewall)</guilabel> - a menos que você quiser " +"desativar o firewall, e só verificar os serviços necessários." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2445,7 +2858,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "É possível inserir manualmente os números de porta para abrir. Clique em <guibutton>avançada</guibutton> e uma nova janela é aberta. No campo <guilabel>Outras portas</guilabel>, digite as portas necessárias seguintes estes exemplos:" +msgstr "" +"É possível inserir manualmente os números de porta para abrir. Clique em " +"<guibutton>avançada</guibutton> e uma nova janela é aberta. No campo " +"<guilabel>Outras portas</guilabel>, digite as portas necessárias seguintes " +"estes exemplos:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -2467,10 +2884,12 @@ msgstr "As portas listadas devem ser separados por um espaço." msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "Se a caixa de mensagens de firewall <guilabel>Entrar em logs do sistema</guilabel> estiver marcada, as mensagens de firewall serão salvas em logs do sistema" +msgstr "" +"Se a caixa de mensagens de firewall <guilabel>Entrar em logs do sistema</" +"guilabel> estiver marcada, as mensagens de firewall serão salvas em logs do " +"sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2481,7 +2900,11 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Se você não hospedar serviços específicos (web ou e-mail do servidor, compartilhamento de arquivos, ...) é completamente possível ter nada verificada em tudo, é mesmo recomendável, não vai impedi-lo de se conectar à internet." +msgstr "" +"Se você não hospedar serviços específicos (web ou e-mail do servidor, " +"compartilhamento de arquivos, ...) é completamente possível ter nada " +"verificada em tudo, é mesmo recomendável, não vai impedi-lo de se conectar à " +"internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2491,24 +2914,32 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "A próxima tela lida com as opções de firewall interativo. Estas característica lhe permitem ser avisado de tentativas de conexão, se pelo menos a primeira caixa <guilabel>Use Firewall Interativo</guilabel> está marcada. Confira a segunda caixa para ser avisado se as portas são digitalizados (a fim de encontrar uma falha em algum lugar e digite a sua máquina). Cada caixa do terceiro em diante corresponde a uma porta que abriu nas primeiras duas telas, na imagem abaixo, existem duas dessas caixas: servidor SSH e 80:150/tcp. Vê-los para ser avisado cada vez que uma conexão é tentada nessas portas." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"A próxima tela lida com as opções de firewall interativo. Estas " +"característica lhe permitem ser avisado de tentativas de conexão, se pelo " +"menos a primeira caixa <guilabel>Use Firewall Interativo</guilabel> está " +"marcada. Confira a segunda caixa para ser avisado se as portas são " +"digitalizados (a fim de encontrar uma falha em algum lugar e digite a sua " +"máquina). Cada caixa do terceiro em diante corresponde a uma porta que abriu " +"nas primeiras duas telas, na imagem abaixo, existem duas dessas caixas: " +"servidor SSH e 80:150/tcp. Vê-los para ser avisado cada vez que uma conexão " +"é tentada nessas portas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." -msgstr "Estes aviso são dadas por popups de alerta através da aplicação de rede." +msgstr "" +"Estes aviso são dadas por popups de alerta através da aplicação de rede." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2517,29 +2948,34 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." -msgstr "Na última tela, escolha quais interfaces de rede estão conectados à Internet e deve ser protegida. Uma vez que o botão OK for clicado, os pacotes necessários são baixados." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"Na última tela, escolha quais interfaces de rede estão conectados à Internet " +"e deve ser protegida. Uma vez que o botão OK for clicado, os pacotes " +"necessários são baixados." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Se você não sabe o que escolher, dê uma olhada no MCC guia Rede e Internet, ícone Configurar uma nova interface de rede." +msgstr "" +"Se você não sabe o que escolher, dê uma olhada no MCC guia Rede e Internet, " +"ícone Configurar uma nova interface de rede." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" -msgstr "Gerenciar, adicionar e remover fontes. Importação do Windows (TM) fontes" +msgstr "" +"Gerenciar, adicionar e remover fontes. Importação do Windows (TM) fontes" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2547,9 +2983,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2558,7 +2996,11 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia. Ele permite que você gerencie as fontes disponíveis no computador. A principal tela acima mostra:" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> " +"guia. Ele permite que você gerencie as fontes disponíveis no computador. A " +"principal tela acima mostra:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -2578,14 +3020,17 @@ msgstr "alguns botões explicado aqui mais tarde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obter Fontes de Janelas: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obter Fontes de Janelas: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "Este botão adiciona automaticamente as fontes encontradas na partição do Windows. Você deve ter o Microsoft Windows instalado." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"Este botão adiciona automaticamente as fontes encontradas na partição do " +"Windows. Você deve ter o Microsoft Windows instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2595,9 +3040,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opções:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." -msgstr "Ele permite que você especifique os aplicativos ou dispositivos (impressoras principalmente) capazes de usar as fontes." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"Ele permite que você especifique os aplicativos ou dispositivos (impressoras " +"principalmente) capazes de usar as fontes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2610,7 +3057,10 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "Este botão é para remover fontes instaladas e, possivelmente, economizar um pouco de espaço. Tenha cuidado ao remover as fontes, pois pode ter consequências graves sobre os documentos que as utilizam." +msgstr "" +"Este botão é para remover fontes instaladas e, possivelmente, economizar um " +"pouco de espaço. Tenha cuidado ao remover as fontes, pois pode ter " +"consequências graves sobre os documentos que as utilizam." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2622,18 +3072,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "Permite a você instalar fontes por terceiros (CD's,Internet, ...). Os formatos suportados são: ttf,pfa,pfb,pcf,pfm e gsf.\nClique no botão <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar</emphasis> e depois em <emphasis role=\"bold\">Adicionar</emphasis>, um gerenciador de arquivos irá aparecer onde você poderá selecionar as fontes para instalar, clique em <emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalar</emphasis> quando estiver pronto. As fontes serão instaladas no diretório /usr/share/fonts" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"Permite a você instalar fontes por terceiros (CD's,Internet, ...). Os " +"formatos suportados são: ttf,pfa,pfb,pcf,pfm e gsf.\n" +"Clique no botão <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar</emphasis> e depois em " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Adicionar</emphasis>, um gerenciador de arquivos irá " +"aparecer onde você poderá selecionar as fontes para instalar, clique em " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalar</emphasis> quando estiver pronto. As fontes " +"serão instaladas no diretório /usr/share/fonts" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Se as fontes recém-instaladas (ou removido) não aparece na tela principal DrakFont, feche e abra-o para ver as modificações." +msgstr "" +"Se as fontes recém-instaladas (ou removido) não aparece na tela principal " +"DrakFont, feche e abra-o para ver as modificações." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2645,8 +3104,7 @@ msgstr "Controle dos Pais" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2654,18 +3112,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia Segurança, rotulado <guilabel>Parental Control</guilabel>. Se você não ver esta etiqueta, você tem que instalar o pacote drakguard (não instalado por padrão)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia Segurança, rotulado <guilabel>Parental " +"Control</guilabel>. Se você não ver esta etiqueta, você tem que instalar o " +"pacote drakguard (não instalado por padrão)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -2678,30 +3142,41 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard é uma maneira fácil de configurar os controles dos pais no seu computador para restringir quem pode fazer o quê e em que momentos do dia. Drakguard tem três recursos úteis:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard é uma maneira fácil de configurar os controles dos pais no seu " +"computador para restringir quem pode fazer o quê e em que momentos do dia. " +"Drakguard tem três recursos úteis:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Ele restringe o acesso à web para usuários nomeados para definir momentos do dia. Fá-lo por meio do controle da firewall shorewall incorporado Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Ele restringe o acesso à web para usuários nomeados para definir momentos do " +"dia. Fá-lo por meio do controle da firewall shorewall incorporado Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "Ele bloqueia a execução de comandos específicos de usuários nomeados, para que esses usuários só podem executar o que você aceitá-los para executar." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"Ele bloqueia a execução de comandos específicos de usuários nomeados, para " +"que esses usuários só podem executar o que você aceitá-los para executar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Ele restringe o acesso a sites, ambos definidos manualmente através de listas negras/listas brancas, mas também dinamicamente com base no conteúdo do site. Para alcançar este Drakguard usa o líder opensource controlo parental DansGuardian bloqueador." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Ele restringe o acesso a sites, ambos definidos manualmente através de " +"listas negras/listas brancas, mas também dinamicamente com base no conteúdo " +"do site. Para alcançar este Drakguard usa o líder opensource controlo " +"parental DansGuardian bloqueador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2715,19 +3190,31 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Se o seu computador contém partições do disco rígido, que são formatados em ext2, ext3, ReiserFS ou formato que você vai ver um pop-up oferecendo para configurar ACL em suas partições. ACL significa Access Control Lists, e é uma característica do kernel Linux que permite o acesso a arquivos individuais que ser restrito a usuários nomeados. ACL é construído em sistemas de arquivos ext4 e Btrfs, mas deve ser ativado por uma opção em ext2, ext3, ou partições Reiserfs. Se você selecionar \"Sim\" para esta drakguard aviso irá configurar todas as suas partições para apoiar ACL, e, então, sugiro que você reiniciar." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu computador contém partições do disco rígido, que são formatados em " +"ext2, ext3, ReiserFS ou formato que você vai ver um pop-up oferecendo para " +"configurar ACL em suas partições. ACL significa Access Control Lists, e é " +"uma característica do kernel Linux que permite o acesso a arquivos " +"individuais que ser restrito a usuários nomeados. ACL é construído em " +"sistemas de arquivos ext4 e Btrfs, mas deve ser ativado por uma opção em " +"ext2, ext3, ou partições Reiserfs. Se você selecionar \"Sim\" para esta " +"drakguard aviso irá configurar todas as suas partições para apoiar ACL, e, " +"então, sugiro que você reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ativar controle dos pais</guibutton>: Se marcado, o controle parental é ativado e o acesso a <guilabel>Programas bloco </guilabel> é aberto." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ativar controle dos pais</guibutton>: Se marcado, o controle " +"parental é ativado e o acesso a <guilabel>Programas bloco </guilabel> é " +"aberto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -2735,7 +3222,10 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "<guibutton>Bloquear todo o tráfego de rede</guibutton>: Se marcada, todos os sites são bloqueados, exceto os do guia whitelist. Caso contrário, todos os sites são permitidos, exceto os do guia lista negra." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Bloquear todo o tráfego de rede</guibutton>: Se marcada, todos os " +"sites são bloqueados, exceto os do guia whitelist. Caso contrário, todos os " +"sites são permitidos, exceto os do guia lista negra." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -2747,7 +3237,15 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "<guibutton>O acesso do usuário</guibutton>: Os usuários do lado esquerdo terá seu acesso restrito de acordo com as regras definidas. Usuários do lado direito ter acesso irrestrito para que os usuários adultos do computador não são incomodados. Selecione um usuário no lado esquerdo e clique em <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para adicionar a ele / ela como um usuário autorizado. Selecione um usuário no lado direito e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para remover o/a de que os usuários autorizados." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>O acesso do usuário</guibutton>: Os usuários do lado esquerdo " +"terá seu acesso restrito de acordo com as regras definidas. Usuários do lado " +"direito ter acesso irrestrito para que os usuários adultos do computador não " +"são incomodados. Selecione um usuário no lado esquerdo e clique em " +"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para adicionar a ele / ela como um usuário " +"autorizado. Selecione um usuário no lado direito e clique em " +"<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para remover o/a de que os usuários " +"autorizados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -2756,7 +3254,11 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "<guibutton> controle de tempo: </guibutton> Se marcado, o acesso à Internet é permitido com restrições entre o <guilabel>Iniciar</guilabel> tempo e <guilabel>End</guilabel> tempo. É totalmente bloqueada fora estes janela de tempo." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton> controle de tempo: </guibutton> Se marcado, o acesso à Internet " +"é permitido com restrições entre o <guilabel>Iniciar</guilabel> tempo e " +"<guilabel>End</guilabel> tempo. É totalmente bloqueada fora estes janela de " +"tempo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2768,7 +3270,9 @@ msgstr "Guia Blacklist/Whitelist" msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Digite a URL do site no primeiro campo na parte superior e clique no botão <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Digite a URL do site no primeiro campo na parte superior e clique no botão " +"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2778,17 +3282,22 @@ msgstr "Programas Bloco Tab" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "<guibutton>bloquear aplicativos definidos</guibutton>: Permite o uso de ACL para restringir o acesso a aplicações específicas. Insira o caminho para os aplicativos que você deseja bloquear." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>bloquear aplicativos definidos</guibutton>: Permite o uso de ACL " +"para restringir o acesso a aplicações específicas. Insira o caminho para os " +"aplicativos que você deseja bloquear." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "<guibutton>Desbloquear lista Usuários</guibutton>: Os usuários listados no lado direito não estará sujeito ao bloqueio acl." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Desbloquear lista Usuários</guibutton>: Os usuários listados no " +"lado direito não estará sujeito ao bloqueio acl." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2800,8 +3309,7 @@ msgstr "Compartilhe a conexão de Internet com outros computadores locais" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2811,8 +3319,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "princípios" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" @@ -2827,14 +3334,23 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Isto é útil quando você tem um computador (3), que tem Internet (2) acesso e está ligado também a uma rede local (1). Você pode usar o computador (3) como uma porta de entrada para dar que o acesso a outras estações de trabalho (5) e (6) na rede local (1). Para isso, a porta de entrada tem de ter duas interfaces, o primeiro, como uma placa de rede deve ser ligado com a rede local, e a segunda (4) ligado à Internet (2)." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Isto é útil quando você tem um " +"computador (3), que tem Internet (2) acesso e está ligado também a uma rede " +"local (1). Você pode usar o computador (3) como uma porta de entrada para " +"dar que o acesso a outras estações de trabalho (5) e (6) na rede local (1). " +"Para isso, a porta de entrada tem de ter duas interfaces, o primeiro, como " +"uma placa de rede deve ser ligado com a rede local, e a segunda (4) ligado à " +"Internet (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "O primeiro passo é verificar se a rede eo acesso à Internet estão configurados, conforme documentado no <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro passo é verificar se a rede eo acesso à Internet estão " +"configurados, conforme documentado no <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2844,23 +3360,29 @@ msgstr "assistente de Gateway" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" -msgstr "O assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferece sucessivos passos que são mostrados abaixo:" +msgstr "" +"O assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferece sucessivos " +"passos que são mostrados abaixo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Se o assistente não detectar pelo menos duas interfaces, ele adverte sobre isso e pede para parar a rede e configurar o hardware." +msgstr "" +"Se o assistente não detectar pelo menos duas interfaces, ele adverte sobre " +"isso e pede para parar a rede e configurar o hardware." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -2868,22 +3390,30 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "especificar a interface usada para a conexão com a Internet. O assistente sugere automaticamente uma das interfaces, mas você deve verificar que o que se propõe é correta." +msgstr "" +"especificar a interface usada para a conexão com a Internet. O assistente " +"sugere automaticamente uma das interfaces, mas você deve verificar que o que " +"se propõe é correta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "especificar qual interface é usado para o acesso à LAN. O assistente também propõe um, verifique se este está correto." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"especificar qual interface é usado para o acesso à LAN. O assistente também " +"propõe um, verifique se este está correto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "O assistente propõe parâmetros para a rede Lan, tais como endereço IP, máscara e nome de domínio. Verifique se esses parâmetros são compatíveis com a configuração atual. É recomendado que você aceita estes valores." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"O assistente propõe parâmetros para a rede Lan, tais como endereço IP, " +"máscara e nome de domínio. Verifique se esses parâmetros são compatíveis com " +"a configuração atual. É recomendado que você aceita estes valores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -2891,15 +3421,22 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "especificar se o computador tem de ser utilizado como um servidor de DNS. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>ligam</code> está instalado. Caso contrário, você tem que especificar o endereço de um servidor DNS." +msgstr "" +"especificar se o computador tem de ser utilizado como um servidor de DNS. Se " +"sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>ligam</code> está instalado. Caso " +"contrário, você tem que especificar o endereço de um servidor DNS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor de DHCP. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>dhcp-server</code> é instalado e oferecer para configurá-lo, com os endereços de início e fim na faixa de DHCP." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor de DHCP. " +"Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>dhcp-server</code> é instalado e " +"oferecer para configurá-lo, com os endereços de início e fim na faixa de " +"DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -2908,20 +3445,29 @@ msgid "" "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor proxy. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>squid</code> é instalado e oferecer para configurá-lo, com o endereço do administrador (admin@mydomain.com), o nome do proxy (myfirewall @mydomaincom), o porto (3128) e o tamanho do cache (100 Mb)." +msgstr "" +"especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor proxy. Se " +"sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>squid</code> é instalado e oferecer " +"para configurá-lo, com o endereço do administrador (admin@mydomain.com), o " +"nome do proxy (myfirewall @mydomaincom), o porto (3128) e o tamanho do cache " +"(100 Mb)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "O último passo permite que você verifique se a máquina gateway está conectado a impressoras e compartilhá-los." +msgstr "" +"O último passo permite que você verifique se a máquina gateway está " +"conectado a impressoras e compartilhá-los." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "Você será avisado sobre a necessidade de verificar o firewall se ele está ativo." +msgstr "" +"Você será avisado sobre a necessidade de verificar o firewall se ele está " +"ativo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -2934,9 +3480,14 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." -msgstr "Se você configurou a máquina gateway com DHCP, você só precisa especificar na ferramenta de configuração de rede que você obter um endereço automaticamente (usando DHCP). Os parâmetros serão obtidos ao se conectar à rede. Este método é válido qualquer que seja o sistema operacional do cliente está usando." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"Se você configurou a máquina gateway com DHCP, você só precisa especificar " +"na ferramenta de configuração de rede que você obter um endereço " +"automaticamente (usando DHCP). Os parâmetros serão obtidos ao se conectar à " +"rede. Este método é válido qualquer que seja o sistema operacional do " +"cliente está usando." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -2944,7 +3495,10 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "Se você deve especificar manualmente os parâmetros de rede, você deve especificar, nomeadamente, a porta de entrada, digitando o endereço IP da máquina atuando como gateway." +msgstr "" +"Se você deve especificar manualmente os parâmetros de rede, você deve " +"especificar, nomeadamente, a porta de entrada, digitando o endereço IP da " +"máquina atuando como gateway." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2955,9 +3509,11 @@ msgstr "Pare o compartilhamento de conexão" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." -msgstr "Se você quiser parar de compartilhar a conexão no computador Mageia, o lançamento da ferramenta. Ele vai oferecer para reconfigurar a conexão ou para parar o compartilhamento." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Se você quiser parar de compartilhar a conexão no computador Mageia, o " +"lançamento da ferramenta. Ele vai oferecer para reconfigurar a conexão ou " +"para parar o compartilhamento." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2969,8 +3525,7 @@ msgstr "Hosts definições" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2978,9 +3533,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -2989,7 +3546,11 @@ msgid "" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Se alguns sistemas em sua rede que você concessão de serviços, e têm endereços IP fixo, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite especificar um nome para acessá-los com mais facilidade. Então você pode usar esse nome em vez do endereço IP." +msgstr "" +"Se alguns sistemas em sua rede que você concessão de serviços, e têm " +"endereços IP fixo, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"permite especificar um nome para acessá-los com mais facilidade. Então você " +"pode usar esse nome em vez do endereço IP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -3002,7 +3563,10 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "Com este botão, você pode adicionar o nome de um novo sistema. Você vai ter uma janela para especificar o endereço IP, o nome do host para o sistema e, opcionalmente, um pseudônimo que pode ser usado da mesma forma que o nome é." +msgstr "" +"Com este botão, você pode adicionar o nome de um novo sistema. Você vai ter " +"uma janela para especificar o endereço IP, o nome do host para o sistema e, " +"opcionalmente, um pseudônimo que pode ser usado da mesma forma que o nome é." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3014,7 +3578,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "Você pode acessar os parâmetros de uma entrada previamente definido. Você fica com a mesma janela." +msgstr "" +"Você pode acessar os parâmetros de uma entrada previamente definido. Você " +"fica com a mesma janela." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3026,8 +3592,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração avançada para interfaces de rede e firewall" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3037,17 +3602,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">a equipe de Doc.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que " +"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">a equipe de Doc.</link> " +"Agradecendo antecipadamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3059,8 +3629,7 @@ msgstr "Centro de Rede" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3068,9 +3637,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3078,40 +3649,45 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a aba Rede e Internet no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Centro de Rede\"" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a " +"aba Rede e Internet no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Centro de Rede\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "Quando esta ferramenta é iniciada, é aberta uma janela listando todas as redes configuradas no computador, qualquer que seja o seu tipo (com fio, sem fio, satélite, etc.) Ao clicar em um deles, três ou quatro botões aparecem, dependendo do tipo de rede, para permitir que você para cuidar da rede, alterar suas configurações ou ligar / desligar. Esta ferramenta não se destina a criar uma rede, para este ver <guilabel>Configurar uma nova interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> na mesma guia MCC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"Quando esta ferramenta é iniciada, é aberta uma janela listando todas as " +"redes configuradas no computador, qualquer que seja o seu tipo (com fio, sem " +"fio, satélite, etc.) Ao clicar em um deles, três ou quatro botões aparecem, " +"dependendo do tipo de rede, para permitir que você para cuidar da rede, " +"alterar suas configurações ou ligar / desligar. Esta ferramenta não se " +"destina a criar uma rede, para este ver <guilabel>Configurar uma nova " +"interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> na mesma guia MCC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3121,36 +3697,53 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." -msgstr "Na imagem abaixo, dada como exemplo, podemos ver duas redes, o primeiro é com fio e conectados, reconhecíveis por este ícone <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (este não é conectado <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) e a segunda seção mostra as redes sem fio, que não estão ligadas reconhecível por este ícone <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject \" id=\"2\"/> e este <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> se estiver conectado. Para os outros tipos de rede, o código de cores é sempre o mesmo, verde, se estiver ligado e vermelho se não conectado." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"Na imagem abaixo, dada como exemplo, podemos ver duas redes, o primeiro é " +"com fio e conectados, reconhecíveis por este ícone <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (este não é conectado <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) e a segunda seção mostra as redes sem fio, " +"que não estão ligadas reconhecível por este ícone <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject \" id=\"2\"/> e este <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> se estiver conectado. Para os outros tipos " +"de rede, o código de cores é sempre o mesmo, verde, se estiver ligado e " +"vermelho se não conectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." -msgstr "Na parte sem fio da tela, você também pode ver todas as redes detectadas, com o <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, o <guilabel>sinal strengh</guilabel>, se eles são criptografados (em vermelho) ou não (em verde), e o <guilabel>modo de funcionamento </guilabel>. Clique sobre o escolhido e, em seguida, seja por <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Ligação</guibutton>. É possível aqui a passar de uma rede para outra. Se uma rede privada é selecionada, a janela Configurações de Rede (veja abaixo) será aberta e pedir-lhe para as configurações extras (uma chave de criptografia, em particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"Na parte sem fio da tela, você também pode ver todas as redes detectadas, " +"com o <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, o <guilabel>sinal strengh</guilabel>, se " +"eles são criptografados (em vermelho) ou não (em verde), e o <guilabel>modo " +"de funcionamento </guilabel>. Clique sobre o escolhido e, em seguida, seja " +"por <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> ou " +"<guibutton>Ligação</guibutton>. É possível aqui a passar de uma rede para " +"outra. Se uma rede privada é selecionada, a janela Configurações de Rede " +"(veja abaixo) será aberta e pedir-lhe para as configurações extras (uma " +"chave de criptografia, em particular)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Atualizar</guibutton> para atualizar a tela." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3160,8 +3753,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "O botão Monitor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3171,9 +3763,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "Este botão permite que você assista a atividade de rede, downloads (para o PC, em vermelho) e envios (em direção à Internet, em verde). A mesma tela está disponível clicando com o botão direito no ícone <guimenu> Internet na bandeja do sistema -> Network Monitor </guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"Este botão permite que você assista a atividade de rede, downloads (para o " +"PC, em vermelho) e envios (em direção à Internet, em verde). A mesma tela " +"está disponível clicando com o botão direito no ícone <guimenu> Internet na " +"bandeja do sistema -> Network Monitor </guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3181,14 +3777,19 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Há um guia para cada rede (aqui eth0 é a rede com fio, eis o loopback local e wlan0 a rede sem fio) e uma conexão de guia que dá detalhes sobre o status da conexão." +msgstr "" +"Há um guia para cada rede (aqui eth0 é a rede com fio, eis o loopback local " +"e wlan0 a rede sem fio) e uma conexão de guia que dá detalhes sobre o status " +"da conexão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "Na parte inferior da janela é um título <guilabel>contabilidade Tráfego</guilabel>, vamos olhar para isso na próxima seção." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"Na parte inferior da janela é um título <guilabel>contabilidade Tráfego</" +"guilabel>, vamos olhar para isso na próxima seção." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3200,8 +3801,7 @@ msgstr "O botão Configurar" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para uma rede com fio</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3211,9 +3811,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." -msgstr "É possível alterar todas as configurações dadas durante a criação da rede. Na maioria das vezes, verificando <guibutton>IP automático</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP / DHCP)</guibutton> vai fazer, mas em caso de problemas, a configuração manual pode dar melhores resultados." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"É possível alterar todas as configurações dadas durante a criação da rede. " +"Na maioria das vezes, verificando <guibutton>IP automático</guibutton> " +"<guibutton>(BOOTP / DHCP)</guibutton> vai fazer, mas em caso de problemas, a " +"configuração manual pode dar melhores resultados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3222,7 +3826,11 @@ msgid "" "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." -msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o <guilabel>endereço IP</guilabel> sempre parece 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> é 255.255.255.0 e o <guilabel>gateway</guilabel> e <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> estão disponíveis em seu website prestadores de serviços." +msgstr "" +"Para uma rede residencial, o <guilabel>endereço IP</guilabel> sempre parece " +"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> é 255.255.255.0 e o " +"<guilabel>gateway</guilabel> e <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> estão " +"disponíveis em seu website prestadores de serviços." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 @@ -3231,22 +3839,27 @@ msgid "" "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "<guibutton> Ativar contabilização de tráfego</guibutton> se verificado isso vai contar o tráfego em uma base horária, diária ou mensal. Os resultados são visíveis no monitor de rede detalhado na seção anterior. Uma vez ativado, você pode ter que reconectar à rede." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton> Ativar contabilização de tráfego</guibutton> se verificado isso " +"vai contar o tráfego em uma base horária, diária ou mensal. Os resultados " +"são visíveis no monitor de rede detalhado na seção anterior. Uma vez " +"ativado, você pode ter que reconectar à rede." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador " +"de rede:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>O botão Avançado:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3261,8 +3874,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Para uma rede sem fio</emphasis>" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "Somente os itens não já visto acima são explicados." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3280,12 +3892,19 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>gerenciado</guilabel> se a conexão for através de um ponto de acesso, há uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. Selecione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> se for uma rede peer to peer. Selecione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mestre</emphasis> se sua placa de rede é usado como ponto de acesso, sua placa de rede precisa suportar esse modo." +msgstr "" +"Selecione <guilabel>gerenciado</guilabel> se a conexão for através de um " +"ponto de acesso, há uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. " +"Selecione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> se for uma rede peer to peer. " +"Selecione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mestre</emphasis> se sua placa de rede é " +"usado como ponto de acesso, sua placa de rede precisa suportar esse modo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de criptografia tecla de Encriptação: </emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de criptografia tecla de Encriptação: </" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3295,26 +3914,32 @@ msgstr "Se for uma rede privada, você precisa saber essas configurações." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." -msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> usa uma senha e é mais fraco do que o WPA que usa uma frase secreta. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> é também chamado de WPA casa pessoal ou WPA. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> não é usado frequentemente em redes privadas." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> usa uma senha e é mais fraco do que o WPA que usa " +"uma frase secreta. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> é também chamado " +"de WPA casa pessoal ou WPA. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> não é usado " +"frequentemente em redes privadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Roaming é uma tecnologia que permite que permite computador para mudar seu ponto de acesso, permanecendo conectado à rede." +msgstr "" +"Roaming é uma tecnologia que permite que permite computador para mudar seu " +"ponto de acesso, permanecendo conectado à rede." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3324,8 +3949,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "O botão Configurações avançadas" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3340,8 +3964,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar diferentes perfis de rede" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3349,9 +3972,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3363,8 +3988,7 @@ msgstr "Compartilhar unidades e diretórios usando NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3377,21 +4001,24 @@ msgstr "Pré-requisitos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "Quando o assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é lançado pela primeira vez, ele pode exibir a seguinte mensagem:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"Quando o assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é lançado pela " +"primeira vez, ele pode exibir a seguinte mensagem:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "O pacote nfs-utils precisa ser instalado. Você quer instalá-lo?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3411,7 +4038,10 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "É exibida uma lista de diretórios que são compartilhados. Neste passo, a lista está vazia. O <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> dá acesso a uma ferramenta de configuração." +msgstr "" +"É exibida uma lista de diretórios que são compartilhados. Neste passo, a " +"lista está vazia. O <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> dá acesso a uma " +"ferramenta de configuração." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3424,10 +4054,12 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "A ferramenta de configuração é chamado \"Modify entry\". Ele também pode ser lançado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Os seguintes parâmetros estão disponíveis." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta de configuração é chamado \"Modify entry\". Ele também pode ser " +"lançado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Os seguintes " +"parâmetros estão disponíveis." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3443,7 +4075,9 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "Aqui você pode especificar qual diretório é para ser compartilhado. O botão <guibutton>Diretório</guibutton> dá acesso a um navegador para escolhê-lo." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode especificar qual diretório é para ser compartilhado. O botão " +"<guibutton>Diretório</guibutton> dá acesso a um navegador para escolhê-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -3455,7 +4089,9 @@ msgstr "host Access" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "Aqui você pode especificar os anfitriões que estão autorizados a acessar o diretório compartilhado." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode especificar os anfitriões que estão autorizados a acessar o " +"diretório compartilhado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3467,12 +4103,16 @@ msgstr "Clientes NFS pode ser especificado em uma série de maneiras:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>único host</emphasis>: uma série ou de um nome abreviado reconhecido ser a resolver, o nome de domínio totalmente qualificado ou um endereço IP" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>único host</emphasis>: uma série ou de um nome abreviado " +"reconhecido ser a resolver, o nome de domínio totalmente qualificado ou um " +"endereço IP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." -msgstr "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS pode ser dada como @grupo." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS pode ser dada como @grupo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 @@ -3480,7 +4120,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nomes de máquina podem conter os caracteres curinga * e ?. Por exemplo: *.cs.foo.edu corresponde a todos os anfitriões no domínio cs.foo.edu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nomes de máquina podem conter os caracteres " +"curinga * e ?. Por exemplo: *.cs.foo.edu corresponde a todos os anfitriões " +"no domínio cs.foo.edu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -3488,7 +4131,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "redes <emphasis>IP</emphasis>: você também pode exportar listas para todos os hosts em uma rede IP (sub-) simultaneamente. Por exemplo, tanto `/ 255.255.252.0 'ou` /22' anexado ao endereço de base da rede." +msgstr "" +"redes <emphasis>IP</emphasis>: você também pode exportar listas para todos " +"os hosts em uma rede IP (sub-) simultaneamente. Por exemplo, tanto `/ " +"255.255.252.0 'ou` /22' anexado ao endereço de base da rede." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -3500,32 +4146,45 @@ msgstr "ID Mapeamento de Usuário" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>mapa usuário root como anônimo</emphasis>: mapas pedidos de uid/gid 0 para o anônimo uid/gid (root_squash). O usuário root do cliente não pode ler ou gravar os arquivos no servidor que são criados pela raiz no próprio servidor." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>mapa usuário root como anônimo</emphasis>: mapas pedidos de uid/" +"gid 0 para o anônimo uid/gid (root_squash). O usuário root do cliente não " +"pode ler ou gravar os arquivos no servidor que são criados pela raiz no " +"próprio servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>permitir o acesso remoto via raiz</emphasis>: desplugar a raiz. Esta opção é útil principalmente para clientes sem disco (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>permitir o acesso remoto via raiz</emphasis>: desplugar a raiz. " +"Esta opção é útil principalmente para clientes sem disco (no_root_squash)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>mapear todos os usuários para usuário anônimo</emphasis>: mapeia todos os UIDs e GIDs para o usuário anônimo (all_squash). Útil para diretórios FTP público NFS-exportados, diretórios notícias carretel, etc A opção oposta há nenhum usuário mapeamento UID (no_all_squash), que é a configuração padrão." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>mapear todos os usuários para usuário anônimo</emphasis>: mapeia " +"todos os UIDs e GIDs para o usuário anônimo (all_squash). Útil para " +"diretórios FTP público NFS-exportados, diretórios notícias carretel, etc A " +"opção oposta há nenhum usuário mapeamento UID (no_all_squash), que é a " +"configuração padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid e anongid</emphasis>: definir explicitamente o uid e gid da conta anônima." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>anonuid e anongid</emphasis>: definir explicitamente o uid e gid " +"da conta anônima." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -3536,9 +4195,12 @@ msgstr "opções avançadas" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Conexão</emphasis>: esta opção requer que os pedidos têm origem em uma porta internet menos de IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opção é ativada por padrão." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Secured Conexão</emphasis>: esta opção requer que os pedidos têm " +"origem em uma porta internet menos de IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opção é " +"ativada por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3547,7 +4209,11 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: permitir ou apenas ler ou ler e escrever pedidos neste volume NFS. O padrão é não permitir qualquer pedido que muda o sistema de arquivos. Isso também pode ser explicitado por usar esta opção." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: permitir ou apenas ler ou ler e " +"escrever pedidos neste volume NFS. O padrão é não permitir qualquer pedido " +"que muda o sistema de arquivos. Isso também pode ser explicitado por usar " +"esta opção." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3555,7 +4221,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>acesso Synchronous</emphasis>: impede que o servidor NFS de violar o protocolo NFS e para responder aos pedidos antes de quaisquer alterações feitas por estes pedidos foram cometidos para armazenamento estável (por exemplo, unidade de disco)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>acesso Synchronous</emphasis>: impede que o servidor NFS de violar " +"o protocolo NFS e para responder aos pedidos antes de quaisquer alterações " +"feitas por estes pedidos foram cometidos para armazenamento estável (por " +"exemplo, unidade de disco)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3563,7 +4233,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree verificação</emphasis>: ativar a verificação sub-árvore que pode ajudar a melhorar a segurança, em alguns casos, mas pode diminuir a confiabilidade. Veja as exportações (5) man page para obter mais detalhes." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Subtree verificação</emphasis>: ativar a verificação sub-árvore " +"que pode ajudar a melhorar a segurança, em alguns casos, mas pode diminuir a " +"confiabilidade. Veja as exportações (5) man page para obter mais detalhes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3575,8 +4248,7 @@ msgstr "entradas de menu" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Até agora, a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3600,7 +4272,8 @@ msgstr "Servidor NFS|Restart" #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "O servidor está parado e reiniciado com os arquivos de configuração atuais." +msgstr "" +"O servidor está parado e reiniciado com os arquivos de configuração atuais." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 @@ -3610,9 +4283,10 @@ msgstr "Servidor NFS|Recarregar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." -msgstr "A configuração apresentada é recarregado a partir dos arquivos de configuração atual." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"A configuração apresentada é recarregado a partir dos arquivos de " +"configuração atual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3624,8 +4298,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3633,30 +4306,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Se você tiver que usar um servidor proxy para acessar a internet, você pode usar esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> configurá-lo. O administrador da rede vai lhe dar a informação que você precisa. Você também pode especificar alguns serviços que podem ser acessados sem a procuração por exceção." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver que usar um servidor proxy para acessar a internet, você pode " +"usar esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> configurá-lo. " +"O administrador da rede vai lhe dar a informação que você precisa. Você " +"também pode especificar alguns serviços que podem ser acessados sem a " +"procuração por exceção." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "Origem: Wikipédia, em 2012-09-24, servidor Proxy artigo: Em redes de computadores, um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso disponível em um servidor diferente. O servidor proxy avalia o pedido como forma de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade." +msgstr "" +"Origem: Wikipédia, em 2012-09-24, servidor Proxy artigo: Em redes de " +"computadores, um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou " +"aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que " +"buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor " +"proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou " +"outro recurso disponível em um servidor diferente. O servidor proxy avalia o " +"pedido como forma de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -3668,326 +4355,435 @@ msgstr "Configure Mídia" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." -msgstr "Primeira coisa a fazer depois de uma instalação é adicionar fontes de software (também conhecidos como repositórios, mídia, espelhos). Isso significa que você deve selecionar as fontes de mídia a ser usado para instalar e atualizar pacotes e aplicações. (consulte Adicionar botão abaixo)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Primeira coisa a fazer depois de uma instalação é adicionar fontes de " +"software (também conhecidos como repositórios, mídia, espelhos). Isso " +"significa que você deve selecionar as fontes de mídia a ser usado para " +"instalar e atualizar pacotes e aplicações. (consulte Adicionar botão abaixo)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Seu sistema está sendo executado em uma arquitetura que pode ser de 32 bits (chamado de i586), ou de 64 bits (x86_64 chamado). Alguns pacotes são independentes se o seu sistema é de 32 bits ou de 64 bits, que são chamados pacotes noarch. Eles não têm seus próprios diretórios noarch nos espelhos, mas são todos em ambos os i586 e x86_64 a mídia." +msgstr "" +"Seu sistema está sendo executado em uma arquitetura que pode ser de 32 bits " +"(chamado de i586), ou de 64 bits (x86_64 chamado). Alguns pacotes são " +"independentes se o seu sistema é de 32 bits ou de 64 bits, que são chamados " +"pacotes noarch. Eles não têm seus próprios diretórios noarch nos espelhos, " +"mas são todos em ambos os i586 e x86_64 a mídia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis><placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "as colunas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Coluna Ativar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Os meios de comunicação verificados será usado para instalar novos pacotes. Seja cauteloso com alguns meios de comunicação, tais como testes e depuração, eles poderiam tornar o sistema inutilizável." +msgstr "" +"Os meios de comunicação verificados será usado para instalar novos pacotes. " +"Seja cauteloso com alguns meios de comunicação, tais como testes e " +"depuração, eles poderiam tornar o sistema inutilizável." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Coluna de atualização:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Os meios de comunicação verificados serão utilizados para atualizar os pacotes, ele deve ser ativado. Somente com mídia \"Atualizar\" em seu nome deve ser selecionada. Por razões de segurança, esta coluna não é modificável nesta ferramenta, você deve abrir um console como root e digitar <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert </emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Os meios de comunicação verificados serão utilizados para atualizar os " +"pacotes, ele deve ser ativado. Somente com mídia \"Atualizar\" em seu nome " +"deve ser selecionada. Por razões de segurança, esta coluna não é modificável " +"nesta ferramenta, você deve abrir um console como root e digitar <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "Meio de coluna:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Apresenta o nome do meio. Mageia repositórios oficiais para versões de lançamento finais contem, no mínimo:" +msgstr "" +"Apresenta o nome do meio. Mageia repositórios oficiais para versões de " +"lançamento finais contem, no mínimo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>, que contém a maioria dos programas disponíveis suportados pelo Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>, que contém a maioria dos programas " +"disponíveis suportados pelo Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Núcleo</emphasis>, Que Contém uma maioria dos Programas available suportados Pelo Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Núcleo</emphasis>, Que Contém uma maioria dos " +"Programas available suportados Pelo Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software livre para que possa haver pedidos de patentes em alguns países." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software livre para que possa " +"haver pedidos de patentes em alguns países." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Cada meio tem 4 sub-seções:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lançamento</emphasis> os pacotes, a partir do dia em que a esta versão do Mageia foi lançado." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lançamento</emphasis> os pacotes, a partir do dia em " +"que a esta versão do Mageia foi lançado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Atualizações</emphasis> os pacotes atualizados desde o lançamento, devido a preocupações de segurança ou bugs. Todo mundo deveria ter este meio habilitado, mesmo com uma conexão de internet muito lenta." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Atualizações</emphasis> os pacotes atualizados desde " +"o lançamento, devido a preocupações de segurança ou bugs. Todo mundo deveria " +"ter este meio habilitado, mesmo com uma conexão de internet muito lenta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> alguns pacotes de novas versões portados do Caldeirão (a próxima versão em desenvolvimento)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> alguns pacotes de novas versões " +"portados do Caldeirão (a próxima versão em desenvolvimento)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis>, que é usado para testes temporárias de novas atualizações, para permitir que os repórteres de bugs e da equipe de QA para validar as correções." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis>, que é usado para testes " +"temporárias de novas atualizações, para permitir que os repórteres de bugs e " +"da equipe de QA para validar as correções." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Os botões à direita" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Remover:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "Para remover um meio, clique nele e, em seguida, no botão. É recomendado remover o meio utilizado para a instalação (CD ou DVD, por exemplo) uma vez que todos os pacotes que contém estão no meio de libertação do núcleo oficial." +msgstr "" +"Para remover um meio, clique nele e, em seguida, no botão. É recomendado " +"remover o meio utilizado para a instalação (CD ou DVD, por exemplo) uma vez " +"que todos os pacotes que contém estão no meio de libertação do núcleo " +"oficial." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "Permite que você modifique as configurações médias selecionadas, (URL, downloader e proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Permite que você modifique as configurações médias selecionadas, (URL, " +"downloader e proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Adicionar:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Adicione os repositórios oficiais disponíveis na Internet. Estes repositórios conter apenas software seguro e bem testado. Clicando sobre o \"Adicionar\" botão adiciona o mirrorlist para sua configuração, ele é projetado para ter certeza de que você instalar e atualizar a partir de um espelho perto de você. Se preferir escolher um espelho específico, em seguida, adicioná-lo escolhendo \"Adicionar uma mídia específica espelho\" no menu do \"arquivo\" drop-down. " +msgstr "" +"Adicione os repositórios oficiais disponíveis na Internet. Estes " +"repositórios conter apenas software seguro e bem testado. Clicando sobre o " +"\"Adicionar\" botão adiciona o mirrorlist para sua configuração, ele é " +"projetado para ter certeza de que você instalar e atualizar a partir de um " +"espelho perto de você. Se preferir escolher um espelho específico, em " +"seguida, adicioná-lo escolhendo \"Adicionar uma mídia específica espelho\" " +"no menu do \"arquivo\" drop-down. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>setas acima e abaixo:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Alterar a ordem da lista. Quando drakrpm procura por um pacote, ele lê a lista na ordem apresentada e irá instalar o primeiro pacote encontrado para o mesmo número de versão - em caso de uma incompatibilidade de versão, a última versão será instalada. Então, se possível, coloque os repositórios mais rápidos no topo." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Alterar a ordem da lista. Quando drakrpm procura por um pacote, ele lê a " +"lista na ordem apresentada e irá instalar o primeiro pacote encontrado para " +"o mesmo número de versão - em caso de uma incompatibilidade de versão, a " +"última versão será instalada. Então, se possível, coloque os repositórios " +"mais rápidos no topo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "o menu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo -> Atualização:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Uma janela aparece com a lista de mídia. Selecione aquelas que você deseja atualizar e clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização </guibutton>." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Uma janela aparece com a lista de mídia. Selecione aquelas que você deseja " +"atualizar e clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização </guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" -msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico: </guimenu>" +msgstr "" +"<guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico: </guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Suponha que você não está feliz com o espelho real, porque, por exemplo, é muito lento ou muitas vezes indisponível, você pode escolher outro espelho. Selecione todas as mídias atuais e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para levá-los para fora. Clique em <guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico </guimenu>, escolha entre atualização só ou o conjunto completo (se você não sabe, escolher o <guibutton>Conjunto completo de fontes </guibutton>) e aceitar o contato clicando <guibutton>Sim</guibutton>. Esta janela é aberta:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +msgstr "" +"Suponha que você não está feliz com o espelho real, porque, por exemplo, é " +"muito lento ou muitas vezes indisponível, você pode escolher outro espelho. " +"Selecione todas as mídias atuais e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> " +"para levá-los para fora. Clique em <guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho " +"de mídia específico </guimenu>, escolha entre atualização só ou o conjunto " +"completo (se você não sabe, escolher o <guibutton>Conjunto completo de " +"fontes </guibutton>) e aceitar o contato clicando <guibutton>Sim</" +"guibutton>. Esta janela é aberta:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Você pode ver, à esquerda, uma lista de países, escolha a sua ou um muito perto, clicando sobre o símbolo>, isto irá exibir todos os espelhos disponíveis naquele país. Selecione um e clique em <guibutton>OK </guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode ver, à esquerda, uma lista de países, escolha a sua ou um muito " +"perto, clicando sobre o símbolo>, isto irá exibir todos os espelhos " +"disponíveis naquele país. Selecione um e clique em <guibutton>OK </" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um meio personalizado: </guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "É possível instalar uma nova mídia (de um terceiro, por exemplo) que não é suportado pelo Mageia. Uma nova janela será exibida:" +msgstr "" +"É possível instalar uma nova mídia (de um terceiro, por exemplo) que não é " +"suportado pelo Mageia. Uma nova janela será exibida:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selecione o tipo de mídia, encontrar um nome correto que bem definem o meio e dar o URL (ou o caminho, de acordo com o tipo médio)" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selecione o tipo de mídia, " +"encontrar um nome correto que bem definem o meio e dar o URL (ou o caminho, " +"de acordo com o tipo médio)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Opções -> Opções globais: </guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "Este item permite que você escolha quando a \"Verificar RPMs a serem instalados \" (sempre ou nunca), o programa de download (curl ou wget aria2) e definir a política de download para obter informações sobre os pacotes (on demand-by default -, só atualizar, sempre ou nunca)." +msgstr "" +"Este item permite que você escolha quando a \"Verificar RPMs a serem " +"instalados \" (sempre ou nunca), o programa de download (curl ou wget aria2) " +"e definir a política de download para obter informações sobre os pacotes (on " +"demand-by default -, só atualizar, sempre ou nunca)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Opções -> Gerenciar chaves: </guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "Para garantir um elevado nível de segurança, chaves digitais são usados para autenticar a mídia. É possível que cada meio para permitir ou não a chave. Na janela que aparecer, selecione um meio e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para permitir que uma nova chave ou para seleccionar uma tecla e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para não permitir que a chave." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"Para garantir um elevado nível de segurança, chaves digitais são usados para " +"autenticar a mídia. É possível que cada meio para permitir ou não a chave. " +"Na janela que aparecer, selecione um meio e, em seguida, clique em " +"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para permitir que uma nova chave ou para " +"seleccionar uma tecla e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para não " +"permitir que a chave." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "Faça isso com cuidado, como acontece com todas as questões relacionadas com a segurança" +msgstr "" +"Faça isso com cuidado, como acontece com todas as questões relacionadas com " +"a segurança" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Opções -> Proxy: </guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Se você precisar usar um servidor proxy para acesso à internet, você pode configurá-lo aqui. Você só precisa dar o <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> e se necessário, uma <guilabel>Usuário</guilabel> e <guilabel>senha</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Se você precisar usar um servidor proxy para acesso à internet, você pode " +"configurá-lo aqui. Você só precisa dar o <guibutton>Proxy hostname</" +"guibutton> e se necessário, uma <guilabel>Usuário</guilabel> e " +"<guilabel>senha</guilabel>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -3999,8 +4795,7 @@ msgstr "Compartilhar diretórios e discos com Samba" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4013,7 +4808,13 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba é um protocolo utilizado em diferentes sistemas operacionais para compartilhar alguns recursos como diretórios ou impressoras. Esta ferramenta permite-lhe configurar a máquina como um servidor Samba utilizando o protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo também é usado pelo Windows(R) e estações de trabalho com este sistema operacional pode acessar os recursos do servidor Samba." +msgstr "" +"Samba é um protocolo utilizado em diferentes sistemas operacionais para " +"compartilhar alguns recursos como diretórios ou impressoras. Esta ferramenta " +"permite-lhe configurar a máquina como um servidor Samba utilizando o " +"protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo também é usado pelo Windows(R) e estações " +"de trabalho com este sistema operacional pode acessar os recursos do " +"servidor Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4029,7 +4830,13 @@ msgid "" "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." -msgstr "Para ser acessados a partir de outras estações de trabalho, o servidor tem de ter um endereço IP fixo. Isso pode ser especificado diretamente no servidor, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, ou no servidor DHCP que identifica a estação com seu endereço MAC e dar-lhe sempre o mesmo endereço. O firewall também tem de permitir que os pedidos de entrada para o servidor Samba." +msgstr "" +"Para ser acessados a partir de outras estações de trabalho, o servidor tem " +"de ter um endereço IP fixo. Isso pode ser especificado diretamente no " +"servidor, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, ou no " +"servidor DHCP que identifica a estação com seu endereço MAC e dar-lhe sempre " +"o mesmo endereço. O firewall também tem de permitir que os pedidos de " +"entrada para o servidor Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -4039,20 +4846,25 @@ msgstr "Wizard - servidor Standalone" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "Na primeira execução, as ferramentas <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se os pacotes necessários estão instalados e propõe para instalá-los, se eles ainda não estão presentes. Em seguida, o assistente para configurar o servidor Samba é lançado." +msgstr "" +"Na primeira execução, as ferramentas <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/> se os pacotes necessários estão instalados e propõe para instalá-" +"los, se eles ainda não estão presentes. Em seguida, o assistente para " +"configurar o servidor Samba é lançado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4062,10 +4874,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." -msgstr "Na janela seguinte, a opção de configuração de servidor Standalone já está selecionado." +msgstr "" +"Na janela seguinte, a opção de configuração de servidor Standalone já está " +"selecionado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4073,19 +4886,21 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." -msgstr "Em seguida, especifique o nome do grupo de trabalho. Este nome deve ser o mesmo para o acesso aos recursos compartilhados." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, especifique o nome do grupo de trabalho. Este nome deve ser o " +"mesmo para o acesso aos recursos compartilhados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." -msgstr "O nome NetBIOS é o nome que vai ser usado para designar o servidor da rede." +msgstr "" +"O nome NetBIOS é o nome que vai ser usado para designar o servidor da rede." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4100,24 +4915,29 @@ msgstr "Escolha o modo de segurança:" msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>usuário </guilabel>: o cliente deve ser autorizado a acessar o recurso" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>usuário </guilabel>: o cliente deve ser autorizado a acessar o " +"recurso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: o cliente autentica-se separadamente para cada ação" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: o cliente autentica-se separadamente para cada " +"ação" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "Você pode especificar quais hosts estão autorizados a acessar os recursos, com o endereço IP ou nome do host." +msgstr "" +"Você pode especificar quais hosts estão autorizados a acessar os recursos, " +"com o endereço IP ou nome do host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4127,10 +4947,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Especifique o banner do servidor. O banner é a forma como este servidor será descrito nas estações de trabalho do Windows." +msgstr "" +"Especifique o banner do servidor. O banner é a forma como este servidor será " +"descrito nas estações de trabalho do Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4139,10 +4960,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "O lugar onde Samba pode registrar informações podem ser especificadas na próxima etapa." +msgstr "" +"O lugar onde Samba pode registrar informações podem ser especificadas na " +"próxima etapa." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4151,12 +4973,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "O assistente exibe uma lista dos parâmetros escolhidos antes de aceitar a configuração. Quando aceito, a configuração será escrito em <code>/ etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"O assistente exibe uma lista dos parâmetros escolhidos antes de aceitar a " +"configuração. Quando aceito, a configuração será escrito em <code>/ etc/" +"samba/smb.conf</code>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4166,8 +4990,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "Wizard - controlador de domínio primário" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4180,7 +5003,12 @@ msgid "" "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a opção \"controlador de domínio primário\" for selecionado, o assistente pede indicação se ganha é apoiar ou não, e para fornecer aos usuários de administrador nomes. Os passos seguintes são, em seguida, o mesmo que para o servidor autônomo, exceto que você pode escolher também o modo de segurança:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a opção \"controlador de " +"domínio primário\" for selecionado, o assistente pede indicação se ganha é " +"apoiar ou não, e para fornecer aos usuários de administrador nomes. Os " +"passos seguintes são, em seguida, o mesmo que para o servidor autônomo, " +"exceto que você pode escolher também o modo de segurança:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 @@ -4188,7 +5016,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>domínio</guilabel>: fornece um mecanismo para armazenar todos os usuários e grupos de contas em uma, compartilhada, repositório conta central. O repositório centralizado conta é compartilhado entre os controladores (segurança)." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>domínio</guilabel>: fornece um mecanismo para armazenar todos os " +"usuários e grupos de contas em uma, compartilhada, repositório conta " +"central. O repositório centralizado conta é compartilhado entre os " +"controladores (segurança)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4200,8 +5032,7 @@ msgstr "Declare um diretório para compartilhar" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "Com o botão <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>, temos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4209,14 +5040,17 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." -msgstr "Uma nova entrada é assim, acrescentou. Ele pode ser modificado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. As opções podem ser editadas, como se o diretório é visível para o público, gravável ou navegável. O nome do compartilhamento não pode ser modificado." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Uma nova entrada é assim, acrescentou. Ele pode ser modificado com o botão " +"<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. As opções podem ser editadas, como se o " +"diretório é visível para o público, gravável ou navegável. O nome do " +"compartilhamento não pode ser modificado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4224,7 +5058,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "Quando a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada, entrada de menu pode ser usado." +msgstr "" +"Quando a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada, entrada de menu pode ser usado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 @@ -4261,8 +5096,7 @@ msgstr "compartilhar Impressoras" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba também permite que você compartilhe impressoras." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4280,8 +5114,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "usuários do Samba" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4292,7 +5125,11 @@ msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Neste guia, você pode adicionar usuários que têm permissão para acessar os recursos compartilhados quando a autenticação é necessária. Você pode adicionar usuários de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Neste guia, você pode adicionar usuários que têm permissão para acessar os " +"recursos compartilhados quando a autenticação é necessária. Você pode " +"adicionar usuários de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/> <placeholder type=" +"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -4304,8 +5141,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar a autenticação para obter ferramentas Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4313,23 +5149,29 @@ msgstr "draksec.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Segurança</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Segurança</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:20 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "Ele permite dar aos usuários regulares os direitos necessários para realizar tarefas normalmente feitas pelo administrador." +msgstr "" +"Ele permite dar aos usuários regulares os direitos necessários para realizar " +"tarefas normalmente feitas pelo administrador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:23 @@ -4337,7 +5179,10 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list gives the choice between:" -msgstr "A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada ferramenta, uma lista suspensa dá a escolha entre:" +msgstr "" +"A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são " +"exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada " +"ferramenta, uma lista suspensa dá a escolha entre:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:29 @@ -4347,19 +5192,25 @@ msgstr "Nenhuma senha: A ferramenta é lançado sem pedir qualquer senha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:34 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Senha do usuário: A senha do usuário é solicitado antes do lançamento da ferramenta." +msgstr "" +"Senha do usuário: A senha do usuário é solicitado antes do lançamento da " +"ferramenta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:39 msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "Senha de root: a senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento ferramenta" +msgstr "" +"Senha de root: a senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento ferramenta" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:44 msgid "" "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC " "tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Os valores predefinidos dependem do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja na mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta \"Configurar sistema de segurança, permissões e auditoria\"." +msgstr "" +"Os valores predefinidos dependem do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja na " +"mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta \"Configurar sistema de segurança, permissões e " +"auditoria\"." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11 @@ -4371,8 +5222,7 @@ msgstr "Snapshots" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4380,17 +5230,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponível no <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>do MCC, <guilabel>nas ferramentas de administração</guilabel> seção." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponível no " +"<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>do MCC, <guilabel>nas ferramentas de " +"administração</guilabel> seção." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -4398,39 +5253,59 @@ msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta em MCC, pela primeira vez, você verá uma mensagem sobre a instalação draksnapshot. Clique em <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> para prosseguir. Draksnapshot e alguns outros pacotes que necessita será instalado." +msgstr "" +"Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta em MCC, pela primeira vez, você verá uma " +"mensagem sobre a instalação draksnapshot. Clique em <guibutton>Instalar</" +"guibutton> para prosseguir. Draksnapshot e alguns outros pacotes que " +"necessita será instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Clique novamente em <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, você vai ver tela de<guilabel>Configurações</guilabel> . Assinale <guilabel> habilitar backups</guilabel> e, se você deseja fazer backup de todo o sistema, <guilabel> backup de todo o sistema </guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Clique novamente em <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, você vai ver tela " +"de<guilabel>Configurações</guilabel> . Assinale <guilabel> habilitar " +"backups</guilabel> e, se você deseja fazer backup de todo o sistema, " +"<guilabel> backup de todo o sistema </guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." -msgstr "Se você só quer parte backup dos seus diretórios, em seguida, escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>. Você verá uma pequena tela pop-up. Use o <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>e<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> botões ao lado da lista <guilabel>backup</guilabel> para incluir ou excluir os diretórios e arquivos do backup. Use os mesmos botões ao lado da lista <guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para remover subdiretórios e/ou arquivos dos diretórios escolhidos, que devem <emphasis role=\"bold\">não</emphasis> ser incluídos no backup . Clique em <guibutton>Fechar</guibutton> quando você está feito." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Se você só quer parte backup dos seus diretórios, em seguida, escolha " +"<guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>. Você verá uma pequena tela pop-up. Use o " +"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>e<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> botões ao " +"lado da lista <guilabel>backup</guilabel> para incluir ou excluir os " +"diretórios e arquivos do backup. Use os mesmos botões ao lado da lista " +"<guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para remover subdiretórios e/ou arquivos dos " +"diretórios escolhidos, que devem <emphasis role=\"bold\">não</emphasis> ser " +"incluídos no backup . Clique em <guibutton>Fechar</guibutton> quando você " +"está feito." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Agora dê o caminho para <guilabel>Onde fazer backup</guilabel>, ou escolher o <guibutton>Navegador</guibutton> para selecionar o caminho correto. Qualquer montado HD externo ou pen USB-pode ser encontrado em <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/usuário/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Agora dê o caminho para <guilabel>Onde fazer backup</guilabel>, ou escolher " +"o <guibutton>Navegador</guibutton> para selecionar o caminho correto. " +"Qualquer montado HD externo ou pen USB-pode ser encontrado em <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">/run/media/usuário/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 @@ -4447,8 +5322,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração do Som" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4456,16 +5330,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. ¶" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</" +"emphasis>. ¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4473,15 +5352,20 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound trata da configuração de som, incluindo a escolha do driver, as opções PulseAudio e resolução de problemas. Ela irá ajudá-lo se você tiver problemas de som ou se você mudar a placa de som." +msgstr "" +"Draksound trata da configuração de som, incluindo a escolha do driver, as " +"opções PulseAudio e resolução de problemas. Ela irá ajudá-lo se você tiver " +"problemas de som ou se você mudar a placa de som." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." -msgstr "A lista drop-down chamado <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> permite que você selecione um driver de todos os disponíveis no computador que correspondem a placa de som." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"A lista drop-down chamado <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> permite que você " +"selecione um driver de todos os disponíveis no computador que correspondem a " +"placa de som." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4489,58 +5373,77 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "Na maioria das vezes, é possível escolher um controlador usando o OSS ou ALSA API. OSS é o mais antigo e muito básico, recomendamos escolher ALSA quando possível aos seus recursos avançados." +msgstr "" +"Na maioria das vezes, é possível escolher um controlador usando o OSS ou " +"ALSA API. OSS é o mais antigo e muito básico, recomendamos escolher ALSA " +"quando possível aos seus recursos avançados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>Pulse Audio</guilabel> é um servidor de som. Ele recebe todas as entradas de som, mistura-los de acordo com as preferências do usuário e envia o som resultante para a saída. Veja <guimenu>Menu -> Som e Vídeo -> controle de volume PulseAudio </guimenu> para definir essas preferências." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Pulse Audio</guilabel> é um servidor de som. Ele recebe todas as " +"entradas de som, mistura-los de acordo com as preferências do usuário e " +"envia o som resultante para a saída. Veja <guimenu>Menu -> Som e Vídeo -> " +"controle de volume PulseAudio </guimenu> para definir essas preferências." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio é o servidor de som padrão e é recomendável deixá-lo ativado." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio é o servidor de som padrão e é recomendável deixá-lo ativado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> Pulse Audio melhora com alguns programas. Também é recomendável deixá-lo ativado." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> Pulse Audio melhora com alguns programas. " +"Também é recomendável deixá-lo ativado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" -msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibir uma nova janela com três botões:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" +msgstr "" +"O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibir uma nova janela com três " +"botões:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." -msgstr "O primeiro botão dá total liberdade de escolha. Você tem que saber o que está fazendo." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro botão dá total liberdade de escolha. Você tem que saber o que " +"está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." -msgstr "A segunda é óbvia e o último dá assistência para resolver quaisquer problemas que possa ter. Você vai encontrá-lo útil para tentar isso antes de pedir à comunidade para ajudar." +msgstr "" +"A segunda é óbvia e o último dá assistência para resolver quaisquer " +"problemas que possa ter. Você vai encontrá-lo útil para tentar isso antes de " +"pedir à comunidade para ajudar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -4552,8 +5455,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar uma UPS para monitoramento de energia" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4561,9 +5463,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4575,8 +5479,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar conexão VPN para proteger o acesso à rede" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4584,9 +5487,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4597,7 +5502,13 @@ msgid "" "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar o acesso seguro a uma rede remota estabelecer um túnel entre a estação de trabalho local e à rede remota. Discutiremos aqui apenas da configuração do lado da estação de trabalho. Nós assumimos que a rede remota já está em operação, e que você tem as informações de conexão do administrador de rede, como um arquivo de configuração do .pcf" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar " +"o acesso seguro a uma rede remota estabelecer um túnel entre a estação de " +"trabalho local e à rede remota. Discutiremos aqui apenas da configuração do " +"lado da estação de trabalho. Nós assumimos que a rede remota já está em " +"operação, e que você tem as informações de conexão do administrador de rede, " +"como um arquivo de configuração do .pcf" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -4609,7 +5520,9 @@ msgstr "Configuração" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "Primeiro, selecione Cisco VPN Concentrador ou OpenVPN, dependendo de qual protocolo é usado para a sua rede privada virtual." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, selecione Cisco VPN Concentrador ou OpenVPN, dependendo de qual " +"protocolo é usado para a sua rede privada virtual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -4626,8 +5539,7 @@ msgstr "Na tela seguinte, forneça os detalhes para a sua conexão VPN." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Para a Cisco VPN" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4637,10 +5549,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "Para openvpn. O pacote openvpn e suas dependências vai ser instalado pela primeira vez, a ferramenta é usada." +msgstr "" +"Para openvpn. O pacote openvpn e suas dependências vai ser instalado pela " +"primeira vez, a ferramenta é usada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4650,15 +5563,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Selecione os arquivos que você recebeu do administrador de rede." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Selecione os arquivos que você " +"recebeu do administrador de rede." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Os parâmetros avançados:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4673,15 +5587,20 @@ msgstr "A próxima tela pede endereço IP do gateway." msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." -msgstr "Quando os parâmetros são definidos, você tem a opção de iniciar a ligação VPN." +msgstr "" +"Quando os parâmetros são definidos, você tem a opção de iniciar a ligação " +"VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." -msgstr "Essa conexão VPN pode ser configurado para iniciar automaticamente com uma conexão de rede. Para fazer isso, reconfigurar a conexão de rede para sempre ligar a esta VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Essa conexão VPN pode ser configurado para iniciar automaticamente com uma " +"conexão de rede. Para fazer isso, reconfigurar a conexão de rede para sempre " +"ligar a esta VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -4693,8 +5612,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar webserver" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4702,16 +5620,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um servidor web." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a " +"configurar um servidor web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -4723,7 +5645,9 @@ msgstr "O que é um servidor web?" msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Servidor Web é um software que ajuda a fornecer o conteúdo da web que pode ser acessado através da Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)" +msgstr "" +"Servidor Web é um software que ajuda a fornecer o conteúdo da web que pode " +"ser acessado através da Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -4735,26 +5659,26 @@ msgstr "Configurando um servidor web com drakwizard apache2" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor web." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique <guibutton>Próxima</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Selecionando Exposer Servidor: local Net e ou World" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4764,15 +5688,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "A exposição do servidor web para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto para coisas ruins." +msgstr "" +"A exposição do servidor web para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto " +"para coisas ruins." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "Módulo do Usuário do Servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4787,8 +5712,7 @@ msgstr "Permite que os usuários criem seus próprios sites." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "Usuário nome do diretório web" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4798,15 +5722,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." -msgstr "O usuário precisa criar e preencher este diretório, em seguida, o servidor irá exibi-la." +msgstr "" +"O usuário precisa criar e preencher este diretório, em seguida, o servidor " +"irá exibi-la." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "Documento Servidor Raiz" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4814,29 +5739,31 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." -msgstr "Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos padrão." +msgstr "" +"Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos " +"padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumo" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -4844,8 +5771,7 @@ msgstr "Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Pró msgid "Finish" msgstr "Terminar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4866,8 +5792,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4875,245 +5800,260 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ligam</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ligam</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Configurar DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a criar uma <acronym>DHCP</acronym> servidor. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a " +"criar uma <acronym>DHCP</acronym> servidor. É um componente de drakwizard " +"que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "O que é DHCP?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "O Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede padronizado usado em redes IP que configura dinamicamente endereços IP e outras informações que são necessárias para a comunicação com a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)" +msgstr "" +"O Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) é um " +"protocolo de rede padronizado usado em redes IP que configura dinamicamente " +"endereços IP e outras informações que são necessárias para a comunicação com " +"a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "Configurando um servidor DHCP com drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor DHCP." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "selecionando Adaptor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Escolha a interface de rede, que é conectado à sub-rede, e para o qual DHCP irá atribuir endereços IP e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a interface de rede, que é conectado à sub-rede, e para o qual DHCP " +"irá atribuir endereços IP e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Selecione o intervalo IP" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Selecione o início eo fim endereços IP do intervalo de IPs que você deseja que o servidor para oferecer, juntamente com o IP da máquina gateway de conexão para algum lugar fora da rede local, espero que próximo da Internet, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o início eo fim endereços IP do intervalo de IPs que você deseja " +"que o servidor para oferecer, juntamente com o IP da máquina gateway de " +"conexão para algum lugar fora da rede local, espero que próximo da Internet, " +"em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Segure-se ..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." -msgstr "Isso pode ser corrigido. Clique <guibutton>anteriores</guibutton> algumas vezes e mudar as coisas ao redor." +msgstr "" +"Isso pode ser corrigido. Clique <guibutton>anteriores</guibutton> algumas " +"vezes e mudar as coisas ao redor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Horas mais tarde ..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "O que é feito" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "Instalando o pacote dhcp-server, se necessário;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "salvando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> em <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"salvando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> em <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Criando um novo <code>dhcpd.conf</code>a partir de <code>/usr/share wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Criando um novo <code>dhcpd.conf</code>a partir de <code>/usr/share wizards/" +"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos " +"parâmetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hnome</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mascara</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "Também modificando Webmin arquivo de configuração <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"Também modificando Webmin arquivo de configuração <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/" +"config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "Reiniciando<code> dhcpd </code>" @@ -5127,8 +6067,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar tempo" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5136,18 +6075,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> objetivo é definir a hora do seu servidor sincronizado com um servidor externo. Ele não é instalado por padrão e você também tem que instalar os pacotes drakwizard e drakwizard-base." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> objetivo é definir " +"a hora do seu servidor sincronizado com um servidor externo. Ele não é " +"instalado por padrão e você também tem que instalar os pacotes drakwizard e " +"drakwizard-base." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5160,28 +6105,28 @@ msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "Após a tela de boas-vindas (veja acima), o segundo pedir para você escolher três servidores de tempo na listas suspensas e sugere usar pool.ntp.org duas vezes porque esse servidor sempre aponta para os servidores de tempo disponíveis." +msgstr "" +"Após a tela de boas-vindas (veja acima), o segundo pedir para você escolher " +"três servidores de tempo na listas suspensas e sugere usar pool.ntp.org duas " +"vezes porque esse servidor sempre aponta para os servidores de tempo " +"disponíveis." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5189,15 +6134,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "As telas a seguir permite escolher a região e da cidade e, em seguida, você chega em um resumo. Se algo estiver errado, você pode, obviamente, alterar-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Se tudo estiver certo, clique no botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> para avançar para o teste. Pode levar um tempo e você finalmente conseguir esta tela abaixo:" +msgstr "" +"As telas a seguir permite escolher a região e da cidade e, em seguida, você " +"chega em um resumo. Se algo estiver errado, você pode, obviamente, alterar-" +"lo usando o botão <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Se tudo estiver certo, " +"clique no botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> para avançar para o teste. " +"Pode levar um tempo e você finalmente conseguir esta tela abaixo:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5205,7 +6154,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "Clique no botão <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para fechar a ferramenta" +msgstr "" +"Clique no botão <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para fechar a ferramenta" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 @@ -5220,37 +6170,48 @@ msgstr "Instalando o pacote <code>ntp</code> se necessário" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "Salvar os arquivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code>para<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Salvar os arquivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code>para<code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-" +"tickers.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" -msgstr "Escrevendo uma nova <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> com a lista de servidores;" +msgstr "" +"Escrevendo uma nova <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> com a lista de " +"servidores;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" -msgstr "Modificando o arquivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, inserindo o primeiro nome do servidor;" +msgstr "" +"Modificando o arquivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, inserindo o primeiro nome " +"do servidor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "Parando e iniciando <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> e <code>ntpd</code> serviços;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"Parando e iniciando <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> e <code>ntpd</code> " +"serviços;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 msgid "" "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." -msgstr "Acertar o relógio de hardware para a hora do sistema atual com referência UTC." +msgstr "" +"Acertar o relógio de hardware para a hora do sistema atual com referência " +"UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 @@ -5262,8 +6223,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5271,16 +6231,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um <acronym>FTP</acronym> servidor." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a " +"configurar um <acronym>FTP</acronym> servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -5293,7 +6257,11 @@ msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede padrão usado para transferir arquivos de um hospedeiro para outro host através de uma <acronym>TCP</acronym> baseado em rede, como a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)" +msgstr "" +"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede " +"padrão usado para transferir arquivos de um hospedeiro para outro host " +"através de uma <acronym>TCP</acronym> baseado em rede, como a Internet. " +"(Origem: Wikipédia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -5305,14 +6273,12 @@ msgstr "Configuração de um servidor FTP com drakwizard proftpd" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de FTP. Apertem os cintos." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5322,15 +6288,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "A exposição do servidor FTP para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto para coisas ruins." +msgstr "" +"A exposição do servidor FTP para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto " +"para coisas ruins." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Informaação do servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5340,15 +6307,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Digite o nome do sever usará para apresentar-se, alguém para enviar reclamações e também a possibilidade de permitir o acesso de login root." +msgstr "" +"Digite o nome do sever usará para apresentar-se, alguém para enviar " +"reclamações e também a possibilidade de permitir o acesso de login root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Opções do servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5356,18 +6324,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Defina a porta de escuta, o usuário preso, permitir currículos e / ou <acronym>FXP </acronym> (File Exchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Defina a porta de escuta, o usuário preso, permitir currículos e / ou " +"<acronym>FXP </acronym> (File Exchange Protocol)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5382,8 +6350,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5391,9 +6358,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard lula</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard lula</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5401,7 +6370,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>pode ajudá-lo a configurar um servidor proxy. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>pode ajudá-lo a " +"configurar um servidor proxy. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser " +"instalado antes de poder aceder a ele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -5417,7 +6389,14 @@ msgid "" "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso disponível a partir de um servidor diferente eo servidor proxy avalia a solicitação como uma maneira de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade. (Origem: Wikipédia)" +msgstr "" +"Um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que " +"atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de " +"outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando " +"algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso " +"disponível a partir de um servidor diferente eo servidor proxy avalia a " +"solicitação como uma maneira de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade. " +"(Origem: Wikipédia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -5429,8 +6408,7 @@ msgstr "Configurando um servidor proxy com squid drakwizard" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor proxy." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5440,8 +6418,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Selecionando a porta do proxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5451,15 +6428,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Selecione os navegadores porta proxy vai conectar através, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Selecione os navegadores porta proxy vai conectar através, em seguida, " +"clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Definir Memória e Disk Usage" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5468,15 +6446,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Definir limites de memória e cache de disco, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Definir limites de memória e cache de disco, em seguida, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "Selecione Controle de Acesso à Rede" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5484,34 +6463,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Definir visibilidade à rede local ou mundial, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Definir visibilidade à rede local ou mundial, em seguida, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Conceda Network Access" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Conceda acesso a redes locais, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Conceda acesso a redes locais, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "Use Nível Superior Proxy Server?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5526,8 +6506,7 @@ msgstr "Cascade através de outro servidor proxy? Se não, passe próximo passo. msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "Nível Superior Proxy URL e Porto" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5535,12 +6514,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Fornecer o nome do host proxy de nível superior e porta, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar </guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Fornecer o nome do host proxy de nível superior e porta, em seguida, clique " +"em <guibutton>Avançar </guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5550,8 +6530,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "Iniciar durante a inicialização?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5561,10 +6540,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Escolha se o servidor proxy deve ser iniciado durante o tempo de inicialização, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Escolha se o servidor proxy deve ser iniciado durante o tempo de " +"inicialização, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5577,56 +6557,55 @@ msgstr "Instalando o pacote de lulas, se necessário;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Salvando <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> em <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Salvando <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> em <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Criando um novo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Criando um novo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "<code>nível</code> 1, 2 ou 3 e <code>http_access </code> de acordo com o nível" +msgstr "" +"<code>nível</code> 1, 2 ou 3 e <code>http_access </code> de acordo com o " +"nível" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5646,8 +6625,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração do daemon OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5655,16 +6633,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a " +"configurar um <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -5676,11 +6658,17 @@ msgstr "O que é <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) é um protocolo de rede de criptografia para comunicação segura de dados, de linha de comando de login remoto, a execução do comando remoto, e outros serviços de rede segura entre dois computadores ligados em rede que conecta, através de um canal seguro através de uma rede insegura, um (servidor e um cliente executando o servidor SSH e <acronym>SSH</acronym> programas clientes, respectivamente). (Origem: Wikipédia)" +msgstr "" +"Secure Shell (SSH) é um protocolo de rede de criptografia para comunicação " +"segura de dados, de linha de comando de login remoto, a execução do comando " +"remoto, e outros serviços de rede segura entre dois computadores ligados em " +"rede que conecta, através de um canal seguro através de uma rede insegura, " +"um (servidor e um cliente executando o servidor SSH e <acronym>SSH</" +"acronym> programas clientes, respectivamente). (Origem: Wikipédia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -5697,8 +6685,7 @@ msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de SSH em Abrir." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Selecionar tipo de Configurar opções" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5706,18 +6693,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> para todas as opções ou <guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para pular etapas 3-7, clique <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> para todas as opções ou " +"<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para pular etapas 3-7, clique " +"<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opções Gerais" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5727,15 +6715,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Define a visibilidade e as opções de acesso root. Porta 22 é o <acronym>SSH padrão</acronym> porta." +msgstr "" +"Define a visibilidade e as opções de acesso root. Porta 22 é o <acronym>SSH " +"padrão</acronym> porta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Métodos de autenticação" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5745,15 +6734,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Permitir uma variedade de métodos de autenticação de usuários podem usar durante a conexão, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Permitir uma variedade de métodos de autenticação de usuários podem usar " +"durante a conexão, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Logging" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5761,17 +6751,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Escolha facilidade de registro e nível de produção, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Escolha facilidade de registro e nível de produção, em seguida, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Opções de Login" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5779,15 +6770,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configure configurações por login, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configure configurações por login, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Login do usuário Opções" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5796,15 +6787,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Defina as configurações de acesso do usuário, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Defina as configurações de acesso do usuário, em seguida, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Compressão e Encaminhamento" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5814,16 +6806,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configure o encaminhamento X11 e compressão durante a transferência, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configure o encaminhamento X11 e compressão durante a transferência, em " +"seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5838,8 +6830,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar Serviços do Sistema" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5847,9 +6838,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5861,8 +6854,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração de hardware" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5870,9 +6862,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5882,7 +6876,12 @@ msgid "" "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>dá uma visão geral do hardware do seu computador. Quando a ferramenta é lançado, ele executa um trabalho de olhar para todos os elementos do hardware. Para isso, ele usa o comando <code>ldetect</code>, que refere-se a uma lista de hardware em <code>ldetect-lst </code>." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>dá uma visão geral " +"do hardware do seu computador. Quando a ferramenta é lançado, ele executa um " +"trabalho de olhar para todos os elementos do hardware. Para isso, ele usa o " +"comando <code>ldetect</code>, que refere-se a uma lista de hardware em " +"<code>ldetect-lst </code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -5900,7 +6899,10 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "A coluna da esquerda contém uma lista de hardware detectado. Os dispositivos são agrupados por categorias. Clique no> para expandir o conteúdo de uma categoria. Cada dispositivo pode ser selecionada nesta coluna." +msgstr "" +"A coluna da esquerda contém uma lista de hardware detectado. Os dispositivos " +"são agrupados por categorias. Clique no> para expandir o conteúdo de uma " +"categoria. Cada dispositivo pode ser selecionada nesta coluna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -5908,14 +6910,19 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "A coluna da direita exibe informações sobre o dispositivo selecionado. <guimenu> ->A ajuda e Descrição Campos</guimenu> dá algumas informações sobre o conteúdo dos campos." +msgstr "" +"A coluna da direita exibe informações sobre o dispositivo selecionado. " +"<guimenu> ->A ajuda e Descrição Campos</guimenu> dá algumas informações " +"sobre o conteúdo dos campos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "De acordo com o tipo de dispositivo é seleccionado, ou um ou dois botões estão disponíveis na parte inferior da coluna da direita:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"De acordo com o tipo de dispositivo é seleccionado, ou um ou dois botões " +"estão disponíveis na parte inferior da coluna da direita:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -5923,21 +6930,29 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Definir as opções atuais do driver</guibutton>: este pode ser usado para parametrizar o módulo que é usado em relação ao aparelho. Este mosto utilizado apenas por especialistas." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Definir as opções atuais do driver</guibutton>: este pode ser " +"usado para parametrizar o módulo que é usado em relação ao aparelho. Este " +"mosto utilizado apenas por especialistas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Executar ferramenta de configuração</guibutton>: acesso à ferramenta que pode configurar o dispositivo. A ferramenta pode muitas vezes ser acessado diretamente a partir do MCC." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Executar ferramenta de configuração</guibutton>: acesso à " +"ferramenta que pode configurar o dispositivo. A ferramenta pode muitas vezes " +"ser acessado diretamente a partir do MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "O menu de <guimenu>opções </guimenu> dá a oportunidade de verificar caixas para permitir a detecção automática:" +msgstr "" +"O menu de <guimenu>opções </guimenu> dá a oportunidade de verificar caixas " +"para permitir a detecção automática:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -5960,7 +6975,10 @@ msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "Por padrão, estas detecções não estão habilitados, porque eles são lentos. Marque a opção apropriada (s) se você tem este hardware conectado. Detecção estará operacional na próxima vez que esta ferramenta é iniciado." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, estas detecções não estão habilitados, porque eles são lentos. " +"Marque a opção apropriada (s) se você tem este hardware conectado. Detecção " +"estará operacional na próxima vez que esta ferramenta é iniciado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -5972,8 +6990,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o layout do teclado" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -5981,9 +6998,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -5993,7 +7012,12 @@ msgid "" "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "A ferramenta keyboarddrake <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ajuda a configurar o layout básico para o teclado que você deseja usar no Mageia. Ela afeta o layout de teclado para todos os usuários do sistema. Ele pode ser encontrado na seção de hardware do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado \"Configure mouse e teclado\"." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta keyboarddrake <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ajuda a " +"configurar o layout básico para o teclado que você deseja usar no Mageia. " +"Ela afeta o layout de teclado para todos os usuários do sistema. Ele pode " +"ser encontrado na seção de hardware do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) " +"chamado \"Configure mouse e teclado\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -6003,10 +7027,13 @@ msgstr "layout do teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." -msgstr "Aqui você pode selecionar quais layout de teclado que você deseja usar. Os nomes (listados em ordem alfabética) de idioma, país e/ou etnia cada layout deve ser utilizado." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode selecionar quais layout de teclado que você deseja usar. Os " +"nomes (listados em ordem alfabética) de idioma, país e/ou etnia cada layout " +"deve ser utilizado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6018,7 +7045,10 @@ msgstr "Tipo de teclado" msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "Este menu permite que você selecione o tipo de teclado que você está usando. Se você não tiver certeza de qual é para escolher, é melhor deixá-lo como o tipo padrão." +msgstr "" +"Este menu permite que você selecione o tipo de teclado que você está usando. " +"Se você não tiver certeza de qual é para escolher, é melhor deixá-lo como o " +"tipo padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -6030,8 +7060,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6039,9 +7068,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6051,14 +7082,21 @@ msgid "" "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>podem ser encontrados na seção Sistema do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado \"Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema\". Ele abre com uma janela na qual você pode escolher o idioma. A escolha é adaptado para os idiomas selecionados durante a instalação." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>podem ser " +"encontrados na seção Sistema do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado " +"\"Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema\". Ele abre com uma janela na " +"qual você pode escolher o idioma. A escolha é adaptado para os idiomas " +"selecionados durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dar acesso para ativar a compatibilidade com a codificação antiga (não UTF8)." +msgstr "" +"O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dar acesso para ativar a " +"compatibilidade com a codificação antiga (não UTF8)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 @@ -6066,7 +7104,10 @@ msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." -msgstr "A segunda janela mostra uma lista de países de acordo com o idioma selecionado. O botão <guibutton>Outros países</guibutton> dá acesso a países não listados." +msgstr "" +"A segunda janela mostra uma lista de países de acordo com o idioma " +"selecionado. O botão <guibutton>Outros países</guibutton> dá acesso a países " +"não listados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 @@ -6085,14 +7126,21 @@ msgid "" "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." -msgstr "Em <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (a partir do menu drop-down na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres em vários idiomas (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Em <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método " +"de entrada (a partir do menu drop-down na parte inferior da lista). Métodos " +"de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres em vários idiomas (chinês, " +"japonês, coreano, etc...)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "Para localidades asiáticas e africanas, IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não devem precisar configurá-lo manualmente." +msgstr "" +"Para localidades asiáticas e africanas, IBus será definido como método de " +"entrada padrão para que os usuários não devem precisar configurá-lo " +"manualmente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 @@ -6100,7 +7148,11 @@ msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem, caso não esteja disponível a partir do menu drop-down, ser instalado em outra parte do Centro de Controle Mageia. Veja <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc) também oferecem funções " +"semelhantes e podem, caso não esteja disponível a partir do menu drop-down, " +"ser instalado em outra parte do Centro de Controle Mageia. Veja <xref " +"linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -6112,8 +7164,7 @@ msgstr "Ver e sistema de busca registros" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6121,17 +7172,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>é encontrada na guia Centro de Controle Mageia, chamado\"<guilabel>Ver sistema de busca de registros</guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>é encontrada na " +"guia Centro de Controle Mageia, chamado\"<guilabel>Ver sistema de busca de " +"registros</guilabel>\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -6141,27 +7197,43 @@ msgstr "Para fazer uma busca nos registros" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "Primeiro, digite a seqüência de teclas que deseja procurar no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis>campo e/ou a seqüência de teclas que deseja <emphasis>não</emphasis> deseja ver entre as respostas no campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mas que não corresponde</emphasis>. Em seguida, selecione o arquivo(s) para procurar no campo <guilabel>Escolher arquivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, é possível limitar a busca para um só dia. Selecione-o no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendário</emphasis>, usando as pequenas setas em cada lado do mês e ano, e verificar <guibutton>\" Mostrar apenas para o dia selecionado\"</guibutton>. Por fim, clique no botão de <guibutton>busca</guibutton> para ver os resultados na janela chamado <guilabel>Conteudo do arquivo</guilabel>. É possível salvar os resultados no formato txt. Clicando no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvar</emphasis> botão." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, digite a seqüência de teclas que deseja procurar no <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Matching</emphasis>campo e/ou a seqüência de teclas que deseja " +"<emphasis>não</emphasis> deseja ver entre as respostas no campo <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mas que não corresponde</emphasis>. Em seguida, selecione o " +"arquivo(s) para procurar no campo <guilabel>Escolher arquivo</guilabel>. " +"Opcionalmente, é possível limitar a busca para um só dia. Selecione-o no " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendário</emphasis>, usando as pequenas setas em " +"cada lado do mês e ano, e verificar <guibutton>\" Mostrar apenas para o dia " +"selecionado\"</guibutton>. Por fim, clique no botão de <guibutton>busca</" +"guibutton> para ver os resultados na janela chamado <guilabel>Conteudo do " +"arquivo</guilabel>. É possível salvar os resultados no formato txt. Clicando " +"no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvar</emphasis> botão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "Os <guibutton>Mageia Ferramentas Logs</guibutton> abriga os logs a partir das ferramentas de configuração Mageia como as ferramentas Cento de Controle Mageia. Esses registros são atualizados cada vez que uma configuração é modificada." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"Os <guibutton>Mageia Ferramentas Logs</guibutton> abriga os logs a partir " +"das ferramentas de configuração Mageia como as ferramentas Cento de Controle " +"Mageia. Esses registros são atualizados cada vez que uma configuração é " +"modificada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -6174,17 +7246,25 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." -msgstr "alerta <guibutton>Correio</guibutton> verifica automaticamente a carga do sistema e dos serviços a cada hora e, se necessário envia um e-mail para o endereço configurado." +msgstr "" +"alerta <guibutton>Correio</guibutton> verifica automaticamente a carga do " +"sistema e dos serviços a cada hora e, se necessário envia um e-mail para o " +"endereço configurado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Para configurar essa ferramenta, clique no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Correio Alerta</emphasis> botão e, em seguida, na próxima tela, no botão Configurar o sistema <guibutton>mail</guibutton> suspensa . Aqui, todos os serviços em execução são exibidos e você pode escolher quais você quer olhar relógio. (Ver imagem acima)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar essa ferramenta, clique no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Correio " +"Alerta</emphasis> botão e, em seguida, na próxima tela, no botão Configurar " +"o sistema <guibutton>mail</guibutton> suspensa . Aqui, todos os serviços em " +"execução são exibidos e você pode escolher quais você quer olhar relógio. " +"(Ver imagem acima)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -6231,8 +7311,7 @@ msgstr "Servidor Xinetd " msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "Nome BIND Domínio Resolve" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6241,11 +7320,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "Na próxima tela, selecione a <guilabel>carga</guilabel> valor você considera inaceitável. A carga representa a demanda de um processo, uma carga elevada retarda o sistema e uma carga muito alta pode indicar que um processo tem saído do controle. O valor padrão é 3. Recomendamos a definição do valor de carga de 3 vezes o número de processadores." +msgstr "" +"Na próxima tela, selecione a <guilabel>carga</guilabel> valor você " +"considera inaceitável. A carga representa a demanda de um processo, uma " +"carga elevada retarda o sistema e uma carga muito alta pode indicar que um " +"processo tem saído do controle. O valor padrão é 3. Recomendamos a definição " +"do valor de carga de 3 vezes o número de processadores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 @@ -6253,7 +7337,10 @@ msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." -msgstr "Na última tela, digite o <guilabel>endereço de e-mail</guilabel> da pessoa para ser avisado eo <guilabel>e-mail do servidor</guilabel> usar (local ou na Internet)." +msgstr "" +"Na última tela, digite o <guilabel>endereço de e-mail</guilabel> da pessoa " +"para ser avisado eo <guilabel>e-mail do servidor</guilabel> usar (local ou " +"na Internet)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -6268,25 +7355,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser " +"iniciado e usado na linha de comando." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor contacte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe de documentação.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que " +"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor contacte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe de documentação.</link> " +"Agradecendo antecipadamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -6301,9 +7396,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6311,18 +7408,23 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando. Ele vai te dar mais algumas informações, se usado na raiz." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser " +"iniciado e usado na linha de comando. Ele vai te dar mais algumas " +"informações, se usado na raiz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake dá a lista de todos os dispositivos conectados ao computador (USB, PCI e PCMCIA) e os drivers utilizados. Ele precisa dos pacotes ldetect e ldetect-lst para o trabalho." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake dá a lista de todos os dispositivos conectados ao computador " +"(USB, PCI e PCMCIA) e os drivers utilizados. Ele precisa dos pacotes ldetect " +"e ldetect-lst para o trabalho." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6331,14 +7433,19 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "Com a opção-v, lspcidrake adiciona os fornecedores de dispositivos e identificações." +msgstr "" +"Com a opção-v, lspcidrake adiciona os fornecedores de dispositivos e " +"identificações." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "lspcidrake muitas vezes gera listas muito longas, por isso, para encontrar uma informação, muitas vezes é usado em um pipeline com o comando grep, como nestes exemplos:" +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake muitas vezes gera listas muito longas, por isso, para encontrar " +"uma informação, muitas vezes é usado em um pipeline com o comando grep, como " +"nestes exemplos:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6370,10 +7477,11 @@ msgstr "-i para ignorar as distinções de caso." msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "Nesta imagem abaixo, você pode ver a ação da opção -v para lspcidrake e a opção -i para o grep." +msgstr "" +"Nesta imagem abaixo, você pode ver a ação da opção -v para lspcidrake e a " +"opção -i para o grep." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6383,7 +7491,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Há uma outra ferramenta que fornece informações sobre o hardware, ele é chamado <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (na raiz)" +msgstr "" +"Há uma outra ferramenta que fornece informações sobre o hardware, ele é " +"chamado <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (na raiz)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6395,8 +7505,7 @@ msgstr "Pacotes de software de atualização" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate ou drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6404,18 +7513,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" +"update</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a gestão guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software.</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a gestão guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software." +"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6423,27 +7538,36 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "Para funcionar, precisa MageiaUpdate os repositórios para ser configurado com rpmdrake-edit-media com alguns meios de comunicação verificados como atualizações. Se eles não estiverem, você será solicitado a fazê-lo." +msgstr "" +"Para funcionar, precisa MageiaUpdate os repositórios para ser configurado " +"com rpmdrake-edit-media com alguns meios de comunicação verificados como " +"atualizações. Se eles não estiverem, você será solicitado a fazê-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "Assim que esta ferramenta é lançado, ele verifica os pacotes instalados e lista aqueles com uma atualização disponível nos repositórios. Eles são selecionados por padrão, para ser baixado e instalado automaticamente. Clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização</guibutton> para iniciar o processo." +msgstr "" +"Assim que esta ferramenta é lançado, ele verifica os pacotes instalados e " +"lista aqueles com uma atualização disponível nos repositórios. Eles são " +"selecionados por padrão, para ser baixado e instalado automaticamente. " +"Clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização</guibutton> para iniciar o processo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Ao clicar sobre um pacote, a informação é apresentada na metade inferior da janela. A impressão <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> antes de um título significa que você pode clicar para cair um texto." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar sobre um pacote, a informação é apresentada na metade inferior da " +"janela. A impressão <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> antes de um título " +"significa que você pode clicar para cair um texto." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6452,17 +7576,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "Quando as atualizações estão disponíveis, um applet na bandeja do sistema avisa ao exibir este ícone vermelho <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Basta clicar e digitar a senha do usuário para atualizar o sistema da mesma forma." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"Quando as atualizações estão disponíveis, um applet na bandeja do sistema " +"avisa ao exibir este ícone vermelho <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" " +"id=\"0\"/>. Basta clicar e digitar a senha do usuário para atualizar o " +"sistema da mesma forma." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6472,7 +7599,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar os seus passos de inicialização. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar os " +"seus passos de inicialização. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6499,8 +7628,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6510,23 +7638,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar o hardware. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar o " +"hardware. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Gerenciar seu hardware" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Procurar e configurar o hardware</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Procurar e configurar o hardware</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6536,16 +7666,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configurar gráficos" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar efeitos do Desktop 3D</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar efeitos do Desktop 3D</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6555,14 +7685,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configurar mouse e teclado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6572,16 +7700,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configurar impressão e digitalização" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configure a impressora (s), as filas de trabalhos de impressão, ... </emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configure a impressora " +"(s), as filas de trabalhos de impressão, ... </emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6591,8 +7719,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Outros" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6609,43 +7736,53 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "O Centro de Controle Mageia (CCM) tem oito opções ou guias para escolher na coluna da esquerda diferentes, e até mesmo se o pacote de dez drakwizard foi instalado. Cada uma dessas abas dá um conjunto diferente de ferramentas que podem ser selecionados no grande painel da direita." +msgstr "" +"O Centro de Controle Mageia (CCM) tem oito opções ou guias para escolher na " +"coluna da esquerda diferentes, e até mesmo se o pacote de dez drakwizard foi " +"instalado. Cada uma dessas abas dá um conjunto diferente de ferramentas que " +"podem ser selecionados no grande painel da direita." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "Os dez capítulos seguintes são sobre esses dez opções e as ferramentas relacionadas." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"Os dez capítulos seguintes são sobre esses dez opções e as ferramentas " +"relacionadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "O último capítulo é sobre algumas outras ferramentas Mageia, que não pode ser escolhido em qualquer uma das guias da CCM." +msgstr "" +"O último capítulo é sobre algumas outras ferramentas Mageia, que não pode " +"ser escolhido em qualquer uma das guias da CCM." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." -msgstr "Os títulos das páginas, muitas vezes, ser o mesmo que os títulos das telas de ferramentas." +msgstr "" +"Os títulos das páginas, muitas vezes, ser o mesmo que os títulos das telas " +"de ferramentas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Há também uma barra de pesquisa disponível, que você pode acessar clicando na aba \"pesquisa\" na coluna da esquerda." +msgstr "" +"Há também uma barra de pesquisa disponível, que você pode acessar clicando " +"na aba \"pesquisa\" na coluna da esquerda." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "discos locais" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6655,7 +7792,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciar ou compartilhar seus discos locais. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciar ou " +"compartilhar seus discos locais. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6677,8 +7816,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Serviços de Rede" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6686,11 +7824,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> só são visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> só são visíveis se a " +"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre " +"várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link " +"abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -6722,8 +7864,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Compartilhamento de Rede" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6733,40 +7874,41 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para o compartilhamento de unidades e diretórios. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para o " +"compartilhamento de unidades e diretórios. Clique no link abaixo para saber " +"mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configurar Compartilhamentos Windows®" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = share e diretórios com sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = share e diretórios com " +"sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configure compartilhamentos NFS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6776,8 +7918,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configure compartilhamentos WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6787,8 +7928,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Rede e Internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6796,29 +7936,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de rede. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de rede. Clique no " +"link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Gerenciar os dispositivos de rede" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6828,32 +7967,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalize e Proteja a sua rede" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6863,8 +7997,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "segurança" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6874,14 +8007,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de segurança. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de segurança. Clique " +"no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure a segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria </emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure a segurança do sistema, " +"permissões e auditoria </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -6908,8 +8045,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartilhando" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6918,10 +8054,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Serviços de Rede</emphasis> só são visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Serviços de Rede</emphasis> só são " +"visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode " +"escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. " +"Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> para " +"saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -6938,8 +8079,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -6949,27 +8089,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de sistema e administração. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de sistema e " +"administração. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Gerenciar serviços do sistema" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -6979,14 +8118,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "localização" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -6996,34 +8133,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "ferramentas de administração" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gerenciar usuários no sistema</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gerenciar usuários no " +"sistema</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" @@ -7037,25 +8171,34 @@ msgstr "Centro de Controle Mageia" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA " +"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc." +"biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " +"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -7067,8 +8210,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar atualizações freqüência" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7076,28 +8218,38 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis>. Ele também está disponível por um <guimenu>configuração do botão direito/Atualizações</guimenu> no ícone vermelho<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> na bandeja do sistema." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão " +"Software</emphasis>. Ele também está disponível por um <guimenu>configuração " +"do botão direito/Atualizações</guimenu> no ícone vermelho<placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> na bandeja do sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." -msgstr "O primeiro controle deslizante permite que você mude a freqüência Mageia irá verificar se há atualizações e segundo o atraso após a inicialização antes do primeiro cheque. A caixa de seleção lhe dá a opção de ser avisado quando uma nova versão do Mageia está fora." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro controle deslizante permite que você mude a freqüência Mageia irá " +"verificar se há atualizações e segundo o atraso após a inicialização antes " +"do primeiro cheque. A caixa de seleção lhe dá a opção de ser avisado quando " +"uma nova versão do Mageia está fora." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7109,8 +8261,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o dispositivo apontador (mouse, touchpad)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7118,23 +8269,31 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no " +"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Como você deve ter um mouse para instalar Mageia, que se já estiver instalado por Drakinstall. Esta ferramenta permite a instalação de outro mouse." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Como você deve ter um mouse para instalar Mageia, que se já estiver " +"instalado por Drakinstall. Esta ferramenta permite a instalação de outro " +"mouse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -7143,7 +8302,11 @@ msgid "" "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Os ratos são classificadas por tipo de ligação e, em seguida, com o modelo. Selecione com o mouse e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. A maior parte do tempo \"Universal / Quaisquer ratinhos PS/2 & USB\" é apropriado para um rato recente. O novo mouse é imediatamente tomado em conta." +msgstr "" +"Os ratos são classificadas por tipo de ligação e, em seguida, com o modelo. " +"Selecione com o mouse e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. A maior parte " +"do tempo \"Universal / Quaisquer ratinhos PS/2 & USB\" é apropriado para " +"um rato recente. O novo mouse é imediatamente tomado em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -7155,8 +8318,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Sistema de Segurança e Auditoria" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7164,40 +8326,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é uma interface gráfica de usuário para o ms que permite configurar a segurança do sistema de acordo com duas abordagens:" +msgstr "" +"msecgui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é uma interface gráfica de " +"usuário para o ms que permite configurar a segurança do sistema de acordo " +"com duas abordagens:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." -msgstr "Ele define o comportamento do sistema, ms impõe modificações no sistema para torná-lo mais seguro." +msgstr "" +"Ele define o comportamento do sistema, ms impõe modificações no sistema para " +"torná-lo mais seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Ele carrega em verificações periódicas automaticamente no sistema, a fim de avisá-lo se algo parece perigoso." +msgstr "" +"Ele carrega em verificações periódicas automaticamente no sistema, a fim de " +"avisá-lo se algo parece perigoso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." -msgstr "ms usa o conceito de \"níveis de segurança\" que se destinam a configurar um conjunto de permissões do sistema, que pode ser auditado para alterações ou execução. Vários deles são propostos por Mageia, mas você pode definir seus próprios níveis de segurança personalizados." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"ms usa o conceito de \"níveis de segurança\" que se destinam a configurar um " +"conjunto de permissões do sistema, que pode ser auditado para alterações ou " +"execução. Vários deles são propostos por Mageia, mas você pode definir seus " +"próprios níveis de segurança personalizados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7214,43 +8389,48 @@ msgstr "Veja a imagem acima" msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "A primeira aba ocupa a lista das diferentes ferramentas de segurança com um botão do lado direito para configurá-los:" +msgstr "" +"A primeira aba ocupa a lista das diferentes ferramentas de segurança com um " +"botão do lado direito para configurá-los:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "Firewall, também encontrado no MCC / Segurança / Configurar seu firewall pessoal" +msgstr "" +"Firewall, também encontrado no MCC / Segurança / Configurar seu firewall " +"pessoal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Atualizações, também encontrado em Gestão MCC / Software / Atualize seu sistema" +msgstr "" +"Atualizações, também encontrado em Gestão MCC / Software / Atualize seu " +"sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "msec-se com algumas informações:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "habilitado ou não" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "o nível de segurança de base configurada" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "a data das últimas verificações periódicas e um botão para ver um relatório detalhado e outro botão para executar as verificações agora." +msgstr "" +"a data das últimas verificações periódicas e um botão para ver um relatório " +"detalhado e outro botão para executar as verificações agora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -7260,13 +8440,13 @@ msgstr "Guia de configurações de segurança" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." -msgstr "Um clique na segunda aba ou na Segurança <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> leva à mesma tela mostrada abaixo." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"Um clique na segunda aba ou na Segurança <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> " +"leva à mesma tela mostrada abaixo." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7284,22 +8464,32 @@ msgstr " <emphasis role=\"underline\">níveis de segurança:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" -msgstr "Depois de ter marcado a caixa Ativar <guilabel>ferramenta MSEC</guilabel>, este guia permite por um duplo clique para escolher o nível de segurança que aparece em seguida, em negrito. Se a caixa não estiver marcada, o nível de «nenhum» é aplicada. Os seguintes níveis estão disponíveis:" +msgstr "" +"Depois de ter marcado a caixa Ativar <guilabel>ferramenta MSEC</guilabel>, " +"este guia permite por um duplo clique para escolher o nível de segurança que " +"aparece em seguida, em negrito. Se a caixa não estiver marcada, o nível de " +"«nenhum» é aplicada. Os seguintes níveis estão disponíveis:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">nenhum</emphasis>. Este nível destina-se você não quiser usar ms para controlar a segurança do sistema, e preferem sintonizá-la em seu próprio país. Ele desativa todas as verificações de segurança e coloca sem restrições ou limitações de configuração e configurações do sistema. Utilize este nível somente se você estiver sabendo o que você está fazendo, como seria deixar o sistema vulnerável a ataques." +msgstr "" +"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">nenhum</emphasis>. Este nível destina-se você " +"não quiser usar ms para controlar a segurança do sistema, e preferem " +"sintonizá-la em seu próprio país. Ele desativa todas as verificações de " +"segurança e coloca sem restrições ou limitações de configuração e " +"configurações do sistema. Utilize este nível somente se você estiver sabendo " +"o que você está fazendo, como seria deixar o sistema vulnerável a ataques." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 @@ -7310,27 +8500,45 @@ msgid "" "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." -msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">padrão</emphasis>. Esta é a configuração padrão quando instalado e é destinado a usuários casuais. Ele restringe várias configurações do sistema e executa verificações de segurança diárias que detectam alterações nos arquivos de sistema, contas do sistema e permissões de diretório vulneráveis. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 2 e 3 de versões ms passados)." +msgstr "" +"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">padrão</emphasis>. Esta é a configuração " +"padrão quando instalado e é destinado a usuários casuais. Ele restringe " +"várias configurações do sistema e executa verificações de segurança diárias " +"que detectam alterações nos arquivos de sistema, contas do sistema e " +"permissões de diretório vulneráveis. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 2 e " +"3 de versões ms passados)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">garantir</emphasis>. Este nível é destinado quando você quer garantir que seu sistema é seguro, ainda utilizável. Ele restringe ainda mais as permissões do sistema e executa verificações mais periódicas. Além disso, o acesso ao sistema é mais restrito. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 4 (Alta) e 5 (Paranoid) a partir de versões antigas ms)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">garantir</emphasis>. Este nível é destinado " +"quando você quer garantir que seu sistema é seguro, ainda utilizável. Ele " +"restringe ainda mais as permissões do sistema e executa verificações mais " +"periódicas. Além disso, o acesso ao sistema é mais restrito. (Este nível é " +"semelhante aos níveis 4 (Alta) e 5 (Paranoid) a partir de versões antigas " +"ms)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "Além desses níveis, diferente de segurança orientado para a tarefa também são fornecidos, como o <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de arquivos</emphasis>, , <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de internet</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> níveis. Tais níveis de tentar a segurança do sistema de pré-configurar de acordo com os casos de uso mais comuns." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"Além desses níveis, diferente de segurança orientado para a tarefa também " +"são fornecidos, como o <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de arquivos</" +"emphasis>, , <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de internet</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> níveis. Tais níveis de tentar a " +"segurança do sistema de pré-configurar de acordo com os casos de uso mais " +"comuns." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 @@ -7338,25 +8546,37 @@ msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "Os dois últimos níveis chamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> não são realmente os níveis de segurança, mas sim ferramentas para apenas verificações periódicas." +msgstr "" +"Os dois últimos níveis chamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</" +"emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> não são " +"realmente os níveis de segurança, mas sim ferramentas para apenas " +"verificações periódicas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Estes níveis são salvos em <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. Você pode definir os seus próprios níveis de segurança personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados nível <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, colocado na pasta<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Esta função é destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração de sistema personalizado ou mais seguro." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Estes níveis são salvos em <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. Você pode definir os seus próprios níveis de segurança " +"personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados nível " +"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, colocado na pasta<filename>etc/" +"security/msec/.</filename> Esta função é destina-se a usuários avançados que " +"exigem uma configuração de sistema personalizado ou mais seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." -msgstr "Tenha em mente que os parâmetros modificados pelo usuário têm precedência sobre as configurações de nível padrão." +msgstr "" +"Tenha em mente que os parâmetros modificados pelo usuário têm precedência " +"sobre as configurações de nível padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -7366,23 +8586,34 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">alertas de segurança:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." -msgstr "Se você marcar a caixa de <guibutton>Enviar alertas de segurança por e-mail para: </guibutton>, os alertas de segurança gerados por ms vão ser enviados por e-mail local para o administrador de segurança nomeado no campo nas proximidades. Você pode preencher ou um usuário local ou um endereço de e-mail completo (o local de e-mail eo gerente de e-mail deve ser definido em conformidade). Por fim, você pode receber os alertas de segurança diretamente no seu desktop. Marque a caixa relevante para habilitá-lo." +msgstr "" +"Se você marcar a caixa de <guibutton>Enviar alertas de segurança por e-mail " +"para: </guibutton>, os alertas de segurança gerados por ms vão ser enviados " +"por e-mail local para o administrador de segurança nomeado no campo nas " +"proximidades. Você pode preencher ou um usuário local ou um endereço de e-" +"mail completo (o local de e-mail eo gerente de e-mail deve ser definido em " +"conformidade). Por fim, você pode receber os alertas de segurança " +"diretamente no seu desktop. Marque a caixa relevante para habilitá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "É altamente recomendável ativar a opção de alertas de segurança, a fim de informar imediatamente o administrador de possíveis problemas de segurança de segurança. Se não, o administrador terá que verificar regularmente os ficheiros disponíveis no <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" +msgstr "" +"É altamente recomendável ativar a opção de alertas de segurança, a fim de " +"informar imediatamente o administrador de possíveis problemas de segurança " +"de segurança. Se não, o administrador terá que verificar regularmente os " +"ficheiros disponíveis no <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -7393,12 +8624,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">opções de segurança: </emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." -msgstr "Criar um nível de personalização não é a única maneira de personalizar a segurança do computador, também é possível usar as guias apresentados aqui depois de alterar qualquer opção desejada. Configuração atual de ms é armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este arquivo contém o nome do nível de segurança atual e a lista de todas as modificações feitas para as opções." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Criar um nível de personalização não é a única maneira de personalizar a " +"segurança do computador, também é possível usar as guias apresentados aqui " +"depois de alterar qualquer opção desejada. Configuração atual de ms é " +"armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este " +"arquivo contém o nome do nível de segurança atual e a lista de todas as " +"modificações feitas para as opções." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -7409,12 +8646,14 @@ msgstr "Guia de segurança do sistema" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." -msgstr "Este guia mostra todas as opções de segurança na coluna do lado esquerdo, uma descrição na coluna central, e seus valores atuais na coluna do lado direito." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"Este guia mostra todas as opções de segurança na coluna do lado esquerdo, " +"uma descrição na coluna central, e seus valores atuais na coluna do lado " +"direito." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7427,10 +8666,14 @@ msgid "" "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." -msgstr "Para modificar uma opção, clique duas vezes nele e uma nova janela aparece (veja a imagem abaixo). Ele exibe o nome da opção, uma breve descrição, os valores reais e padrão, e uma lista drop-down, onde o novo valor pode ser selecionado. Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar uma opção, clique duas vezes nele e uma nova janela aparece " +"(veja a imagem abaixo). Ele exibe o nome da opção, uma breve descrição, os " +"valores reais e padrão, e uma lista drop-down, onde o novo valor pode ser " +"selecionado. Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a " +"escolha." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7442,10 +8685,13 @@ msgid "" "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." -msgstr "Não se esqueça quando sair msecgui para salvar definitivamente a configuração usando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração </guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los." +msgstr "" +"Não se esqueça quando sair msecgui para salvar definitivamente a " +"configuração usando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração </" +"guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você " +"visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7459,10 +8705,10 @@ msgstr "Segurança da Rede" #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "Este guia mostra todas as opções de rede e funciona como a guia anterior" +msgstr "" +"Este guia mostra todas as opções de rede e funciona como a guia anterior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7477,7 +8723,10 @@ msgstr "Guia verificações periódicas" msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Verificações periódicas objetivo é informar o administrador de segurança por meio de alertas de todas as situações de segurança ms pensa potencialmente perigosa." +msgstr "" +"Verificações periódicas objetivo é informar o administrador de segurança por " +"meio de alertas de todas as situações de segurança ms pensa potencialmente " +"perigosa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -7485,10 +8734,13 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "Essa guia exibe todas as verificações periódicas feitas por ms e sua freqüência se a caixa Ativar <guibutton>verificações de segurança periódicas</guibutton> está marcada. As alterações são feitas como nos guias anteriores." +msgstr "" +"Essa guia exibe todas as verificações periódicas feitas por ms e sua " +"freqüência se a caixa Ativar <guibutton>verificações de segurança " +"periódicas</guibutton> está marcada. As alterações são feitas como nos guias " +"anteriores." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7502,14 +8754,18 @@ msgstr "Aba excessões" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "Às vezes, as mensagens de alerta são devidos a situações conhecidos e procurados. Nestes casos, eles são inúteis e tempo desperdiçado para o administrador. Essa guia permite que você crie tantas exceções que você quer evitar mensagens de alerta indesejados. É obviamente vazio na primeira partida ms. A imagem abaixo mostra quatro exceções." +msgstr "" +"Às vezes, as mensagens de alerta são devidos a situações conhecidos e " +"procurados. Nestes casos, eles são inúteis e tempo desperdiçado para o " +"administrador. Essa guia permite que você crie tantas exceções que você quer " +"evitar mensagens de alerta indesejados. É obviamente vazio na primeira " +"partida ms. A imagem abaixo mostra quatro exceções." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7517,12 +8773,11 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" -msgstr "Para criar uma exceção, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar uma regra</guibutton>" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Para criar uma exceção, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar uma regra</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7531,12 +8786,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "Selecione a verificação periódica queria na lista suspensa chamada <guilabel>Confira</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite o <guilabel>Exception</guilabel> na área de texto para baixo. Adicionar uma exceção, obviamente, não é definitivo, você pode excluí-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton> das <guilabel>exceções</guilabel> ou modificá-lo com um duplo clique." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"Selecione a verificação periódica queria na lista suspensa chamada " +"<guilabel>Confira</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite o <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> na área de texto para baixo. Adicionar uma exceção, obviamente, " +"não é definitivo, você pode excluí-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Excluir</" +"guibutton> das <guilabel>exceções</guilabel> ou modificá-lo com um duplo " +"clique." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -7548,7 +8808,9 @@ msgstr "Permissões" msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." -msgstr "Este guia destina-se a arquivos e diretórios permissões de controlo e aplicação." +msgstr "" +"Este guia destina-se a arquivos e diretórios permissões de controlo e " +"aplicação." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 @@ -7560,13 +8822,22 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Como para a segurança, ms possui diferentes níveis de permissões (padrão, seguro, ..), eles são habilitados de acordo com o nível de segurança escolhido. Você pode criar seus próprios níveis de permissão personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> colocado na pasta <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta função destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração personalizada. Também é possível usar a guia apresentado aqui depois de alterar qualquer permissão que você deseja. Configuração atual é armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este arquivo contém a lista de todas as modificações feitas para as permissões." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Como para a segurança, ms possui diferentes níveis de permissões (padrão, " +"seguro, ..), eles são habilitados de acordo com o nível de segurança " +"escolhido. Você pode criar seus próprios níveis de permissão personalizados, " +"salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados <filename>perm.<levelname> </" +"filename> colocado na pasta <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta " +"função destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração " +"personalizada. Também é possível usar a guia apresentado aqui depois de " +"alterar qualquer permissão que você deseja. Configuração atual é armazenado " +"em <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este arquivo contém a " +"lista de todas as modificações feitas para as permissões." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7575,18 +8846,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" -msgstr "As permissões padrão são visíveis como uma lista de regras (uma regra por linha). Você pode ver no lado esquerdo, o arquivo ou pasta onde se encontra a regra, então o proprietário, em seguida, o grupo e, em seguida, as permissões dadas pela regra. Se, para uma dada regra:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"As permissões padrão são visíveis como uma lista de regras (uma regra por " +"linha). Você pode ver no lado esquerdo, o arquivo ou pasta onde se encontra " +"a regra, então o proprietário, em seguida, o grupo e, em seguida, as " +"permissões dadas pela regra. Se, para uma dada regra:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> não estiver marcada, msec apenas verifica se as permissões definidas para esta regra são respeitados e envia uma mensagem de alerta se não, mas não muda nada." +msgstr "" +"Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> não estiver marcada, msec apenas " +"verifica se as permissões definidas para esta regra são respeitados e envia " +"uma mensagem de alerta se não, mas não muda nada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 @@ -7594,25 +8872,33 @@ msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." -msgstr "Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> estiver marcada, então msec vai governar o respeito permissões na primeira verificação periódica e substituir as permissões." +msgstr "" +"Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> estiver marcada, então msec vai " +"governar o respeito permissões na primeira verificação periódica e " +"substituir as permissões." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Para que isso funcione, os CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia verificação periódica</emphasis> deve ser configurado de acordo." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Para que isso funcione, os CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia " +"verificação periódica</emphasis> deve ser configurado de acordo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Para criar uma nova regra, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar um botão</guibutton> regra e preencha os campos como mostrado no exemplo abaixo. O coringa * é permitido no <guilabel>Arquivo</guilabel>. \"Atual\" não significa nenhuma modificação." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Para criar uma nova regra, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar um botão</" +"guibutton> regra e preencha os campos como mostrado no exemplo abaixo. O " +"coringa * é permitido no <guilabel>Arquivo</guilabel>. \"Atual\" não " +"significa nenhuma modificação." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7624,26 +8910,40 @@ msgid "" "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha e não se esqueça ao sair para salvar definitivamente a configuração utilizando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração</guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los." +msgstr "" +"Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha e não se " +"esqueça ao sair para salvar definitivamente a configuração utilizando o menu " +"<guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração</guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado " +"as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de " +"salvá-los." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Também é possível criar ou modificar as regras editando o <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Também é possível criar ou modificar as regras editando o <filename>/etc/" +"security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "Mudanças na aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissão</emphasis> (ou diretamente no arquivo de configuração) são tidos em conta na primeira verificação periódica (ver CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia verificações periódicas </emphasis>). Se você quer que eles sejam imediatamente tomadas em conta, use o comando msecperms em um console com direitos de root. Você pode usar antes, o comando msecperms-p saber as permissões que serão alterados por msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"Mudanças na aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissão</emphasis> (ou diretamente " +"no arquivo de configuração) são tidos em conta na primeira verificação " +"periódica (ver CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia " +"verificações periódicas </emphasis>). Se você quer que eles sejam " +"imediatamente tomadas em conta, use o comando msecperms em um console com " +"direitos de root. Você pode usar antes, o comando msecperms-p saber as " +"permissões que serão alterados por msecperms." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -7654,7 +8954,14 @@ msgid "" "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "Não se esqueça que se você modificar as permissões em um console ou em um gerenciador de arquivos, de um arquivo de onde a caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> é verificado no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia Permissões</emphasis>, msecgui vai escrever as permissões antigas de volta depois de um tempo, de acordo com a configuração das opções e CHECK_PERMS CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE no <emphasis role=\"bold\">verificações periódicas guia</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Não se esqueça que se você modificar as permissões em um console ou em um " +"gerenciador de arquivos, de um arquivo de onde a caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</" +"guilabel> é verificado no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia Permissões</" +"emphasis>, msecgui vai escrever as permissões antigas de volta depois de um " +"tempo, de acordo com a configuração das opções e CHECK_PERMS " +"CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE no <emphasis role=\"bold\">verificações periódicas guia</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -7665,9 +8972,12 @@ msgstr "Outras ferramentas Mageia" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." -msgstr "Há mais ferramentas Mageia do que aquelas que podem ser iniciados no Centro de Controle Mageia. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais, ou continuar a ler as próximas páginas." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"Há mais ferramentas Mageia do que aquelas que podem ser iniciados no Centro " +"de Controle Mageia. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais, ou continuar a " +"ler as próximas páginas." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7704,8 +9014,7 @@ msgstr "Gestão de Software (Instalar e Remover Software)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7718,9 +9027,11 @@ msgstr "Introdução à Rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7734,19 +9045,32 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, também conhecido como drakrpm, é um programa para instalar, desinstalar e atualizar pacotes. É a interface gráfica do usuário de URPMI. Em cada partida, ele irá verificar listas de pacotes on-line (chamados de 'media') baixado diretamente dos servidores oficiais da Mageia, e irá mostrar-lhe cada vez os mais recentes aplicativos e pacotes disponíveis para seu computador. Um sistema de filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes: você pode exibir somente os aplicativos instalados (por padrão) ou atualizações disponíveis apenas. Você também pode ver apenas pacotes não instalados. Você também pode procurar pelo nome de um pacote, ou nos resumos de descrições ou nas descrições completas dos pacotes ou nos nomes dos arquivos incluídos nos pacotes." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, também conhecido " +"como drakrpm, é um programa para instalar, desinstalar e atualizar pacotes. " +"É a interface gráfica do usuário de URPMI. Em cada partida, ele irá " +"verificar listas de pacotes on-line (chamados de 'media') baixado " +"diretamente dos servidores oficiais da Mageia, e irá mostrar-lhe cada vez os " +"mais recentes aplicativos e pacotes disponíveis para seu computador. Um " +"sistema de filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes: você " +"pode exibir somente os aplicativos instalados (por padrão) ou atualizações " +"disponíveis apenas. Você também pode ver apenas pacotes não instalados. Você " +"também pode procurar pelo nome de um pacote, ou nos resumos de descrições ou " +"nas descrições completas dos pacotes ou nos nomes dos arquivos incluídos nos " +"pacotes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Para funcionar, rpmdrake precisa dos repositórios para ser configurado com <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Para funcionar, rpmdrake precisa dos repositórios para ser configurado com " +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7755,28 +9079,36 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Durante a instalação, o repositório configurado é o meio utilizado para a instalação, em geral, o DVD ou CD. Se mantiver esta média, rpmdrake vai pedir que cada vez que você quiser instalar um pacote, com esta janela pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a mensagem acima irrita e você tem uma boa conexão de internet sem muito rigoroso limite de download, é sábio para remover esse meio e substituí-lo por repositórios online graças a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Durante a instalação, o repositório configurado é o meio utilizado para a " +"instalação, em geral, o DVD ou CD. Se mantiver esta média, rpmdrake vai " +"pedir que cada vez que você quiser instalar um pacote, com esta janela pop-" +"up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a mensagem acima irrita " +"e você tem uma boa conexão de internet sem muito rigoroso limite de " +"download, é sábio para remover esse meio e substituí-lo por repositórios " +"online graças a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "Além disso, os repositórios on-line são sempre atualizado, contém muito mais pacotes, e permitem atualizar seus pacotes instalados." +msgstr "" +"Além disso, os repositórios on-line são sempre atualizado, contém muito mais " +"pacotes, e permitem atualizar seus pacotes instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "As principais partes da tela" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7792,25 +9124,38 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Este filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes. A primeira vez que você iniciar o gerente, ele exibe apenas as aplicações com uma interface gráfica. Você pode exibir tanto todos os pacotes e todas as suas dependências e bibliotecas ou apenas grupos de pacotes, tais como aplicações apenas, as atualizações só ou portadas pacotes a partir de versões mais recentes do Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Este filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes. A primeira " +"vez que você iniciar o gerente, ele exibe apenas as aplicações com uma " +"interface gráfica. Você pode exibir tanto todos os pacotes e todas as suas " +"dependências e bibliotecas ou apenas grupos de pacotes, tais como aplicações " +"apenas, as atualizações só ou portadas pacotes a partir de versões mais " +"recentes do Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "A configuração padrão é de filtro para os novos operadores para o Linux ou Mageia, que provavelmente não querem linha de comando ou ferramentas especializadas. Desde que você está lendo esta documentação, você está obviamente interessado em melhorar o seu conhecimento do Mageia, por isso é melhor para definir este filtro para \"Tudo\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"A configuração padrão é de filtro para os novos operadores para o Linux ou " +"Mageia, que provavelmente não querem linha de comando ou ferramentas " +"especializadas. Desde que você está lendo esta documentação, você está " +"obviamente interessado em melhorar o seu conhecimento do Mageia, por isso é " +"melhor para definir este filtro para \"Tudo\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">filtro estado Pacote:</emphasis> </firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">filtro estado Pacote:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7818,7 +9163,10 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "Este filtro permite que você visualize apenas os pacotes instalados, apenas os pacotes que não estão instalados ou todos os pacotes, ambos instalados e não instalados." +msgstr "" +"Este filtro permite que você visualize apenas os pacotes instalados, apenas " +"os pacotes que não estão instalados ou todos os pacotes, ambos instalados e " +"não instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -7831,7 +9179,10 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Clique neste ícone para pesquisar os nomes de pacotes, por meio de seus resumos, através da sua descrição completa ou através dos arquivos incluídos nos pacotes." +msgstr "" +"Clique neste ícone para pesquisar os nomes de pacotes, por meio de seus " +"resumos, através da sua descrição completa ou através dos arquivos incluídos " +"nos pacotes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7844,7 +9195,11 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "Digite aqui uma ou mais palavras-chave. Se você quiser usar mais de uma palavra-chave para pesquisar o uso \"|\" entre as palavras-chave, por exemplo, Para procurar \"mplayer\" e \"xine\" ao mesmo tempo tipo 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" +"Digite aqui uma ou mais palavras-chave. Se você quiser usar mais de uma " +"palavra-chave para pesquisar o uso \"|\" entre as palavras-chave, por " +"exemplo, Para procurar \"mplayer\" e \"xine\" ao mesmo tempo tipo 'mplayer | " +"xine'." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -7856,7 +9211,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Apagar tudo:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "Este ícone pode apagar em um clique todas as palavras-chave inseridas no \"Procurar\" caixa." +msgstr "" +"Este ícone pode apagar em um clique todas as palavras-chave inseridas no " +"\"Procurar\" caixa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -7866,9 +9223,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lista de Categorias:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." -msgstr "Este grupo de barra lateral todos os aplicativos e pacotes em categorias claras e sub-categorias." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"Este grupo de barra lateral todos os aplicativos e pacotes em categorias " +"claras e sub-categorias." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -7879,10 +9238,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Descrição painel: </emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Este painel exibe o nome do pacote, o seu resumo e descrição completa. Ele exibe muitos elementos úteis sobre o pacote selecionado. Ele também pode mostrar detalhes precisos sobre o pacote, os arquivos incluídos no pacote, bem como uma lista das últimas alterações feitas pelo mantenedor." +msgstr "" +"Este painel exibe o nome do pacote, o seu resumo e descrição completa. Ele " +"exibe muitos elementos úteis sobre o pacote selecionado. Ele também pode " +"mostrar detalhes precisos sobre o pacote, os arquivos incluídos no pacote, " +"bem como uma lista das últimas alterações feitas pelo mantenedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -7897,78 +9260,73 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Depois de definir corretamente os filtros, você pode encontrar o seu software ou por categoria (na zona 6 acima) ou por nome/resumo/descrição usando a área 4. Uma lista de pacotes que cumprem sua consulta e, não se esqueça, o meio escolhido é mostrado com diferentes marcadores de status de acordo com se cada pacote é instalado /não instalado/uma atualização ... Para alterar este status, basta marcar ou desmarcar a caixa antes do nome do pacote e clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Depois de definir corretamente os filtros, você pode encontrar o seu " +"software ou por categoria (na zona 6 acima) ou por nome/resumo/descrição " +"usando a área 4. Uma lista de pacotes que cumprem sua consulta e, não se " +"esqueça, o meio escolhido é mostrado com diferentes marcadores de status de " +"acordo com se cada pacote é instalado /não instalado/uma atualização ... " +"Para alterar este status, basta marcar ou desmarcar a caixa antes do nome do " +"pacote e clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icone" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legenda" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Este pacote já está instalado" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Este pacote será instalado" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Este pacotes não pode ser modificado" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Este pacote é uma atualização" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Este pacote será desinstalado" @@ -7989,7 +9347,10 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Se eu desmarcar digikam (a seta verde nos diga que está instalado), o ícone de status irá vermelho com uma seta para cima e ele vai ser desinstalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Se eu desmarcar digikam (a seta verde nos diga que está instalado), o ícone " +"de status irá vermelho com uma seta para cima e ele vai ser desinstalado ao " +"clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -7997,15 +9358,17 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Se eu verificar qdigidoc (que não está instalado, consulte o status), a laranja, com um ícone de status de seta para baixo e vai aparecer e ele será instalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Se eu verificar qdigidoc (que não está instalado, consulte o status), a " +"laranja, com um ícone de status de seta para baixo e vai aparecer e ele será " +"instalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "as dependências" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8013,15 +9376,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." -msgstr "Alguns pacotes precisam de outros pacotes chamados dependências, a fim de trabalhar. Eles são, por exemplo, bibliotecas ou ferramentas. Neste caso, Rpmdrake exibe uma janela de informações que lhe permite escolher se aceita ou não as dependências selecionados, cancelar a operação ou obter mais informações (veja acima). Também pode acontecer que vários pacotes são capazes de fornecer a biblioteca necessária, caso em que rpmdrake exibe a lista de alternativas com um botão para obter mais informações e um outro botão para escolher qual pacote instalar." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Alguns pacotes precisam de outros pacotes chamados dependências, a fim de " +"trabalhar. Eles são, por exemplo, bibliotecas ou ferramentas. Neste caso, " +"Rpmdrake exibe uma janela de informações que lhe permite escolher se aceita " +"ou não as dependências selecionados, cancelar a operação ou obter mais " +"informações (veja acima). Também pode acontecer que vários pacotes são " +"capazes de fornecer a biblioteca necessária, caso em que rpmdrake exibe a " +"lista de alternativas com um botão para obter mais informações e um outro " +"botão para escolher qual pacote instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8043,7 +9414,9 @@ msgstr "instalação" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>Scannerdrake</emphasis> como root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando " +"<emphasis>Scannerdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8052,20 +9425,28 @@ msgid "" "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar um único dispositivo de scanner ou um dispositivo multifuncional que inclui a digitalização. Ele também permite que você compartilhe os dispositivos locais ligados a este computador com um computador remoto ou para acessar scanners remotos." +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar " +"um único dispositivo de scanner ou um dispositivo multifuncional que inclui " +"a digitalização. Ele também permite que você compartilhe os dispositivos " +"locais ligados a este computador com um computador remoto ou para acessar " +"scanners remotos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta pela primeira vez, você pode receber a seguinte mensagem:" +msgstr "" +"Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta pela primeira vez, você pode receber a " +"seguinte mensagem:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>\"pacotes SANE precisa ser instalado para usar scanners</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>\"pacotes SANE precisa ser instalado para usar scanners</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8077,10 +9458,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Você quer instalar qual pacotes?\"</emphasis>" msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Escolha <emphasis>Sim</emphasis> para continuar. Ele irá instalar <code>digitalizador-gui</code> e <code>tarefa de varredura</code> se eles ainda não estão instalados." +msgstr "" +"Escolha <emphasis>Sim</emphasis> para continuar. Ele irá instalar " +"<code>digitalizador-gui</code> e <code>tarefa de varredura</code> se eles " +"ainda não estão instalados." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8091,15 +9474,21 @@ msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Se o scanner for identificado corretamente, por isso, se na tela acima você vê o nome do seu scanner, o scanner está pronto para uso com, por exemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Digitalização Simples</emphasis> ." +msgstr "" +"Se o scanner for identificado corretamente, por isso, se na tela acima você " +"vê o nome do seu scanner, o scanner está pronto para uso com, por exemplo, " +"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Digitalização Simples</emphasis> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode agora quer deseja configurar o <emphasis>compartilhamento de Scanner</emphasis> opção. Você pode ler sobre isso no <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Nesse caso, você pode agora quer deseja configurar o " +"<emphasis>compartilhamento de Scanner</emphasis> opção. Você pode ler sobre " +"isso no <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 @@ -8108,17 +9497,22 @@ msgid "" "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "No entanto, se o scanner não foi corretamente identificado, e verificar o respectivo cabo (s) e interruptor de alimentação e, em seguida, pressionando <emphasis>Procure novos scanners</emphasis> não ajudar, você precisa pressionar <emphasis>Adicionar um scanner manualmente</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"No entanto, se o scanner não foi corretamente identificado, e verificar o " +"respectivo cabo (s) e interruptor de alimentação e, em seguida, pressionando " +"<emphasis>Procure novos scanners</emphasis> não ajudar, você precisa " +"pressionar <emphasis>Adicionar um scanner manualmente</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Escolha a marca do seu scanner na lista que você vê, então o seu tipo na lista para essa marca e clique <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Escolha a marca do seu scanner na lista que você vê, então o seu tipo na " +"lista para essa marca e clique <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8126,59 +9520,75 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar o seu scanner na lista, clique em <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Se você não consegue encontrar o seu scanner na lista, clique em " +"<emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Por favor verifique se o seu scanner é compatível com o <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos suportados</link> página e pedir ajuda nos fóruns <link xlink:href=\"http://mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">forum</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Por favor verifique se o seu scanner é compatível com o <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos " +"suportados</link> página e pedir ajuda nos fóruns <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">forum</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Escolha a porta" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Você pode deixar esta definição para <emphasis>Auto-detectar portas disponíveis </emphasis> a menos que a interface do scanner é uma porta paralela. Nesse caso, selecione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> se você tiver apenas um." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Você pode deixar esta definição para <emphasis>Auto-detectar portas " +"disponíveis </emphasis> a menos que a interface do scanner é uma porta " +"paralela. Nesse caso, selecione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> se você " +"tiver apenas um." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." -msgstr "Após clicar em <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, na maioria dos casos, você verá uma tela semelhante à mostrada abaixo." +msgstr "" +"Após clicar em <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, na maioria dos casos, você verá uma " +"tela semelhante à mostrada abaixo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Se você não conseguir que a tela, em seguida, por favor leia as <xref " "linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "Se você não conseguir que a tela, em seguida, por favor leia as <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8188,8 +9598,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Scannersharing" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8197,11 +9606,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher se os scanners conectados a esta máquina deve ser acessível por máquinas remotas e por que máquinas remotas. Você também pode decidir aqui se scanners em máquinas remotas devem ser disponibilizados nesta máquina." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode escolher se os scanners conectados a esta máquina deve ser " +"acessível por máquinas remotas e por que máquinas remotas. Você também pode " +"decidir aqui se scanners em máquinas remotas devem ser disponibilizados " +"nesta máquina." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8209,17 +9622,21 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." -msgstr "Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: nome ou endereço IP de hosts podem ser adicionados ou excluídos da lista de hosts autorizados a acessar o dispositivo local (s), neste computador." +msgstr "" +"Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: nome ou endereço IP de hosts podem ser " +"adicionados ou excluídos da lista de hosts autorizados a acessar o " +"dispositivo local (s), neste computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Uso de scanners remotos: nome ou endereço IP de hosts pode adicionados ou excluídos da lista de anfitriões que dão acesso a um scanner remoto." +msgstr "" +"Uso de scanners remotos: nome ou endereço IP de hosts pode adicionados ou " +"excluídos da lista de anfitriões que dão acesso a um scanner remoto." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8229,8 +9646,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Scanner compartilhando a hosts: você pode adicionar host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8240,10 +9656,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." -msgstr "Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: especificar qual host (s) para adicionar, ou permitir que todas as máquinas remotas." +msgstr "" +"Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: especificar qual host (s) para adicionar, ou " +"permitir que todas as máquinas remotas." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8251,10 +9668,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." -msgstr "\"Todas as máquinas remotas\" têm permissão para acessar o scanner local." +msgstr "" +"\"Todas as máquinas remotas\" têm permissão para acessar o scanner local." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8264,7 +9681,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." -msgstr "Se o pacote <emphasis>sanado</emphasis> ainda não está instalada, a ferramenta oferece para fazê-lo." +msgstr "" +"Se o pacote <emphasis>sanado</emphasis> ainda não está instalada, a " +"ferramenta oferece para fazê-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -8286,14 +9705,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>para adicionar ou comentar a directiva\"net\"" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>para adicionar ou comentar a " +"directiva\"net\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "Precisa também configurar <emphasis>Saned</emphasis> e <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> para ser iniciado no boot." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"Precisa também configurar <emphasis>Saned</emphasis> e <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> para ser iniciado no boot." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 @@ -8310,9 +9733,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "A maioria dos scanners HP são gerenciados a partir de <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (hplip), que também gerencia impressoras. Neste caso, esta ferramenta não permite que você configure-o e convida-o a usar <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"A maioria dos scanners HP são gerenciados a partir de <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis> (hplip), que também gerencia impressoras. Neste caso, " +"esta ferramenta não permite que você configure-o e convida-o a usar " +"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -8322,14 +9749,21 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Os drivers estão disponíveis a partir de <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta pagina</link>. Quando indicado, é necessário instalar os <emphasis>dados dos iSCAN</emphasis> pacote primeiro, depois <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (nesta ordem). É possível que o <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pacote irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Os drivers estão disponíveis a partir de <link xlink:href=\"http://download." +"ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta pagina</link>. Quando " +"indicado, é necessário instalar os <emphasis>dados dos iSCAN</emphasis> " +"pacote primeiro, depois <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (nesta ordem). É possível " +"que o <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pacote irá gerar um alerta sobre um " +"conflito com <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Os usuários têm relatado que este " +"aviso pode ser ignorado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -8342,7 +9776,10 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "É possível que depois de selecionar uma porta para o seu scanner na tela <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> , você precisa tomar uma ou mais etapas extras para configurar corretamente o seu scanner." +msgstr "" +"É possível que depois de selecionar uma porta para o seu scanner na tela " +"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> , você precisa tomar uma ou mais " +"etapas extras para configurar corretamente o seu scanner." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 @@ -8352,37 +9789,50 @@ msgid "" "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "Em alguns casos, você disse que o scanner precisa de seu firmware a ser carregado a cada vez que é iniciado. Esta ferramenta permite que você carregue-o para o dispositivo, depois de instalado em seu sistema. Nesta tela você pode instalar o firmware a partir de um CD ou uma instalação do Windows, ou instalar o que você baixou de um site da Internet do vendedor." +msgstr "" +"Em alguns casos, você disse que o scanner precisa de seu firmware a ser " +"carregado a cada vez que é iniciado. Esta ferramenta permite que você " +"carregue-o para o dispositivo, depois de instalado em seu sistema. Nesta " +"tela você pode instalar o firmware a partir de um CD ou uma instalação do " +"Windows, ou instalar o que você baixou de um site da Internet do vendedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "Quando o firmware do seu dispositivo precisa ser carregado, ele pode levar um longo tempo em cada primeiro uso, possivelmente mais do que um minuto. Portanto, seja paciente." +msgstr "" +"Quando o firmware do seu dispositivo precisa ser carregado, ele pode levar " +"um longo tempo em cada primeiro uso, possivelmente mais do que um minuto. " +"Portanto, seja paciente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Além disso, você pode obter uma tela dizendo para você ajustar o arquivo conf <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Além disso, você pode obter uma tela dizendo para você ajustar o arquivo " +"conf <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Leia essas ou outras instruções que você começa com cuidado e, se você não sabe o que fazer, não hesite em pedir ajuda no <link xlink:href=\"http://mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">fórum</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Leia essas ou outras instruções que você começa com cuidado e, se você não " +"sabe o que fazer, não hesite em pedir ajuda no <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">fórum</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Software de Gestão" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8390,9 +9840,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciamento de software. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciamento de " +"software. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8402,9 +9854,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Atualize seu sistema</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Atualize seu sistema</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8416,7 +9870,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar de mídia para instalação e atualização</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar de mídia " +"para instalação e atualização</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8428,8 +9884,7 @@ msgstr "Instalar e configurar uma impressora" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8443,30 +9898,44 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "A impressão é gerida no Mageia por um servidor CUPS nomeados. Ela tem seu próprio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interface de configuração</link>, que é acessível através de um navegador de Internet, mas oferece o seu próprio Mageia ferramenta para instalar impressoras chamados system-config-printer, que é compartilhada com outras distribuições como o Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu e openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"A impressão é gerida no Mageia por um servidor CUPS nomeados. Ela tem seu " +"próprio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interface " +"de configuração</link>, que é acessível através de um navegador de Internet, " +"mas oferece o seu próprio Mageia ferramenta para instalar impressoras " +"chamados system-config-printer, que é compartilhada com outras distribuições " +"como o Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu e openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "Você deve habilitar o repositório non-free, antes de prosseguir com a instalação, porque alguns drivers podem estar disponíveis apenas desta forma." +msgstr "" +"Você deve habilitar o repositório non-free, antes de prosseguir com a " +"instalação, porque alguns drivers podem estar disponíveis apenas desta forma." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. A senha de root será solicitada." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando " +"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. A senha de root será solicitada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Instalação da impressora é realizado no <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> seção do Centro de Controle Mageia. Selecione a impressão <guilabel>Configurar e digitalização</guilabel> ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Instalação da impressora é realizado no <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> seção " +"do Centro de Controle Mageia. Selecione a impressão <guilabel>Configurar e " +"digitalização</guilabel> ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 @@ -8488,7 +9957,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "É necessário aceitar essa instalação para continuar. Até 230MB de dependências são necessários." +msgstr "" +"É necessário aceitar essa instalação para continuar. Até 230MB de " +"dependências são necessários." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -8498,7 +9969,12 @@ msgid "" "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Para adicionar uma impressora, escolha o botão \"Adicionar\". O sistema irá tentar detectar quaisquer impressoras e as portas disponíveis. A captura de tela mostra uma impressora conectada a uma porta paralela. Se uma impressora for detectada, como uma impressora em uma porta USB, ele será exibido na primeira linha. A janela também tentará configurar uma impressora de rede." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma impressora, escolha o botão \"Adicionar\". O sistema irá " +"tentar detectar quaisquer impressoras e as portas disponíveis. A captura de " +"tela mostra uma impressora conectada a uma porta paralela. Se uma impressora " +"for detectada, como uma impressora em uma porta USB, ele será exibido na " +"primeira linha. A janela também tentará configurar uma impressora de rede." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -8509,20 +9985,26 @@ msgstr "Impressora detectou automaticamente" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Isto geralmente se refere a impressoras USB. O utilitário localiza automaticamente o nome da impressora e exibe. Selecione a impressora e, em seguida, clique em \"Avançar\". Se houver um driver conhecido associado para a impressora, ele será instalado automaticamente. Se houver mais de um driver ou não drivers conhecidos, uma janela irá pedir-lhe para seleccionar ou fornecer um, conforme explicado no parágrafo seguinte. Continue com <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/> " +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Isto geralmente se refere a impressoras USB. O utilitário localiza " +"automaticamente o nome da impressora e exibe. Selecione a impressora e, em " +"seguida, clique em \"Avançar\". Se houver um driver conhecido associado para " +"a impressora, ele será instalado automaticamente. Se houver mais de um " +"driver ou não drivers conhecidos, uma janela irá pedir-lhe para seleccionar " +"ou fornecer um, conforme explicado no parágrafo seguinte. Continue com <xref " +"linkend=\"terminate\"/> " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "impressora não detectado automaticamente" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8530,10 +10012,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." -msgstr "Quando você selecionar uma porta, o sistema carrega uma lista de drivers e exibe uma janela para selecionar um driver. A escolha pode ser feita através de uma das seguintes opções." +msgstr "" +"Quando você selecionar uma porta, o sistema carrega uma lista de drivers e " +"exibe uma janela para selecionar um driver. A escolha pode ser feita através " +"de uma das seguintes opções." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -8558,7 +10043,12 @@ msgid "" "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." -msgstr "Ao selecionar a partir do banco de dados, a janela sugere um fabricante da impressora em primeiro lugar, e, em seguida, um dispositivo e um driver associado a ele. Se mais de um driver é sugerido, selecionar um que é recomendado, a menos que você encontrou alguns problemas com isso antes, neste caso, selecionar o que sabe trabalhar." +msgstr "" +"Ao selecionar a partir do banco de dados, a janela sugere um fabricante da " +"impressora em primeiro lugar, e, em seguida, um dispositivo e um driver " +"associado a ele. Se mais de um driver é sugerido, selecionar um que é " +"recomendado, a menos que você encontrou alguns problemas com isso antes, " +"neste caso, selecionar o que sabe trabalhar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -8574,7 +10064,13 @@ msgid "" "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." -msgstr "Após a seleção do driver, uma janela pede alguma informação que irá permitir que o sistema de designar e descobrir a impressora. A primeira linha é o nome sob o qual o dispositivo será exibido em aplicações na lista de impressoras disponíveis. O instalador então sugere a impressão de uma página de teste. Após esta etapa, a impressora é adicionado e aparece na lista de impressoras disponíveis." +msgstr "" +"Após a seleção do driver, uma janela pede alguma informação que irá permitir " +"que o sistema de designar e descobrir a impressora. A primeira linha é o " +"nome sob o qual o dispositivo será exibido em aplicações na lista de " +"impressoras disponíveis. O instalador então sugere a impressão de uma página " +"de teste. Após esta etapa, a impressora é adicionado e aparece na lista de " +"impressoras disponíveis." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -8585,41 +10081,61 @@ msgstr "impressora de rede" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "As impressoras de rede são as impressoras que estão conectadas diretamente a uma rede com ou sem fio, que estão ligados a um printserver ou que estão ligados a outra estação de trabalho que serve como printserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"As impressoras de rede são as impressoras que estão conectadas diretamente a " +"uma rede com ou sem fio, que estão ligados a um printserver ou que estão " +"ligados a outra estação de trabalho que serve como printserver." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." -msgstr "Muitas vezes, é melhor para configurar o servidor DHCP para associar sempre um endereço IP fixo com endereço MAC da impressora. Claro que deve ser o mesmo que o endereço de IP da impressora de printserver é definido como, se ele tem um fixo." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Muitas vezes, é melhor para configurar o servidor DHCP para associar sempre " +"um endereço IP fixo com endereço MAC da impressora. Claro que deve ser o " +"mesmo que o endereço de IP da impressora de printserver é definido como, se " +"ele tem um fixo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "Mac-endereço da impressora é um número de série dado à impressora ou printserver ou computador está conectado, que pode ser obtido a partir de uma página de configuração impressa pela impressora ou o que pode ser escrito em uma etiqueta na impressora ou Impressão. Se a impressora compartilhada é conectada a um sistema Mageia, você pode executar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> nele como root para encontrar o endereço MAC. É a seqüência de números e letras depois de \"HWaddr \"." +msgstr "" +"Mac-endereço da impressora é um número de série dado à impressora ou " +"printserver ou computador está conectado, que pode ser obtido a partir de " +"uma página de configuração impressa pela impressora ou o que pode ser " +"escrito em uma etiqueta na impressora ou Impressão. Se a impressora " +"compartilhada é conectada a um sistema Mageia, você pode executar " +"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> nele como root para encontrar o " +"endereço MAC. É a seqüência de números e letras depois de \"HWaddr \"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." -msgstr "Você pode adicionar a impressora de rede, escolhendo o protocolo que utiliza para falar com o seu computador através da rede. Se você não sabe qual o protocolo para escolher, você pode tentar a <guilabel>impressora de rede</guilabel> - <guilabel>Localizar impressora de rede</guilabel> opção nos <guilabel>dispositivos</guilabel> menu e dar a endereço IP da impressora na caixa à direita, onde diz \"host \"." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar a impressora de rede, escolhendo o protocolo que utiliza " +"para falar com o seu computador através da rede. Se você não sabe qual o " +"protocolo para escolher, você pode tentar a <guilabel>impressora de rede</" +"guilabel> - <guilabel>Localizar impressora de rede</guilabel> opção nos " +"<guilabel>dispositivos</guilabel> menu e dar a endereço IP da impressora na " +"caixa à direita, onde diz \"host \"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 @@ -8627,14 +10143,20 @@ msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Se a ferramenta reconhece a impressora ou printserver, irá propor um protocolo e uma fila, mas você pode escolher um mais apropriado a partir da lista abaixo ou dar o nome da fila correta, se não está na lista." +msgstr "" +"Se a ferramenta reconhece a impressora ou printserver, irá propor um " +"protocolo e uma fila, mas você pode escolher um mais apropriado a partir da " +"lista abaixo ou dar o nome da fila correta, se não está na lista." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Procure na documentação que acompanha a impressora ou printserver para descobrir qual protocolo (s) que apoia e de possíveis nomes de filas específicas." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Procure na documentação que acompanha a impressora ou printserver para " +"descobrir qual protocolo (s) que apoia e de possíveis nomes de filas " +"específicas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -8650,10 +10172,19 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "Uma técnica atual é desenvolvido pela Hewlett-Packard e conhecido como JetDirect. Ele permite o acesso a uma impressora directamente ligado à rede através de uma porta Ethernet. Você deve conhecer o endereço IP em que a impressora é conhecido na rede. Esta técnica também é usada dentro de alguns roteadores ADSL, que contêm uma porta USB para conectar a impressora. Neste caso, o endereço IP é o do router. Note-se que a ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" pode gerenciar dinamicamente configurado IP-adress, estabelecendo um URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer> </emphasis>. Neste caso, IP fixo endereço não é necessário." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"Uma técnica atual é desenvolvido pela Hewlett-Packard e conhecido como " +"JetDirect. Ele permite o acesso a uma impressora directamente ligado à rede " +"através de uma porta Ethernet. Você deve conhecer o endereço IP em que a " +"impressora é conhecido na rede. Esta técnica também é usada dentro de alguns " +"roteadores ADSL, que contêm uma porta USB para conectar a impressora. Neste " +"caso, o endereço IP é o do router. Note-se que a ferramenta \"HP Device " +"Manager\" pode gerenciar dinamicamente configurado IP-adress, estabelecendo " +"um URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer> </emphasis>. Neste " +"caso, IP fixo endereço não é necessário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 @@ -8661,12 +10192,16 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." -msgstr "Escolha a opção <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como o protocolo e definir o endereço em <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, não altere o <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, a menos que você sabe que ele precisa ser alterado. Após a seleção do protocolo, a seleção do driver é o mesmo que acima." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a opção <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como o protocolo " +"e definir o endereço em <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, não altere o " +"<guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, a menos que você sabe que ele precisa ser " +"alterado. Após a seleção do protocolo, a seleção do driver é o mesmo que " +"acima." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8683,7 +10218,11 @@ msgid "" "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: uma impressora que pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP / IP através do protocolo IPP, por exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando CUPS. Este protocolo pode igualmente ser utilizado também por alguns ADSL-routers." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: uma impressora que " +"pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP / IP através do protocolo IPP, por " +"exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando CUPS. Este protocolo " +"pode igualmente ser utilizado também por alguns ADSL-routers." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 @@ -8691,14 +10230,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas usando o transporte HTTP e com TLS protocolo seguro. A porta tem de ser definida. Por padrão, a porta 631 é usada." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, " +"mas usando o transporte HTTP e com TLS protocolo seguro. A porta tem de ser " +"definida. Por padrão, a porta 631 é usada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPPS):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas com TLS protocolo seguro." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPPS):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas " +"com TLS protocolo seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 @@ -8706,21 +10250,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "hospedeiro <emphasis>LPD/LPR ou Impressora </emphasis>: uma impressora que pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP/IP através do protocolo LPD, por exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando LPD." +msgstr "" +"hospedeiro <emphasis>LPD/LPR ou Impressora </emphasis>: uma impressora que " +"pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP/IP através do protocolo LPD, por exemplo, " +"uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando LPD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "impressora de <emphasis>Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: uma impressora conectada a uma estação executando o Windows ou um servidor SMB e compartilhada." +msgstr "" +"impressora de <emphasis>Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: uma impressora " +"conectada a uma estação executando o Windows ou um servidor SMB e " +"compartilhada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" -msgstr "O URI também pode ser adicionado directamente. Aqui estão alguns exemplos de como formar a URI:" +msgstr "" +"O URI também pode ser adicionado directamente. Aqui estão alguns exemplos de " +"como formar a URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -8760,10 +10312,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Informações adicionais podem ser encontradas na <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentação CUPS.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Informações adicionais podem ser encontradas na <link ns2:href=\"http://www." +"cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentação CUPS.</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -8774,13 +10327,19 @@ msgstr "Propriedades do dispositivo" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Você pode acessar as propriedades do dispositivo. O menu permite o acesso a parâmetros para o servidor CUPS. Por padrão um servidor CUPS é lançado no sistema, mas você pode especificar um diferente com o <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | Menu <guimenuitem>conectar ...</guimenuitem>, uma outra janela que dá acesso à afinação de outros parâmetros específicos do servidor, seguindo <guimenu>servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurações.</guimenuitem>" +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Você pode acessar as propriedades do dispositivo. O menu permite o acesso a " +"parâmetros para o servidor CUPS. Por padrão um servidor CUPS é lançado no " +"sistema, mas você pode especificar um diferente com o <guimenu>Servidor</" +"guimenu> | Menu <guimenuitem>conectar ...</guimenuitem>, uma outra janela " +"que dá acesso à afinação de outros parâmetros específicos do servidor, " +"seguindo <guimenu>servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurações.</" +"guimenuitem>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -8792,29 +10351,44 @@ msgstr "Solucionar" msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "Você pode encontrar algumas informações sobre os erros ocorridos durante a impressão inspecionando <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrar algumas informações sobre os erros ocorridos durante a " +"impressão inspecionando <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "Você também pode acessar a uma ferramenta para diagnosticar problemas usando o <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solucionar problemas</guilabel> menu." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"Você também pode acessar a uma ferramenta para diagnosticar problemas usando " +"o <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solucionar problemas</guilabel> menu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "É possível que alguns condutores para impressoras específicos não estão disponíveis em Mageia ou não são funcionais. Neste caso, ter um olhar para o <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> site para verificar se um driver para o seu dispositivo está disponível. Se sim, verifique se o pacote já está presente em Mageia e, neste caso, instalá-lo manualmente. Então, refaça o processo de instalação para configurar a impressora. Em todos os casos, relatar o problema no Bugzilla ou no fórum, se você está confortável com esta ferramenta e fornecer o modelo e as informações do driver e se a impressora funciona ou não após a instalação. Aqui estão algumas fontes para encontrar outros motoristas up-to-date ou para dispositivos mais recentes." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"É possível que alguns condutores para impressoras específicos não estão " +"disponíveis em Mageia ou não são funcionais. Neste caso, ter um olhar para o " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> " +"site para verificar se um driver para o seu dispositivo está disponível. Se " +"sim, verifique se o pacote já está presente em Mageia e, neste caso, instalá-" +"lo manualmente. Então, refaça o processo de instalação para configurar a " +"impressora. Em todos os casos, relatar o problema no Bugzilla ou no fórum, " +"se você está confortável com esta ferramenta e fornecer o modelo e as " +"informações do driver e se a impressora funciona ou não após a instalação. " +"Aqui estão algumas fontes para encontrar outros motoristas up-to-date ou " +"para dispositivos mais recentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -8824,37 +10398,50 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> dar uma lista de drivers fornecidos pelo irmão . Procure o driver para o seu dispositivo, baixe o rpm (s) e instalar." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> dar uma lista de drivers " +"fornecidos pelo irmão . Procure o driver para o seu dispositivo, baixe o rpm " +"(s) e instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Você deve instalar controladores Brother antes de executar o utilitário de configuração." +msgstr "" +"Você deve instalar controladores Brother antes de executar o utilitário de " +"configuração." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Hewlett-Packard e Tudo em um dispositivos</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Hewlett-Packard e Tudo em um " +"dispositivos</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." -msgstr "Esses dispositivos utilizam a ferramenta hplip. Ele é instalado automaticamente após a detecção ou a seleção da impressora. Você pode encontrar outras informações <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aqui</link>. A ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" está disponível no <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>Menu . Veja também <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuração</link> para a gestão da impressora." +msgstr "" +"Esses dispositivos utilizam a ferramenta hplip. Ele é instalado " +"automaticamente após a detecção ou a seleção da impressora. Você pode " +"encontrar outras informações <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/" +"hplip-web/index.html\">aqui</link>. A ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" está " +"disponível no <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>Menu . Veja também <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html" +"\">configuração</link> para a gestão da impressora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 @@ -8866,7 +10453,14 @@ msgid "" "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "A HP All in one dispositivo deve ser instalado como uma impressora e serão adicionados os recursos do scanner. Note-se que, por vezes, a interface Xsane não permite digitalizar filmes ou slides (a iluminação deslizou não pode operar). Neste caso, é possível fazer a varredura, utilizando o modo autônomo, e salvar a imagem em um cartão de memória ou pendrive inserido no dispositivo. Em seguida, abra o software de imagem favorito e carregar a imagem do cartão de memória que está apareceu na pasta /media." +msgstr "" +"A HP All in one dispositivo deve ser instalado como uma impressora e serão " +"adicionados os recursos do scanner. Note-se que, por vezes, a interface " +"Xsane não permite digitalizar filmes ou slides (a iluminação deslizou não " +"pode operar). Neste caso, é possível fazer a varredura, utilizando o modo " +"autônomo, e salvar a imagem em um cartão de memória ou pendrive inserido no " +"dispositivo. Em seguida, abra o software de imagem favorito e carregar a " +"imagem do cartão de memória que está apareceu na pasta /media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -8876,10 +10470,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung impressora a cores</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "Para impressoras a cores específicas Samsung e Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">este site fornece drivers</link> para o protocolo QPDL." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"Para impressoras a cores específicas Samsung e Xerox, <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">este site fornece drivers</link> para o " +"protocolo QPDL." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -8889,20 +10486,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson impressoras e scanners</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Drivers para impressoras Epson estão disponíveis a partir <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página de pesquisa </link>. Para a parte do scanner, você deve instalar o pacote \"iscan-data\" e depois \"iscan\" (nesta ordem). Um pacote iscan-plugin também pode estar disponível e pode também instalar. Escolha o <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pacotes de acordo com sua arquitetura." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Drivers para impressoras Epson estão disponíveis a partir <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página " +"de pesquisa </link>. Para a parte do scanner, você deve instalar o pacote " +"\"iscan-data\" e depois \"iscan\" (nesta ordem). Um pacote iscan-plugin " +"também pode estar disponível e pode também instalar. Escolha o " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pacotes de acordo com sua arquitetura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "É possível que o pacote iscan irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com sã. Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado." +msgstr "" +"É possível que o pacote iscan irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com sã. " +"Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -8914,7 +10519,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Canon</emphasis>" msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "Para impressoras Canon, pode ser aconselhável instalar uma ferramenta chamada turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponível aqui</link>." +msgstr "" +"Para impressoras Canon, pode ser aconselhável instalar uma ferramenta " +"chamada turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponível " +"aqui</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -8926,8 +10534,7 @@ msgstr "Importar Documentos e Configurações do MS Windows®" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8935,9 +10542,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -8945,31 +10554,44 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>Import do Windows (TM) documentos e configurações</guilabel>" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia " +"rotulado <guilabel>Import do Windows (TM) documentos e configurações</" +"guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "A ferramenta permite que um administrador para importar os documentos do usuário e configurações de um <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>XP ou<trademark class=\"registrado \">Windows</trademark><trademark>Vista</trademark> instalação no mesmo computador que a instalação Mageia." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta permite que um administrador para importar os documentos do " +"usuário e configurações de um <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>XP " +"ou<trademark class=\"registrado \">Windows</trademark><trademark>Vista</" +"trademark> instalação no mesmo computador que a instalação Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Por favor, note que todas as alterações serão aplicadas por transfugdrake imediatamente após pressionar <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, note que todas as alterações serão aplicadas por transfugdrake " +"imediatamente após pressionar <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "Depois de iniciar transfugdrake você vai ver a primeira página do assistente, com uma explicação sobre a ferramenta e as opções de importação." +msgstr "" +"Depois de iniciar transfugdrake você vai ver a primeira página do " +"assistente, com uma explicação sobre a ferramenta e as opções de importação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -8977,19 +10599,25 @@ msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "Assim que você ler e entender as instruções, pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. Isso deve executar uma detecção de <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> instalação." +msgstr "" +"Assim que você ler e entender as instruções, pressione o botão " +"<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. Isso deve executar uma detecção de " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." -msgstr "Quando a etapa de detecção é completo, você verá uma página que permite que você escolha as contas em <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> e Mageia para o procedimento de importação. É possível escolher outra conta de usuário do que o seu próprio." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"Quando a etapa de detecção é completo, você verá uma página que permite que " +"você escolha as contas em <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</" +"trademark> e Mageia para o procedimento de importação. É possível escolher " +"outra conta de usuário do que o seu próprio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -8998,38 +10626,50 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr "Por favor tenha em conta que, devido ao migrar-assistente (o backend do transfugdrake) limitações <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> marca registrada nomes de conta de usuário com símbolos especiais podem ser exibidos incorretamente." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +"Por favor tenha em conta que, devido ao migrar-assistente (o backend do " +"transfugdrake) limitações <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</" +"trademark> marca registrada nomes de conta de usuário com símbolos especiais " +"podem ser exibidos incorretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "A migração pode levar algum tempo, dependendo do tamanho das pastas de documentos." +msgstr "" +"A migração pode levar algum tempo, dependendo do tamanho das pastas de " +"documentos." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." -msgstr "Alguns do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark> aplicações (especialmente drivers) pode criar contas de usuário para diferentes fins. Por exemplo, drives da NVidia do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> são atualizadas com <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, não use essas contas para efeitos de importação." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"Alguns do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark> aplicações " +"(especialmente drivers) pode criar contas de usuário para diferentes fins. " +"Por exemplo, drives da NVidia do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> são atualizadas com <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, " +"não use essas contas para efeitos de importação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" -msgstr "Quando você terminar com a imprensa seleção contas <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método de importar documentos:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Quando você terminar com a imprensa seleção contas <guibutton>Próxima</" +"guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método de importar " +"documentos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9037,23 +10677,29 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "Transfugdrake é projetado para importar do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark>dados de<emphasis>Meus Documentos</emphasis>, <emphasis>Minhas Musicas</emphasis>e<emphasis>Minhas imagens</emphasis > pastas. É possível pular de importação, selecionando o item apropriado nesta janela." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake é projetado para importar do <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows </trademark>dados de<emphasis>Meus Documentos</emphasis>, " +"<emphasis>Minhas Musicas</emphasis>e<emphasis>Minhas imagens</emphasis > " +"pastas. É possível pular de importação, selecionando o item apropriado nesta " +"janela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "Quando você terminar com o método de importação documento escolhendo imprensa <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método para importar os favoritos:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"Quando você terminar com o método de importação documento escolhendo " +"imprensa <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para " +"selecionar um método para importar os favoritos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9064,22 +10710,26 @@ msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake pode importar <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> e <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> favoritos com as fichas de Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instância." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake pode importar <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> e " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> favoritos com as fichas de Mageia " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instância." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." -msgstr "Escolha a opção de importação preferencial e pressione o botão <guibutton> Próxima</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a opção de importação preferencial e pressione o botão <guibutton> " +"Próxima</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "A próxima página permite que você importe o fundo do desktop:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9087,19 +10737,20 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." -msgstr "Escolha a opção preferida e pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a opção preferida e pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "A última página do assistente mostra alguma mensagem congratulações. Basta pressionar o botão <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"A última página do assistente mostra alguma mensagem congratulações. Basta " +"pressionar o botão <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9114,8 +10765,7 @@ msgstr "Usuários e Grupos" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9123,9 +10773,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -9133,23 +10785,32 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Gerenciar usuários no sistema\"" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia " +"chamado \"Gerenciar usuários no sistema\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "A ferramenta permite que um administrador para gerenciar os usuários e os grupos, isto significa para adicionar ou excluir um usuário ou grupo e para modificar as configurações de usuário e grupo (ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"A ferramenta permite que um administrador para gerenciar os usuários e os " +"grupos, isto significa para adicionar ou excluir um usuário ou grupo e para " +"modificar as configurações de usuário e grupo (ID, shell, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "Quando userdrake é aberto, todos os usuários existentes no sistema são listados nas <guibutton>guias</guibutton>, e todos os <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>na guia. Ambos as guias operar da mesma forma." +msgstr "" +"Quando userdrake é aberto, todos os usuários existentes no sistema são " +"listados nas <guibutton>guias</guibutton>, e todos os <guibutton>Grupos</" +"guibutton>na guia. Ambos as guias operar da mesma forma." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9161,8 +10822,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Add Usuario</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Este botão abre uma nova janela com todos os campos mostrados vazio:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9173,7 +10833,10 @@ msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" -msgstr "O campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nome completo</emphasis> é destinado para a entrada de um nome de família e primeiro nome, mas é possível escrever qualquer coisa ou nada assim!" +msgstr "" +"O campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nome completo</emphasis> é destinado para a " +"entrada de um nome de família e primeiro nome, mas é possível escrever " +"qualquer coisa ou nada assim!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 @@ -9183,19 +10846,26 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso</emphasis> é o único campo obrigatório #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "Definindo uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">senha</emphasis> é altamente recomendado. Há um pequeno escudo, à direita, se é vermelho, a senha é fraca, muito curta ou é muito parecido com o nome de login. Você deve usar números, menor e letras maiúsculas, sinais de pontuação, etc O escudo ficará laranja e verde como a força da senha melhora." +msgstr "" +"Definindo uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">senha</emphasis> é altamente " +"recomendado. Há um pequeno escudo, à direita, se é vermelho, a senha é " +"fraca, muito curta ou é muito parecido com o nome de login. Você deve usar " +"números, menor e letras maiúsculas, sinais de pontuação, etc O escudo ficará " +"laranja e verde como a força da senha melhora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar senha</emphasis> campo está lá para garantir que você digitou o que pretendia." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar senha</emphasis> campo está lá para " +"garantir que você digitou o que pretendia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -9203,7 +10873,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso Shell</emphasis> é uma lista suspensa que permite que você mude o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando para baixo, as opções são Bash, Dash and Sh." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso Shell</emphasis> é uma lista suspensa que " +"permite que você mude o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando " +"para baixo, as opções são Bash, Dash and Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -9211,14 +10884,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Criar um grupo privado para o usuário</emphasis>, se verificado criará automaticamente um grupo com o mesmo nome e que o novo usuário como o único membro (pode ser editado)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Criar um grupo privado para o usuário</emphasis>, se " +"verificado criará automaticamente um grupo com o mesmo nome e que o novo " +"usuário como o único membro (pode ser editado)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "As outras opções deveria ser óbvio. O novo usuário é criado imediatamente depois de clicar em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"As outras opções deveria ser óbvio. O novo usuário é criado imediatamente " +"depois de clicar em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -9230,7 +10908,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 add grupo</emphasis>" msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "Você só precisa digitar o nome do novo grupo e, se necessário, a identificação de grupo específico." +msgstr "" +"Você só precisa digitar o nome do novo grupo e, se necessário, a " +"identificação de grupo específico." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 @@ -9242,15 +10922,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (um usuario selecionado)" msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton> Dados do Usuário</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos os dados fornecidos para o usuário na criação (o ID não pode ser alterado)." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton> Dados do Usuário</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos os dados " +"fornecidos para o usuário na criação (o ID não pode ser alterado)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "Informações <emphasis role=\"bold\">Conta</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9261,14 +10942,18 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "A primeira opção é para definir uma data de expiração para a conta. A conexão é impossível após esta data. Isto é útil para contas temporárias." +msgstr "" +"A primeira opção é para definir uma data de expiração para a conta. A " +"conexão é impossível após esta data. Isto é útil para contas temporárias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "A segunda opção é para bloquear a conta, a conexão é impossível, desde que a conta está bloqueada." +msgstr "" +"A segunda opção é para bloquear a conta, a conexão é impossível, desde que a " +"conta está bloqueada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9281,10 +10966,12 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Senha Informações</emphasis>: Permite definir uma data de expiração para a senha, isso força o usuário a mudar sua senha periodicamente." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Senha Informações</emphasis>: Permite definir uma " +"data de expiração para a senha, isso força o usuário a mudar sua senha " +"periodicamente." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9294,14 +10981,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os grupos que o usuário é um membro do grupo." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os " +"grupos que o usuário é um membro do grupo." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Se você estiver modificando uma conta de usuário conectado, as modificações não serão eficazes até a sua/seu próximo login." +msgstr "" +"Se você estiver modificando uma conta de usuário conectado, as modificações " +"não serão eficazes até a sua/seu próximo login." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 @@ -9313,14 +11004,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (com um grupo selecionado)" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." -msgstr "Dados <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Permite que você modifique o nome do grupo." +msgstr "" +"Dados <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Permite que você modifique o " +"nome do grupo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "Usuários <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os usuários que são membros do grupo" +msgstr "" +"Usuários <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar " +"os usuários que são membros do grupo" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -9330,11 +11025,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Excluir</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Selecione um usuário ou um grupo e clique em <emphasis role=\"bold\">Excluir</emphasis> para removê-lo. Para um usuário, aparece uma janela a perguntar se diretório home e caixa de correio também deve ser excluído. Se um grupo privado foi criado para o usuário, ele será excluído também." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Selecione um usuário ou um grupo e clique em <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Excluir</emphasis> para removê-lo. Para um usuário, aparece uma janela a " +"perguntar se diretório home e caixa de correio também deve ser excluído. Se " +"um grupo privado foi criado para o usuário, ele será excluído também." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -9349,9 +11048,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Atualizar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." -msgstr "O banco de dados do usuário pode ser alterado fora de userdrake. Clique neste ícone para atualizar a exibição." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"O banco de dados do usuário pode ser alterado fora de userdrake. Clique " +"neste ícone para atualizar a exibição." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -9364,11 +11065,17 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">convidado</emphasis> é uma conta especial. Pretende-se dar a alguém o acesso temporário ao sistema com total segurança. Entrada é xguest, não há senha, e é impossível fazer modificações no sistema a partir desta conta. Os diretórios pessoais são eliminadas no final da sessão. Esta conta é ativada por padrão, para desativá-lo, clique no menu <guimenu>Ações -> Desinstalar conta de convidado</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">convidado</emphasis> é uma conta especial. Pretende-" +"se dar a alguém o acesso temporário ao sistema com total segurança. Entrada " +"é xguest, não há senha, e é impossível fazer modificações no sistema a " +"partir desta conta. Os diretórios pessoais são eliminadas no final da " +"sessão. Esta conta é ativada por padrão, para desativá-lo, clique no menu " +"<guimenu>Ações -> Desinstalar conta de convidado</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -9380,8 +11087,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o servidor gráfico" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9389,19 +11095,26 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuário normal ou <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Mind the letras maiúsculas." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuário normal ou <emphasis>drakx11</" +"emphasis> como root. Mind the letras maiúsculas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Selecione <emphasis><guilabel>Configure o servidor gráfico</guilabel> </emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Selecione " +"<emphasis><guilabel>Configure o servidor gráfico</guilabel> </emphasis>. " +"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 @@ -9419,7 +11132,10 @@ msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "A placa de vídeo é exibido atualmente detectado eo servidor correspondente configurado. Clique neste botão para mudar para outro servidor, por exemplo, uma com um driver proprietário." +msgstr "" +"A placa de vídeo é exibido atualmente detectado eo servidor correspondente " +"configurado. Clique neste botão para mudar para outro servidor, por exemplo, " +"uma com um driver proprietário." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 @@ -9428,7 +11144,11 @@ msgid "" "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "Os servidores disponíveis são classificadas sob <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> pelo fabricante, em ordem alfabética e, em seguida, o modelo também em ordem alfabética. Os drivers livres são ordenadas por ordem alfabética sob <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Os servidores disponíveis são classificadas sob <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> " +"pelo fabricante, em ordem alfabética e, em seguida, o modelo também em ordem " +"alfabética. Os drivers livres são ordenadas por ordem alfabética sob " +"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:37 @@ -9436,7 +11156,10 @@ msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "Em caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> irá trabalhar com a maioria das placas gráficas e dar-lhe tempo para encontrar e instalar o driver correto, enquanto em seu Ambiente de Trabalho." +msgstr "" +"Em caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> irá trabalhar com a " +"maioria das placas gráficas e dar-lhe tempo para encontrar e instalar o " +"driver correto, enquanto em seu Ambiente de Trabalho." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 @@ -9444,15 +11167,20 @@ msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Se até Vesa não funcionar, escolher <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev </guilabel></emphasis>, que é usada durante a instalação Mageia, mas não permite que você alterar a resolução ou taxas de atualização." +msgstr "" +"Se até Vesa não funcionar, escolher <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev </guilabel></emphasis>, que é usada durante a instalação " +"Mageia, mas não permite que você alterar a resolução ou taxas de atualização." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." -msgstr "Se você fez a sua escolha para um motorista de graça, você pode ser solicitado se você quer usar um driver proprietário vez com mais recursos (efeitos em 3D, por exemplo)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Se você fez a sua escolha para um motorista de graça, você pode ser " +"solicitado se você quer usar um driver proprietário vez com mais recursos " +"(efeitos em 3D, por exemplo)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 @@ -9463,10 +11191,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "Da mesma forma que o anterior, o monitor atualmente detectado é exibido e você pode clicar no botão para mudar para outra. Se o monitor desejado não estiver no <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> lista, escolha na lista <guilabel>genérico</guilabel> um monitor com as mesmas características." +msgstr "" +"Da mesma forma que o anterior, o monitor atualmente detectado é exibido e " +"você pode clicar no botão para mudar para outra. Se o monitor desejado não " +"estiver no <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> lista, escolha na lista " +"<guilabel>genérico</guilabel> um monitor com as mesmas características." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 @@ -9478,10 +11210,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolução:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "Esse botão permite a escolha da resolução (número de pixels) e a intensidade de cor (quantidade de cores). ele mostra essa tela:" +msgstr "" +"Esse botão permite a escolha da resolução (número de pixels) e a intensidade " +"de cor (quantidade de cores). ele mostra essa tela:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" @@ -9491,31 +11224,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>A imagem do monitor no meio dá uma prévia com a configuração escolhida." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>A imagem do monitor no meio dá " +"uma prévia com a configuração escolhida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "O primeiro botão mostra a resolução atual, clique para mudar para outra. A lista te mostra todas as escolhas possíveis de cordo com a placa gráfica e seu monitor, é possível clicar em <guilabel>Outros</guilabel> para escolher outras resoluções, mas tenha em mente que você pode danificar seu monitor ou selecionar uma configuração desconfortável." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro botão mostra a resolução atual, clique para mudar para outra. A " +"lista te mostra todas as escolhas possíveis de cordo com a placa gráfica e " +"seu monitor, é possível clicar em <guilabel>Outros</guilabel> para escolher " +"outras resoluções, mas tenha em mente que você pode danificar seu monitor ou " +"selecionar uma configuração desconfortável." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." -msgstr "O segundo botão mostra a profundidade atualmente cor, clique para mudar isso para uma outra." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"O segundo botão mostra a profundidade atualmente cor, clique para mudar isso " +"para uma outra." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "Dependendo da resolução escolhida, pode ser necessário ter que sair e reiniciar o ambiente gráfico para que as configurações tenham efeito." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo da resolução escolhida, pode ser necessário ter que sair e " +"reiniciar o ambiente gráfico para que as configurações tenham efeito." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 @@ -9528,15 +11272,21 @@ msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "Uma vez que a configuração for feita, recomenda-se fazer um teste antes de clicar em OK, porque é mais fácil modificar as configurações agora do que mais tarde, se o ambiente gráfico não funcionar." +msgstr "" +"Uma vez que a configuração for feita, recomenda-se fazer um teste antes de " +"clicar em OK, porque é mais fácil modificar as configurações agora do que " +"mais tarde, se o ambiente gráfico não funcionar." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "No caso de seu ambiente gráfico não funcionar, aperte Alt+Crtl+F2 para abrir o ambiente de texto, conecte-se como root e digite XFdrake (com caps lock) para usar a versão de texto XFdrake." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"No caso de seu ambiente gráfico não funcionar, aperte Alt+Crtl+F2 para abrir " +"o ambiente de texto, conecte-se como root e digite XFdrake (com caps lock) " +"para usar a versão de texto XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 @@ -9544,7 +11294,10 @@ msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Se o teste falhar, é só esperar até o final, se ele funciona, mas você não quer mudar, afinal de contas, clique em <guibutton>Não</guibutton>, se tudo estiver certo, clique em <guibutton role=\"bold \">OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Se o teste falhar, é só esperar até o final, se ele funciona, mas você não " +"quer mudar, afinal de contas, clique em <guibutton>Não</guibutton>, se tudo " +"estiver certo, clique em <guibutton role=\"bold \">OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 @@ -9557,29 +11310,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "opções <guilabel>globais</guilabel>: Se <emphasis>Desativar Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> é marcada, ela não será mais possível reiniciar o servidor X usando as teclas Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." +msgstr "" +"opções <guilabel>globais</guilabel>: Se <emphasis>Desativar Ctrl-Alt-" +"Backspace</emphasis> é marcada, ela não será mais possível reiniciar o " +"servidor X usando as teclas Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "Opções de cartão de <guilabel>gráficos</guilabel>: Permite ativar ou desativar três características específicas, dependendo da placa gráfica." +msgstr "" +"Opções de cartão de <guilabel>gráficos</guilabel>: Permite ativar ou " +"desativar três características específicas, dependendo da placa gráfica." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Interface gráfica na inicialização</guilabel>: Na maioria das vezes, <emphasis>iniciar automaticamente a interface gráfica (Xorg) quando iniciar</emphasis> é verificado para fazer a troca de inicialização para modo gráfico, pode ser desmarcada para um servidor." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Interface gráfica na inicialização</guilabel>: Na maioria das " +"vezes, <emphasis>iniciar automaticamente a interface gráfica (Xorg) quando " +"iniciar</emphasis> é verificado para fazer a troca de inicialização para " +"modo gráfico, pode ser desmarcada para um servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "Após clicar no botão <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, o sistema irá perguntar-lhe para confirmar. Ainda há tempo de cancelar tudo e manter a configuração anterior, ou a aceitar. Neste caso, você tem que desconectar e reconectar para ativar a nova configuração" +msgstr "" +"Após clicar no botão <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, o sistema irá perguntar-" +"lhe para confirmar. Ainda há tempo de cancelar tudo e manter a configuração " +"anterior, ou a aceitar. Neste caso, você tem que desconectar e reconectar " +"para ativar a nova configuração" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po index 5587ed5d..937366b1 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 09:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -2365,7 +2365,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "Codul PIN este cerut. Lăsați gol dacă nu este necesar codul PIN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -4346,12 +4347,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -4365,7 +4366,17 @@ msgstr "" "„Adaugă” de mai jos)" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -4380,7 +4391,7 @@ msgstr "" "găsesc în ambele medii i586 și x86_64." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." @@ -4389,7 +4400,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -4400,17 +4411,17 @@ msgstr "" "Control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Coloanele" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Coloana „Activează”:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." @@ -4420,12 +4431,12 @@ msgstr "" "inutilizabil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Coloana „Actualizare”:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -4440,12 +4451,12 @@ msgstr "" "expert</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "Coloana „Mediu”:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" @@ -4454,7 +4465,7 @@ msgstr "" "finale conțin cel puțin:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." @@ -4463,7 +4474,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponibile și suportate de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" @@ -4472,7 +4483,7 @@ msgstr "" "nu sînt libere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." @@ -4481,12 +4492,12 @@ msgstr "" "fi sub incidența dreptului de autor în unele țări." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Fiecare mediu are 4 secțiuni:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." @@ -4495,7 +4506,7 @@ msgstr "" "în ziua în care a fost lansată această versiune de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -4507,7 +4518,7 @@ msgstr "" "Internet foarte lentă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." @@ -4517,7 +4528,7 @@ msgstr "" "dezvoltare)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -4528,17 +4539,17 @@ msgstr "" "de control al calității (QA) să poată valida corectările." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Butoanele din dreapta" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Înlătură:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -4550,12 +4561,12 @@ msgstr "" "Core al versiunii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Editează:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." @@ -4564,12 +4575,12 @@ msgstr "" "proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Adaugă:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -4587,12 +4598,12 @@ msgstr "" "meniului „Fișier”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Săgețile sus și jos:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -4605,17 +4616,17 @@ msgstr "" "depozitele cele mai rapide la începutul listei." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Meniul" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Actualizează:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." @@ -4625,12 +4636,12 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -4651,12 +4662,12 @@ msgstr "" "fereastră:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -4668,12 +4679,12 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă un mediu personalizat:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" @@ -4682,12 +4693,12 @@ msgstr "" "care nu este suportat de Mageia. O fereastră nouă apare:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -4698,12 +4709,12 @@ msgstr "" "calea, în funcție de tipul mediului)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Opțiuni globale:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " @@ -4716,12 +4727,12 @@ msgstr "" "pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Gestionați cheile:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -4737,19 +4748,19 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" "Faceți acest lucru cu grijă, ca de altfel cu toate chestiunile legate de " "securitate" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " @@ -4760,6 +4771,15 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume utilizator</guilabel> și de " "<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -5391,9 +5411,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" msgstr "" "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> afișează o fereastră nouă cu trei " "butoane:" @@ -5405,15 +5426,17 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" "Primul buton oferă libertate totală în alegeri. Trebuie să știți ceea ce " "faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -5638,7 +5661,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -5709,7 +5732,7 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" @@ -5721,7 +5744,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" @@ -5770,22 +5793,29 @@ msgstr "" "\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Configurare DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." @@ -5794,7 +5824,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " @@ -5802,12 +5832,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -5816,32 +5846,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" @@ -5849,17 +5879,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -5868,56 +5898,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " @@ -5925,69 +5955,69 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po index 6ea8ac14..8d2ba4e8 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia rpmdrake help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 15:04+0300\n" "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -36,36 +36,49 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Общие сетевые службы», раздел <guilabel>Настройка ресурсов WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " +"WebDAV shares</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Общие сетевые службы», " +"раздел <guilabel>Настройка ресурсов WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 -#: en/drak3d.xml:15 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:16 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:29 -#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 -#: en/drakvpn.xml:16 -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 -#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 +#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 +#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Введение" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32 -msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> - протокол, с помощью которого можно монтировать каталог веб-сервера локально так, что в системе соответствующий каталог отобразится как локальный. На компьютере-сервере должен быть запущен сервер WebDAV. Этот инструмент не предназначен для настройки сервера WebDAV." +msgid "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a " +"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it " +"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " +"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " +"server." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> - " +"протокол, с помощью которого можно монтировать каталог веб-сервера локально " +"так, что в системе соответствующий каталог отобразится как локальный. На " +"компьютере-сервере должен быть запущен сервер WebDAV. Этот инструмент не " +"предназначен для настройки сервера WebDAV." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -74,13 +87,31 @@ msgstr "Создание собственного пункта" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42 -msgid "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "На первой странице программы будет показана уже настроенная запись, если таковая уже была создана и кнопка <guibutton>Новая</guibutton>. С помощью нажатия этой кнопки можно создать новую запись. Укажите URL-адрес сервера в поле страницы, которая будет открыта в ответ на нажатие кнопки." +msgid "" +"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " +"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " +"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." +msgstr "" +"На первой странице программы будет показана уже настроенная запись, если " +"таковая уже была создана и кнопка <guibutton>Новая</guibutton>. С помощью " +"нажатия этой кнопки можно создать новую запись. Укажите URL-адрес сервера в " +"поле страницы, которая будет открыта в ответ на нажатие кнопки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 -msgid "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the <guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct it, if needed." -msgstr "После этого будет показано окно с пунктами-переключателями для выбора следующих действий. Продолжите с нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>. После выбора пункта, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, поскольку <guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> уже настроен. Впрочем, вы можете воспользоваться этим пунктом, если необходимо внести какие-либо изменения." +msgid "" +"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " +"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"После этого будет показано окно с пунктами-переключателями для выбора " +"следующих действий. Продолжите с нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Точка " +"монтирования</guibutton>. После выбора пункта, нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, поскольку <guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> уже " +"настроен. Впрочем, вы можете воспользоваться этим пунктом, если необходимо " +"внести какие-либо изменения." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 @@ -89,13 +120,22 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58 -msgid "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount point." -msgstr "Доступ к удаленному каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью указанной точки монтирования." +msgid "" +"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " +"point." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к удаленному каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью указанной " +"точки монтирования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 -msgid "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "На следующем шаге вам необходимо указать - ваше имя пользователя и пароль. Если нужны другие настройки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " +"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." +msgstr "" +"На следующем шаге вам необходимо указать - ваше имя пользователя и пароль. " +"Если нужны другие настройки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 @@ -104,13 +144,30 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71 -msgid "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the access." -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Монтировать</guibutton> можно смонтировать каталог для немедленного использования." +msgid "" +"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " +"access." +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Монтировать</guibutton> можно смонтировать " +"каталог для немедленного использования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 -msgid "After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "После подтверждения настройки кнопкой <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, будет снова показано первое окно с назначенной вами точкой монтирования. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа спросит вас, следует ли записать внесённые изменения в <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Сохраните внесённые изменения, чтобы директория/раздел были доступны для использования сразу после загрузки системы. И не сохраняйте изменения, если монтируете для одноразового использования." +msgid "" +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения настройки кнопкой <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, будет " +"снова показано первое окно с назначенной вами точкой монтирования. После " +"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа спросит вас, следует " +"ли записать внесённые изменения в <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Сохраните " +"внесённые изменения, чтобы директория/раздел были доступны для использования " +"сразу после загрузки системы. И не сохраняйте изменения, если монтируете для " +"одноразового использования." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -129,50 +186,130 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 -msgid "This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы, как администратор, сможете предоставить пользователям возможность предоставлять подкаталоги, из каталога пользователя в /home, в совместное пользование другим пользователям в локальной сети. Компьютеры этих пользователей могут работать под управлением операционных систем Linux или Windows." +msgid "" +"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the " +"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " +"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " +"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы, как " +"администратор, сможете предоставить пользователям возможность предоставлять " +"подкаталоги, из каталога пользователя в /home, в совместное пользование " +"другим пользователям в локальной сети. Компьютеры этих пользователей могут " +"работать под управлением операционных систем Linux или Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 -msgid "It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Локальные диски», раздел «Совместный доступ к разделам вашего жёсткого диска»." +msgid "" +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому модулю можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), " +"пункт «Локальные диски», раздел «Совместный доступ к разделам вашего " +"жёсткого диска»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 -msgid "First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on <guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Сначала вам следует дать ответ на вопрос: «<guilabel>хотели бы вы позволить пользователям предоставлять доступ к некоторым из своих папок?</guilabel>» Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Нет общего доступа</guibutton>, если доступ следует запретить всем пользователям, пункт <guibutton>Разрешить всем пользователям</guibutton>, если доступ следует разрешить всем и <guibutton>Выборочно</guibutton>, если некоторым пользователям запретить доступ, а некоторым предоставить. В последнем случае пользователи, которые будут иметь доступ к каталогам общего пользования, должны принадлежать к группе fileshare, которая будет автоматически создана системой. Дополнительный вопрос, относительно этого будет задан программой на следующих шагах настройки." +msgid "" +"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to " +"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " +"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " +"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"created by the system. You will be asked about this later." +msgstr "" +"Сначала вам следует дать ответ на вопрос: «<guilabel>хотели бы вы позволить " +"пользователям предоставлять доступ к некоторым из своих папок?</guilabel>» " +"Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Нет общего доступа</guibutton>, если доступ " +"следует запретить всем пользователям, пункт <guibutton>Разрешить всем " +"пользователям</guibutton>, если доступ следует разрешить всем и " +"<guibutton>Выборочно</guibutton>, если некоторым пользователям запретить " +"доступ, а некоторым предоставить. В последнем случае пользователи, которые " +"будут иметь доступ к каталогам общего пользования, должны принадлежать к " +"группе fileshare, которая будет автоматически создана системой. " +"Дополнительный вопрос, относительно этого будет задан программой на " +"следующих шагах настройки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 -msgid "Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, появится вторая страница настроек, с помощью которой вы сможете выбрать тип совместных ресурсов, <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> или <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Выберите вариант <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, если единственной операционной системой в локальной сети является Linux. Если же в сети есть компьютеры под управлением Windows, выберите пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Если это требуется, система выполнит установку пакетов, необходимых для работы с новыми настройками." +msgid "" +"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you " +"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. " +"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on " +"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " +"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " +"required packages will be installed if necessary." +msgstr "" +"После нажатия кнопки <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, появится вторая страница " +"настроек, с помощью которой вы сможете выбрать тип совместных ресурсов, " +"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> или <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Выберите вариант " +"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, если единственной операционной системой в " +"локальной сети является Linux. Если же в сети есть компьютеры под " +"управлением Windows, выберите пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Как только " +"выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Если это " +"требуется, система выполнит установку пакетов, необходимых для работы с " +"новыми настройками." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 -msgid "The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "Если не выбран вариант «Выборочно», на этом настройка будет завершена. Если же вы выбрали вариант «Выборочно», появится страница, на которой программа попросит вас открыть окно программы Userdrake. С помощью Userdrake вы сможете добавить пользователей, которым будет разрешено предоставлять каталоги в общее пользование в группу fileshare. На вкладке «Пользователи» выберите пользователя, которого необходимо добавить к этой группе, затем нажмите кнопку <guimenuitem>Редактировать</guimenuitem>, на вкладке «Группы». Отметьте пункт группы fileshare и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Более подробное описание программы Userdrake можно найти на <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">этой странице</link>." +msgid "" +"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In " +"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows " +"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " +"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " +"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"Если не выбран вариант «Выборочно», на этом настройка будет завершена. Если " +"же вы выбрали вариант «Выборочно», появится страница, на которой программа " +"попросит вас открыть окно программы Userdrake. С помощью Userdrake вы " +"сможете добавить пользователей, которым будет разрешено предоставлять " +"каталоги в общее пользование в группу fileshare. На вкладке «Пользователи» " +"выберите пользователя, которого необходимо добавить к этой группе, затем " +"нажмите кнопку <guimenuitem>Редактировать</guimenuitem>, на вкладке " +"«Группы». Отметьте пункт группы fileshare и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>. Более подробное описание программы Userdrake можно найти на " +"<link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">этой странице</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 -msgid "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "Чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу, после добавления нового пользователя в группу fileshare, отключите компьютер от локальной сети, а затем установите соединение повторно." +msgid "" +"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " +"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу, после добавления нового " +"пользователя в группу fileshare, отключите компьютер от локальной сети, а " +"затем установите соединение повторно." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 -msgid "From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers have this facility." -msgstr "После этой операции каждый из участников группы fileshare сможет просто обозначить в программе для управления файлами своей графической среды пункт каталога, данные из которого следует предоставить в общее пользование и воспользоваться возможностями общего доступа этой программы (такие возможности предусмотрены не во всех программах)." +msgid "" +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"have this facility." +msgstr "" +"После этой операции каждый из участников группы fileshare сможет просто " +"обозначить в программе для управления файлами своей графической среды пункт " +"каталога, данные из которого следует предоставить в общее пользование и " +"воспользоваться возможностями общего доступа этой программы (такие " +"возможности предусмотрены не во всех программах)." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 -#: en/mcc-network.xml:1 -#: en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 +#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "ru" @@ -198,29 +335,55 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете объявить некоторые из каталогов общего пользования доступными всем пользователям компьютера. Протокол NFS используется в большинстве систем Linux или Unix. Такие совместные каталоги станут доступными для пользователей сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к общим каталогам можно осуществлять непосредственно во время рабочего сеанса пользователя с помощью программ для управления файлами." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " +"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " +"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " +"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"объявить некоторые из каталогов общего пользования доступными всем " +"пользователям компьютера. Протокол NFS используется в большинстве систем " +"Linux или Unix. Такие совместные каталоги станут доступными для " +"пользователей сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к общим каталогам можно " +"осуществлять непосредственно во время рабочего сеанса пользователя с помощью " +"программ для управления файлами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 msgid "Procedure" msgstr "Процедура" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38 -msgid "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers which share directories." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование." +msgid "" +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " +"which share directories." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список " +"серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 -msgid "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к которому вы хотите получить доступ." +msgid "" +"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " +"shared directories and select the directory you want to access." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, " +"чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к " +"которому вы хотите получить доступ." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 @@ -229,8 +392,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 -msgid "The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога." +msgid "" +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью " +"которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 @@ -239,8 +406,15 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60 -msgid "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог. Вы также можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>. После монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки." +msgid "" +"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " +"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " +"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." +msgstr "" +"После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог. Вы также " +"можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки " +"<guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>. После монтирования каталога его можно " +"размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 @@ -254,8 +428,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 -msgid "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "После подтверждения настроек, нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin." +msgid "" +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения настроек, нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> " +"система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы " +"сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает " +"каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть " +"доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с " +"помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 @@ -279,23 +464,44 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 -msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>можно получить с помощью пункта «Локальные диски» из Центра управления Mageia. Модуль подписан в соответствии с названием вашего съёмного носителя данных (только для CD/DVD и дисководов)." +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " +"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " +"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому модулю <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>можно " +"получить с помощью пункта «Локальные диски» из Центра управления Mageia. " +"Модуль подписан в соответствии с названием вашего съёмного носителя данных " +"(только для CD/DVD и дисководов)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." -msgstr "Модуль предназначен для определения способа монтирования съёмных дисков." +msgstr "" +"Модуль предназначен для определения способа монтирования съёмных дисков." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 -msgid "At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." -msgstr "В верхней части окна будет показано краткое описание оборудования и параметров его монтирования. С помощью меню, показанного в нижней части окна, вы сможете изменить параметры монтирования. Отметьте в меню пункт и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and " +"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " +"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"В верхней части окна будет показано краткое описание оборудования и " +"параметров его монтирования. С помощью меню, показанного в нижней части " +"окна, вы сможете изменить параметры монтирования. Отметьте в меню пункт и " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -304,19 +510,26 @@ msgstr "Точка монтирования" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 -msgid "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Отметьте этот пункт, чтобы изменить точку монтирования. По умолчанию это /media/cdrom." +msgid "" +"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Отметьте этот пункт, чтобы изменить точку монтирования. По умолчанию это /" +"media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 -#: en/harddrake2.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 msgid "Options" msgstr "Параметры" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 -msgid "Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Изменить параметры монтирования можно непосредственно с помощью списка или нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. Основными параметрами являются:" +msgid "" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Изменить параметры монтирования можно непосредственно с помощью списка или " +"нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. Основными параметрами " +"являются:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -325,8 +538,15 @@ msgstr "user/nouser" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47 -msgid "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "Обозначением пункта «user» можно позволить обычному пользователю (не root) монтировать съёмные диски. Выбор пункта приведёт к обозначению пунктов noexec, nosuid и nodev. Размонтировать смонтированный диск может только пользователь, который его смонтировал." +msgid "" +"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " +"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " +"the only one who can umount it." +msgstr "" +"Обозначением пункта «user» можно позволить обычному пользователю (не root) " +"монтировать съёмные диски. Выбор пункта приведёт к обозначению пунктов " +"noexec, nosuid и nodev. Размонтировать смонтированный диск может только " +"пользователь, который его смонтировал." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -340,33 +560,68 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете указать каталоги, доступ к которым смогут получать все пользователи компьютера. Для доступа будет использоваться протокол SMB, который приобрел популярность вместе с операционными системами Windows®. Доступ к каталогам общего пользования можно будет получить сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к каталогам общего пользования можно также получить в пределах отдельного сеанса с помощью программ для управления файлами." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " +"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " +"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " +"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"указать каталоги, доступ к которым смогут получать все пользователи " +"компьютера. Для доступа будет использоваться протокол SMB, который приобрел " +"популярность вместе с операционными системами Windows®. Доступ к каталогам " +"общего пользования можно будет получить сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ " +"к каталогам общего пользования можно также получить в пределах отдельного " +"сеанса с помощью программ для управления файлами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 -msgid "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "До запуска этой программы следует определить названия доступных серверов, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgid "" +"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " +"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"До запуска этой программы следует определить названия доступных серверов, " +"например с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 -msgid "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who share directories." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование." +msgid "" +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список " +"серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 -msgid "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к которому вы хотите получить доступ." +msgid "" +"Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " +"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, " +"чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к " +"которому вы хотите получить доступ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 -msgid "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога." +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " +"have to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью " +"которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 @@ -375,13 +630,26 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56 -msgid "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог с помощью кнопки <guimenu>Монтировать</guimenu>. Вы также можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " +"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " +"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог с помощью " +"кнопки <guimenu>Монтировать</guimenu>. Вы также можете проверить или " +"изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 -msgid "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "С помощью окна параметров вы можете указать имя пользователя и пароль, которым должны пользоваться те, кто хочет соединиться с сервером SMB. После монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки." +msgid "" +"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " +"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " +"with the same button." +msgstr "" +"С помощью окна параметров вы можете указать имя пользователя и пароль, " +"которым должны пользоваться те, кто хочет соединиться с сервером SMB. После " +"монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 @@ -395,8 +663,18 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76 -msgid "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." -msgstr "После подтверждения настроек нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin." +msgid "" +"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " +"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " +"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения настроек нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> " +"система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы " +"сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает " +"каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть " +"доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с " +"помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 @@ -420,13 +698,23 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by default." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете управлять эффектами пространственного воспроизведения (3D) в вашей операционной системе. Обычно такие эффекты отключены." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " +"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " +"default." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"управлять эффектами пространственного воспроизведения (3D) в вашей " +"операционной системе. Обычно такие эффекты отключены." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -435,18 +723,44 @@ msgstr "Первоначальные замечания" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:27 -msgid "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can start." -msgstr "Чтобы воспользоваться этим инструментом, вам следует установить пакет glxinfo. Если этот пакет ещё не был установлен, система попросит вас установить его до того, как запустит drak3d." +msgid "" +"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " +"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " +"start." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться этим инструментом, вам следует установить пакет " +"glxinfo. Если этот пакет ещё не был установлен, система попросит вас " +"установить его до того, как запустит drak3d." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 -msgid "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." -msgstr "После запуска drak3d будет показано окно меню. С помощью этого окна вы сможете выбрать вариант работы: <guilabel>Без эффектов 3D-рабочего стола</guilabel> или <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion является частью композитной системы управления окнами, которая делает возможным использование специальных эффектов с аппаратным ускорением на рабочем столе. Выберите <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, чтобы включить такую композитную систему управления окнами." +msgid "" +"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " +"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"После запуска drak3d будет показано окно меню. С помощью этого окна вы " +"сможете выбрать вариант работы: <guilabel>Без эффектов 3D-рабочего стола</" +"guilabel> или <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion является " +"частью композитной системы управления окнами, которая делает возможным " +"использование специальных эффектов с аппаратным ускорением на рабочем столе. " +"Выберите <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, чтобы включить такую " +"композитную систему управления окнами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 -msgid "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Если вы впервые пользуетесь этой программой после первоначальной установки Mageia, система покажет сообщение с предупреждением относительно того, что для работы Compiz Fusion следует установить некоторые пакеты. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Если вы впервые пользуетесь этой программой после первоначальной установки " +"Mageia, система покажет сообщение с предупреждением относительно того, что " +"для работы Compiz Fusion следует установить некоторые пакеты. Нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 @@ -455,13 +769,24 @@ msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:49 -msgid "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "Как только будут установлены соответствующие пакеты, вы увидите обозначенный пункт Compiz Fusion в меню drak3d. Впрочем, для пользования новыми эффектами следует выйти из учётной записи пользователя и снова войти в неё." +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " +"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " +"for the changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Как только будут установлены соответствующие пакеты, вы увидите обозначенный " +"пункт Compiz Fusion в меню drak3d. Впрочем, для пользования новыми эффектами " +"следует выйти из учётной записи пользователя и снова войти в неё." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 -msgid "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "После повторного входа в систему будет задействована Compiz Fusion. Настроить Compiz Fusion можно с помощью утилиты ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." +msgid "" +"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " +"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." +msgstr "" +"После повторного входа в систему будет задействована Compiz Fusion. " +"Настроить Compiz Fusion можно с помощью утилиты ccsm (CompizConfig Settings " +"Manager)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -475,8 +800,15 @@ msgstr "После входа в систему не видно рабочего #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:64 -msgid "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Если после включения Compiz Fusion и попытке войти под своей учётной записью, вы ничего не увидите, перезагрузите операционную систему, чтобы вернуться к экрану входа в систему. В этом окне нажмите кнопку «Рабочий стол» и выберите drak3d." +msgid "" +"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " +"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " +"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." +msgstr "" +"Если после включения Compiz Fusion и попытке войти под своей учётной " +"записью, вы ничего не увидите, перезагрузите операционную систему, чтобы " +"вернуться к экрану входа в систему. В этом окне нажмите кнопку «Рабочий " +"стол» и выберите drak3d." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 @@ -485,8 +817,17 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:75 -msgid "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the log in problem." -msgstr "После входа в систему, если ваша учётная запись не является административной, система попросит вас ввести пароль к вашей учётной записи. Если же ваша учётная запись является административной (root), воспользуйтесь ей. После входа под административной учётной записью вы сможете отменить изменения в системе, которые привели к её неработоспособности." +msgid "" +"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " +"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"После входа в систему, если ваша учётная запись не является " +"административной, система попросит вас ввести пароль к вашей учётной записи. " +"Если же ваша учётная запись является административной (root), воспользуйтесь " +"ей. После входа под административной учётной записью вы сможете отменить " +"изменения в системе, которые привели к её неработоспособности." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -505,18 +846,33 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете изменить способ признания вас в качестве пользователя машины или сети." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"изменить способ признания вас в качестве пользователя машины или сети." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 -msgid "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so and give information about that." -msgstr "По умолчанию данные для вашей авторизации сохраняются в файле на вашем компьютере. Внесите в него изменения, если вас об этом попросит администратор сети. Соответствующие данные для внесения изменений должны быть предоставлены администратором сети." +msgid "" +"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " +"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " +"and give information about that." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию данные для вашей авторизации сохраняются в файле на вашем " +"компьютере. Внесите в него изменения, если вас об этом попросит " +"администратор сети. Соответствующие данные для внесения изменений должны " +"быть предоставлены администратором сети." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -535,43 +891,95 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 -msgid "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot, etc.)" -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно настроить варианты загрузки компьютера (выбрать загрузчик, установить пароль, определить вариант загрузки по умолчанию и др.)." +msgid "" +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " +"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " +"boot, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"настроить варианты загрузки компьютера (выбрать загрузчик, установить " +"пароль, определить вариант загрузки по умолчанию и др.)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 -msgid "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up boot system\"." -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Загрузка» из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка загрузки»." +msgid "" +"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " +"up boot system\"." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Загрузка» из Центра " +"управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка загрузки»." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 -msgid "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "Не пользуйтесь этой программой, если вы не уверены относительно последствий своих действий. Внесение изменений в определённые параметры загрузки может помешать штатной загрузке вашей системы!" +msgid "" +"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " +"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" +msgstr "" +"Не пользуйтесь этой программой, если вы не уверены относительно последствий " +"своих действий. Внесение изменений в определённые параметры загрузки может " +"помешать штатной загрузке вашей системы!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 -msgid "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "С помощью первой части с названием <guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel> можно выбрать загрузчик, который следует использовать Grub или Lilo, и определить каким будет меню, графическим или текстовым. Выбор типа меню является лишь вопросом вкуса, никаких других последствий для работы компьютера он иметь не будет. Кроме того, вы можете установить <guibutton>Устройство загрузки</guibutton>. Не изменяйте его, если вы не являетесь знатоком в вопросах загрузки. Устройство загрузки - это устройство, на котором будет установлен загрузчик, любые изменения могут помешать загрузке системы." +msgid "" +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"С помощью первой части с названием <guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel> можно " +"выбрать загрузчик, который следует использовать Grub или Lilo, и определить " +"каким будет меню, графическим или текстовым. Выбор типа меню является лишь " +"вопросом вкуса, никаких других последствий для работы компьютера он иметь не " +"будет. Кроме того, вы можете установить <guibutton>Устройство загрузки</" +"guibutton>. Не изменяйте его, если вы не являетесь знатоком в вопросах " +"загрузки. Устройство загрузки - это устройство, на котором будет установлен " +"загрузчик, любые изменения могут помешать загрузке системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 -msgid "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "С помощью второй части, <guilabel>Основные параметры</guilabel>, вы можете установить <guibutton>Паузу перед загрузкой системы по умолчанию</guibutton> в секундах. Во время этой паузы grub или Lilo будет отображать список операционных систем и попросит вас выбрать желаемую систему. Если в течение паузы выбор не будет сделан, загрузчиком будет загружена система по умолчанию." +msgid "" +"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " +"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." +msgstr "" +"С помощью второй части, <guilabel>Основные параметры</guilabel>, вы можете " +"установить <guibutton>Паузу перед загрузкой системы по умолчанию</guibutton> " +"в секундах. Во время этой паузы grub или Lilo будет отображать список " +"операционных систем и попросит вас выбрать желаемую систему. Если в течение " +"паузы выбор не будет сделан, загрузчиком будет загружена система по " +"умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 -msgid "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is possible to set a password." -msgstr "С помощью третьей и последней части, которая называется <guibutton>Безопасность</guibutton>, можно установить пароль для загрузчика." +msgid "" +"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " +"possible to set a password." +msgstr "" +"С помощью третьей и последней части, которая называется " +"<guibutton>Безопасность</guibutton>, можно установить пароль для загрузчика." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно получить доступ к дополнительным параметрам." +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно получить доступ " +"к дополнительным параметрам." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 @@ -580,8 +988,17 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Включить ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 -msgid "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface или интерфейс дополнительного конфигурирования и питания) - стандарт управления питанием. С его помощью можно экономить энергию, приостанавливать работу устройств, которые не используются. Этот способ использовался ранее в APM. Отметьте этот пункт, если ваше оборудование является совместимым с ACPI." +msgid "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " +"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " +"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " +"compatible." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface или интерфейс " +"дополнительного конфигурирования и питания) - стандарт управления питанием. " +"С его помощью можно экономить энергию, приостанавливать работу устройств, " +"которые не используются. Этот способ использовался ранее в APM. Отметьте " +"этот пункт, если ваше оборудование является совместимым с ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 @@ -590,23 +1007,53 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Включить SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 -msgid "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP - сокращение от Symmetric Multi Processors (симметричный многопроцессорный), так называется архитектура многопроцессорных систем." +msgid "" +"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " +"multicore processors." +msgstr "" +"SMP - сокращение от Symmetric Multi Processors (симметричный " +"многопроцессорный), так называется архитектура многопроцессорных систем." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 -msgid "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Если в вашем компьютере установлен процессор с поддержкой технологии HyperThreading, Mageia определит его как двойной процессор и включит SMP." +msgid "" +"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " +"processor and enable SMP." +msgstr "" +"Если в вашем компьютере установлен процессор с поддержкой технологии " +"HyperThreading, Mageia определит его как двойной процессор и включит SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 -msgid "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Включить APIC</guibutton> и <guibutton>Включить локальный APIC:</guibutton>" +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Включить APIC</guibutton> и <guibutton>Включить локальный APIC:</" +"guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 -msgid "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local APIC." -msgstr "APIC - аббревиатура от Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (улучшенный программируемый контроллер прерываний). Существуют два компонента Intel APIC системы: локальный APIC (LAPIC) и APIC ввода-вывода. Этот контроллер направляет прерывания, которые он получает из периферийных каналов на один или несколько APIC в процессоре. Такие контроллеры являются весьма полезными в многопроцессорных системах. Некоторые компьютеры могут иметь проблемы с системой APIC, что приводит к зависанию работы или ложного обнаружения устройств (сообщение об ошибке «spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Если с вашим компьютером случаются такие проблемы, отключите APIC и/или локальный APIC." +msgid "" +"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " +"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " +"APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses " +"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " +"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " +"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC - аббревиатура от Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller " +"(улучшенный программируемый контроллер прерываний). Существуют два " +"компонента Intel APIC системы: локальный APIC (LAPIC) и APIC ввода-вывода. " +"Этот контроллер направляет прерывания, которые он получает из периферийных " +"каналов на один или несколько APIC в процессоре. Такие контроллеры являются " +"весьма полезными в многопроцессорных системах. Некоторые компьютеры могут " +"иметь проблемы с системой APIC, что приводит к зависанию работы или ложного " +"обнаружения устройств (сообщение об ошибке «spurious 8259A interrupt: " +"IRQ7»). Если с вашим компьютером случаются такие проблемы, отключите APIC и/" +"или локальный APIC." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 @@ -615,8 +1062,24 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 -msgid "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> вы увидите список всех доступных пунктов меню загрузки. Пункт по умолчанию помечен звёздочкой. Чтобы изменить порядок пунктов меню, отметьте какой-либо из пунктов и нажмите кнопку со стрелкой вверх или вниз, чтобы переместить его. В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton> будет показано новое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете добавить новый пункт меню Grub или изменить уже существующий пункт меню. Не используйте эти кнопки, если вы не знакомы с синтаксисом команд Lilo или Grub." +msgid "" +"In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> вы увидите список всех " +"доступных пунктов меню загрузки. Пункт по умолчанию помечен звёздочкой. " +"Чтобы изменить порядок пунктов меню, отметьте какой-либо из пунктов и " +"нажмите кнопку со стрелкой вверх или вниз, чтобы переместить его. В ответ на " +"нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Изменить</" +"guibutton> будет показано новое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете добавить " +"новый пункт меню Grub или изменить уже существующий пункт меню. Не " +"используйте эти кнопки, если вы не знакомы с синтаксисом команд Lilo или " +"Grub." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 @@ -625,33 +1088,63 @@ msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 -msgid "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For example: Mageia3." -msgstr "Содержимое поля <guilabel>Метка</guilabel> может быть произвольным. Сюда вы можете вписать что угодно, что хотите видеть в меню. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «title». Пример: Mageia3." +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " +"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " +"example: Mageia3." +msgstr "" +"Содержимое поля <guilabel>Метка</guilabel> может быть произвольным. Сюда вы " +"можете вписать что угодно, что хотите видеть в меню. Этот пункт " +"соответствует команде Grub «title». Пример: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 -msgid "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> должно быть указано название ядра. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «kernel». Пример: /boot/vmlinuz." +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " +"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"В поле <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> должно быть указано название ядра. Этот " +"пункт соответствует команде Grub «kernel». Пример: /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 -msgid "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Корень</guilabel> должно быть указано название устройства, на котором хранится ядро. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «root». Пример: (hd0,1)." +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " +"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" +"В поле <guilabel>Корень</guilabel> должно быть указано название устройства, " +"на котором хранится ядро. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «root». " +"Пример: (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 -msgid "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel> должны быть указаны параметры, которые передаются ядру во время загрузки." +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " +"the kernel at boot time." +msgstr "" +"В поле <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel> должны быть указаны параметры, которые " +"передаются ядру во время загрузки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 -msgid "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this entry by default." -msgstr "Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>По умолчанию</guilabel>, Grub загружает соответствующую систему по умолчанию." +msgid "" +"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " +"entry by default." +msgstr "" +"Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>По умолчанию</guilabel>, Grub загружает " +"соответствующую систему по умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 -msgid "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим видео</guilabel>, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> и <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\">Сетевой профиль</xref> из выпадающих списков." +msgid "" +"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +msgstr "" +"С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки " +"<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим видео</guilabel>, " +"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> и <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\">Сетевой " +"профиль</xref> из выпадающих списков." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -670,18 +1163,36 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно приказать системе загружаться в аккаунт того же пользователя и в той же рабочей среде без необходимости ввода пароля. Такая возможность называется автовход. Как правило, такой способ загрузки является удобным, если компьютером будет пользоваться только один пользователь." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to " +"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " +"asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " +"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"приказать системе загружаться в аккаунт того же пользователя и в той же " +"рабочей среде без необходимости ввода пароля. Такая возможность называется " +"автовход. Как правило, такой способ загрузки является удобным, если " +"компьютером будет пользоваться только один пользователь." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 -msgid "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">«Загрузка»</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка автовхода»." +msgid "" +"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " +"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">«Загрузка»</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка " +"автовхода»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -690,18 +1201,44 @@ msgstr "Назначение кнопок интерфейса является #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 -msgid "Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Запускать графическую оболочку при загрузке</guibutton>, если вы хотите запускать систему X Window во время загрузки. Если параметр отмечен не будет, система запустится в текстовом режиме. Впрочем, графический интерфейс можно будет запустить из текстового режима вручную. Сделать это можно с помощью команды 'startx' или 'systemctl start dm'." +msgid "" +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Запускать графическую оболочку при загрузке</" +"guibutton>, если вы хотите запускать систему X Window во время загрузки. " +"Если параметр отмечен не будет, система запустится в текстовом режиме. " +"Впрочем, графический интерфейс можно будет запустить из текстового режима " +"вручную. Сделать это можно с помощью команды 'startx' или 'systemctl start " +"dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 -msgid "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either <guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check <guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Если установлен первый пункт, вы получите доступ к двум другим пунктам. Вы можете выбрать пункт <guibutton>Нет, я не хочу использовать автоматический вход</guibutton>, если вы хотите, чтобы система продолжала спрашивать вас о том, под какой из учётных записей пользователей следует войти и будет просить ввести пароль. Другим вариантом является обозначение пункта <guibutton>Да, я хочу осуществлять автовход под этим (пользователем, рабочим столом)</guibutton>, в этом случае вам следует указать значения параметров <guilabel>Пользователь</guilabel> и <guilabel>Рабочий стол</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " +"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " +"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Если установлен первый пункт, вы получите доступ к двум другим пунктам. Вы " +"можете выбрать пункт <guibutton>Нет, я не хочу использовать автоматический " +"вход</guibutton>, если вы хотите, чтобы система продолжала спрашивать вас о " +"том, под какой из учётных записей пользователей следует войти и будет " +"просить ввести пароль. Другим вариантом является обозначение пункта " +"<guibutton>Да, я хочу осуществлять автовход под этим (пользователем, рабочим " +"столом)</guibutton>, в этом случае вам следует указать значения параметров " +"<guilabel>Пользователь</guilabel> и <guilabel>Рабочий стол</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports" -msgstr "Сбор данных из журналов (логов) и системы для создания отчётов о проблемах" +msgstr "" +"Сбор данных из журналов (логов) и системы для создания отчётов о проблемах" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:12 @@ -710,23 +1247,45 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and used on the command line." -msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line." +msgstr "" +"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить " +"только из командной строки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 -msgid "It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Вам стоит вывести данные, полученные с помощью этой программы, в файл например так: <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>. Впрочем, сначала следует убедиться, что в системе есть достаточно свободного места на диске: объём файла может достичь значения в несколько гигабайт." +msgid "" +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Вам стоит вывести данные, полученные с помощью этой программы, в файл " +"например так: <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</" +"emphasis>. Впрочем, сначала следует убедиться, что в системе есть достаточно " +"свободного места на диске: объём файла может достичь значения в несколько " +"гигабайт." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 -msgid "The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing the unneeded parts." -msgstr "Выведенные данные слишком велики, чтобы прикрепить их к сообщению об ошибке, без предварительного удаления ненужных частей." +msgid "" +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"Выведенные данные слишком велики, чтобы прикрепить их к сообщению об ошибке, " +"без предварительного удаления ненужных частей." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -900,8 +1459,24 @@ msgstr "df" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:65 -msgid "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "Во время написания этой страницы справки, часть «syslog» выведенных этой программой данных была пустой, поскольку эта утилита ещё не приспособлена к новой системе ведения журнала, используемой в systemd. Если в вашей системе эта часть является пустой, получить соответствующие данные можно с помощью следующей команды (команду следует отдавать от имени пользователя root): <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Если на диске не слишком много места, вы можете, например, вывести лишь последние 5000 строк журнала: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " +"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Во время написания этой страницы справки, часть «syslog» выведенных этой " +"программой данных была пустой, поскольку эта утилита ещё не приспособлена к " +"новой системе ведения журнала, используемой в systemd. Если в вашей системе " +"эта часть является пустой, получить соответствующие данные можно с помощью " +"следующей команды (команду следует отдавать от имени пользователя root): " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Если на " +"диске не слишком много места, вы можете, например, вывести лишь последние " +"5000 строк журнала: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > " +"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -920,23 +1495,51 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 -msgid "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." -msgstr "Обычно этот инструмент<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> запускается автоматически после сбоя какой-либо программы Mageia. Впрочем, может так случиться, что после создания отчёта об ошибках вас попросят запустить этот инструмент для проверки предоставленных им данных с последующим предоставлением их в уже созданном отчёте об ошибках." +msgid "" +"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"Обычно этот инструмент<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> запускается " +"автоматически после сбоя какой-либо программы Mageia. Впрочем, может так " +"случиться, что после создания отчёта об ошибках вас попросят запустить этот " +"инструмент для проверки предоставленных им данных с последующим " +"предоставлением их в уже созданном отчёте об ошибках." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 -msgid "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" button." -msgstr "Если возникнет потребность в создании отчёта об ошибках, а вы этого еще никогда не делали, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь со страницей <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Как создать надлежащий отчёт об ошибках</link>, прежде чем нажимать кнопку «Отчёт»." +msgid "" +"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Если возникнет потребность в создании отчёта об ошибках, а вы этого еще " +"никогда не делали, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь со страницей <link xlink:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Как создать " +"надлежащий отчёт об ошибках</link>, прежде чем нажимать кнопку «Отчёт»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 -msgid "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "Если отчёт об этой ошибке уже оформлен кем-то другим (в этом случае сообщение об ошибках, созданное drakbug, будет тем же), стоит добавить комментарий к этому отчёту, чтобы разработчики увидели, что ошибка встречается не только в одной системе." +msgid "" +"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " +"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " +"that existing report that you saw the bug, too." +msgstr "" +"Если отчёт об этой ошибке уже оформлен кем-то другим (в этом случае " +"сообщение об ошибках, созданное drakbug, будет тем же), стоит добавить " +"комментарий к этому отчёту, чтобы разработчики увидели, что ошибка " +"встречается не только в одной системе." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -955,13 +1558,27 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia. Соответствующий раздел подписан как <guilabel>Настроить дату и время</guilabel>. В некоторых средах рабочего стола эту программу можно запустить с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на виджете часы в системном лотке с последующим выбором пункта «Настроить дату и время...»." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить с " +"помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia. Соответствующий раздел " +"подписан как <guilabel>Настроить дату и время</guilabel>. В некоторых средах " +"рабочего стола эту программу можно запустить с помощью щелчка правой кнопки " +"мыши на виджете часы в системном лотке с последующим выбором пункта " +"«Настроить дату и время...»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -970,28 +1587,72 @@ msgstr "Это очень простая программа." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:23 -msgid "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month (or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or 2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "В верхней левой части расположена панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">календарь</emphasis>. На приведенном выше скриншоте показана дата: «апрель» (в верхнем левом углу), 2013 (в верхнем правом углу), 6 число (синим цветом), воскресенье. Выбрать месяц (или год) можно нажатием маленьких стрелочек по бокам от надписи «апрель» (или «2013»). День можно выбрать нажатием соответствующего пункта в календаре." +msgid "" +"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " +"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." +msgstr "" +"В верхней левой части расположена панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">календарь</" +"emphasis>. На приведенном выше скриншоте показана дата: «апрель» (в верхнем " +"левом углу), 2013 (в верхнем правом углу), 6 число (синим цветом), " +"воскресенье. Выбрать месяц (или год) можно нажатием маленьких стрелочек по " +"бокам от надписи «апрель» (или «2013»). День можно выбрать нажатием " +"соответствующего пункта в календаре." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 -msgid "On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "В нижней левой части окна находится панель синхронизации <emphasis role=\"bold\">Протокол сетевого времени</emphasis>. Вы можете поддерживать всегда точные показания часов с помощью синхронизации времени с сервером. Выберите <guilabel>Включить протокол сетевого времени</guilabel> и выберите ближайший к вашему местоположению сервер." +msgid "" +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." +msgstr "" +"В нижней левой части окна находится панель синхронизации <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Протокол сетевого времени</emphasis>. Вы можете поддерживать всегда " +"точные показания часов с помощью синхронизации времени с сервером. Выберите " +"<guilabel>Включить протокол сетевого времени</guilabel> и выберите ближайший " +"к вашему местоположению сервер." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 -msgid "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "В правой части окна находится панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">часы</emphasis>. Если включено NTP, изменение показаний данных на ней не имеет смысла. В трех полях часов показано значение часов, минут и секунд (17, 8 и 13 на скриншоте). Воспользуйтесь небольшими стрелочками, чтобы установить на часах должное значение времени. Формат показа времени изменить нельзя. Для изменения формата показа, воспользуйтесь соответствующей программой вашего рабочего окружения." +msgid "" +"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " +"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"В правой части окна находится панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">часы</" +"emphasis>. Если включено NTP, изменение показаний данных на ней не имеет " +"смысла. В трех полях часов показано значение часов, минут и секунд (17, 8 и " +"13 на скриншоте). Воспользуйтесь небольшими стрелочками, чтобы установить на " +"часах должное значение времени. Формат показа времени изменить нельзя. Для " +"изменения формата показа, воспользуйтесь соответствующей программой вашего " +"рабочего окружения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 -msgid "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the <guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the nearest town." -msgstr "Наконец, в правой нижней части окна можно выбрать часовой пояс. Для этого следует нажать кнопку <guibutton>Изменить часовой пояс</guibutton> и выбрать соответствующий пункт из предоставленного списка." +msgid "" +"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " +"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " +"nearest town." +msgstr "" +"Наконец, в правой нижней части окна можно выбрать часовой пояс. Для этого " +"следует нажать кнопку <guibutton>Изменить часовой пояс</guibutton> и выбрать " +"соответствующий пункт из предоставленного списка." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 -msgid "Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation settings." -msgstr "Несмотря на то, что выбрать формат даты и времени с помощью этой программы невозможно, эти данные будут показаны на вашем рабочем столе в соответствии с указанными вами параметрами локализации." +msgid "" +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Несмотря на то, что выбрать формат даты и времени с помощью этой программы " +"невозможно, эти данные будут показаны на вашем рабочем столе в соответствии " +"с указанными вами параметрами локализации." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1010,22 +1671,37 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 -msgid "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 -msgid "Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "С помощью окна программы вы можете удалить сетевой интерфейс<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"С помощью окна программы вы можете удалить сетевой интерфейс<placeholder " +"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 -msgid "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Нажмите пункт выпадающего меню, выберите пункт, который следует удалить, а затем нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Далее</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " +"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите пункт выпадающего меню, выберите пункт, который следует удалить, а " +"затем нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Далее</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 -msgid "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted successfully." +msgid "" +"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " +"successfully." msgstr "Программа покажет сообщение, что сетевой интерфейс был успешно удален." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1045,18 +1721,35 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "С помощью этого модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете настроить доступ вашего компьютера к локальной сети или интернету. Вам понадобятся некоторые данные от вашей компании-поставщика услуг (провайдера) или администратора вашей сети." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " +"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " +"your access provider or your network administrator." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"настроить доступ вашего компьютера к локальной сети или интернету. Вам " +"понадобятся некоторые данные от вашей компании-поставщика услуг (провайдера) " +"или администратора вашей сети." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 -msgid "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware and provider you have." -msgstr "Выберите тип соединения, которое нужно настроить. Тип определяется используемым вами оборудованием и параметрами работы компании-поставщика услуг (провайдером)." +msgid "" +"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " +"and provider you have." +msgstr "" +"Выберите тип соединения, которое нужно настроить. Тип определяется " +"используемым вами оборудованием и параметрами работы компании-поставщика " +"услуг (провайдером)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1064,28 +1757,52 @@ msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)" msgstr "Новое проводное соединение (Ethernet)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:162 -msgid "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one to configure." -msgstr "В первом окне будет показан список доступных интерфейсов. Выберите тот из них, который следует настроить." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162 +msgid "" +"The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " +"to configure." +msgstr "" +"В первом окне будет показан список доступных интерфейсов. Выберите тот из " +"них, который следует настроить." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:167 -msgid "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP address." -msgstr "На этом шаге можно определиться со способом получения компьютером IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 +msgid "" +"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " +"address." +msgstr "" +"На этом шаге можно определиться со способом получения компьютером IP-адреса: " +"автоматически или вручную." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:187 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:557 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "Автоматический IP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 -msgid "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер, данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла с адреса DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность, определения названия узла, предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли " +"получать компьютер, данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные " +"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет " +"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла " +"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по " +"умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может " +"быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт " +"<emphasis>Определить имя узла с адреса DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность, " +"определения названия узла, предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы " +"настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора " +"ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 @@ -1093,81 +1810,109 @@ msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:205 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:572 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно указать следующие параметры:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно " +"указать следующие параметры:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:209 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:576 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" -msgstr "Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)" +msgstr "" +"Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:214 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:581 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "Клиент DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:218 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:585 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Задержка DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:222 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "Получить серверы YP с DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите сервер NIS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:227 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:594 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" -msgstr "Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)" +msgstr "" +"Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:232 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:599 -msgid "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если DHCP-сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 +msgid "" +"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " +"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " +"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." +msgstr "" +"DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если DHCP-" +"сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот " +"вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:241 -msgid "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "После подтверждения внесённых изменений, следующие шаги настройки могут быть выполнены для всех типов соединения способом: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 +msgid "" +"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " +"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения внесённых изменений, следующие шаги настройки могут быть " +"выполнены для всех типов соединения способом: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end" +"\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:248 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:615 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Настройка вручную" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 -msgid "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " +"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " +"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " +"attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли " +"получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут " +"указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать " +"адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. " +"Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:258 -msgid "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168." +"x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А " +"данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 -msgid "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Поиск домена</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть «domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий домен, то его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для настройки домашнего ADSL." +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Поиск " +"домена</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой " +"части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а " +"полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть " +"«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий " +"домен, то его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для " +"настройки домашнего ADSL." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 @@ -1175,12 +1920,8 @@ msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:279 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:351 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:636 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:688 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "Следующие шаги описаны в разделе <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" @@ -1191,13 +1932,17 @@ msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)" msgstr "Новое спутниковое соединение (DVB)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:696 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:136 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:203 -msgid "This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команда по документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 +msgid "" +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что " +"можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команда по " +"документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1216,23 +1961,70 @@ msgstr "Нет" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 -msgid "BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (нужен для Telstra). В этом случае вам следует указать имя пользователя и пароль." +msgid "" +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (нужен для Telstra). В этом случае вам следует указать имя " +"пользователя и пароль." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 -msgid "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность определения названия узла предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет " +"ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные " +"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет " +"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла " +"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по " +"умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть " +"предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить " +"имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность определения названия узла " +"предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер " +"на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует " +"обозначать этот пункт." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 -msgid "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " +"attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет " +"ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные " +"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет " +"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла " +"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по " +"умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 -msgid "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть «domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий домен, его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для настройки домашнего соединения." +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен " +"поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой " +"части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а " +"полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть " +"«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий " +"домен, его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для " +"настройки домашнего соединения." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 @@ -1246,18 +2038,27 @@ msgstr "Новое DSL-соединение" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:291 -msgid "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to configure it." -msgstr "Если, программой будут обнаружены сетевые интерфейсы, то она предложит выбрать один из них и настроить его." +msgid "" +"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " +"configure it." +msgstr "" +"Если, программой будут обнаружены сетевые интерфейсы, то она предложит " +"выбрать один из них и настроить его." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:663 -msgid "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные вашим провайдером." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 +msgid "" +"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. " +"Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию " +"<guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные " +"вашим провайдером." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:380 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Выберите один из доступных протоколов:" @@ -1292,15 +2093,12 @@ msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Параметры доступа" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:678 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Логин (имя пользователя)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:414 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:682 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Пароль учётной записи" @@ -1315,9 +2113,7 @@ msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Дополнительно) Виртуальный канал ID (VCI)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:359 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:646 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646 msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -1327,8 +2123,7 @@ msgid "A new ISDN connection" msgstr "Новое ISDN-соединение" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:706 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "Программа-мастер попросит вас указать устройство для настройки:" @@ -1344,8 +2139,12 @@ msgstr "Внешний модем ISDN" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:375 -msgid "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. Select your card." -msgstr "Программа предложит вам список оборудования, распределенного по категориям и производителями. Выберите вашу карту." +msgid "" +"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " +"Select your card." +msgstr "" +"Программа предложит вам список оборудования, распределенного по категориям и " +"производителями. Выберите вашу карту." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 @@ -1359,8 +2158,17 @@ msgstr "Протокол для Европы (EDSS1)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 -msgid "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать следующие данные:" +msgid "" +"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. " +"Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию " +"<guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные " +"вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать следующие " +"данные:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 @@ -1384,13 +2192,23 @@ msgstr "Метод авторизации" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:424 -msgid "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "После этого выберите способ получения IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную. Во втором случае укажите IP-адрес и маску подсети." +msgid "" +"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " +"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." +msgstr "" +"После этого выберите способ получения IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную. " +"Во втором случае укажите IP-адрес и маску подсети." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 -msgid "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to put:" -msgstr "На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ получения адресов DNS-серверов: автоматически или вручную. В случае определения вручную вам следует указать следующие данные:" +msgid "" +"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ получения адресов DNS-серверов: " +"автоматически или вручную. В случае определения вручную вам следует указать " +"следующие данные:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 @@ -1404,13 +2222,24 @@ msgstr "Первый и второй DNS сервер" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 -msgid "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Укажите, следует ли определять название узла на основе IP-адреса. Этот пункт следует указывать, только если вам известно, что поставщиком услуг предусмотрено такое определение." +msgid "" +"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " +"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." +msgstr "" +"Укажите, следует ли определять название узла на основе IP-адреса. Этот пункт " +"следует указывать, только если вам известно, что поставщиком услуг " +"предусмотрено такое определение." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 -msgid "The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the IP address." -msgstr "На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ, в котором компьютер будет получать адрес шлюза, автоматически или вручную. Если вы выберете способ получения вручную, вам придется указать IP-адрес." +msgid "" +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ, в котором компьютер будет получать " +"адрес шлюза, автоматически или вручную. Если вы выберете способ получения " +"вручную, вам придется указать IP-адрес." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1419,13 +2248,24 @@ msgstr "Новое беспроводное соединение (Wi-Fi)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:468 -msgid "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "На первой странице будет показан список доступных интерфейсов и пункт для драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Выберите интерфейс, который вы хотите настроить. Воспользуйтесь пунктом ndiswrapper, только если другие способы настройки не приведут к желаемым результатам." +msgid "" +"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " +"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " +"only if the other configuration methods did not work." +msgstr "" +"На первой странице будет показан список доступных интерфейсов и пункт для " +"драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Выберите интерфейс, который вы хотите " +"настроить. Воспользуйтесь пунктом ndiswrapper, только если другие способы " +"настройки не приведут к желаемым результатам." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 -msgid "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that the card has detected." -msgstr "На этом шаге вы сможете выбрать нужную вам точку доступа из списка точек, которые были обнаружены картой." +msgid "" +"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " +"the card has detected." +msgstr "" +"На этом шаге вы сможете выбрать нужную вам точку доступа из списка точек, " +"которые были обнаружены картой." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 @@ -1480,7 +2320,9 @@ msgstr "WPA/WPA2" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." -msgstr "Стоит использовать именно этот режим шифрования, если предусмотрена его поддержка со стороны вашего оборудования." +msgstr "" +"Стоит использовать именно этот режим шифрования, если предусмотрена его " +"поддержка со стороны вашего оборудования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 @@ -1490,7 +2332,9 @@ msgstr "WEP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." -msgstr "На устаревшем оборудовании возможно использование только этого способа шифрования." +msgstr "" +"На устаревшем оборудовании возможно использование только этого способа " +"шифрования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 @@ -1500,42 +2344,89 @@ msgstr "Ключ шифрования" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." -msgstr "Обычно предоставляется вместе с оборудованием, которое работает как точка доступа." +msgstr "" +"Обычно предоставляется вместе с оборудованием, которое работает как точка " +"доступа." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:552 -msgid "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a manual IP address." -msgstr "На этом шаге можно выбрать между автоматическим назначением IP-адреса и определением его вручную." +msgid "" +"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " +"manual IP address." +msgstr "" +"На этом шаге можно выбрать между автоматическим назначением IP-адреса и " +"определением его вручную." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 -msgid "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли компьютер получать данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов . Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " +"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. " +"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of " +"the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name " +"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " +"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " +"DHCP server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли " +"компьютер получать данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут " +"указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать " +"адреса DNS-серверов . Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. " +"Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть " +"предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить " +"имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "Получить серверы YP через DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите серверы NIS" +msgstr "" +"Получить серверы YP через DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите серверы NIS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 -msgid "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "После подтверждения настроек, определенных этим шагом, программа перейдет к шагу, который является общим для всех настроек соединений: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgid "" +"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " +"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения настроек, определенных этим шагом, программа перейдет к " +"шагу, который является общим для всех настроек соединений: <xref linkend=" +"\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 -msgid "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует указать DNS-серверы. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если имя узла не будет указано, то будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует указать DNS-серверы. Здесь " +"также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если имя узла не будет " +"указано, то будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 -msgid "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers website." -msgstr "В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера." +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168." +"x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А " +"данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 -msgid "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the period." -msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки." +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен " +"поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой " +"части, до точки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -1544,18 +2435,28 @@ msgstr "Новое соединение GPRS/Edge/3G" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:648 -msgid "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to configure it." -msgstr "Если программой будут обнаружены интерфейсы беспроводной сети, она предложит выбрать один из них и настроить его." +msgid "" +"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " +"configure it." +msgstr "" +"Если программой будут обнаружены интерфейсы беспроводной сети, она предложит " +"выбрать один из них и настроить его." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." -msgstr "Программа попросит вас указать PIN-код. Не указывайте, если PIN-код не нужен." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." +msgstr "" +"Программа попросит вас указать PIN-код. Не указывайте, если PIN-код не нужен." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:658 -msgid "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "Программа-мастер попросит вас указать сеть. Если сеть не будет обнаружена автоматически, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Программа-мастер попросит вас указать сеть. Если сеть не будет обнаружена " +"автоматически, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 @@ -1594,13 +2495,26 @@ msgstr "Список предлагаемых портов. Выберите н #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:724 -msgid "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Если этот пакет еще не установлен, программа предложит вам установить пакет <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Если этот пакет еще не установлен, программа предложит вам установить пакет " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 -msgid "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите в нём вашего провайдера. Если соответствующего пункта в списке не окажется, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем укажите значения параметров, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать параметры дозвона:" +msgid "" +"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. " +"Выберите в нём вашего провайдера. Если соответствующего пункта в списке не " +"окажется, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем укажите " +"значения параметров, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого " +"программа попросит вас указать параметры дозвона:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 @@ -1679,18 +2593,29 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Включить подсчёт трафика</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 -msgid "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 -msgid "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "В случае беспроводного соединения будет предложен дополнительный пункт <emphasis>Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>. С помощью этого пункта можно разрешить компьютеру автоматически переключаться между точками доступа в зависимости от силы сигнала." +msgid "" +"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " +"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " +"automatically between access point according to the signal strength." +msgstr "" +"В случае беспроводного соединения будет предложен дополнительный пункт " +"<emphasis>Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>. С помощью этого пункта " +"можно разрешить компьютеру автоматически переключаться между точками доступа " +"в зависимости от силы сигнала." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> вы можете указать:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> вы можете указать:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:820 @@ -1714,8 +2639,12 @@ msgstr "Включить туннелирование с IPv6 в IPv4" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:836 -msgid "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start immediately or not." -msgstr "На последнем шаге можно определить, будет ли выполнена попытка соединиться немедленно или нет." +msgid "" +"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " +"immediately or not." +msgstr "" +"На последнем шаге можно определить, будет ли выполнена попытка соединиться " +"немедленно или нет." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 @@ -1739,13 +2668,25 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more information about that." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете получить доступ к консоли, открытой от имени администратора системы (пользователя root). Думаем, этого описания достаточно, чтобы понять, о чем идет речь." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"получить доступ к консоли, открытой от имени администратора системы " +"(пользователя root). Думаем, этого описания достаточно, чтобы понять, о чем " +"идет речь." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -1764,18 +2705,40 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">diskdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Эта программа<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> является очень мощной - малейшая ошибка или случайное нажатие клавиш может привести к потере всех данных на разделе или даже стиранию всего жёсткого диска. По этой причине вам будет показано приведённое выше окно над окном программы. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Выйти</emphasis>, если вы не уверены, что хотите продолжать работу с программой." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " +"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " +"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Эта программа<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> является очень мощной " +"- малейшая ошибка или случайное нажатие клавиш может привести к потере всех " +"данных на разделе или даже стиранию всего жёсткого диска. По этой причине " +"вам будет показано приведённое выше окно над окном программы. Нажмите кнопку " +"<emphasis>Выйти</emphasis>, если вы не уверены, что хотите продолжать работу " +"с программой." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 -msgid "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Если в вашей системе несколько жёстких дисков, вы можете переключиться на нужный вам жёсткий диск выбором соответствующей вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc и т.д.)." +msgid "" +"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " +"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." +msgstr "" +"Если в вашей системе несколько жёстких дисков, вы можете переключиться на " +"нужный вам жёсткий диск выбором соответствующей вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc и т." +"д.)." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 @@ -1784,28 +2747,61 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:39 -msgid "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." -msgstr "Вы можете выбрать одно из многих действий, с помощью которых вы можете скорректировать разметку вашего диска в соответствии с вашими потребностями. Стирание всего жёсткого диска, разделение и объединение разделов, изменение размеров разделов или файловой системы разделов, форматирование или просмотр содержимого раздела: все это можно сделать с помощью этой программы. Кнопка <emphasis><guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton></emphasis> в нижней части окна предназначена для стирания всего диска. Доступ к другим кнопкам действий, расположенных справа, можно получить после нажатия на картинке раздела диска." +msgid "" +"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " +"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать одно из многих действий, с помощью которых вы можете " +"скорректировать разметку вашего диска в соответствии с вашими потребностями. " +"Стирание всего жёсткого диска, разделение и объединение разделов, изменение " +"размеров разделов или файловой системы разделов, форматирование или просмотр " +"содержимого раздела: все это можно сделать с помощью этой программы. Кнопка " +"<emphasis><guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton></emphasis> в нижней части окна " +"предназначена для стирания всего диска. Доступ к другим кнопкам действий, " +"расположенных справа, можно получить после нажатия на картинке раздела диска." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 -msgid "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Если обозначенный вами раздел смонтирован, как в приведённом ниже примере, вы не сможете воспользоваться действиями по изменению размера, форматированию или удалению раздела. Чтобы получить доступ к этим действиям, вам следует сначала размонтировать раздел." +msgid "" +"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " +"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " +"must be unmounted first." +msgstr "" +"Если обозначенный вами раздел смонтирован, как в приведённом ниже примере, " +"вы не сможете воспользоваться действиями по изменению размера, " +"форматированию или удалению раздела. Чтобы получить доступ к этим действиям, " +"вам следует сначала размонтировать раздел." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side" -msgstr "Изменение размеров раздела можно выполнять только за счет правой границы раздела." +msgstr "" +"Изменение размеров раздела можно выполнять только за счет правой границы " +"раздела." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:53 -msgid "To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button <guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is selected" -msgstr "Чтобы изменить тип раздела (например, с ext3 на ext4), вам следует удалить раздел, а затем повторно создать его с новым типом. Если будет обозначена пустая часть диска, в окне программы появится кнопка <guibutton role=\"bold\">Создать</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to " +"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " +"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " +"is selected" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить тип раздела (например, с ext3 на ext4), вам следует удалить " +"раздел, а затем повторно создать его с новым типом. Если будет обозначена " +"пустая часть диска, в окне программы появится кнопка <guibutton role=\"bold" +"\">Создать</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." -msgstr "Вы можете выбрать точку монтирования, которой не существует. Если будет осуществлен такой выбор, соответствующая точка монтирования будет создана." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать точку монтирования, которой не существует. Если будет " +"осуществлен такой выбор, соответствующая точка монтирования будет создана." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 @@ -1814,8 +2810,15 @@ msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:67 -msgid "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "Нажатие кнопки <emphasis><guibutton>Переключить в режим эксперта</guibutton></emphasis> предоставит вам доступ к дополнительным действиям, в частности определения метки раздела, как это показано на приведённом ниже снимке." +msgid "" +"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " +"gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " +"seen in the screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"Нажатие кнопки <emphasis><guibutton>Переключить в режим эксперта</" +"guibutton></emphasis> предоставит вам доступ к дополнительным действиям, в " +"частности определения метки раздела, как это показано на приведённом ниже " +"снимке." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 @@ -1839,18 +2842,37 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 -msgid "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available on your system will be shown." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете выбрать средство управления сеансами (менеджер регистрации), который будет использоваться для входа в ваше рабочее окружение. В списке будут показаны только те среды окружения рабочего стола, которые установлены в вашей системе." +msgid "" +"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"выбрать средство управления сеансами (менеджер регистрации), который будет " +"использоваться для входа в ваше рабочее окружение. В списке будут показаны " +"только те среды окружения рабочего стола, которые установлены в вашей " +"системе." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 -msgid "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "Большинство пользователей заметят лишь то, что изменится окно входа в систему. Впрочем, различные менеджеры входа имеют также и различные возможности. LXDM является самым нетребовательным и простым, KDM и GDM имеют значительно более широкие возможности." +msgid "" +"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " +"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " +"lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." +msgstr "" +"Большинство пользователей заметят лишь то, что изменится окно входа в " +"систему. Впрочем, различные менеджеры входа имеют также и различные " +"возможности. LXDM является самым нетребовательным и простым, KDM и GDM имеют " +"значительно более широкие возможности." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -1869,23 +2891,58 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Безопасность» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел «Настройка персонального файервола». Доступ к этому же инструменту можно получить и с помощью первой вкладки пункта «Настройка безопасности системы, прав доступа и аудита системы»." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " +"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " +"security, permissions and audit\"." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью пункта «Безопасность» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел " +"«Настройка персонального файервола». Доступ к этому же инструменту можно " +"получить и с помощью первой вкладки пункта «Настройка безопасности системы, " +"прав доступа и аудита системы»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 -msgid "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - <guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "Персональный файервол с базовыми возможностями по умолчанию устанавливается вместе с Mageia. Все входящие соединения извне блокируются, если они не были явным образом разрешены. С помощью окна, снимок которого показан выше, вы можете выбрать службы, для которых будут приниматься внешние соединения. Если вы цените вашу безопасность, снимите отметку с первого пункта, <guilabel>Ко всем(файервол отключен)</guilabel>, (вам ведь нужна хоть какая-то защита?) и отметьте только службы, необходимые для работы." +msgid "" +"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " +"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " +"the firewall, and only check the needed services." +msgstr "" +"Персональный файервол с базовыми возможностями по умолчанию устанавливается " +"вместе с Mageia. Все входящие соединения извне блокируются, если они не были " +"явным образом разрешены. С помощью окна, снимок которого показан выше, вы " +"можете выбрать службы, для которых будут приниматься внешние соединения. " +"Если вы цените вашу безопасность, снимите отметку с первого пункта, " +"<guilabel>Ко всем(файервол отключен)</guilabel>, (вам ведь нужна хоть какая-" +"то защита?) и отметьте только службы, необходимые для работы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 -msgid "It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field <guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these examples :" -msgstr "Номера портов, которые необходимо открыть, можно указать вручную. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы открыть новое окно. В поле <guilabel>Другие порты</guilabel> введите желаемые номера портов. Например:" +msgid "" +"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " +"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " +"examples :" +msgstr "" +"Номера портов, которые необходимо открыть, можно указать вручную. Нажмите " +"кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы открыть новое окно. В " +"поле <guilabel>Другие порты</guilabel> введите желаемые номера портов. " +"Например:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -1904,8 +2961,13 @@ msgstr "Порты в списке разделяются пробелами." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:39 -msgid "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>Записывать сообщения файервола в системный журнал</guilabel>, то сообщения файервола будут записываться в системный журнал." +msgid "" +"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " +"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" +msgstr "" +"Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>Записывать сообщения файервола в " +"системный журнал</guilabel>, то сообщения файервола будут записываться в " +"системный журнал." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 @@ -1914,18 +2976,44 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:49 -msgid "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Если на вашем компьютере не работают специфические службы (интернет-сервер, почтовый сервер, сервер предоставления файлов в общее пользование и т.п.), то в таком случае не обозначайте ни одного пункта. Это даже рекомендуется, поскольку необозначенные пункты не мешают соединению с интернетом." +msgid "" +"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " +"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " +"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." +msgstr "" +"Если на вашем компьютере не работают специфические службы (интернет-сервер, " +"почтовый сервер, сервер предоставления файлов в общее пользование и т.п.), " +"то в таком случае не обозначайте ни одного пункта. Это даже рекомендуется, " +"поскольку необозначенные пункты не мешают соединению с интернетом." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 -msgid "The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box <guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "С помощью следующей страницы настройки можно изменить параметры работы интерактивного файервола. Если обозначен лишь первый пункт, <guilabel>Использовать интерактивный файервол</guilabel>, то вы можете приказать файерволу предупреждать вас о попытках соединения. Отметьте второй пункт, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас, что выполняется сканирование портов (с целью поиска уязвимостей и входа в систему). Все остальные пункты соответствуют портам, которые были открыты с помощью предыдущих окон. На приведённом ниже снимке два таких пункта: «сервер SSH» и «80:150/tcp». Отметьте эти пункты, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас о каждой попытке установления соединения с этими портами." +msgid "" +"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature " +"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box " +"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " +"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " +"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"С помощью следующей страницы настройки можно изменить параметры работы " +"интерактивного файервола. Если обозначен лишь первый пункт, " +"<guilabel>Использовать интерактивный файервол</guilabel>, то вы можете " +"приказать файерволу предупреждать вас о попытках соединения. Отметьте второй " +"пункт, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас, что выполняется " +"сканирование портов (с целью поиска уязвимостей и входа в систему). Все " +"остальные пункты соответствуют портам, которые были открыты с помощью " +"предыдущих окон. На приведённом ниже снимке два таких пункта: «сервер SSH» и " +"«80:150/tcp». Отметьте эти пункты, если вы хотите, чтобы программа " +"предупреждала вас о каждой попытке установления соединения с этими портами." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." -msgstr "Эти предупреждения предоставляются всплывающими сообщениями сетевого апплета." +msgstr "" +"Эти предупреждения предоставляются всплывающими сообщениями сетевого апплета." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 @@ -1939,13 +3027,24 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 -msgid "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary packages are downloaded." -msgstr "С помощью последней страницы программы можно выбрать, какие из интерфейсов сети соединены с интернетом, следовательно, какие из них следует защищать. Как только будет нажата кнопка <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, система установит необходимые для работы пакеты." +msgid "" +"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"С помощью последней страницы программы можно выбрать, какие из интерфейсов " +"сети соединены с интернетом, следовательно, какие из них следует защищать. " +"Как только будет нажата кнопка <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, система " +"установит необходимые для работы пакеты." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 -msgid "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, посмотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт «Сеть и Интернет», раздел «Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса»." +msgid "" +"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " +"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, посмотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт " +"«Сеть и Интернет», раздел «Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса»." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 @@ -1964,13 +3063,25 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen above shows:" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis>. С помощью этой программы вы сможете управлять шрифтами в операционной системе. В основном окне программы показано:" +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " +"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " +"above shows:" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</" +"emphasis>. С помощью этой программы вы сможете управлять шрифтами в " +"операционной системе. В основном окне программы показано:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -1990,12 +3101,18 @@ msgstr "кнопки, назначение которых описано ниж #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Получить шрифты из Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Получить шрифты из Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 -msgid "This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно автоматически добавить шрифты, которые будут найдены на разделе с Windows. Чтобы этой кнопкой можно было воспользоваться, на вашем компьютере должена быть установлена Microsoft Windows." +msgid "" +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки можно автоматически добавить шрифты, которые будут " +"найдены на разделе с Windows. Чтобы этой кнопкой можно было воспользоваться, " +"на вашем компьютере должена быть установлена Microsoft Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2004,8 +3121,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Параметры:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 -msgid "It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able to use the fonts." -msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать программы или устройства (в основном принтеры), которые используют шрифты." +msgid "" +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать программы или устройства (в " +"основном принтеры), которые используют шрифты." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2014,8 +3135,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Удалить:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:48 -msgid "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the documents that use them." -msgstr "Эта кнопка предназначена для удаления установленных шрифтов, для экономии места на диске. Будьте осторожны с удалением шрифтов, поскольку это может повредить просмотру документов, в которых эти шрифты использованы." +msgid "" +"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " +"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " +"documents that use them." +msgstr "" +"Эта кнопка предназначена для удаления установленных шрифтов, для экономии " +"места на диске. Будьте осторожны с удалением шрифтов, поскольку это может " +"повредить просмотру документов, в которых эти шрифты использованы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2024,13 +3151,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:54 -msgid "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки вы можете добавить сторонние шрифты (с компакт-дисков, интернета и т.д.). Среди поддерживаемых форматов: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm и gsf. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать</emphasis>, а затем кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Добавить</emphasis>. В ответ будет открыто окно выбора файлов, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать файлы шрифтов для установки. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Установить</emphasis>. Шрифты будут установлены в каталог /usr/share/fonts." +msgid "" +"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " +"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки вы можете добавить сторонние шрифты (с компакт-дисков, " +"интернета и т.д.). Среди поддерживаемых форматов: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm и " +"gsf. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать</emphasis>, а " +"затем кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Добавить</emphasis>. В ответ будет " +"открыто окно выбора файлов, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать файлы " +"шрифтов для установки. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Установить</emphasis>. Шрифты будут установлены в " +"каталог /usr/share/fonts." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 -msgid "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Если в списке шрифтов Drakfont вы не увидите изменений в результате установки или удаления шрифтов, закройте окно программы и повторно откройте его. После этого внесённые изменения вступят в силу." +msgid "" +"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " +"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." +msgstr "" +"Если в списке шрифтов Drakfont вы не увидите изменений в результате " +"установки или удаления шрифтов, закройте окно программы и повторно откройте " +"его. После этого внесённые изменения вступят в силу." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2049,39 +3195,75 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Безопасность», раздел <guilabel>Родительский контроль</guilabel>. Если этого пункта на странице не будет, вам следует установить пакет drakguard (этот пакет по умолчанию не установлен)." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить из " +"Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Безопасность», раздел " +"<guilabel>Родительский контроль</guilabel>. Если этого пункта на странице не " +"будет, вам следует установить пакет drakguard (этот пакет по умолчанию не " +"установлен)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakguard.xml:21 -#: en/msecgui.xml:19 +#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 msgid "Presentation" msgstr "Вступление" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:23 -msgid "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard - это простой способ обеспечить работу родительского контроля на вашем компьютере, чтобы ограничить действий пользователей и определить временные рамки использования определённых программ в течение дня. В drakguard предусмотрены такие полезные возможности:" +msgid "" +"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " +"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " +"useful capabilities:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard - это простой способ обеспечить работу родительского контроля на " +"вашем компьютере, чтобы ограничить действий пользователей и определить " +"временные рамки использования определённых программ в течение дня. В " +"drakguard предусмотрены такие полезные возможности:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 -msgid "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Ограничение доступа к интернету указанным пользователям в указанные временные интервалы. Это задание выполняется с помощью файервола shorewall, встроенного в Mageia." +msgid "" +"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " +"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Ограничение доступа к интернету указанным пользователям в указанные " +"временные интервалы. Это задание выполняется с помощью файервола shorewall, " +"встроенного в Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 -msgid "It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "Запрет выполнения определенных команд указанным пользователям. Эти пользователи смогут выполнять только разрешённые вами команды." +msgid "" +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"Запрет выполнения определенных команд указанным пользователям. Эти " +"пользователи смогут выполнять только разрешённые вами команды." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 -msgid "It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Ограничение доступа к интернету на основе определённых вручную «чёрных» и «белых» списков или динамической блокировки на основе содержимого сайтов. Для выполнения этой задачи Drakguard использует ведущее решение с открытым кодом для родительского контроля - DansGuardian." +msgid "" +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Ограничение доступа к интернету на основе определённых вручную «чёрных» и " +"«белых» списков или динамической блокировки на основе содержимого сайтов. " +"Для выполнения этой задачи Drakguard использует ведущее решение с открытым " +"кодом для родительского контроля - DansGuardian." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2090,28 +3272,83 @@ msgstr "Настройка родительского контроля" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:52 -msgid "If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Если на вашем компьютере есть разделы жёсткого диска с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или ReiserFS, то вы увидите контекстное окно с предложением настроить списки управления доступом ACL для этих разделов. ACL является возможностью ядра Linux, с помощью которой можно блокировать доступ к отдельным файлам указанным пользователям. ACL встроено в файловые системы Ext4 и Btrfs. Для разделов с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или Reiserfs эти списки управления доступом следует включать отдельно. Если вы согласитесь с включением ACL, то drakguard настроит все разделы, которыми руководит операционная система с поддержкой ACL и предложит вам перезагрузить компьютер. (ACL - Access Control Lists расшифровывается как списки контроля доступа)." +msgid "" +"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, " +"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " +"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " +"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Если на вашем компьютере есть разделы жёсткого диска с файловыми системами " +"Ext2, Ext3 или ReiserFS, то вы увидите контекстное окно с предложением " +"настроить списки управления доступом ACL для этих разделов. ACL является " +"возможностью ядра Linux, с помощью которой можно блокировать доступ к " +"отдельным файлам указанным пользователям. ACL встроено в файловые системы " +"Ext4 и Btrfs. Для разделов с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или Reiserfs эти " +"списки управления доступом следует включать отдельно. Если вы согласитесь с " +"включением ACL, то drakguard настроит все разделы, которыми руководит " +"операционная система с поддержкой ACL и предложит вам перезагрузить " +"компьютер. (ACL - Access Control Lists расшифровывается как списки контроля " +"доступа)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 -msgid "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab is opened." -msgstr "<guibutton>Включить родительский контроль</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, родительский контроль будет включен. После этого программа откроет доступ к вкладке <guilabel>Заблокированные приложения</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Включить родительский контроль</guibutton>: если отмечен этот " +"пункт, родительский контроль будет включен. После этого программа откроет " +"доступ к вкладке <guilabel>Заблокированные приложения</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 -msgid "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "<guibutton>Заблокировать весь сетевой трафик</guibutton>: если установлен этот пункт, все сайты будут заблокированы, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Белый список». Если пункт не выбран, то доступ ко всем сайтам будет открыт, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Чёрный список»." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " +"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " +"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Заблокировать весь сетевой трафик</guibutton>: если установлен " +"этот пункт, все сайты будут заблокированы, кроме сайтов, указанных на " +"вкладке «Белый список». Если пункт не выбран, то доступ ко всем сайтам будет " +"открыт, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Чёрный список»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 -msgid "<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "<guibutton>Доступ пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из левого списка будет ограничен в соответствии с определёнными вами правилами. Доступ пользователей из правого списка не будет ограничен, следовательно взрослые пользователи не будут иметь проблем. Выберите пользователя в левом списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>чтобы добавить пользователя к разрешенному списку. Выберите пользователя в правом списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы удалить пользователя из списка пользователей без ограничения в доступе." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have " +"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the " +"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are " +"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " +"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " +"remove him/her from the allowed users." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Доступ пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из левого " +"списка будет ограничен в соответствии с определёнными вами правилами. Доступ " +"пользователей из правого списка не будет ограничен, следовательно взрослые " +"пользователи не будут иметь проблем. Выберите пользователя в левом списке и " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>чтобы добавить пользователя к " +"разрешенному списку. Выберите пользователя в правом списке и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы удалить пользователя из списка " +"пользователей без ограничения в доступе." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 -msgid "<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and <guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time window." -msgstr "<guibutton>Контроль времени:</guibutton> если установлен этот пункт, доступ к интернету будет разрешен с ограничениями в интервале от времени <guilabel>Начало</guilabel> до времени <guilabel>Конец</guilabel>. Доступ будет полностью заблокирован вне этих промежутков времени." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed " +"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " +"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " +"window." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Контроль времени:</guibutton> если установлен этот пункт, доступ " +"к интернету будет разрешен с ограничениями в интервале от времени " +"<guilabel>Начало</guilabel> до времени <guilabel>Конец</guilabel>. Доступ " +"будет полностью заблокирован вне этих промежутков времени." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2120,8 +3357,12 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Чёрный»/«Белый» список" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:85 -msgid "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Укажите адрес сайта в первом поле в верхней части окна и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Укажите адрес сайта в первом поле в верхней части окна и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2130,13 +3371,24 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Заблокированные программы»" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 -msgid "<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the applications you wish to block." -msgstr "<guibutton>Заблокировать программы</guibutton>: с помощью этого пункта можно включить использование ACL для ограничения доступа к определённым программам. Укажите путь к программе, доступ к которой вы хотите заблокировать." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"applications you wish to block." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Заблокировать программы</guibutton>: с помощью этого пункта можно " +"включить использование ACL для ограничения доступа к определённым " +"программам. Укажите путь к программе, доступ к которой вы хотите " +"заблокировать." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 -msgid "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "<guibutton>Разблокировать пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из правого списка не подлежит блокировке на основе ACL." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " +"side will not be subject to acl blocking." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Разблокировать пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из " +"правого списка не подлежит блокировке на основе ACL." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2165,13 +3417,31 @@ msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:27 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Эта программа будет полезна, если ваш компьютер (3) с доступом к интернету (2) соединен также с локальной сетью (1). Вы можете воспользоваться компьютером (3) как шлюзом, чтобы предоставить доступ другим рабочим станциям (5) и (6) в локальной сети (1). Для этого у шлюза должно быть два интерфейса; первый, например, карта Ethernet, должен быть соединен с локальной сетью, а второй (4) - соединен с интернетом (2)." +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a " +"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local " +"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to " +"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the " +"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " +"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " +"the Internet (2)." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Эта программа будет полезна, " +"если ваш компьютер (3) с доступом к интернету (2) соединен также с локальной " +"сетью (1). Вы можете воспользоваться компьютером (3) как шлюзом, чтобы " +"предоставить доступ другим рабочим станциям (5) и (6) в локальной сети (1). " +"Для этого у шлюза должно быть два интерфейса; первый, например, карта " +"Ethernet, должен быть соединен с локальной сетью, а второй (4) - соединен с " +"интернетом (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 -msgid "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "На первом шаге следует проверить, настроена ли сеть и доступ к интернету, как это задокументировано в разделе <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." +msgid "" +"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " +"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." +msgstr "" +"На первом шаге следует проверить, настроена ли сеть и доступ к интернету, " +"как это задокументировано в разделе <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2180,58 +3450,118 @@ msgstr "Мастер настройки шлюза" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 -msgid "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps which are shown below:" -msgstr "Мастер предложит<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> последовательные шаги, описание которых приведено ниже:" +msgid "" +"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " +"which are shown below:" +msgstr "" +"Мастер предложит<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> последовательные " +"шаги, описание которых приведено ниже:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 -msgid "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Если мастеру не удастся обнаружить по крайней мере два интерфейса, он предупредит об этом и попросит вас прекратить работу сети и настроить оборудование." +msgid "" +"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " +"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." +msgstr "" +"Если мастеру не удастся обнаружить по крайней мере два интерфейса, он " +"предупредит об этом и попросит вас прекратить работу сети и настроить " +"оборудование." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 -msgid "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединения с интернетом. Мастер настройки автоматически предложит один из следующих интерфейсов, но вам следует проверить корректность его предложения." +msgid "" +"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " +"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " +"what is proposed is correct." +msgstr "" +"Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединения с интернетом. " +"Мастер настройки автоматически предложит один из следующих интерфейсов, но " +"вам следует проверить корректность его предложения." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 -msgid "specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединений с локальной сетью. Мастер снова предложит свой вариант. Проверьте, является ли он корректным." +msgid "" +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединений с локальной " +"сетью. Мастер снова предложит свой вариант. Проверьте, является ли он " +"корректным." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 -msgid "The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "Мастер предложит параметры для локальной сети, в частности IP-адрес, маску сети и название домена. Проверьте, совместимы ли эти параметры с текущей конфигурацией. Рекомендуем вам воспользоваться предлагаемыми значениями." +msgid "" +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"Мастер предложит параметры для локальной сети, в частности IP-адрес, маску " +"сети и название домена. Проверьте, совместимы ли эти параметры с текущей " +"конфигурацией. Рекомендуем вам воспользоваться предлагаемыми значениями." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 -msgid "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DNS. Если вы ответите утвердительно, мастер проверит, установлен ли в системе <code>bind</code>. Если вы не намерены использовать компьютер как DNS-сервер, то укажите адрес DNS-сервера." +msgid "" +"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " +"specify the address of a DNS server." +msgstr "" +"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DNS. Если вы ответите " +"утвердительно, мастер проверит, установлен ли в системе <code>bind</code>. " +"Если вы не намерены использовать компьютер как DNS-сервер, то укажите адрес " +"DNS-сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 -msgid "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DHCP. Если да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>dhcp-server</code> и предложит вам его настроить, указав начальный и конечный адреса в диапазоне DHCP." +msgid "" +"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DHCP. Если да, то " +"мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>dhcp-server</code> и предложит " +"вам его настроить, указав начальный и конечный адреса в диапазоне DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 -msgid "specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер в качестве прокси-сервера. Если да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>squid</code> и предложит вам настроить прокси-сервер, указав адрес администратора сервера (по умолчанию admin@mydomain.com), название прокси-сервера (по умолчанию myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (по умолчанию 3128) и размер кэша (по умолчанию 100 МБ)." +msgid "" +"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " +"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " +"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." +msgstr "" +"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер в качестве прокси-сервера. Если " +"да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>squid</code> и предложит " +"вам настроить прокси-сервер, указав адрес администратора сервера (по " +"умолчанию admin@mydomain.com), название прокси-сервера (по умолчанию " +"myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (по умолчанию 3128) и размер кэша (по " +"умолчанию 100 МБ)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 -msgid "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to printers and to share them." -msgstr "На последнем шаге вы можете проверить, подключена ли машина-шлюз к принтерам и следует ли предоставлять эти принтеры в общее пользование." +msgid "" +"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " +"printers and to share them." +msgstr "" +"На последнем шаге вы можете проверить, подключена ли машина-шлюз к принтерам " +"и следует ли предоставлять эти принтеры в общее пользование." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 -msgid "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "Программа предупредит вас о необходимости проверки параметров файервола, если он активен." +msgid "" +"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." +msgstr "" +"Программа предупредит вас о необходимости проверки параметров файервола, " +"если он активен." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -2240,13 +3570,29 @@ msgstr "Настройка клиента" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:111 -msgid "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is using." -msgstr "Если вами был настроен компьютер-шлюз с DHCP, достаточно будет указать с помощью средства настройки сети, что адрес будет получен автоматически (по DHCP). Параметры будут получены во время установления соединения с сетью. Этот способ будет работать независимо от операционной системы, установленной на клиентских компьютерах." +msgid "" +"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " +"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " +"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"Если вами был настроен компьютер-шлюз с DHCP, достаточно будет указать с " +"помощью средства настройки сети, что адрес будет получен автоматически (по " +"DHCP). Параметры будут получены во время установления соединения с сетью. " +"Этот способ будет работать независимо от операционной системы, установленной " +"на клиентских компьютерах." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 -msgid "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the gateway." -msgstr "Если параметры сети не будут определяться автоматически, вам следует в частности указать шлюз сети, введя IP-адрес компьютера, который будет работать как шлюз." +msgid "" +"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " +"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " +"gateway." +msgstr "" +"Если параметры сети не будут определяться автоматически, вам следует в " +"частности указать шлюз сети, введя IP-адрес компьютера, который будет " +"работать как шлюз." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2255,8 +3601,14 @@ msgstr "Прекращение совместного использования #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:125 -msgid "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." -msgstr "Если вам нужно будет прекратить совместное использование соединения на компьютере под управлением Mageia, запустите эту программу. Она предложит вам перенастроить подключение или прекратить совместное использование соединения." +msgid "" +"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно будет прекратить совместное использование соединения на " +"компьютере под управлением Mageia, запустите эту программу. Она предложит " +"вам перенастроить подключение или прекратить совместное использование " +"соединения." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2275,13 +3627,26 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 -msgid "If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Если некоторые из компьютеров в вашей сети предоставляют доступ к собственным службам и IP-адреса этих компьютеров являются фиксированными, то с помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете указать название службы, чтобы упростить доступ к ней. После определения названия вы сможете использовать её вместо IP-адреса." +msgid "" +"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-" +"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " +"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " +"instead of the IP-address." +msgstr "" +"Если некоторые из компьютеров в вашей сети предоставляют доступ к " +"собственным службам и IP-адреса этих компьютеров являются фиксированными, то " +"с помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете " +"указать название службы, чтобы упростить доступ к ней. После определения " +"названия вы сможете использовать её вместо IP-адреса." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -2290,8 +3655,15 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:22 -msgid "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно добавлять названия новых систем. После ее нажатия откроется окно для указания IP-адреса, названия узла системы и если нужно, альтернативного названия, используемого таким же образом, что и основное название." +msgid "" +"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " +"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " +"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки можно добавлять названия новых систем. После ее " +"нажатия откроется окно для указания IP-адреса, названия узла системы и если " +"нужно, альтернативного названия, используемого таким же образом, что и " +"основное название." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -2300,8 +3672,14 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:29 -msgid "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the same window." -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно получить доступ к изменению параметров ранее определенной записи. Окно, которое будет открыто в ответ на нажатие этой кнопки, является тем же самым, что и окно, которое можно открыть с помощью предыдущей кнопки." +msgid "" +"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " +"same window." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки можно получить доступ к изменению параметров ранее " +"определенной записи. Окно, которое будет открыто в ответ на нажатие этой " +"кнопки, является тем же самым, что и окно, которое можно открыть с помощью " +"предыдущей кнопки." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -2319,19 +3697,27 @@ msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:187 -#: en/draknetprofile.xml:12 -#: en/drakups.xml:12 -#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 -#: en/drakxservices.xml:12 -msgid "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 +#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 +msgid "" +"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы " +"считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь " +"с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой " +"по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -2350,18 +3736,45 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network Center\"" -msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Сеть и Интернет» из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел подписан «Сетевой центр»." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " +"Center\"" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью пункта «Сеть и Интернет» из Центра управления Mageia. " +"Раздел подписан «Сетевой центр»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 -msgid "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "После запуска модуля будет открыто окно со списком всех сетей, настроенных на компьютере, независимо от типа (проводная, беспроводная, спутниковая и т.д.). В ответ на нажатие пункта сети будет показано три или четыре кнопки, в зависимости от типа сети. С помощью этих кнопок вы сможете наблюдать за сетью, изменять параметры работы сети, устанавливать и разрывать соединение. Этот модуль не предназначен для создания самого соединения. Создать само соединение можно с помощью пункта <guilabel>Создать новый сетевой интерфейс (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на той же странице Центра управления Mageia." +msgid "" +"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"После запуска модуля будет открыто окно со списком всех сетей, настроенных " +"на компьютере, независимо от типа (проводная, беспроводная, спутниковая и т." +"д.). В ответ на нажатие пункта сети будет показано три или четыре кнопки, в " +"зависимости от типа сети. С помощью этих кнопок вы сможете наблюдать за " +"сетью, изменять параметры работы сети, устанавливать и разрывать соединение. " +"Этот модуль не предназначен для создания самого соединения. Создать само " +"соединение можно с помощью пункта <guilabel>Создать новый сетевой интерфейс " +"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на той же странице Центра управления " +"Mageia." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 @@ -2385,18 +3798,60 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 -msgid "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not connected." -msgstr "На приведенном ниже скриншоте показан пример с двумя сетями. Первая из сетей проводная, с ней установлено соединение, о чем можно узнать из соответствующей иконки <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (сети, с которыми установлено соединение, обозначаются так: <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). Второй же пункт показывает беспроводную сеть, с которой установлено соединение, что обозначено иконкой <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>. Если соединение было установлено, будет показана такая иконка: <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Обозначения цветами состояния соединения для других сетей является такими: зеленый цвет обозначает, что соединение установлено, а красный - не установлено." +msgid "" +"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " +"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"На приведенном ниже скриншоте показан пример с двумя сетями. Первая из сетей " +"проводная, с ней установлено соединение, о чем можно узнать из " +"соответствующей иконки <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " +"(сети, с которыми установлено соединение, обозначаются так: <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). Второй же пункт показывает " +"беспроводную сеть, с которой установлено соединение, что обозначено иконкой " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>. Если соединение было " +"установлено, будет показана такая иконка: <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Обозначения цветами состояния соединения " +"для других сетей является такими: зеленый цвет обозначает, что соединение " +"установлено, а красный - не установлено." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 -msgid "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in particular)." -msgstr "В разделе беспроводной сети отображается список обнаруженных сетей с данными по <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Мощность сигнала</guilabel>, использование шифрования в сети (красный - используется шифрование, зеленый - шифрование не используется) и <guilabel>Режим работы</guilabel>. Щелкните на желаемом пункте, а затем нажмите одну из этих кнопок: <guibutton>Наблюдать</guibutton>, <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Соединиться</guibutton>. Так можно переключать систему с использования одной сети на использование другой. Если выбрать частную сеть, будет открыто окно параметров сети (см. ниже), с помощью которого программа попытается узнать у вас значения дополнительных параметров (в частности ключа шифрования)." +msgid "" +"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"В разделе беспроводной сети отображается список обнаруженных сетей с данными " +"по <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Мощность сигнала</guilabel>, " +"использование шифрования в сети (красный - используется шифрование, зеленый " +"- шифрование не используется) и <guilabel>Режим работы</guilabel>. Щелкните " +"на желаемом пункте, а затем нажмите одну из этих кнопок: " +"<guibutton>Наблюдать</guibutton>, <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton> или " +"<guibutton>Соединиться</guibutton>. Так можно переключать систему с " +"использования одной сети на использование другой. Если выбрать частную сеть, " +"будет открыто окно параметров сети (см. ниже), с помощью которого программа " +"попытается узнать у вас значения дополнительных параметров (в частности " +"ключа шифрования)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы обновить данные на экране." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы обновить данные на " +"экране." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 @@ -2415,18 +3870,39 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:92 -msgid "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки вы сможете наблюдать за обменом данными в сети, получением компьютером данных («Получение», красная линия) и выгрузкой данных («Отдача», зеленая линия). Доступ к этому инструменту можно получить наведя указатель мыши на иконку управления интернетом в трее, щелкнув правой кнопкой мыши и выбрав пункт <guimenu>Мониторинг сети</guimenu>." +msgid "" +"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " +"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки вы сможете наблюдать за обменом данными в сети, " +"получением компьютером данных («Получение», красная линия) и выгрузкой " +"данных («Отдача», зеленая линия). Доступ к этому инструменту можно получить " +"наведя указатель мыши на иконку управления интернетом в трее, щелкнув правой " +"кнопкой мыши и выбрав пункт <guimenu>Мониторинг сети</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 -msgid "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Для каждого из интерфейсов сети предусмотрена собственная вкладка (в нашем примере, eth0 - проводная сеть, lo - локальный петлевой интерфейс, а wlan0 - беспроводная сеть). Кроме того, будет показана вкладка «подключения», с помощью которой можно наблюдать за состоянием соединений." +msgid "" +"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " +"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " +"gives details about connection status." +msgstr "" +"Для каждого из интерфейсов сети предусмотрена собственная вкладка (в нашем " +"примере, eth0 - проводная сеть, lo - локальный петлевой интерфейс, а wlan0 - " +"беспроводная сеть). Кроме того, будет показана вкладка «подключения», с " +"помощью которой можно наблюдать за состоянием соединений." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 -msgid "At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "В нижней части списка пунктов, вы увидите пункт <guilabel>Включить учет трафика</guilabel>, подробное описание которого приведено в следующем разделе." +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"В нижней части списка пунктов, вы увидите пункт <guilabel>Включить учет " +"трафика</guilabel>, подробное описание которого приведено в следующем " +"разделе." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -2445,27 +3921,56 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:118 -msgid "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual configuration may give better results." -msgstr "Можно изменить все параметры, определенные во время создания сети. В подавляющем большинстве случаев стоит отметить пункт <guibutton>Автоматический IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, но если возникают проблемы, то определение адреса вручную может быть лучшим вариантом." +msgid "" +"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " +"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"Можно изменить все параметры, определенные во время создания сети. В " +"подавляющем большинстве случаев стоит отметить пункт " +"<guibutton>Автоматический IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</" +"guibutton>, но если возникают проблемы, то определение адреса вручную может " +"быть лучшим вариантом." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 -msgid "For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the <guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are available from your providers website." -msgstr " В домашних сетях <guilabel>IP-адреса</guilabel> всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маска сети</guilabel> <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel> и <guilabel>DNS-серверам</guilabel> можно получить на сайте вашего провайдера." +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks " +"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " +"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " +"available from your providers website." +msgstr "" +" В домашних сетях <guilabel>IP-адреса</guilabel> всегда имеют следующий " +"формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маска сети</guilabel> " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel> и " +"<guilabel>DNS-серверам</guilabel> можно получить на сайте вашего провайдера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 -msgid "<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "<guibutton>Включить учет трафика</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, то программа будет выполнять почасовой, ежедневный и ежемесячный учет обмена данными. Результаты можно будет просмотреть с помощью средства наблюдения за сетью, подробно описанного в предыдущем разделе. После включения учёта может потребоваться повторное подключение к сети, чтобы учет был начат." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count " +"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " +"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " +"have to reconnect to the network." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Включить учет трафика</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, то " +"программа будет выполнять почасовой, ежедневный и ежемесячный учет обмена " +"данными. Результаты можно будет просмотреть с помощью средства наблюдения за " +"сетью, подробно описанного в предыдущем разделе. После включения учёта может " +"потребоваться повторное подключение к сети, чтобы учет был начат." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager:</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network " +"Manager:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:185 +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопка «Дополнительно»:</guibutton>" @@ -2496,8 +4001,19 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим работы:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 -msgid "Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>Управляемый</guilabel>, если соединение осуществляется с помощью точки доступа, <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> будет обнаружен программой. Выберите <guilabel>Специальный</guilabel>, если это сеть PTP. Отметьте пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Основной</emphasis>, если ваша сетевая карта используется как точка доступа. В вашей сетевой карте должна быть предусмотрена поддержка такого режима." +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access " +"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. " +"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " +"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." +msgstr "" +"Выберите <guilabel>Управляемый</guilabel>, если соединение осуществляется с " +"помощью точки доступа, <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> будет " +"обнаружен программой. Выберите <guilabel>Специальный</guilabel>, если это " +"сеть PTP. Отметьте пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Основной</emphasis>, если " +"ваша сетевая карта используется как точка доступа. В вашей сетевой карте " +"должна быть предусмотрена поддержка такого режима." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 @@ -2511,8 +4027,17 @@ msgstr "Если это частная сеть, вы должны знать э #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 -msgid "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used in private networks." -msgstr "В <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> используется менее устойчивый вариант защиты паролем чем в WPA, где используется ключ. <guilabel>Предварительно распространённый ключ WPA</guilabel> еще называется личным ключом WPA или домашним ключом WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> является довольно редким вариантом в частных сетях." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " +"in private networks." +msgstr "" +"В <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> используется менее устойчивый вариант защиты " +"паролем чем в WPA, где используется ключ. <guilabel>Предварительно " +"распространённый ключ WPA</guilabel> еще называется личным ключом WPA или " +"домашним ключом WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> является довольно " +"редким вариантом в частных сетях." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 @@ -2521,8 +4046,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить роуминг точки д #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 -msgid "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Роуминг - это технология, с помощью которой компьютер может менять точку доступа без разрыва соединения с сетью." +msgid "" +"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " +"point while remaining connected to the network." +msgstr "" +"Роуминг - это технология, с помощью которой компьютер может менять точку " +"доступа без разрыва соединения с сетью." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 @@ -2556,8 +4085,13 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -2581,13 +4115,21 @@ msgstr "Предпосылки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 -msgid "When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "Во время первого запуска мастера<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> программа может показать окно с таким сообщением:" +msgid "" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"Во время первого запуска мастера<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"программа может показать окно с таким сообщением:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 @@ -2596,7 +4138,8 @@ msgstr "Нужно установить пакет nfs-utils. Вы хотите #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 -msgid "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." +msgid "" +"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." msgstr "После завершения установки будет показано окно с пустым списком." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2606,8 +4149,15 @@ msgstr "Главное окно" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:44 -msgid "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a configuration tool." -msgstr "Здесь будет показан список каталогов, которые предоставлены в общее пользование. Во время первого запуска этот список, конечно же, будет пустым. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> можно открыть окно утилиты конфигурирования." +msgid "" +"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " +"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " +"configuration tool." +msgstr "" +"Здесь будет показан список каталогов, которые предоставлены в общее " +"пользование. Во время первого запуска этот список, конечно же, будет пустым. " +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> можно открыть окно утилиты " +"конфигурирования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -2616,8 +4166,14 @@ msgstr "Изменить запись" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:52 -msgid "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are available." -msgstr "Окно утилиты настройки имеет вид «Изменить запись». Его также можно открыть с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Доступны следующие параметры." +msgid "" +"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " +"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Окно утилиты настройки имеет вид «Изменить запись». Его также можно открыть " +"с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Доступны следующие " +"параметры." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 @@ -2631,8 +4187,14 @@ msgstr "Каталог NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:66 -msgid "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The <guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose it." -msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать каталог, который будет предоставлен в общее пользование. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton> можно открыть окно инструмента выбора каталога с помощью графического интерфейса." +msgid "" +"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " +"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " +"it." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать каталог, который будет предоставлен " +"в общее пользование. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton> можно " +"открыть окно инструмента выбора каталога с помощью графического интерфейса." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -2641,8 +4203,12 @@ msgstr "Доступ к узлу" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:74 -msgid "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared directory." -msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать узлы, которым будет предоставлен доступ к папке совместного использования." +msgid "" +"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете указать узлы, которым будет предоставлен доступ к папке " +"совместного использования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -2651,23 +4217,42 @@ msgstr "Клиенты NFS можно указать несколькими сп #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:79 -msgid "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>отдельный узел</emphasis>: указать узел в формате аббревиатуры названия, которое может быть распознано инструментом определения адресов или в формате полноценного доменного названия, или в формате IP-адреса" +msgid "" +"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " +"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>отдельный узел</emphasis>: указать узел в формате аббревиатуры " +"названия, которое может быть распознано инструментом определения адресов или " +"в формате полноценного доменного названия, или в формате IP-адреса" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." -msgstr "<emphasis>сетевые группы</emphasis>: сетевые группы NIS, можно указывать как @группа." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>сетевые группы</emphasis>: сетевые группы NIS, можно указывать как " +"@группа." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 -msgid "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>шаблоны замены</emphasis>: названия компьютеров могут содержать шаблонные символы замены * и ?. Пример: *.cs.foo.edu отвечает всем узлам домена cs.foo.edu." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " +"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " +"domain cs.foo.edu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>шаблоны замены</emphasis>: названия компьютеров могут содержать " +"шаблонные символы замены * и ?. Пример: *.cs.foo.edu отвечает всем узлам " +"домена cs.foo.edu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 -msgid "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either `/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP-сети</emphasis>: кроме того, вы можете одновременно экспортировать каталоги на все папки IP-(под-)сети. Пример: «/255.255.252.0» или «/22, добавленные к базовому адресу сети." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " +"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " +"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP-сети</emphasis>: кроме того, вы можете одновременно " +"экспортировать каталоги на все папки IP-(под-)сети. Пример: «/255.255.252.0» " +"или «/22, добавленные к базовому адресу сети." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -2676,23 +4261,50 @@ msgstr "Сопоставление ID пользователей " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:98 -msgid "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid 0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>сопоставление пользователя root как анонимного</emphasis>: перенаправить запросы с uid/gid 0 на анонимный uid/gid (root_squash). Пользователь-администратор клиентской системы не сможет читать файлы или выполнять запись в файлы на сервере, которые были созданы администратором сервера или самим сервером." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " +"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>сопоставление пользователя root как анонимного</emphasis>: " +"перенаправить запросы с uid/gid 0 на анонимный uid/gid (root_squash). " +"Пользователь-администратор клиентской системы не сможет читать файлы или " +"выполнять запись в файлы на сервере, которые были созданы администратором " +"сервера или самим сервером." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 -msgid "<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>действительно позволить удалённый доступ для root</emphasis>: отключить подавление root'а. Эта опция в основном используется для бездисковых клиентов (no_root_squash)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>действительно позволить удалённый доступ для root</emphasis>: " +"отключить подавление root'а. Эта опция в основном используется для " +"бездисковых клиентов (no_root_squash)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 -msgid "<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>сопоставить всех пользователей анонимными</emphasis>: сопоставить все uids и gids анонимными (all_squash). Полезно для экспортированных с помощью NFS общих каталогов FTP, каталогов новостей и т.д. Параметр с противоположным значением, без сопоставления UID пользователей (no_all_squash), используется по умолчанию." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>сопоставить всех пользователей анонимными</emphasis>: сопоставить " +"все uids и gids анонимными (all_squash). Полезно для экспортированных с " +"помощью NFS общих каталогов FTP, каталогов новостей и т.д. Параметр с " +"противоположным значением, без сопоставления UID пользователей " +"(no_all_squash), используется по умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 -msgid "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid и anongid</emphasis>: явным образом определить uid и gid анонимного аккаунта." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " +"the anonymous account." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>anonuid и anongid</emphasis>: явным образом определить uid и gid " +"анонимного аккаунта." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -2701,27 +4313,54 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные параметры" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:120 -msgid "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Безопасное соединение</emphasis>: этот параметр требует, чтобы запросы поступали с интернет-порта с номером, меньшим по IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Этот параметр по умолчанию включен." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Безопасное соединение</emphasis>: этот параметр требует, чтобы " +"запросы поступали с интернет-порта с номером, меньшим по IPPORT_RESERVED " +"(1024). Этот параметр по умолчанию включен." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 -msgid "<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Общий ресурс только для чтения</emphasis>: разрешает выполнение запросов только для чтения, либо для чтения и записи в NFS раздел. По умолчанию стоит запрет любых запросов на изменение файловой системы. Такой запрет также можно сделать явным образом с помощью этой опции." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read " +"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " +"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " +"using this option." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Общий ресурс только для чтения</emphasis>: разрешает выполнение " +"запросов только для чтения, либо для чтения и записи в NFS раздел. По " +"умолчанию стоит запрет любых запросов на изменение файловой системы. Такой " +"запрет также можно сделать явным образом с помощью этой опции." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 -msgid "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Синхронный доступ</emphasis>: запрещает серверу NFS нарушать протокол NFS и отвечать на запросы, прежде чем любые изменения, которые являются следствием этих запросов, будут отправлены в стабильное хранилище (например, диск)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " +"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " +"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Синхронный доступ</emphasis>: запрещает серверу NFS нарушать " +"протокол NFS и отвечать на запросы, прежде чем любые изменения, которые " +"являются следствием этих запросов, будут отправлены в стабильное хранилище " +"(например, диск)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 -msgid "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Проверка поддеревьев</emphasis>: включает проверку поддеревьев, что в некоторых случаях может улучшить параметры безопасности, но снизить надежность работы. Чтобы узнать больше, прочитайте страницу справки exports(5)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " +"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " +"exports(5) man page for more details." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Проверка поддеревьев</emphasis>: включает проверку поддеревьев, " +"что в некоторых случаях может улучшить параметры безопасности, но снизить " +"надежность работы. Чтобы узнать больше, прочитайте страницу справки " +"exports(5)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:141 -#: en/draksambashare.xml:201 +#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 msgid "Menu entries" msgstr "Пункты меню" @@ -2736,8 +4375,7 @@ msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:153 -#: en/draksambashare.xml:207 +#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207 msgid "File|Write conf" msgstr "Файл|Записать настройки" @@ -2752,10 +4390,12 @@ msgid "NFS Server|Restart" msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезапустить" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:161 -#: en/draksambashare.xml:222 -msgid "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "Приостановить работу сервера и перезапустить его с использованием текущих файлов настройки." +#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 +msgid "" +"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Приостановить работу сервера и перезапустить его с использованием текущих " +"файлов настройки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 @@ -2763,10 +4403,11 @@ msgid "NFS Server|Reload" msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезагрузить" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:168 -#: en/draksambashare.xml:229 -msgid "The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." -msgstr "Отображённая конфигурация загружается из текущих конфигурационных файлов." +#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 +msgid "" +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Отображённая конфигурация загружается из текущих конфигурационных файлов." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -2785,18 +4426,46 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 -msgid "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Если для доступа к интернету вам следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы можете воспользоваться этой утилитой<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> для настройки доступа. Необходимые для настройки данные можно узнать у администратора сети. Вы также можете определить службы, доступ к которым следует осуществлять в обход прокси-сервера." +msgid "" +"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." +msgstr "" +"Если для доступа к интернету вам следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы " +"можете воспользоваться этой утилитой<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +"> для настройки доступа. Необходимые для настройки данные можно узнать у " +"администратора сети. Вы также можете определить службы, доступ к которым " +"следует осуществлять в обход прокси-сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 -msgid "From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "Из Википедии (4 сентября 2012 года), статья «Прокси-сервер»: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или программа), который работает промежуточным звеном для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос относительно определенной службы, в частности данных файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса.»" +msgid "" +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " +"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " +"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " +"simplify and control their complexity." +msgstr "" +"Из Википедии (4 сентября 2012 года), статья «Прокси-сервер»: «В компьютерных " +"сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или " +"программа), который работает промежуточным звеном для запросов от клиентов, " +"которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система " +"соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос относительно определенной " +"службы, в частности данных файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса " +"на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и " +"управления сложностью запроса.»" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -2809,240 +4478,451 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 -msgid "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button below)." -msgstr "Сразу после установки системы следует добавить записи источников программного обеспечения (их также называют репозиториями, носителями данных, зеркалами). Это означает, что вам следует выбрать источники программного обеспечения, которые будут использованы для установки и обновления пакетов и программ (см. кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>, описанную ниже)." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 +msgid "" +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Сразу после установки системы следует добавить записи источников " +"программного обеспечения (их также называют репозиториями, носителями " +"данных, зеркалами). Это означает, что вам следует выбрать источники " +"программного обеспечения, которые будут использованы для установки и " +"обновления пакетов и программ (см. кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>, " +"описанную ниже)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 -msgid "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Ваша система может работать на 32-битной аппаратной архитектуре, так называемый дистрибутив i586 или 64-битной архитектуре, так называемый дистрибутив x86_64. Вам следует выбрать репозитории, которые соответствуют вашей системе и репозитории для пакетов, которые не зависят от архитектуры (их еще называют noarch). Такие пакеты не имеют собственных каталогов noarch в репозиториях, они хранятся в каталогах обеих архитектур, i586 и x86_64." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " +"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " +"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " +"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " +"the i586 and the x86_64 media." +msgstr "" +"Ваша система может работать на 32-битной аппаратной архитектуре, так " +"называемый дистрибутив i586 или 64-битной архитектуре, так называемый " +"дистрибутив x86_64. Вам следует выбрать репозитории, которые соответствуют " +"вашей системе и репозитории для пакетов, которые не зависят от архитектуры " +"(их еще называют noarch). Такие пакеты не имеют собственных каталогов noarch " +"в репозиториях, они хранятся в каталогах обеих архитектур, i586 и x86_64." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 -msgid "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 +msgid "" +"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis><placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Столбцы" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Столбец «Включён»:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 -msgid "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Обозначенные источники будут использованы для установки новых пакетов. Специальные источники, в частности Testing и Debug, выбирать не стоит, поскольку их использование может привести к неработоспособности системы." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 +msgid "" +"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " +"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." +msgstr "" +"Обозначенные источники будут использованы для установки новых пакетов. " +"Специальные источники, в частности Testing и Debug, выбирать не стоит, " +"поскольку их использование может привести к неработоспособности системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Столбец «Обновления»:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 -msgid "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Если источник будет использован для обновления пакетов, его следует обозначить в этом столбце. Должны быть обозначены лишь источники со словом «Update» (обновление) в названии. Из соображений безопасности значение в этом столбце нельзя изменять с помощью этой программы. Вам придётся открыть консоль и от имени администратора (root) выполнить команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 +msgid "" +"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " +"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " +"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " +"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Если источник будет использован для обновления пакетов, его следует " +"обозначить в этом столбце. Должны быть обозначены лишь источники со словом " +"«Update» (обновление) в названии. Из соображений безопасности значение в " +"этом столбце нельзя изменять с помощью этой программы. Вам придётся открыть " +"консоль и от имени администратора (root) выполнить команду <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "Столбец «Источник»:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 -msgid "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Здесь будет показано название источника. Официальные репозитории Mageia для окончательных выпусков содержат по крайней мере следующие элементы:" +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " +"versions contain at least:" +msgstr "" +"Здесь будет показано название источника. Официальные репозитории Mageia для " +"окончательных выпусков содержат по крайней мере следующие элементы:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> (основной) - репозиторий, содержащий большинство программ, которые поддерживаются сообществом Mageia." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " +"available supported by Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> (основной) - репозиторий, содержащий " +"большинство программ, которые поддерживаются сообществом Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> (несвободное ПО) - репозиторий, содержащий некоторые из программ, доступ к коду которых ограничен правилами лицензирования." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " +"which are not free" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> (несвободное ПО) - репозиторий, " +"содержащий некоторые из программ, доступ к коду которых ограничен правилами " +"лицензирования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> (свободный) - репозиторий со свободным программным обеспечением, в отношении использования которого, в некоторых странах могут применяться патентные ограничения." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " +"might be patent claims in some countries." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> (свободный) - репозиторий со " +"свободным программным обеспечением, в отношении использования которого, в " +"некоторых странах могут применяться патентные ограничения." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Каждая запись источников содержит 4 подраздела:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> (выпуск) - репозиторий пакетов на день выпуска вашей версии Mageia." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " +"this version of Mageia was released." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> (выпуск) - репозиторий пакетов на " +"день выпуска вашей версии Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> (обновления) - пакеты, обновлённые со времени выпуска из соображений безопасности или устранения недостатков. Этот источник стоит включить всем, даже если соединение с интернетом является очень медленным." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " +"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " +"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> (обновления) - пакеты, " +"обновлённые со времени выпуска из соображений безопасности или устранения " +"недостатков. Этот источник стоит включить всем, даже если соединение с " +"интернетом является очень медленным." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> (обратное портирование) - для некоторых пакетов новые версии поступают из репозитория Cauldron (репозиторий следующей версии дистрибутива, разработка которой ещё не завершена)." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " +"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> (обратное портирование) - для " +"некоторых пакетов новые версии поступают из репозитория Cauldron " +"(репозиторий следующей версии дистрибутива, разработка которой ещё не " +"завершена)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> (тестирование) - репозиторий, который используется для промежуточного тестирования обновлений, чтобы дать возможность тем, кто отчитывается о недостатках и участникам команды по обеспечению качества, проверить работоспособность исправленных пакетов." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"corrections." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> (тестирование) - репозиторий, " +"который используется для промежуточного тестирования обновлений, чтобы дать " +"возможность тем, кто отчитывается о недостатках и участникам команды по " +"обеспечению качества, проверить работоспособность исправленных пакетов." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Кнопки на панели справа" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Удалить:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 -msgid "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "Чтобы удалить источник, наведите на его пункт указатель мыши и щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, затем нажмите эту кнопку. Иногда стоит удалить пункт носителя, который был использован для установки системы (компакт-диск или DVD), поскольку все пакеты с этого носителя можно установить из официального источника основных пакетов (Core), соответствующего выпуска." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +msgid "" +"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " +"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " +"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы удалить источник, наведите на его пункт указатель мыши и щелкните " +"левой кнопкой мыши, затем нажмите эту кнопку. Иногда стоит удалить пункт " +"носителя, который был использован для установки системы (компакт-диск или " +"DVD), поскольку все пакеты с этого носителя можно установить из официального " +"источника основных пакетов (Core), соответствующего выпуска." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Редактировать:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 -msgid "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and proxy)." -msgstr "Позволяет изменить параметры выбранного носителя, (URL-адрес, загрузчик и параметры прокси-сервера)." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " +"proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Позволяет изменить параметры выбранного носителя, (URL-адрес, загрузчик и " +"параметры прокси-сервера)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Добавить:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 -msgid "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Кнопка для добавления официальных репозиториев из интернета. В официальных репозиториях содержатся только надёжные и хорошо проверенные пакеты. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> программа откроет контекстное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете выбрать набор источников для установки. Если вы отдаёте предпочтение определенному зеркалу, добавьте его при помощи пункта «Добавить указанное зеркало источников» из меню «Файл»." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " +"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " +"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"from the drop-down \"File\" menu." +msgstr "" +"Кнопка для добавления официальных репозиториев из интернета. В официальных " +"репозиториях содержатся только надёжные и хорошо проверенные пакеты. После " +"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> программа откроет контекстное " +"окно, с помощью которого вы сможете выбрать набор источников для установки. " +"Если вы отдаёте предпочтение определенному зеркалу, добавьте его при помощи " +"пункта «Добавить указанное зеркало источников» из меню «Файл»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопки со стрелками вверх и вниз:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 -msgid "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Эти кнопки предназначены для упорядочивания списка. Во время поисков пакетов программой Drakrpm выполняется загрузка списка репозиториев в указанном порядке, пакет устанавливается из репозитория, который будет стоять выше в списке (если номер выпуска пакета является одинаковым во всех репозиториях; если номер будет разным, программа установит пакет с самого свежего выпуска). Итак, если можно, располагайте репозиторий с самым быстрым доступом в начале списка." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 +msgid "" +"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Эти кнопки предназначены для упорядочивания списка. Во время поисков пакетов " +"программой Drakrpm выполняется загрузка списка репозиториев в указанном " +"порядке, пакет устанавливается из репозитория, который будет стоять выше в " +"списке (если номер выпуска пакета является одинаковым во всех репозиториях; " +"если номер будет разным, программа установит пакет с самого свежего " +"выпуска). Итак, если можно, располагайте репозиторий с самым быстрым " +"доступом в начале списка." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 -#: en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Меню программы" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Обновить:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 -msgid "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "В ответ на выбор этого пункта будет открыто окно со списком источников. Выберите те из них, данные которых требуется обновить и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 +msgid "" +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"В ответ на выбор этого пункта будет открыто окно со списком источников. " +"Выберите те из них, данные которых требуется обновить и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить указанное зеркало источников:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 -msgid "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the <guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Предположим, что вам чем-то не нравится текущее зеркало основного репозитория. Причиной, например, может быть то, что репозиторий работает слишком медленно или часто недоступен. Тогда вы можете выбрать другое зеркало. Отметьте пункты всех текущих источников пакетов и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы убрать их. Далее, выберите пункт меню <guimenu>Файл -> Добавить особое зеркало источников</guimenu>, сделайте выбор только между обновлениями и полным набором (если не уверены, выберите <guibutton>Полный набор источников</guibutton>) и подтвердите возможность соединения нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Да</guibutton>. В ответ будет показано следующее окно:" +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 +msgid "" +"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " +"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " +"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " +"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" +msgstr "" +"Предположим, что вам чем-то не нравится текущее зеркало основного " +"репозитория. Причиной, например, может быть то, что репозиторий работает " +"слишком медленно или часто недоступен. Тогда вы можете выбрать другое " +"зеркало. Отметьте пункты всех текущих источников пакетов и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы убрать их. Далее, выберите пункт меню " +"<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить особое зеркало источников</guimenu>, сделайте " +"выбор только между обновлениями и полным набором (если не уверены, выберите " +"<guibutton>Полный набор источников</guibutton>) и подтвердите возможность " +"соединения нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Да</guibutton>. В ответ будет показано " +"следующее окно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 -msgid "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Слева будет показан список стран. Выберите вашу страну или близкую к ней нажатием кнопки >. В ответ будет развернут список зеркал, расположенных в этой стране. Отметьте одно из них и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +msgid "" +"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " +"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " +"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Слева будет показан список стран. Выберите вашу страну или близкую к ней " +"нажатием кнопки >. В ответ будет развернут список зеркал, расположенных в " +"этой стране. Отметьте одно из них и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить собственный источник:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 -msgid "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "Вы можете выполнить установку нового источника (например, из стороннего репозитория сообщества), который не поддерживается официальным сообществом Mageia. В ответ на выбор этого пункта меню будет показано новое окно:" +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 +msgid "" +"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " +"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выполнить установку нового источника (например, из стороннего " +"репозитория сообщества), который не поддерживается официальным сообществом " +"Mageia. В ответ на выбор этого пункта меню будет показано новое окно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите тип источника, укажите краткое название, которое хорошо описывает соответствующий репозиторий и добавьте URL-адрес (или путь к источнику, в зависимости от его типа)." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " +"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " +"according to the medium type)" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите тип источника, укажите " +"краткое название, которое хорошо описывает соответствующий репозиторий и " +"добавьте URL-адрес (или путь к источнику, в зависимости от его типа)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Общие настройки:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 -msgid "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "С помощью этого пункта меню вы можете определить, когда следует <guilabel>Проверять пакеты, которые устанавливаются</guilabel> (всегда или никогда), определить программу для загрузки пакетов (curl, wget или aria2) и указать правила получения данных о пакетах на запрос (вариант по умолчанию, только обновления, всегда или никогда)." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +msgid "" +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"default-, update only, always or never)." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого пункта меню вы можете определить, когда следует " +"<guilabel>Проверять пакеты, которые устанавливаются</guilabel> (всегда или " +"никогда), определить программу для загрузки пакетов (curl, wget или aria2) и " +"указать правила получения данных о пакетах на запрос (вариант по умолчанию, " +"только обновления, всегда или никогда)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Управление ключами:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 -msgid "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "С целью обеспечения лучшей безопасности для распознавания источника используются цифровые ключи. Для каждого из источников можно разрешить или запретить использование ключа. В окне, которое будет открыто, выберите нужный источник и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, чтобы сделать возможным использование нового ключа, или отметьте пункт ключа и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы запретить его использование." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +msgid "" +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"С целью обеспечения лучшей безопасности для распознавания источника " +"используются цифровые ключи. Для каждого из источников можно разрешить или " +"запретить использование ключа. В окне, которое будет открыто, выберите " +"нужный источник и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, чтобы " +"сделать возможным использование нового ключа, или отметьте пункт ключа и " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы запретить его " +"использование." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "Будьте осторожны, как и со всеми другими вопросами, связанными с безопасностью." +msgstr "" +"Будьте осторожны, как и со всеми другими вопросами, связанными с " +"безопасностью." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Прокси:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 -msgid "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Если для доступа к интернету с вашего компьютера следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы можете указать параметры его работы. Вам следует указать <guibutton>Название прокси</guibutton> и если нужно, указать <guilabel>Логин</guilabel> и <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>." +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 +msgid "" +"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Если для доступа к интернету с вашего компьютера следует пользоваться прокси-" +"сервером, вы можете указать параметры его работы. Вам следует указать " +"<guibutton>Название прокси</guibutton> и если нужно, указать " +"<guilabel>Логин</guilabel> и <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -3061,8 +4941,19 @@ msgstr "draksambashare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:29 -msgid "Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba - протокол, используемый в различных операционных системах для совместного доступа к некоторым ресурсам, к таким как каталоги или принтеры. С помощью этого модуля вы можете настроить компьютер на работу в режиме сервера Samba с использованием протокола SMB/CIFS. Этот протокол используется Windows®, рабочие станции под управлением этой операционной системы могут получать доступ к ресурсам на сервере Samba." +msgid "" +"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some " +"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure " +"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " +"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " +"resources of the Samba server." +msgstr "" +"Samba - протокол, используемый в различных операционных системах для " +"совместного доступа к некоторым ресурсам, к таким как каталоги или принтеры. " +"С помощью этого модуля вы можете настроить компьютер на работу в режиме " +"сервера Samba с использованием протокола SMB/CIFS. Этот протокол " +"используется Windows®, рабочие станции под управлением этой операционной " +"системы могут получать доступ к ресурсам на сервере Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -3071,8 +4962,20 @@ msgstr "Подготовка" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:39 -msgid "To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server." -msgstr "Чтобы пользователи могли получать доступ к вашим ресурсам, сервер должен иметь постоянный IP-адрес. Определить этот URL-адрес можно непосредственно на вашем сервере, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> или на сервере DHCP, который идентифицирует рабочую станцию по MAC-адресу и всегда придаёт ей тот же адрес в сети. Также файервол вашего компьютера должен разрешать входящие соединения с сервера Samba." +msgid "" +"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP " +"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with " +"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which " +"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " +"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " +"server." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы пользователи могли получать доступ к вашим ресурсам, сервер должен " +"иметь постоянный IP-адрес. Определить этот URL-адрес можно непосредственно " +"на вашем сервере, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> " +"или на сервере DHCP, который идентифицирует рабочую станцию по MAC-адресу и " +"всегда придаёт ей тот же адрес в сети. Также файервол вашего компьютера " +"должен разрешать входящие соединения с сервера Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -3081,13 +4984,25 @@ msgstr "Мастер - Автономный сервер" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 -msgid "At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "После первого запуска, программа <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> проверит, установлены ли необходимые пакеты и предложит установить их, если пакеты не будут обнаружены в системе. После этого будет запущена программа-мастер настройки сервера Samba." +msgid "" +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." +msgstr "" +"После первого запуска, программа <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"проверит, установлены ли необходимые пакеты и предложит установить их, если " +"пакеты не будут обнаружены в системе. После этого будет запущена программа-" +"мастер настройки сервера Samba." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 @@ -3096,8 +5011,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:67 -msgid "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already selected." -msgstr "На следующей странице вариант настройки автономного сервера уже будет обозначен." +msgid "" +"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"На следующей странице вариант настройки автономного сервера уже будет " +"обозначен." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 @@ -3106,13 +5025,21 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 -msgid "Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the access to the shared resources." -msgstr "Укажите название рабочей группы. Это название должно совпадать с названием группы, которая будет получать доступ к ресурсам общего пользования." +msgid "" +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"Укажите название рабочей группы. Это название должно совпадать с названием " +"группы, которая будет получать доступ к ресурсам общего пользования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 -msgid "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on the network." -msgstr "Название Netbios - это название, которое будет использовано для обозначения сервера сети." +msgid "" +"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " +"the network." +msgstr "" +"Название Netbios - это название, которое будет использовано для обозначения " +"сервера сети." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 @@ -3126,18 +5053,30 @@ msgstr "Выберите режим защиты:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:95 -msgid "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>пользователь</guilabel>: клиент должен пройти аутентификацию, чтобы получить доступ к ресурсу." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " +"resource" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>пользователь</guilabel>: клиент должен пройти аутентификацию, " +"чтобы получить доступ к ресурсу." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 -msgid "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>общий ресурс</guilabel>: клиент предоставляет данные для распознавания, отдельно для каждого общего ресурса." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " +"each share" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>общий ресурс</guilabel>: клиент предоставляет данные для " +"распознавания, отдельно для каждого общего ресурса." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 -msgid "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP address or host name." -msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать IP-адреса или названия узлов, которым будет предоставлен доступ к ресурсам." +msgid "" +"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " +"address or host name." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете указать IP-адреса или названия узлов, которым будет " +"предоставлен доступ к ресурсам." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 @@ -3146,8 +5085,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:115 -msgid "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Укажите баннер сервера. Баннер - это способ, которым сервер будет представлен на рабочих станциях Windows." +msgid "" +"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " +"described in the Windows workstations." +msgstr "" +"Укажите баннер сервера. Баннер - это способ, которым сервер будет " +"представлен на рабочих станциях Windows." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 @@ -3156,8 +5099,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 -msgid "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "На следующем шаге можно указать место, где Samba сможет хранить журналы своей работы." +msgid "" +"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." +msgstr "" +"На следующем шаге можно указать место, где Samba сможет хранить журналы " +"своей работы." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 @@ -3166,8 +5112,15 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 -msgid "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "Прежде чем вами будут подтверждены выбранные значения параметров, программа-мастер покажет список этих параметров. Если параметры будут подтверждены, соответствующие данные будут записаны в файл <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgid "" +"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"Прежде чем вами будут подтверждены выбранные значения параметров, программа-" +"мастер покажет список этих параметров. Если параметры будут подтверждены, " +"соответствующие данные будут записаны в файл <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</" +"code>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 @@ -3186,13 +5139,30 @@ msgstr "draksambashare13.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:153 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Если будет отмечен пункт «Основной контроллер домена», мастер попросит вас указать, следует ли поддерживать Wins, и определить имена пользователей-администраторов. Следующие шаги являются теми же самыми, что и при настройке отдельного сервера, кроме того, что вам придётся указать режим защиты:" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain " +"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is " +"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " +"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " +"security mode:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Если будет отмечен пункт " +"«Основной контроллер домена», мастер попросит вас указать, следует ли " +"поддерживать Wins, и определить имена пользователей-администраторов. " +"Следующие шаги являются теми же самыми, что и при настройке отдельного " +"сервера, кроме того, что вам придётся указать режим защиты:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 -msgid "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>домен</guilabel>: предоставляется механизм для хранения всех учётных записей пользователей и групп в централизованном общем репозитории учётных записей. Централизованный репозиторий учётных записей предоставляется в использование контролерами безопасности домена." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " +"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " +"account repository is shared between (security) controllers." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>домен</guilabel>: предоставляется механизм для хранения всех " +"учётных записей пользователей и групп в централизованном общем репозитории " +"учётных записей. Централизованный репозиторий учётных записей " +"предоставляется в использование контролерами безопасности домена." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -3202,7 +5172,9 @@ msgstr "Назначение каталога, доступ к которому #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:175 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" -msgstr "Если нажать кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, будет показано следующее окно:" +msgstr "" +"Если нажать кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, будет показано следующее " +"окно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 @@ -3211,8 +5183,16 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 -msgid "A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be modified." -msgstr "Таким образом будет добавлена новая запись. Внести изменения в существующую запись можно с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Вы можете изменить, будет ли каталог видимым для всех пользователей, пригодным к записи или чтению. Менять имя общего ресурса нельзя." +msgid "" +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Таким образом будет добавлена новая запись. Внести изменения в существующую " +"запись можно с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Вы " +"можете изменить, будет ли каталог видимым для всех пользователей, пригодным " +"к записи или чтению. Менять имя общего ресурса нельзя." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 @@ -3222,7 +5202,9 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "Если в списке будет хоть одна запись, можно будет воспользоваться пунктами меню." +msgstr "" +"Если в списке будет хоть одна запись, можно будет воспользоваться пунктами " +"меню." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 @@ -3265,15 +5247,9 @@ msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 -#: en/drakvpn.xml:46 -#: en/logdrake.xml:89 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:163 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:173 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:193 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:203 +#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:238 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -3290,8 +5266,15 @@ msgstr "draksambashare18.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:249 -msgid "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "С помощью этой вкладки вы можете добавлять пользователей, которым будет разрешен доступ к общим ресурсам, если включено распознавание пользователей. Можно добавить пользователей из раздела <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgid "" +"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " +"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " +"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой вкладки вы можете добавлять пользователей, которым будет " +"разрешен доступ к общим ресурсам, если включено распознавание пользователей. " +"Можно добавить пользователей из раздела <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/" +"><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -3310,23 +5293,44 @@ msgstr "draksec.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Безопасность</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Безопасность</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:20 -msgid "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы можно предоставлять обычным пользователям права, необходимые для выполнения задач, которые обычно выполняются под учётной записью администратора." +msgid "" +"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " +"usually done by the administrator." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы можно предоставлять обычным пользователям права, " +"необходимые для выполнения задач, которые обычно выполняются под учётной " +"записью администратора." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:23 -msgid "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a drop down list gives the choice between:" -msgstr "Список большинства инструментов, которыми можно воспользоваться с помощью Центра управления Mageia, будет приведён в левой части окна (см. снимок выше). Для каждого из инструментов предусмотрен выпадающий список с вариантами:" +msgid "" +"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " +"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " +"drop down list gives the choice between:" +msgstr "" +"Список большинства инструментов, которыми можно воспользоваться с помощью " +"Центра управления Mageia, будет приведён в левой части окна (см. снимок " +"выше). Для каждого из инструментов предусмотрен выпадающий список с " +"вариантами:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:29 @@ -3336,17 +5340,26 @@ msgstr "Без пароля: инструмент запускается без #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:34 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Пароль пользователя: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль пользователя." +msgstr "" +"Пароль пользователя: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль " +"пользователя." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:39 msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "Пароль администратора: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль администратора (root)" +msgstr "" +"Пароль администратора: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести " +"пароль администратора (root)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:44 -msgid "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Значения по умолчанию зависят от выбранного уровня безопасности. Смотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт \"Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и аудита системы\"." +msgid "" +"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC " +"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." +msgstr "" +"Значения по умолчанию зависят от выбранного уровня безопасности. Смотрите в " +"Центре управления Mageia, пункт \"Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и " +"аудита системы\"." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11 @@ -3365,38 +5378,93 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's <guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Система», раздел «Инструменты администрирования»." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Система», раздел " +"«Инструменты администрирования»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 -msgid "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "После первого запуска этой программы из Центра управления Mageia вы увидите сообщение об установке draksnapshot. Нажмите на кнопку <guibutton>Установить</guibutton>. После этого будет установлен draksnapshot и другие нужные для работы этой программы пакеты." +msgid "" +"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " +"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " +"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." +msgstr "" +"После первого запуска этой программы из Центра управления Mageia вы увидите " +"сообщение об установке draksnapshot. Нажмите на кнопку " +"<guibutton>Установить</guibutton>. После этого будет установлен draksnapshot " +"и другие нужные для работы этой программы пакеты." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 -msgid "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Еще раз выберите <guilabel>Резервные копии</guilabel>, и вы увидите окно <guilabel>Параметры</guilabel>. Выберите <guilabel>Включить резервное копирование</guilabel>, если хотите создать резервную копию всей системы, пункт <guilabel>Резервное копирование всей системы</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Еще раз выберите <guilabel>Резервные копии</guilabel>, и вы увидите окно " +"<guilabel>Параметры</guilabel>. Выберите <guilabel>Включить резервное " +"копирование</guilabel>, если хотите создать резервную копию всей системы, " +"пункт <guilabel>Резервное копирование всей системы</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 -msgid "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." -msgstr "Если вы хотите создать резервную копию только части каталогов, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. В ответ будет открыто небольшое всплывающее окно. Воспользуйтесь кнопками <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> и <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, расположенными рядом со списком <guilabel>Перечень резервных копий</guilabel>, чтобы добавить каталоги и файлы в список резервного копирования или удалить их. Воспользуйтесь такими же кнопками рядом со <guilabel>Списком исключений</guilabel>, чтобы определить список подкаталогов и/или файлов, которые не следует добавлять к резервной копии. Файлы из этого списка <emphasis role=\"bold\">не будут</emphasis> включены в резервную копию. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Закрыть</guibutton>, когда списки будут готовы." +msgid "" +"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите создать резервную копию только части каталогов, нажмите " +"кнопку <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. В ответ будет открыто небольшое " +"всплывающее окно. Воспользуйтесь кнопками <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> и " +"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, расположенными рядом со списком " +"<guilabel>Перечень резервных копий</guilabel>, чтобы добавить каталоги и " +"файлы в список резервного копирования или удалить их. Воспользуйтесь такими " +"же кнопками рядом со <guilabel>Списком исключений</guilabel>, чтобы " +"определить список подкаталогов и/или файлов, которые не следует добавлять к " +"резервной копии. Файлы из этого списка <emphasis role=\"bold\">не будут</" +"emphasis> включены в резервную копию. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Закрыть</" +"guibutton>, когда списки будут готовы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 -msgid "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Далее укажите каталог в поле <guilabel>Куда сохранять копии</guilabel> или нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обзор</guibutton>, чтобы указать соответствующий каталог. Все смонтированные флеш-носители USB и внешние диски можно найти в каталоге <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/имя пользователя/</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Далее укажите каталог в поле <guilabel>Куда сохранять копии</guilabel> или " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обзор</guibutton>, чтобы указать соответствующий " +"каталог. Все смонтированные флеш-носители USB и внешние диски можно найти в " +"каталоге <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/имя пользователя/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>, чтобы создать резервную копию." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>, чтобы создать резервную " +"копию." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksound.xml:3 @@ -3415,48 +5483,101 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Оборудование</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 -msgid "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound предназначен для настройки звуковой подсистемы, в частности выбора драйверов, определение параметров PulseAudio и решения проблем с работой звука. Программа поможет вам устранить проблемы со звуковой подсистемой или изменить звуковую карту для вывода звуковых данных." +msgid "" +"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " +"PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " +"sound problems or if you change the sound card." +msgstr "" +"Draksound предназначен для настройки звуковой подсистемы, в частности выбора " +"драйверов, определение параметров PulseAudio и решения проблем с работой " +"звука. Программа поможет вам устранить проблемы со звуковой подсистемой или " +"изменить звуковую карту для вывода звуковых данных." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 -msgid "The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." -msgstr "С помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Драйвер</guilabel> вы можете выбрать нужный драйвер для работы звуковой карты вашего компьютера из списка установленных драйверов." +msgid "" +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"С помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Драйвер</guilabel> вы можете выбрать " +"нужный драйвер для работы звуковой карты вашего компьютера из списка " +"установленных драйверов." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 -msgid "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "В основном, для определения драйвера достаточно возможностей программного интерфейса OSS или ALSA. Интерфейс OSS является старым и простым, он предоставляет довольно базовые возможности. Мы рекомендуем использовать ALSA, поскольку этот интерфейс предоставляет значительно более широкие возможности." +msgid "" +"Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " +"API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " +"possible for its enhanced features." +msgstr "" +"В основном, для определения драйвера достаточно возможностей программного " +"интерфейса OSS или ALSA. Интерфейс OSS является старым и простым, он " +"предоставляет довольно базовые возможности. Мы рекомендуем использовать " +"ALSA, поскольку этот интерфейс предоставляет значительно более широкие " +"возможности." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 -msgid "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> - звуковой сервер. Этот сервер получает все входящие звуковые данные, выполняет микширование этих данных, согласно указанных пользователем параметров и отправляет результаты на устройства вывода звуковых данных. Настроить параметры микширования можно с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук и видео -> Управление громкостью</guimenu>." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> - звуковой сервер. Этот сервер получает все " +"входящие звуковые данные, выполняет микширование этих данных, согласно " +"указанных пользователем параметров и отправляет результаты на устройства " +"вывода звуковых данных. Настроить параметры микширования можно с помощью " +"пункта меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук и видео -> Управление громкостью</" +"guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 -msgid "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio является звуковым сервером по умолчанию. Рекомендуем вам не выключать его." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " +"enabled." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio является звуковым сервером по умолчанию. Рекомендуем вам не " +"выключать его." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 -msgid "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Использовать режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> - улучшает работу PulseAudio с некоторыми программами. Мы не рекомендуем снимать отметку с этого пункта." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " +"is also recommended to leave it enabled." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Использовать режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> - улучшает работу " +"PulseAudio с некоторыми программами. Мы не рекомендуем снимать отметку с " +"этого пункта." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 -msgid "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three buttons:" -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно открыть новое окно с тремя кнопками:" +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно открыть новое " +"окно с тремя кнопками:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 @@ -3465,13 +5586,25 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 -msgid "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you are doing." -msgstr "С помощью первой кнопки вы можете выбрать любой драйвер. При этом нужны определённые знания, какой драйвер следует выбрать." +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." +msgstr "" +"С помощью первой кнопки вы можете выбрать любой драйвер. При этом нужны " +"определённые знания, какой драйвер следует выбрать." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 -msgid "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking the community for help." -msgstr "Назначение второй кнопки понятно из надписи на ней. Последняя же кнопка может помочь с решением проблем, возникающих со звуком. Попробуйте нажать ее до того, как начнёте искать помощи у сообщества дистрибутива." +#: en/draksound.xml:57 +msgid "" +"The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " +"problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " +"the community for help." +msgstr "" +"Назначение второй кнопки понятно из надписи на ней. Последняя же кнопка " +"может помочь с решением проблем, возникающих со звуком. Попробуйте нажать ее " +"до того, как начнёте искать помощи у сообщества дистрибутива." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -3490,8 +5623,12 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -3510,13 +5647,30 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно настроить безопасный доступ к удаленной сети с использованием туннелирования данных между локальной рабочей станцией и удаленной сетью. В этом разделе мы обсудим только настройки на стороне рабочей станции. Предполагается, что удалённая сеть работает надежно, и что вам известны данные относительно установленного соединения, которые можно получить от администратора сети, например в формате файла настроек .pcf." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure " +"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local " +"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the " +"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " +"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " +"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"настроить безопасный доступ к удаленной сети с использованием туннелирования " +"данных между локальной рабочей станцией и удаленной сетью. В этом разделе мы " +"обсудим только настройки на стороне рабочей станции. Предполагается, что " +"удалённая сеть работает надежно, и что вам известны данные относительно " +"установленного соединения, которые можно получить от администратора сети, " +"например в формате файла настроек .pcf." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -3525,8 +5679,12 @@ msgstr "Настройки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:32 -msgid "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "Сначала следует выбрать концентратор Cisco VPN или OpenVPN, в зависимости от того, какой протокол использован для вашей виртуальной частной сети." +msgid "" +"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " +"protocol is used for your virtual private network." +msgstr "" +"Сначала следует выбрать концентратор Cisco VPN или OpenVPN, в зависимости от " +"того, какой протокол использован для вашей виртуальной частной сети." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -3550,8 +5708,12 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:54 -msgid "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the first time the tool is used." -msgstr "Openvpn. После первого запуска инструмента будет установлен пакет openvpn и его зависимости." +msgid "" +"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " +"first time the tool is used." +msgstr "" +"Openvpn. После первого запуска инструмента будет установлен пакет openvpn и " +"его зависимости." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 @@ -3560,8 +5722,12 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:57 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите файлы, которые были получены от администратора сети." +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " +"received from the network administrator." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите файлы, которые были " +"получены от администратора сети." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 @@ -3580,13 +5746,23 @@ msgstr "В следующем окне программа попросит ва #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:76 -msgid "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN connection." -msgstr "После определения параметров программа предложит вам установить VPN-соединение." +msgid "" +"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " +"connection." +msgstr "" +"После определения параметров программа предложит вам установить VPN-" +"соединение." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 -msgid "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect to this VPN." -msgstr "Вы можете указать системе устанавливать это VPN-соединение в автоматическом режиме во время ее запуска. Для этого необходимо изменить настройки сетевого соединения так, чтобы оно всегда устанавливалось с этим VPN." +msgid "" +"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете указать системе устанавливать это VPN-соединение в автоматическом " +"режиме во время ее запуска. Для этого необходимо изменить настройки сетевого " +"соединения так, чтобы оно всегда устанавливалось с этим VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -3605,13 +5781,22 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a web server." -msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить веб-сервер." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " +"web server." +msgstr "" +"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам " +"настроить веб-сервер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -3620,8 +5805,13 @@ msgstr "Что такое веб-сервер?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17 -msgid "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Веб-сервер представляет собой программное обеспечение, которое помогает поставить веб содержимое, которое может быть доступно через Интернет. (Материал из Википедии)" +msgid "" +"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " +"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Веб-сервер представляет собой программное обеспечение, которое помогает " +"поставить веб содержимое, которое может быть доступно через Интернет. " +"(Материал из Википедии)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -3639,16 +5829,16 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 -msgid "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Выбор вида сервера: локальная сеть и/или мир" @@ -3659,8 +5849,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45 -msgid "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad things." -msgstr "Предоставление доступа к данным веб-сервера из Интернета является рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите предоставить такой доступ." +msgid "" +"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " +"things." +msgstr "" +"Предоставление доступа к данным веб-сервера из Интернета является " +"рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите " +"предоставить такой доступ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 @@ -3689,8 +5884,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67 -msgid "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will display it." -msgstr "Пользователю необходимо создать и заполнить этот каталог, затем сервер будет отображать его." +msgid "" +"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " +"display it." +msgstr "" +"Пользователю необходимо создать и заполнить этот каталог, затем сервер будет " +"отображать его." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 @@ -3708,10 +5907,8 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "Позволяет настроить путь к дефолтным документам веб-сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Сводка" @@ -3722,19 +5919,18 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 -msgid "Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Финиш" @@ -3744,10 +5940,8 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123 msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." msgstr "Завершено! Нажмите <guibutton>Финиш</guibutton>." @@ -3768,203 +5962,263 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Настройка DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить <acronym>DHCP</acronym> сервер. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить до того, как вы сможете им воспользоваться." +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам " +"настроить <acronym>DHCP</acronym> сервер. Этот компонент drakwizard следует " +"установить до того, как вы сможете им воспользоваться." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "Что такое DHCP?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 -msgid "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Протокол динамической конфигурации хоста (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) представляет собой стандартизированный сетевой протокол, используемый на IP сетях, который динамически настраивает IP-адреса и другую информацию, необходимую для интернет-общения. (Материал из Википедии)" +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " +"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " +"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " +"communication. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Протокол динамической конфигурации хоста (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) " +"представляет собой стандартизированный сетевой протокол, используемый на IP " +"сетях, который динамически настраивает IP-адреса и другую информацию, " +"необходимую для интернет-общения. (Материал из Википедии)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "Настройка DHCP сервера с drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер DHCP сервера." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Выбор адаптера" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 -msgid "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите сетевой интерфейс, соединённый с подсетью, в которой будет происходить назначение IP-адресов, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите сетевой интерфейс, соединённый с подсетью, в которой будет " +"происходить назначение IP-адресов, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Выберите диапазон IP" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 -msgid "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите начальные и конечные IP-адреса из диапазона адресов, которые должен предоставлять сервер, а также IP-адрес шлюза, компьютера, который будет соединяться с внешними компьютерами вне локальной сети, желательно непосредственно с компьютерами в интернете. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " +"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " +"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " +"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите начальные и конечные IP-адреса из диапазона адресов, которые должен " +"предоставлять сервер, а также IP-адрес шлюза, компьютера, который будет " +"соединяться с внешними компьютерами вне локальной сети, желательно " +"непосредственно с компьютерами в интернете. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Подождите..." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 -msgid "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and change things around." -msgstr "С этой проблемой можно справиться. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton> несколько раз и внесите какие-либо изменения." +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +msgid "" +"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " +"change things around." +msgstr "" +"С этой проблемой можно справиться. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</" +"guibutton> несколько раз и внесите какие-либо изменения." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Позже..." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "Действия, которые выполняет инструмент" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "Установка пакета dhcp-server, если он не установлен;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 -msgid "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Сохранение <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> в <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Сохранение <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> в <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 -msgid "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Создание нового <code>dhcpd.conf</code>, взятого из <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:" +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Создание нового <code>dhcpd.conf</code>, взятого из <code>/usr/share/wizards/" +"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mask</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 -msgid "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "Также изменение конфигурационного файла Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +msgid "" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"Также изменение конфигурационного файла Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/" +"config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "Перезапуск <code>dhcpd.</code>" @@ -3985,13 +6239,26 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base packages." -msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете настроить сервер так, чтобы время в нём синхронизировалось с внешним сервером. По умолчанию, этот инструмент не устанавливается. Чтобы получить к нему доступ, вам следует установить пакеты drakwizard и drakwizard-base." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы " +"сможете настроить сервер так, чтобы время в нём синхронизировалось с внешним " +"сервером. По умолчанию, этот инструмент не устанавливается. Чтобы получить к " +"нему доступ, вам следует установить пакеты drakwizard и drakwizard-base." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -4000,8 +6267,15 @@ msgstr "Настройка сервера NTP с помощью drakwizard ntp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36 -msgid "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "После приветственного окна (см. выше), программа попросит вас выбрать три сервера времени с помощью раскрывающихся списков и дважды предложит воспользоваться pool.ntp.org, поскольку этот сервер всегда привязывается к доступным серверам времени." +msgid "" +"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " +"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " +"because this server always points to available time servers." +msgstr "" +"После приветственного окна (см. выше), программа попросит вас выбрать три " +"сервера времени с помощью раскрывающихся списков и дважды предложит " +"воспользоваться pool.ntp.org, поскольку этот сервер всегда привязывается к " +"доступным серверам времени." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 @@ -4025,8 +6299,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 -msgid "The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "С помощью следующих страниц мастера вы сможете выбрать регион и город, после чего вам будет показано резюме настроек. Если вами будут обнаружены ошибки в настройках, вы можете внести изменения, нажав кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>. Если всё в порядке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы приказать программе выполнить тестирование. Если всё будет хорошо, то вы увидите окно, подобное приведённому ниже:" +msgid "" +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " +"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " +"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью следующих страниц мастера вы сможете выбрать регион и город, после " +"чего вам будет показано резюме настроек. Если вами будут обнаружены ошибки в " +"настройках, вы можете внести изменения, нажав кнопку <guibutton>Назад</" +"guibutton>. Если всё в порядке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, " +"чтобы приказать программе выполнить тестирование. Если всё будет хорошо, то " +"вы увидите окно, подобное приведённому ниже:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 @@ -4050,28 +6335,47 @@ msgstr "Установка пакета <code>ntp</code> если необход #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 -msgid "Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "Сохранение файлов <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> в <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> и <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> в <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgid "" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Сохранение файлов <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> в <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> и <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> в <code>/etc/ntp/step-" +"tickers.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 -msgid "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of servers;" -msgstr "Запись нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> со списком серверов;" +msgid "" +"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " +"servers;" +msgstr "" +"Запись нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> со списком серверов;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 -msgid "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server name;" -msgstr "Изменение файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> путём вставки первого имени сервера;" +msgid "" +"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " +"name;" +msgstr "" +"Изменение файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> путём вставки первого имени " +"сервера;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 -msgid "Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "Остановка и запуск сервисов <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> и <code>ntpd</code>;" +msgid "" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"Остановка и запуск сервисов <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> и " +"<code>ntpd</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 -msgid "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." -msgstr "Установка для аппаратных часов текущего времени системы с привязкой к UTC." +msgid "" +"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." +msgstr "" +"Установка для аппаратных часов текущего времени системы с привязкой к UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 @@ -4090,13 +6394,22 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить <acronym>FTP</acronym> сервер." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам " +"настроить <acronym>FTP</acronym> сервер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -4105,8 +6418,15 @@ msgstr "Что такое <acronym>FTP</acronym>?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17 -msgid "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a <acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Протокол передачи файлов (File Transfer Protocol или <acronym>FTP</acronym>) - стандартный протокол работы в сети, которая используется для передачи файлов с одного компьютера на другой в сети, основанной на <acronym>TCP</acronym>, в частности, в Интернете (из Википедии)." +msgid "" +"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " +"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " +"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Протокол передачи файлов (File Transfer Protocol или <acronym>FTP</acronym>) " +"- стандартный протокол работы в сети, которая используется для передачи " +"файлов с одного компьютера на другой в сети, основанной на <acronym>TCP</" +"acronym>, в частности, в Интернете (из Википедии)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -4130,8 +6450,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45 -msgid "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad things." -msgstr "Предоставление доступа к данным сервера FTP из Интернета является рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите предоставить такой доступ." +msgid "" +"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " +"things." +msgstr "" +"Предоставление доступа к данным сервера FTP из Интернета является " +"рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите " +"предоставить такой доступ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 @@ -4145,8 +6470,14 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56 -msgid "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Укажите название, которое сервер будет использовать для собственной идентификации, адрес электронной почты для направления жалоб и будет ли предоставлен доступ к входу в систему от имени администратора (пользователя root)." +msgid "" +"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " +"complaints too and whether to allow root login access." +msgstr "" +"Укажите название, которое сервер будет использовать для собственной " +"идентификации, адрес электронной почты для направления жалоб и будет ли " +"предоставлен доступ к входу в систему от имени администратора (пользователя " +"root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 @@ -4160,8 +6491,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 -msgid "Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Укажите порт для ожидания данных, параметры ограниченной записи пользователя и то, следует ли разрешать возобновления получения данных и/или <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)." +msgid "" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Укажите порт для ожидания данных, параметры ограниченной записи пользователя " +"и то, следует ли разрешать возобновления получения данных и/или " +"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 @@ -4190,13 +6526,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в настройке прокси-сервера. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить отдельно, прежде чем вы сможете им воспользоваться." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " +"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " +"before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в " +"настройке прокси-сервера. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить " +"отдельно, прежде чем вы сможете им воспользоваться." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -4205,8 +6552,21 @@ msgstr "Что такое прокси сервер?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31 -msgid "A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Из Википедии: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или программа), который работает в качестве промежуточных звеньев для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос по определённой службе, в том числе данные файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса. »" +msgid "" +"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " +"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " +"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " +"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " +"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Из Википедии: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер " +"(компьютерная система или программа), который работает в качестве " +"промежуточных звеньев для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски " +"ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-" +"сервером, посылает запрос по определённой службе, в том числе данные файла, " +"соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер " +"обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса. »" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -4235,8 +6595,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69 -msgid "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите порт, с которым будут устанавливать соединение клиенты прокси-сервера, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите порт, с которым будут устанавливать соединение клиенты прокси-" +"сервера, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 @@ -4250,8 +6614,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 -msgid "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Установите пределы памяти и дискового кэша, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Установите пределы памяти и дискового кэша, затем нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 @@ -4265,8 +6632,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 -msgid "Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Определите диапазон доступа: локальная сеть или интернет, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Определите диапазон доступа: локальная сеть или интернет, затем нажмите " +"кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 @@ -4281,7 +6652,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Предоставьте доступ локальным сетям и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Предоставьте доступ локальным сетям и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 @@ -4296,7 +6669,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." -msgstr "Есть ли каскадный доступ к интернету через другой прокси-сервер? Если нет, пропустите следующий шаг." +msgstr "" +"Есть ли каскадный доступ к интернету через другой прокси-сервер? Если нет, " +"пропустите следующий шаг." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 @@ -4310,8 +6685,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 -msgid "Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Укажите имя компьютера и порт прокси высшего уровня и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Укажите имя компьютера и порт прокси высшего уровня и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 @@ -4330,8 +6709,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168 -msgid "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Укажите, следует ли запускать прокси при загрузке операционной системы, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " +"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Укажите, следует ли запускать прокси при загрузке операционной системы, и " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 @@ -4345,13 +6728,21 @@ msgstr "Установка пакета squid если необходимо;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 -msgid "Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Сохрание <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> в <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +msgid "" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Сохрание <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> в <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 -msgid "Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Создание нового <code>squid.conf</code>, взятого из <code>squid.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:" +msgid "" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Создание нового <code>squid.conf</code>, взятого из <code>squid.conf." +"default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 @@ -4375,8 +6766,11 @@ msgstr "http_port" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 -msgid "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "<code>level</code> 1, 2 или 3 и <code>http_access</code> в соответствии с уровнем" +msgid "" +"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" +msgstr "" +"<code>level</code> 1, 2 или 3 и <code>http_access</code> в соответствии с " +"уровнем" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 @@ -4410,13 +6804,22 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в настройке сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в " +"настройке сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -4425,13 +6828,28 @@ msgstr "Что такое <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18 -msgid "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client (running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Безопасная оболочка (Secure Shell или SSH) - криптографический протокол обмена данными в сети, предназначенный для защиты обмена данными от постороннего вмешательства, удалённого управления системой с помощью командной строки, удалённого выполнения команд и управления другими сетевыми службами. При использовании этого протокола два соединённых сетью компьютера используют защищённый канал обмена данными в незащищённой сети. Эти компьютеры называются сервер и клиент, на них запущены серверные и клиентские программы <acronym>SSH</acronym>, соответственно (из Википедии)." +msgid "" +"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " +"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " +"respectively). (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Безопасная оболочка (Secure Shell или SSH) - криптографический протокол " +"обмена данными в сети, предназначенный для защиты обмена данными от " +"постороннего вмешательства, удалённого управления системой с помощью " +"командной строки, удалённого выполнения команд и управления другими сетевыми " +"службами. При использовании этого протокола два соединённых сетью компьютера " +"используют защищённый канал обмена данными в незащищённой сети. Эти " +"компьютеры называются сервер и клиент, на них запущены серверные и " +"клиентские программы <acronym>SSH</acronym>, соответственно (из Википедии)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd" -msgstr "Настройка фоновой службы <acronym>SSH</acronym> с помощью drakwizard sshd" +msgstr "" +"Настройка фоновой службы <acronym>SSH</acronym> с помощью drakwizard sshd" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24 @@ -4450,8 +6868,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 -msgid "Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>Эксперт</guilabel> для получения доступа ко всем настройкам или <guilabel>Начинающий</guilabel>, чтобы пропустить шаги 3-7, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите <guilabel>Эксперт</guilabel> для получения доступа ко всем " +"настройкам или <guilabel>Начинающий</guilabel>, чтобы пропустить шаги 3-7, " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 @@ -4465,8 +6888,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46 -msgid "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard <acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Настройте видимость службы и параметры административного доступа. Стандартным портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> является порт 22." +msgid "" +"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." +msgstr "" +"Настройте видимость службы и параметры административного доступа. " +"Стандартным портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> является порт 22." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 @@ -4480,8 +6907,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57 -msgid "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Укажите один из способов распознавания при подключении и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " +"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Укажите один из способов распознавания при подключении и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 @@ -4495,8 +6926,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 -msgid "Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите нужные вам возможности по ведению журнала и уровень детализации сообщений, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите нужные вам возможности по ведению журнала и уровень детализации " +"сообщений, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 @@ -4511,7 +6946,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Настройте отдельные параметры входа для учётных записей и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Настройте отдельные параметры входа для учётных записей и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 @@ -4525,8 +6962,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 -msgid "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Настройте параметры доступа пользователей, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Настройте параметры доступа пользователей, затем нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 @@ -4540,8 +6980,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101 -msgid "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите параметры перенаправления графического сервера и сжатия при передаче, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите параметры перенаправления графического сервера и сжатия при " +"передаче, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 @@ -4570,8 +7014,13 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -4590,13 +7039,27 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command <code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-lst</code> package." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете осуществить общий обзор оборудования вашего компьютера. После запуска программа выполняет автоматический поиск всех компонентов оборудования. С этой целью она использует программу <code>ldetect</code>, которая в своей работе использует список оборудования из пакета <code>ldetect-lst</code>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of " +"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job " +"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " +"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" +"lst</code> package." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете " +"осуществить общий обзор оборудования вашего компьютера. После запуска " +"программа выполняет автоматический поиск всех компонентов оборудования. С " +"этой целью она использует программу <code>ldetect</code>, которая в своей " +"работе использует список оборудования из пакета <code>ldetect-lst</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -4610,33 +7073,65 @@ msgstr "Окно разделено на две колонки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:35 -msgid "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "В левом столбце отображается список обнаруженного оборудования. Устройства группируются по категориям. Нажмите кнопку >, чтобы развернуть список категории. С помощью этого столбца можно выбрать устройство из списка." +msgid "" +"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " +"grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " +"category. Each device can be selected in this column." +msgstr "" +"В левом столбце отображается список обнаруженного оборудования. Устройства " +"группируются по категориям. Нажмите кнопку >, чтобы развернуть список " +"категории. С помощью этого столбца можно выбрать устройство из списка." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 -msgid "The right column displays information about the selected device. The <guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information about the content of the fields." -msgstr "В правом столбце будут показаны данные выбранного устройства. С помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Справка -> Описание полей</guimenu> можно получить более подробное описание отображаемых полей." +msgid "" +"The right column displays information about the selected device. The " +"<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " +"about the content of the fields." +msgstr "" +"В правом столбце будут показаны данные выбранного устройства. С помощью " +"пункта меню <guimenu>Справка -> Описание полей</guimenu> можно получить " +"более подробное описание отображаемых полей." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 -msgid "According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "Согласно выбранного типа устройства, в нижней части правой панели окна будет показано одна или две кнопки:" +msgid "" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"Согласно выбранного типа устройства, в нижней части правой панели окна будет " +"показано одна или две кнопки:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 -msgid "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Установить параметры текущего драйвера</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить параметры работы модуля системы, связанного с работой устройства. Этой кнопкой следует пользоваться только опытным пользователям." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " +"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " +"used by experts only." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Установить параметры текущего драйвера</guibutton>: с помощью " +"этой кнопки можно изменить параметры работы модуля системы, связанного с " +"работой устройства. Этой кнопкой следует пользоваться только опытным " +"пользователям." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 -msgid "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Запустить инструмент настройки</guibutton>: получить доступ к средству настройки устройства. Обычно, доступ к этому инструменту можно получить непосредственно из Центра управления Mageia." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " +"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Запустить инструмент настройки</guibutton>: получить доступ к " +"средству настройки устройства. Обычно, доступ к этому инструменту можно " +"получить непосредственно из Центра управления Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 -msgid "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "С помощью пунктов меню <guimenu>Параметры</guimenu> вы можете включить автоматическое обнаружение некоторых типов устройств:" +msgid "" +"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " +"enable automatic detection:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью пунктов меню <guimenu>Параметры</guimenu> вы можете включить " +"автоматическое обнаружение некоторых типов устройств:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -4655,8 +7150,15 @@ msgstr "Zip параллельные устройства" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:83 -msgid "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "По умолчанию такое обнаружение не выполняется, поскольку оно является достаточно длительным. Отметьте соответствующие пункты, если на вашем компьютере установлено соответствующее оборудование. Обнаружение будет выполнено при следующем запуске этой утилиты." +msgid "" +"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " +"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " +"be operational the next time this tool is started." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию такое обнаружение не выполняется, поскольку оно является " +"достаточно длительным. Отметьте соответствующие пункты, если на вашем " +"компьютере установлено соответствующее оборудование. Обнаружение будет " +"выполнено при следующем запуске этой утилиты." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -4675,13 +7177,28 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 -msgid "The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "Программа keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> поможет вам настроить базовую раскладку вашей клавиатуры в операционной системе Mageia. Результаты настройки будут использованы для всех пользователей системы. Доступ к программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Оборудование» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе: «Настроить мышь и клавиатуру»." +msgid "" +"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you " +"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. " +"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " +"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " +"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." +msgstr "" +"Программа keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> поможет вам " +"настроить базовую раскладку вашей клавиатуры в операционной системе Mageia. " +"Результаты настройки будут использованы для всех пользователей системы. " +"Доступ к программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Оборудование» из Центра " +"управления Mageia, в разделе: «Настроить мышь и клавиатуру»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -4690,8 +7207,14 @@ msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 -msgid "Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each layout should be used for." -msgstr "С помощью этого окна вы можете выбрать раскладку клавиатуры, которую следует использовать. В названиях раскладок указаны по алфавиту язык, страна и этническая принадлежность раскладки." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого окна вы можете выбрать раскладку клавиатуры, которую следует " +"использовать. В названиях раскладок указаны по алфавиту язык, страна и " +"этническая принадлежность раскладки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -4700,8 +7223,13 @@ msgstr "Тип клавиатуры" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39 -msgid "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "С помощью этого меню вы можете указать тип клавиатуры, которой пользуетесь. Если вы не уверены относительно своего выбора, лучше не менять вариант по умолчанию." +msgid "" +"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " +"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого меню вы можете указать тип клавиатуры, которой пользуетесь. " +"Если вы не уверены относительно своего выбора, лучше не менять вариант по " +"умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -4720,28 +7248,55 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 -msgid "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно также с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно также с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести " +"команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation." -msgstr "Этим модулем<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно воспользоваться с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе «Настройка локализации системы». В случае его выбора будет открыто окно, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать язык. По умолчанию будет подобран список языков, которые были выбраны во время установки системы." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the " +"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage " +"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " +"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Этим модулем<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно воспользоваться " +"с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе «Настройка " +"локализации системы». В случае его выбора будет открыто окно, с помощью " +"которого вы можете выбрать язык. По умолчанию будет подобран список языков, " +"которые были выбраны во время установки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 -msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно задействовать режим совместимости с устаревшими кодировками (не UTF-8)." +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " +"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно задействовать " +"режим совместимости с устаревшими кодировками (не UTF-8)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 -msgid "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to countries not listed." -msgstr "Во втором окне будет показан список стран, в которых может использоваться указанный язык. Доступ к спискам стран, которых нет в списке, можно получить с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Другие страны</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " +"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " +"countries not listed." +msgstr "" +"Во втором окне будет показан список стран, в которых может использоваться " +"указанный язык. Доступ к спискам стран, которых нет в списке, можно получить " +"с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Другие страны</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications." -msgstr "Чтобы внесённые вами изменения вступили в силу, вам следует выйти из вашей учётной записи в системе и снова войти в неё." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы внесённые вами изменения вступили в силу, вам следует выйти из вашей " +"учётной записи в системе и снова войти в неё." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:42 @@ -4750,18 +7305,37 @@ msgstr "Метод ввода" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:44 -msgid "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc)." -msgstr "С помощью пункта <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы также можете выбрать метод ввода (в раскрывающемся меню под списком). С помощью способов ввода можно вводить символы языков, в которых запись осуществляется не с помощью букв (китайской, японской, корейской и т.д.)." +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " +"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " +"Korean, etc)." +msgstr "" +"С помощью пункта <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы также можете выбрать " +"метод ввода (в раскрывающемся меню под списком). С помощью способов ввода " +"можно вводить символы языков, в которых запись осуществляется не с помощью " +"букв (китайской, японской, корейской и т.д.)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 -msgid "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "Для азиатских и африканских языков способом ввода по умолчанию будет выбран IBus, следовательно, потребности в настройке этого способа ввода вручную нет." +msgid "" +"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " +"users should not need to configure it manually." +msgstr "" +"Для азиатских и африканских языков способом ввода по умолчанию будет выбран " +"IBus, следовательно, потребности в настройке этого способа ввода вручную нет." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 -msgid "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME и т.п.) также предоставляют подобные функциональные возможности. Установить пакеты этих способов, если их нет в контекстном меню, можно с помощью другого модуля из Центра управления Mageia. См. <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgid "" +"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " +"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " +"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME и т.п.) также предоставляют подобные " +"функциональные возможности. Установить пакеты этих способов, если их нет в " +"контекстном меню, можно с помощью другого модуля из Центра управления " +"Mageia. См. <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -4780,13 +7354,23 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел <guilabel>Просмотр системных журналов</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел " +"<guilabel>Просмотр системных журналов</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -4795,13 +7379,45 @@ msgstr "Поиск в журналах" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 -msgid "First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "Сначала вам следует указать строку поиска в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Совпадает с</emphasis> и/или строку, <emphasis>которой не должно быть в результатах</emphasis> в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Не совпадает</emphasis>. После этого выберите файл(ы), в которых будет выполняться поиск, в поле <guilabel>Выбор файла</guilabel>. Вы также можете ограничить поиск определённым днём. Выберите его на панели <emphasis role=\"bold\">Календарь</emphasis> с помощью нажатия маленьких стрелочек с каждой стороны от полей месяца и года, после чего отметьте пункт <guibutton>Показывать только для выбранного дня</guibutton>. Наконец, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>поиск</guibutton>, чтобы просмотреть результаты в окне с названием <guilabel>Содержимое файла</guilabel>. Предусмотрена возможность сохранить результаты в файле формата txt, - для этого следует нажать кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Сохранить</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"Сначала вам следует указать строку поиска в поле <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Совпадает с</emphasis> и/или строку, <emphasis>которой не должно быть в " +"результатах</emphasis> в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Не совпадает</" +"emphasis>. После этого выберите файл(ы), в которых будет выполняться поиск, " +"в поле <guilabel>Выбор файла</guilabel>. Вы также можете ограничить поиск " +"определённым днём. Выберите его на панели <emphasis role=\"bold\">Календарь</" +"emphasis> с помощью нажатия маленьких стрелочек с каждой стороны от полей " +"месяца и года, после чего отметьте пункт <guibutton>Показывать только для " +"выбранного дня</guibutton>. Наконец, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>поиск</" +"guibutton>, чтобы просмотреть результаты в окне с названием " +"<guilabel>Содержимое файла</guilabel>. Предусмотрена возможность сохранить " +"результаты в файле формата txt, - для этого следует нажать кнопку <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Сохранить</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 -msgid "The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "В <guibutton>Журнале инструментов Mageia</guibutton> содержатся данные, записанные в журнал средствами настройки Mageia, в частности инструментами из Центра управления Mageia. Эти журналы обновляются каждый раз, когда вы меняете какие-либо настройки." +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"В <guibutton>Журнале инструментов Mageia</guibutton> содержатся данные, " +"записанные в журнал средствами настройки Mageia, в частности инструментами " +"из Центра управления Mageia. Эти журналы обновляются каждый раз, когда вы " +"меняете какие-либо настройки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -4810,13 +7426,30 @@ msgstr "Настройка оповещения по электронной по #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:45 -msgid "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured address." -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Почтовое напоминание</guibutton> можно приказать системе выполнять проверку нагрузки на систему и службы каждый час, и если это нужно, отправлять сообщения по электронной почте на указанный адрес." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " +"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " +"address." +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Почтовое напоминание</guibutton> можно приказать " +"системе выполнять проверку нагрузки на систему и службы каждый час, и если " +"это нужно, отправлять сообщения по электронной почте на указанный адрес." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 -msgid "To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Чтобы выполнить настройки этой утилиты, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Почтовое напоминание</emphasis> и выберите в следующем окне, которое будет показано, вариант <guibutton>Настроить систему почтового напоминания</guibutton>. В окне, которое будет показано после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, вы сможете указать службы, за которыми следует вести наблюдение (см. приведенный выше снимок экрана)." +msgid "" +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы выполнить настройки этой утилиты, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Почтовое напоминание</emphasis> и выберите в следующем окне, которое " +"будет показано, вариант <guibutton>Настроить систему почтового напоминания</" +"guibutton>. В окне, которое будет показано после нажатия кнопки " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, вы сможете указать службы, за которыми следует " +"вести наблюдение (см. приведенный выше снимок экрана)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -4870,13 +7503,32 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:97 -msgid "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "На следующей странице выберите значение <guilabel>Нагрузка</guilabel>, превышение которой вы считаете неприемлемым. Нагрузка определяется как уровень требовательности процесса к ресурсам компьютера, большая нагрузка замедляет работу остальной системы, а очень высокая нагрузка может свидетельствовать о том, что процесс вышел из-под контроля. По умолчанию используется значение 3. Мы рекомендуем определить значение предельной нагрузки как количество процессов, умноженное на 3." +msgid "" +"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " +"to 3 times the number of processors." +msgstr "" +"На следующей странице выберите значение <guilabel>Нагрузка</guilabel>, " +"превышение которой вы считаете неприемлемым. Нагрузка определяется как " +"уровень требовательности процесса к ресурсам компьютера, большая нагрузка " +"замедляет работу остальной системы, а очень высокая нагрузка может " +"свидетельствовать о том, что процесс вышел из-под контроля. По умолчанию " +"используется значение 3. Мы рекомендуем определить значение предельной " +"нагрузки как количество процессов, умноженное на 3." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 -msgid "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local or on the Internet)." -msgstr "С помощью последней страницы введите <guilabel>Адрес электронной почты</guilabel> лица, которое следует предупредить и <guilabel>Сервер электронной почты</guilabel>, которым следует воспользоваться (локальный или интернет-сервер)." +msgid "" +"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " +"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " +"or on the Internet)." +msgstr "" +"С помощью последней страницы введите <guilabel>Адрес электронной почты</" +"guilabel> лица, которое следует предупредить и <guilabel>Сервер электронной " +"почты</guilabel>, которым следует воспользоваться (локальный или интернет-" +"сервер)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -4890,18 +7542,34 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 -msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and used on the command line." -msgstr "Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки." +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line." +msgstr "" +"Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить " +"только из командной строки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 -msgid "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." +msgid "" +"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы " +"считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь " +"с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой " +"по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -4915,18 +7583,34 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 -msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root." -msgstr "Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки. Она выводит определённое описание оборудования в системе, если ее запускать от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " +"root." +msgstr "" +"Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить " +"только из командной строки. Она выводит определённое описание оборудования в " +"системе, если ее запускать от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 -msgid "lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake выводит список всех соединённых с компьютером устройств (USB, PCI и PCMCIA) и задействованных драйверов. Для работы программы требуются пакеты ldetect и ldetect-lst." +msgid "" +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"packages to work." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake выводит список всех соединённых с компьютером устройств (USB, PCI " +"и PCMCIA) и задействованных драйверов. Для работы программы требуются пакеты " +"ldetect и ldetect-lst." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 @@ -4935,13 +7619,20 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 -msgid "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "Если добавить параметр «-v», lspcidrake покажет данные относительно производителя и идентификации устройства." +msgid "" +"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." +msgstr "" +"Если добавить параметр «-v», lspcidrake покажет данные относительно " +"производителя и идентификации устройства." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 -msgid "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "Часто список, выведенный lspcidrake, довольно длинный, поэтому для его фильтрации приходится использовать программу grep. Примеры:" +msgid "" +"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " +"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" +msgstr "" +"Часто список, выведенный lspcidrake, довольно длинный, поэтому для его " +"фильтрации приходится использовать программу grep. Примеры:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -4970,8 +7661,12 @@ msgstr "Параметр -i предназначен для игнорирова #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:41 -msgid "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "На приведённом ниже скриншоте показана работа параметра «-v» для lspcidrake и «-i» для grep." +msgid "" +"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " +"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." +msgstr "" +"На приведённом ниже скриншоте показана работа параметра «-v» для lspcidrake " +"и «-i» для grep." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 @@ -4980,8 +7675,13 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:50 -msgid "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Предусмотрено и другое средство получения данных по оборудованию. Эта программа называется <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis>, запускать от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " +"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" +msgstr "" +"Предусмотрено и другое средство получения данных по оборудованию. Эта " +"программа называется <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis>, запускать " +"от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -5000,39 +7700,81 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Управление программами</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 -msgid "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are prompted to do so." -msgstr "Для обеспечения работоспособности MageiaUpdate следует должным образом настроить репозитории, воспользовавшись rpmdrake-edit-media и указав определённые источники пакетов для обновления. Если вы еще этого не сделали, программа попросит вас выполнить соответствующую настройку." +msgid "" +"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" +"edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " +"prompted to do so." +msgstr "" +"Для обеспечения работоспособности MageiaUpdate следует должным образом " +"настроить репозитории, воспользовавшись rpmdrake-edit-media и указав " +"определённые источники пакетов для обновления. Если вы еще этого не сделали, " +"программа попросит вас выполнить соответствующую настройку." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 -msgid "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "После запуска этого инструмента программа выполняет сканирование установленных пакетов и показывает список пакетов, обновления которых появились в репозитории дистрибутива. По умолчанию все пункты пакетов будут помечены для автоматической загруки и установки. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы начать эту процедуру." +msgid "" +"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." +msgstr "" +"После запуска этого инструмента программа выполняет сканирование " +"установленных пакетов и показывает список пакетов, обновления которых " +"появились в репозитории дистрибутива. По умолчанию все пункты пакетов будут " +"помечены для автоматической загруки и установки. Нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы начать эту процедуру." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 -msgid "By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Если вы нажмёте на пакете, в нижней части окна будут показаны дополнительные данные относительно пакета. Символ<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> перед заголовком в списке данных означает, что после нажатия этой стрелочки можно просмотреть дополнительный информационный блок." +msgid "" +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"means you can click to drop down a text." +msgstr "" +"Если вы нажмёте на пакете, в нижней части окна будут показаны дополнительные " +"данные относительно пакета. Символ<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> " +"перед заголовком в списке данных означает, что после нажатия этой стрелочки " +"можно просмотреть дополнительный информационный блок." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 -#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 -msgid "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "Когда в репозитории дистрибутива будут появляться обновления, апплет системного лотка будет предупреждать вас, показывая значок <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Наведите указатель мыши на этот значок и щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, введите свой пароль пользователя, чтобы обновить пакеты системы." +msgid "" +"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"Когда в репозитории дистрибутива будут появляться обновления, апплет " +"системного лотка будет предупреждать вас, показывая значок <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Наведите указатель мыши на этот значок и " +"щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, введите свой пароль пользователя, чтобы " +"обновить пакеты системы." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 @@ -5046,8 +7788,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:16 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам настройки загрузки системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " +"steps. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"настройки загрузки системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы " +"узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -5081,8 +7828,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам настройкаи оборудования. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " +"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"настройкаи оборудования. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать " +"больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 @@ -5091,8 +7843,12 @@ msgstr "Настройка оборудования" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Поиск и настройка оборудования</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Поиск и настройка оборудования</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 @@ -5106,8 +7862,12 @@ msgstr "Настройка графики" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Настройка эффектов трёхмерного рабочего стола</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Настройка эффектов трёхмерного " +"рабочего стола</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 @@ -5136,8 +7896,12 @@ msgstr "Настройка печати и сканирования" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Настройка принтеров, очередей печати, ...</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Настройка принтеров, " +"очередей печати, ...</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 @@ -5145,8 +7909,7 @@ msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 -#: en/mcc-network.xml:58 +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58 msgid "Others" msgstr "Другие" @@ -5162,32 +7925,54 @@ msgstr "Руководство по Центру управления Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:6 -msgid "The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "В Центре управления Mageia (MCC) предусмотрено восемь пунктов, выбрать которые можно в левой колонке окна программы. Если установлен пакет drakwizard, таких пунктов будет десять. Каждый из этих пунктов предлагает набор инструментов, которые можно выбрать в правой стороне окна программы." +msgid "" +"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to " +"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " +"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " +"selected in the big right panel." +msgstr "" +"В Центре управления Mageia (MCC) предусмотрено восемь пунктов, выбрать " +"которые можно в левой колонке окна программы. Если установлен пакет " +"drakwizard, таких пунктов будет десять. Каждый из этих пунктов предлагает " +"набор инструментов, которые можно выбрать в правой стороне окна программы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 -msgid "The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." -msgstr "Следующие десять глав посвящены этим десяти пунктам и связанными с ними инструментами." +msgid "" +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"Следующие десять глав посвящены этим десяти пунктам и связанными с ними " +"инструментами." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 -msgid "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "Последняя глава посвящена другим инструментам Mageia, которые не могут быть выбраны с помощью страниц Центра управления Mageia (MCC)." +msgid "" +"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " +"any of the MCC tabs." +msgstr "" +"Последняя глава посвящена другим инструментам Mageia, которые не могут быть " +"выбраны с помощью страниц Центра управления Mageia (MCC)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 -msgid "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool screens." -msgstr "Названия пунктов на этих страницах иногда совпадают с заголовками окон соответствующих инструментов." +msgid "" +"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " +"screens." +msgstr "" +"Названия пунктов на этих страницах иногда совпадают с заголовками окон " +"соответствующих инструментов." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 -msgid "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Кроме того, можно воспользоваться кнопкой «Поиск» этого руководства, которая находится справа от кнопки «Содержание»." +msgid "" +"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " +"the \"Search\" tab in the left column." +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, можно воспользоваться кнопкой «Поиск» этого руководства, которая " +"находится справа от кнопки «Содержание»." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 -#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Локальные диски" @@ -5198,8 +7983,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления дисками системы и предоставления общего доступа к локальным дискам. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " +"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"управления дисками системы и предоставления общего доступа к локальным " +"дискам. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -5217,8 +8007,7 @@ msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17 +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17 msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Сетевые службы" @@ -5229,8 +8018,17 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 -msgid "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Это окно и окно <emphasis>Общий доступ</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>,чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " +"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Это окно и окно <emphasis>Общий доступ</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, " +"только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих " +"окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на " +"ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>,чтобы " +"узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -5269,8 +8067,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно выбрать инструменты управления общего доступа к дискам и каталогам системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " +"directories. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно выбрать инструменты управления общего доступа " +"к дискам и каталогам системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы " +"узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 @@ -5284,8 +8087,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Доступ к общим файлам и каталогам на системах Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " +"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Доступ к общим файлам и " +"каталогам на системах Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 @@ -5324,8 +8131,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления доступа к сети. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"управления доступа к сети. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы " +"узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 @@ -5378,8 +8190,7 @@ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 -#: en/mcc-security.xml:18 +#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18 msgid "Security" msgstr "Безопасность" @@ -5390,13 +8201,22 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:16 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления защитой системы от внешнего вмешательства. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " +"link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"управления защитой системы от внешнего вмешательства. Нажмите на ссылку, " +"расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и аудита системы</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " +"permissions and audit</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Настройка безопасности, прав доступа " +"и аудита системы</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -5419,8 +8239,7 @@ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 -#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:17 +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Совместное пользование" @@ -5431,8 +8250,17 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 -msgid "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Это окно и окно <emphasis>Сетевые службы</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>,чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Это окно и окно <emphasis>Сетевые службы</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, " +"только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих " +"окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на " +"ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/" +">,чтобы узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -5456,8 +8284,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:13 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления и администрирования системой. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " +"tools. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"управления и администрирования системой. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную " +"ниже, чтобы узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 @@ -5511,8 +8344,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Управление пользователями</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Управление пользователями</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 @@ -5531,18 +8368,38 @@ msgstr "Центр управления Mageia" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии " +"с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Это руководство было создано с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Это руководство было создано с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команде документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в улучшении этого руководства." +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы " +"время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Documentation_team\">команде документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в " +"улучшении этого руководства." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -5561,18 +8418,42 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis>. Также окно этой программы открывается с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на красном значке в системном трее <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> с последующим выбором пункта <guimenu>Настройка обновлений</guimenu>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Управление программами</emphasis>. Также окно этой программы открывается " +"с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на красном значке в системном трее " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> с последующим выбором " +"пункта <guimenu>Настройка обновлений</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 -msgid "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." -msgstr "С помощью первого ползунка вы можете изменить частоту, с которой Mageia будет проверять наличие обновлений, а с помощью второго - промежуток между завершением загрузки и первой проверкой наличия обновлений. С помощью обозначения или снятия отметки с соответствующего пункта вы можете приказать системе предупреждать вас о новых выпусках Mageia." +msgid "" +"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " +"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"С помощью первого ползунка вы можете изменить частоту, с которой Mageia " +"будет проверять наличие обновлений, а с помощью второго - промежуток между " +"завершением загрузки и первой проверкой наличия обновлений. С помощью " +"обозначения или снятия отметки с соответствующего пункта вы можете приказать " +"системе предупреждать вас о новых выпусках Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -5591,23 +8472,46 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Оборудование</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 -msgid "As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Для установки Mageia, к компьютеру должен быть подключен манипулятор-мышь. Настройка этого оборудования выполняется во время установки системы. С помощью этого модуля вы сможете изменить параметры работы мыши или настроить работу с другой мышью." +msgid "" +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Для установки Mageia, к компьютеру должен быть подключен манипулятор-мышь. " +"Настройка этого оборудования выполняется во время установки системы. С " +"помощью этого модуля вы сможете изменить параметры работы мыши или настроить " +"работу с другой мышью." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 -msgid "The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Список упорядочен по модели мыши и по её типу соединения. Отметьте пункт с вашей мышью и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. В основном новейшие мыши хорошо работают, если выбран пункт «Любая мышь PS/2 или USB». Выбранный вариант мыши будет задействован немедленно." +msgid "" +"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse " +"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " +"PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " +"immediately taken into account." +msgstr "" +"Список упорядочен по модели мыши и по её типу соединения. Отметьте пункт с " +"вашей мышью и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. В основном новейшие " +"мыши хорошо работают, если выбран пункт «Любая мышь PS/2 или USB». Выбранный " +"вариант мыши будет задействован немедленно." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -5626,28 +8530,54 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 -msgid "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> - графический интерфейс к msec, с помощью которого можно настроить защиту системы следующим образом:" +msgid "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> - графический интерфейс к " +"msec, с помощью которого можно настроить защиту системы следующим образом:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 -msgid "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to make it more secure." -msgstr "Установить системное поведение; msec вносит в систему изменения с целью ее страхования." +msgid "" +"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " +"make it more secure." +msgstr "" +"Установить системное поведение; msec вносит в систему изменения с целью ее " +"страхования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 -msgid "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Выполнять периодические автоматические проверки системы с целью предупредить вас о потенциально опасных изменениях." +msgid "" +"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " +"you if something seems dangerous." +msgstr "" +"Выполнять периодические автоматические проверки системы с целью предупредить " +"вас о потенциально опасных изменениях." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 -msgid "msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your own customised security levels." -msgstr "В msec использована концепция «уровней безопасности». Уровни предназначены для настройки целого набора прав доступа в системе, за которыми будет наблюдать и принудительно изменять программа. В Mageia вам будет предложено несколько типовых уровней, но вы можете определить собственные нетипичные уровни безопасности." +msgid "" +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"В msec использована концепция «уровней безопасности». Уровни предназначены " +"для настройки целого набора прав доступа в системе, за которыми будет " +"наблюдать и принудительно изменять программа. В Mageia вам будет предложено " +"несколько типовых уровней, но вы можете определить собственные нетипичные " +"уровни безопасности." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -5661,18 +8591,27 @@ msgstr "Смотрите приведённый выше скриншот" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:49 -msgid "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "На первой вкладке будет показан список различных инструментов защиты с расположенной справа кнопкой для настройки этих инструментов:" +msgid "" +"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " +"button on the right side to configure them:" +msgstr "" +"На первой вкладке будет показан список различных инструментов защиты с " +"расположенной справа кнопкой для настройки этих инструментов:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 -msgid "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "К файерволу можно получить доступ с помощью Центра управления Mageia - страница «Безопасность», пункт «Настройка персонального файервола»." +msgid "" +"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" +msgstr "" +"К файерволу можно получить доступ с помощью Центра управления Mageia - " +"страница «Безопасность», пункт «Настройка персонального файервола»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Доступ к обновлениям можно получить в Центре управления Mageia - страница «Управление программами», пункт «Обновление системы»." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к обновлениям можно получить в Центре управления Mageia - страница " +"«Управление программами», пункт «Обновление системы»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 @@ -5691,8 +8630,12 @@ msgstr "настроен базовый уровень безопасности" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 -msgid "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "даты последних периодических проверок, кнопки просмотра подробного отчёта и кнопки для немедленного выполнения проверки." +msgid "" +"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " +"and another button to execute the checks just now." +msgstr "" +"даты последних периодических проверок, кнопки просмотра подробного отчёта и " +"кнопки для немедленного выполнения проверки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -5701,8 +8644,12 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Параметры безопасности»" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 -msgid "A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." -msgstr "Нажав левой кнопкой мыши на второй вкладке или кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, будет показана страница, подобная приведённой на снимке ниже." +msgid "" +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"Нажав левой кнопкой мыши на второй вкладке или кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</" +"guibutton>, будет показана страница, подобная приведённой на снимке ниже." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 @@ -5721,43 +8668,123 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Уровни безопасности:</emp #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 -msgid "After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The following levels are available:" -msgstr "После выбора пункта <guilabel>Включить инструмент MSEC</guilabel>, с помощью этой вкладки вы можете двойным щелчком кнопки мыши выбрать уровень безопасности. Если этот пункт не будет отмечен, правила обеспечения безопасности не будут применяться. По умолчанию можно воспользоваться такими уровнями безопасности:" +msgid "" +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"following levels are available:" +msgstr "" +"После выбора пункта <guilabel>Включить инструмент MSEC</guilabel>, с помощью " +"этой вкладки вы можете двойным щелчком кнопки мыши выбрать уровень " +"безопасности. Если этот пункт не будет отмечен, правила обеспечения " +"безопасности не будут применяться. По умолчанию можно воспользоваться такими " +"уровнями безопасности:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 -msgid "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. Этот уровень предназначен для ситуаций, когда вы не хотите, чтобы msec руководил безопасностью системы, и хотите настроить средства защиты самостоятельно. Если будет выбран этот уровень, все проверки безопасности будут отключены, программа не будет применять никаких ограничений на настройки и параметры системы. Пожалуйста, пользуйтесь этим уровнем только если полностью осознаёте последствия, поскольку его использование оставит вашу систему уязвимой к нападениям злоумышленников." +msgid "" +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"vulnerable to attack." +msgstr "" +"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. Этот уровень предназначен " +"для ситуаций, когда вы не хотите, чтобы msec руководил безопасностью " +"системы, и хотите настроить средства защиты самостоятельно. Если будет " +"выбран этот уровень, все проверки безопасности будут отключены, программа не " +"будет применять никаких ограничений на настройки и параметры системы. " +"Пожалуйста, пользуйтесь этим уровнем только если полностью осознаёте " +"последствия, поскольку его использование оставит вашу систему уязвимой к " +"нападениям злоумышленников." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 -msgid "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec versions)." -msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">стандартный</emphasis>. Этот уровень является дефолтным после установки, он предназначен для обычных пользователей. Права доступа в системе будут несколько ограничены, будут выполняться ежедневные проверки защиты для выявления изменений в системных файлах, учётных записях и уязвимостей в правах доступа к каталогам (этот уровень подобен уровням 2 и 3 в старых версиях msec)." +msgid "" +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default " +"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It " +"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which " +"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " +"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " +"versions)." +msgstr "" +"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">стандартный</emphasis>. Этот уровень " +"является дефолтным после установки, он предназначен для обычных " +"пользователей. Права доступа в системе будут несколько ограничены, будут " +"выполняться ежедневные проверки защиты для выявления изменений в системных " +"файлах, учётных записях и уязвимостей в правах доступа к каталогам (этот " +"уровень подобен уровням 2 и 3 в старых версиях msec)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 -msgid "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">безопасный</emphasis>. Этот уровень будет полезным, если вам нужна защищённая система с определённой свободой в действиях. Права доступа в системе ограничены, выполняются периодические проверки. Кроме того, будет ограничен доступ к системе (этот уровень подобен уровням 4 (высокий) и 5 (параноидальный) в старых версиях msec)." +msgid "" +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">безопасный</emphasis>. Этот уровень будет " +"полезным, если вам нужна защищённая система с определённой свободой в " +"действиях. Права доступа в системе ограничены, выполняются периодические " +"проверки. Кроме того, будет ограничен доступ к системе (этот уровень подобен " +"уровням 4 (высокий) и 5 (параноидальный) в старых версиях msec)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 -msgid "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "Кроме этих уровней, предусмотрены различные ориентированные на задачи наборы настроек защиты, в частности уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">файловый сервер </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">веб-сервер</emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">нетбук</emphasis>. Если вы воспользуетесь этими уровнями, то защита системы будет предварительно настроена на выполнение большинства типовых задач." +msgid "" +"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"Кроме этих уровней, предусмотрены различные ориентированные на задачи наборы " +"настроек защиты, в частности уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">файловый сервер " +"</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">веб-сервер</emphasis> и <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">нетбук</emphasis>. Если вы воспользуетесь этими уровнями, то защита " +"системы будет предварительно настроена на выполнение большинства типовых " +"задач." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 -msgid "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "Последние два уровня называются <emphasis role=\"bold\">ежедневные проверки </emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">еженедельные проверки</emphasis>. На самом деле, это не совсем уровни безопасности, скорее инструменты, предназначенные только для выполнения периодических проверок." +msgid "" +"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " +"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " +"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." +msgstr "" +"Последние два уровня называются <emphasis role=\"bold\">ежедневные проверки " +"</emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">еженедельные проверки</emphasis>. На " +"самом деле, это не совсем уровни безопасности, скорее инструменты, " +"предназначенные только для выполнения периодических проверок." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 -msgid "These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Записи этих уровней хранятся в файлах <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<Название уровня></filename>. Вы можете определить собственные нетипичные уровни безопасности и сохранить их в специфических файлах с названиями <filename>level.<Название уровня></filename>, которые будут храниться в папке <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Создание уровней является прерогативой опытных пользователей, которым требуется гибкая система настроек и защищённая система." +msgid "" +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Записи этих уровней хранятся в файлах <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<" +"Название уровня></filename>. Вы можете определить собственные нетипичные " +"уровни безопасности и сохранить их в специфических файлах с названиями " +"<filename>level.<Название уровня></filename>, которые будут храниться " +"в папке <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Создание уровней является " +"прерогативой опытных пользователей, которым требуется гибкая система " +"настроек и защищённая система." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 -msgid "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default level settings." -msgstr "Помните, что изменённые пользователем параметры превосходят дефолтные параметры уровня." +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " +"level settings." +msgstr "" +"Помните, что изменённые пользователем параметры превосходят дефолтные " +"параметры уровня." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -5766,13 +8793,39 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Уведомления безопаснос #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 -msgid "If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to enable it." -msgstr "Если вы выбрали пункт <guibutton>Присылать уведомления безопасности по электронной почте по адресу:</guibutton>, то отчёты по безопасности , созданные msec, будут отправляться по локальной электронной почте администратору безопасности , указанному в соседнем поле. Вы можете либо указать имя учётной записи локального пользователя , либо указать адрес электронной почты полностью (чтобы это сработало, необходимо настроить локальные средства работы с электронной почтой и средства управления ею соответствующим образом). Наконец, вы можете получать уведомления по безопасности непосредственно с помощью рабочего стола . Просто отметьте соответствующий пункт, чтобы включить эти уведомления." +msgid "" +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " +"enable it." +msgstr "" +"Если вы выбрали пункт <guibutton>Присылать уведомления безопасности по " +"электронной почте по адресу:</guibutton>, то отчёты по безопасности , " +"созданные msec, будут отправляться по локальной электронной почте " +"администратору безопасности , указанному в соседнем поле. Вы можете либо " +"указать имя учётной записи локального пользователя , либо указать адрес " +"электронной почты полностью (чтобы это сработало, необходимо настроить " +"локальные средства работы с электронной почтой и средства управления ею " +"соответствующим образом). Наконец, вы можете получать уведомления по " +"безопасности непосредственно с помощью рабочего стола . Просто отметьте " +"соответствующий пункт, чтобы включить эти уведомления." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 -msgid "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "Настоятельно рекомендуем вам включить оповещения о безопасности для администратора безопасности, чтобы немедленно получать информацию о возможных проблемах с безопасностью. Если вы этого не сделаете, администратору придётся регулярно знакомиться с файлами журнала, хранящимися в каталоге <filename>/var/log/security</filename>." +msgid "" +"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Настоятельно рекомендуем вам включить оповещения о безопасности для " +"администратора безопасности, чтобы немедленно получать информацию о " +"возможных проблемах с безопасностью. Если вы этого не сделаете, " +"администратору придётся регулярно знакомиться с файлами журнала, хранящимися " +"в каталоге <filename>/var/log/security</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -5781,8 +8834,20 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Опции безопасности:</empha #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:190 -msgid "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the options." -msgstr "Создание нетипичного уровня безопасности не является единственным способом настройки защиты компьютера. Вы также можете воспользоваться вкладками для изменения любого из нужных вам параметров. Текущие настройки msec хранятся в файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. В этом файле содержатся данные о названии текущего уровня безопасности и список изменений, которые были внесены в его параметры." +msgid "" +"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Создание нетипичного уровня безопасности не является единственным способом " +"настройки защиты компьютера. Вы также можете воспользоваться вкладками для " +"изменения любого из нужных вам параметров. Текущие настройки msec хранятся в " +"файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. В этом файле " +"содержатся данные о названии текущего уровня безопасности и список " +"изменений, которые были внесены в его параметры." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -5791,8 +8856,13 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Безопасность системы»" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:201 -msgid "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side column." -msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты в левом столбце, их описания в центральном столбце и текущие значения в правом столбце." +msgid "" +"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты в левом столбце, их " +"описания в центральном столбце и текущие значения в правом столбце." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 @@ -5801,8 +8871,18 @@ msgstr "msecgui3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:211 -msgid "To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice." -msgstr "Чтобы изменить параметр, дважды щёлкните на соответствующем пункте. В ответ будет открыто новое окно (см. приведённый ниже снимок). В окне будет показано название параметра, краткое описание, текущее и дефолтное значение, а также выпадающий список, с помощью которого можно выбрать это значение. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>, чтобы сделать ваш выбор." +msgid "" +"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see " +"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the " +"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " +"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить параметр, дважды щёлкните на соответствующем пункте. В ответ " +"будет открыто новое окно (см. приведённый ниже снимок). В окне будет " +"показано название параметра, краткое описание, текущее и дефолтное значение, " +"а также выпадающий список, с помощью которого можно выбрать это значение. " +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>, чтобы сделать ваш выбор." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 @@ -5811,8 +8891,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui11.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:224 -msgid "Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Не забудьте перед завершением работы msecgui сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены." +msgid "" +"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration " +"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " +"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " +"saving them." +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте перед завершением работы msecgui сохранить ваши настройки с " +"помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если " +"вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам " +"возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут " +"сохранены." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 @@ -5826,8 +8915,11 @@ msgstr "Безопасность сети" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:240 -msgid "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты работы в сети. Она работает подобно работе предыдущей вкладки." +msgid "" +"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" +msgstr "" +"На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты работы в сети. Она " +"работает подобно работе предыдущей вкладки." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 @@ -5841,13 +8933,25 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Периодические проверки»" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:253 -msgid "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Периодические проверки предназначены для информирования администратора безопасности с помощью уведомлений по всем проблемам, которые msec считает потенциально опасными." +msgid "" +"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " +"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." +msgstr "" +"Периодические проверки предназначены для информирования администратора " +"безопасности с помощью уведомлений по всем проблемам, которые msec считает " +"потенциально опасными." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 -msgid "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все выполненные msec периодические проверки и их частота, если установлен флажок <guibutton>Включить периодические проверки безопасности</guibutton>. Изменения можно вносить аналогично внесению изменений на предыдущих вкладках." +msgid "" +"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " +"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " +"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." +msgstr "" +"На этой вкладке отображаются все выполненные msec периодические проверки и " +"их частота, если установлен флажок <guibutton>Включить периодические " +"проверки безопасности</guibutton>. Изменения можно вносить аналогично " +"внесению изменений на предыдущих вкладках." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 @@ -5861,8 +8965,19 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Исключения»" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:272 -msgid "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "Иногда оповещения создаются по хорошо известным и безопасным «проблемам». В таких случаях оповещения являются лишними и только тратят время администратора. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете создать любое количество исключений для устранения лишних уведомлений. При первом запуске msec список на этой вкладке, конечно же, будет пустым. На следующем снимке показаны исключения." +msgid "" +"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"below shows four exceptions." +msgstr "" +"Иногда оповещения создаются по хорошо известным и безопасным «проблемам». В " +"таких случаях оповещения являются лишними и только тратят время " +"администратора. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете создать любое количество " +"исключений для устранения лишних уведомлений. При первом запуске msec список " +"на этой вкладке, конечно же, будет пустым. На следующем снимке показаны " +"исключения." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 @@ -5871,8 +8986,11 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 -msgid "To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" -msgstr "Чтобы создать запись исключения, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать запись исключения, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 @@ -5881,8 +8999,20 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:293 -msgid "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called <guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "Выберите желаемые периодические проверки с помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Проверка</guilabel>, введите <guilabel>Исключение</guilabel> в соответствующее поле. Конечно же, добавление исключения не является окончательным. Вы можете либо удалить его с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton> на вкладке <guilabel>Исключения</guilabel>, или изменить созданную запись исключения двойным щелчком левой кнопкой мыши на соответствующем пункте." +msgid "" +"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"Выберите желаемые периодические проверки с помощью выпадающего списка " +"<guilabel>Проверка</guilabel>, введите <guilabel>Исключение</guilabel> в " +"соответствующее поле. Конечно же, добавление исключения не является " +"окончательным. Вы можете либо удалить его с помощью нажатия кнопки " +"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton> на вкладке <guilabel>Исключения</guilabel>, " +"или изменить созданную запись исключения двойным щелчком левой кнопкой мыши " +"на соответствующем пункте." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -5891,13 +9021,38 @@ msgstr "Права доступа" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:304 -msgid "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and enforcement." -msgstr "Эту вкладка предназначена для настройки проверок прав доступа к файлам и каталогам и принудительного установления соответствующих прав." +msgid "" +"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " +"enforcement." +msgstr "" +"Эту вкладка предназначена для настройки проверок прав доступа к файлам и " +"каталогам и принудительного установления соответствующих прав." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 -msgid "Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into specific files called <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> placed into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Подобно уровням защиты, в msec предусмотрены различные уровни прав доступа (стандартный, безопасный, ..), которые включаются в соответствии с заданным уровнем безопасности . Вы можете создавать собственные нетипичные уровни прав доступа, сохранять их в соответствующих файлах с названиями <filename>perm.<Название уровня></filename>в каталог <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Конечно же , этим стоит пользоваться имея определенный опыт и причину для создания нетипичного уровня. Кроме того, можно воспользоваться вкладкой окна настроек для внесения изменений в уже созданные права доступа. Текущие настройки сохраняются в файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Этот файл содержит список изменений, которые были внесены для прав доступа." +msgid "" +"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, " +"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. " +"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into " +"specific files called <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> placed into " +"the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " +"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Подобно уровням защиты, в msec предусмотрены различные уровни прав доступа " +"(стандартный, безопасный, ..), которые включаются в соответствии с заданным " +"уровнем безопасности . Вы можете создавать собственные нетипичные уровни " +"прав доступа, сохранять их в соответствующих файлах с названиями " +"<filename>perm.<Название уровня></filename>в каталог <filename>etc/" +"security/msec/</filename>. Конечно же , этим стоит пользоваться имея " +"определенный опыт и причину для создания нетипичного уровня. Кроме того, " +"можно воспользоваться вкладкой окна настроек для внесения изменений в уже " +"созданные права доступа. Текущие настройки сохраняются в файле <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Этот файл содержит список " +"изменений, которые были внесены для прав доступа." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 @@ -5906,28 +9061,61 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:321 -msgid "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a given rule:" -msgstr "Типичные права доступа отображаются в виде списка правил (одно правило на строку). В левом столбце показаны файл или папка, которых касаются правила, в следующем столбце показан владелец, дальше группа, а затем столбик прав доступа, предоставляемый этим. Если для предоставленного правила:" +msgid "" +"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"Типичные права доступа отображаются в виде списка правил (одно правило на " +"строку). В левом столбце показаны файл или папка, которых касаются правила, " +"в следующем столбце показан владелец, дальше группа, а затем столбик прав " +"доступа, предоставляемый этим. Если для предоставленного правила:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 -msgid "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> не обозначен, msec выполняет только проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и посылает текстовые оповещения, если они не выполнятся, но никакие изменения не вносятся." +msgid "" +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"if not, but does not change anything." +msgstr "" +"пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> не обозначен, msec выполняет только " +"проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и " +"посылает текстовые оповещения, если они не выполнятся, но никакие изменения " +"не вносятся." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 -msgid "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the permissions." -msgstr "пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> обозначен, msec выполняет проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и исправляет права доступа." +msgid "" +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " +"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " +"permissions." +msgstr "" +"пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> обозначен, msec выполняет проверку: " +"выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и исправляет " +"права доступа." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 -msgid "For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Для того, чтобы это сработало, следует соответствующим образом настроить параметр CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы это сработало, следует соответствующим образом настроить " +"параметр CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические " +"проверки»</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 -msgid "To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Чтобы создать новое правило, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</guibutton> и заполните поля так, как это показано в следующем примере. В поле <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можно использовать заменитель *. \"Текущий\" означает \"не вносить изменения\"." +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать новое правило, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</" +"guibutton> и заполните поля так, как это показано в следующем примере. В " +"поле <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можно использовать заменитель *. \"Текущий\" " +"означает \"не вносить изменения\"." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 @@ -5936,23 +9124,65 @@ msgstr "msecgui9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:348 -msgid "Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton> для подтверждения, и не забудьте перед закрытием окна сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены." +msgid "" +"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do " +"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " +"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " +"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton> для подтверждения, и не забудьте " +"перед закрытием окна сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню " +"<guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены " +"изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть " +"список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 -msgid "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Кроме того, можно создавать или вносить изменения в правила с помощью редактирования файла настроек <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " +"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, можно создавать или вносить изменения в правила с помощью " +"редактирования файла настроек <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</" +"filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 -msgid "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "Изменения на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> (или непосредственно с помощью файла настроек) учитываются при выполнении первой же периодической проверки (см. пункт CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>). Если вы хотите, чтобы изменения были применены немедленно, то воспользуйтесь командой msecperms в консоли. Команду следует вводить от имени пользователя root. Чтобы ознакомиться со списком прав доступа, которые будут изменены программой msecperms, воспользуйтесь командой msecperms -p." +msgid "" +"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " +"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"Изменения на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> (или " +"непосредственно с помощью файла настроек) учитываются при выполнении первой " +"же периодической проверки (см. пункт CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>). Если вы хотите, чтобы " +"изменения были применены немедленно, то воспользуйтесь командой msecperms в " +"консоли. Команду следует вводить от имени пользователя root. Чтобы " +"ознакомиться со списком прав доступа, которые будут изменены программой " +"msecperms, воспользуйтесь командой msecperms -p." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 -msgid "Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "Не забывайте, что если вы внесёте изменения в условиях доступа к определенному файлу с помощью консольной команды или программы для управления файлами, и пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> для этого файла будет обозначен, то msecgui через некоторое время вернёт предыдущие права доступа, в соответствии с настройками параметров CHECK_PERMS и CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки» </emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file " +"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked " +"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will " +"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " +"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Не забывайте, что если вы внесёте изменения в условиях доступа к " +"определенному файлу с помощью консольной команды или программы для " +"управления файлами, и пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> на <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> для этого файла будет " +"обозначен, то msecgui через некоторое время вернёт предыдущие права доступа, " +"в соответствии с настройками параметров CHECK_PERMS и CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки» </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -5961,8 +9191,14 @@ msgstr "Другие инструменты Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 -msgid "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the next pages." -msgstr "В Mageia предусмотрено больше инструментов, чем перечень инструментов из Центра управления Mageia. Нажмите ссылку внизу, чтобы узнать больше или продолжите чтение последующих страниц руководства." +msgid "" +"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"В Mageia предусмотрено больше инструментов, чем перечень инструментов из " +"Центра управления Mageia. Нажмите ссылку внизу, чтобы узнать больше или " +"продолжите чтение последующих страниц руководства." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -6011,18 +9247,50 @@ msgstr "Введение в rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names included in the packages." -msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, также известного под названием drakrpm, можно устанавливать, удалять и обновлять пакеты с программным обеспечением. Программа является графическим интерфейсом к URPMI. Во время каждого запуска она будет проверять списки пакетов в интернете (которые называются «источниками» пакетов), полученные непосредственно с официальных серверов Mageia и будет показывать список самых свежих пакетов с программным обеспечением для вашей системы. Система фильтрации предоставляет вам возможность просматривать списки пакетов только определенного типа: вы можете просмотреть список установленных пакетов (фильтрация по умолчанию) или только доступные обновления. Также можно ознакомиться со списком неустановленных пакетов. Вы можете найти пакет по названию или слову в резюме описания пакета, а также по названиям файлов, которые являются частью пакета." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, " +"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the " +"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online " +"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official " +"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages " +"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only " +"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " +"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " +"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, также " +"известного под названием drakrpm, можно устанавливать, удалять и обновлять " +"пакеты с программным обеспечением. Программа является графическим " +"интерфейсом к URPMI. Во время каждого запуска она будет проверять списки " +"пакетов в интернете (которые называются «источниками» пакетов), полученные " +"непосредственно с официальных серверов Mageia и будет показывать список " +"самых свежих пакетов с программным обеспечением для вашей системы. Система " +"фильтрации предоставляет вам возможность просматривать списки пакетов только " +"определенного типа: вы можете просмотреть список установленных пакетов " +"(фильтрация по умолчанию) или только доступные обновления. Также можно " +"ознакомиться со списком неустановленных пакетов. Вы можете найти пакет по " +"названию или слову в резюме описания пакета, а также по названиям файлов, " +"которые являются частью пакета." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 -msgid "To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Для надлежащей работы rpmdrake следует настроить параметры репозиториев с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +msgid "" +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Для надлежащей работы rpmdrake следует настроить параметры репозиториев с " +"помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 @@ -6031,13 +9299,33 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 -msgid "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "При установке настроенным репозиторием является носитель, с которого происходит установка, например DVD или компакт-диск. Если вы ничего не будете менять, то rpmdrake будет просить вас вставить носитель каждый раз, когда вам нужно будет установить пакет с помощью такого контекстного окна: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Если приведённое выше сообщение раздражает вас и у вас есть хорошие условия соединения с интернетом без ограничений по получению данных, стоит изъять запись начального носителя и заменить его репозиториями в сети с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +msgid "" +"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " +"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " +"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " +"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"При установке настроенным репозиторием является носитель, с которого " +"происходит установка, например DVD или компакт-диск. Если вы ничего не " +"будете менять, то rpmdrake будет просить вас вставить носитель каждый раз, " +"когда вам нужно будет установить пакет с помощью такого контекстного окна: " +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Если приведённое выше " +"сообщение раздражает вас и у вас есть хорошие условия соединения с " +"интернетом без ограничений по получению данных, стоит изъять запись " +"начального носителя и заменить его репозиториями в сети с помощью <xref " +"linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "Кроме того, репозитории в сети всегда содержат свежие пакеты, широкий их диапазон и предоставляют возможность обновлять уже установленные пакеты." +msgid "" +"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " +"packages, and allow to update your installed packages." +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, репозитории в сети всегда содержат свежие пакеты, широкий их " +"диапазон и предоставляют возможность обновлять уже установленные пакеты." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 @@ -6056,23 +9344,54 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по типу пакета: #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:69 -msgid "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical interface. You can display either all the packages and all their dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Этот фильтр позволяет сузить список пакетов до определенного типа. Во время первого запуска программы для управления пакетами в списке будут только программы с графическим интерфейсом. Вы можете предписать программе отображать все пакеты и все зависимости этих пакетов вместе с библиотеками или предписать показывать только группы пакетов (цельные программные комплексы), только обновления или только пакеты из более новых версий Mageia." +msgid "" +"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " +"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " +"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Этот фильтр позволяет сузить список пакетов до определенного типа. Во время " +"первого запуска программы для управления пакетами в списке будут только " +"программы с графическим интерфейсом. Вы можете предписать программе " +"отображать все пакеты и все зависимости этих пакетов вместе с библиотеками " +"или предписать показывать только группы пакетов (цельные программные " +"комплексы), только обновления или только пакеты из более новых версий Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 -msgid "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "Режим фильтрации по умолчанию предназначен для пользователей, не имеющих значительного опыта использования Linux или Mageia, то есть для тех, кому не нужны программы, которые руководствуются командной строкой, программы для специалистов. Поскольку вы читаете это руководство, вы очевидно заинтересованы в расширении ваших знаний по Mageia, следовательно, лучше выбрать вариант «Все»." +msgid "" +"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"Режим фильтрации по умолчанию предназначен для пользователей, не имеющих " +"значительного опыта использования Linux или Mageia, то есть для тех, кому не " +"нужны программы, которые руководствуются командной строкой, программы для " +"специалистов. Поскольку вы читаете это руководство, вы очевидно " +"заинтересованы в расширении ваших знаний по Mageia, следовательно, лучше " +"выбрать вариант «Все»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по состоянию пакета:</emphasis> </firstterm>" +msgid "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по состоянию пакета:</" +"emphasis> </firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 -msgid "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and not installed." -msgstr "При помощи этого фильтра вы можете приказать программе показывать только установленные пакеты, пакеты которые еще не установлены или все пакеты, установленные и неустановленные." +msgid "" +"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " +"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " +"not installed." +msgstr "" +"При помощи этого фильтра вы можете приказать программе показывать только " +"установленные пакеты, пакеты которые еще не установлены или все пакеты, " +"установленные и неустановленные." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -6081,8 +9400,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим поиска:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:97 -msgid "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their summaries, through their complete description or through the files included in the packages." -msgstr "Нажмите этот значок, чтобы выбрать данные, в которых будет выполняться поиск: названия пакетов, резюме, полные описания или списки файлов, содержащихся в пакетах." +msgid "" +"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " +"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " +"in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите этот значок, чтобы выбрать данные, в которых будет выполняться " +"поиск: названия пакетов, резюме, полные описания или списки файлов, " +"содержащихся в пакетах." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -6091,8 +9416,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Поле «Найти»:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:105 -msgid "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and \"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "В этом поле можно указать одно или несколько ключевых слов. Если для поиска вы хотите использовать несколько ключевых слов, отделите их символом «|». Например, если вы хотите найти пакеты для mplayer или xine, укажите: «mplayer | xine» (без кавычек)." +msgid "" +"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " +"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " +"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" +"В этом поле можно указать одно или несколько ключевых слов. Если для поиска " +"вы хотите использовать несколько ключевых слов, отделите их символом «|». " +"Например, если вы хотите найти пакеты для mplayer или xine, укажите: " +"«mplayer | xine» (без кавычек)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -6101,7 +9433,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Стереть все:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:113 -msgid "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" box ." +msgid "" +"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " +"box ." msgstr "Нажав на этот значок, можно удалить все ключевые слова в поле «Найти»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6111,8 +9445,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Список категорий:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 -msgid "This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and sub categories." -msgstr "На этой панели приведён список всех программ и пакетов, распределённых по категориям и подкатегориям." +msgid "" +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"На этой панели приведён список всех программ и пакетов, распределённых по " +"категориям и подкатегориям." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -6121,8 +9459,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Панель описания:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 -msgid "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Эта панель отображает имя пакета, его краткое и полное описание. Здесь много полезных данных о выбранном пакете, а также точные данные относительно пакета, включенных в него файлов и список изменений, созданный сопровождающим пакета." +msgid "" +"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." +msgstr "" +"Эта панель отображает имя пакета, его краткое и полное описание. Здесь много " +"полезных данных о выбранном пакете, а также точные данные относительно " +"пакета, включенных в него файлов и список изменений, созданный " +"сопровождающим пакета." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -6131,8 +9477,22 @@ msgstr "Столбец состояния" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:139 -msgid "Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "После определения параметров фильтрации вы сможете искать программное обеспечение либо по категориям (в области 6 на рисунке), либо по названию/резюме/описанию в области 4. Список пакетов, которые соответствуют вашему запросу на указанных вами носителях пакетов, будет показан с пометками состояния установлено/не установлено/обновление. Чтобы изменить это положение, просто отметьте или снимите отметку с пункта перед названием пакета в списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by " +"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A " +"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " +"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " +"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"После определения параметров фильтрации вы сможете искать программное " +"обеспечение либо по категориям (в области 6 на рисунке), либо по названию/" +"резюме/описанию в области 4. Список пакетов, которые соответствуют вашему " +"запросу на указанных вами носителях пакетов, будет показан с пометками " +"состояния установлено/не установлено/обновление. Чтобы изменить это " +"положение, просто отметьте или снимите отметку с пункта перед названием " +"пакета в списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 @@ -6206,13 +9566,27 @@ msgstr "Примеры на приведенном скриншоте:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:219 -msgid "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Если снять отметку с пункта digikam (зелёная стрелка вниз означает, что пакет установлен), значок состояния станет красным с изображением стрелки вверх. Пакет будет удален сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " +"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " +"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Если снять отметку с пункта digikam (зелёная стрелка вниз означает, что " +"пакет установлен), значок состояния станет красным с изображением стрелки " +"вверх. Пакет будет удален сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 -msgid "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Если отметить пункт qdigidoc (пакет не установлен, как видно из колонки статуса), в колонке статуса появится оранжевая пиктограмма состояния со стрелкой вниз. Пакет будет установлен сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " +"with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " +"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Если отметить пункт qdigidoc (пакет не установлен, как видно из колонки " +"статуса), в колонке статуса появится оранжевая пиктограмма состояния со " +"стрелкой вниз. Пакет будет установлен сразу после нажатия кнопки " +"<guibutton>Применить</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 @@ -6226,8 +9600,25 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 -msgid "Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a button to get more information and another button to choose which package to install." -msgstr "Для правильной работы некоторых пакетов придётся установить другие пакеты, которые называют зависимостями. Эти пакеты содержат библиотеки или дополнительные инструменты. Если вам попадётся такой пакет, rpmdrake покажет информационное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете согласиться с установкой зависимостей, отменить установку или получить дополнительные данные (см. выше). Также вы сможете выбрать нужный вам пакет, если зависимости можно удовлетворить в несколько способов, то rpmdrake просто покажет вам окно со списком вариантов удовлетворения зависимостей и кнопками получения дополнительных данных и выбора пакета, который следует установить." +msgid "" +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " +"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " +"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " +"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Для правильной работы некоторых пакетов придётся установить другие пакеты, " +"которые называют зависимостями. Эти пакеты содержат библиотеки или " +"дополнительные инструменты. Если вам попадётся такой пакет, rpmdrake покажет " +"информационное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете согласиться с установкой " +"зависимостей, отменить установку или получить дополнительные данные (см. " +"выше). Также вы сможете выбрать нужный вам пакет, если зависимости можно " +"удовлетворить в несколько способов, то rpmdrake просто покажет вам окно со " +"списком вариантов удовлетворения зависимостей и кнопками получения " +"дополнительных данных и выбора пакета, который следует установить." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -6246,23 +9637,44 @@ msgstr "Установка" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:22 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 -msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "С помощью этого модуля <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете настроить сканер или многофункциональное устройство, в котором предусмотрена возможность сканирования. Кроме того, с помощью модуля можно предоставить в совместное использование устройства, соединённые с вашим компьютером в пределах локальной сети или получить доступ к сканерам, соединённых с удаленными компьютерами." +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " +"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " +"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " +"remote computer or to access remote scanners." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого модуля <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"настроить сканер или многофункциональное устройство, в котором предусмотрена " +"возможность сканирования. Кроме того, с помощью модуля можно предоставить в " +"совместное использование устройства, соединённые с вашим компьютером в " +"пределах локальной сети или получить доступ к сканерам, соединённых с " +"удаленными компьютерами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 -msgid "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following message:" -msgstr "После первого запуска этой программы вы можете увидеть такое сообщение:" +msgid "" +"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " +"message:" +msgstr "" +"После первого запуска этой программы вы можете увидеть такое сообщение:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 -msgid "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Для использования сканера должны быть установлены пакеты SANE.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Для использования сканера должны быть установлены пакеты SANE.</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -6271,8 +9683,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Вы хотите установить пакеты SANE?</emp #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:38 -msgid "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Да</emphasis>, чтобы установить нужные пакеты. Если этого еще не было сделано ранее, будут установлены пакеты <code>scanner-gui</code> и <code>task-scanning</code>." +msgid "" +"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" +"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Да</emphasis>, чтобы установить нужные пакеты. Если " +"этого еще не было сделано ранее, будут установлены пакеты <code>scanner-gui</" +"code> и <code>task-scanning</code>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 @@ -6281,23 +9698,49 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:50 -msgid "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Если сканер был идентифицирован правильно, то в окне, отображённом на скриншоте выше, вы увидите имя вашего сканера, сканер готов к работе, например, в <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>, <emphasis>Skanlite</emphasis> или <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " +"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " +"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Если сканер был идентифицирован правильно, то в окне, отображённом на " +"скриншоте выше, вы увидите имя вашего сканера, сканер готов к работе, " +"например, в <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>, <emphasis>Skanlite</emphasis> или " +"<emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 -msgid "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "Итак, после этого вы можете настроить <emphasis>совместное использование сканера</emphasis>. Соответствующие сведения см. в разделе <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgid "" +"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Итак, после этого вы можете настроить <emphasis>совместное использование " +"сканера</emphasis>. Соответствующие сведения см. в разделе <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 -msgid "However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "Впрочем, если программе не удалось должным образом идентифицировать ваш сканер, проверка кабеля и электропитания показала, что все работает, а после нажатия кнопки <emphasis>Искать новые сканеры</emphasis> сканеров не было найдено, вам придётся нажать кнопку <emphasis>Добавить сканер вручную</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its " +"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " +"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " +"scanner manually</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Впрочем, если программе не удалось должным образом идентифицировать ваш " +"сканер, проверка кабеля и электропитания показала, что все работает, а после " +"нажатия кнопки <emphasis>Искать новые сканеры</emphasis> сканеров не было " +"найдено, вам придётся нажать кнопку <emphasis>Добавить сканер вручную</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 -msgid "Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Выберите производителя сканеров в списке, а затем выберите марку сканера и нажмите кнопку <emphasis>OK</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Выберите производителя сканеров в списке, а затем выберите марку сканера и " +"нажмите кнопку <emphasis>OK</emphasis>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 @@ -6306,13 +9749,25 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 -msgid "If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Если вашего сканера в списке нет, то нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Отменить</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Если вашего сканера в списке нет, то нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Отменить</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 -msgid "Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Пожалуйста, проверьте, предусмотрена ли поддержка вашего сканера с помощью страницы <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">Поддерживаемые сканеры SANE</link> и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>." +msgid "" +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Пожалуйста, проверьте, предусмотрена ли поддержка вашего сканера с помощью " +"страницы <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs." +"html\">Поддерживаемые сканеры SANE</link> и попросите о помощи на <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 @@ -6326,23 +9781,43 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 -msgid "You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Вы можете оставить вариант по умолчанию, <emphasis>Автоматически определять доступные порты</emphasis>, если ваш сканер подключен к компьютеру не с помощью параллельного порта. Если сканер все же соединён с помощью параллельного порта, выберите <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (если сканер только один)." +msgid "" +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете оставить вариант по умолчанию, <emphasis>Автоматически определять " +"доступные порты</emphasis>, если ваш сканер подключен к компьютеру не с " +"помощью параллельного порта. Если сканер все же соединён с помощью " +"параллельного порта, выберите <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (если " +"сканер только один)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 -msgid "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen similar to the one below." -msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <emphasis>OK</emphasis> в подавляющем большинстве случаев вы увидите окно, подобное приведенному на снимке ниже." +msgid "" +"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " +"similar to the one below." +msgstr "" +"После нажатия кнопки <emphasis>OK</emphasis> в подавляющем большинстве " +"случаев вы увидите окно, подобное приведенному на снимке ниже." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 -msgid "If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "Если подобное окно не было показано, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с содержанием раздела <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Если подобное окно не было показано, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с содержанием " +"раздела <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 @@ -6361,18 +9836,37 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 -msgid "Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on this machine." -msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать, могут ли присоединённые к вашей машине сканеры быть доступны всем остальным компьютерам и каким именно. Вы также можете разрешить, можно ли будет пользоваться с вашей машины сканерами, соединёнными с другими компьютерами." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " +"this machine." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете указать, могут ли присоединённые к вашей машине сканеры быть " +"доступны всем остальным компьютерам и каким именно. Вы также можете " +"разрешить, можно ли будет пользоваться с вашей машины сканерами, " +"соединёнными с другими компьютерами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 -msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on this computer." -msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: можно добавить или удалить имена или IP-адреса хостов, которым предоставлен доступ к локальным устройствам на вашем компьютере." +msgid "" +"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " +"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " +"this computer." +msgstr "" +"Сканер общего доступа: можно добавить или удалить имена или IP-адреса " +"хостов, которым предоставлен доступ к локальным устройствам на вашем " +"компьютере." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 -msgid "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Использование удалённых сканеров: можете добавить новые или удалить старые из списка хостов, имена или IP-адреса хостов, которые дают доступ к удаленному сканеру." +msgid "" +"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " +"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." +msgstr "" +"Использование удалённых сканеров: можете добавить новые или удалить старые " +"из списка хостов, имена или IP-адреса хостов, которые дают доступ к " +"удаленному сканеру." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 @@ -6382,7 +9876,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." -msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: с помощью этого пункта можно запустить инструмент добавления узлов." +msgstr "" +"Сканер общего доступа: с помощью этого пункта можно запустить инструмент " +"добавления узлов." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 @@ -6391,8 +9887,12 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:159 -msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote machines." -msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: укажите хосты, которые следует добавить в список хостов с доступом или предоставьте доступ всем удалённым компьютерам." +msgid "" +"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Сканер общего доступа: укажите хосты, которые следует добавить в список " +"хостов с доступом или предоставьте доступ всем удалённым компьютерам." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 @@ -6402,7 +9902,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." -msgstr "«Все удалённые машины» - предоставить доступ к вашему локальному сканеру пользователям всех удаленных компьютеров в локальной сети." +msgstr "" +"«Все удалённые машины» - предоставить доступ к вашему локальному сканеру " +"пользователям всех удаленных компьютеров в локальной сети." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 @@ -6411,8 +9913,12 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:181 -msgid "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool offers to do it." -msgstr "Если еще не установлен пакет <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, программа-мастер предложит его установить." +msgid "" +"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " +"offers to do it." +msgstr "" +"Если еще не установлен пакет <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, программа-мастер " +"предложит его установить." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -6431,17 +9937,24 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:190 -msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive \"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (добавление и комментирование директивы «net»)" +msgid "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " +"\"net\"" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (добавление и комментирование " +"директивы «net»)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 -msgid "It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "Также фоновые службы <emphasis>saned</emphasis> и <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> будут настроены на запуск во время загрузки системы." +msgid "" +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"Также фоновые службы <emphasis>saned</emphasis> и <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> будут настроены на запуск во время загрузки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:278 +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 msgid "Specifics" msgstr "Специфические советы" @@ -6452,8 +9965,16 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:207 -msgid "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "Работа с большинством сканеров, а также принтеров HP обеспечивается программой <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Если вы имеете дело со сканером именно этой фирмы, вам будет предложено воспользоваться для настройки <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " +"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Работа с большинством сканеров, а также принтеров HP обеспечивается " +"программой <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Если вы имеете дело со " +"сканером именно этой фирмы, вам будет предложено воспользоваться для " +"настройки <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -6462,8 +9983,22 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 -msgid "Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно смело игнорировать." +msgid "" +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz." +"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы " +"воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-" +"data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Иногда во время " +"установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом " +"sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно " +"смело игнорировать." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -6472,32 +10007,63 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные шаги по установке" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 -msgid "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "Возможно, после обозначения порта вашего сканера на странице <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> вам придется выполнить еще один или несколько шагов настройки сканера." +msgid "" +"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " +"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " +"steps to correctly configure your scanner." +msgstr "" +"Возможно, после обозначения порта вашего сканера на странице <xref linkend=" +"\"choosescannerport\"/> вам придется выполнить еще один или несколько шагов " +"настройки сканера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 -msgid "In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "Работа с некоторыми сканерами требует загрузки микропрограммы в сканер при каждом его запуске. С помощью модуля настройки сканера можно приказать системе загружать эту прошивку в устройство после соединения его с компьютером. С помощью этого окна вы можете установить микропрограмму с компакт-диска или установленной системы Windows, или установить микропрограмму, полученную с сайта производителя устройства в интернете." +msgid "" +"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded " +"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, " +"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " +"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " +"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." +msgstr "" +"Работа с некоторыми сканерами требует загрузки микропрограммы в сканер при " +"каждом его запуске. С помощью модуля настройки сканера можно приказать " +"системе загружать эту прошивку в устройство после соединения его с " +"компьютером. С помощью этого окна вы можете установить микропрограмму с " +"компакт-диска или установленной системы Windows, или установить " +"микропрограмму, полученную с сайта производителя устройства в интернете." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 -msgid "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "Если для работы с вашим сканером требуется загрузить микропрограмму, первая попытка воспользоваться устройством может быть довольно длинной, вероятно более одной минуты. Будьте терпеливы." +msgid "" +"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " +"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." +msgstr "" +"Если для работы с вашим сканером требуется загрузить микропрограмму, первая " +"попытка воспользоваться устройством может быть довольно длинной, вероятно " +"более одной минуты. Будьте терпеливы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 -msgid "Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Кроме того, может быть показан совет относительно внесения изменений в файл <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/название_соответствующего_модуля_SANE.conf</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, может быть показан совет относительно внесения изменений в файл " +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/название_соответствующего_модуля_SANE.conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 -msgid "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Тщательно ознакомьтесь с этими и другими установками. Если они вам не помогут, не сомневайтесь и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>." +msgid "" +"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Тщательно ознакомьтесь с этими и другими установками. Если они вам не " +"помогут, не сомневайтесь и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/software-management.xml:5 -#: en/software-management.xml:15 +#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Управление программами" @@ -6508,8 +10074,13 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления пакетами с программным обеспечением. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"управления пакетами с программным обеспечением. Нажмите на ссылке, " +"расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -6518,8 +10089,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Обновить систему</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Обновить систему</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -6528,8 +10103,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:26 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Настроить источники установки и обновления</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " +"sources for install and update</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Настроить источники " +"установки и обновления</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -6548,28 +10127,61 @@ msgstr "system-config-printer.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:23 -msgid "Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu and openSUSE." -msgstr "Задачами печати в Mageia управляет сервер, который называется CUPS. У сервера есть собственный <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">интерфейс настройки</link>, доступ к которому осуществляется с помощью программы для просмотра страниц в интернете (браузера). Впрочем, в Mageia предусмотрен и собственный инструмент для установки и настройки драйверов принтеров, который называется system-config-printer и используется также в других дистрибутивах, в частности Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu и openSUSE." +msgid "" +"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link " +"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration " +"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia " +"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " +"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " +"and openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"Задачами печати в Mageia управляет сервер, который называется CUPS. У " +"сервера есть собственный <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://" +"localhost:631\">интерфейс настройки</link>, доступ к которому осуществляется " +"с помощью программы для просмотра страниц в интернете (браузера). Впрочем, в " +"Mageia предусмотрен и собственный инструмент для установки и настройки " +"драйверов принтеров, который называется system-config-printer и используется " +"также в других дистрибутивах, в частности Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu и " +"openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 -msgid "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "Вам стоит включить доступ к репозиториям пакетов, которые не являются свободными (non-free) до того, как вы продолжите установку, поскольку пакеты некоторых из драйверов хранятся только в этом репозитории." +msgid "" +"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " +"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." +msgstr "" +"Вам стоит включить доступ к репозиториям пакетов, которые не являются " +"свободными (non-free) до того, как вы продолжите установку, поскольку пакеты " +"некоторых из драйверов хранятся только в этом репозитории." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для работы с программой придётся указать пароль администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" +"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для работы с программой придётся " +"указать пароль администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 -msgid "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Управлять установкой драйверов принтеров можно с помощью раздела <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> из Центра управления Mageia. Вам просто нужно выбрать пункт <guilabel>Настройка печати и сканирования</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +msgid "" +"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Управлять установкой драйверов принтеров можно с помощью раздела " +"<guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> из Центра управления Mageia. Вам просто " +"нужно выбрать пункт <guilabel>Настройка печати и сканирования</" +"guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:" -msgstr "Центр управления Mageia (MCC) попросит вас разрешить установку двух пакетов:" +msgstr "" +"Центр управления Mageia (MCC) попросит вас разрешить установку двух пакетов:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:45 @@ -6583,13 +10195,27 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:50 -msgid "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of dependencies are needed." -msgstr "Вам следует согласиться на установку этих пакетов, чтобы продолжить работу с программой. Вместе с зависимостями может быть установлено до 230 МБ данных." +msgid "" +"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " +"dependencies are needed." +msgstr "" +"Вам следует согласиться на установку этих пакетов, чтобы продолжить работу с " +"программой. Вместе с зависимостями может быть установлено до 230 МБ данных." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 -msgid "To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Чтобы добавить принтер, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>. Система попытается обнаружить все доступные принтеры и порты. На снимке показан пункт принтера, соединенного посредством USB. Если принтер будет обнаружен, он будет указан в первой строке списка. С помощью этого же окна можно настроить сетевой принтер." +msgid "" +"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to " +"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a " +"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " +"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " +"will also attempt to configure a network printer." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить принтер, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>. " +"Система попытается обнаружить все доступные принтеры и порты. На снимке " +"показан пункт принтера, соединенного посредством USB. Если принтер будет " +"обнаружен, он будет указан в первой строке списка. С помощью этого же окна " +"можно настроить сетевой принтер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -6598,8 +10224,22 @@ msgstr "Принтер обнаружен автоматически" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 -msgid "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Обычно, это касается принтеров, соединенных с компьютером с помощью кабеля USB. Программа автоматически определяет название принтера и показывает его. Выберите принтер и нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Далее</guilabel>. Если с принтером связан известный системе драйвер, он будет установлен автоматически. Если можно воспользоваться одним из нескольких драйверов или системе не удастся определить лучший драйвер, будет показано окно с просьбой выбрать драйвер, руководство приведено в следующем разделе. Продолжите чтение раздела <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>." +msgid "" +"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Обычно, это касается принтеров, соединенных с компьютером с помощью кабеля " +"USB. Программа автоматически определяет название принтера и показывает его. " +"Выберите принтер и нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Далее</guilabel>. Если с " +"принтером связан известный системе драйвер, он будет установлен " +"автоматически. Если можно воспользоваться одним из нескольких драйверов или " +"системе не удастся определить лучший драйвер, будет показано окно с просьбой " +"выбрать драйвер, руководство приведено в следующем разделе. Продолжите " +"чтение раздела <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 @@ -6613,8 +10253,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 -msgid "When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following options." -msgstr "После выбора порта система загрузит список драйверов и покажет окно выбора драйвера. Вы сможете выбрать один из приведённых ниже вариантов." +msgid "" +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"options." +msgstr "" +"После выбора порта система загрузит список драйверов и покажет окно выбора " +"драйвера. Вы сможете выбрать один из приведённых ниже вариантов." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -6633,8 +10278,20 @@ msgstr "поиск драйвера для загрузки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:102 -msgid "By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one which know to work." -msgstr "Если будет выбран вариант с поиском в базе данных, программа сначала предложит вам выбрать название компании-производителя принтера, а затем название устройства и драйвер, связанный с работой этого устройства. Если можно будет воспользоваться несколькими драйверами, следует выбрать рекомендованные из них. Если у вас возникнут какие-либо проблемы с работой рекомендованного драйвера, выберите тот из драйверов, который работает лучше всего." +msgid "" +"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer " +"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one " +"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " +"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " +"which know to work." +msgstr "" +"Если будет выбран вариант с поиском в базе данных, программа сначала " +"предложит вам выбрать название компании-производителя принтера, а затем " +"название устройства и драйвер, связанный с работой этого устройства. Если " +"можно будет воспользоваться несколькими драйверами, следует выбрать " +"рекомендованные из них. Если у вас возникнут какие-либо проблемы с работой " +"рекомендованного драйвера, выберите тот из драйверов, который работает лучше " +"всего." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -6643,8 +10300,20 @@ msgstr "Завершение процедуры установки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:112 -msgid "After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available printers." -msgstr "После выбора драйвера будет открыто окно ввода данных, которые помогут системе обозначить и распознать принтер. В первой строке следует ввести название устройства, которое будет показано программой в списке доступных принтеров. После ввода данных, средство установки драйвера предложит напечатать тестовую страницу. После тестовой печати, принтер будет добавлен в список доступных принтеров, им можно будет пользоваться." +msgid "" +"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will " +"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is " +"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of " +"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " +"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"После выбора драйвера будет открыто окно ввода данных, которые помогут " +"системе обозначить и распознать принтер. В первой строке следует ввести " +"название устройства, которое будет показано программой в списке доступных " +"принтеров. После ввода данных, средство установки драйвера предложит " +"напечатать тестовую страницу. После тестовой печати, принтер будет добавлен " +"в список доступных принтеров, им можно будет пользоваться." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -6653,33 +10322,86 @@ msgstr "Сетевой принтер" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 -msgid "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "Сетевые принтеры - это принтеры, которые непосредственно соединены с проводной или беспроводной сетью, сервером печати или другой рабочей станцией, которая работает в режиме сервера печати." +msgid "" +"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"Сетевые принтеры - это принтеры, которые непосредственно соединены с " +"проводной или беспроводной сетью, сервером печати или другой рабочей " +"станцией, которая работает в режиме сервера печати." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 -msgid "Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed one." -msgstr "Часто, стоит настроить DHCP-сервер на автоматическую привязку IP-адреса к MAC-адресу принтера. Конечно же, если этот адрес является фиксированным, он должен совпадать с IP-адресом принтера, на который настроен сервер печати." +msgid "" +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Часто, стоит настроить DHCP-сервер на автоматическую привязку IP-адреса к " +"MAC-адресу принтера. Конечно же, если этот адрес является фиксированным, он " +"должен совпадать с IP-адресом принтера, на который настроен сервер печати." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 -msgid "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "MAC-адрес принтера - это серийный номер, который предоставляется принтеру, серверу печати или компьютеру, к которому подключен принтер и который можно определить с помощью тестовой страницы, напечатанной самим принтером или на наклейке на принтере или сервере печати. Если ваш принтер общего пользования соединен с системой Mageia, вы можете выполнить от имени администратора (root) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, чтобы определить этот MAC-адрес. MAC-адрес есть последовательность цифр и букв после слова «HWaddr»." +msgid "" +"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " +"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " +"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " +"after \"HWaddr\"." +msgstr "" +"MAC-адрес принтера - это серийный номер, который предоставляется принтеру, " +"серверу печати или компьютеру, к которому подключен принтер и который можно " +"определить с помощью тестовой страницы, напечатанной самим принтером или на " +"наклейке на принтере или сервере печати. Если ваш принтер общего пользования " +"соединен с системой Mageia, вы можете выполнить от имени администратора " +"(root) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, чтобы определить " +"этот MAC-адрес. MAC-адрес есть последовательность цифр и букв после слова " +"«HWaddr»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 -msgid "You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it says \"host\"." -msgstr "Добавить ваш сетевой принтер можно так: выберите протокол, используемый принтером для обмена данными с сетью вашим компьютером. Если вы не знаете, какой протокол следует выбрать, вы можете попробовать воспользоваться пунктом <guilabel>Сетевой принтер</guilabel> - <guilabel>Найти сетевой принтер</guilabel> в меню <guilabel>Устройства</guilabel> и указать IP-адрес принтера в поле справа, где указано «host»." +msgid "" +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " +"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " +"says \"host\"." +msgstr "" +"Добавить ваш сетевой принтер можно так: выберите протокол, используемый " +"принтером для обмена данными с сетью вашим компьютером. Если вы не знаете, " +"какой протокол следует выбрать, вы можете попробовать воспользоваться " +"пунктом <guilabel>Сетевой принтер</guilabel> - <guilabel>Найти сетевой " +"принтер</guilabel> в меню <guilabel>Устройства</guilabel> и указать IP-адрес " +"принтера в поле справа, где указано «host»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 -msgid "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Если программе удастся обнаружить ваш принтер или сервер печати, она предложит вам определённые параметры протокола и очереди печати. Впрочем, вы можете выбрать нужный вам вариант из списка, расположенного ниже или указать соответствующее название очереди печати, если соответствующего пункта нет в списке." +msgid "" +"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " +"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " +"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." +msgstr "" +"Если программе удастся обнаружить ваш принтер или сервер печати, она " +"предложит вам определённые параметры протокола и очереди печати. Впрочем, вы " +"можете выбрать нужный вам вариант из списка, расположенного ниже или указать " +"соответствующее название очереди печати, если соответствующего пункта нет в " +"списке." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 -msgid "Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Посмотрите в документации, поставляемой с принтером или с сервером принтера, чтобы выяснить, какие протоколы он поддерживает и по возможности, конкретные имена очередей." +msgid "" +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Посмотрите в документации, поставляемой с принтером или с сервером принтера, " +"чтобы выяснить, какие протоколы он поддерживает и по возможности, конкретные " +"имена очередей." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -6688,13 +10410,43 @@ msgstr "Протоколы сетевой печати" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:162 -msgid "One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "Одной из современных методик работы с принтерами является разработанная Hewlett-Packard технология под названием JetDirect. С ее помощью можно осуществлять доступ к принтеру, напрямую соединенного с сетью с помощью порта Ethernet. Вам необходимо будет указать IP-адрес, используемый принтером в сети. Эта технология используется также в некоторых ADSL-маршрутизаторах, в которых предусмотрен порт USB для подключения принтера. Если вы пользуетесь таким маршрутизатором, следует указать его IP-адрес. Заметьте, что программа «Hp Device manager» может работать с динамически определяемым IP-адресом, настройками URI записывающего устройства <emphasis>hp:/net/<название_принтера></emphasis> . В этом случае фиксированный IP-адрес не требуется." +msgid "" +"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as " +"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network " +"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is " +"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " +"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" +"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"Одной из современных методик работы с принтерами является разработанная " +"Hewlett-Packard технология под названием JetDirect. С ее помощью можно " +"осуществлять доступ к принтеру, напрямую соединенного с сетью с помощью " +"порта Ethernet. Вам необходимо будет указать IP-адрес, используемый " +"принтером в сети. Эта технология используется также в некоторых ADSL-" +"маршрутизаторах, в которых предусмотрен порт USB для подключения принтера. " +"Если вы пользуетесь таким маршрутизатором, следует указать его IP-адрес. " +"Заметьте, что программа «Hp Device manager» может работать с динамически " +"определяемым IP-адресом, настройками URI записывающего устройства " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<название_принтера></emphasis> . В этом случае " +"фиксированный IP-адрес не требуется." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 -msgid "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is the same as above." -msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> в списке протоколов и укажите адрес в поле <guilabel>Узел:</guilabel>. Не изменяйте содержимое поля <guilabel>Номер порта</guilabel>, если не уверены, что это следует делать. После выбора протокола выполните выбор драйвера, как уже было описано выше." +msgid "" +"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " +"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " +"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Выберите <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> в списке протоколов и " +"укажите адрес в поле <guilabel>Узел:</guilabel>. Не изменяйте содержимое " +"поля <guilabel>Номер порта</guilabel>, если не уверены, что это следует " +"делать. После выбора протокола выполните выбор драйвера, как уже было " +"описано выше." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 @@ -6708,33 +10460,66 @@ msgstr "Другие протоколы:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:188 -msgid "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP с помощью протокола IPP. Например, принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, где используется CUPS. Этот протокол может также использоваться некоторыми ADSL-маршрутизаторами." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can " +"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " +"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " +"some ADSL-routers." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к " +"которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP с помощью протокола IPP. Например, " +"принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, где используется CUPS. Этот " +"протокол может также использоваться некоторыми ADSL-маршрутизаторами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 -msgid "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (https)</emphasis>: то же, что и ipp, но с использованием передачи данных HTTP с защитой TLS. Следует указать порт. По умолчанию это 631 порт." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " +"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " +"defined. By default, the port 631 is used." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (https)</emphasis>: то же, что и " +"ipp, но с использованием передачи данных HTTP с защитой TLS. Следует указать " +"порт. По умолчанию это 631 порт." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 -msgid "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipps)</emphasis>: то же, что и ipp, но с защитой TLS." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipps)</emphasis>: то же, что и " +"ipp, но с защитой TLS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 -msgid "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "<emphasis>Узел или принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP по протоколу LPD. Например принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, на которой используется LPD." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " +"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " +"connected to a station using LPD." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Узел или принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому " +"осуществляется по сети TCP/IP по протоколу LPD. Например принтер, " +"соединенный с рабочей станцией, на которой используется LPD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 -msgid "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "<emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер в совместном пользовании, соединенный с рабочей станцией под управлением Windows или сервером SMB." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " +"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер в совместном " +"пользовании, соединенный с рабочей станцией под управлением Windows или " +"сервером SMB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 -msgid "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form the URI:" -msgstr "URI также могут быть добавлены непосредственно. Вот несколько примеров форматирования URI:" +msgid "" +"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " +"the URI:" +msgstr "" +"URI также могут быть добавлены непосредственно. Вот несколько примеров " +"форматирования URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -6773,8 +10558,12 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://пользователь@ip-адрес-или-имя-узла #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 -msgid "Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Дополнительные сведения можно найти в <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">документации к CUPS</link>." +msgid "" +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Дополнительные сведения можно найти в <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/" +"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">документации к CUPS</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -6783,8 +10572,21 @@ msgstr "Свойства устройства" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 -msgid "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Вы можете просмотреть и изменить параметры работы устройства. С помощью меню можно получить доступ к панели настройки сервера CUPS. По умолчанию сервер CUPS запускается вашей операционной системой, но вы можете выбрать другой вариант с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Соединиться...</guimenuitem>. Другое окно настройки параметров сервера можно открыть с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Параметры</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете просмотреть и изменить параметры работы устройства. С помощью меню " +"можно получить доступ к панели настройки сервера CUPS. По умолчанию сервер " +"CUPS запускается вашей операционной системой, но вы можете выбрать другой " +"вариант с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Соединиться...</guimenuitem>. Другое окно настройки параметров " +"сервера можно открыть с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Параметры</guimenuitem>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -6793,18 +10595,52 @@ msgstr "Диагностика проблем" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:270 -msgid "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "Данные об ошибках, которые могли случиться при печати, можно найти в файле <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgid "" +"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " +"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Данные об ошибках, которые могли случиться при печати, можно найти в файле " +"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 -msgid "You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "Кроме того, вы можете воспользоваться инструментом для диагностики и решения проблем. Доступ к нему можно получить с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Справка</guimenu> | <guilabel>Устранение проблем с печатью</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, вы можете воспользоваться инструментом для диагностики и решения " +"проблем. Доступ к нему можно получить с помощью пункта меню " +"<guimenu>Справка</guimenu> | <guilabel>Устранение проблем с печатью</" +"guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 -msgid "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "Вполне возможно, что в репозиториях Mageia нет некоторых драйверов, необходимых для работы определенных принтеров, из-за лицензионных проблем или эти драйверы оказались неработоспособными. Если вы не можете найти нужного драйвера воспользуйтесь страницей системы <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link>, чтобы убедиться, существует ли драйвер вообще. Если окажется, что драйвер существует, проверьте, есть ли пакет с этим драйвером в репозиториях Mageia. Если такой пакет будет обнаружен, установите его вручную. После установки драйвера повторите процедуру установки и настройки принтера. О проблемах сообщайте с помощью системы слежения за ошибками дистрибутива или через форум. Также можно сообщать о пожеланиях относительно работы программ для настройки и о том, работает ли принтер после установки. Ниже приведены несколько адресов, по которым можно найти последние версии драйверов или драйверы к новым устройствам." +msgid "" +"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"Вполне возможно, что в репозиториях Mageia нет некоторых драйверов, " +"необходимых для работы определенных принтеров, из-за лицензионных проблем " +"или эти драйверы оказались неработоспособными. Если вы не можете найти " +"нужного драйвера воспользуйтесь страницей системы <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link>, чтобы убедиться, " +"существует ли драйвер вообще. Если окажется, что драйвер существует, " +"проверьте, есть ли пакет с этим драйвером в репозиториях Mageia. Если такой " +"пакет будет обнаружен, установите его вручную. После установки драйвера " +"повторите процедуру установки и настройки принтера. О проблемах сообщайте с " +"помощью системы слежения за ошибками дистрибутива или через форум. Также " +"можно сообщать о пожеланиях относительно работы программ для настройки и о " +"том, работает ли принтер после установки. Ниже приведены несколько адресов, " +"по которым можно найти последние версии драйверов или драйверы к новым " +"устройствам." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -6813,28 +10649,72 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 -msgid "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "На <link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">этой странице</link> можно найти список драйверов, предоставляемые Brother. Найдите драйвер устройства, загрузите пакеты rpm с ним и установите эти пакеты." +msgid "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"На <link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/" +"linux/en/download_prn.html\">этой странице</link> можно найти список " +"драйверов, предоставляемые Brother. Найдите драйвер устройства, загрузите " +"пакеты rpm с ним и установите эти пакеты." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 -msgid "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Драйвера Brother следует установить до запуска программы настройки системы печати." +msgid "" +"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." +msgstr "" +"Драйвера Brother следует установить до запуска программы настройки системы " +"печати." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и многофункциональные устройства Hewlett-Packard</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и многофункциональные устройства Hewlett-" +"Packard</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 -msgid "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management of the printer." -msgstr "Для этих устройств используются программы из комплекта hplip. Этот комплект программ будет автоматически установлен после выбора принтера. Дополнительные сведения о комплектах программ можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">здесь</link>. Программу «HP Device Manager (Управление устройствами HP) можно будет найти в меню системы. Справку по настройкам принтера можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">здесь</link>." +msgid "" +"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " +"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " +"of the printer." +msgstr "" +"Для этих устройств используются программы из комплекта hplip. Этот комплект " +"программ будет автоматически установлен после выбора принтера. " +"Дополнительные сведения о комплектах программ можно найти <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">здесь</link>. Программу " +"«HP Device Manager (Управление устройствами HP) можно будет найти в меню " +"системы. Справку по настройкам принтера можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">здесь</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 -msgid "A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "Многофункциональные устройства HP требуют установки драйвера принтера, чтобы работать и в режиме сканера. Обратите внимание, что иногда в интерфейсе программы для сканирования не предусмотрено возможностей по сканированию пленок или слайдов (не работает модуль для слайдов). В этом случае можно воспользоваться для сканирования автономным режимом с сохранением изображения на карту памяти или флэш-устройство USB, вставленный в USB порт. После сканирования полученные изображения можно перенести с носителя данных в хранилище вашего любимого программного обеспечения для работы с изображениями." +msgid "" +"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner " +"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't " +"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this " +"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the " +"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " +"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " +"card which is appeared in the /media folder." +msgstr "" +"Многофункциональные устройства HP требуют установки драйвера принтера, чтобы " +"работать и в режиме сканера. Обратите внимание, что иногда в интерфейсе " +"программы для сканирования не предусмотрено возможностей по сканированию " +"пленок или слайдов (не работает модуль для слайдов). В этом случае можно " +"воспользоваться для сканирования автономным режимом с сохранением " +"изображения на карту памяти или флэш-устройство USB, вставленный в USB порт. " +"После сканирования полученные изображения можно перенести с носителя данных " +"в хранилище вашего любимого программного обеспечения для работы с " +"изображениями." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -6843,8 +10723,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Цветные принтеры Samsung</emphasi #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 -msgid "For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "Драйверы для отдельных цветных принтеров Samsung и Xerox, работающих по протоколу QPDL, можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">здесь</link>." +msgid "" +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"Драйверы для отдельных цветных принтеров Samsung и Xerox, работающих по " +"протоколу QPDL, можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/" +"\">здесь</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -6853,13 +10739,31 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и сканеры Epson</emphas #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 -msgid "Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Кроме того, может возникнуть необходимость в установке пакета iscan-plugin. Выберите пакеты <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>, архитектура которых соответствует установленной на компьютере системе." +msgid "" +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson." +"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы " +"воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-" +"data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Кроме того, может " +"возникнуть необходимость в установке пакета iscan-plugin. Выберите пакеты " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis>, архитектура которых соответствует установленной на " +"компьютере системе." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 -msgid "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно смело игнорировать." +msgid "" +"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " +"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." +msgstr "" +"Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о " +"конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие " +"предупреждения можно смело игнорировать." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -6868,8 +10772,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры Canon</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:338 -msgid "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "Если вы работаете с принтерами Canon, вам может пригодиться программа turboprint. Соответствующий (тестовый) пакет можно получить <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">здесь</link>." +msgid "" +"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." +msgstr "" +"Если вы работаете с принтерами Canon, вам может пригодиться программа " +"turboprint. Соответствующий (тестовый) пакет можно получить <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">здесь</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -6888,38 +10797,84 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia, подпункт <guilabel>Импорт документов и настроек Windows™</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " +"labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из " +"Центра управления Mageia, подпункт <guilabel>Импорт документов и настроек " +"Windows™</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 -msgid "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может импортировать документы и настройки учётных записей пользователей с установленной системы <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP или <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> на том же компьютере, на котором установлена Mageia." +msgid "" +"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " +"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может импортировать " +"документы и настройки учётных записей пользователей с установленной системы " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=" +"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP или <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> на том же компьютере, на " +"котором установлена Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 -msgid "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Пожалуйста, обратите внимание, что все изменения вступят в силу немедленно после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " +"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Пожалуйста, обратите внимание, что все изменения вступят в силу немедленно " +"после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 -msgid "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "После запуска transfugdrake вы увидите первую страницу мастера с пояснениями о назначении программы и вариантами импорта данных." +msgid "" +"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " +"explanation about the tool and import options." +msgstr "" +"После запуска transfugdrake вы увидите первую страницу мастера с пояснениями " +"о назначении программы и вариантами импорта данных." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 -msgid "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "Как только вы прочтёте и поймёте установки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. В ответ программа выполнит обнаружение соответствующих данных в установленной операционной системе <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>." +msgid "" +"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." +msgstr "" +"Как только вы прочтёте и поймёте установки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>. В ответ программа выполнит обнаружение соответствующих данных в " +"установленной операционной системе <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 -msgid "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account than yours own." -msgstr "После завершения процедуры выявления данных вы увидите страницу, с помощью которой сможете выбрать учётные записи в <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> и Mageia для выполнения процедуры импорта. Вы можете выбрать не только свою учётную запись." +msgid "" +"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " +"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"После завершения процедуры выявления данных вы увидите страницу, с помощью " +"которой сможете выбрать учётные записи в <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> и Mageia для выполнения процедуры импорта. Вы можете " +"выбрать не только свою учётную запись." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 @@ -6928,23 +10883,51 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 -msgid "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr "Пожалуйста, обратите внимание на то, что из-за ограничения migrate-assistant (основного компонента transfugdrake) названия учётных записей <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, которые содержат специальные символы (кириллицу), могут отображаться некорректно." +msgid "" +"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +"Пожалуйста, обратите внимание на то, что из-за ограничения migrate-assistant " +"(основного компонента transfugdrake) названия учётных записей <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, которые содержат специальные " +"символы (кириллицу), могут отображаться некорректно." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 -msgid "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "Продолжительность переноса данных будет зависеть от размера папок с документами." +msgid "" +"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." +msgstr "" +"Продолжительность переноса данных будет зависеть от размера папок с " +"документами." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 -msgid "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications (especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the import purposes." -msgstr "Некоторые программы <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (в частности драйверы) могут создавать учётные записи для реализации специальных возможностей. Например, драйверы NVidia <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> обновляются с помощью учётной записи <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Пожалуйста, не используйте такие учётные записи для импорта данных." +msgid "" +"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " +"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые программы <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (в " +"частности драйверы) могут создавать учётные записи для реализации " +"специальных возможностей. Например, драйверы NVidia <trademark class=" +"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> обновляются с помощью учётной записи " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Пожалуйста, не используйте такие учётные " +"записи для импорта данных." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 -msgid "When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import documents:" -msgstr "После завершения выбора способа импорта учётных записей нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа импортирования документов:" +msgid "" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"После завершения выбора способа импорта учётных записей нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа " +"импортирования документов:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 @@ -6953,13 +10936,28 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 -msgid "Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "Transfugdrake разработан для импорта данных <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> из <emphasis>Мои документы</emphasis>, <emphasis>Моя музыка</emphasis> и <emphasis>Мои рисунки</emphasis>. Вы можете не выполнять импорт определённых данных, сняв галочку c соответствующего пункта в этом окне." +msgid "" +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake разработан для импорта данных <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> из <emphasis>Мои документы</emphasis>, <emphasis>Моя " +"музыка</emphasis> и <emphasis>Мои рисунки</emphasis>. Вы можете не выполнять " +"импорт определённых данных, сняв галочку c соответствующего пункта в этом " +"окне." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 -msgid "When you finished with the document import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "После завершения выбора способа импортирования документов нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа импортирования закладок:" +msgid "" +"When you finished with the document import method choosing press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"После завершения выбора способа импортирования документов нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа " +"импортирования закладок:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 @@ -6968,18 +10966,30 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:99 -msgid "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake может импортировать закладки <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> и <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> в закладки программы <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>, установленную в Mageia." +msgid "" +"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake может импортировать закладки <emphasis>Internet Explorer</" +"emphasis> и <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> в закладки программы " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>, установленную в Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 -msgid "Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Выберите желаемый вариант импорта и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Выберите желаемый вариант импорта и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" -msgstr "С помощью следующей страницы вы сможете импортировать изображения фона рабочего стола:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью следующей страницы вы сможете импортировать изображения фона " +"рабочего стола:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 @@ -6988,13 +10998,19 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 -msgid "Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Выберите желаемый вариант и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Выберите желаемый вариант и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 -msgid "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "На последней странице мастера будет показано сообщение с приветствием. Просто нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Завершить</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " +"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"На последней странице мастера будет показано сообщение с приветствием. " +"Просто нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Завершить</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 @@ -7018,23 +11034,47 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Управление пользователями»." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " +"labelled \"Manage users on system\"" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из " +"Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Управление пользователями»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 -msgid "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может управлять пользователями и группами пользователей, то есть добавлять или удалять пользователя или группу и вносить изменения в параметры записи пользователя или группы (идентификатора, командной оболочки и т.п.)." +msgid "" +"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может управлять " +"пользователями и группами пользователей, то есть добавлять или удалять " +"пользователя или группу и вносить изменения в параметры записи пользователя " +"или группы (идентификатора, командной оболочки и т.п.)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 -msgid "When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the <guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "В открытом окне userdrake будет показан список всех пользователей системы на вкладке <guibutton>Пользователи</guibutton>, а список всех групп - на вкладке <guibutton>Группы</guibutton>. Принцип работы с двумя вкладками является одинаковым." +msgid "" +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." +msgstr "" +"В открытом окне userdrake будет показан список всех пользователей системы на " +"вкладке <guibutton>Пользователи</guibutton>, а список всех групп - на " +"вкладке <guibutton>Группы</guibutton>. Принцип работы с двумя вкладками " +"является одинаковым." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -7044,7 +11084,8 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1. Добавить пользователя</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:37 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно открыть новое окно с незаполненными полями:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки можно открыть новое окно с незаполненными полями:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 @@ -7053,38 +11094,81 @@ msgstr "userdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:45 -msgid "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything or nothing as well!" -msgstr "Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Имя полностью</emphasis> предназначено для ввода фамилии и имени, но вы можете ввести в него любые данные!" +msgid "" +"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " +"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " +"or nothing as well!" +msgstr "" +"Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Имя полностью</emphasis> предназначено для " +"ввода фамилии и имени, но вы можете ввести в него любые данные!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пользователь</emphasis> является единственным обязательным для заполнения." +msgstr "" +"Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пользователь</emphasis> является единственным " +"обязательным для заполнения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 -msgid "Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам установить <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пароль</emphasis> к учётной записи пользователя. Справа от поля пароля вы увидите небольшое изображение щита. Если цвет этого щита будет красным, то указанный пароль является слишком простым, слишком коротким или слишком похожим на название учётной записи. В пароле вам следует использовать цифры, строчные и прописные буквы, знаки препинания и т.д. С повышением сложности пароля цвет щита изменится на желтый, а потом на зелёный." +msgid "" +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"orange and then green as the password strength improves." +msgstr "" +"Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам установить <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пароль</" +"emphasis> к учётной записи пользователя. Справа от поля пароля вы увидите " +"небольшое изображение щита. Если цвет этого щита будет красным, то указанный " +"пароль является слишком простым, слишком коротким или слишком похожим на " +"название учётной записи. В пароле вам следует использовать цифры, строчные и " +"прописные буквы, знаки препинания и т.д. С повышением сложности пароля цвет " +"щита изменится на желтый, а потом на зелёный." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "В поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Подтвердите пароль</emphasis> вам следует повторно ввести пароль, чтобы обеспечить соответствие символов вашим намерениям." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"В поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Подтвердите пароль</emphasis> вам следует " +"повторно ввести пароль, чтобы обеспечить соответствие символов вашим " +"намерениям." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Командная оболочка</emphasis>: с помощью этого выпадающего списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться для работы пользователя, учётную запись которого вы добавляете. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " +"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " +"are Bash, Dash and Sh." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Командная оболочка</emphasis>: с помощью этого " +"выпадающего списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет " +"использоваться для работы пользователя, учётную запись которого вы " +"добавляете. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "Если будет выбрана опция <emphasis role=\"bold\">Создать личную группу для пользователя</emphasis>, userdrake автоматически создаст группу с тем же названием, что и название учётной записи нового пользователя, и единственным участником (позже параметры группы можно изменить)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " +"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " +"user as the only member (this may be edited)." +msgstr "" +"Если будет выбрана опция <emphasis role=\"bold\">Создать личную группу для " +"пользователя</emphasis>, userdrake автоматически создаст группу с тем же " +"названием, что и название учётной записи нового пользователя, и единственным " +"участником (позже параметры группы можно изменить)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 -msgid "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Назначение других пунктов диалогового окна понятно из надписей. Запись нового пользователя будет создана сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " +"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Назначение других пунктов диалогового окна понятно из надписей. Запись " +"нового пользователя будет создана сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -7093,18 +11177,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2. Добавить группу</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:75 -msgid "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific group ID." -msgstr "Вам следует лишь указать название новой группы и если это нужно, специфический номер-идентификатор группы." +msgid "" +"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " +"group ID." +msgstr "" +"Вам следует лишь указать название новой группы и если это нужно, " +"специфический номер-идентификатор группы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3. Редактировать</emphasis> (выбранного пользователя)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3. Редактировать</emphasis> (выбранного пользователя)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 -msgid "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Данные Пользователя</guibutton>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете изменить все данные, указанные в учётной записи пользователя во время её создания (но идентификатор записи пользователя ID изменять нельзя)." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " +"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Данные Пользователя</guibutton>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете " +"изменить все данные, указанные в учётной записи пользователя во время её " +"создания (но идентификатор записи пользователя ID изменять нельзя)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 @@ -7118,13 +11212,24 @@ msgstr "userdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:91 -msgid "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary accounts." -msgstr "Первый пункт предназначен для установления предельного срока действия учётной записи. По завершению срока действия вход в аккаунт станет невозможным. Этим пунктом можно воспользоваться для создания временных учётных записей." +msgid "" +"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " +"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Первый пункт предназначен для установления предельного срока действия " +"учётной записи. По завершению срока действия вход в аккаунт станет " +"невозможным. Этим пунктом можно воспользоваться для создания временных " +"учётных записей." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 -msgid "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long as the account is locked." -msgstr "Второй пункт предназначен для блокировки учётной записи. Вход в заблокированные учётные записи невозможен." +msgid "" +"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " +"as the account is locked." +msgstr "" +"Второй пункт предназначен для блокировки учётной записи. Вход в " +"заблокированные учётные записи невозможен." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -7133,8 +11238,15 @@ msgstr "Также можно изменить значок пользовате #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:100 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Информация о пароле</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете установить срок действия пароля. Установление срока действия побуждает пользователя к периодической смене пароля, с целью обеспечения лучшей защиты системы от несанкционированного вмешательства." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " +"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " +"password periodically." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Информация о пароле</emphasis>: с помощью этой " +"вкладки вы можете установить срок действия пароля. Установление срока " +"действия побуждает пользователя к периодической смене пароля, с целью " +"обеспечения лучшей защиты системы от несанкционированного вмешательства." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 @@ -7143,28 +11255,46 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:110 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете выбрать группы, участником которых будет пользователь." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " +"that the user is a member of." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете " +"выбрать группы, участником которых будет пользователь." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 -msgid "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Если изменения будут внесены в учётную запись пользователя, который уже работает в системе, то эти изменения вступят в силу только после перезагрузки системы." +msgid "" +"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " +"effective until his/her next login." +msgstr "" +"Если изменения будут внесены в учётную запись пользователя, который уже " +"работает в системе, то эти изменения вступят в силу только после " +"перезагрузки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4. Редактировать</emphasis> (обозначенную группу)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4. Редактировать</emphasis> (обозначенную группу)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:120 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group name." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Данные группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки можно изменить название группы." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " +"group name." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Данные группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки " +"можно изменить название группы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users who are members of the group" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы пользователей</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете выбрать пользователей, которые будут участниками группы." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " +"users who are members of the group" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы пользователей</emphasis>: с помощью этой " +"вкладки вы можете выбрать пользователей, которые будут участниками группы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -7173,8 +11303,19 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5. Удалить</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 -msgid "Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Чтобы удалить учётную запись пользователя или группу, выберите запись в списке и нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Удалить</emphasis>. Если был указан пункт учётной записи пользователя, будет показано окно с вопросом, следует ли удалить также домашний каталог и каталог почтового ящика пользователя. Если для учётной записи пользователя была создана личная группа, то эта группа будет также удалена вместе с учётной записью пользователя." +msgid "" +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы удалить учётную запись пользователя или группу, выберите запись в " +"списке и нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Удалить</emphasis>. Если был " +"указан пункт учётной записи пользователя, будет показано окно с вопросом, " +"следует ли удалить также домашний каталог и каталог почтового ящика " +"пользователя. Если для учётной записи пользователя была создана личная " +"группа, то эта группа будет также удалена вместе с учётной записью " +"пользователя." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -7188,8 +11329,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6. Восстановить</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 -msgid "The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to refresh the display." -msgstr "База данных учётных записей пользователей может быть изменена за пределами Userdrake. Нажмите эту кнопку, чтобы обновить данные в списке." +msgid "" +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"База данных учётных записей пользователей может быть изменена за пределами " +"Userdrake. Нажмите эту кнопку, чтобы обновить данные в списке." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -7198,8 +11343,23 @@ msgstr "<emphasis роль=\"bold\">7 Гостевой аккаунт</emphasis> #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:143 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> является особой учётной записью. Она предназначена для предоставления кому-либо временного доступа к системе с максимальными мерами безопасности. Именем пользователя такой записи является xguest, пароль пустой. Внесение каких-либо изменений в систему с этой учётной записи невозможно. Личные каталоги пользователя учётной записи будут удалятся сразу по завершению сеанса работы в аккаунте. По умолчанию учётная запись включена. Чтобы отключить её, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню <guimenu>Действия -> Удалить аккаунт для гостя</guimenu>." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " +"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " +"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " +"account</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> является особой учётной записью. " +"Она предназначена для предоставления кому-либо временного доступа к системе " +"с максимальными мерами безопасности. Именем пользователя такой записи " +"является xguest, пароль пустой. Внесение каких-либо изменений в систему с " +"этой учётной записи невозможно. Личные каталоги пользователя учётной записи " +"будут удалятся сразу по завершению сеанса работы в аккаунте. По умолчанию " +"учётная запись включена. Чтобы отключить её, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню " +"<guimenu>Действия -> Удалить аккаунт для гостя</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -7218,18 +11378,34 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">XFdrake</emphasis> от имени обычного пользователя или команду <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> от имени администратора (root). Обратите внимание на регистр используемых в командах букв." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">XFdrake</emphasis> от имени обычного пользователя " +"или команду <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> от имени администратора (root). " +"Обратите внимание на регистр используемых в командах букв." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 -msgid "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>. Выберете <emphasis><guilabel>Настройка графического сервера</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgid "" +"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>. Выберете " +"<emphasis><guilabel>Настройка графического сервера</guilabel></emphasis>. " +"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." -msgstr "С помощью этих кнопок можно настроить параметры графической подсистемы." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этих кнопок можно настроить параметры графической подсистемы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:25 @@ -7238,28 +11414,61 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Графическая карта</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:27 -msgid "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "Здесь показано - программой обнаружен тип графической карты и соответствующий драйвер. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить на другой, например, на проприетарный (с закрытым кодом) драйвер от производителя." +msgid "" +"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " +"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " +"one with a proprietary driver." +msgstr "" +"Здесь показано - программой обнаружен тип графической карты и " +"соответствующий драйвер. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить на другой, например, " +"на проприетарный (с закрытым кодом) драйвер от производителя." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 -msgid "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "Доступные драйверы упорядочены в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> по производителю по алфавиту, а затем по модели также по алфавиту. Свободные драйверы отсортированы в алфавитном порядке в списке <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>" +msgid "" +"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " +"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " +"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " +"Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Доступные драйверы упорядочены в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> " +"по производителю по алфавиту, а затем по модели также по алфавиту. Свободные " +"драйверы отсортированы в алфавитном порядке в списке <guilabel>Xorg</" +"guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:37 -msgid "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "Если у вас возникнут проблемы, вы можете воспользоваться вариантом <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>, который работает для большинства карт и предоставит вам возможность найти и установить драйвер, работая в ваших графических средах." +msgid "" +"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " +"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " +"in your Desktop Environment." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас возникнут проблемы, вы можете воспользоваться вариантом " +"<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>, который работает для большинства карт и " +"предоставит вам возможность найти и установить драйвер, работая в ваших " +"графических средах." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 -msgid "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Если даже Vesa не работает, то выберите вариант <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, который используется во время установки Mageia, но не предоставляет возможности менять разрешение или частоту обновления изображения." +msgid "" +"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " +"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." +msgstr "" +"Если даже Vesa не работает, то выберите вариант <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</" +"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, который используется во " +"время установки Mageia, но не предоставляет возможности менять разрешение " +"или частоту обновления изображения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 -msgid "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." -msgstr "Если вы ранее выбрали свободный драйвер, то система может предложить вам воспользоваться вместо него проприетарным (с закрытым кодом) драйвером, который имеет более широкие возможности (например, 3D эффекты)." +msgid "" +"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Если вы ранее выбрали свободный драйвер, то система может предложить вам " +"воспользоваться вместо него проприетарным (с закрытым кодом) драйвером, " +"который имеет более широкие возможности (например, 3D эффекты)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 @@ -7268,8 +11477,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Монитор:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 -msgid "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "Наряду с этим пунктом будет показан монитор, определённый системой. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить определённое название на другое. Если нужного вам названия нет в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel>, то вы можете выбрать наиболее подходящий монитор в поле <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." +msgstr "" +"Наряду с этим пунктом будет показан монитор, определённый системой. Нажмите " +"кнопку, чтобы изменить определённое название на другое. Если нужного вам " +"названия нет в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel>, то вы можете " +"выбрать наиболее подходящий монитор в поле <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 @@ -7278,8 +11495,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешение:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:56 -msgid "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно выбрать разрешение (количество пикселей) и глубину цвета (число цветов в изображении). В ответ на её нажатие будет показано следующее окно:" +msgid "" +"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " +"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки можно выбрать разрешение (количество пикселей) и " +"глубину цвета (число цветов в изображении). В ответ на её нажатие будет " +"показано следующее окно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 @@ -7288,23 +11510,46 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:59 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>На изображении монитора посередине окна будет показан предварительный просмотр текущих настроек." +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " +"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>На изображении монитора " +"посередине окна будет показан предварительный просмотр текущих настроек." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 -msgid "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "На первой кнопке будет показано текущее разрешение. Нажмите, чтобы изменить разрешение. В списке будут показаны возможные варианты, что соответствует возможностям графической карты и монитора. Вы можете выбрать пункт <guilabel>Другие</guilabel>, чтобы указать другое разрешение, но стоит учитывать то, что произвольное изменение параметров разрешения может привести к повреждению монитора или нарушению комфортности работы." +msgid "" +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " +"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " +"select an uncomfortable setting." +msgstr "" +"На первой кнопке будет показано текущее разрешение. Нажмите, чтобы изменить " +"разрешение. В списке будут показаны возможные варианты, что соответствует " +"возможностям графической карты и монитора. Вы можете выбрать пункт " +"<guilabel>Другие</guilabel>, чтобы указать другое разрешение, но стоит " +"учитывать то, что произвольное изменение параметров разрешения может " +"привести к повреждению монитора или нарушению комфортности работы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 -msgid "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for another one." -msgstr "На второй кнопке будет показана текущая глубина цвета. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить глубину цвета на другую." +msgid "" +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"На второй кнопке будет показана текущая глубина цвета. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы " +"изменить глубину цвета на другую." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 -msgid "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "В зависимости от выбранного разрешения, может понадобиться выход из графической среды и её перезапуск, чтобы настройки вступили в силу." +msgid "" +"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " +"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." +msgstr "" +"В зависимости от выбранного разрешения, может понадобиться выход из " +"графической среды и её перезапуск, чтобы настройки вступили в силу." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 @@ -7313,18 +11558,39 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Проверить:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:85 -msgid "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "Как только настройки будут завершены, рекомендуем вам проверить их до нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, поскольку проще изменить значения параметров сразу, чем получить неработоспособную графическую среду." +msgid "" +"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " +"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " +"graphical environment doesn't work." +msgstr "" +"Как только настройки будут завершены, рекомендуем вам проверить их до " +"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, поскольку проще изменить значения " +"параметров сразу, чем получить неработоспособную графическую среду." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 -msgid "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "В случае нерабочей графической среды, нажмите комбинацию клавиш Alt+Ctrl+F2, чтобы открыть текстовую консоль, войдите в систему от имени администратора (root) и дайте команду XFdrake (первые две буквы должны быть большими), чтобы воспользоваться текстовой версией XFdrake." +msgid "" +"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"В случае нерабочей графической среды, нажмите комбинацию клавиш Alt+Ctrl+F2, " +"чтобы открыть текстовую консоль, войдите в систему от имени администратора " +"(root) и дайте команду XFdrake (первые две буквы должны быть большими), " +"чтобы воспользоваться текстовой версией XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 -msgid "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Если заданные параметры не сработают, просто дождитесь завершения проверки, чтобы вернуться к начальным параметрам. Если значения сработают, но вы всё равно не хотите их изменять, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Нет</guibutton>. Если же полученные результаты вас устраивают, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " +"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " +"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Если заданные параметры не сработают, просто дождитесь завершения проверки, " +"чтобы вернуться к начальным параметрам. Если значения сработают, но вы всё " +"равно не хотите их изменять, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Нет</guibutton>. " +"Если же полученные результаты вас устраивают, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton " +"role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 @@ -7333,23 +11599,52 @@ msgstr "Параметры:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:99 -msgid "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "В разделе <guilabel>Глобальные параметры</guilabel> вы можете настроить систему на перезапуск графической среды с помощью комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" +"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " +"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." +msgstr "" +"В разделе <guilabel>Глобальные параметры</guilabel> вы можете настроить " +"систему на перезапуск графической среды с помощью комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt" +"+Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 -msgid "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "С помощью раздела <guilabel>Параметры видеокарты</guilabel> можно включить или выключить три специфические возможности, зависящие от типа графической видеокарты." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " +"three specific features depending on the graphic card." +msgstr "" +"С помощью раздела <guilabel>Параметры видеокарты</guilabel> можно включить " +"или выключить три специфические возможности, зависящие от типа графической " +"видеокарты." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 -msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, <emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Графический интерфейс при загрузке</guilabel>: следует оставить вариант <emphasis>Автоматически запускать графическую оболочку (Xorg) при загрузке</emphasis>, чтобы система загружалась в графическом режиме. Впрочем, вы можете снять отметку, если загрузка должна быть выполнена без использования графического режима для сервера." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Графический интерфейс при загрузке</guilabel>: следует оставить " +"вариант <emphasis>Автоматически запускать графическую оболочку (Xorg) при " +"загрузке</emphasis>, чтобы система загружалась в графическом режиме. " +"Впрочем, вы можете снять отметку, если загрузка должна быть выполнена без " +"использования графического режима для сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 -msgid "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа предложит вам подтвердить выход. Вы можете отменить или подтвердить внесённые изменения, или сохранить предварительные настройки. Если изменения будут подтверждены, вам придётся выйти из аккаунта и снова войти в него, чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу." +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " +"and reconnect to activate the new configuration." +msgstr "" +"В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа предложит " +"вам подтвердить выход. Вы можете отменить или подтвердить внесённые " +"изменения, или сохранить предварительные настройки. Если изменения будут " +"подтверждены, вам придётся выйти из аккаунта и снова войти в него, чтобы " +"внесённые изменения вступили в силу." #~ msgid "Another lesson learned." #~ msgstr "Ну, вот мы и научились чему-то." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv.po b/docs/mcc-help/sv.po index c6da034d..4009a299 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/sv.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 @@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-19 12:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sv/)\n" +"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"sv/)\n" +"Language: sv\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sv\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -30,8 +31,7 @@ msgstr "Kom åt WebDAV-delade enheter och mappar" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -39,9 +39,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -49,13 +51,16 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Nätverksdelning, märkt <guilabel>Konfigurera WebDAV-delningar</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittas i Mageia's " +"kontrollcentral, under fliken för Nätverksdelning, märkt " +"<guilabel>Konfigurera WebDAV-delningar</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -69,7 +74,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> är ett protokoll som låter dig montera en webbservers katalog lokalt (förutsatt att den fjärrstyrda datorn kör en WebDAV-server), så att den dyker upp som en lokal katalog i filsystemet. Syftet med detta verktyg är inte att konfigurera en WebDAV-server." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> är " +"ett protokoll som låter dig montera en webbservers katalog lokalt (förutsatt " +"att den fjärrstyrda datorn kör en WebDAV-server), så att den dyker upp som " +"en lokal katalog i filsystemet. Syftet med detta verktyg är inte att " +"konfigurera en WebDAV-server." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -82,7 +92,10 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "Den första skärmen visar de redan konfigurerade inläggen om det finns några, och en <gui>Ny</gui>-knapp.Använd den för att skapa ett nytt inlägg. Ange serverns URL i fältet i på nya skärmen." +msgstr "" +"Den första skärmen visar de redan konfigurerade inläggen om det finns några, " +"och en <gui>Ny</gui>-knapp.Använd den för att skapa ett nytt inlägg. Ange " +"serverns URL i fältet i på nya skärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -90,12 +103,16 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." -msgstr "Sedan kommer du till en skärm med alternativknappar där du kan välja några åtgärder. Välj <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> efter att du valt alternativsknappen eftersom <guibutton>servern</guibutton> redan är konfigurerad. Du kan emellertid rätta till det om det behövs." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Sedan kommer du till en skärm med alternativknappar där du kan välja några " +"åtgärder. Välj <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> genom att klicka på " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> efter att du valt alternativsknappen eftersom " +"<guibutton>servern</guibutton> redan är konfigurerad. Du kan emellertid " +"rätta till det om det behövs." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -105,17 +122,20 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "Innehållet av den fjärrstyrda mappen kommer att vara tillgängligt via denna monteringspunkt." +msgstr "" +"Innehållet av den fjärrstyrda mappen kommer att vara tillgängligt via denna " +"monteringspunkt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "I nästa steg ska du ange ditt användarnamn och lösenord. Om du behöver några andra val så kan du ange dessa i <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-fönstret." +msgstr "" +"I nästa steg ska du ange ditt användarnamn och lösenord. Om du behöver några " +"andra val så kan du ange dessa i <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-fönstret." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -125,19 +145,26 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "Valet <guibutton>Montera</guibutton> tillåter dig att omedelbart montera för åtkomst." +msgstr "" +"Valet <guibutton>Montera</guibutton> tillåter dig att omedelbart montera för " +"åtkomst." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "Efter att du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> så visas första skärmen igen och din nya monteringspunkt finns med i listan. När du trycker på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> blir du bli tillfrågad om du vill spara ändringarna i <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Välj detta om du vill att fjärrkatalogen ska vara tillgänglig vid varje uppstart. Om det bara är en en-gångs grej så spara inte konfigurationen." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</" +"guibutton> så visas första skärmen igen och din nya monteringspunkt finns " +"med i listan. När du trycker på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> blir du bli " +"tillfrågad om du vill spara ändringarna i <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. " +"Välj detta om du vill att fjärrkatalogen ska vara tillgänglig vid varje " +"uppstart. Om det bara är en en-gångs grej så spara inte konfigurationen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -149,8 +176,7 @@ msgstr "Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -158,9 +184,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -169,14 +197,20 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Detta enkla verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger dig som systemadministratör möjlighet att tillåta användare att dela undermappar i sin egen /home-katalog med andra användare som befinner sig på samma lokala nätverk, och som har datorer som kör antingen Linux eller Windows." +msgstr "" +"Detta enkla verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger dig som " +"systemadministratör möjlighet att tillåta användare att dela undermappar i " +"sin egen /home-katalog med andra användare som befinner sig på samma lokala " +"nätverk, och som har datorer som kör antingen Linux eller Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Det hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Lokal disk kallad \"Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner\"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Det hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Lokal disk kallad " +"\"Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -185,11 +219,15 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Svara först på frågan: \"<guilabel>Skulle du vilja tillåta användare att dela några av sina mappar ?</guilabel>, klicka på <guibutton>Ingen delning</guibutton> om svaret är nej för alla användare, klicka på <guibutton>Tillåt alla användare</guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"Svara först på frågan: \"<guilabel>Skulle du vilja tillåta användare att " +"dela några av sina mappar ?</guilabel>, klicka på <guibutton>Ingen delning</" +"guibutton> om svaret är nej för alla användare, klicka på <guibutton>Tillåt " +"alla användare</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -200,7 +238,13 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "Klicka på <guilabel>Ok</guilabel>, på nästa skärm får du välja mellan <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Kryssa i <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> om Linux är det enda operativsystemet i nätverket, eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> om nätverket har både Linux och Windows-datorer. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Alla nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras automatiskt om det behövs." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guilabel>Ok</guilabel>, på nästa skärm får du välja mellan " +"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Kryssa i " +"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> om Linux är det enda operativsystemet i " +"nätverket, eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> om nätverket har både Linux och " +"Windows-datorer. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Alla nödvändiga " +"paket kommer att installeras automatiskt om det behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -210,24 +254,37 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "Konfigurationen är nu klar om inte anpassad valdes. I så fall kommer ytterligare ett fönster öppnas där du får starta Userdrake. I detta verktyg kan du lägga till användare som är godkända att dela sina mappar till fildelningsgruppen. Välj användar-fliken, klicka på den användare som ska läggas till i fildelningsgruppen, och sedan <guimenuitem>Redigera</guimenuitem> på grupp-fliken. Kryssa i fildelningsgruppen och klicka på <guimenuitem>Ok</guimenuitem>. Mer information om Userdrake hittar du <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">här</link>." +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationen är nu klar om inte anpassad valdes. I så fall kommer " +"ytterligare ett fönster öppnas där du får starta Userdrake. I detta verktyg " +"kan du lägga till användare som är godkända att dela sina mappar till " +"fildelningsgruppen. Välj användar-fliken, klicka på den användare som ska " +"läggas till i fildelningsgruppen, och sedan <guimenuitem>Redigera</" +"guimenuitem> på grupp-fliken. Kryssa i fildelningsgruppen och klicka på " +"<guimenuitem>Ok</guimenuitem>. Mer information om Userdrake hittar du <link " +"ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">här</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "När en ny användare läggs till i fildelningsgruppen så behöver du koppla ner och ansluta igen för att ändringarna som gjorts ska börja gälla." +msgstr "" +"När en ny användare läggs till i fildelningsgruppen så behöver du koppla ner " +"och ansluta igen för att ändringarna som gjorts ska börja gälla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "Från och med nu så kan varje användare som tillhör fildelningsgruppen välja i sin filhanterare de mappar som ska delas även om inte alla filhanterare har denna möjlighet." +msgstr "" +"Från och med nu så kan varje användare som tillhör fildelningsgruppen välja " +"i sin filhanterare de mappar som ska delas även om inte alla filhanterare " +"har denna möjlighet." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 @@ -245,8 +302,7 @@ msgstr "Kom åt NFS-delade enheter och kataloger" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -259,9 +315,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -270,9 +328,15 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange några kataloger som ska vara tillgängliga för alla användare på datorn. Protokollet som används är NFS och är tillgängligt på de flesta Linux och UNIX-system. Den utdelade katalogen kommer därför att vara tillgänglig vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange " +"några kataloger som ska vara tillgängliga för alla användare på datorn. " +"Protokollet som används är NFS och är tillgängligt på de flesta Linux och " +"UNIX-system. Den utdelade katalogen kommer därför att vara tillgänglig vid " +"uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för " +"användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -284,17 +348,20 @@ msgstr "Procedur" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över servrar som delar mappar." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över " +"servrar som delar mappar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Klicka på >-symbolen före namnet på servern för a visa listan av delade mappar och välj den mapp du vill komma åt." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på >-symbolen före namnet på servern för a visa listan av delade " +"mappar och välj den mapp du vill komma åt." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -302,12 +369,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> kommer att finnas tillgänglig och du kommer behöva ange var du ska montera mappen." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> kommer att finnas tillgänglig " +"och du kommer behöva ange var du ska montera mappen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -318,16 +386,17 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "Efter att du har valt monteringspunkt så kan du montera den. Du kan också verifiera och ändra några val med <guibutton>Val</guibutton>-knappen. Efter att mappen är monterad så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har valt monteringspunkt så kan du montera den. Du kan också " +"verifiera och ändra några val med <guibutton>Val</guibutton>-knappen. Efter " +"att mappen är monterad så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -337,13 +406,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "När du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> så visas ett meddelande som frågar om du vill spara dina ändringar i /etc/fstab. Det medför att katalogen finns tillgänglig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är åtkomligt. Den nya katalogen är då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, som t. ex. Dolphin." +msgstr "" +"När du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> " +"så visas ett meddelande som frågar om du vill spara dina ändringar i /etc/" +"fstab. Det medför att katalogen finns tillgänglig vid varje uppstart om " +"nätverket är åtkomligt. Den nya katalogen är då tillgänglig i din " +"filhanterare, som t. ex. Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -358,8 +431,7 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD-brännare" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -367,9 +439,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -377,7 +451,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>hittas under fliken Lokala diskar i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt i enlighet med med din flyttbara hårdvara (Endast CD/DVD-spelare, brännare och diskettstation)." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>hittas under fliken " +"Lokala diskar i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt i enlighet med med din " +"flyttbara hårdvara (Endast CD/DVD-spelare, brännare och diskettstation)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -391,7 +468,11 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "Längst upp i fönstret finns en kort beskrivning av din hårdvara och de valda alternativen att montera den. Använd menyn längst ner för att ändra dem. Kryssa i vilket objekt som ska ändras och sedan på knappen <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Längst upp i fönstret finns en kort beskrivning av din hårdvara och de valda " +"alternativen att montera den. Använd menyn längst ner för att ändra dem. " +"Kryssa i vilket objekt som ska ändras och sedan på knappen <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -402,7 +483,8 @@ msgstr "Monteringspunkt" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Kryssa i denna ruta för att ändra monteringspunkt. Standard är /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Kryssa i denna ruta för att ändra monteringspunkt. Standard är /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -412,9 +494,11 @@ msgstr "Val" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Många monteringspunkter kan välja antingen här direkt i listan eller via undermenyn <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. De huvudsakliga är:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Många monteringspunkter kan välja antingen här direkt i listan eller via " +"undermenyn <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. De huvudsakliga är:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -427,7 +511,10 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "användaren tillåter en vanlig användare (inte root) att montera en flyttbar disk, detta alternativ involverar noexec, nosuid och nodev. Användaren som monterade disken är den enda som kan avmontera den." +msgstr "" +"användaren tillåter en vanlig användare (inte root) att montera en flyttbar " +"disk, detta alternativ involverar noexec, nosuid och nodev. Användaren som " +"monterade disken är den enda som kan avmontera den." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -442,9 +529,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -453,40 +542,53 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange vilka katalogen som ska vara tillgängliga för användare på datorn. Protokollet som används är SMB som är populärt på Windows(R)-system. Den utdelade katalogen är tillgänglig direkt vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange " +"vilka katalogen som ska vara tillgängliga för användare på datorn. " +"Protokollet som används är SMB som är populärt på Windows(R)-system. Den " +"utdelade katalogen är tillgänglig direkt vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger " +"kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en " +"filhanterare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "Innan du startar verktyget så är det en bra idé att deklarera namnen på servrarna som är tillgängliga, till exempel med <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Innan du startar verktyget så är det en bra idé att deklarera namnen på " +"servrarna som är tillgängliga, till exempel med <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." -msgstr "Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över servrar som delar kataloger." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över " +"servrar som delar kataloger." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Klicka på servernamnet och > före servernamnet för att visa upp listan av delade mappar och välj den mapp som du vill få tillgång till." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på servernamnet och > före servernamnet för att visa upp listan av " +"delade mappar och välj den mapp som du vill få tillgång till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "För att knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ska bli tillgänglig så behöver du ange var mappen ska monteras." +msgstr "" +"För att knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ska bli tillgänglig " +"så behöver du ange var mappen ska monteras." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -497,7 +599,10 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Efter val av monteringspunkt så kan det monteras med knappen <guimenu>Montera</guimenu>. Du kan också bekräfta och ändra några alternativ med knappen <guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Efter val av monteringspunkt så kan det monteras med knappen " +"<guimenu>Montera</guimenu>. Du kan också bekräfta och ändra några alternativ " +"med knappen <guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -505,16 +610,17 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "I alternativ så kan du ange användarnamnet och lösenordet till de som ska kunna ansluta till SMB-servern. Efter att mappen har monterats så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp." +msgstr "" +"I alternativ så kan du ange användarnamnet och lösenordet till de som ska " +"kunna ansluta till SMB-servern. Efter att mappen har monterats så kan du " +"avmontera den med samma knapp." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -525,12 +631,14 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." -msgstr "Efter att konfigurationen accepterats med Klar-knappen kommer ett meddelande upp om du vill spara inställningarna i /etc/fstab. Sparas inställningarna så är katalogen åtkomlig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är igång. Den nya katalogen finns då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, t. ex. Dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Efter att konfigurationen accepterats med Klar-knappen kommer ett meddelande " +"upp om du vill spara inställningarna i /etc/fstab. Sparas inställningarna så " +"är katalogen åtkomlig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är igång. Den nya " +"katalogen finns då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, t. ex. Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -545,8 +653,7 @@ msgstr "3D-skrivbordseffekter" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -554,9 +661,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -564,7 +673,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> låter dig hantera skrivbordets 3D-effekter i ditt operativsystem. 3D-effekter är som standard avstängt." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> låter dig hantera " +"skrivbordets 3D-effekter i ditt operativsystem. 3D-effekter är som standard " +"avstängt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -577,30 +689,40 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "För att använda det här verktyget så behöver du ha glxinfo-paketet installerat. Om paketet inte är installerat så kommer du att bli tillfrågad med en popup-ruta om att göra så innan drak3d kan startas." +msgstr "" +"För att använda det här verktyget så behöver du ha glxinfo-paketet " +"installerat. Om paketet inte är installerat så kommer du att bli tillfrågad " +"med en popup-ruta om att göra så innan drak3d kan startas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." -msgstr "Efter att du startat drak3d kommer en meny att visas. Här kan du välja antingen <guilabel>Inga skrivbordseffekter</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion är en del av en sammansatt fönsterhanterare som bland annant innehåller hårdvaruaccelererade specialeffekter för ditt skrivbord. Välj <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> för att starta den." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du startat drak3d kommer en meny att visas. Här kan du välja " +"antingen <guilabel>Inga skrivbordseffekter</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Compiz " +"Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion är en del av en sammansatt fönsterhanterare " +"som bland annant innehåller hårdvaruaccelererade specialeffekter för ditt " +"skrivbord. Välj <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> för att starta den." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Om detta är första gången du startar programmet efter en ren installation av Mageia kommer ett varningsmeddelande att visas om vilka paket som måste installeras för att kunna använda Compiz Fusion. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att fortsätta." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Om detta är första gången du startar programmet efter en ren installation av " +"Mageia kommer ett varningsmeddelande att visas om vilka paket som måste " +"installeras för att kunna använda Compiz Fusion. Klicka på knappen " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att fortsätta." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -611,14 +733,20 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "När de lämpliga paketen slutligen är installerade så kommer du att märka att Compiz Fusion är valt i drak3d-menyn, men att du måste logga ut och logga in igen för att ändringarna ska få effekt." +msgstr "" +"När de lämpliga paketen slutligen är installerade så kommer du att märka att " +"Compiz Fusion är valt i drak3d-menyn, men att du måste logga ut och logga in " +"igen för att ändringarna ska få effekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "Efter att du har loggat in igen så kommer Compiz Fusion att vara aktiverat. För att ställa in Compiz Fusion så kollar du in sidan för ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)-verktyget." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har loggat in igen så kommer Compiz Fusion att vara aktiverat. " +"För att ställa in Compiz Fusion så kollar du in sidan för ccsm (CompizConfig " +"Settings Manager)-verktyget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -636,10 +764,12 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Om du efter att ha aktiverat Compiz Fusion och loggar in på skrivbordsmiljön igen och inte kan se någonting, starta om datorn för att komma tillbaka till inloggningsskärmen. Klicka sedan på skrivbordsikonen och välj drak3d." +msgstr "" +"Om du efter att ha aktiverat Compiz Fusion och loggar in på skrivbordsmiljön " +"igen och inte kan se någonting, starta om datorn för att komma tillbaka till " +"inloggningsskärmen. Klicka sedan på skrivbordsikonen och välj drak3d." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -649,9 +779,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." -msgstr "Om ditt konto är ett administratörskonto kommer du att bli ombedd att ange ditt lösenord igen när du loggar in. Använd annars ett administratörskonto. Därefter kan du återställa de ändringar som kan ha orsakat inloggningsproblemet." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt konto är ett administratörskonto kommer du att bli ombedd att ange " +"ditt lösenord igen när du loggar in. Använd annars ett administratörskonto. " +"Därefter kan du återställa de ändringar som kan ha orsakat " +"inloggningsproblemet." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -663,8 +797,7 @@ msgstr "Verifiering" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -672,16 +805,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> möjliggör att du kan ändra på vilket sätt som du blir erkänd som användare av maskinen eller på nätet." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> möjliggör att du " +"kan ändra på vilket sätt som du blir erkänd som användare av maskinen eller " +"på nätet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -689,7 +827,10 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "Som standard så lagras informationen om din autentisering i en fil på din dator. Modifiera den enbart om din nätverksadministratör bjuder in dig att göra det och ger dig information om det." +msgstr "" +"Som standard så lagras informationen om din autentisering i en fil på din " +"dator. Modifiera den enbart om din nätverksadministratör bjuder in dig att " +"göra det och ger dig information om det." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -701,8 +842,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in uppstartssystemet" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -710,9 +850,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 @@ -720,50 +862,72 @@ msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> tillåter dig att konfigurera uppstartsalternativen (valet av uppstartsladdare, ställa in ett lösenord, standard-uppstarten etc.)" +msgstr "" +"det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> tillåter dig att " +"konfigurera uppstartsalternativen (valet av uppstartsladdare, ställa in ett " +"lösenord, standard-uppstarten etc.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "Det hittas under fliken Uppstart i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt \"Ställ in uppstartssystemet\"." +msgstr "" +"Det hittas under fliken Uppstart i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt \"Ställ in " +"uppstartssystemet\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "Använd inte det här verktyget om du inte exakt vet vad du håller på med. Att ändra några inställningar kan förhindra att din maskin startar upp igen !" +msgstr "" +"Använd inte det här verktyget om du inte exakt vet vad du håller på med. Att " +"ändra några inställningar kan förhindra att din maskin startar upp igen !" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "I den första delen kallad <guilabel>Starthanterare</guilabel> kan man välja vilken starthanterare som ska användas, antingen Grub eller Lilo och med grafisk eller textbaserad meny. Det är en smaksak och har inga andra konsekvenser. Du kan också ange <guilabel>Startenhet</guilabel>, ändra inte dessa inställningar om du inte är en expert. Startenheten är där starthanteraren installeras och ändringar i den kan hindra din dator från att starta." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"I den första delen kallad <guilabel>Starthanterare</guilabel> kan man välja " +"vilken starthanterare som ska användas, antingen Grub eller Lilo och med " +"grafisk eller textbaserad meny. Det är en smaksak och har inga andra " +"konsekvenser. Du kan också ange <guilabel>Startenhet</guilabel>, ändra inte " +"dessa inställningar om du inte är en expert. Startenheten är där " +"starthanteraren installeras och ändringar i den kan hindra din dator från " +"att starta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "I andra delen kallad <guilabel>Huvudinställningar</guilabel> kan du ställa in <guibutton> Fördröjning innan uppstart av standardavbild</guibutton> i sekunder. Under denna fördröjning kommer Grub eller Lilo att visa en lista över tillgängliga operativsystem som du kan välja mellan. Om du inte väljer något kommer starthanteraren att välja standardalternativet när tiden gått ut." +msgstr "" +"I andra delen kallad <guilabel>Huvudinställningar</guilabel> kan du ställa " +"in <guibutton> Fördröjning innan uppstart av standardavbild</guibutton> i " +"sekunder. Under denna fördröjning kommer Grub eller Lilo att visa en lista " +"över tillgängliga operativsystem som du kan välja mellan. Om du inte väljer " +"något kommer starthanteraren att välja standardalternativet när tiden gått " +"ut." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "I den tredje och sista delen som kallas <guibutton>Säkerhet</guibutton>så är det möjligt att ställa in ett lösenord." +msgstr "" +"I den tredje och sista delen som kallas <guibutton>Säkerhet</guibutton>så är " +"det möjligt att ställa in ett lösenord." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 @@ -782,7 +946,11 @@ msgid "" "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Avancerad konfiguration och strömgränssnitt) är en standard för strömhanteringen. Det kan spara ström genom att stoppa oanvända enheter, det här var metoden som användes före APM. Bocka i den här rutan om din hårdvara är ACPI-kompatibel." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Avancerad konfiguration och strömgränssnitt) är en standard för " +"strömhanteringen. Det kan spara ström genom att stoppa oanvända enheter, det " +"här var metoden som användes före APM. Bocka i den här rutan om din hårdvara " +"är ACPI-kompatibel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 @@ -794,21 +962,27 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera SMP:</guibutton>" msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP står för Symetriska Multiprocessorer, det är en arkitektur för processorer med flera kärnor." +msgstr "" +"SMP står för Symetriska Multiprocessorer, det är en arkitektur för " +"processorer med flera kärnor." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Om du har en processor med HyperThreading så kommer Mageia att se den som en dubbelkärnig processor och aktivera SMP." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en processor med HyperThreading så kommer Mageia att se den som en " +"dubbelkärnig processor och aktivera SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera APIC</guibutton> och <guibutton>Aktivera lokal APIC:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Aktivera APIC</guibutton> och <guibutton>Aktivera lokal APIC:</" +"guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 @@ -819,12 +993,19 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." -msgstr "APIC står för Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Det finns två komponenter i Intels APIC-system, den lokala APIC (LAPIC) och I/O APIC. Denna omdirigerar avbrotten som erhålls via kringutrustning till en eller flera lokala APICs som finns i processorn. Det är speciellt användbart i system med mer än en processor. Vissa datorer har problem med APIC-systemet som kan orsaka hängningar eller inkorrekt enhetsidentifiering (felmeddelande \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7). Om så är fallet så avaktivera APIC och/eller lokal APIC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC står för Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Det finns två " +"komponenter i Intels APIC-system, den lokala APIC (LAPIC) och I/O APIC. " +"Denna omdirigerar avbrotten som erhålls via kringutrustning till en eller " +"flera lokala APICs som finns i processorn. Det är speciellt användbart i " +"system med mer än en processor. Vissa datorer har problem med APIC-systemet " +"som kan orsaka hängningar eller inkorrekt enhetsidentifiering (felmeddelande " +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7). Om så är fallet så avaktivera APIC och/" +"eller lokal APIC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -833,16 +1014,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "På <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> skärm visas alla tillgängliga poster som finns vid uppstart. Standard är markerad med en asterisk. Klicka på upp eller ner-pilarna för att ändra ordningen i menyn. Om du klickar på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>-knapparna kommer ett nytt fönster att visas där du antingen kan lägga till nya poster i Grubmenyn eller ändra befintliga. Du bör känna till hur Lilo eller Grub fungerar för att använda dessa verktyg." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"På <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> skärm visas alla tillgängliga poster som " +"finns vid uppstart. Standard är markerad med en asterisk. Klicka på upp " +"eller ner-pilarna för att ändra ordningen i menyn. Om du klickar på " +"<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>-" +"knapparna kommer ett nytt fönster att visas där du antingen kan lägga till " +"nya poster i Grubmenyn eller ändra befintliga. Du bör känna till hur Lilo " +"eller Grub fungerar för att använda dessa verktyg." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -853,35 +1040,45 @@ msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "<guilabel>Etikettfältet</guilabel> är valfritt, ange vad som ska visas i menyn. Det matchar Grubs titel-kommando. T. ex: Mageia3." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Etikettfältet</guilabel> är valfritt, ange vad som ska visas i " +"menyn. Det matchar Grubs titel-kommando. T. ex: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Avbild</guilabel> innehåller namnet på kärnan. Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"kernel\". Till exempel /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"Fältet <guilabel>Avbild</guilabel> innehåller namnet på kärnan. Det matchar " +"Grub-kommandot \"kernel\". Till exempel /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Root</guilabel> innehåller enhetsnamnet där kärnan lagras. Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"root\". Till exempel (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" +"Fältet <guilabel>Root</guilabel> innehåller enhetsnamnet där kärnan lagras. " +"Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"root\". Till exempel (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Bifoga</guilabel> innehåller valen som ska anges till kärnan vid tid för uppstart." +msgstr "" +"Fältet <guilabel>Bifoga</guilabel> innehåller valen som ska anges till " +"kärnan vid tid för uppstart." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "Om rutan <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> är förvalt så kommer Grub att ladda den här posten som standard." +msgstr "" +"Om rutan <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> är förvalt så kommer Grub att ladda " +"den här posten som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 @@ -889,7 +1086,10 @@ msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "I extra-rutan kallad <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel> så är det möjligt att välja <guilabel>Video-läge</guilabel>, en initrd-file och en <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> i rullgardinsmenyerna." +msgstr "" +"I extra-rutan kallad <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel> så är det möjligt att " +"välja <guilabel>Video-läge</guilabel>, en initrd-file och en <xref linkend=" +"\"draknetprofile\"></xref> i rullgardinsmenyerna." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -901,8 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera autologin för automatisk inloggning" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -910,8 +1109,8 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från " #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -921,14 +1120,20 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ställa in automatisk inloggning för en användare utan att ange lösenord. Det kallas automatisk inloggning och kan vara användbart när det bara finns en användare som använder datorn." +msgstr "" +"Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ställa in " +"automatisk inloggning för en användare utan att ange lösenord. Det kallas " +"automatisk inloggning och kan vara användbart när det bara finns en " +"användare som använder datorn." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Det finns under <emphasis role=\"bold\">Start</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och är märkt \"Ställ in automatisk inloggning\"." +msgstr "" +"Det finns under <emphasis role=\"bold\">Start</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias " +"kontrollcenter och är märkt \"Ställ in automatisk inloggning\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -938,23 +1143,35 @@ msgstr "Gränssnittets knappar är ganska uppenbara:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Kryssa i <guibutton>Starta det grafiska gränssnittet automatiskt när datorn startar</guibutton> om du vill att X-fönstersystem ska startas efter uppstarten. Annars kommer systemet att starta i textbaserad läge. Oavsett vad så är det möjligt att starta det grafiska gränssnittet manuellt, genom att t. ex. att köra kommandot 'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Kryssa i <guibutton>Starta det grafiska gränssnittet automatiskt när datorn " +"startar</guibutton> om du vill att X-fönstersystem ska startas efter " +"uppstarten. Annars kommer systemet att starta i textbaserad läge. Oavsett " +"vad så är det möjligt att starta det grafiska gränssnittet manuellt, genom " +"att t. ex. att köra kommandot 'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Om första rutan är ikryssad kommer två nya alternativ att vara tillgängliga, antingen väljer du <guibutton>Nej, jag vill inte använda autologin</guibutton> om du vill att systemet ska fortsätta att fråga om användarnamn och lösenord, eller kryssa i <guibutton>Ja, jag vill använda autologin för denna (användare, skrivbord)</guibutton> om nödvändigt. I så fall måste du även ange <guilabel>standardanvändare</guilabel> och <guilabel>standard skrivbordsmiljö</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Om första rutan är ikryssad kommer två nya alternativ att vara tillgängliga, " +"antingen väljer du <guibutton>Nej, jag vill inte använda autologin</" +"guibutton> om du vill att systemet ska fortsätta att fråga om användarnamn " +"och lösenord, eller kryssa i <guibutton>Ja, jag vill använda autologin för " +"denna (användare, skrivbord)</guibutton> om nödvändigt. I så fall måste du " +"även ange <guilabel>standardanvändare</guilabel> och <guilabel>standard " +"skrivbordsmiljö</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -969,32 +1186,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och användas från en konsol." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och " +"användas från en konsol." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Det rekommenderas att skriva utdatan av detta kommando till en fil, till exempel genom <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, men se till att du har tillräckligt med diskutrymme först. Filen kan lätt bli flera gigabyte stor." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderas att skriva utdatan av detta kommando till en fil, till " +"exempel genom <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</" +"emphasis>, men se till att du har tillräckligt med diskutrymme först. Filen " +"kan lätt bli flera gigabyte stor." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." -msgstr "Utdatan är alldeles för stor för att bifogas till en felrapport utan att först ta bort obehövliga delar." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"Utdatan är alldeles för stor för att bifogas till en felrapport utan att " +"först ta bort obehövliga delar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1171,12 +1398,19 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "När denna hjälptext skrevs så var delar av utdatan från \"syslog\" tom, detta för att verktyget inte är anpassat till vår övergång till systemd. Om den fortfarande är tom kan du återfå \"syslog\" skriva (som root): <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Om du har dåligt med diskutrymme kan du exempelvis ta de sista 5000 raderna av loggfilen istället: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"När denna hjälptext skrevs så var delar av utdatan från \"syslog\" tom, " +"detta för att verktyget inte är anpassat till vår övergång till systemd. Om " +"den fortfarande är tom kan du återfå \"syslog\" skriva (som root): <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Om du har dåligt " +"med diskutrymme kan du exempelvis ta de sista 5000 raderna av loggfilen " +"istället: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > " +"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1188,8 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia's felrapporteringsverktyg" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1197,29 +1430,38 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." -msgstr "Vanligtvis så startas detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> automatiskt när ett av Mageias verktyg slutar att fungera. Det är emellertid möjligt att efter att du fyllt i en felrapport så kan du bli tillfrågad att starta verktyget igen för att kontrollera informationen som ges, och sedan ange den i en existerande felrapport." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis så startas detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"automatiskt när ett av Mageias verktyg slutar att fungera. Det är emellertid " +"möjligt att efter att du fyllt i en felrapport så kan du bli tillfrågad att " +"starta verktyget igen för att kontrollera informationen som ges, och sedan " +"ange den i en existerande felrapport." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." -msgstr "Om en ny felrapport måste lämnas in och du inte är van vid att göra det, vänligen läs <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Hur man rapporterar ett programfel på rätt sätt</link> innan du klickar på knappen Rapportera." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Om en ny felrapport måste lämnas in och du inte är van vid att göra det, " +"vänligen läs <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Hur man rapporterar ett programfel på rätt " +"sätt</link> innan du klickar på knappen Rapportera." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1227,7 +1469,10 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "Om felet redan har rapporterats av någon annan (felmeddelandet som dragbug ger kommer i så fall vara samma) är det bra om man skriver en kommentar till den rapporten också." +msgstr "" +"Om felet redan har rapporterats av någon annan (felmeddelandet som dragbug " +"ger kommer i så fall vara samma) är det bra om man skriver en kommentar till " +"den rapporten också." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1239,8 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera datum och tid" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1248,18 +1492,24 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under systemfliken i Mageias kontrollcentral och kallas <guilabel>Hantera datum och tid</guilabel>. I vissa skrivbordsmiljöer är den även tillgänglig genom att högerklicka på klockan i systembrickan och välja ändra datum och tid." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under " +"systemfliken i Mageias kontrollcentral och kallas <guilabel>Hantera datum " +"och tid</guilabel>. I vissa skrivbordsmiljöer är den även tillgänglig genom " +"att högerklicka på klockan i systembrickan och välja ändra datum och tid." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1270,30 +1520,44 @@ msgstr "Det är ett väldigt enkelt verktyg." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "I övre vänstra hörnet finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendern</emphasis>. I skärmdumpen ovan är datumet september (uppe till vänster), 2012 (uppe till höger), den andra (i blått) och det är en söndag. Välj månad (eller år) genom att klicka på de små pilarna på vardera sida om september (eller 2012). Välj dag genom att klicka på numret." +msgstr "" +"I övre vänstra hörnet finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendern</emphasis>. I " +"skärmdumpen ovan är datumet september (uppe till vänster), 2012 (uppe till " +"höger), den andra (i blått) och det är en söndag. Välj månad (eller år) " +"genom att klicka på de små pilarna på vardera sida om september (eller " +"2012). Välj dag genom att klicka på numret." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "Längst ner till vänster finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nätverk tidsprotokoll</emphasis>-synkronisering där det finns möjlighet att alltid ha klockan synkroniserad genom en server. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera nätverkstids-protokoll</guilabel> och välj närmsta server." +msgstr "" +"Längst ner till vänster finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nätverk tidsprotokoll</" +"emphasis>-synkronisering där det finns möjlighet att alltid ha klockan " +"synkroniserad genom en server. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera nätverkstids-" +"protokoll</guilabel> och välj närmsta server." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "På högra delen finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">klockan</emphasis>. Det är inte nödvändigt att ställa in klockan om NTP är aktiverat. Tre rutor visar timmar, minuter och sekunder (15, 28 och 22) i skärmdumpen). Använd de små pilarna för att ställa in klockan korrekt. Tidsformatet kan inte ändras här. Läs dokumentationen för din skrivbordsmiljö för detta." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"På högra delen finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">klockan</emphasis>. Det är inte " +"nödvändigt att ställa in klockan om NTP är aktiverat. Tre rutor visar " +"timmar, minuter och sekunder (15, 28 och 22) i skärmdumpen). Använd de små " +"pilarna för att ställa in klockan korrekt. Tidsformatet kan inte ändras här. " +"Läs dokumentationen för din skrivbordsmiljö för detta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1301,15 +1565,20 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "Välj åtminstonde din tidszon längst ner till höger genom att klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ändra tidszon</guibutton> och välj närmaste stad i listan." +msgstr "" +"Välj åtminstonde din tidszon längst ner till höger genom att klicka på " +"knappen <guibutton>Ändra tidszon</guibutton> och välj närmaste stad i listan." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "Även om det inte är möjligt att välja ett datum eller tidsformat i detta verktyg så kommer de att visas på ditt skrivbord i enlighet med dina lokaliseringsinställningar." +msgstr "" +"Även om det inte är möjligt att välja ett datum eller tidsformat i detta " +"verktyg så kommer de att visas på ditt skrivbord i enlighet med dina " +"lokaliseringsinställningar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1321,8 +1590,7 @@ msgstr "Ta bort en anslutning" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1330,30 +1598,37 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan även köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Här kan du ta bort ett nätverksgränssnitt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du ta bort ett nätverksgränssnitt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välj vilken du vill ta bort, klicka sedan på <emphasis>nästa</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välj vilken du vill ta bort, klicka sedan på " +"<emphasis>nästa</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "Du kommer att få ett meddelande om att nätverksgränssnittet har tagits bort." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer att få ett meddelande om att nätverksgränssnittet har tagits bort." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1365,8 +1640,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera ett nytt nätverksgränssnitt (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ....)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1374,9 +1648,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1384,14 +1660,19 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du konfigurera mycket av det lokala nätverket och Internet. Du behöver information från din internetleverantör eller nätverksadministratör." +msgstr "" +"Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du " +"konfigurera mycket av det lokala nätverket och Internet. Du behöver " +"information från din internetleverantör eller nätverksadministratör." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "Välj vilken uppkoppling du vill konfigurera, i enlighet med den hårdvara och leverantör du har." +msgstr "" +"Välj vilken uppkoppling du vill konfigurera, i enlighet med den hårdvara och " +"leverantör du har." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1403,133 +1684,150 @@ msgstr "En ny trådbunden anslutning (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det som du ska ställa in." +msgstr "" +"Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det " +"som du ska ställa in." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress." +msgstr "" +"I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "Automatisk IP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange om DNS-servrarna tillhandahålls via DHCP, eller om du manuellt måste ställa in dem vilket förklaras nedan. I det senare fallet måste IP-adressen ställas in. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget värdnamn ställs in kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard. Värdnamnet kan även förses av DHCP-servern med växeln <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Många DHCP-servrar har inte den funktionaliteten, och om du konfigurerar din PC till att automatiskt få en IP-adress genom en lokal ADSL-router är det osannolikt." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange om DNS-" +"servrarna tillhandahålls via DHCP, eller om du manuellt måste ställa in dem " +"vilket förklaras nedan. I det senare fallet måste IP-adressen ställas in. " +"Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget värdnamn ställs in kommer " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard. " +"Värdnamnet kan även förses av DHCP-servern med växeln <emphasis>Tilldela " +"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Många DHCP-servrar har inte den " +"funktionaliteten, och om du konfigurerar din PC till att automatiskt få en " +"IP-adress genom en lokal ADSL-router är det osannolikt." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "Avancerade-knappen ger dig möjligheten att specificera:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "Sök domän (inte tillgänglig, som angiven av DHCP-servern)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "DHCP-klienten" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "DHCP-timeout" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "Få YP-server av DHCP (markerad som standard): Ange NIS-server" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Få NTPD-server av DHCP (tidssynkronisering av klockor)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en IP-adress. Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar." +msgstr "" +"VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att " +"klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en IP-adress. " +"Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla " +"nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Manuell inställning" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du behöver deklarera vilka DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inte VÄRDNAMN anges så ställs <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> in som standard." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du behöver deklarera vilka " +"DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inte " +"VÄRDNAMN anges så ställs <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> in som " +"standard." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är tillgängligt från din internetleverantörs hemsida." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är tillgängligt från din " +"internetleverantörs hemsida." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för \"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala ADSL-leverantörerna använder inte den inställningen." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</" +"emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för " +"\"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så " +"är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det " +"ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala ADSL-leverantörerna använder " +"inte den inställningen." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1550,11 +1848,13 @@ msgstr "En ny satellit-anslutning (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet.</link> Tack på förhand." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du " +"kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet.</link> Tack på förhand." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1566,59 +1866,74 @@ msgstr "En ny kabel-modemsanslutning" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Du måste välja en autentiseringsmetod:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (nödvändig för Telstra). I detta fall måste du ange användarnamn och lösenord." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (nödvändig för Telstra). I detta fall måste du ange användarnamn " +"och lösenord." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen anges, datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Alla DHCP-servrar har inte den funktionen, och om du konfigurerar din dator att tilldelas en IP-adress från en ADSL-router är det osannolikt." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar " +"deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras " +"nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen anges, datorns VÄRDNAMN kan " +"också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också " +"tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela " +"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Alla DHCP-servrar har inte den " +"funktionen, och om du konfigurerar din dator att tilldelas en IP-adress från " +"en ADSL-router är det osannolikt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange vilka DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange vilka DNS-servrar " +"som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget " +"VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som " +"standard." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för \"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala nätverken behöver inte den inställningen." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</" +"emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för " +"\"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så " +"är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det " +"ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala nätverken behöver inte den " +"inställningen." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1633,47 +1948,47 @@ msgstr "En ny DSL-anslutning" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Om verktyget hittar ett nätverkskort erbjuder det att välja ett och konfigurera det." +msgstr "" +"Om verktyget hittar ett nätverkskort erbjuder det att välja ett och " +"konfigurera det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. " +"Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och " +"fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Välj en av de tillgängliga protokollen:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Dynamiskt konfigurationsprotokoll för värd (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Manuell TCP/IP-konfiguration" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP över ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP över Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Tunnelprotokoll från punkt till punkt (PPTP)" @@ -1683,26 +1998,22 @@ msgstr "Tunnelprotokoll från punkt till punkt (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Åtkomstinställningar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Konto-inloggning (användarnamn)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Konto-lösenord" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avancerat) virtuellt genvägs-ID (VPI)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avancerad) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" @@ -1722,14 +2033,12 @@ msgstr "En ny ISDN-anslutning" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "Guiden frågar vilken enhet som ska ställas in:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Manuellt val (Internt ISDN-kort)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Externt ISDN-modem" @@ -1739,16 +2048,16 @@ msgstr "Externt ISDN-modem" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "En lista med hårdvara visas, sorterad per kategori och tillverkare. Välj ditt kort." +msgstr "" +"En lista med hårdvara visas, sorterad per kategori och tillverkare. Välj " +"ditt kort." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protokoll för resten av världen, förutom Europa (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protokoll för Europa (EDSS1)" @@ -1757,31 +2066,30 @@ msgstr "Protokoll för Europa (EDSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter. Sedan tillfrågas parametrar:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. " +"Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och " +"fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter. Sedan tillfrågas parametrar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Namn på anslutning" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Telefonnummer" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "Inloggnings-ID" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Identifieringsmetod" @@ -1791,43 +2099,49 @@ msgstr "Identifieringsmetod" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "Efter det måste du välja om du får din IP-adress automatiskt eller måste ange den manuellt. I sista fallet så skriv in din IP-adress och nätmask." +msgstr "" +"Efter det måste du välja om du får din IP-adress automatiskt eller måste " +"ange den manuellt. I sista fallet så skriv in din IP-adress och nätmask." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" -msgstr "Nästa steg är att välja hur adresserna till DNS-servrar erhålls. Antingen automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ställa in:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"Nästa steg är att välja hur adresserna till DNS-servrar erhålls. Antingen " +"automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ställa in:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Namn på domän" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Första och andra DNS-server" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Välj om värdnamnet ställs in från IP. Välja bara detta om du är säker på att din leverantör är konfigurerad att acceptera det." +msgstr "" +"Välj om värdnamnet ställs in från IP. Välja bara detta om du är säker på att " +"din leverantör är konfigurerad att acceptera det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." -msgstr "Nästa steg är att ställa in hur gateway-adressen erhålls. Antingen automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ange IP-adressen." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"Nästa steg är att ställa in hur gateway-adressen erhålls. Antingen " +"automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ange IP-" +"adressen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1840,103 +2154,94 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "Den första skärmen visar en lista över vilka gränssnitt som är tillgängliga och en post för varje Windows-drivrutin (ndiswrapper). Välj den som ska konfigureras. Använd bara ndiswrapper om de andra konfigurationsalternativen inte fungerade." +msgstr "" +"Den första skärmen visar en lista över vilka gränssnitt som är tillgängliga " +"och en post för varje Windows-drivrutin (ndiswrapper). Välj den som ska " +"konfigureras. Använd bara ndiswrapper om de andra konfigurationsalternativen " +"inte fungerade." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "I det här steget får man välja mellan de olika accesspunkterna som kortet har hittat." +msgstr "" +"I det här steget får man välja mellan de olika accesspunkterna som kortet " +"har hittat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Det trådlösa kortets specifika parametrar är att ange:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Arbetsläge:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Hanterad" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "För att få tillgång till en befintlig accesspunkt (den vanligaste)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "För att ställa in direktanslutning mellan datorer." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Namn på nätverk (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "Krypteringsläge: Det beror på hur åtkomstpunkten är inställd." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "Detta krypteringsläge är att föredra om din hårdvara tillåter det." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "Viss äldre hårdvara kan bara hantera denna krypteringsmetod." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Det ges i regel av hårdvaran som tillhandahåller accesspunkten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1944,10 +2249,10 @@ msgstr "Det ges i regel av hårdvaran som tillhandahåller accesspunkten." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress." +msgstr "" +"I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1957,49 +2262,63 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen till DNS-servrarna anges. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar " +"deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras " +"nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen till DNS-servrarna anges. " +"Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet " +"kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela " +"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "Få YP-server från DHCP (valt som standard): Ange NIS-servrar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Efter att konfigurationen godkänts så kommer nästa steg, som är gemensamt för alla nätverkskonfigurationer att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Efter att konfigurationen godkänts så kommer nästa steg, som är gemensamt " +"för alla nätverkskonfigurationer att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-" +"end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange DNS-servrar. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange DNS-servrar. Datorns " +"VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal> att användas som standard." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." -msgstr "För ett hemmanätverk brukar IP-adressen i regel likna <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, nätmask är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gateway och DNS-servrar är tillgängliga på din leverantörs hemsida." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"För ett hemmanätverk brukar IP-adressen i regel likna <emphasis>192.168.x.x</" +"emphasis>, nätmask är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gateway och DNS-" +"servrar är tillgängliga på din leverantörs hemsida." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." -msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du ange en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Det syns i ditt värdnamn, utan det första namnet och innan punkten." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du ange en <emphasis>sökdomän</" +"emphasis>. Det syns i ditt värdnamn, utan det första namnet och innan " +"punkten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2011,11 +2330,14 @@ msgstr "En ny GPRS/Edge/3G-anslutning" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Om verktyget hittar några trådlösa nätverkskort låter det dig välja ett och konfigurera det." +msgstr "" +"Om verktyget hittar några trådlösa nätverkskort låter det dig välja ett och " +"konfigurera det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "PIN-koden efterfrågas. Lämna tomt om PIN-koden inte behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2023,15 +2345,16 @@ msgstr "PIN-koden efterfrågas. Lämna tomt om PIN-koden inte behövs." msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "Guiden frågar efter ett nätverk om det inte hittas, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistat</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Guiden frågar efter ett nätverk om det inte hittas, välj alternativet " +"<guilabel>Olistat</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Ange åtkomstinställningar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Namn på åtkomstpunkt" @@ -2046,14 +2369,12 @@ msgstr "En ny uppringd nätverksanslutning via Bluetooth" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "En ny analog telefon-modemsanslutning (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Manuellt val" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Upptäckt hårdvara, om någon." @@ -2068,73 +2389,69 @@ msgstr "En lista av portar är föreslaget. Välj din port." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Om det inte är installerat så är det rekommenderat att du installerar paketet <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Om det inte är installerat så är det rekommenderat att du installerar " +"paketet <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "En lista visas med olika leverantörer, sorterade efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med i listan så väljer du alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och anger sedan de inställningar du fått av leverantören. Sedan tillfrågas uppringningsalternativ:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"En lista visas med olika leverantörer, sorterade efter land. Välj din " +"leverantör. Om den inte finns med i listan så väljer du alternativet " +"<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och anger sedan de inställningar du fått av " +"leverantören. Sedan tillfrågas uppringningsalternativ:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Namn på anslutning</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Telefonnummer</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Inloggnings-ID</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Lösenord</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Identifiering</emphasis>, välj mellan:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Skript-baserad" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Terminal-baserad" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2168,7 +2485,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Aktivera trafikloggning</emphasis>" #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Tillåt gränssnittet att kontrolleras av Network Manager</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tillåt gränssnittet att kontrolleras av Network Manager</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2176,7 +2494,11 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "När det gäller trådlösa anslutningar kommer finns en kompletterande kryssruta <emphasis>Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkter</emphasis> som gör det möjligt att automatiskt byta mellan anslutningspunkter beroende på signalstyrka." +msgstr "" +"När det gäller trådlösa anslutningar kommer finns en kompletterande " +"kryssruta <emphasis>Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkter</emphasis> som gör det " +"möjligt att automatiskt byta mellan anslutningspunkter beroende på " +"signalstyrka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2208,10 +2530,11 @@ msgstr "Aktivera IPv6 till IPv4-tunnel" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "Det sista steget tillåter dig att specificera om anslutningen ska starta omedelbart eller inte." +msgstr "" +"Det sista steget tillåter dig att specificera om anslutningen ska starta " +"omedelbart eller inte." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2226,8 +2549,7 @@ msgstr "Öppna en konsoll som en administratör" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2235,17 +2557,21 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." -msgstr "Det här verktyget ger dig tillgång till en konsol som körs som root. Vi tror inte du behöver mer information än så." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget ger dig tillgång till en konsol som körs som root. Vi tror " +"inte du behöver mer information än så." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2257,8 +2583,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera hårddisk-partitioner" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk eller diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2266,10 +2591,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</" +"emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2277,19 +2605,25 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är väldigt kraftfullt, ett minsta fel eller att katten hoppar upp på tangentbordet kan resultera i att all data på partitionen, även hela hårddisken kan raderas. Därför ser du fönstret ovanpå verktygsfönstret. Klicka på <emphasis>Avsluta</emphasis> om du är osäker på om du vill fortsätta." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är väldigt " +"kraftfullt, ett minsta fel eller att katten hoppar upp på tangentbordet kan " +"resultera i att all data på partitionen, även hela hårddisken kan raderas. " +"Därför ser du fönstret ovanpå verktygsfönstret. Klicka på <emphasis>Avsluta</" +"emphasis> om du är osäker på om du vill fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Om du har mer än en hårddisk så kan du byta till hårddisken som du vill jobba på genom att välja den korrekta fliken (sda, sdb, sdc osv)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har mer än en hårddisk så kan du byta till hårddisken som du vill " +"jobba på genom att välja den korrekta fliken (sda, sdb, sdc osv)." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2299,12 +2633,17 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." -msgstr "Du kan välja bland många olika åtgärder för att anpassa din hårddisk efter dina önskemål. Radera en hel hårddisk, dela eller slå ihop partitioner, ändra storlek eller filsystem, formatera eller visa vad som finns på en partition. Knappen <emphasis><guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton></emphasis> längst ner används för att radera hela disken, de andra knapparna blir synliga och visas till höger när du klickat på en partition." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja bland många olika åtgärder för att anpassa din hårddisk efter " +"dina önskemål. Radera en hel hårddisk, dela eller slå ihop partitioner, " +"ändra storlek eller filsystem, formatera eller visa vad som finns på en " +"partition. Knappen <emphasis><guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton></emphasis> " +"längst ner används för att radera hela disken, de andra knapparna blir " +"synliga och visas till höger när du klickat på en partition." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2312,7 +2651,10 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Om den valda partitionen är monterad som i nedanstående exempel så kan du inte välja att ändra storlek, formatera eller att ta bort den. För att göra det så måste partitionen avmonteras först." +msgstr "" +"Om den valda partitionen är monterad som i nedanstående exempel så kan du " +"inte välja att ändra storlek, formatera eller att ta bort den. För att göra " +"det så måste partitionen avmonteras först." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2326,15 +2668,20 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "För att ändra partitionstyp (t. ex. ändra från ext3 till ext4) måste du först ta bort partitionen och sedan återskapa den med det nya filsystemet. Knappen <guibutton role=\"bold\">Skapa</guibutton> visas du klickar på oanvänt diskutrymme." +msgstr "" +"För att ändra partitionstyp (t. ex. ändra från ext3 till ext4) måste du " +"först ta bort partitionen och sedan återskapa den med det nya filsystemet. " +"Knappen <guibutton role=\"bold\">Skapa</guibutton> visas du klickar på " +"oanvänt diskutrymme." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." -msgstr "Du kan välja en monteringspunkt som inte existerar, den kommer då att bli skapad." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja en monteringspunkt som inte existerar, den kommer då att bli " +"skapad." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2345,10 +2692,12 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "Att välja <emphasis><guibutton>Byt till expertläge</guibutton></emphasis> ger lite fler alternativ som att t. ex. ändra partitionens namn, som kan ses i skärmdumpen nedan." +msgstr "" +"Att välja <emphasis><guibutton>Byt till expertläge</guibutton></emphasis> " +"ger lite fler alternativ som att t. ex. ändra partitionens namn, som kan ses " +"i skärmdumpen nedan." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2363,8 +2712,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in en skärmhanterare" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2372,17 +2720,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." -msgstr "Här<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du välja vilken fönsterhanterare som ska användas för att logga in på ditt skrivbord. Enbart de som finns tillgängliga på din dator visas." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"Här<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du välja vilken " +"fönsterhanterare som ska användas för att logga in på ditt skrivbord. Enbart " +"de som finns tillgängliga på din dator visas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2390,7 +2743,10 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "De flesta användarna kommer bara att märka att loginskärmen ser annorlunda ut. Det finns dock skillnader i de funktioner som stöds. LXDM är en lätt fönsterhanterare, KDM och GDM har fler möjligheter." +msgstr "" +"De flesta användarna kommer bara att märka att loginskärmen ser annorlunda " +"ut. Det finns dock skillnader i de funktioner som stöds. LXDM är en lätt " +"fönsterhanterare, KDM och GDM har fler möjligheter." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2402,8 +2758,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in din personliga brandvägg" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2411,9 +2766,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2422,18 +2779,28 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under säkerhetsfliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och kallas \"Konfigurera din personliga brandvägg\". Det är samma verktyg som finns på första fliken i \"Konfigurera säkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner\"." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under " +"säkerhetsfliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och kallas \"Konfigurera din " +"personliga brandvägg\". Det är samma verktyg som finns på första fliken i " +"\"Konfigurera säkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "En grundläggande brandvägg installeras som standard med Mageia. All inkommande trafik utifrån blockeras om de inte är godkända. På första skärmen ovan kan du välja vilka tjänster som ska accepteras utifrån. Av säkerhetsskäl, bocka av första rutan <guilabel>Allt (ingen brandvägg)</guilabel> om du inte vill avaktivera brandväggen, och bara välja nödvändiga tjänster." +msgstr "" +"En grundläggande brandvägg installeras som standard med Mageia. All " +"inkommande trafik utifrån blockeras om de inte är godkända. På första " +"skärmen ovan kan du välja vilka tjänster som ska accepteras utifrån. Av " +"säkerhetsskäl, bocka av första rutan <guilabel>Allt (ingen brandvägg)</" +"guilabel> om du inte vill avaktivera brandväggen, och bara välja nödvändiga " +"tjänster." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2442,7 +2809,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "Det är möjligt att manuellt ange vilka portar som ska vara öppna. Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> så öppnas ett nytt fönster. I fältet <guilabel>Andra portar</guilabel>, ange vilka portar som behövs genom att följa dessa exempel :" +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att manuellt ange vilka portar som ska vara öppna. Klicka på " +"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> så öppnas ett nytt fönster. I fältet " +"<guilabel>Andra portar</guilabel>, ange vilka portar som behövs genom att " +"följa dessa exempel :" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -2452,7 +2823,8 @@ msgstr "80/tcp: öppna porten 80's TCP-protokoll" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" -msgstr "24000:24010/udp : öppna alla portar från 24000 till 24010 UDP-protokollet" +msgstr "" +"24000:24010/udp : öppna alla portar från 24000 till 24010 UDP-protokollet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 @@ -2464,10 +2836,12 @@ msgstr "De listade portarna bör skiljas åt med ett mellanslag" msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "Om kryssrutan <guilabel>Logga brandvägssmeddelanden i systemloggen</guilabel> är markerad kommer alla meddelanden från brandväggen att sparas i systemloggen." +msgstr "" +"Om kryssrutan <guilabel>Logga brandvägssmeddelanden i systemloggen</" +"guilabel> är markerad kommer alla meddelanden från brandväggen att sparas i " +"systemloggen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2478,7 +2852,10 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Om du inte kör vissa tjänster (webb, mail eller fildelning, ...) behöver du inte ha något ikryssat, det är t.o.m. rekommenderat. Det kommer inte att hindra dig från att ansluta till internet." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kör vissa tjänster (webb, mail eller fildelning, ...) behöver du " +"inte ha något ikryssat, det är t.o.m. rekommenderat. Det kommer inte att " +"hindra dig från att ansluta till internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2488,24 +2865,31 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "Nästa skärm visar den interaktiva brandväggens olika alternativ. Med dem kan du bli varnad vid inkommande anslutningsförsök om åtminstone den första kryssrutan <guilabel>Använd interativ brandvägg</guilabel> är markerad. Markera den andra kryssrutan för att bli varnad om portar blir skannade (för att fösröka hitta fel någonstans som kan leda till att någon kan ta sig in i din dator). Varje kryssruta från den tredje och framåt motsvarar en port du öppnat i de två första fönstren. I skärmdumpen nedan finns två sådana alternativ: SSH-server och 80:150/tcp. Markera dem för att bli varnad om några anslutningsförsök sker på dessa portar." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"Nästa skärm visar den interaktiva brandväggens olika alternativ. Med dem kan " +"du bli varnad vid inkommande anslutningsförsök om åtminstone den första " +"kryssrutan <guilabel>Använd interativ brandvägg</guilabel> är markerad. " +"Markera den andra kryssrutan för att bli varnad om portar blir skannade (för " +"att fösröka hitta fel någonstans som kan leda till att någon kan ta sig in i " +"din dator). Varje kryssruta från den tredje och framåt motsvarar en port du " +"öppnat i de två första fönstren. I skärmdumpen nedan finns två sådana " +"alternativ: SSH-server och 80:150/tcp. Markera dem för att bli varnad om " +"några anslutningsförsök sker på dessa portar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "De här varningsmeddelanden visas som en popup genom nätverksappleten." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2514,16 +2898,21 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." -msgstr "Välj på sista skärmen vilket nätverkskort som är kopplat mot internet och som måste skyddas. När du klickat på knappen Ok så kommer de nödvändiga paketen att laddas ner." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"Välj på sista skärmen vilket nätverkskort som är kopplat mot internet och " +"som måste skyddas. När du klickat på knappen Ok så kommer de nödvändiga " +"paketen att laddas ner." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Om du inte vet vad du ska välja, ta en titt i MCC under fliken Nätverk & Internet, och Skapa nytt nätverksinterface." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja, ta en titt i MCC under fliken Nätverk & " +"Internet, och Skapa nytt nätverksinterface." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 @@ -2535,8 +2924,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera, lägg till och ta bort typsnitt. Importera Windows® typsnitt." msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2544,9 +2932,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2555,7 +2945,11 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis>. Med det kan du hantera olika typsnitt som finns på datorn. Huvudfönstret ovan visar:" +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis>. Med " +"det kan du hantera olika typsnitt som finns på datorn. Huvudfönstret ovan " +"visar:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -2580,9 +2974,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hämta Windows-typsnitt: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "Den här knappen lägger automatiskt till typsnitt som hittas på Windows-partitionen. Du måste ha Microsoft Windows installerat." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"Den här knappen lägger automatiskt till typsnitt som hittas på Windows-" +"partitionen. Du måste ha Microsoft Windows installerat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2592,9 +2988,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Alternativ:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." -msgstr "Det gör att du kan ange vilka program och enheter (mestadels skrivare) som kan använda typsnitten." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"Det gör att du kan ange vilka program och enheter (mestadels skrivare) som " +"kan använda typsnitten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2607,7 +3005,10 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "Den här knappen är till för att ta bort installerade typsnitt, i regel för att spara ututrymme. Var försiktig när du tar bort typsnitt då det kan få allvarliga konsekvenser för dokument som använder dem." +msgstr "" +"Den här knappen är till för att ta bort installerade typsnitt, i regel för " +"att spara ututrymme. Var försiktig när du tar bort typsnitt då det kan få " +"allvarliga konsekvenser för dokument som använder dem." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2619,18 +3020,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "Gör så att du kan lägga till typsnitt från en tredje-part (CD, internet, ...). Filformat som stöds är ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm och gsf. Klicka på knappen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera</emphasis> och sedan på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Lägg till</emphasis>, en filhanterare dyker upp där du kan välja vilka typsnitt som ska installeras. Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Installera</emphasis> när du är klar. De installeras i katalogen /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"Gör så att du kan lägga till typsnitt från en tredje-part (CD, " +"internet, ...). Filformat som stöds är ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm och gsf. " +"Klicka på knappen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera</emphasis> och sedan på " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lägg till</emphasis>, en filhanterare dyker upp där " +"du kan välja vilka typsnitt som ska installeras. Klicka på <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Installera</emphasis> när du är klar. De installeras i katalogen /" +"usr/share/fonts." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Om det nyinstallerade (eller borttagna) typsnittet inte dyker upp i drakfonts huvudfönster, stäng programmet och öppna det igen för att se ändringarna." +msgstr "" +"Om det nyinstallerade (eller borttagna) typsnittet inte dyker upp i " +"drakfonts huvudfönster, stäng programmet och öppna det igen för att se " +"ändringarna." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2642,8 +3053,7 @@ msgstr "Föräldrakontroll" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2651,18 +3061,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken säkerhet och heter <guilabel>Föräldrakontroll</guilabel>. Om du inte hittar den måste du installera drakguard-paketet (installeras inte som standard)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcentral under fliken säkerhet och heter <guilabel>Föräldrakontroll</" +"guilabel>. Om du inte hittar den måste du installera drakguard-paketet " +"(installeras inte som standard)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -2675,30 +3091,42 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard är ett lätt sätt att ställa in föräldrakontroll på din dator och begränsa vem som kan göra vad, och på vilka tider. Drakguard har tre användbara egenskaper:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard är ett lätt sätt att ställa in föräldrakontroll på din dator och " +"begränsa vem som kan göra vad, och på vilka tider. Drakguard har tre " +"användbara egenskaper:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Den begränsar webbåtkomst för namngivna användare till satta tider på dygnet. Den gör det genom att använda shorewall, den inbyggda brandväggen i Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Den begränsar webbåtkomst för namngivna användare till satta tider på " +"dygnet. Den gör det genom att använda shorewall, den inbyggda brandväggen i " +"Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "Den blockerar körning av olika kommandon för namngivna användare så att de bara kan köra det du tillåter dem." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"Den blockerar körning av olika kommandon för namngivna användare så att de " +"bara kan köra det du tillåter dem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Den begränsar åtkomst till webbsidor, både genom att manuellt definiera svart/vitlistor men även dynamisk baserat på webbsidans innehåll. För att uppnå detta använder Drakguard DansGuardian, den ledande föräldrakontroll-blockeraren inom öppen källkod." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Den begränsar åtkomst till webbsidor, både genom att manuellt definiera " +"svart/vitlistor men även dynamisk baserat på webbsidans innehåll. För att " +"uppnå detta använder Drakguard DansGuardian, den ledande föräldrakontroll-" +"blockeraren inom öppen källkod." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2712,19 +3140,30 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Om din dator har en hårddisk med partitioner i Ext2, Ext3 eller Reiser-filsystem kommer ett pop upp-fönster att låta dig konfigurera ACL på dessa partitioner. ACL står för Access Control List och är en funktion i Linux kärna som tillåter åtkomst till individuella filer som är begränsade till namngivna användare. ACL är inbyggt i Ext4 och Btrfs-filsystem men måste aktiveras i Ext2, Ext3 och Reiser-partitioner. Om du väljer ja när du blir tillfrågad kommer drakguard att konfigurera alla dina partitioner med ACL-stöd och föreslår sedan att du startar om." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Om din dator har en hårddisk med partitioner i Ext2, Ext3 eller Reiser-" +"filsystem kommer ett pop upp-fönster att låta dig konfigurera ACL på dessa " +"partitioner. ACL står för Access Control List och är en funktion i Linux " +"kärna som tillåter åtkomst till individuella filer som är begränsade till " +"namngivna användare. ACL är inbyggt i Ext4 och Btrfs-filsystem men måste " +"aktiveras i Ext2, Ext3 och Reiser-partitioner. Om du väljer ja när du blir " +"tillfrågad kommer drakguard att konfigurera alla dina partitioner med ACL-" +"stöd och föreslår sedan att du startar om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." -msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera föräldrakontroll</guibutton>: Om markerad kommer föräldrakontroll att aktiveras och fliken <guilabel>Blockera program</guilabel> öppnas." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Aktivera föräldrakontroll</guibutton>: Om markerad kommer " +"föräldrakontroll att aktiveras och fliken <guilabel>Blockera program</" +"guilabel> öppnas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -2732,7 +3171,10 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "<guibutton>Blockera all nätverkstrafik</guibutton>: Om markerad så kommer alla webbsidor att blockeras utom de som finns med på fliken vitlista. Annars tillåts alla webbsidor, utom de som finns med på fliken svartlista." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Blockera all nätverkstrafik</guibutton>: Om markerad så kommer " +"alla webbsidor att blockeras utom de som finns med på fliken vitlista. " +"Annars tillåts alla webbsidor, utom de som finns med på fliken svartlista." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -2744,7 +3186,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "<guibutton>Användaråtkomst</guibutton>: Användare till vänster kommer att ha restriktioner enligt dina regler. Användare till höger har obegränsad åtkomst så att vuxna användare inte blir besvärade. Välj en användare till vänster och klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till honom/henne som en tillåten användare. Välj en användare till höger och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort honom/henne från tillåtna användare." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Användaråtkomst</guibutton>: Användare till vänster kommer att ha " +"restriktioner enligt dina regler. Användare till höger har obegränsad " +"åtkomst så att vuxna användare inte blir besvärade. Välj en användare till " +"vänster och klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till " +"honom/henne som en tillåten användare. Välj en användare till höger och " +"klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort honom/henne från " +"tillåtna användare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -2753,7 +3202,10 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "<guibutton>Tidkontroll:</guibutton> Om markerad kommer internetåtkomst att tillåtas med begränsningar mellan <guilabel>Start</guilabel> och <guilabel>Slut</guilabel>-tid. Den är helt blockerad utanför dessa tidsramar." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Tidkontroll:</guibutton> Om markerad kommer internetåtkomst att " +"tillåtas med begränsningar mellan <guilabel>Start</guilabel> och " +"<guilabel>Slut</guilabel>-tid. Den är helt blockerad utanför dessa tidsramar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2765,7 +3217,9 @@ msgstr "Fliken svart/vitlista" msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Skriv in webbsidans URL i första fältet längt upp, klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Skriv in webbsidans URL i första fältet längt upp, klicka sedan på knappen " +"<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2775,17 +3229,22 @@ msgstr "Fliken blockera program" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "<guibutton>Blockera definierade program</guibutton>: Möjliggör användning av ACL för att begränsa åtkomst till särskilda program. Ange sökväg till de program du vill blockera." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Blockera definierade program</guibutton>: Möjliggör användning av " +"ACL för att begränsa åtkomst till särskilda program. Ange sökväg till de " +"program du vill blockera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "<guibutton>Avblockera användare</guibutton>: Användare till höger kommer inte att påverkas av ACL-blockeringar." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Avblockera användare</guibutton>: Användare till höger kommer " +"inte att påverkas av ACL-blockeringar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2797,8 +3256,7 @@ msgstr "Dela internetanslutning med andra lokala datorer" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2808,8 +3266,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" @@ -2824,14 +3281,22 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Detta är användbart när du har en dator (3) som har internetåtkomst (2) och även är kopplad till ett lokalt nätverk (1). Du kan använda datorn (3) som en gateway och dela den åtkomsten till andra arbetsstationer (5) och (6) i det lokala nätverket (1). För detta måste gatewayn ha två gränssnitt. T. ex. ett nätverkskort för det lokala nätverket och den andra (4) som är kopplad till internet (2)." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Detta är användbart när du har " +"en dator (3) som har internetåtkomst (2) och även är kopplad till ett lokalt " +"nätverk (1). Du kan använda datorn (3) som en gateway och dela den åtkomsten " +"till andra arbetsstationer (5) och (6) i det lokala nätverket (1). För detta " +"måste gatewayn ha två gränssnitt. T. ex. ett nätverkskort för det lokala " +"nätverket och den andra (4) som är kopplad till internet (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "Första steget är att verifiera att nätverk och internetåtkomst är inställt som är dokumenterat i <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Första steget är att verifiera att nätverk och internetåtkomst är inställt " +"som är dokumenterat i <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2841,23 +3306,29 @@ msgstr "Gatewayguide" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här programmet från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här programmet från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" -msgstr "Guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erbjuder följande steg som visas nedan:" +msgstr "" +"Guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erbjuder följande steg som " +"visas nedan:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Om guiden inte hittar minst två enheter kommer den att varna om detta och fråga om att stänga ner nätverket och konfigurera hårdvaran." +msgstr "" +"Om guiden inte hittar minst två enheter kommer den att varna om detta och " +"fråga om att stänga ner nätverket och konfigurera hårdvaran." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -2865,22 +3336,30 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "ange enheten som används för internetåtkomst. Guiden kommer automatiskt att föreslå en av enheterna men du bör kontrollera att det som föreslås är korrekt." +msgstr "" +"ange enheten som används för internetåtkomst. Guiden kommer automatiskt att " +"föreslå en av enheterna men du bör kontrollera att det som föreslås är " +"korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "ange vilken enhet som används för lan-åtkomst. Guiden föreslår också en sådan, kontrollera att den är korrekt." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"ange vilken enhet som används för lan-åtkomst. Guiden föreslår också en " +"sådan, kontrollera att den är korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "Guiden föreslår parametrar för det lokala nätverket., så som IP-adress, nätmask och domännamn. Kontrollera att parametrarna är kompatibla med den faktiska konfigurationen. Det rekommenderas att du accepterar dessa värden." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"Guiden föreslår parametrar för det lokala nätverket., så som IP-adress, " +"nätmask och domännamn. Kontrollera att parametrarna är kompatibla med den " +"faktiska konfigurationen. Det rekommenderas att du accepterar dessa värden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -2888,15 +3367,21 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "ange om datorn måste användas som en DNS-server. Om så är fallet kommer guiden att kontrollera att <code>bind</code> är installerat. I annat fall måste du specificera adressen till DNS-servern." +msgstr "" +"ange om datorn måste användas som en DNS-server. Om så är fallet kommer " +"guiden att kontrollera att <code>bind</code> är installerat. I annat fall " +"måste du specificera adressen till DNS-servern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "ange om datorn måste användas som en DHCP-server. Om så är fallet kommer guiden att kontrollera att <code>dhcp-server</code> är installerat och du erbjuds att konfigurera den med ett adressområde för IP-adresser." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"ange om datorn måste användas som en DHCP-server. Om så är fallet kommer " +"guiden att kontrollera att <code>dhcp-server</code> är installerat och du " +"erbjuds att konfigurera den med ett adressområde för IP-adresser." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -2905,20 +3390,28 @@ msgid "" "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "ange om datorn ska användas som en Proxy-server. Om ja kommer guiden att kontrollera så att <code>squid</code> är installerat och erbjuda att konfigurera den, med administratörens adress (admin@mydomain.com), proxyns namn (myfirewall@mydomain.com), porten (3128) och cachestorlek (100mb)." +msgstr "" +"ange om datorn ska användas som en Proxy-server. Om ja kommer guiden att " +"kontrollera så att <code>squid</code> är installerat och erbjuda att " +"konfigurera den, med administratörens adress (admin@mydomain.com), proxyns " +"namn (myfirewall@mydomain.com), porten (3128) och cachestorlek (100mb)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "I sista steget kan du kontrollera om gateway-datorn är kopplad till skrivarna och att dela ut dem." +msgstr "" +"I sista steget kan du kontrollera om gateway-datorn är kopplad till " +"skrivarna och att dela ut dem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "Du kommer att bli varnad om behovet av att kontrollera brandväggen om den är aktiv." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer att bli varnad om behovet av att kontrollera brandväggen om den är " +"aktiv." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -2931,9 +3424,13 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." -msgstr "Om du har konfigurerat gateway-datorn med DHCP behöver du bara ange att du får en adress automatiskt (genom DHCP) i nätverksverktyget. Parametrarna kommer att erhållas vid anslutning till nätverket. Denna metod är giltig oavsett vilket operativsystem klienten använder." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"Om du har konfigurerat gateway-datorn med DHCP behöver du bara ange att du " +"får en adress automatiskt (genom DHCP) i nätverksverktyget. Parametrarna " +"kommer att erhållas vid anslutning till nätverket. Denna metod är giltig " +"oavsett vilket operativsystem klienten använder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -2941,7 +3438,10 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "Om du behöver ange nätverksparametrarna manuellt är det viktigt att du specificerar en gateway genom att skriva in IP-adressen till datorn som agerar gateway." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver ange nätverksparametrarna manuellt är det viktigt att du " +"specificerar en gateway genom att skriva in IP-adressen till datorn som " +"agerar gateway." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2952,9 +3452,11 @@ msgstr "Sluta dela förbindelser" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." -msgstr "Om du vill sluta dela förbindelsen på datorn som kör Mageia så kan du starta verktyget. Det kommer att erbjuda att omkonfigurera förbindelsen eller stoppa delningen." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill sluta dela förbindelsen på datorn som kör Mageia så kan du starta " +"verktyget. Det kommer att erbjuda att omkonfigurera förbindelsen eller " +"stoppa delningen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2966,8 +3468,7 @@ msgstr "Maskindefinitioner" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2975,9 +3476,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -2986,7 +3489,11 @@ msgid "" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Om vissa system i ditt nätverk ger dig olika tjänster och har fasta IP-adresser så kan du med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> specificera ett namn för att komma åt dem lättare. Du kan då använda det namnet istället för en IP-adress." +msgstr "" +"Om vissa system i ditt nätverk ger dig olika tjänster och har fasta IP-" +"adresser så kan du med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +"> specificera ett namn för att komma åt dem lättare. Du kan då använda det " +"namnet istället för en IP-adress." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -2999,7 +3506,10 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "Med den här knappen anger du ett namn för ett nytt system. Du kommer att få ett fönster där du anger IP-adress, systemets värdnamn och eventuellt ett alias som kan användas på samma sätt som namnet." +msgstr "" +"Med den här knappen anger du ett namn för ett nytt system. Du kommer att få " +"ett fönster där du anger IP-adress, systemets värdnamn och eventuellt ett " +"alias som kan användas på samma sätt som namnet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3011,7 +3521,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "Du kan komma åt parametrarna för en post som tidigare definierats. Samma fönster används." +msgstr "" +"Du kan komma åt parametrarna för en post som tidigare definierats. Samma " +"fönster används." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3023,8 +3535,7 @@ msgstr "Avancerad konfiguration av nätverk och brandvägg" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3034,17 +3545,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig " +"kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</" +"link>. Tack på förhand." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3056,8 +3572,7 @@ msgstr "Nätverkscenter" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3065,9 +3580,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3075,40 +3592,45 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcenter under fliken Nätverk och Internet, Nätverkscenter." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcenter under fliken Nätverk och Internet, Nätverkscenter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "När det här verktyget startas öppnas ett fönster som visar alla nätverk som är konfigurerade på datorn oavsett typ (trådburet, trådlöst, satellit osv.). När du klickar på en av dem så dyker tre eller fyra nya knappar upp beroende på vilken nätverkstyp det är. Sedan kan du kan söka efter nätverk, ändra inställningar eller koppla upp/ifrån. Detta verktyg är inte till för att skapa ett nätverk. För detta kan du titta på <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt nätverksinterface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> på samma flik i MCC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"När det här verktyget startas öppnas ett fönster som visar alla nätverk som " +"är konfigurerade på datorn oavsett typ (trådburet, trådlöst, satellit osv.). " +"När du klickar på en av dem så dyker tre eller fyra nya knappar upp beroende " +"på vilken nätverkstyp det är. Sedan kan du kan söka efter nätverk, ändra " +"inställningar eller koppla upp/ifrån. Detta verktyg är inte till för att " +"skapa ett nätverk. För detta kan du titta på <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt " +"nätverksinterface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> på samma flik i MCC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3118,36 +3640,52 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." -msgstr "I skärmdumpen nedan som är ett exempel kan vi se två nätverk, det första är trådburet och uppkopplat vilket vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (den här är inte uppkopplad<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), och den andra sektionen visar ett trådlöst nätverk som inte är uppkopplat som vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> och den här <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> om det är uppkopplat. Färgkoden för de andra nätverken är alltid densamma, grön för uppkopplad och röd för nerkopplad." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"I skärmdumpen nedan som är ett exempel kan vi se två nätverk, det första är " +"trådburet och uppkopplat vilket vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (den här är inte " +"uppkopplad<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), och den " +"andra sektionen visar ett trådlöst nätverk som inte är uppkopplat som vi kan " +"se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> och " +"den här <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> om det är " +"uppkopplat. Färgkoden för de andra nätverken är alltid densamma, grön för " +"uppkopplad och röd för nerkopplad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." -msgstr "I den trådlösa delen av skärmen ser du också alla hittade nätverk med dess <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, om de är krypterade (i rött) eller okrypterade (i grönt) och <guibutton>Driftläge</guibutton>. Klicka på ett av dem och sedan på antingen <guibutton>Övervaka</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Anslut</guibutton>. Det är också möjligt att byta till ett annat nätverk här. Om ett privat nätverk väljs kommer nätverksinställningarna (se nedan) att fråga efter fler inställningar (särskilt en krypteringsnyckel)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"I den trådlösa delen av skärmen ser du också alla hittade nätverk med dess " +"<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, om de är krypterade (i rött) eller okrypterade (i " +"grönt) och <guibutton>Driftläge</guibutton>. Klicka på ett av dem och sedan " +"på antingen <guibutton>Övervaka</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurera</" +"guibutton> eller <guibutton>Anslut</guibutton>. Det är också möjligt att " +"byta till ett annat nätverk här. Om ett privat nätverk väljs kommer " +"nätverksinställningarna (se nedan) att fråga efter fler inställningar " +"(särskilt en krypteringsnyckel)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att uppdatera skärmen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3157,8 +3695,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "Bildskärmsknappen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3168,9 +3705,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "Med den här knappen kan du övervaka nätverkets aktivitet, hämtning till datorn (i rött) och skickat från datorn (ut mot internet, i grönt). Detta fönster är också tillgängligt genom att högerklicka på <guimenu>internetikonen i systemfältet och välja Övervaka nätverk</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"Med den här knappen kan du övervaka nätverkets aktivitet, hämtning till " +"datorn (i rött) och skickat från datorn (ut mot internet, i grönt). Detta " +"fönster är också tillgängligt genom att högerklicka på " +"<guimenu>internetikonen i systemfältet och välja Övervaka nätverk</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3178,14 +3719,19 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Det finns en flik för varje nätverk (här ser vi eth0 som trådburet, lo som lokalt och wlan0 som trådlöst) och en anslutningsflik som visar detaljer om anslutningens status." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en flik för varje nätverk (här ser vi eth0 som trådburet, lo som " +"lokalt och wlan0 som trådlöst) och en anslutningsflik som visar detaljer om " +"anslutningens status." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "Längst ner i fönstret står det <guilabel>Trafikloggning</guilabel>. Vi kommer att titta på det i nästa avsnitt." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"Längst ner i fönstret står det <guilabel>Trafikloggning</guilabel>. Vi " +"kommer att titta på det i nästa avsnitt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3197,8 +3743,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigureringsknappen" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - För ett trådburet nätverk</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3208,9 +3753,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att ändra alla inställningar som anges när nätverket skapas. För det mesta så räcker det med att kryssa i <guibutton>Automatisk IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> men om det uppstår problem kan manuell konfiguration ge bättre resultat." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att ändra alla inställningar som anges när nätverket skapas. " +"För det mesta så räcker det med att kryssa i <guibutton>Automatisk IP</" +"guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> men om det uppstår problem " +"kan manuell konfiguration ge bättre resultat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3219,7 +3768,11 @@ msgid "" "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." -msgstr "För ett hemmanätverk brukar <guilabel>IP-adress</guilabel> alltid likna 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nätmask</guilabel> är 255.255.255.0.<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> och <guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel> är tillgängliga från din leverantörs hemsida." +msgstr "" +"För ett hemmanätverk brukar <guilabel>IP-adress</guilabel> alltid likna " +"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nätmask</guilabel> är 255.255.255.0." +"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> och <guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel> är " +"tillgängliga från din leverantörs hemsida." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 @@ -3228,22 +3781,27 @@ msgid "" "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "Om <guibutton>Aktivera trafikloggning</guibutton> är markerad kommer trafiken att beräknas på en basis per timme, dag eller månad. Resultaten är tillgängliga i nätverksövervakaren från förra sektionen. När den har aktiverats kan du behöva starta om nätverket." +msgstr "" +"Om <guibutton>Aktivera trafikloggning</guibutton> är markerad kommer " +"trafiken att beräknas på en basis per timme, dag eller månad. Resultaten är " +"tillgängliga i nätverksövervakaren från förra sektionen. När den har " +"aktiverats kan du behöva starta om nätverket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt att gränsnittet hanteras av nätverkscenter:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt att gränsnittet hanteras av nätverkscenter:</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Knappen avancerat:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3258,8 +3816,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - För ett trådlöst nätverk</emphasis>" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "Endast de objekt som inte redan visas ovan förklaras" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3277,12 +3834,18 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Hanterat</guilabel> om anslutningen är via en åtkomstpunkt, en <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> har hittats. Välj <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> om det är ett peer to peer-nätverk. Välj <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> om ditt nätverk används som åtkomstpunkt, ditt nätverkskort måste ha stöd för detta läget." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>Hanterat</guilabel> om anslutningen är via en åtkomstpunkt, " +"en <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> har hittats. Välj <guilabel>Ad-" +"hoc</guilabel> om det är ett peer to peer-nätverk. Välj <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Master</emphasis> om ditt nätverk används som åtkomstpunkt, ditt " +"nätverkskort måste ha stöd för detta läget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Krypteringsläge och krypteringsnyckel:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Krypteringsläge och krypteringsnyckel:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3292,11 +3855,15 @@ msgstr "Om detta är ett privat nätverk så behöver du veta dessa inställning #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." -msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> använder ett lösenord och är svagare än WPA som använder en passfras. <guilabel>WPA fördefinierad nyckel</guilabel> kallas även för WPA Personal eller WPA Home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> används sällan i privata nätverk." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> använder ett lösenord och är svagare än WPA som " +"använder en passfras. <guilabel>WPA fördefinierad nyckel</guilabel> kallas " +"även för WPA Personal eller WPA Home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> " +"används sällan i privata nätverk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 @@ -3308,10 +3875,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkt</emphasis>:" msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Roaming är en teknik som gör att datorn kan ändra sin åtkomstpunkt samtidigt som den är ansluten till nätverket." +msgstr "" +"Roaming är en teknik som gör att datorn kan ändra sin åtkomstpunkt samtidigt " +"som den är ansluten till nätverket." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3321,8 +3889,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "Knapp för avancerade inställningar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3337,8 +3904,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera olika nätverksprofiler" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3346,9 +3912,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3360,8 +3928,7 @@ msgstr "Dela ut enheter och kataloger via NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3374,28 +3941,32 @@ msgstr "Förutsättningar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "När guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> körs för första gången kan den visa följande meddelande:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"När guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> körs för första gången " +"kan den visa följande meddelande:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "Paketet nfs-utils behöver installeras. Vill du installera det?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 msgid "" "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." -msgstr "När installationen är slutförd visas ett nytt fönster med en tom lista." +msgstr "" +"När installationen är slutförd visas ett nytt fönster med en tom lista." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:42 @@ -3408,7 +3979,10 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "En lista visas med delade kataloger och i det här steget är listan tom. Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger tillgång till ett konfigureringsverktyg." +msgstr "" +"En lista visas med delade kataloger och i det här steget är listan tom. " +"Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger tillgång till ett " +"konfigureringsverktyg." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3421,10 +3995,12 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "Det här konfigurationsverktyget är märkt \"Ändra post\". Det kan också startas med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Följande parametrar är tillgängliga." +msgstr "" +"Det här konfigurationsverktyget är märkt \"Ändra post\". Det kan också " +"startas med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Följande parametrar är " +"tillgängliga." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3440,7 +4016,9 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "Här kan du ange vilken katalog som ska delas ut. Knappen <guibutton>Katalog</guibutton> öppnar en bläddrare där du får välja vilken." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du ange vilken katalog som ska delas ut. Knappen <guibutton>Katalog</" +"guibutton> öppnar en bläddrare där du får välja vilken." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -3452,7 +4030,9 @@ msgstr "Maskin åtkomst" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "Här kan du ange vilka värdar som har tillstånd att komma åt den delade katalogen." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du ange vilka värdar som har tillstånd att komma åt den delade " +"katalogen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3464,7 +4044,9 @@ msgstr "NFS-klienter kan specificeras på en rad olika sätt:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>en värd</emphasis>: en värd som med ett förkortat namn känns igen av namnupplösaren, fullständigt domännamn eller en IP-adress." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>en värd</emphasis>: en värd som med ett förkortat namn känns igen " +"av namnupplösaren, fullständigt domännamn eller en IP-adress." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 @@ -3477,7 +4059,9 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>asterisk</emphasis>: datornamn får innehålla asterisker * och ? T. ex: *.cs.foo.edu matchar alla värdar i domänen cs.foo.edu" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>asterisk</emphasis>: datornamn får innehålla asterisker * och ? T. " +"ex: *.cs.foo.edu matchar alla värdar i domänen cs.foo.edu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -3485,7 +4069,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP-nätverk</emphasis>: du kan även exportera kataloger till alla värdar på ett IP(under)-nätverk samtidigt. T. ex. antingen med `/255.255.252.0' eller `/22' tillagt i nätverkets basadress." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP-nätverk</emphasis>: du kan även exportera kataloger till alla " +"värdar på ett IP(under)-nätverk samtidigt. T. ex. antingen med " +"`/255.255.252.0' eller `/22' tillagt i nätverkets basadress." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -3497,32 +4084,45 @@ msgstr "Användar ID Mappning" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>mappa root användare som anonyma</emphasis>: mappar förfrågningar från uid/gid 0 till de anonyma uid/gid (root_squash). Root-användarna fr klienten kan inte läsa eller skriva till filer på servern som är skapat av den faktiska root-användaren på servern." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>mappa root användare som anonyma</emphasis>: mappar förfrågningar " +"från uid/gid 0 till de anonyma uid/gid (root_squash). Root-användarna fr " +"klienten kan inte läsa eller skriva till filer på servern som är skapat av " +"den faktiska root-användaren på servern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>tillåt verklig fjärråtkomst som root</emphasis>: stäng av root squashing. Det här alternativer är användbart för disklösa klienter (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>tillåt verklig fjärråtkomst som root</emphasis>: stäng av root " +"squashing. Det här alternativer är användbart för disklösa klienter " +"(no_root_squash)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>mappa alla användare till anonym användare</emphasis>: mappa alla uid och gid till den anonyma användaren (all_squash). Användbart för NFS-exporterade kataloger på publika FTP-servrar, nyhetskataloger etc. Det motsatta alternativet är ingen UID-mappning (no_squash_all) som är standard." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>mappa alla användare till anonym användare</emphasis>: mappa alla " +"uid och gid till den anonyma användaren (all_squash). Användbart för NFS-" +"exporterade kataloger på publika FTP-servrar, nyhetskataloger etc. Det " +"motsatta alternativet är ingen UID-mappning (no_squash_all) som är standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid och anongid</emphasis>: ange uttryckligen uid och gid för det anonyma kontot." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>anonuid och anongid</emphasis>: ange uttryckligen uid och gid för " +"det anonyma kontot." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -3533,9 +4133,12 @@ msgstr "Avancerade alternativ" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Säker anslutning</emphasis>: det här alternativet kräver förfrågningar inkommer på en internet port under IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Detta alternativ är påslaget som standard." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Säker anslutning</emphasis>: det här alternativet kräver " +"förfrågningar inkommer på en internet port under IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). " +"Detta alternativ är påslaget som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3544,7 +4147,11 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Skrivskyddad utdelning</emphasis>: Tillåt antingen enbart läs eller både läs och skriv-rättigheter på denna NFS-volym. Standard är att inte tillåta något som gör ändringar i filsystemet. Det här kan också göras tydligt med detta alternativ." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Skrivskyddad utdelning</emphasis>: Tillåt antingen enbart läs " +"eller både läs och skriv-rättigheter på denna NFS-volym. Standard är att " +"inte tillåta något som gör ändringar i filsystemet. Det här kan också göras " +"tydligt med detta alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3552,7 +4159,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Synkroniserad åtkomst</emphasis>: förhindrar NFS-servern från att bryta mot NFS-protokollet genom att svara på förfrågningar innan några ändringar har gjorts som svar på dessa förfrågningar lagrats på en stabil lagringsmedia (t. ex. hårddisk)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Synkroniserad åtkomst</emphasis>: förhindrar NFS-servern från att " +"bryta mot NFS-protokollet genom att svara på förfrågningar innan några " +"ändringar har gjorts som svar på dessa förfrågningar lagrats på en stabil " +"lagringsmedia (t. ex. hårddisk)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3560,7 +4171,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Underträdskontroll</emphasis>: aktivera underträdskontroll vilket kan hjälpa till att öka säkerheten men i vissa fall minsa tillförlitligheten. Se exports(5) man för mer detaljer." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Underträdskontroll</emphasis>: aktivera underträdskontroll vilket " +"kan hjälpa till att öka säkerheten men i vissa fall minsa " +"tillförlitligheten. Se exports(5) man för mer detaljer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3572,8 +4186,7 @@ msgstr "Menyposter" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Än så länge har listan minst en post." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3607,9 +4220,9 @@ msgstr "NFS-server|Ladda om" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." -msgstr "Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3621,8 +4234,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3630,30 +4242,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Om du måste använda en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du använda det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> för att konfigurera den. Din nätverksadministratör ger dig den information som du behöver. Du kan även ange vissa tjänster som med undantag går att komma åt utan proxy." +msgstr "" +"Om du måste använda en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du " +"använda det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> för att " +"konfigurera den. Din nätverksadministratör ger dig den information som du " +"behöver. Du kan även ange vissa tjänster som med undantag går att komma åt " +"utan proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "Från Wikipedia den 24:e september 2012, artikel Proxy-server: I ett datornätverk betecknas vanligen en proxyserver en som agerar mellanhand för förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En klient ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en fil, anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och kontrollera dess komplexitet." +msgstr "" +"Från Wikipedia den 24:e september 2012, artikel Proxy-server: I ett " +"datornätverk betecknas vanligen en proxyserver en som agerar mellanhand för " +"förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En klient " +"ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en fil, " +"anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan server. " +"Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och " +"kontrollera dess komplexitet." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -3665,326 +4291,426 @@ msgstr "Ställ in media" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-exit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." -msgstr "Det första som behöver göras efter en installation är att lägga till mjukvarumedier (också kända som filförråd, medier, speglar). Det betyder att du måste välja mediakällorna som ska användas för att installera och uppdatera paket och applikationer. (se Lägg till-knapp nedan)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Det första som behöver göras efter en installation är att lägga till " +"mjukvarumedier (också kända som filförråd, medier, speglar). Det betyder att " +"du måste välja mediakällorna som ska användas för att installera och " +"uppdatera paket och applikationer. (se Lägg till-knapp nedan)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Ditt system körs i en arkitektur som kan vara 32-bitars (så kallad i586) eller 64-bitars (kallad x86_64). Vissa paket är oberoende av om systemet är 32-bitars eller 64-bitars, dessa kallas noarch paket. De har inte sin egen noarch-katalog utan finns i både i586 och x86_64 medier." +msgstr "" +"Ditt system körs i en arkitektur som kan vara 32-bitars (så kallad i586) " +"eller 64-bitars (kallad x86_64). Vissa paket är oberoende av om systemet är " +"32-bitars eller 64-bitars, dessa kallas noarch paket. De har inte sin egen " +"noarch-katalog utan finns i både i586 och x86_64 medier." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Installera & ta bort program</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Installera & ta bort program</emphasis><placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Kollumner" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Aktivera kolumn:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Det markerade mediat kommer att användas för att installera nya paket. Var försiktig med viss media som t. ex testning och debug, de kan göra ditt system oanvändbart." +msgstr "" +"Det markerade mediat kommer att användas för att installera nya paket. Var " +"försiktig med viss media som t. ex testning och debug, de kan göra ditt " +"system oanvändbart." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Uppdatera kolumn:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Det markerade mediet kommer att användas för att uppdatera paket och måste vara aktiverat. Enbart media med Uppdateringar i namnet bör väljas. Av säkerhetsskäl är den här kolumnen inte redigerbar i detta verktyg. Du måste öppna en konsol som root och skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Det markerade mediet kommer att användas för att uppdatera paket och måste " +"vara aktiverat. Enbart media med Uppdateringar i namnet bör väljas. Av " +"säkerhetsskäl är den här kolumnen inte redigerbar i detta verktyg. Du måste " +"öppna en konsol som root och skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-" +"media --expert</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "Mediakolumn:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Visa mediets namn. Mageias officiella förvaringsplatser för slutgiltig version innehåller minst:" +msgstr "" +"Visa mediets namn. Mageias officiella förvaringsplatser för slutgiltig " +"version innehåller minst:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> som innehåller de flesta tillgängliga program som stöds av Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> som innehåller de flesta " +"tillgängliga program som stöds av Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> som innehåller vissa program som inte är gratis" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> som innehåller vissa program som " +"inte är gratis" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> gratis mjukvara men som kan vara patentskyddade i vissa länder." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> gratis mjukvara men som kan vara " +"patentskyddade i vissa länder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Varje media har fyra undersektioner." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket som är tillgängliga den dag när den här versionen av Mageia släpptes." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket som är tillgängliga den dag " +"när den här versionen av Mageia släpptes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> paket som är uppdaterade sedan släppet pga. säkerhet eller felrättningar. Alla bör ha detta media aktiverat även om man har en långsam internetuppkoppling." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> paket som är uppdaterade sedan " +"släppet pga. säkerhet eller felrättningar. Alla bör ha detta media aktiverat " +"även om man har en långsam internetuppkoppling." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> vissa paket av nya versioner portat från Cauldron (nästa version under utveckling)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> vissa paket av nya versioner " +"portat från Cauldron (nästa version under utveckling)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> som används temporärt för att testa nya uppdateringar, så att felrapporterare och QA-teamet kan validera korrigeringar." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> som används temporärt för att " +"testa nya uppdateringar, så att felrapporterare och QA-teamet kan validera " +"korrigeringar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Knapparna till höger" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Ta bort:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "För att ta bort ett media, klicka på det och sedan på den här knappen. Det är bra att ta bort det media som användes vid installationen (t. ex. CD eller DVD) eftersom alla paket där finns i det officiella Core-mediet." +msgstr "" +"För att ta bort ett media, klicka på det och sedan på den här knappen. Det " +"är bra att ta bort det media som användes vid installationen (t. ex. CD " +"eller DVD) eftersom alla paket där finns i det officiella Core-mediet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Redigera:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "Tillåter dig att ändra inställningar för det valda mediet (URL, hämtare och proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Tillåter dig att ändra inställningar för det valda mediet (URL, hämtare och " +"proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Lägg till:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Lägg till de officiella förvaringsplatserna på internet. Dessa platser innehåller endast säkra och väl testade program. Genom att klicka på knappen Lägg till så läggs spegellistan till i konfigurationen. Den är utformad för att se till att du installerar uppdateringar från en spegel som är nära dig. Om du hellre vill ange en specifik spegel kan du göra det genom att välja Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel från arkivmenyn." +msgstr "" +"Lägg till de officiella förvaringsplatserna på internet. Dessa platser " +"innehåller endast säkra och väl testade program. Genom att klicka på knappen " +"Lägg till så läggs spegellistan till i konfigurationen. Den är utformad för " +"att se till att du installerar uppdateringar från en spegel som är nära dig. " +"Om du hellre vill ange en specifik spegel kan du göra det genom att välja " +"Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel från arkivmenyn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Pil upp och pil ner:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Ändra listans ordning. När Drakrpm letar efter ett paket så läser den listan i den visade ordningen och kommer att installera det första paketet som hittas för samma versionsnummer. Om versionen inte matchar så installeras den senaste. Om möjligt, lägg de snabbaste förvaringsplatserna längst upp." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Ändra listans ordning. När Drakrpm letar efter ett paket så läser den listan " +"i den visade ordningen och kommer att installera det första paketet som " +"hittas för samma versionsnummer. Om versionen inte matchar så installeras " +"den senaste. Om möjligt, lägg de snabbaste förvaringsplatserna längst upp." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Menyn" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Uppdatera:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Ett fönster visas med medialistan. Välj vilka du vill uppdatera och klicka på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton>." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Ett fönster visas med medialistan. Välj vilka du vill uppdatera och klicka " +"på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Anta att du inte är nöjd med de aktuella speglarna, de är kanske för långsamma eller ofta otillgängliga, då kan du ange nya speglar. Välj alla aktuella medier och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att radera dem. Klicka på <guimenu>Arkiv -> Läggtill ett anpassat media</guimenu> och välj mellan uppdateringar eller för en hela distributionen (om du är osäker, välj <guibutton>Media för hela distributionen</guibutton>) och acceptera kontakten genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Två nya fönster öppnas:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +msgstr "" +"Anta att du inte är nöjd med de aktuella speglarna, de är kanske för " +"långsamma eller ofta otillgängliga, då kan du ange nya speglar. Välj alla " +"aktuella medier och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att radera " +"dem. Klicka på <guimenu>Arkiv -> Läggtill ett anpassat media</guimenu> och " +"välj mellan uppdateringar eller för en hela distributionen (om du är osäker, " +"välj <guibutton>Media för hela distributionen</guibutton>) och acceptera " +"kontakten genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Två nya fönster " +"öppnas:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Till vänster ser du en lista över land, välj ditt eller ett närliggande genom att klicka på symbolen > Detta kommer att visa alla tillgängliga speglar i det landet. Välj en och klicka på knappen <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Till vänster ser du en lista över land, välj ditt eller ett närliggande " +"genom att klicka på symbolen > Detta kommer att visa alla tillgängliga " +"speglar i det landet. Välj en och klicka på knappen <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till ett anpassat media:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "Det är möjligt att installera ett nytt media (t. ex. från en tredjepart) som inte stöds av Mageia. Ett nytt fönster visas:" +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att installera ett nytt media (t. ex. från en tredjepart) som " +"inte stöds av Mageia. Ett nytt fönster visas:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj mediatyp, ett bra namn som beskriver mediat väl och ange en URL (eller sökväg, beroende på mediatyp)" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj mediatyp, ett bra namn som " +"beskriver mediat väl och ange en URL (eller sökväg, beroende på mediatyp)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Globala alternativ:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "Med det här alternativet kan du välja när paketen ska verifieras (alltid eller aldrig), nerladdningsprogram (curl, wget eller aria2) och att definiera en nerladdningspolicy för information angående paketen (på begäran, standard, enbart uppdateringar, alltid eller aldrig)." +msgstr "" +"Med det här alternativet kan du välja när paketen ska verifieras (alltid " +"eller aldrig), nerladdningsprogram (curl, wget eller aria2) och att " +"definiera en nerladdningspolicy för information angående paketen (på " +"begäran, standard, enbart uppdateringar, alltid eller aldrig)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Hantera nycklar:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "För att garantera en hög säkerhetsnivå används digitala nycklar för att autentisera mediet. Det är möjligt för varje media att tillåta nyckel eller inte. Välj ett media i fönstret som visas och klicka sedan på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att tillåta en ny nyckel, eller <guibutton>Radera</guibutton> för att ta bort den nyckeln." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"För att garantera en hög säkerhetsnivå används digitala nycklar för att " +"autentisera mediet. Det är möjligt för varje media att tillåta nyckel eller " +"inte. Välj ett media i fönstret som visas och klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att tillåta en ny nyckel, eller " +"<guibutton>Radera</guibutton> för att ta bort den nyckeln." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "Gör detta med omsorg, som med alla säkerhetsrelaterade frågor" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Om du behöver en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du konfigurera den här. Du behöver bara ange <guibutton>Proxyns värdnamn</guibutton> och om nödvändigt ett <guilabel>användarnamn</guilabel> och <guilabel>lösenord</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du " +"konfigurera den här. Du behöver bara ange <guibutton>Proxyns värdnamn</" +"guibutton> och om nödvändigt ett <guilabel>användarnamn</guilabel> och " +"<guilabel>lösenord</guilabel>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -3996,8 +4722,7 @@ msgstr "Dela kataloger och enheter med Samba" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4010,7 +4735,12 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba är ett protokoll som används i olika operativsystem för att dela resurser som t. ex kataloger eller skrivare. Med det här verktyget kan du konfigurera datorn som en sambaserver genom att använda protokollet SMB/CIFS. Detta protokoll används även av Windows(R) och arbetsstationer med det operativsystemet kan komma åt resurserna på sambaservern." +msgstr "" +"Samba är ett protokoll som används i olika operativsystem för att dela " +"resurser som t. ex kataloger eller skrivare. Med det här verktyget kan du " +"konfigurera datorn som en sambaserver genom att använda protokollet SMB/" +"CIFS. Detta protokoll används även av Windows(R) och arbetsstationer med det " +"operativsystemet kan komma åt resurserna på sambaservern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4026,7 +4756,12 @@ msgid "" "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." -msgstr "För att vara åtkomlig från andra arbetsstationer behöver servern ha en fast IP-adress. Det kan anges direkt på servern med t. ex. <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, eller på DHCP-servern som identifierar datorn via sin MAC-adress och alltid ger den samma adress. Branväggen måste också tillåta inkommande förfrågningar till sambaservern." +msgstr "" +"För att vara åtkomlig från andra arbetsstationer behöver servern ha en fast " +"IP-adress. Det kan anges direkt på servern med t. ex. <xref linkend=" +"\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, eller på DHCP-servern som identifierar datorn via " +"sin MAC-adress och alltid ger den samma adress. Branväggen måste också " +"tillåta inkommande förfrågningar till sambaservern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -4036,20 +4771,25 @@ msgstr "Guide - Fristående server" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "Vid första körningen kommer verktygen <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> att kontrollera att nödvändiga paket är installerade och föreslår att de installeras om de inte redan finns. Sedan kör guiden igång Sambakonfigurationen." +msgstr "" +"Vid första körningen kommer verktygen <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/> att kontrollera att nödvändiga paket är installerade och föreslår " +"att de installeras om de inte redan finns. Sedan kör guiden igång " +"Sambakonfigurationen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4061,8 +4801,7 @@ msgid "" "selected." msgstr "I nästa fönster är konfigurationen för fristående server redan vald." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4070,19 +4809,21 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." -msgstr "Ange sedan ett namn för arbetsgruppen. Det här namnet bör vara samma som för att komma åt utdelningar." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"Ange sedan ett namn för arbetsgruppen. Det här namnet bör vara samma som för " +"att komma åt utdelningar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." -msgstr " Netbiosnamnet är det namn som används för att beteckna servern på nätverket." +msgstr "" +" Netbiosnamnet är det namn som används för att beteckna servern på nätverket." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4097,24 +4838,29 @@ msgstr "Välj säkerhetsläget:" msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>användare</guilabel>: klienten måste vara auktoriserad för att ha åtkomst till resursen." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>användare</guilabel>: klienten måste vara auktoriserad för att ha " +"åtkomst till resursen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>delad</guilabel>: klienten auktoriserar sig själv separat för varje utdelning." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>delad</guilabel>: klienten auktoriserar sig själv separat för " +"varje utdelning." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "Du kan ange vilka värdar som tillåts åtkomst till resurserna, med IP-adress eller värdnamn." +msgstr "" +"Du kan ange vilka värdar som tillåts åtkomst till resurserna, med IP-adress " +"eller värdnamn." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4124,10 +4870,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Ange serverns banderoll. Banderollen är hur den här servern beskrivs för arbetsstationer med Windows." +msgstr "" +"Ange serverns banderoll. Banderollen är hur den här servern beskrivs för " +"arbetsstationer med Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4138,8 +4885,7 @@ msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "Platsen där Samba kan logga sin information kan anges i nästa steg." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4148,12 +4894,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "Guiden visar en lista med de valda parametrarna innan du kan acceptera konfigurationen. När den accepteras skrivs den till <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"Guiden visar en lista med de valda parametrarna innan du kan acceptera " +"konfigurationen. När den accepteras skrivs den till <code>/etc/samba/smb." +"conf</code>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4163,8 +4911,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "Guide - Primär domänkontrollant" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4177,7 +4924,12 @@ msgid "" "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Om alternativet Primär domänkontrollant är valt så frågar guiden om den ska ha Wins-stöd eller inte, och att förse med administratörskonto. De nästföljande stegen är sedan samma som för en fristående server förutom att du även kan välja säkerhetsläge:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Om alternativet Primär " +"domänkontrollant är valt så frågar guiden om den ska ha Wins-stöd eller " +"inte, och att förse med administratörskonto. De nästföljande stegen är sedan " +"samma som för en fristående server förutom att du även kan välja " +"säkerhetsläge:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 @@ -4185,7 +4937,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>domän</guilabel>: tillhandahåller ett funktionssätt för att lagra alla användarkonto och gruppkonto i ett centraliserat och delat kontoförråd. Den centraliserade förvaringsplatsen för konton är sedan delad mellan (säkerhets) kontrollanter" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>domän</guilabel>: tillhandahåller ett funktionssätt för att lagra " +"alla användarkonto och gruppkonto i ett centraliserat och delat kontoförråd. " +"Den centraliserade förvaringsplatsen för konton är sedan delad mellan " +"(säkerhets) kontrollanter" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4197,8 +4953,7 @@ msgstr "Ange en katalog att dela" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger oss:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4206,14 +4961,16 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." -msgstr "En ny post är därmed tillagd. Den kan justeras med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Alternativen kan redigeras som t. ex. om en katalog ska vara synlig publikt, skrivbar eller läsbar. Utdelningsnamnet kan inte ändras." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"En ny post är därmed tillagd. Den kan justeras med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</" +"guibutton>. Alternativen kan redigeras som t. ex. om en katalog ska vara " +"synlig publikt, skrivbar eller läsbar. Utdelningsnamnet kan inte ändras." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4258,8 +5015,7 @@ msgstr "Skrivarutdelning" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba tillåter dig också att dela ut skrivare." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4277,8 +5033,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Samba-användare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4289,7 +5044,10 @@ msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "På den här fliken kan du lägga till användare som har åtkomst till den delade resursen när autentisering krävs. Du kan lägga till användare från <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"På den här fliken kan du lägga till användare som har åtkomst till den " +"delade resursen när autentisering krävs. Du kan lägga till användare från " +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -4301,8 +5059,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera autentikering för Mageia verktyg" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4310,23 +5067,30 @@ msgstr "draksec.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns tillgängligt i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Säkerhet</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns " +"tillgängligt i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Säkerhet</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:20 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "Det gör det möjligt att ge vanliga användare nödvändiga rättigheter för att utföra uppgifter som i regel utförs av administratören." +msgstr "" +"Det gör det möjligt att ge vanliga användare nödvändiga rättigheter för att " +"utföra uppgifter som i regel utförs av administratören." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:23 @@ -4334,7 +5098,10 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list gives the choice between:" -msgstr "De flesta verktyg som finns tillgängliga i Mageias kontrollcentral visas till vänster i fönstret (se skärmdumpen ovan) och för varje verktyg finns en rullgardinslista där du kan välja mellan:" +msgstr "" +"De flesta verktyg som finns tillgängliga i Mageias kontrollcentral visas " +"till vänster i fönstret (se skärmdumpen ovan) och för varje verktyg finns en " +"rullgardinslista där du kan välja mellan:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:29 @@ -4344,7 +5111,8 @@ msgstr "Inget lösenord: Verktyget startas utan att fråga efter lösenord." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:34 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Användarlösenord: Användarens lösenord efterfrågas innan verktyget startas." +msgstr "" +"Användarlösenord: Användarens lösenord efterfrågas innan verktyget startas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:39 @@ -4356,7 +5124,9 @@ msgstr "Rootlösenord: Rootlösenordet efterfrågas innan verktyget startas." msgid "" "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC " "tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Standardvärden beror på säkerhetsnivån. Titta på \"Konfigurera systemsäkerhet\" som finns på samma flik i MCC för rättigheter och revisioner." +msgstr "" +"Standardvärden beror på säkerhetsnivån. Titta på \"Konfigurera systemsäkerhet" +"\" som finns på samma flik i MCC för rättigheter och revisioner." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11 @@ -4368,8 +5138,7 @@ msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4377,17 +5146,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i MCC under <guilabel>Administrationsverktyg</guilabel> på fliken <guilabel>System</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i " +"MCC under <guilabel>Administrationsverktyg</guilabel> på fliken " +"<guilabel>System</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -4395,44 +5169,66 @@ msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "När du startar det här verktyget i MCC för första gången kommer du att se ett meddelande om att installera draksnapshot. Klicka på <guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att fortsätta. Draksnapshot och några andra nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras." +msgstr "" +"När du startar det här verktyget i MCC för första gången kommer du att se " +"ett meddelande om att installera draksnapshot. Klicka på " +"<guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att fortsätta. Draksnapshot och några " +"andra nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Klicka på <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> igen så ser du en skärm med <guilabel>Inställningar</guilabel>. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> och <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera hela systemet</guilabel> om du vill säkerhetskopiera hela systemet." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> igen så ser du en skärm " +"med <guilabel>Inställningar</guilabel>. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera " +"säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> och <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera hela systemet</" +"guilabel> om du vill säkerhetskopiera hela systemet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." -msgstr "Om du enbart vill säkerhetskopiera delar av dina kataloger ska du välja <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. Du kommer att se ett nytt litet fönster. Använd knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> och <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> sidan om <guilabel>Säkerhetskopieringslista</guilabel> för att inkludera eller exkludera kataloger och filer från säkerhetskopieringen. Använd samma knappar sidan om <guilabel>Exkluderingslista</guilabel> för att ta bort underkataloger och eller filer från de valda katalogerna som <emphasis role=\"bold\">inte</emphasis> ska inkluderas i säkerhetskopieringen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> när du är klar." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Om du enbart vill säkerhetskopiera delar av dina kataloger ska du välja " +"<guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. Du kommer att se ett nytt litet fönster. " +"Använd knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> och <guibutton>Ta bort</" +"guibutton> sidan om <guilabel>Säkerhetskopieringslista</guilabel> för att " +"inkludera eller exkludera kataloger och filer från säkerhetskopieringen. " +"Använd samma knappar sidan om <guilabel>Exkluderingslista</guilabel> för att " +"ta bort underkataloger och eller filer från de valda katalogerna som " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">inte</emphasis> ska inkluderas i " +"säkerhetskopieringen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> när du " +"är klar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Ange nu sökvägen till <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera till</guilabel> eller tryck på <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton>-knappen för att välja korrekt sökväg. De USB-minnen eller externa hårddiskar som är monterade finns i <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/ditt_användarnamn/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Ange nu sökvägen till <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera till</guilabel> eller tryck " +"på <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton>-knappen för att välja korrekt sökväg. De " +"USB-minnen eller externa hårddiskar som är monterade finns i <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">/run/media/ditt_användarnamn/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." -msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton> för att göra ett snapshot." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton> för att göra ett snapshot." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksound.xml:3 @@ -4444,8 +5240,7 @@ msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4453,16 +5248,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i " +"Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4470,15 +5270,19 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound hanterar ljudkonfigurationen inklusive drivrutin, alternativ för PulseAudio och felsökning. Det hjälper dig om du har ljudproblem eller vill ändra ljudkort." +msgstr "" +"Draksound hanterar ljudkonfigurationen inklusive drivrutin, alternativ för " +"PulseAudio och felsökning. Det hjälper dig om du har ljudproblem eller vill " +"ändra ljudkort." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." -msgstr "I rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Drivrutin</guilabel> kan du välja en drivrutin från de som finns tillgängliga på din dator och som matchar ditt ljudkort." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"I rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Drivrutin</guilabel> kan du välja en drivrutin " +"från de som finns tillgängliga på din dator och som matchar ditt ljudkort." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4486,58 +5290,76 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "I de flesta fall är det möjligt att välja drivrutin genom att använda OSS eller ALSA API. OSS är det äldsta och är väldigt grundläggande. Vi rekommenderar ALSA när det är möjligt för dess berikade egenskaper." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall är det möjligt att välja drivrutin genom att använda OSS " +"eller ALSA API. OSS är det äldsta och är väldigt grundläggande. Vi " +"rekommenderar ALSA när det är möjligt för dess berikade egenskaper." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> är en ljudserver. Den tar emot alla ljudingångar, mixar dem enligt användarens inställningar och skickar resultatet till ljudutgången. Dessa inställningar finns i <guimenu>Meny -> Ljud och video -> PulseAudio volymkontroll</guimenu>." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> är en ljudserver. Den tar emot alla " +"ljudingångar, mixar dem enligt användarens inställningar och skickar " +"resultatet till ljudutgången. Dessa inställningar finns i <guimenu>Meny -> " +"Ljud och video -> PulseAudio volymkontroll</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio är den förinställda ljudservern och det rekommenderas att låta den vara aktiverad." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio är den förinställda ljudservern och det rekommenderas att låta " +"den vara aktiverad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Störningsfri</guilabel> förbättrar PulseAudio med vissa program. Det är även rekommenderat att den är aktiverad." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Störningsfri</guilabel> förbättrar PulseAudio med vissa program. " +"Det är även rekommenderat att den är aktiverad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" -msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> visar ett nytt fönster med tre knappar:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" +msgstr "" +"Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> visar ett nytt fönster med tre " +"knappar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "Den första knappen ger total valfrihet. Du måste veta vad du gör." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." -msgstr "Den andra är självklar och den sista hjälper till med att fixa eventuella problem du kan ha. Det är bra att du provar detta innan du frågar efter hjälp i olika kanaler." +msgstr "" +"Den andra är självklar och den sista hjälper till med att fixa eventuella " +"problem du kan ha. Det är bra att du provar detta innan du frågar efter " +"hjälp i olika kanaler." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -4549,8 +5371,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera en UPS för strömövervakning" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4558,9 +5379,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4572,8 +5395,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera VPN-anslutning för säker nätverksåtkomst" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4581,9 +5403,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4594,7 +5418,13 @@ msgid "" "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gör det möjligt att konfigurera säker åtkomst till ett fjärrnätverk genom en tunnel från den lokala arbetsstationen och fjärrnätverket. Vi kommer enbart att ta upp konfigureringen av arbetsstationen här. Vi antar att fjärrnätverket redan är i drift, och att du har anslutningsinformation från nätverksadministratören, som t. ex. en konfigurationsfil i .pcf-format." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gör det möjligt " +"att konfigurera säker åtkomst till ett fjärrnätverk genom en tunnel från den " +"lokala arbetsstationen och fjärrnätverket. Vi kommer enbart att ta upp " +"konfigureringen av arbetsstationen här. Vi antar att fjärrnätverket redan är " +"i drift, och att du har anslutningsinformation från nätverksadministratören, " +"som t. ex. en konfigurationsfil i .pcf-format." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -4606,7 +5436,9 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "Välj först antingen Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN beroende på vilket protokoll som ska användas för ditt privata nätverk." +msgstr "" +"Välj först antingen Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN beroende på vilket " +"protokoll som ska användas för ditt privata nätverk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -4623,8 +5455,7 @@ msgstr "Ange detaljerna för din VPN-anslutning på nästa skärm." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "För Cisco VPN" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4634,10 +5465,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "För openvpn måste paketet och dess beroende installeras första gången verkyget används." +msgstr "" +"För openvpn måste paketet och dess beroende installeras första gången " +"verkyget används." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4647,15 +5479,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj de filer du fick av nätverkets administratör." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj de filer du fick av " +"nätverkets administratör." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Avancerade parametrar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4676,9 +5509,12 @@ msgstr "När parametrarna är inställda kan du starta VPN-anslutningen." #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." -msgstr "Den här VPN-anslutningen kan ställas in att startas automatiskt med en nätverksanslutning. För att göra åstadkomma detta, konfigurera om nätverksanslutningen att alltid koppla upp till den här VPN-anslutningen." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Den här VPN-anslutningen kan ställas in att startas automatiskt med en " +"nätverksanslutning. För att göra åstadkomma detta, konfigurera om " +"nätverksanslutningen att alltid koppla upp till den här VPN-anslutningen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -4690,8 +5526,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera webbserver" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4699,16 +5534,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig att ställa in en webbserver." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig " +"att ställa in en webbserver." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -4720,7 +5559,9 @@ msgstr "Vad är en webbserver?" msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "En webbserver är ett program som hjälper till att leverera webbinnehåll som är åtkomligt genom internet (från Wikipedia)." +msgstr "" +"En webbserver är ett program som hjälper till att leverera webbinnehåll som " +"är åtkomligt genom internet (från Wikipedia)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -4732,26 +5573,26 @@ msgstr "Ställa in en webbserver med drakwizard apache2" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "Välkommen till guiden webbserver." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Första sidan är bara en introduktion, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta." +msgstr "" +"Första sidan är bara en introduktion, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> " +"för att fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Välj servertjänst: Lokal och/eller världen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4761,15 +5602,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Att exponera webbservern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga saker." +msgstr "" +"Att exponera webbservern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga " +"saker." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "Användarmodul" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4784,8 +5626,7 @@ msgstr "Tillåter användare att skapa sina egna sajter." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "Användarens webbkatalog" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4795,15 +5636,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." -msgstr "Användaren måste skapa och lägga till innehåll i denna katalog, därefter kommer servern att visa den." +msgstr "" +"Användaren måste skapa och lägga till innehåll i denna katalog, därefter " +"kommer servern att visa den." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "Serverns dokumentkatalog" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4814,26 +5656,26 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "Gör så att du kan ställa in webbserverns standardkatalog för dokument." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammanfattning" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -4841,8 +5683,7 @@ msgstr "Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på <gui msgid "Finish" msgstr "Slutför" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4863,8 +5704,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4872,245 +5712,259 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Anpassa DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig att ställa in en <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Det är en komponent i drakwizard som bör installeras innan du använder det." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig " +"att ställa in en <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Det är en komponent i " +"drakwizard som bör installeras innan du använder det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "Vad är DHCP?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) är ett standardiserat protokoll som används i IP-nätverk som dynamiskt konfigurerar IP-adresser och annan information som behövs för internetkommunikation (från Wikipedia)." +msgstr "" +"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) är ett " +"standardiserat protokoll som används i IP-nätverk som dynamiskt konfigurerar " +"IP-adresser och annan information som behövs för internetkommunikation (från " +"Wikipedia)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "Ställa in en DHCP-server med drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för DHCP-server." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Väljer adapter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Välj det nätverksgränssnitt som är kopplat till undernätet och som vilket DHCP ska tilldela IP-adresser. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Välj det nätverksgränssnitt som är kopplat till undernätet och som vilket " +"DHCP ska tilldela IP-adresser. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Välj IP-område" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Välj start och slut på IP-området som du vill att servern ska erbjuda, tillsammans med IP-adressen till den gateway som ansluter någonstans utanför ditt lokala nätverk, förhoppningsvis nära internet. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Välj start och slut på IP-området som du vill att servern ska erbjuda, " +"tillsammans med IP-adressen till den gateway som ansluter någonstans utanför " +"ditt lokala nätverk, förhoppningsvis nära internet. Klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Vänta..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." -msgstr "Det här kan fixas. Klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> några gånger och ändra runt lite." +msgstr "" +"Det här kan fixas. Klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> några gånger " +"och ändra runt lite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Flera timmar senare..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "Vad är gjort" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "Installerar paketet dhcp-server om det behövs;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Sparar <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> i <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Sparar <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> i <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Skapar en ny <code>dhcpd.conf</code> med början av <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> och lägger till de nya parametrarna:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Skapar en ny <code>dhcpd.conf</code> med början av <code>/usr/share/wizards/" +"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> och lägger till de nya " +"parametrarna:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mask</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "Ändrar också i Webmins konfigurationsfil <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"Ändrar också i Webmins konfigurationsfil <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "Startar om <code>dhcpd.</code>" @@ -5124,8 +5978,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa tid" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5133,18 +5986,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "Det här verktygets<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ändamål är att ställa in korrekt tid på din server genom att synkronisera med en extern server. Den är inte installerad som standard och du måste även installera paketen drakwizard och drakwizard-base." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktygets<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ändamål är att " +"ställa in korrekt tid på din server genom att synkronisera med en extern " +"server. Den är inte installerad som standard och du måste även installera " +"paketen drakwizard och drakwizard-base." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5157,28 +6016,27 @@ msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "Efter en välkomstskärm (se ovan) kommer den andra att be dig välja tre tidservrar i rullgardinslistan och föreslår att du använder pool.ntp.org två gånger eftersom den servern alltid pekar på tillgängliga servrar." +msgstr "" +"Efter en välkomstskärm (se ovan) kommer den andra att be dig välja tre " +"tidservrar i rullgardinslistan och föreslår att du använder pool.ntp.org två " +"gånger eftersom den servern alltid pekar på tillgängliga servrar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5186,15 +6044,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "På nästkommande skärm får du välja region och stad, sedan visas en översikt. Om något är fel kan du så klart ändra det med knappen <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>. Om allt är korrekt så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att göra en test. Det kan ta lite tid och du kommer till sist att se följande skärm nedan:" +msgstr "" +"På nästkommande skärm får du välja region och stad, sedan visas en översikt. " +"Om något är fel kan du så klart ändra det med knappen <guibutton>Föregående</" +"guibutton>. Om allt är korrekt så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> " +"för att göra en test. Det kan ta lite tid och du kommer till sist att se " +"följande skärm nedan:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5217,31 +6079,39 @@ msgstr "Installerar <code>ntp</code>-paketet om det behövs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "Sparar filerna <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> till <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> och <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> till <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Sparar filerna <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> till <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> och <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> till <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" -msgstr "Skriver en ny fil <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> med en serverlista;" +msgstr "" +"Skriver en ny fil <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> med en serverlista;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" -msgstr "Ändrar filen <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> genom att infoga det första servernamnet;" +msgstr "" +"Ändrar filen <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> genom att infoga det första " +"servernamnet;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "Stoppar och startar tjänsterna <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> och <code>ntpd</code>;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"Stoppar och startar tjänsterna <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> och " +"<code>ntpd</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 @@ -5259,8 +6129,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5268,16 +6137,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att ställa in en <acronym>FTP</acronym>-server." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att " +"ställa in en <acronym>FTP</acronym>-server." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -5290,7 +6163,10 @@ msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) är ett standardiserat nätverksprotokoll för att överföra filer från en värd till en annan genom <acronym>TCP</acronym>-baserade nätverk, som t. ex internet (från Wikipedia)." +msgstr "" +"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) är ett standardiserat " +"nätverksprotokoll för att överföra filer från en värd till en annan genom " +"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-baserade nätverk, som t. ex internet (från Wikipedia)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -5302,14 +6178,12 @@ msgstr "Ställ in en FTP-server med drakwizard proftpd" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "Välkommen till FTP-guiden. Sätt på dig säkerhetsbältet." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5319,15 +6193,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Att exponera FTP-servern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga saker." +msgstr "" +"Att exponera FTP-servern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga " +"saker." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Serverinformation" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5337,15 +6212,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Ange det namn som servern ska presentera sig som, någon att e-posta klagomål till och om du vill tillåta root att logga in." +msgstr "" +"Ange det namn som servern ska presentera sig som, någon att e-posta klagomål " +"till och om du vill tillåta root att logga in." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Serveralternativ" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5353,18 +6229,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Ställ in lyssningsport, fångad användare, tillåta återupptagning och/eller <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Ställ in lyssningsport, fångad användare, tillåta återupptagning och/eller " +"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5379,8 +6255,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5388,9 +6263,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5398,7 +6275,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att ställa in en proxyserver. Det är en komponent i drakwizard som ska installeras innan du kan få tillgång till det." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att " +"ställa in en proxyserver. Det är en komponent i drakwizard som ska " +"installeras innan du kan få tillgång till det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -5414,7 +6294,13 @@ msgid "" "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "En proxyserver är en server (dator eller applikation) som agerar mellanhand för förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En klient ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en fil, anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och kontrollera dess komplexitet." +msgstr "" +"En proxyserver är en server (dator eller applikation) som agerar mellanhand " +"för förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En " +"klient ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en " +"fil, anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan " +"server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och " +"kontrollera dess komplexitet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -5426,8 +6312,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in en proxyserver med drakwizard squid" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för proxyserver." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5437,8 +6322,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Välja proxyport" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5448,15 +6332,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Välj den proxyport som webbläsare kommer att ansluta genom, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Välj den proxyport som webbläsare kommer att ansluta genom, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Ställ in minne och diskanvändning" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5465,15 +6350,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ställ in minne och diskbegränsningar, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in minne och diskbegränsningar, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "Välj kontroll för nätverksåtkomst" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5481,34 +6367,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ställ in synlighet till lokalt nätverk eller världen, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in synlighet till lokalt nätverk eller världen, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Bevilja nätverksåtkomst" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Bevilja åtkomst för lokala nätverk, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Bevilja åtkomst för lokala nätverk, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "Använda en proxyserver på högnivå?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5523,8 +6410,7 @@ msgstr "Flöda igenom en annan proxyserver? Om inte, hoppa över nästa steg." msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "URL och port till en proxy på högnivå" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5532,12 +6418,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ange namn och port för högnivå-proxyn, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ange namn och port för högnivå-proxyn, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</" +"guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5547,8 +6434,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "Starta under uppstart?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5558,10 +6444,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Välj om proxyservern ska starta när datorn startas upp, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Välj om proxyservern ska starta när datorn startas upp, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5574,56 +6461,54 @@ msgstr "Installerar paketet squid om det behövs;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Sparar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> i <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Sparar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> i <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;" +"</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Skapar en ny <code>squid.conf</code> med start från <code>squid.conf.default</code> och lägger till de nya parametrarna:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Skapar en ny <code>squid.conf</code> med start från <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> och lägger till de nya parametrarna:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "<code>nivå</code> 1, 2 eller 3 och <code>http_access</code> enligt nivå" +msgstr "" +"<code>nivå</code> 1, 2 eller 3 och <code>http_access</code> enligt nivå" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5643,8 +6528,7 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH demonens inställningar" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5652,16 +6536,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att ställa in en <acronym>SSH</acronym>-daemon." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att " +"ställa in en <acronym>SSH</acronym>-daemon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -5673,11 +6561,16 @@ msgstr "Vad är <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) är ett kryptografiskt nätverksprotokoll för säker nätverkskommunikation. Login via konsol, exekvering av kommando och andra säkra nätverkstjänster mellan två datorer som är sammankopplade genom en säkrad tunnel över ett osäkert nätverk. En server och en klient (som kör SSH-server och <acronym>SSH</acronym>-klienter respektive). (Från Wikipedia)." +msgstr "" +"Secure Shell (SSH) är ett kryptografiskt nätverksprotokoll för säker " +"nätverkskommunikation. Login via konsol, exekvering av kommando och andra " +"säkra nätverkstjänster mellan två datorer som är sammankopplade genom en " +"säkrad tunnel över ett osäkert nätverk. En server och en klient (som kör SSH-" +"server och <acronym>SSH</acronym>-klienter respektive). (Från Wikipedia)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -5694,8 +6587,7 @@ msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för Open SSH." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Välj konfigurationstyp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5703,18 +6595,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> för alla alternativ eller <guilabel>Nybörjare</guilabel> för att hoppa över steg 3-7. Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> för alla alternativ eller " +"<guilabel>Nybörjare</guilabel> för att hoppa över steg 3-7. Klicka på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Allmänna alternativ" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5724,15 +6617,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Ställer in synlighet och åtkomstmöjligheter för root. Port 22 är standardport för <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +msgstr "" +"Ställer in synlighet och åtkomstmöjligheter för root. Port 22 är " +"standardport för <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoder" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5742,15 +6636,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Tillåt en rad autentiseringsmetoder för användare som ansluter, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Tillåt en rad autentiseringsmetoder för användare som ansluter, klicka sedan " +"på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Loggning" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5758,8 +6653,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "Välj loggningsnivå och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5767,8 +6662,7 @@ msgstr "Välj loggningsnivå och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Inloggningsalternativ" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5776,15 +6670,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Konfigurera individuella inloggningsalternativ, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera individuella inloggningsalternativ, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Inloggningsalternativ för användare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5793,15 +6688,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Konfigurera användarnas åtkomstmöjligheter, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera användarnas åtkomstmöjligheter, klicka sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Komprimering och vidarebefordring" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5811,16 +6707,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Konfigurera vidarebefordring och komprimering av X11 under överföringen, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurera vidarebefordring och komprimering av X11 under överföringen, " +"klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5835,8 +6731,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera systemtjänster genom att aktivera eller inaktivera dem" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5844,9 +6739,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5858,8 +6755,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av hårdvara" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5867,9 +6763,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5879,7 +6777,11 @@ msgid "" "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger en överblick av hårdvaran i din dator. När det körs så startas ett jobb som letar efter all hårdvara. Det använder kommandot <code>ldetect</code> som refererar till en lista överhårdvara som finns i paketet <code>ldetect-lst</code>." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger en överblick " +"av hårdvaran i din dator. När det körs så startas ett jobb som letar efter " +"all hårdvara. Det använder kommandot <code>ldetect</code> som refererar till " +"en lista överhårdvara som finns i paketet <code>ldetect-lst</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -5897,7 +6799,10 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "Den vänstra kolumnen innehåller en lista över hittad hårdvara. Enheterna är grupperade i kategorier. Klicka på > för att expandera innehållet i en kategori. Varje enhet kan väljas i denna kolumn." +msgstr "" +"Den vänstra kolumnen innehåller en lista över hittad hårdvara. Enheterna är " +"grupperade i kategorier. Klicka på > för att expandera innehållet i en " +"kategori. Varje enhet kan väljas i denna kolumn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -5905,14 +6810,19 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "Den högra kolumnen visar information om den valda enheten. <guimenu>Hjälp och > informationsfälten</guimenu> ger lite information om innehållet i fälten." +msgstr "" +"Den högra kolumnen visar information om den valda enheten. <guimenu>Hjälp " +"och > informationsfälten</guimenu> ger lite information om innehållet i " +"fälten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "Beroende på vilken typ av enhet som är vald så är visas en eller två knappar längst ner i högra kolumnen:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"Beroende på vilken typ av enhet som är vald så är visas en eller två knappar " +"längst ner i högra kolumnen:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -5920,21 +6830,28 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ställ in alternativ för aktuell drivrutin</guibutton>: Denna kan användas för att ställa in parametrar som används i relation till enheten. Enbart experter bör använda detta." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ställ in alternativ för aktuell drivrutin</guibutton>: Denna kan " +"användas för att ställa in parametrar som används i relation till enheten. " +"Enbart experter bör använda detta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Kör konfigurationsverktyg</guibutton>: åtkomst till verktyget som kan konfigurera enheten. Verktyget kan oftast köras direkt i MCC." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Kör konfigurationsverktyg</guibutton>: åtkomst till verktyget som " +"kan konfigurera enheten. Verktyget kan oftast köras direkt i MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "Med <guimenu>alternativ</guimenu>-menyn kan du markera kryssrutor så att automatisk identifiering sker:" +msgstr "" +"Med <guimenu>alternativ</guimenu>-menyn kan du markera kryssrutor så att " +"automatisk identifiering sker:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -5957,7 +6874,10 @@ msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "Som standard är inte dessa identifieringar aktiverade för att de är långsamma. Kryssa i de lämpliga boxar om du har denna hårdvara ansluten. Identifiering fungerar nästa gång detta verktyg startas." +msgstr "" +"Som standard är inte dessa identifieringar aktiverade för att de är " +"långsamma. Kryssa i de lämpliga boxar om du har denna hårdvara ansluten. " +"Identifiering fungerar nästa gång detta verktyg startas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -5969,8 +6889,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in tangentbodslayout" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -5978,9 +6897,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -5990,7 +6911,12 @@ msgid "" "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "Verktyget keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att konfigurera den grundläggande tangentbordsuppsättningen som du kan använda i Mageia. Den påverkar tangentbordsuppsättningen för alla användare på systemet. Du hittar det i hårdvarusektionen i Mageias kontrollcentral (MCC) och är märkt Konfigurera mus och tangentbord." +msgstr "" +"Verktyget keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig " +"att konfigurera den grundläggande tangentbordsuppsättningen som du kan " +"använda i Mageia. Den påverkar tangentbordsuppsättningen för alla användare " +"på systemet. Du hittar det i hårdvarusektionen i Mageias kontrollcentral " +"(MCC) och är märkt Konfigurera mus och tangentbord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -6000,10 +6926,13 @@ msgstr "Tangentbordslayout" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." -msgstr "Här kan du välja vilken tangentbordsuppsättning du vill använda. Namnen (listas i alfabetisk ordning) beskriver språk, land och eller etnicitet som varje uppsättning ska användas till." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du välja vilken tangentbordsuppsättning du vill använda. Namnen " +"(listas i alfabetisk ordning) beskriver språk, land och eller etnicitet som " +"varje uppsättning ska användas till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6015,7 +6944,9 @@ msgstr "Typ av tangentbord" msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "Denna menyn låter dig välja vilket tangentbord du använder. Om du är osäker på vad du ska välja så låt det vara inställt som standardtyp." +msgstr "" +"Denna menyn låter dig välja vilket tangentbord du använder. Om du är osäker " +"på vad du ska välja så låt det vara inställt som standardtyp." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -6027,8 +6958,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera lokalisering av ditt system" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6036,9 +6966,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan också starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6048,14 +6980,20 @@ msgid "" "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittar du under System i MAgeias kontrollcenter (MCC) märkt Hantera lokalisering av ditt system. Det öppnar ett fönster där du kan välja ditt språk. Valet är anpassat efter vad som valts under installationen." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittar du under " +"System i MAgeias kontrollcenter (MCC) märkt Hantera lokalisering av ditt " +"system. Det öppnar ett fönster där du kan välja ditt språk. Valet är " +"anpassat efter vad som valts under installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger tillgång att aktivera kompatibilitet med gammal teckenuppsättning (icke-UTF8)." +msgstr "" +"Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger tillgång att aktivera " +"kompatibilitet med gammal teckenuppsättning (icke-UTF8)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 @@ -6063,7 +7001,10 @@ msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." -msgstr "Det andra fönstret visar en lista över länder enligt det valda språket. Knappen <guibutton>Andra språk</guibutton> ger tillgång till andra land som inte är listade." +msgstr "" +"Det andra fönstret visar en lista över länder enligt det valda språket. " +"Knappen <guibutton>Andra språk</guibutton> ger tillgång till andra land som " +"inte är listade." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 @@ -6082,14 +7023,20 @@ msgid "" "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." -msgstr "På skärmen <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> kan du även välja en inmatningsmetod (från rullgardinsmenyn längst ner i listan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att skriva flerspråkiga tecken (kinesiska, japanska, koreanska, etc)." +msgstr "" +"På skärmen <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> kan du även välja en " +"inmatningsmetod (från rullgardinsmenyn längst ner i listan). " +"Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att skriva flerspråkiga tecken " +"(kinesiska, japanska, koreanska, etc)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "För asiatiska och afrikanska platser kommer IBus att ställas som standard så att användarna inte behöver konfigurera det manuellt." +msgstr "" +"För asiatiska och afrikanska platser kommer IBus att ställas som standard så " +"att användarna inte behöver konfigurera det manuellt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 @@ -6097,7 +7044,11 @@ msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) ger även liknande funktioner. De kan också (om otillgängliga i rullgardinsmenyn) installeras i en annan del av Mageias kontrollcentral. Se <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) ger även liknande " +"funktioner. De kan också (om otillgängliga i rullgardinsmenyn) installeras i " +"en annan del av Mageias kontrollcentral. Se <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -6109,8 +7060,7 @@ msgstr "Visa och sök i systemloggar" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6118,17 +7068,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken \"<guilabel>Visa och sök i systemloggarna</guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcentral under fliken \"<guilabel>Visa och sök i systemloggarna</" +"guilabel>\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -6138,27 +7093,40 @@ msgstr "För att söka i loggarna" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "Skriv först det sökord du vill söka efter i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Matchar</emphasis> och/eller det sökord som <emphasis>du inte</emphasis> vill ska matcha i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">matchar inte</emphasis>. Välj sedan fil att söka igenom i fältet <guilabel>Välj fil</guilabel>. Du kan även välja att bara söka på en dag. Välj detta i <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kalendern</emphasis> genom att använda de små pilarna vid sidan om månad och år och markera <guibutton>Visa enbart för den valda dagen</guibutton>. Klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>sök</guibutton> för att se resultaten i rutan <guilabel>Innehållet i filen</guilabel>. Du kan spara resultatet i en textfil genom att klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Spara</emphasis>" +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"Skriv först det sökord du vill söka efter i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matchar</emphasis> och/eller det sökord som <emphasis>du inte</emphasis> " +"vill ska matcha i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">matchar inte</emphasis>. " +"Välj sedan fil att söka igenom i fältet <guilabel>Välj fil</guilabel>. Du " +"kan även välja att bara söka på en dag. Välj detta i <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Kalendern</emphasis> genom att använda de små pilarna vid sidan om månad " +"och år och markera <guibutton>Visa enbart för den valda dagen</guibutton>. " +"Klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>sök</guibutton> för att se resultaten i " +"rutan <guilabel>Innehållet i filen</guilabel>. Du kan spara resultatet i en " +"textfil genom att klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Spara</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "<guibutton>Mageias loggverktyg</guibutton> innehåller loggar från Mageias konfigurationsverktyg som ingår i kontrollcentralen. Dessa loggar uppdateras varje gång en konfiguration ändras." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Mageias loggverktyg</guibutton> innehåller loggar från Mageias " +"konfigurationsverktyg som ingår i kontrollcentralen. Dessa loggar uppdateras " +"varje gång en konfiguration ändras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -6171,17 +7139,25 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." -msgstr "<guibutton>E-postvarning</guibutton> kontrollerar automatiskt systemets belastning och tjänster varje timme och skickar en e-postvarning till de inställda adresserna om nödvändigt ." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>E-postvarning</guibutton> kontrollerar automatiskt systemets " +"belastning och tjänster varje timme och skickar en e-postvarning till de " +"inställda adresserna om nödvändigt ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-postvarningar</emphasis> för att konfigurera det här verktyget och sedan <guibutton>Konfigurera E-postvarningar</guibutton> i rullgardinsmenyn på nästa skärm. Här visas alla tjänster som körs och du kan välja vilka du vill övervaka (se skärmdumpen ovan)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-postvarningar</emphasis> för att " +"konfigurera det här verktyget och sedan <guibutton>Konfigurera E-" +"postvarningar</guibutton> i rullgardinsmenyn på nästa skärm. Här visas alla " +"tjänster som körs och du kan välja vilka du vill övervaka (se skärmdumpen " +"ovan)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -6228,8 +7204,7 @@ msgstr "Xinetd-tjänst" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "BIND Uppslag av domännamn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6238,11 +7213,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "På nästa skärm väljer du vilket <guilabel>Belastning</guilabel>värde du tycker är oacceptabelt. Belastningen representerar kraven på en process. Ett högt värde saktar ner systemet och ett väldigt högt kan indikera att en process har gått utom kontroll. Standardvärde är tre. Vi rekommenderar att ställa belastningsvärdet till tre gånger antalet processer." +msgstr "" +"På nästa skärm väljer du vilket <guilabel>Belastning</guilabel>värde du " +"tycker är oacceptabelt. Belastningen representerar kraven på en process. " +"Ett högt värde saktar ner systemet och ett väldigt högt kan indikera att en " +"process har gått utom kontroll. Standardvärde är tre. Vi rekommenderar att " +"ställa belastningsvärdet till tre gånger antalet processer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 @@ -6250,7 +7230,9 @@ msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." -msgstr "Ange <guilabel>e-postadress</guilabel> till den person som ska varnas på sista skärmen, samt e-postserver (lokal eller internet)." +msgstr "" +"Ange <guilabel>e-postadress</guilabel> till den person som ska varnas på " +"sista skärmen, samt e-postserver (lokal eller internet)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -6265,25 +7247,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas från en konsol." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas " +"från en konsol." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig " +"kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</" +"link>. Tack på förhand." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -6298,9 +7288,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6308,18 +7300,22 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och användas från en konsol. Det ger mer information om det körs som root." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas " +"och användas från en konsol. Det ger mer information om det körs som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake visar alla anslutna enheter i datorn (USB, PCI och PCMCIA) och vilka drivrutiner som används. Den behöver paketen ldetect och ldetect-lst för att fungera." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake visar alla anslutna enheter i datorn (USB, PCI och PCMCIA) och " +"vilka drivrutiner som används. Den behöver paketen ldetect och ldetect-lst " +"för att fungera." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6328,14 +7324,17 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "Med växeln -e lägger lspdrake till tillverkare och enhetsidentifikationer." +msgstr "" +"Med växeln -e lägger lspdrake till tillverkare och enhetsidentifikationer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "lspcidrake genererar ofta väldigt långa listor. För att få fram information används den ofta i en pipeline med kommandot grep, som i de här exemplen:" +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake genererar ofta väldigt långa listor. För att få fram information " +"används den ofta i en pipeline med kommandot grep, som i de här exemplen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6367,10 +7366,11 @@ msgstr "-i för att ignorera gemener/versaler." msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "I skärmdumpen nedan ser du resultatet från växlarna -v för lspcidrake och -i för grep." +msgstr "" +"I skärmdumpen nedan ser du resultatet från växlarna -v för lspcidrake och -i " +"för grep." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6380,7 +7380,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Det finns ett annat verktyg som ger information om hårdvaran, det kallas <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (som root)" +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett annat verktyg som ger information om hårdvaran, det kallas " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (som root)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6392,8 +7394,7 @@ msgstr "Uppdatera Paket" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate eller drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6401,18 +7402,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" +"update</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6420,27 +7427,37 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "För att MageiaUpdate ska fungera krävs det att förvaringsplatserna är konfigurerade med rpmdrake-edit-media där vissa media är markerade som uppdateringar. Du kommer att bli ombedd att göra det om inga är konfigurerade." +msgstr "" +"För att MageiaUpdate ska fungera krävs det att förvaringsplatserna är " +"konfigurerade med rpmdrake-edit-media där vissa media är markerade som " +"uppdateringar. Du kommer att bli ombedd att göra det om inga är " +"konfigurerade." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "Direkt när verktyget startas så söker det efter installerade paket och visar de med tillgängliga uppdateringar i förråden. De är alla markerade som standard för att automatiskt laddas ner och installeras. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att starta processen." +msgstr "" +"Direkt när verktyget startas så söker det efter installerade paket och visar " +"de med tillgängliga uppdateringar i förråden. De är alla markerade som " +"standard för att automatiskt laddas ner och installeras. Klicka på knappen " +"<guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att starta processen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Genom att markera ett paket så visas mer information om det i nedre halvan av fönstret. Tecknet<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> framför rubriken ger dig mer information." +msgstr "" +"Genom att markera ett paket så visas mer information om det i nedre halvan " +"av fönstret. Tecknet<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> framför rubriken " +"ger dig mer information." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6449,17 +7466,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "En applet i system systemfältet varnar dig när uppdateringar finns tillgängliga genom att visa den här röda ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicka på den och ange lösenord för att uppdatera." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"En applet i system systemfältet varnar dig när uppdateringar finns " +"tillgängliga genom att visa den här röda ikonen <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicka på den och ange lösenord för att " +"uppdatera." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Uppstart" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6469,7 +7489,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera dina uppstartsalternativ. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera " +"dina uppstartsalternativ. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6496,8 +7518,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hårdvara" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6507,23 +7528,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera din hårdvara. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera din " +"hårdvara. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Hantera din hårdvara" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Bläddra i och konfigurera hårdvara</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Bläddra i och konfigurera " +"hårdvara</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6533,16 +7556,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Konfigurera Grafik" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera skrivbordseffekter i 3D</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera skrivbordseffekter i 3D</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6552,14 +7575,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Konfigurera mus och tangentbord" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6569,16 +7590,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Konfigurera utskrift och skanning" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Ställ in skrivare och utskriftsjobb, ...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Ställ in skrivare och " +"utskriftsjobb, ...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6588,8 +7609,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Andra" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6606,21 +7626,28 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "MAgeias kontrollcentral (MCC) har åtta olika flikar att välja mellan i den vänstra kolumnen, tio om drakwizard är installerat. Var och en av dessa flikar visar en ny uppsättning med verktyg som kan väljas i den högra panelen." +msgstr "" +"MAgeias kontrollcentral (MCC) har åtta olika flikar att välja mellan i den " +"vänstra kolumnen, tio om drakwizard är installerat. Var och en av dessa " +"flikar visar en ny uppsättning med verktyg som kan väljas i den högra " +"panelen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "De följande tio kapitlen handlar om just de tio alternativen och dess relaterade verktyg." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"De följande tio kapitlen handlar om just de tio alternativen och dess " +"relaterade verktyg." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "Det sista kapitlet handlar om några andra verktyg från Mageia som inte kan väljas i någon av flikarna i MCC." +msgstr "" +"Det sista kapitlet handlar om några andra verktyg från Mageia som inte kan " +"väljas i någon av flikarna i MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 @@ -6634,15 +7661,16 @@ msgstr "Sidornas rubriker är ofta desamma som i verktygens fönster." msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Det finns även ett sökfält tillgängligt som du kan använda genom att klicka på Sök-fliken i vänstra kolumnen." +msgstr "" +"Det finns även ett sökfält tillgängligt som du kan använda genom att klicka " +"på Sök-fliken i vänstra kolumnen." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Lokala diskar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6652,7 +7680,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att hantera och dela ut dina lokala hårddiskar. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att hantera och " +"dela ut dina lokala hårddiskar. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6674,8 +7704,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Nätverkstjänster" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6683,11 +7712,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Dela ut</emphasis> är bara synlig om <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan välja mellan ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. Klicka på en länk nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Dela ut</emphasis> är bara synlig om " +"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan välja mellan " +"ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. Klicka på en länk " +"nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -6719,8 +7752,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Nätverksdelning" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6730,40 +7762,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att dela ut hårddiskar och kataloger. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att dela ut " +"hårddiskar och kataloger. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Konfigurera Windows (R) utdelningar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Dela hårddiskar och kataloger med Windows (SMB)-system</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Dela hårddiskar och " +"kataloger med Windows (SMB)-system</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Konfigurera NFS utdelningar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6773,8 +7805,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Konfigurera WebDAV utdelningar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6784,8 +7815,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Nätverk och Internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6793,29 +7823,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika nätverksverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika nätverksverktyg. Klicka på en " +"länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Hantera dina nätverksenheter" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6825,32 +7854,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personifiera och Säkra ditt nätverk" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6860,8 +7884,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Säkerhet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6871,14 +7894,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika säkerhetsverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika säkerhetsverktyg. Klicka på en " +"länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera systemsäkerhet, rättigheter och revisioner</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera systemsäkerhet, " +"rättigheter och revisioner</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -6905,8 +7932,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Filutdelning" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6915,10 +7941,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Nätverkstjänster</emphasis> är bara synlig om <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan välja mellan ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. Klicka på en länk nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Nätverkstjänster</emphasis> är bara " +"synlig om <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan " +"välja mellan ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. " +"Klicka på en länk nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> för " +"att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -6935,8 +7966,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "System" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -6946,27 +7976,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika system och administrationsverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +msgstr "" +"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika system och " +"administrationsverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Hantera systemtjänster" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -6976,14 +8005,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Lokalisering" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -6993,34 +8020,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Administrations-verktyg" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Hantera användare i systemet</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Hantera användare i " +"systemet</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" @@ -7034,25 +8058,34 @@ msgstr "Mageia Kontrollcentral" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, " +"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -7064,8 +8097,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera uppdateringsfrekvens" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7073,28 +8105,38 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</emphasis>. Det är även tillgängligt genom att <guimenu>högerklicka / konfigurera uppdateringar</guimenu> på den röda ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> i systemfältet." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</" +"emphasis>. Det är även tillgängligt genom att <guimenu>högerklicka / " +"konfigurera uppdateringar</guimenu> på den röda ikonen <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> i systemfältet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." -msgstr "Med det första reglaget kan du ändra hur ofta Mageia ska kontrollera efter uppdateringar, och det andra hur lång tid efter uppstart som kontrollen ska göras. Kryssrutan gör att du blir meddelad när en ny version av Mageia finns tillgänglig." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"Med det första reglaget kan du ändra hur ofta Mageia ska kontrollera efter " +"uppdateringar, och det andra hur lång tid efter uppstart som kontrollen ska " +"göras. Kryssrutan gör att du blir meddelad när en ny version av Mageia finns " +"tillgänglig." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7106,8 +8148,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa pekdon (mus, ritbord)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7115,23 +8156,29 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcenter under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias " +"kontrollcenter under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Eftersom du måste ha en mus för att installera Mageia så är den redan installerad av Drakinstall. Med det här verktyget kan du installera en annan." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Eftersom du måste ha en mus för att installera Mageia så är den redan " +"installerad av Drakinstall. Med det här verktyget kan du installera en annan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -7140,7 +8187,11 @@ msgid "" "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Pekdonen är sorterade efter anslutningstyp och modell. Välj ett pekdon och klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. I de flesta fall så är \"Universal / PS2 & USB\" lämplig för en nyare modell. Det nya pekdonet kan användas direkt." +msgstr "" +"Pekdonen är sorterade efter anslutningstyp och modell. Välj ett pekdon och " +"klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. I de flesta fall så är \"Universal / " +"PS2 & USB\" lämplig för en nyare modell. Det nya pekdonet kan användas " +"direkt." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -7152,8 +8203,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Systemsäkerhet och kontroll" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7161,40 +8211,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är ett grafiskt gränssnitt för msec där du kan konfigurera sitt systems säkerhet enligt två tillvägagångssätt." +msgstr "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är ett grafiskt gränssnitt " +"för msec där du kan konfigurera sitt systems säkerhet enligt två " +"tillvägagångssätt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." -msgstr "Den ställer in systemets beteende, msec tvingar ändringar för systemet för att göra det mer säkert." +msgstr "" +"Den ställer in systemets beteende, msec tvingar ändringar för systemet för " +"att göra det mer säkert." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Det utför periodiska kontroller automatisk i systemet för att varna dig om något verkar vara farligt." +msgstr "" +"Det utför periodiska kontroller automatisk i systemet för att varna dig om " +"något verkar vara farligt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." -msgstr "msec använder begreppet säkerhetsnivåer som är till för att konfigurera en rad tillstånd i systemet som kan övervakas för ändringar eller genomdrivande. Många av dem föreslås av Mageia men du kan ange dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"msec använder begreppet säkerhetsnivåer som är till för att konfigurera en " +"rad tillstånd i systemet som kan övervakas för ändringar eller " +"genomdrivande. Många av dem föreslås av Mageia men du kan ange dina egna " +"anpassade säkerhetsnivåer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7211,43 +8274,47 @@ msgstr "Se skärmdumpen ovan" msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "Första fliken visa olika säkerhetsverktyg och en knapp till höger för att konfigurera dem:" +msgstr "" +"Första fliken visa olika säkerhetsverktyg och en knapp till höger för att " +"konfigurera dem:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "Brandvägg. Finns även i MCC / Säkerhet / Konfigurera din personliga brandvägg." +msgstr "" +"Brandvägg. Finns även i MCC / Säkerhet / Konfigurera din personliga " +"brandvägg." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Uppdateringar. Finns även i MCC / Programhantering / Uppdatera ditt system" +msgstr "" +"Uppdateringar. Finns även i MCC / Programhantering / Uppdatera ditt system" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "msec själv med lite information:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "aktiverad eller inte" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "den konfigurerade säkerheten för basnivå" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "datum för senaste periodiska kontrollen och en knapp för att visa en detaljerad rapport och ytterligare en knapp för att utföra kontrollen nu." +msgstr "" +"datum för senaste periodiska kontrollen och en knapp för att visa en " +"detaljerad rapport och ytterligare en knapp för att utföra kontrollen nu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -7257,13 +8324,13 @@ msgstr "Fliken Säkerhetsalternativ" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." -msgstr "Att klicka på den andra fliken eller på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> under Säkerhet leder till samma skärm som visas nedan." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"Att klicka på den andra fliken eller på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</" +"guibutton> under Säkerhet leder till samma skärm som visas nedan." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7281,22 +8348,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsnivåer:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" -msgstr "När du har kryssat i rutan <guilabel>Aktivera MSEC-verktyg</guilabel> så kan du på den här fliken dubbelklicka för att välja en säkerhetsnivå som sedan visas i fetstil. Om kryssrytan inte är markerad så tillämpas nivån « Ingen » Följande nivåer är tillgängliga:" +msgstr "" +"När du har kryssat i rutan <guilabel>Aktivera MSEC-verktyg</guilabel> så kan " +"du på den här fliken dubbelklicka för att välja en säkerhetsnivå som sedan " +"visas i fetstil. Om kryssrytan inte är markerad så tillämpas nivån « Ingen » " +"Följande nivåer är tillgängliga:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">ingen</emphasis>. Den här nivån är om du inte vill använda msec för att kontrollera systemets säkerhet utan istället vill justera den själv. Den inaktiverar alla säkerhetskontroller och lägger inga restriktioner eller begränsningar för systemkonfiguration och inställningar. Använd enbart den här nivån om du vet vad du gör eftersom det gör ditt system sårbart mot attacker." +msgstr "" +"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">ingen</emphasis>. Den här nivån är om du inte " +"vill använda msec för att kontrollera systemets säkerhet utan istället vill " +"justera den själv. Den inaktiverar alla säkerhetskontroller och lägger inga " +"restriktioner eller begränsningar för systemkonfiguration och inställningar. " +"Använd enbart den här nivån om du vet vad du gör eftersom det gör ditt " +"system sårbart mot attacker." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 @@ -7307,27 +8384,42 @@ msgid "" "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." -msgstr "Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Den här är standard efter installation och är avsedd för vanliga användare. Den begränsar flera systeminställningar och kör dagliga säkerhetskontroller som upptäcker ändringar i systemfiler, konton och sårbara katalogrättigheter. (Den här nivån liknar Nivå 2 och Nivå 3 från tidigare versioner av msec)." +msgstr "" +"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Den här är standard efter " +"installation och är avsedd för vanliga användare. Den begränsar flera " +"systeminställningar och kör dagliga säkerhetskontroller som upptäcker " +"ändringar i systemfiler, konton och sårbara katalogrättigheter. (Den här " +"nivån liknar Nivå 2 och Nivå 3 från tidigare versioner av msec)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">säker</emphasis>. Den här nivån är till för om du vill garantera att ditt system är säkert men ändå användbart. Det begränsar systemrättigheter ännu mer och kör fler periodiska kontroller. Dessutom är åtkomst till systemet mer begränsad (Den här nivån liknar nivå 4 (Hög) och Nivå 5 (Paranoid) från tidigare msec-versioner)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">säker</emphasis>. Den här nivån är till för om " +"du vill garantera att ditt system är säkert men ändå användbart. Det " +"begränsar systemrättigheter ännu mer och kör fler periodiska kontroller. " +"Dessutom är åtkomst till systemet mer begränsad (Den här nivån liknar nivå 4 " +"(Hög) och Nivå 5 (Paranoid) från tidigare msec-versioner)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "Förutom dessa nivåer är olika uppgiftsorienterade säkerhetsnivåer också tillgängliga, t. ex <emphasis role=\"bold\">filserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webbserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>-nivåer. De försöker förkonfigurera systemets säkerhet i enlighet med de vanligaste användningsområdena." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"Förutom dessa nivåer är olika uppgiftsorienterade säkerhetsnivåer också " +"tillgängliga, t. ex <emphasis role=\"bold\">filserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">webbserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</" +"emphasis>-nivåer. De försöker förkonfigurera systemets säkerhet i enlighet " +"med de vanligaste användningsområdena." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 @@ -7335,25 +8427,36 @@ msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "De två sista nivåerna är <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> och <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> är egentligen inga säkerhetsnivåer utan enbart verktyg som utför periodiska kontroller." +msgstr "" +"De två sista nivåerna är <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> och " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> är egentligen inga " +"säkerhetsnivåer utan enbart verktyg som utför periodiska kontroller." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Nivåerna sparas i <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<nivånamn></filename>. Du kan definiera dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer och spara dem i särskilda filer som heter <filename>nivå.<nivånamn></filename> och placera dem i katalogen <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Den här funktionen är till för avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad och mer säker systemkonfiguration." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Nivåerna sparas i <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<nivånamn></" +"filename>. Du kan definiera dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer och spara " +"dem i särskilda filer som heter <filename>nivå.<nivånamn></filename> och " +"placera dem i katalogen <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Den här " +"funktionen är till för avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad och mer " +"säker systemkonfiguration." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." -msgstr "Tänk på att användardefinierade parametrar har företräde över standard nivåinställningar." +msgstr "" +"Tänk på att användardefinierade parametrar har företräde över standard " +"nivåinställningar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -7363,23 +8466,33 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsvarningar:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." -msgstr "Om du markerar kryssrutan <guibutton>Skicka säkerhetsvarningar med e-post till:</guibutton> så skickas säkerhetsvarningarna som msec genererar lokalt till en e-postadress för säkerhetsansvarig som anges i fältet sidan om. Du kan ange en lokal användare eller en fullständig e-postadress (den lokala e-posthanteraren måste vara inställd). Till sist kan du få säkerhetsvarningar direkt till skrivbordet. Markera kryssrutan för att aktivera det." +msgstr "" +"Om du markerar kryssrutan <guibutton>Skicka säkerhetsvarningar med e-post " +"till:</guibutton> så skickas säkerhetsvarningarna som msec genererar lokalt " +"till en e-postadress för säkerhetsansvarig som anges i fältet sidan om. Du " +"kan ange en lokal användare eller en fullständig e-postadress (den lokala e-" +"posthanteraren måste vara inställd). Till sist kan du få säkerhetsvarningar " +"direkt till skrivbordet. Markera kryssrutan för att aktivera det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "Det rekommenderas starkt att du aktiverar alternativet systemvarningar för att omedelbart informera systemansvarig om potentiella säkerhetsproblem. Annars måste administratören regelbundet kontrollera loggarna som finns i <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderas starkt att du aktiverar alternativet systemvarningar för " +"att omedelbart informera systemansvarig om potentiella säkerhetsproblem. " +"Annars måste administratören regelbundet kontrollera loggarna som finns i " +"<filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -7390,12 +8503,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsalternativ:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." -msgstr "Att skapa en anpassad nivå är inte det enda sättet att anpassa datorns säkerhet. Du kan också använda flikarna som visas här efteråt för att ändra vilken inställning du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration för msec är sparad i <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Filen innehåller namnet på den aktuella säkerhetsnivån och en lista gjorda med alla ändringar för inställningarna." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Att skapa en anpassad nivå är inte det enda sättet att anpassa datorns " +"säkerhet. Du kan också använda flikarna som visas här efteråt för att ändra " +"vilken inställning du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration för msec är sparad i " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Filen innehåller " +"namnet på den aktuella säkerhetsnivån och en lista gjorda med alla ändringar " +"för inställningarna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -7406,12 +8525,13 @@ msgstr "Fliken Systemsäkerhet" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." -msgstr "Den här fliken visar alla säkerhetsalternativ i den vänstra kolumnen, en beskrivning i mitten och deras nuvarande värden till höger." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"Den här fliken visar alla säkerhetsalternativ i den vänstra kolumnen, en " +"beskrivning i mitten och deras nuvarande värden till höger." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7424,10 +8544,13 @@ msgid "" "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." -msgstr "För att ändra ett alternativ så dubbelklickar du på det, därefter visas ett nytt fönster (se skärmdumpen nedan). Det visar namn, en kort beskrivning, det faktiska värdet och en rullgardinsmeny där ett nytt värde kan väljas. Klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att spara." +msgstr "" +"För att ändra ett alternativ så dubbelklickar du på det, därefter visas ett " +"nytt fönster (se skärmdumpen nedan). Det visar namn, en kort beskrivning, " +"det faktiska värdet och en rullgardinsmeny där ett nytt värde kan väljas. " +"Klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att spara." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7439,10 +8562,12 @@ msgid "" "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." -msgstr "Glöm inte att spara dina inställningar innan du avslutar helt genom menyn <guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så kan du förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar." +msgstr "" +"Glöm inte att spara dina inställningar innan du avslutar helt genom menyn " +"<guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så " +"kan du förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7456,10 +8581,11 @@ msgstr "Nätverks-säkerhet" #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "Den här fliken visar alla nätverksalternativ och fungerar på samma sätt som föregående flik." +msgstr "" +"Den här fliken visar alla nätverksalternativ och fungerar på samma sätt som " +"föregående flik." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7474,7 +8600,9 @@ msgstr "Fliken Periodiska kontroller" msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Periodiska kontroller är till för att informera säkerhetsansvarig genom säkerhetsvarningar för alla situationer som msec tror kan vara farliga." +msgstr "" +"Periodiska kontroller är till för att informera säkerhetsansvarig genom " +"säkerhetsvarningar för alla situationer som msec tror kan vara farliga." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -7482,10 +8610,12 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "Om kryssrutan <guibutton>Aktivera periodiska säkerhetskontroller</guibutton> är markerad så visar den här fliken alla periodiska kontroller som msec utför och hur ofta. Ändringar görs som i föregående flikar." +msgstr "" +"Om kryssrutan <guibutton>Aktivera periodiska säkerhetskontroller</guibutton> " +"är markerad så visar den här fliken alla periodiska kontroller som msec " +"utför och hur ofta. Ändringar görs som i föregående flikar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7499,14 +8629,18 @@ msgstr "Fliken Undantag" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "Ibland är varningsmeddelanden genererade av välkända och önskade situationer. I de fallen är de värdelösa och slöseri med tid för administratören. På den här fliken kan du skapa hur många undantag du vill för att förhindra oönskade varningsmeddelanden. Den är uppenbarligen tom första gången msec startar. Skärmdumpen nedan visar fyra undantag." +msgstr "" +"Ibland är varningsmeddelanden genererade av välkända och önskade " +"situationer. I de fallen är de värdelösa och slöseri med tid för " +"administratören. På den här fliken kan du skapa hur många undantag du vill " +"för att förhindra oönskade varningsmeddelanden. Den är uppenbarligen tom " +"första gången msec startar. Skärmdumpen nedan visar fyra undantag." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7514,12 +8648,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa ett undantag." +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa ett " +"undantag." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7528,12 +8662,16 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "Välj ett önskat värde för periodisk kontroll i <guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel>-listan och skriv in <guilabel>undantaget</guilabel> i textfältet. Att lägga till ett undantag är naturligtvis inte definitivt. De kan radera det med knappen <guibutton>Radera</guibutton> i fliken <guilabel>Undantag</guilabel> eller dubbelklicka för att ändra." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"Välj ett önskat värde för periodisk kontroll i <guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel>-" +"listan och skriv in <guilabel>undantaget</guilabel> i textfältet. Att lägga " +"till ett undantag är naturligtvis inte definitivt. De kan radera det med " +"knappen <guibutton>Radera</guibutton> i fliken <guilabel>Undantag</guilabel> " +"eller dubbelklicka för att ändra." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -7545,7 +8683,9 @@ msgstr "Behörigheter" msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." -msgstr "Den här fliken är avsedd för kontroll och påtvingande av rättigheter för filer och kataloger." +msgstr "" +"Den här fliken är avsedd för kontroll och påtvingande av rättigheter för " +"filer och kataloger." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 @@ -7557,13 +8697,21 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Som med säkerhet så har msec olika rättighetsnivåer (standard, säker, ...) de är aktiverade enligt vald säkerhetsnivå. Du kan skapa dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer och kan spara dem i specifika filer med namnet <filename>perm.<nivånamn> </filename> i katalogen <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Den här funktionen är till för avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad konfiguration. Du kan också använda fliken som visas här vid ett senare tillfälle för att ändra vilka rättigheter du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration lagras i <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. Denna fil innehåller alla ändringar som är gjorda för rättigheterna." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Som med säkerhet så har msec olika rättighetsnivåer (standard, säker, ...) " +"de är aktiverade enligt vald säkerhetsnivå. Du kan skapa dina egna anpassade " +"säkerhetsnivåer och kan spara dem i specifika filer med namnet " +"<filename>perm.<nivånamn> </filename> i katalogen <filename>etc/security/" +"msec/</filename>. Den här funktionen är till för avancerade användare som " +"kräver en anpassad konfiguration. Du kan också använda fliken som visas här " +"vid ett senare tillfälle för att ändra vilka rättigheter du vill. Nuvarande " +"konfiguration lagras i <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. " +"Denna fil innehåller alla ändringar som är gjorda för rättigheterna." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7572,18 +8720,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" -msgstr "Standard rättigheter visas som en lista med regler (en regel per rad). Du ser till vänster vilken fil eller katalog som berörs av regeln. Därefter ägare, grupp och slutligen vilka rättigheter som ges av regeln. Om, för en angiven regel:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"Standard rättigheter visas som en lista med regler (en regel per rad). Du " +"ser till vänster vilken fil eller katalog som berörs av regeln. Därefter " +"ägare, grupp och slutligen vilka rättigheter som ges av regeln. Om, för en " +"angiven regel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> inte är markerad kommer msec bara att kontrollera om de definierade rättigheterna för den här regeln respekteras och skickar ett varningsmeddelande om de inte är det, men ingenting ändras." +msgstr "" +"kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> inte är markerad kommer msec bara att " +"kontrollera om de definierade rättigheterna för den här regeln respekteras " +"och skickar ett varningsmeddelande om de inte är det, men ingenting ändras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 @@ -7591,25 +8746,33 @@ msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." -msgstr "kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad kommer msec inte att respektera rättigheterna vid första periodiska kontrollen utan skriva över dem." +msgstr "" +"kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad kommer msec inte att " +"respektera rättigheterna vid första periodiska kontrollen utan skriva över " +"dem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "För att det här ska fungera måste alternativet CHECK_PERMS i <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken periodiska kontroller</emphasis> vara markerat och konfigurerat" +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"För att det här ska fungera måste alternativet CHECK_PERMS i <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Fliken periodiska kontroller</emphasis> vara markerat och " +"konfigurerat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Klicka på<guibutton> Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa en ny regel och fyll i fälten som visas i exemplet nedan. En asterisk * är tillåtet i fältet <guilabel>Fil</guilabel>. “nuvaranade” menas ingen ändring." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på<guibutton> Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa en ny " +"regel och fyll i fälten som visas i exemplet nedan. En asterisk * är " +"tillåtet i fältet <guilabel>Fil</guilabel>. “nuvaranade” menas ingen ändring." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7621,26 +8784,39 @@ msgid "" "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att bekräfta valet och glöm inte att spara din konfiguration innan du avslutar helt genom menyn <guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så ger msecgui dig möjlighet att förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att bekräfta valet och glöm " +"inte att spara din konfiguration innan du avslutar helt genom menyn " +"<guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så " +"ger msecgui dig möjlighet att förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Du kan också ändra reglerna genom att redigera filen <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan också ändra reglerna genom att redigera filen <filename>/etc/security/" +"msec/perms.conf</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "Ändringar gjorda på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken rättigheter</emphasis> (eller manuellt i konfigurationsfilen) beaktas vid den första periodiska kontrollen (se alternativet CHECK_PERMS på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>). Om du vill att de ska verkställas omedelbart så använder du kommandot msecperms i en konsoll med root-rättigheter. Där kan du i förväg kontrollera vilka rättigheter som kommer att ändras genom att skriva msecperms -p" +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"Ändringar gjorda på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken rättigheter</emphasis> " +"(eller manuellt i konfigurationsfilen) beaktas vid den första periodiska " +"kontrollen (se alternativet CHECK_PERMS på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken " +"Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>). Om du vill att de ska verkställas " +"omedelbart så använder du kommandot msecperms i en konsoll med root-" +"rättigheter. Där kan du i förväg kontrollera vilka rättigheter som kommer " +"att ändras genom att skriva msecperms -p" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -7651,7 +8827,13 @@ msgid "" "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "Kom ihåg att om du ändrar rättigheterna i en konsol eller filhanterare för en fil där <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad i <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken rättigheter </emphasis> så kommer msecgui att ändra tillbaka de gamla rättigheterna efter ett tag i enlighet med konfigurationen av alternativen CHECK_PERMS och CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE från <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Kom ihåg att om du ändrar rättigheterna i en konsol eller filhanterare för " +"en fil där <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad i <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Fliken rättigheter </emphasis> så kommer msecgui att ändra tillbaka de " +"gamla rättigheterna efter ett tag i enlighet med konfigurationen av " +"alternativen CHECK_PERMS och CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE från <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Fliken Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -7662,9 +8844,12 @@ msgstr "Andra verktyg från Mageia" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." -msgstr "Det finns fler verktyg från Mageia än de som kan köras från kontrollcentralen. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer eller fortsätt läsa de nästkommande sidorna." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"Det finns fler verktyg från Mageia än de som kan köras från " +"kontrollcentralen. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer eller fortsätt " +"läsa de nästkommande sidorna." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7701,8 +8886,7 @@ msgstr "Programhantering (installera och ta bort program)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7715,9 +8899,11 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> som root" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> som root" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7731,19 +8917,30 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, även kallat drakrpm är ett program för att installera, avinstallera och uppdatera paket. Det är det grafiska gränssnittet för URPMI. Vid varje uppstart kontrollerar paketlistorna online (s.k. \"Media\") som hämtas direkt från Mageias officiella servrar, och visar alltid de senaste programmen och uppdateringarna som finns tillgängliga för din dator. Ett filtersystem gör att du kan välja att bara visa vissa typer av paket: Du kan visa enbart installerade program (standard) eller enbart tillgängliga uppdateringar, eller att visa ej installerade program. Du kan även söka efter namn, beskrivning eller filnamn som finns med i ett paket." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, även kallat " +"drakrpm är ett program för att installera, avinstallera och uppdatera paket. " +"Det är det grafiska gränssnittet för URPMI. Vid varje uppstart kontrollerar " +"paketlistorna online (s.k. \"Media\") som hämtas direkt från Mageias " +"officiella servrar, och visar alltid de senaste programmen och " +"uppdateringarna som finns tillgängliga för din dator. Ett filtersystem gör " +"att du kan välja att bara visa vissa typer av paket: Du kan visa enbart " +"installerade program (standard) eller enbart tillgängliga uppdateringar, " +"eller att visa ej installerade program. Du kan även söka efter namn, " +"beskrivning eller filnamn som finns med i ett paket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "För att fungera behöver rpmdrake konfigureras med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"För att fungera behöver rpmdrake konfigureras med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-" +"edit-media\"/> ." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7752,28 +8949,36 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Vid installation så är det förkonfigurerade mediaförrådet oftast det som används för att installera, i regel en CD/DVD. Om du behåller detta media kommer rpmdrake att be dig om det varje gång du vill installera något med den här dialogrutan : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Om du störs av det meddelandet och du har en bra internetförbindelse utan nerladdningsrestriktioner kan du ta bort detta media och ersätta det med ett som är tillgängligt online med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vid installation så är det förkonfigurerade mediaförrådet oftast det som " +"används för att installera, i regel en CD/DVD. Om du behåller detta media " +"kommer rpmdrake att be dig om det varje gång du vill installera något med " +"den här dialogrutan : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Om du " +"störs av det meddelandet och du har en bra internetförbindelse utan " +"nerladdningsrestriktioner kan du ta bort detta media och ersätta det med ett " +"som är tillgängligt online med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "Dessutom är förrådsplatserna alltid uppdaterade, innehåller fler paket och ger dig möjlighet att uppdatera redan installerade paket." +msgstr "" +"Dessutom är förrådsplatserna alltid uppdaterade, innehåller fler paket och " +"ger dig möjlighet att uppdatera redan installerade paket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "De viktigaste delarna av skärmen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7789,25 +8994,37 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Det här filtret ger dig möjlighet att enbart visa en viss typ av paket. Första gången du startar hanteraren så visar den enbart program med grafiska gränssnitt. Du kan visa antingen alla paket och dess beroenden och bibliotek eller i grupper som t. ex. endast program, uppdateringar eller bakåtportade paket från nyare versioner av Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Det här filtret ger dig möjlighet att enbart visa en viss typ av paket. " +"Första gången du startar hanteraren så visar den enbart program med grafiska " +"gränssnitt. Du kan visa antingen alla paket och dess beroenden och bibliotek " +"eller i grupper som t. ex. endast program, uppdateringar eller bakåtportade " +"paket från nyare versioner av Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "Standard filetinställningar är för nya användare av Linux och Mageia som förmodligen inte vill ha kommandorad eller specialistverktyg. Eftersom du läser den här dokumentationen är du uppenbarligen intresserad av att förbättra dina kunskaper om Mageia, därför för du ställa in filtret till \"alla\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"Standard filetinställningar är för nya användare av Linux och Mageia som " +"förmodligen inte vill ha kommandorad eller specialistverktyg. Eftersom du " +"läser den här dokumentationen är du uppenbarligen intresserad av att " +"förbättra dina kunskaper om Mageia, därför för du ställa in filtret till " +"\"alla\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtrera efter paketstatus:</emphasis> </firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtrera efter paketstatus:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7815,7 +9032,9 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "Det här filtret gör att du kan visa paket som antingen är installerade, ej installerade eller både och." +msgstr "" +"Det här filtret gör att du kan visa paket som antingen är installerade, ej " +"installerade eller både och." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -7828,7 +9047,9 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Klicka på den här ikonen för att söka igenom paketnamn. Antingen genom dess översikt, detaljerad information eller vilka filer som följer med paketet." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på den här ikonen för att söka igenom paketnamn. Antingen genom dess " +"översikt, detaljerad information eller vilka filer som följer med paketet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7841,7 +9062,10 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "Skriv ett eller flera sökord. Om du vill använda mer än ett sökord, separera dem med '|'. T. ex. för att söka efter \"mplayer\" och \"xine\" samtidigt, skriv: 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" +"Skriv ett eller flera sökord. Om du vill använda mer än ett sökord, separera " +"dem med '|'. T. ex. för att söka efter \"mplayer\" och \"xine\" samtidigt, " +"skriv: 'mplayer | xine'." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -7863,9 +9087,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategorilista:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." -msgstr "Den här kolumnen grupperar alla program och paket i tydliga kategorier och underkategorier." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"Den här kolumnen grupperar alla program och paket i tydliga kategorier och " +"underkategorier." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -7876,10 +9102,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beskrivningspanel:</emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Den här panelen visar paketets namn, översikt och fullständig beskrivning. Den visar många användbara delar om det markerade paketet. Den visar även exakta detaljer om paketet, vilka filer som är inkluderade och en lista över ändringar från författaren." +msgstr "" +"Den här panelen visar paketets namn, översikt och fullständig beskrivning. " +"Den visar många användbara delar om det markerade paketet. Den visar även " +"exakta detaljer om paketet, vilka filer som är inkluderade och en lista över " +"ändringar från författaren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -7894,78 +9124,72 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "När du ställt in filtrena korrekt hittar du programvaran antingen genom kategori (i område 6 ovan) eller genom namn/översikt/beskrivning (i område 4). En lista med paket som uppfyller din sökning. Glöm inte att valt program visas i olika statusmarkeringar beroende på om de är installerade/ej installerade/eller uppdatering... Markera eller avmarkera kryssrutan för att ändra status och klicka på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"När du ställt in filtrena korrekt hittar du programvaran antingen genom " +"kategori (i område 6 ovan) eller genom namn/översikt/beskrivning (i område " +"4). En lista med paket som uppfyller din sökning. Glöm inte att valt program " +"visas i olika statusmarkeringar beroende på om de är installerade/ej " +"installerade/eller uppdatering... Markera eller avmarkera kryssrutan för att " +"ändra status och klicka på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Ikon" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legend" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Det här paketet är redan installerat" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Det här paketet kommer att installeras" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Det här paketet kan inte ändras" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Det här paketet är en uppdatering" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Det här paketet kommer att avinstalleras" @@ -7986,7 +9210,10 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Om jag avmarkerar digikam (den gröna pilen talar om för oss att den är installerad) kommer statusikonen att bli röd med en pil upp och kommer att avinstalleras när jag trycker på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Om jag avmarkerar digikam (den gröna pilen talar om för oss att den är " +"installerad) kommer statusikonen att bli röd med en pil upp och kommer att " +"avinstalleras när jag trycker på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -7994,15 +9221,17 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Om jag markerar qdigidoc (som inte är installerat, se status) så visas ikonen med en pil ner och kommer att installeras när jag trycker på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Om jag markerar qdigidoc (som inte är installerat, se status) så visas " +"ikonen med en pil ner och kommer att installeras när jag trycker på " +"<guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Beroenden" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8010,15 +9239,21 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." -msgstr "Vissa paket behöver andra paket för att fungera, det kan vara ett bibliotek eller verktyg. I så fall visar Rpmdrake ett informationsfönster där du får välja att antingen acceptera beroenden, avbryta installationen eller läsa mer (se ovan). Ibland kan även vissa paket förse dig med det nödvändiga biblioteket och då visar Rpmdrake en lista över alternativ, samt en knapp med information och en där du får välja vilka paket som ska installeras." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Vissa paket behöver andra paket för att fungera, det kan vara ett bibliotek " +"eller verktyg. I så fall visar Rpmdrake ett informationsfönster där du får " +"välja att antingen acceptera beroenden, avbryta installationen eller läsa " +"mer (se ovan). Ibland kan även vissa paket förse dig med det nödvändiga " +"biblioteket och då visar Rpmdrake en lista över alternativ, samt en knapp " +"med information och en där du får välja vilka paket som ska installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8040,7 +9275,9 @@ msgstr "Installation" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "De kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> som root." +msgstr "" +"De kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva " +"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8049,20 +9286,27 @@ msgid "" "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "Med det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du konfigurera en bildläsare eller multifunktionsenhet som även inkluderar skanner. Du kan även dela ut lokala enheter som är inkopplade till datorn till en fjärrdator eller för att komma åt fjärrskanners." +msgstr "" +"Med det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du " +"konfigurera en bildläsare eller multifunktionsenhet som även inkluderar " +"skanner. Du kan även dela ut lokala enheter som är inkopplade till datorn " +"till en fjärrdator eller för att komma åt fjärrskanners." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "När du kör det här verktyget för första gången kan du få följande meddelande:" +msgstr "" +"När du kör det här verktyget för första gången kan du få följande meddelande:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>\"SANE-paketen behöver installeras för att använda bildläsare</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>\"SANE-paketen behöver installeras för att använda bildläsare</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8074,10 +9318,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vill du installera SANE-paketen?\"</emphasis>" msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Välj <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> för att fortsätta. <code>scanner-gui</code> och <code>task-scanning</code> kommer att installeras om de inte redan är det." +msgstr "" +"Välj <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> för att fortsätta. <code>scanner-gui</code> och " +"<code>task-scanning</code> kommer att installeras om de inte redan är det." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8088,15 +9333,20 @@ msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Om din bildläsare identifieras korrekt och du ser den i fönstret så är den redo att användas med t. ex. <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> eller <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Om din bildläsare identifieras korrekt och du ser den i fönstret så är den " +"redo att användas med t. ex. <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> eller " +"<emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "I så fall vill du kanske konfigurera <emphasis>Skannerdelning</emphasis>. Du kan läsa mer om det i <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"I så fall vill du kanske konfigurera <emphasis>Skannerdelning</emphasis>. Du " +"kan läsa mer om det i <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 @@ -8105,17 +9355,22 @@ msgid "" "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "Om din skanner däremot inte har identifierats korrekt (du har kontrollerat kablar och ström) och tryckt på <emphasis>Sök efter nya skanners</emphasis> inte hjälper så måste du trycka på <emphasis>Lägg till skanner manuellt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Om din skanner däremot inte har identifierats korrekt (du har kontrollerat " +"kablar och ström) och tryckt på <emphasis>Sök efter nya skanners</emphasis> " +"inte hjälper så måste du trycka på <emphasis>Lägg till skanner manuellt</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Välj skanners tillverkare och modell i listan och klicka på <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>." +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Välj skanners tillverkare och modell i listan och klicka på <emphasis>Ok</" +"emphasis>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8123,59 +9378,72 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Klicka på <emphasis>Avbryt</emphasis> om du inte hittar din skanner i listan ." +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <emphasis>Avbryt</emphasis> om du inte hittar din skanner i " +"listan ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Kontrollera att din skanner stöds på <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Enheter som stöds</link> och fråga om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumen</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera att din skanner stöds på <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-" +"project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Enheter som stöds</link> och " +"fråga om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumen</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Välj port" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Du kan lämna den här inställningen på <emphasis>Upptäck lediga portar automatiskt</emphasis> så vidare inte din skanner har en parallellport. Välj i så fall <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> om du bara har en." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lämna den här inställningen på <emphasis>Upptäck lediga portar " +"automatiskt</emphasis> så vidare inte din skanner har en parallellport. Välj " +"i så fall <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> om du bara har en." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." -msgstr "I de flesta fall kommer du att se en skärm som liknar den nedan efter att du tryckt på <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall kommer du att se en skärm som liknar den nedan efter att du " +"tryckt på <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "Om du inte ser den, läs <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8185,8 +9453,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Scannersharing" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8194,11 +9461,14 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "Här kan du välja om inkopplade skannrar ska vara tillgängliga för fjärrdatorer och i så fall vilka. Du kan också ange om skannrar från andra datorer ska vara tillgängliga på den här datorn." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du välja om inkopplade skannrar ska vara tillgängliga för " +"fjärrdatorer och i så fall vilka. Du kan också ange om skannrar från andra " +"datorer ska vara tillgängliga på den här datorn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8206,17 +9476,22 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." -msgstr "Skannerdelning till värdar: Namn eller IP-adress till värdar kan läggas till eller tas bort från listan över tillåtna datorer som har åtkomst till lokala enheter på den här datorn." +msgstr "" +"Skannerdelning till värdar: Namn eller IP-adress till värdar kan läggas till " +"eller tas bort från listan över tillåtna datorer som har åtkomst till lokala " +"enheter på den här datorn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Fjärranvändning av skanners: Namn eller IP-adress över datorer kan läggas till eller tas bort från listan över datorer som ger fjärråtkomst till en skanner." +msgstr "" +"Fjärranvändning av skanners: Namn eller IP-adress över datorer kan läggas " +"till eller tas bort från listan över datorer som ger fjärråtkomst till en " +"skanner." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8226,8 +9501,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Skannerutdelning till värdar: Du kan lägga till en värd." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8237,10 +9511,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." -msgstr "Skannerutdelning till värdar: Ange värdar att lägga till, eller tillåt alla fjärrdatorer." +msgstr "" +"Skannerutdelning till värdar: Ange värdar att lägga till, eller tillåt alla " +"fjärrdatorer." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8250,8 +9525,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "\"Alla fjärrmaskiner\" tillåts åtkomst till den lokala skannern." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8261,7 +9535,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." -msgstr "Om paketet <emphasis>saned</emphasis> inte är installerat kommer verktyget att erbjuda att göra det." +msgstr "" +"Om paketet <emphasis>saned</emphasis> inte är installerat kommer verktyget " +"att erbjuda att göra det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -8283,14 +9559,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> för att lägga till eller kommentera \"net\"-direktivet." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> för att lägga till eller " +"kommentera \"net\"-direktivet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "Det kommer även att konfiguera <emphasis>saned</emphasis> och <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> att startas vid uppstart." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"Det kommer även att konfiguera <emphasis>saned</emphasis> och " +"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> att startas vid uppstart." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 @@ -8307,9 +9587,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "De flesta HP-skannrar hanteras av <emphasis>HPs enhetshanterare</emphasis> (hplip) som även hanterar skrivare. I det här fallet kan detta verktyg inte användas för konfiguration utan erbjuder dig att använda <emphasis>HPs enhetshanterare</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"De flesta HP-skannrar hanteras av <emphasis>HPs enhetshanterare</emphasis> " +"(hplip) som även hanterar skrivare. I det här fallet kan detta verktyg inte " +"användas för konfiguration utan erbjuder dig att använda <emphasis>HPs " +"enhetshanterare</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -8319,14 +9603,21 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Drivrutiner är tillgängliga från <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här sidan</link>. Vid indikation måste du installera <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>-paketet först, sedan <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (i den ordningen). Det är möjligt att <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Användare har rapporterat att denna varning kan ignoreras." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Drivrutiner är tillgängliga från <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz." +"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här sidan</link>. Vid " +"indikation måste du installera <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>-paketet " +"först, sedan <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (i den ordningen). Det är möjligt " +"att <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt " +"med <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Användare har rapporterat att denna varning " +"kan ignoreras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -8339,7 +9630,10 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "Efter att du har valt en port för din skanner i <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> kan du behöva utföra ytterligare steg för att konfigurera din skanner korrekt." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har valt en port för din skanner i <xref linkend=" +"\"choosescannerport\"/> kan du behöva utföra ytterligare steg för att " +"konfigurera din skanner korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 @@ -8349,37 +9643,48 @@ msgid "" "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "I vissa fall måste din skanners firmware laddas upp till enheten varje gång den startas. Det här verktyget ger dig möjlighet att göra det efter att du installerat det i ditt system. På den här skärmen kan du installera firmware från en CD eller Windowsinstallation, eller installera från en fil som laddats ner från tillverkarens hemsida." +msgstr "" +"I vissa fall måste din skanners firmware laddas upp till enheten varje gång " +"den startas. Det här verktyget ger dig möjlighet att göra det efter att du " +"installerat det i ditt system. På den här skärmen kan du installera firmware " +"från en CD eller Windowsinstallation, eller installera från en fil som " +"laddats ner från tillverkarens hemsida." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "När din enhets firmware måste laddas in kan det ta en stund vid första användningen, möjligen mer än en minut. Så ha tålamod." +msgstr "" +"När din enhets firmware måste laddas in kan det ta en stund vid första " +"användningen, möjligen mer än en minut. Så ha tålamod." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Du kanske också får en ruta som ber dig justera filen <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"namnet_på_din_SANE_backend\".conf</emphasis>." +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Du kanske också får en ruta som ber dig justera filen <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"namnet_på_din_SANE_backend\".conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Läs dem eller de andra instruktionerna du får noggrant och om du inte vet vad du ska göra så fråga gärna om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumen</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Läs dem eller de andra instruktionerna du får noggrant och om du inte vet " +"vad du ska göra så fråga gärna om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forumen</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Mjukvaruhantering" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8387,9 +9692,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "I det här fönstret kan du välja mellan flera olika verktyg för programhantering. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"I det här fönstret kan du välja mellan flera olika verktyg för " +"programhantering. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8399,9 +9706,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Uppdatera ditt system</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Uppdatera ditt system</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8413,7 +9722,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurera mediakällor för installation och uppdateringar</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurera " +"mediakällor för installation och uppdateringar</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8425,8 +9736,7 @@ msgstr "Installera och konfigurera skrivare" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8440,30 +9750,43 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "Utskrifter i Mageia hanteras av en CUPS-server. Den har sitt eget <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">konfigurationsgränssnitt</link> som är tillgängligt från en webbläsare, men Mageia har sitt eget verktyg för att installera skrivare som heter system-config-printer som delas med andra distributioner så som Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu och openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"Utskrifter i Mageia hanteras av en CUPS-server. Den har sitt eget <link ns2:" +"title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">konfigurationsgränssnitt</" +"link> som är tillgängligt från en webbläsare, men Mageia har sitt eget " +"verktyg för att installera skrivare som heter system-config-printer som " +"delas med andra distributioner så som Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu och openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "Du bör aktivera förrådet non-free innan du fortsätter med installationen eftersom vissa drivrutiner kanske bara finns tillgängliga där." +msgstr "" +"Du bör aktivera förrådet non-free innan du fortsätter med installationen " +"eftersom vissa drivrutiner kanske bara finns tillgängliga där." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Lösenordet för root kommer att frågas efter." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva " +"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Lösenordet för root kommer att " +"frågas efter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Installation av skrivare utförs i sektionen <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> i Mageias kontrollcentral. Välj verktyget <guilabel>Konfigurera skrivare och bildläsare</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Installation av skrivare utförs i sektionen <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> i " +"Mageias kontrollcentral. Välj verktyget <guilabel>Konfigurera skrivare och " +"bildläsare</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 @@ -8485,7 +9808,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "Det är nödvändigt att godkänna den här installationen för att fortsätta. Upp till 230MB beroenden behövs." +msgstr "" +"Det är nödvändigt att godkänna den här installationen för att fortsätta. Upp " +"till 230MB beroenden behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -8495,7 +9820,12 @@ msgid "" "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Klicka på Lägg till skrivare för att lägga till en skrivare. Systemet kommer att försöka hitta tillgängliga skrivare och vilka portar de använder. Skärmdumpen visar en skrivare som är ansluten via en parallellport. Om en skrivare hittas som t. ex. en USB-skrivare så visas den på första raden. Fönstret kommer även att försöka konfigurera en nätverksskrivare." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på Lägg till skrivare för att lägga till en skrivare. Systemet kommer " +"att försöka hitta tillgängliga skrivare och vilka portar de använder. " +"Skärmdumpen visar en skrivare som är ansluten via en parallellport. Om en " +"skrivare hittas som t. ex. en USB-skrivare så visas den på första raden. " +"Fönstret kommer även att försöka konfigurera en nätverksskrivare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -8506,20 +9836,25 @@ msgstr "Skrivare som hittats automatiskt" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Detta hänvisar oftast till USB-skrivare. Verktyget hittar automatiskt skrivaren och visar den. Välj skrivaren och klicka på \"Nästa\" för att fortsätta. Om det finns en känd drivrutin för skrivaren så kommer den att installeras automatiskt. Om det finns fler än en drivrutin eller om ingen känd hittas så ber en dialogruta dig att välja eller förse en som förklaras i nästa paragraf. Fortsätt med <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Detta hänvisar oftast till USB-skrivare. Verktyget hittar automatiskt " +"skrivaren och visar den. Välj skrivaren och klicka på \"Nästa\" för att " +"fortsätta. Om det finns en känd drivrutin för skrivaren så kommer den att " +"installeras automatiskt. Om det finns fler än en drivrutin eller om ingen " +"känd hittas så ber en dialogruta dig att välja eller förse en som förklaras " +"i nästa paragraf. Fortsätt med <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "Ingen skrivare hittades automatiskt " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8527,10 +9862,12 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." -msgstr "När du väljer en port kommer systemet att visa en lista med drivrutiner där du sedan får välja. Valet kan göras genom ett av följande alternativ." +msgstr "" +"När du väljer en port kommer systemet att visa en lista med drivrutiner där " +"du sedan får välja. Valet kan göras genom ett av följande alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -8555,7 +9892,11 @@ msgid "" "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." -msgstr "Genom att välja från databasen föreslås först en skrivartillverkare och sedan en enhet med en tillhörande drivrutin. Om mer än drivrutin föreslås så välj den som rekommenderas så vidare du inte stött på problem med den tidigare, välj annars den som är känd för att fungera." +msgstr "" +"Genom att välja från databasen föreslås först en skrivartillverkare och " +"sedan en enhet med en tillhörande drivrutin. Om mer än drivrutin föreslås så " +"välj den som rekommenderas så vidare du inte stött på problem med den " +"tidigare, välj annars den som är känd för att fungera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -8571,7 +9912,12 @@ msgid "" "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." -msgstr "Efter val av drivrutin så efterfrågas lite information som gör att systemet kan beteckna och upptäcka skrivaren. Första raden är namnet som skrivaren kommer att betecknas i olika programs utskriftsalternativ. Sedan föreslås att du skriver ut en testsida, och efter detta steget läggs skrivare till och visas i listan över tillgängliga skrivare." +msgstr "" +"Efter val av drivrutin så efterfrågas lite information som gör att systemet " +"kan beteckna och upptäcka skrivaren. Första raden är namnet som skrivaren " +"kommer att betecknas i olika programs utskriftsalternativ. Sedan föreslås " +"att du skriver ut en testsida, och efter detta steget läggs skrivare till " +"och visas i listan över tillgängliga skrivare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -8582,41 +9928,61 @@ msgstr "Nätverksskrivare" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "Nätverksskrivare är skrivare som är anslutna direkt till ett trådburet eller trådlöst nätverk, eller en ansluten printerserver eller till en dator som agerar printerserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"Nätverksskrivare är skrivare som är anslutna direkt till ett trådburet eller " +"trådlöst nätverk, eller en ansluten printerserver eller till en dator som " +"agerar printerserver." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." -msgstr "Det är oftast bättre att konfigurera DHCP-servern att alltid associera en fast IP-adress med skrivarens MAC-adress. Naturligtvis bör det vara samma som IP-adressen till skrivaren som skrivarservern är inställd på, om den har en fast IP-adress." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Det är oftast bättre att konfigurera DHCP-servern att alltid associera en " +"fast IP-adress med skrivarens MAC-adress. Naturligtvis bör det vara samma " +"som IP-adressen till skrivaren som skrivarservern är inställd på, om den har " +"en fast IP-adress." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "Skrivarens MAC-adress är ett serienummer som skrivaren, skrivarservern eller datorn som skrivaren är ansluten till har fått. Den kan erhållas från en konfigurationssida som är utskriven av skrivaren eller som är klistrad på en etikett på skrivaren eller skrivarservern. Om din delade skrivare är ansluten till ett Mageiasystem så kan du köra <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> på den som root för att hitta MAC-adressen. Det är en sekvensen med siffror och bokstäver efter \"HWaddr\"." +msgstr "" +"Skrivarens MAC-adress är ett serienummer som skrivaren, skrivarservern eller " +"datorn som skrivaren är ansluten till har fått. Den kan erhållas från en " +"konfigurationssida som är utskriven av skrivaren eller som är klistrad på en " +"etikett på skrivaren eller skrivarservern. Om din delade skrivare är " +"ansluten till ett Mageiasystem så kan du köra <emphasis><code>ifconfig</" +"code></emphasis> på den som root för att hitta MAC-adressen. Det är en " +"sekvensen med siffror och bokstäver efter \"HWaddr\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till en nätverksskrivare genom att ange vilket protokoll den använder för att kommunicera med din dator över nätverket. Om du inte vet vilket protokoll du ska använda så prova med alternativet <guilabel>Nätverksskrivare</guilabel> - <guilabel>Hitta nätverksskrivare</guilabel> i menyn <guilabel>Enheter</guilabel>, och ange skrivarens IP-adress i fältet till höger där det står \"värd\"." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till en nätverksskrivare genom att ange vilket protokoll den " +"använder för att kommunicera med din dator över nätverket. Om du inte vet " +"vilket protokoll du ska använda så prova med alternativet " +"<guilabel>Nätverksskrivare</guilabel> - <guilabel>Hitta nätverksskrivare</" +"guilabel> i menyn <guilabel>Enheter</guilabel>, och ange skrivarens IP-" +"adress i fältet till höger där det står \"värd\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 @@ -8624,14 +9990,19 @@ msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Om verktyget känner igen din skrivare eller skrivarserver kommer det att föreslå ett protokoll och kö, men du kan välja ett mer lämpligt från listan nedan eller ange korrekt könamn om det inte visas i listan." +msgstr "" +"Om verktyget känner igen din skrivare eller skrivarserver kommer det att " +"föreslå ett protokoll och kö, men du kan välja ett mer lämpligt från listan " +"nedan eller ange korrekt könamn om det inte visas i listan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Läs dokumentationen som följde med din skrivare eller skrivarserver över vilka protokoll som stöds och möjliga könamn." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Läs dokumentationen som följde med din skrivare eller skrivarserver över " +"vilka protokoll som stöds och möjliga könamn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -8647,10 +10018,18 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "En aktuell teknik är en som utvecklats av Hewlett-Packard och känd som JetDirect. Den ger tillgång till en skrivare som är direktansluten till nätverket via en ethernet-port. Du måste veta IP-adressen som skrivaren använder i nätverket. Samma teknik används i vissa ADSL-routrar som har en USB-port för att ansluta skrivaren. I det fallet är IP-adressen samma som routern. Observera att \"HPs enhetshanterare\" kan hantera dynamiska IP-adresser genom en URI lik <emphasis>hp:/net/<skrivarens-namn></emphasis>. I så fall är en fast IP-adress inte nödvändig." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"En aktuell teknik är en som utvecklats av Hewlett-Packard och känd som " +"JetDirect. Den ger tillgång till en skrivare som är direktansluten till " +"nätverket via en ethernet-port. Du måste veta IP-adressen som skrivaren " +"använder i nätverket. Samma teknik används i vissa ADSL-routrar som har en " +"USB-port för att ansluta skrivaren. I det fallet är IP-adressen samma som " +"routern. Observera att \"HPs enhetshanterare\" kan hantera dynamiska IP-" +"adresser genom en URI lik <emphasis>hp:/net/<skrivarens-namn></emphasis>. " +"I så fall är en fast IP-adress inte nödvändig." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 @@ -8658,12 +10037,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." -msgstr "Välj alternativet <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> som protokoll och ange adressen i fältet <guilabel>Värd:</guilabel>, ändra inte <guilabel>Portnummer</guilabel> om du inte vet att det måste ändras. Efter protokollval är valet av drivrutin samma som ovan." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Välj alternativet <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> som protokoll " +"och ange adressen i fältet <guilabel>Värd:</guilabel>, ändra inte " +"<guilabel>Portnummer</guilabel> om du inte vet att det måste ändras. Efter " +"protokollval är valet av drivrutin samma som ovan." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8680,7 +10062,11 @@ msgid "" "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: En skrivare som är tillgänglig i ett TCP/IP-nätverk via IPP-protokollet, som t. ex. en skrivare som är ansluten till en dator som använder CUPS. Detta protokoll kan även användas av vissa ADSL-routrar." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: En skrivare som är " +"tillgänglig i ett TCP/IP-nätverk via IPP-protokollet, som t. ex. en skrivare " +"som är ansluten till en dator som använder CUPS. Detta protokoll kan även " +"användas av vissa ADSL-routrar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 @@ -8688,14 +10074,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp men som använder http för transport och med TLS-säkrat protokoll. Porten måste anges och brukar vara 631 som standard." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp men " +"som använder http för transport och med TLS-säkrat protokoll. Porten måste " +"anges och brukar vara 631 som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp, men med säkrat TLS-protokoll." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp, men " +"med säkrat TLS-protokoll." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 @@ -8703,21 +10094,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "<emphasis>LPD/LPR värd eller skrivare</emphasis>: En skrivare som åtkomstbar på ett TCP/IP-nätverk via LPP-protokollet. T. ex. en skrivare ansluten till en dator som använder LPD." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>LPD/LPR värd eller skrivare</emphasis>: En skrivare som åtkomstbar " +"på ett TCP/IP-nätverk via LPP-protokollet. T. ex. en skrivare ansluten till " +"en dator som använder LPD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "<emphasis>Windowsskrivare via Samba</emphasis>: En skrivare som är ansluten till en datorn som kör Windows eller en SMB-server som är utdelad." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Windowsskrivare via Samba</emphasis>: En skrivare som är ansluten " +"till en datorn som kör Windows eller en SMB-server som är utdelad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" -msgstr "En URI kan även läggas till manuellt. Här följer några exempel på hur man utformar en URI:" +msgstr "" +"En URI kan även läggas till manuellt. Här följer några exempel på hur man " +"utformar en URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -8757,10 +10155,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://ip-adress-eller-värdnamn:port-nummer/resurs</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Ytterligare information finns tillgänglig i <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS dokumentation</link>." +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ytterligare information finns tillgänglig i <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS dokumentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -8771,13 +10170,18 @@ msgstr "Enhetsegenskaper" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Du kan komma åt enhetens egenskaper. Menyn ger tillgång till parametrar för CUPS-servern. Som standard startar en CUPS-server på din dator men du kan ange en annan med menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Anslut...</guimenuitem> och i nästa fönster kan du finjustera andra specifika parametrar i menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem>." +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Du kan komma åt enhetens egenskaper. Menyn ger tillgång till parametrar för " +"CUPS-servern. Som standard startar en CUPS-server på din dator men du kan " +"ange en annan med menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Anslut...</" +"guimenuitem> och i nästa fönster kan du finjustera andra specifika " +"parametrar i menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Inställningar</" +"guimenuitem>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -8789,29 +10193,43 @@ msgstr "Felsök" msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "Du hittar information om förekommande fel vid utskrift genom att granska <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Du hittar information om förekommande fel vid utskrift genom att granska " +"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "Du har även tillgång till ett diagnostikverktyg för felsökning i menyn <guimenu>Hjälp</guimenu> | <guilabel>Felsökning</guilabel>." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"Du har även tillgång till ett diagnostikverktyg för felsökning i menyn " +"<guimenu>Hjälp</guimenu> | <guilabel>Felsökning</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att vissa drivrutiner inte är tillgängliga i Mageia eller att de inte fungerar. Ta då en titt webbsidan för <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> för att se om en drivrutin är tillgänglig för din enhet. Om den finns så kontrollera om den inte redan finns i Mageia och installera den i så fall manuellt. Gör sedan om installationsprocessen för att konfigurera skrivaren. Oavsett vad så rapportera problemet till bugzilla eller forumen om du är bekväm i det verktyget och förse information om modell och drivrutin, och om skrivaren fungerar eller inte efter installation. Här är lite fler resurser för att hitta aktuella drivrutiner för nyare enheter." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att vissa drivrutiner inte är tillgängliga i Mageia eller att " +"de inte fungerar. Ta då en titt webbsidan för <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> för att se om en drivrutin " +"är tillgänglig för din enhet. Om den finns så kontrollera om den inte redan " +"finns i Mageia och installera den i så fall manuellt. Gör sedan om " +"installationsprocessen för att konfigurera skrivaren. Oavsett vad så " +"rapportera problemet till bugzilla eller forumen om du är bekväm i det " +"verktyget och förse information om modell och drivrutin, och om skrivaren " +"fungerar eller inte efter installation. Här är lite fler resurser för att " +"hitta aktuella drivrutiner för nyare enheter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -8821,37 +10239,49 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother-skrivare</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://support.brother.com/g/b/productsearch.aspx?c=se%26lang=sv%26content=dl\">Den här sidan</link> har en lista med drivrutiner från Brother. Sök efter din enhet och ladda ner rpm-drivrutinen och installera den." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://support.brother.com/g/b/productsearch.aspx?c=se" +"%26lang=sv%26content=dl\">Den här sidan</link> har en lista med drivrutiner " +"från Brother. Sök efter din enhet och ladda ner rpm-drivrutinen och " +"installera den." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Du borde installera drivrutinerna från Brother innan du kör konfigurationsverktyget." +msgstr "" +"Du borde installera drivrutinerna från Brother innan du kör " +"konfigurationsverktyget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard skrivare och multifunktionella enheter</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard skrivare och multifunktionella " +"enheter</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." -msgstr "De här enheterna använder verktyget hplip. Det installeras automatiskt efter en skrivare har hittats eller blivit vald. Du hitta mer information <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">här</link>. HPs enhetshanterare är tillgänglig i <guilabel>System</guilabel>-menyn. Läs även <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfiguration</link> för hantering av skrivaren." +msgstr "" +"De här enheterna använder verktyget hplip. Det installeras automatiskt efter " +"en skrivare har hittats eller blivit vald. Du hitta mer information <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">här</link>. HPs " +"enhetshanterare är tillgänglig i <guilabel>System</guilabel>-menyn. Läs även " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/" +"hp_setup.html\">konfiguration</link> för hantering av skrivaren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 @@ -8863,7 +10293,13 @@ msgid "" "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "En HP multifunktionell enhet måste installeras som en skrivare först och därefter läggs skannerfunktionerna till. Observera att ibland tillåter inte gränssnittet i Xsane att skanna negativ eller diabilder. I detta fall är det möjligt att skanna i fristående läge och spara bilden på ett minneskort eller ett anslutet USB-minne. Efteråt kan du starta ett bildprogram och öppna bilden från minneskortet som dykt upp i /media-katalogen." +msgstr "" +"En HP multifunktionell enhet måste installeras som en skrivare först och " +"därefter läggs skannerfunktionerna till. Observera att ibland tillåter inte " +"gränssnittet i Xsane att skanna negativ eller diabilder. I detta fall är det " +"möjligt att skanna i fristående läge och spara bilden på ett minneskort " +"eller ett anslutet USB-minne. Efteråt kan du starta ett bildprogram och " +"öppna bilden från minneskortet som dykt upp i /media-katalogen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -8873,10 +10309,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung färgskrivare</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "För vissa färgskrivare från Samsung och Xerox <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\"> så har den här sidan drivrutiner</link> för QPDL-protokollet." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"För vissa färgskrivare från Samsung och Xerox <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\"> så har den här sidan drivrutiner</link> för QPDL-" +"protokollet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -8886,20 +10325,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson skrivare och skanners</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Drivrutiner för Epsonskrivare är tillgängliga på <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här söksidan</link>. För skannerdelen måste du installera \"iscan-data\"-paketet först, sedan \"iscan\" (i den ordningen). Ett iscan-plugin-paket kan också vara tillgängligt och ska installeras. Välj det <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>-paket som passar din arkitektur." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Drivrutiner för Epsonskrivare är tillgängliga på <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här söksidan</" +"link>. För skannerdelen måste du installera \"iscan-data\"-paketet först, " +"sedan \"iscan\" (i den ordningen). Ett iscan-plugin-paket kan också vara " +"tillgängligt och ska installeras. Välj det <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>-paket " +"som passar din arkitektur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att iscan-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med Sane. Användare har rapporterat att den varningen kan ignoreras." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att iscan-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med " +"Sane. Användare har rapporterat att den varningen kan ignoreras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -8911,7 +10358,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon-skrivare</emphasis>" msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "För Canonskrivare kan det vara klokt att installera verktyget turboprint, <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">som finns tillgängligt här</link>." +msgstr "" +"För Canonskrivare kan det vara klokt att installera verktyget turboprint, " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">som finns tillgängligt här</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -8923,8 +10373,7 @@ msgstr "Importera Windows(tm) dokument och inställningar" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8932,9 +10381,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -8942,31 +10393,44 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral och är märkt <guilabel>Importera Windows(TM) dokument and inställningar</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under " +"fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral " +"och är märkt <guilabel>Importera Windows(TM) dokument and inställningar</" +"guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "Med det här verktyget kan en administratör importera användardokument och inställningar från en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP eller <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>-installation på samma dator där Mageia är installerat." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Med det här verktyget kan en administratör importera användardokument och " +"inställningar från en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " +"2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP eller " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</" +"trademark>-installation på samma dator där Mageia är installerat." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Observera att alla ändringa värkställs direkt i transfugdrake när du trycker på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att alla ändringa värkställs direkt i transfugdrake när du trycker " +"på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "När transfugdrake startas visas första sidan i guiden lite information som förklarar verktyget och importalternativ." +msgstr "" +"När transfugdrake startas visas första sidan i guiden lite information som " +"förklarar verktyget och importalternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -8974,19 +10438,24 @@ msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "När du har läst och förstått instruktionerna, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. Detta startar en sökning efter en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-installation." +msgstr "" +"När du har läst och förstått instruktionerna, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</" +"guibutton>. Detta startar en sökning efter en <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark>-installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." -msgstr "När sökningen är klar visas en sida där du kan välja konton i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> och Mageia för importproceduren. Det är möjligt att välja ett annat användarkonto än ditt eget." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"När sökningen är klar visas en sida där du kan välja konton i <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> och Mageia för importproceduren. " +"Det är möjligt att välja ett annat användarkonto än ditt eget." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -8995,38 +10464,49 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr "Vänligen ta hänsyn till att på grund av migreringsassistentens (transfugdrakes backend)begränsningar så kan användarkonton i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> med speciella tecken visas inkorrekt." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +"Vänligen ta hänsyn till att på grund av migreringsassistentens " +"(transfugdrakes backend)begränsningar så kan användarkonton i <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> med speciella tecken visas " +"inkorrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "Migreringen kan ta en stund beroende på storleken av dokumentkatalogerna." +msgstr "" +"Migreringen kan ta en stund beroende på storleken av dokumentkatalogerna." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." -msgstr "Vissa <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-program (speciellt drivrutiner) kan skapa användarkonton för olika ändamål. NVidias drivruntiner i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> uppdateras genom <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Använd inte sådana konton för importering." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"Vissa <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-program (speciellt " +"drivrutiner) kan skapa användarkonton för olika ändamål. NVidias " +"drivruntiner i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " +"uppdateras genom <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Använd inte sådana konton " +"för importering." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" -msgstr "När du har valt klart användarkonton klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja vilken metod som ska användas för att importera dokumenten." +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"När du har valt klart användarkonton klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. " +"På nästa sida får du välja vilken metod som ska användas för att importera " +"dokumenten." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9034,23 +10514,28 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "Transfugdrake är utformat för att importera <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-data från katalogerna <emphasis>Mina Dokument</emphasis>, <emphasis>Min Musik</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mina Bilder</emphasis>. Det är möjligt att skippa importering genom att välja lämpligt objekt i det här fönstret." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake är utformat för att importera <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark>-data från katalogerna <emphasis>Mina Dokument</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>Min Musik</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mina Bilder</" +"emphasis>. Det är möjligt att skippa importering genom att välja lämpligt " +"objekt i det här fönstret." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "När du har valt hur du vill importera dokumenten, tryck på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja hur du vill importera bokmärken." +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"När du har valt hur du vill importera dokumenten, tryck på <guibutton>Nästa</" +"guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja hur du vill importera bokmärken." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9061,22 +10546,25 @@ msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake kan importera bokmärken från <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> till Mageias instans av bokmärken för <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake kan importera bokmärken från <emphasis>Internet Explorer</" +"emphasis> och <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> till Mageias instans av " +"bokmärken för <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." -msgstr "Välj önskvärda importalternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Välj önskvärda importalternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "På nästa sida kan du importera skrivbordsbakgrunder:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9084,8 +10572,7 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." msgstr "Välj önskvärt alternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9093,10 +10580,11 @@ msgstr "Välj önskvärt alternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Sista sidan i guiden visar ett grattis-meddelande. Tryck på <guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Sista sidan i guiden visar ett grattis-meddelande. Tryck på " +"<guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9111,8 +10599,7 @@ msgstr "Användare och Grupper" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9120,9 +10607,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> som root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> som root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -9130,23 +10619,32 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral och är märkt \"Hantera systemanvändare\"." +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under " +"fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral " +"och är märkt \"Hantera systemanvändare\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "Med det här verktyget kan administratörer hantera användare och grupper, som t. ex. lägga till eller radera samt att redigera deras inställningar (ID, skal, ...)." +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"Med det här verktyget kan administratörer hantera användare och grupper, som " +"t. ex. lägga till eller radera samt att redigera deras inställningar (ID, " +"skal, ...)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "När userdrake startas så visas alla befintliga användare i fliken <guibutton>Användare</guibutton> och grupperna i fliken <guibutton>Grupper</guibutton>. Båda fungerar på samma sätt." +msgstr "" +"När userdrake startas så visas alla befintliga användare i fliken " +"<guibutton>Användare</guibutton> och grupperna i fliken <guibutton>Grupper</" +"guibutton>. Båda fungerar på samma sätt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9158,8 +10656,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Lägg till användare</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Denna knapp öppnar ett nytt fönster med fält tomma:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9170,29 +10667,41 @@ msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" -msgstr "Fältet för <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fullständigt namn</emphasis> är avsett för att ange förnamn och efternamn, men man kan skriva vad som helt eller inget alls." +msgstr "" +"Fältet för <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fullständigt namn</emphasis> är avsett " +"för att ange förnamn och efternamn, men man kan skriva vad som helt eller " +"inget alls." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Logga in</emphasis> är det enda obligatoriska fältet." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Logga in</emphasis> är det enda obligatoriska fältet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "Att ställa in ett <emphasis role=\"bold\">lösenord</emphasis> rekommenderas skarpt. Det finns en lite sköld till höger som visar hur starkt lösenordet är. Om den är röd är lösenordet svagt, för kort eller liknar användarnamnet. Du bör använda specialtecken, små och stora bokstäver kombinerat med siffror eller liknande. Skölden blir orange och sedan grön allteftersom lösenordet ökar i styrka." +msgstr "" +"Att ställa in ett <emphasis role=\"bold\">lösenord</emphasis> rekommenderas " +"skarpt. Det finns en lite sköld till höger som visar hur starkt lösenordet " +"är. Om den är röd är lösenordet svagt, för kort eller liknar användarnamnet. " +"Du bör använda specialtecken, små och stora bokstäver kombinerat med siffror " +"eller liknande. Skölden blir orange och sedan grön allteftersom lösenordet " +"ökar i styrka." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "Fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Bekräfta lösenord</emphasis> finns för att säkerställa att du skrivit vad menade." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"Fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Bekräfta lösenord</emphasis> finns för att " +"säkerställa att du skrivit vad menade." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -9200,7 +10709,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loginskal </emphasis> är en rullgardinsmeny där du kan ändra vilket skal användaren ska använda. Alternativen är Bash, Dash och Sh." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loginskal </emphasis> är en rullgardinsmeny där du " +"kan ändra vilket skal användaren ska använda. Alternativen är Bash, Dash och " +"Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -9208,14 +10720,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "Om <emphasis role=\"bold\">Skapa en privat grupp för användaren</emphasis> är markerad skapas automatiskt en grupp med samma namn och där den nya användaren är den enda medlemmen (det kan ändras)." +msgstr "" +"Om <emphasis role=\"bold\">Skapa en privat grupp för användaren</emphasis> " +"är markerad skapas automatiskt en grupp med samma namn och där den nya " +"användaren är den enda medlemmen (det kan ändras)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "De andra alternativen är självklara. Den nya användaren skapas direkt när du klickar på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"De andra alternativen är självklara. Den nya användaren skapas direkt när du " +"klickar på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -9227,7 +10744,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Lägg till grupp</emphasis>" msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "Du behöver bara ange det nya gruppnamnet och om nödvändigt ett specifikt grupp-ID." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver bara ange det nya gruppnamnet och om nödvändigt ett specifikt " +"grupp-ID." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 @@ -9239,15 +10758,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Redigera</emphasis> (en markerad användare)" msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Användardata</guibutton>: Här kan du redigera all användardata som angavs vid skapandet (ID kan inte ändras)." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Användardata</guibutton>: Här kan du redigera all användardata " +"som angavs vid skapandet (ID kan inte ändras)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kontoinformation</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9258,14 +10778,19 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "Först alternativet är till för att ställa in utgångsdatum för kontot. Anslutning är inte möjlig efter detta datum. Det är användbart för tillfälliga konton." +msgstr "" +"Först alternativet är till för att ställa in utgångsdatum för kontot. " +"Anslutning är inte möjlig efter detta datum. Det är användbart för " +"tillfälliga konton." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "Det andra alternativet är till för att låsa kontot, anslutning är inte möjlig så länge kontot är låst." +msgstr "" +"Det andra alternativet är till för att låsa kontot, anslutning är inte " +"möjlig så länge kontot är låst." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9278,10 +10803,12 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lösenordsinformation</emphasis>: Ger dig möjlighet att ställa in ett utgångsdatum för lösenordet. Det tvingar användaren att ändra sitt lösenord periodiskt." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lösenordsinformation</emphasis>: Ger dig möjlighet " +"att ställa in ett utgångsdatum för lösenordet. Det tvingar användaren att " +"ändra sitt lösenord periodiskt." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9291,14 +10818,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupp</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka grupper som användaren är medlem i." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupp</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka grupper som " +"användaren är medlem i." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Om du ändrar ett anslutet användarkonto så kommer ändringarna inte att verkställas förrän denna loggar in igen." +msgstr "" +"Om du ändrar ett anslutet användarkonto så kommer ändringarna inte att " +"verkställas förrän denna loggar in igen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 @@ -9310,14 +10841,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Redigera</emphasis> (med en markerad grupp)" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppdata</emphasis>: Gör så att du kan ändra gruppnamnet." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppdata</emphasis>: Gör så att du kan ändra " +"gruppnamnet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppanvändare</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka användare som tillhör gruppen." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppanvändare</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka " +"användare som tillhör gruppen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -9327,11 +10862,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Radera</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Välj en användare och klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ta bort</emphasis> för att radera den. För användare frågar en dialogruta om hemkatalogen och brevlådan också ska raderas. Om en privat grupp har skapats för användaren kommer den också att raderas." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Välj en användare och klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ta bort</emphasis> " +"för att radera den. För användare frågar en dialogruta om hemkatalogen och " +"brevlådan också ska raderas. Om en privat grupp har skapats för användaren " +"kommer den också att raderas." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -9346,9 +10885,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Uppdatera</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." -msgstr "Användardatabasen kan ändras utanför Userdrake. Klicka på den här ikonen för att uppdatera skärmen." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"Användardatabasen kan ändras utanför Userdrake. Klicka på den här ikonen för " +"att uppdatera skärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -9361,11 +10902,17 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">gäst</emphasis> är ett specialkonto. Det är avsett att ge någon tillfällig åtkomst till systemet med högsta säkerhet. Om någon loggar in som xguest utan lösenord är det omöjligt att göra några ändringar i systemet från det här kontot. De personliga katalogerna raderas när sessionen avslutas. Kontot är aktiverat som standard och för att avaktivera det väljer du <guimenu>Åtgärder -> Avinstallera gästkonto</guimenu> i menyn." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gäst</emphasis> är ett specialkonto. Det är avsett " +"att ge någon tillfällig åtkomst till systemet med högsta säkerhet. Om någon " +"loggar in som xguest utan lösenord är det omöjligt att göra några ändringar " +"i systemet från det här kontot. De personliga katalogerna raderas när " +"sessionen avslutas. Kontot är aktiverat som standard och för att avaktivera " +"det väljer du <guimenu>Åtgärder -> Avinstallera gästkonto</guimenu> i menyn." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -9377,8 +10924,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa den grafiska servern" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9386,19 +10932,26 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> som vanlig användare, eller <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> som root. Observera de stora bokstäverna." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> som vanlig användare, eller <emphasis>drakx11</" +"emphasis> som root. Observera de stora bokstäverna." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>. Välj <emphasis><guilabel>Ställ in den grafiska servern</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>. Välj <emphasis><guilabel>Ställ in den " +"grafiska servern</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 @@ -9416,7 +10969,10 @@ msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "Det aktuella grafikkortet visas med matchande konfigurerad server. Klicka på den här knappen för att ändra till en annan drivrutin, t. ex. en som är patentskyddad." +msgstr "" +"Det aktuella grafikkortet visas med matchande konfigurerad server. Klicka på " +"den här knappen för att ändra till en annan drivrutin, t. ex. en som är " +"patentskyddad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 @@ -9425,7 +10981,11 @@ msgid "" "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "De tillgängliga servrarna är sorterade efter <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> i alfabetisk ordning och sedan efter modell, också i alfabetisk ordning. De fria drivrutinerna är sorterade i alfabetisk ordning under <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"De tillgängliga servrarna är sorterade efter <guilabel>Tillverkare</" +"guilabel> i alfabetisk ordning och sedan efter modell, också i alfabetisk " +"ordning. De fria drivrutinerna är sorterade i alfabetisk ordning under " +"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:37 @@ -9433,7 +10993,10 @@ msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "Om problem uppstår så fungerar <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> med de flesta grafikkorten så att du kan hitta och installera en korrekt drivrutin när du är i skrivbordsmiljö." +msgstr "" +"Om problem uppstår så fungerar <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> med de " +"flesta grafikkorten så att du kan hitta och installera en korrekt drivrutin " +"när du är i skrivbordsmiljö." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 @@ -9441,15 +11004,19 @@ msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Om ej heller Vesa fungerar, välj <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> som används för att installera Mageia, men du kan inte ändra upplösning eller uppdateringsfrekvens." +msgstr "" +"Om ej heller Vesa fungerar, välj <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> som används för att installera Mageia, " +"men du kan inte ändra upplösning eller uppdateringsfrekvens." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." -msgstr "Om du har valt en fri drivrutin kan du bli tillfrågad om du vill använda en kommersiell drivrutin istället med fler funktioner (t. ex. 3D-effekter)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har valt en fri drivrutin kan du bli tillfrågad om du vill använda en " +"kommersiell drivrutin istället med fler funktioner (t. ex. 3D-effekter)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 @@ -9460,10 +11027,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bildskärm:</emphasis>" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "På samma sätt som ovan visas den bildskärm som hittats och du kan klicka på knappen för att väja en annan. Om din bildskärm inte finns med i listan under <guilabel>tillverkare</guilabel>, välj då istället en i listan <guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel> med samma egenskaper." +msgstr "" +"På samma sätt som ovan visas den bildskärm som hittats och du kan klicka på " +"knappen för att väja en annan. Om din bildskärm inte finns med i listan " +"under <guilabel>tillverkare</guilabel>, välj då istället en i listan " +"<guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel> med samma egenskaper." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 @@ -9475,10 +11046,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upplösning:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "Med den här knappen kan du ställa in upplösning (i pixlar) och färgdjup (antal färger). Den visar den här skärmen:" +msgstr "" +"Med den här knappen kan du ställa in upplösning (i pixlar) och färgdjup " +"(antal färger). Den visar den här skärmen:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" @@ -9488,31 +11060,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Bilden av bildskärmen i mitten visar en förhandsgranskning med vald konfiguration." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Bilden av bildskärmen i mitten " +"visar en förhandsgranskning med vald konfiguration." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "Första knappen visar aktuell upplösning, klicka på den för att ändra. Rullgardinslistan visar de upplösningar som är tillgängliga enligt grafikkortet och bildskärmen. Du kan klicka på <guilabel>Annan</guilabel> för att ställa in andra upplösningar men tänk på att det kan skada din bildskärm eller välja en obehaglig inställning." +msgstr "" +"Första knappen visar aktuell upplösning, klicka på den för att ändra. " +"Rullgardinslistan visar de upplösningar som är tillgängliga enligt " +"grafikkortet och bildskärmen. Du kan klicka på <guilabel>Annan</guilabel> " +"för att ställa in andra upplösningar men tänk på att det kan skada din " +"bildskärm eller välja en obehaglig inställning." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." -msgstr "Den andra knappen visar de aktuella färgdjupet, klicka för att ändra till ett annat." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"Den andra knappen visar de aktuella färgdjupet, klicka för att ändra till " +"ett annat." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "Beroende på vilken upplösning du valt behöver du kanske logga ut och starta om den grafiska miljön innan ändringarna verkställs." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på vilken upplösning du valt behöver du kanske logga ut och starta " +"om den grafiska miljön innan ändringarna verkställs." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 @@ -9525,15 +11108,21 @@ msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "När konfigurationen är klar är det rekommenderat att testa den innan du klickar på Ok därför att det är lättare att ändra inställningarna nu än senare ifall den grafiska miljön inte skulle fungera." +msgstr "" +"När konfigurationen är klar är det rekommenderat att testa den innan du " +"klickar på Ok därför att det är lättare att ändra inställningarna nu än " +"senare ifall den grafiska miljön inte skulle fungera." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "Om den grafiska miljön inte fungerar, tryck ner Alt+Ctrl+F2 för att öppna ett textläge. Logga in som root och skriv XFdrake (med de stora bokstäverna) för att starta XFdrake i textbaserat läge." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"Om den grafiska miljön inte fungerar, tryck ner Alt+Ctrl+F2 för att öppna " +"ett textläge. Logga in som root och skriv XFdrake (med de stora bokstäverna) " +"för att starta XFdrake i textbaserat läge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 @@ -9541,7 +11130,10 @@ msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Om testet misslyckas vänta tills slutet, om det fungerar men du vill ändå inte ändra klickar du på <guibutton>Nej</guibutton>. Om allt fungerar som det ska klickar du på <guibutton role=\"bold\">Ok</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Om testet misslyckas vänta tills slutet, om det fungerar men du vill ändå " +"inte ändra klickar du på <guibutton>Nej</guibutton>. Om allt fungerar som " +"det ska klickar du på <guibutton role=\"bold\">Ok</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 @@ -9554,29 +11146,41 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "<guilabel>Globala alternativ</guilabel>: Om <emphasis>Inaktivera Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> är markerat är det inte längre möjligt att starta om X-servern med tangenterna Ctrl+Alt-Backspace." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Globala alternativ</guilabel>: Om <emphasis>Inaktivera Ctrl-Alt-" +"Backspace</emphasis> är markerat är det inte längre möjligt att starta om X-" +"servern med tangenterna Ctrl+Alt-Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkortsalternativ</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller inaktivera tre särskila inställningar beroende på grafikkortet." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Grafikkortsalternativ</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller " +"inaktivera tre särskila inställningar beroende på grafikkortet." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiskt gränsnitt vid start</guilabel>: I de flesta fall är <emphasis>Starta det grafiska gränsnittet (Xorg) när datorn startar</emphasis> markerat som standard. Den kan avmarkeras för servern." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Grafiskt gränsnitt vid start</guilabel>: I de flesta fall är " +"<emphasis>Starta det grafiska gränsnittet (Xorg) när datorn startar</" +"emphasis> markerat som standard. Den kan avmarkeras för servern." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "När du klickar på knappen <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> ber systemet dig att bekräfta. Du kan fortfarande avbryta allt och behålla den tidigare konfigurationen eller bekräfta. I så fall måste du återansluta för att aktivera den nya konfigurationen." +msgstr "" +"När du klickar på knappen <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> ber systemet dig " +"att bekräfta. Du kan fortfarande avbryta allt och behålla den tidigare " +"konfigurationen eller bekräfta. I så fall måste du återansluta för att " +"aktivera den nya konfigurationen." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po index 54d3f967..f1921be1 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # osifa Kutlu <firatkutlu@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014. # kemalokmen <kemal@comu.edu.tr>, 2013, 2014. @@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-24 13:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Atilla Öntaş <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/tr/)\n" +"Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"tr/)\n" +"Language: tr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -30,8 +31,7 @@ msgstr "WebDAV paylaşımlı sürücü ve dizinlere erişim" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -39,9 +39,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -49,13 +51,16 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Ağ Paylaşımı sekmesi altında, <guilabel>WebDAV paylaşımlarını yapılandır</guilabel> etiketi ile Mageia Denetim Merkezi' nde bulunabilir." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Ağ Paylaşımı sekmesi " +"altında, <guilabel>WebDAV paylaşımlarını yapılandır</guilabel> etiketi ile " +"Mageia Denetim Merkezi' nde bulunabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -69,7 +74,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link>bir web sunucusu dizinini yerel olarak bağlamanıza, böylece o dizinin bir yerel dizin olarak kullanılabilmesine izin veren bir protokoldür. Uzak sunucunun bir WebDAV sunucusu çalıştırması zorunludur. Bu aracın maksadı WebDAV sunucusunu yapılandırmak değildir." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link>bir " +"web sunucusu dizinini yerel olarak bağlamanıza, böylece o dizinin bir yerel " +"dizin olarak kullanılabilmesine izin veren bir protokoldür. Uzak sunucunun " +"bir WebDAV sunucusu çalıştırması zorunludur. Bu aracın maksadı WebDAV " +"sunucusunu yapılandırmak değildir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -82,7 +92,10 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "Aracın ilk ekranı varsa önceden yapılandırılmış girdileri ve bir <guibutton>Yeni</guibutton> düğmesi görüntüler. Yeni bir girdi oluşturmak için bunu kullanın. Yeni ekranın boş alanına sunucu URL bağlantısını girin." +msgstr "" +"Aracın ilk ekranı varsa önceden yapılandırılmış girdileri ve bir " +"<guibutton>Yeni</guibutton> düğmesi görüntüler. Yeni bir girdi oluşturmak " +"için bunu kullanın. Yeni ekranın boş alanına sunucu URL bağlantısını girin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -90,12 +103,16 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." -msgstr "Sonra, bazı eylemleri seçebileceğiniz işaretleme düğmeleri olan bir ekran gelir. İşaretleme düğmesini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak <guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> eylemi ile devam edin; çünkü <guibutton>Sunucu</guibutton> önceden yapılandırılmıştır. Ancak gerekirse bunu düzeltebilirsiniz." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Sonra, bazı eylemleri seçebileceğiniz işaretleme düğmeleri olan bir ekran " +"gelir. İşaretleme düğmesini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> " +"düğmesine tıklayarak <guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> eylemi ile devam " +"edin; çünkü <guibutton>Sunucu</guibutton> önceden yapılandırılmıştır. Ancak " +"gerekirse bunu düzeltebilirsiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -112,10 +129,12 @@ msgstr "Uzak dizin içeriğine bu bağlama noktasından ulaşılabilecektir." msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "Sonraki adımda kullanıcı adınızı ve parolanızı verin. Başka seçenekler gerekiyorsa, bunları <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> ekranında verebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Sonraki adımda kullanıcı adınızı ve parolanızı verin. Başka seçenekler " +"gerekiyorsa, bunları <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> ekranında " +"verebilirsiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -125,19 +144,26 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "<guibutton>Bağla</guibutton> seçeneği derhal erişim için bağlamanızı sağlar." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Bağla</guibutton> seçeneği derhal erişim için bağlamanızı sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "İşaretleme düğmesi <guibutton>Tamamlandı</guibutton> kullanarak yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra ilk ekran yeniden gösterilir ve yeni bağlama noktası listelenir. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesini seçtikten sonra, <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> içindeki değişiklikleri kaydetmek isteyip istemediğiniz sorulur. Uzak dizin her önyüklemede erişilebilir olsun istiyorsanız bunu seçin. Yapılandırmanız tek seferlik kullanım içinse kaydetmeyin." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"İşaretleme düğmesi <guibutton>Tamamlandı</guibutton> kullanarak " +"yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra ilk ekran yeniden gösterilir ve yeni " +"bağlama noktası listelenir. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesini seçtikten " +"sonra, <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> içindeki değişiklikleri kaydetmek " +"isteyip istemediğiniz sorulur. Uzak dizin her önyüklemede erişilebilir olsun " +"istiyorsanız bunu seçin. Yapılandırmanız tek seferlik kullanım içinse " +"kaydetmeyin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -149,8 +175,7 @@ msgstr "Sabit disk bölümlerini paylaşın" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -158,9 +183,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --" +"fileshare</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -169,14 +196,20 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Bu basit araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> size, yani yöneticiye, kullanıcıların kendi /home alt dizinlerinin kısımlarını aynı yerel ağda Linux veya Windows işletim sistemi kullanan diğer kullanıcılarla paylaşmalarına izin verme yetkisi verir." +msgstr "" +"Bu basit araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> size, yani " +"yöneticiye, kullanıcıların kendi /home alt dizinlerinin kısımlarını aynı " +"yerel ağda Linux veya Windows işletim sistemi kullanan diğer kullanıcılarla " +"paylaşmalarına izin verme yetkisi verir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezinde, Yerel Disk sekmesi altında, \"Sabit disk bölümlerinizi paylaşın\" etiketinde bulunur." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezinde, Yerel Disk sekmesi altında, \"Sabit disk " +"bölümlerinizi paylaşın\" etiketinde bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -185,11 +218,21 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "İlk olarak \"<guilabel>Kullanıcıların kendi dizinlerinden bazılarını paylaşmasına izin vermek ister misiniz?</guilabel>\" sorusuna cevap verin, eğer cevap tüm kullanıcılar için Hayır ise <guibutton>Paylaşım Yok</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, tüm kullanıcılara izin vermek için <guibutton>Tüm kullanıcılara izin ver</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, eğer cevap bazı kullanıcılar için evet bazı kullanıcılar için hayır ise <guibutton>Özel</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın. Sonuncusu durumunda, kendi dizinlerini paylaşmak için yetkilendirilecek kullanıcılar sistem tarafından otomatik olarak oluştrurulan fileshare grubuna dahil olmalı. Bu daha sonra sizden istenecek. " +msgstr "" +"İlk olarak \"<guilabel>Kullanıcıların kendi dizinlerinden bazılarını " +"paylaşmasına izin vermek ister misiniz?</guilabel>\" sorusuna cevap verin, " +"eğer cevap tüm kullanıcılar için Hayır ise <guibutton>Paylaşım Yok</" +"guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, tüm kullanıcılara izin vermek için " +"<guibutton>Tüm kullanıcılara izin ver</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, eğer " +"cevap bazı kullanıcılar için evet bazı kullanıcılar için hayır ise " +"<guibutton>Özel</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın. Sonuncusu durumunda, kendi " +"dizinlerini paylaşmak için yetkilendirilecek kullanıcılar sistem tarafından " +"otomatik olarak oluştrurulan fileshare grubuna dahil olmalı. Bu daha sonra " +"sizden istenecek. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -200,7 +243,13 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "<guilabel>OK</guilabel> butonuna tıklayın, <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ya da <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> den birini seçmenizi isteyen ikinci bir ekran görünecek. Ağdaki tek işletim sistemi Linux ise <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> işaretleyin, ağ hem Linux hem de Windows makineleri içeriyor ise <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> işaretleyin ve sonra <guibutton>OK</guibutton> tıklayın. Eğer gerekliyse tüm ihtiyaç duyulan paketler kurulacaktır." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>OK</guilabel> butonuna tıklayın, <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ya da " +"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> den birini seçmenizi isteyen ikinci bir ekran " +"görünecek. Ağdaki tek işletim sistemi Linux ise <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> " +"işaretleyin, ağ hem Linux hem de Windows makineleri içeriyor ise " +"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> işaretleyin ve sonra <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " +"tıklayın. Eğer gerekliyse tüm ihtiyaç duyulan paketler kurulacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -210,24 +259,37 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "Yapılandırma, Özel seçeneği seçilmediyse, tamalanmış durumdadır. Bu durumda ek bir pencere Userdrake'i açmanızı ister. Bu araç kullanıcıları kendi dizinlerini paylaşma yetkisi olan fileshare grubuna eklemenizi sağlar. Kullanıcı sekmesinde fileshare grubuna eklemek istediğiniz kullanıcıya tıklayın, sonra Gruplar sekmesinde <guimenuitem>Düzenle</guimenuitem> tıklayın. fileshare grubunu işaretleyin <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın. Userdrake ile ilgili daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">bu sayfaya</link> bakınız" +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"Yapılandırma, Özel seçeneği seçilmediyse, tamalanmış durumdadır. Bu durumda " +"ek bir pencere Userdrake'i açmanızı ister. Bu araç kullanıcıları kendi " +"dizinlerini paylaşma yetkisi olan fileshare grubuna eklemenizi sağlar. " +"Kullanıcı sekmesinde fileshare grubuna eklemek istediğiniz kullanıcıya " +"tıklayın, sonra Gruplar sekmesinde <guimenuitem>Düzenle</guimenuitem> " +"tıklayın. fileshare grubunu işaretleyin <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> " +"butonuna tıklayın. Userdrake ile ilgili daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:" +"href=\"userdrake.xml\">bu sayfaya</link> bakınız" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "fileshare grubuna yeni bir kullanıcı eklediğinizde değişikliklerin etkili olabilmesi için ağ bağlantısını kesmeniz ve yeniden bağlanmanız gerekir." +msgstr "" +"fileshare grubuna yeni bir kullanıcı eklediğinizde değişikliklerin etkili " +"olabilmesi için ağ bağlantısını kesmeniz ve yeniden bağlanmanız gerekir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "Şu andan itibaren fileshare grubuna ait tüm kullanıcılar, bu özelliği tüm dosya yöneticileri desteklemese de, dosya yöneticisinden paylaştırılacak dizinlerini seçebilir." +msgstr "" +"Şu andan itibaren fileshare grubuna ait tüm kullanıcılar, bu özelliği tüm " +"dosya yöneticileri desteklemese de, dosya yöneticisinden paylaştırılacak " +"dizinlerini seçebilir." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 @@ -245,8 +307,7 @@ msgstr "NFS paylaşımları ve dizinlerine erişim" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -259,9 +320,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -270,9 +333,15 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bazı paylaşılan dizinlere bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için kullanılan protokol bir çok Linux ve Unix sistemde bulanan NFS protokolüdür. Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir olacaktır. Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile bir kullanıcı için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bazı paylaşılan dizinlere " +"bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için " +"kullanılan protokol bir çok Linux ve Unix sistemde bulanan NFS protokolüdür. " +"Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir olacaktır. " +"Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile bir kullanıcı " +"için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -284,17 +353,20 @@ msgstr "Yöntem" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için <guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için " +"<guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adı önündeki > işaretine tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin." +msgstr "" +"Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adı önündeki > " +"işaretine tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -302,12 +374,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "<guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir olacaktır. Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir olacaktır. " +"Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -318,16 +391,18 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı seçenekleri <guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra aynı düğme ile ayırabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı " +"seçenekleri <guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir " +"ve değiştirebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra aynı düğme ile " +"ayırabilirsiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -337,13 +412,16 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "<guibutton>Bitti</guibutton> düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildiğinde \"/etc/fstab değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?\" diye sorulur. Ağ erişilebilir durumdaysa bu, dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni dizine bundan sonra Dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Bitti</guibutton> düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildiğinde \"/" +"etc/fstab değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?\" diye sorulur. Ağ " +"erişilebilir durumdaysa bu, dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni " +"dizine bundan sonra Dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -358,8 +436,7 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD yazıcı" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -367,9 +444,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --" +"removable</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -377,7 +456,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki Yerel diskler sekmesinde çıkartılabilir donanımınızla (sadece CD/DVD oynatıcılar/yazıcılar ve disket sürücüleri) eş olarak etiketlenmiştir." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim " +"Merkezindeki Yerel diskler sekmesinde çıkartılabilir donanımınızla (sadece " +"CD/DVD oynatıcılar/yazıcılar ve disket sürücüleri) eş olarak etiketlenmiştir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -391,7 +473,11 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "Pencerenin en üstünde donanımınızın kısa açıklaması ve bağlamak için kullanılan seçenekler yer alır. Bunları değiştirmek için en alttaki düğmeyi kullanın. Değişecek ögeyi işaretleyin ve <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Pencerenin en üstünde donanımınızın kısa açıklaması ve bağlamak için " +"kullanılan seçenekler yer alır. Bunları değiştirmek için en alttaki düğmeyi " +"kullanın. Değişecek ögeyi işaretleyin ve <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> " +"düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -402,7 +488,9 @@ msgstr "Bağlama noktası" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Bağlama noktasını değiştirmek için bu kutuyu işaretleyin. Öntanımlı olan /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Bağlama noktasını değiştirmek için bu kutuyu işaretleyin. Öntanımlı olan /" +"media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -412,9 +500,12 @@ msgstr "Seçenekler" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Buradaki bir çok bağlama seçenekleri ya listeden doğrudan ya da <guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> alt menüsü aracılığıyla seçilebilir. Başlıcaları:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Buradaki bir çok bağlama seçenekleri ya listeden doğrudan ya da " +"<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> alt menüsü aracılığıyla seçilebilir. " +"Başlıcaları:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -427,7 +518,10 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "user, (kök olmayan) normal bir kullanıcının çıkartılabilir diski bağlamasını sağlar. Bu seçenek noexec, nosuid ve nodev seçeneklerini içerir. Diski, sadece onu bağlayan kullanıcı ayırabilir." +msgstr "" +"user, (kök olmayan) normal bir kullanıcının çıkartılabilir diski bağlamasını " +"sağlar. Bu seçenek noexec, nosuid ve nodev seçeneklerini içerir. Diski, " +"sadece onu bağlayan kullanıcı ayırabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -442,9 +536,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -453,40 +549,53 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> paylaşılan dizinleri bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için kullanılan protokol Windows(R) sistemlerinde popüler olan SMB protokolüdür. Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir olacaktır. Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile bir kullanıcı için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> paylaşılan dizinleri " +"bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için " +"kullanılan protokol Windows(R) sistemlerinde popüler olan SMB protokolüdür. " +"Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir olacaktır. " +"Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile bir kullanıcı " +"için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "Aracı başlatmadan önce, erişilebilir sunucuların isimlerini mesela <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/> ile bildirmek, iyi bir fikirdir" +msgstr "" +"Aracı başlatmadan önce, erişilebilir sunucuların isimlerini mesela <xref " +"linkend=\"drakhosts\"/> ile bildirmek, iyi bir fikirdir" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." -msgstr "Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için <guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için " +"<guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adına ve sunucu adı önündeki > tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin." +msgstr "" +"Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adına ve sunucu adı " +"önündeki > tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "<guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir olacaktır. Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir olacaktır. " +"Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -497,7 +606,10 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu <guimenu>Bağlama düğmesi</guimenu> ile bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı ayarları <guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu <guimenu>Bağlama düğmesi</guimenu> " +"ile bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı ayarları <guibutton>Seçenekler</" +"guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -505,16 +617,17 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "Seçeneklerde, SMB sunucusuna bağlanabilecek kullanıcı adını ve parolasını belirtebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra yine aynı düğme ile ayırabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Seçeneklerde, SMB sunucusuna bağlanabilecek kullanıcı adını ve parolasını " +"belirtebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra yine aynı düğme ile " +"ayırabilirsiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -525,12 +638,14 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." -msgstr "Bitti düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildikten sonra \"/etc/fstab değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?\" diye sorulur. Kaydetmek, ağ erişilebilir durumdaysa dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni dizine bundan sonra dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Bitti düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildikten sonra \"/etc/fstab " +"değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?\" diye sorulur. Kaydetmek, ağ " +"erişilebilir durumdaysa dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni " +"dizine bundan sonra dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -545,8 +660,7 @@ msgstr "3B Masaüstü Efektleri" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -554,9 +668,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -564,7 +680,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> işletim sisteminizdeki 3B efektlerini yönetmenizi sağlar. Öntanımlı olarak 3B efektleri devre dışı bırakılmıştır." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> işletim sisteminizdeki 3B " +"efektlerini yönetmenizi sağlar. Öntanımlı olarak 3B efektleri devre dışı " +"bırakılmıştır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -577,30 +696,39 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "Bu aracı kullanmak için glxinfo paketi kurulmuş olmalıdır. Paket kurulu değilse, drak3d başlamadan önce kurmanız için uyarılırsınız." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı kullanmak için glxinfo paketi kurulmuş olmalıdır. Paket kurulu " +"değilse, drak3d başlamadan önce kurmanız için uyarılırsınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." -msgstr "Drak3d başladıktan sonra bir menü penceresi ile karşılaşacaksınız. Burada ya <guilabel>3B Masaüstü Efektleri Yok</guilabel> veya <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> seçeneklerinden birini seçebilirsiniz. Compiz Fusion bir bileşik pencere yöneticisi olup donanım hızlandırmalı özel efektleri içerir. Etkinleştirmek için <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> seçin." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"Drak3d başladıktan sonra bir menü penceresi ile karşılaşacaksınız. Burada ya " +"<guilabel>3B Masaüstü Efektleri Yok</guilabel> veya <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</" +"guilabel> seçeneklerinden birini seçebilirsiniz. Compiz Fusion bir bileşik " +"pencere yöneticisi olup donanım hızlandırmalı özel efektleri içerir. " +"Etkinleştirmek için <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Temiz bir Mageia kurulumundan sonra bu uygulamayı ilk kez kullanıyorsanız Compiz Fusion' un kullanılabilmesi için hangi ek paketlerin kurulması gerektiğini bildiren bir ileti görüntülenecektir. Devam etmek için <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Temiz bir Mageia kurulumundan sonra bu uygulamayı ilk kez kullanıyorsanız " +"Compiz Fusion' un kullanılabilmesi için hangi ek paketlerin kurulması " +"gerektiğini bildiren bir ileti görüntülenecektir. Devam etmek için " +"<guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -611,14 +739,20 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "Uygun paketler kurulduktan sonra drak3d menüsünde Compiz Fusion' un seçili olduğunu fark edeceksiniz. Fakat değişikliklerin etkili olması için oturumdan çıkıp yeniden giriş yapmalısınız." +msgstr "" +"Uygun paketler kurulduktan sonra drak3d menüsünde Compiz Fusion' un seçili " +"olduğunu fark edeceksiniz. Fakat değişikliklerin etkili olması için " +"oturumdan çıkıp yeniden giriş yapmalısınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "Yeniden giriş yaptığınızda Compiz Fusion devreye girecektir. Compiz Fusion' u yapılandırmak içinccsm (CompizConfig Ayarlar Yöneticisi) aracı için sayfasına bakın." +msgstr "" +"Yeniden giriş yaptığınızda Compiz Fusion devreye girecektir. Compiz Fusion' " +"u yapılandırmak içinccsm (CompizConfig Ayarlar Yöneticisi) aracı için " +"sayfasına bakın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -636,10 +770,13 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Compiz Fusion' u etkinleştirikten sonra masaüstüne giriş yapmaya çalıştığınızda hiç bir şey göremiyorsanız, yeniden giriş ekranına dönebilmek için bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatın. Giriş ekranına eriştiğinizde Masaüstü simgesine tıklayın ve drak3d' yi seçin." +msgstr "" +"Compiz Fusion' u etkinleştirikten sonra masaüstüne giriş yapmaya " +"çalıştığınızda hiç bir şey göremiyorsanız, yeniden giriş ekranına dönebilmek " +"için bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatın. Giriş ekranına eriştiğinizde Masaüstü " +"simgesine tıklayın ve drak3d' yi seçin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -649,9 +786,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." -msgstr "Giriş yaptığınızda hesabınız yönetici olarak listelenmişse, parolanızı yeniden girmeniz istenecektir. Aksi halde yönetici hesabını kullanarak giriş yapmalısınız. Yöneticiler giriş sorununa neden olabilecek her türlü değişikliği geri alabilirler." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"Giriş yaptığınızda hesabınız yönetici olarak listelenmişse, parolanızı " +"yeniden girmeniz istenecektir. Aksi halde yönetici hesabını kullanarak giriş " +"yapmalısınız. Yöneticiler giriş sorununa neden olabilecek her türlü " +"değişikliği geri alabilirler." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -663,8 +804,7 @@ msgstr "Kimlik kanıtlama" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -672,16 +812,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> makinenin kullanıcısı veya internetteki kullanıcı olaak nasıl algılanacağınızı değiştirmenize olanak sağlar." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> makinenin kullanıcısı veya " +"internetteki kullanıcı olaak nasıl algılanacağınızı değiştirmenize olanak " +"sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -689,7 +834,10 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "Ön tanımlı olarak, kimlik doğrulama bilgileriniz bilgisayarınızdaki bir dosyaya depolanır. Bunu sadece ağ yöneticiniz değiştirmenizi istediğinde değiştirin ve hakkında ona bilgi verin." +msgstr "" +"Ön tanımlı olarak, kimlik doğrulama bilgileriniz bilgisayarınızdaki bir " +"dosyaya depolanır. Bunu sadece ağ yöneticiniz değiştirmenizi istediğinde " +"değiştirin ve hakkında ona bilgi verin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -701,8 +849,7 @@ msgstr "Önyükleme sistemini ayarlayın" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -710,9 +857,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 @@ -720,50 +869,73 @@ msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> önyükleme seçeneklerini (önyükleyici seçimi, parola konulması, öntanımlı önyükleme v.b.) ayarlamanızı sağlar" +msgstr "" +"bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> önyükleme seçeneklerini " +"(önyükleyici seçimi, parola konulması, öntanımlı önyükleme v.b.) " +"ayarlamanızı sağlar" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezi' ndeki Önyükleme sekmesinde \"Önyükleme sistemini ayarlayın\" etiketi altında bulunur." +msgstr "" +"Mageia Denetim Merkezi' ndeki Önyükleme sekmesinde \"Önyükleme sistemini " +"ayarlayın\" etiketi altında bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "Eğer tam olarak ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bu aracı kullanmayın.Bazı ayarlarını değiştirerek makinenizin tekrar başlamasına engel olabilir!" +msgstr "" +"Eğer tam olarak ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bu aracı kullanmayın.Bazı " +"ayarlarını değiştirerek makinenizin tekrar başlamasına engel olabilir!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "<guilabel>Önyükleyici</guilabel> denilen ilk bölümde, hangi <guibutton>Önyükleyicinin kullanılacağı</guibutton>nı, Grub veya Lilo ve grafiksel veya metin tabanlı menü; seçmek mümkündür. Bu sadece bir zevk meselesidir ve bir bedeli yoktur. Ayrıca, <guibutton>Önyükleme aygıtı</guibutton>nı da ayarlayabilirsiniz ancak bir uzman değilseniz burada hiç bir şeyi değiştirmeyin. Önyükleme aygıtı, önyükleyicinin kurulacağı sabit disk olup burada yapılacak herhangi bir değişikliğin makinenizin önyükleme yapmasını engelleyebileceğini unutmayın." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Önyükleyici</guilabel> denilen ilk bölümde, hangi " +"<guibutton>Önyükleyicinin kullanılacağı</guibutton>nı, Grub veya Lilo ve " +"grafiksel veya metin tabanlı menü; seçmek mümkündür. Bu sadece bir zevk " +"meselesidir ve bir bedeli yoktur. Ayrıca, <guibutton>Önyükleme aygıtı</" +"guibutton>nı da ayarlayabilirsiniz ancak bir uzman değilseniz burada hiç bir " +"şeyi değiştirmeyin. Önyükleme aygıtı, önyükleyicinin kurulacağı sabit disk " +"olup burada yapılacak herhangi bir değişikliğin makinenizin önyükleme " +"yapmasını engelleyebileceğini unutmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "<guilabel>Ana seçenekler</guilabel> olarak adlandırılan ikinci bölümde, saniye bazında <guibutton>Öntanımlı görüntünün yüklenmesinden önceki gecikme</guibutton>yi ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu gecikme sırasında grub veya Lilo erişilebilir işletim sistemlerini listeleyecek, bir seçim yapmanızı isteyecek ve herhangi bir seçim yapılmamışsa gecikme sonlandığında ön tanımlı olanı yükleyecektir." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Ana seçenekler</guilabel> olarak adlandırılan ikinci bölümde, " +"saniye bazında <guibutton>Öntanımlı görüntünün yüklenmesinden önceki " +"gecikme</guibutton>yi ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu gecikme sırasında grub veya " +"Lilo erişilebilir işletim sistemlerini listeleyecek, bir seçim yapmanızı " +"isteyecek ve herhangi bir seçim yapılmamışsa gecikme sonlandığında ön " +"tanımlı olanı yükleyecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "<guibutton>Güvenlik</guibutton> denilen üçüncü ve son bölümde bir parola ayarlamak mümkündür." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Güvenlik</guibutton> denilen üçüncü ve son bölümde bir parola " +"ayarlamak mümkündür." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 @@ -782,7 +954,11 @@ msgid "" "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) bir güç yönetimi standardıdır. Kullanılmayan aygıtları durdurarak, ki bu APM öncesinde kullanılan yöntemdir, enerji tasarrufu sağlayabilir. Donanımınız ACPI ile uyumlu ise bu seçeneği işaretleyin." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) bir güç yönetimi standardıdır. " +"Kullanılmayan aygıtları durdurarak, ki bu APM öncesinde kullanılan " +"yöntemdir, enerji tasarrufu sağlayabilir. Donanımınız ACPI ile uyumlu ise bu " +"seçeneği işaretleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 @@ -794,21 +970,28 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>SMP özelliğini etkinleştir:</guibutton>" msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP, Simetrik Çoklu İşlemci teriminin kısaltmasıdır, çok çekirdekli işlemciler için bir mimaridir." +msgstr "" +"SMP, Simetrik Çoklu İşlemci teriminin kısaltmasıdır, çok çekirdekli " +"işlemciler için bir mimaridir." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "HyperThreading kullanan bir işlemciniz varsa, Mageia bunu bir çift işlemci olarak algılayacak ve SMP etkinleştirilecektir." +msgstr "" +"HyperThreading kullanan bir işlemciniz varsa, Mageia bunu bir çift işlemci " +"olarak algılayacak ve SMP etkinleştirilecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>APIC etkinleştir</guibutton> ve <guibutton>Yerel APIC etkinleştir:</guibutton>Bu \"Kur önyükleme sistemi\" etiketli Mageia Kontrol Merkezi'nde Boot sekmesi altında bulunur." +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>APIC etkinleştir</guibutton> ve <guibutton>Yerel APIC etkinleştir:" +"</guibutton>Bu \"Kur önyükleme sistemi\" etiketli Mageia Kontrol Merkezi'nde " +"Boot sekmesi altında bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 @@ -819,12 +1002,19 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." -msgstr "APIC Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi' nin kısaltmasıdır. Intel APIC sisteminde iki bileşen vardır, yerel APIC (LAPIC) ve I/O APIC. Bu sonuncusu, işlemcideki bir veya birden fazla yerel APIC'lerin çevre yollarından aldığı kesmeleri yönlendirir. Bu, çok çekirdekli işlemciler için oldukça yararlıdır. Bazı bilgisayarların APIC sistemi ile donmaların meydana gelmesi veya hatalı aygıt algılama (hata iletisi \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\") gibi sorunları vardır. Bu durumda APIC ve/veya Yerel APIC devre dışı bırakılmalıdır." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi' nin kısaltmasıdır. Intel " +"APIC sisteminde iki bileşen vardır, yerel APIC (LAPIC) ve I/O APIC. Bu " +"sonuncusu, işlemcideki bir veya birden fazla yerel APIC'lerin çevre " +"yollarından aldığı kesmeleri yönlendirir. Bu, çok çekirdekli işlemciler için " +"oldukça yararlıdır. Bazı bilgisayarların APIC sistemi ile donmaların meydana " +"gelmesi veya hatalı aygıt algılama (hata iletisi \"spurious 8259A interrupt: " +"IRQ7\") gibi sorunları vardır. Bu durumda APIC ve/veya Yerel APIC devre dışı " +"bırakılmalıdır." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -833,16 +1023,23 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> ekranında, önyükleme sırasında kullanılabilir durumdaki tüm girdilerin bir listesini görebilirsiniz. Öntanımlı olan yıldız ile işaretlidir. Menü girdilerinin sırasını değiştirmek için yukarı veya aşağı oklara tıklayarak seçili ögeyi kaydırabilirsiniz.<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> veya <guibutton>Düzenle</guibutton> düğmelerine tıklarsanız, yeni bir girdi eklemek veya mevcut olan bir tanesini değiştirmek için yeni bir pencere açılacaktır. Bu araçları kullanabilmek için Lilo veya Grub' a aşina olmanız gerekir. " - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> ekranında, önyükleme sırasında kullanılabilir " +"durumdaki tüm girdilerin bir listesini görebilirsiniz. Öntanımlı olan yıldız " +"ile işaretlidir. Menü girdilerinin sırasını değiştirmek için yukarı veya " +"aşağı oklara tıklayarak seçili ögeyi kaydırabilirsiniz.<guibutton>Ekle</" +"guibutton> veya <guibutton>Düzenle</guibutton> düğmelerine tıklarsanız, yeni " +"bir girdi eklemek veya mevcut olan bir tanesini değiştirmek için yeni bir " +"pencere açılacaktır. Bu araçları kullanabilmek için Lilo veya Grub' a aşina " +"olmanız gerekir. " + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -853,35 +1050,46 @@ msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "<guilabel>Etiket</guilabel> alanı serbest biçimdedir. Buraya menüde görüntülenmesini istediğiniz şekilde yazın. Grub komutlarından \"title\" ile aynıdır. Örneğin: Mageia3" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Etiket</guilabel> alanı serbest biçimdedir. Buraya menüde " +"görüntülenmesini istediğiniz şekilde yazın. Grub komutlarından \"title\" ile " +"aynıdır. Örneğin: Mageia3" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "<guilabel>Görüntü</guilabel> alanı çekirdek adını içerir. Grub komutu \"kernel\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Görüntü</guilabel> alanı çekirdek adını içerir. Grub komutu " +"\"kernel\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "<guilabel>Kök</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğin depolandığı aygıt adını içerir. Grub komutu \"root\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Kök</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğin depolandığı aygıt adını içerir. " +"Grub komutu \"root\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "<guilabel>Sonuna ekle</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğe önyükleme anında verilen seçenekleri içerir." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Sonuna ekle</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğe önyükleme anında verilen " +"seçenekleri içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "<guilabel>Öntanımlı</guilabel> kutucuğu işaretliyse, Grub öntanımlı olarak bu girdi ile önyükleme yapacaktır." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Öntanımlı</guilabel> kutucuğu işaretliyse, Grub öntanımlı olarak " +"bu girdi ile önyükleme yapacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 @@ -889,7 +1097,10 @@ msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> ekranında; açılır menüler yardımıyla <guilabel>Ekran kipi</guilabel>ni, bir <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dosyasını ve bir <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> seçmek mümkündür." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> ekranında; açılır menüler yardımıyla " +"<guilabel>Ekran kipi</guilabel>ni, bir <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dosyasını " +"ve bir <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> seçmek mümkündür." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -901,8 +1112,7 @@ msgstr "Otomatik oturum açmayı ayarlayın" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -910,9 +1120,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -921,14 +1133,20 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "Bu aygıt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>parola sormadan aynı kullanıcının kendi masaüstü ortamına kendiliğinden giriş yapmasını sağlar. Otomatik giriş olarak adlandırılır. Makineyi kullanacak tek bir kullanıcı varsa bu genellikle iyi bir fikirdir." +msgstr "" +"Bu aygıt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>parola sormadan aynı " +"kullanıcının kendi masaüstü ortamına kendiliğinden giriş yapmasını sağlar. " +"Otomatik giriş olarak adlandırılır. Makineyi kullanacak tek bir kullanıcı " +"varsa bu genellikle iyi bir fikirdir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Önyükleme</emphasis> sekmesi altında \"Otomatik oturum açmayı ayarlayın\" etiketi altında bulunur." +msgstr "" +"Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Önyükleme</emphasis> " +"sekmesi altında \"Otomatik oturum açmayı ayarlayın\" etiketi altında bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -938,23 +1156,35 @@ msgstr "Arayüz düğmeleri oldukça açıktır:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Eğer X Window System önyükleme sonrası çalıştırılacaksa <guibutton>Grafiksel ortam açılışta çalıştırılsın</guibutton> kutusunu işaretleyin. Aksi durumda sistem metin kipinde başlatılacaktır. Yine de grafik arayüzü elle başlatmak mümkün olacaktır. Bu ise 'startx' veya 'systemctl start dm' komutunu çalıştırarak yapılabilir." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Eğer X Window System önyükleme sonrası çalıştırılacaksa <guibutton>Grafiksel " +"ortam açılışta çalıştırılsın</guibutton> kutusunu işaretleyin. Aksi durumda " +"sistem metin kipinde başlatılacaktır. Yine de grafik arayüzü elle başlatmak " +"mümkün olacaktır. Bu ise 'startx' veya 'systemctl start dm' komutunu " +"çalıştırarak yapılabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Eğer ilk kutu işaretlenmiş ise, diğer iki seçeneğe erişilebilir, eğer sistemin hangi kullanıcının oturum açacağını (ve parola) sormaya devam etmesini istiyorsanız <guibutton>Hayır, otomatik oturum açma istemiyorum</guibutton> ya da gerekliyse <guibutton>Evet, şununla (kullanıcı, masaüstü) otomatik oturum açmak istiyorum</guibutton> işaretleyin. Bu durumda ayrıca <guilabel>Varsayılan kullanıcı adı</guilabel>nı ve <guilabel>Varsayılan masaüstü</guilabel>nü girmeniz gerekir. " +msgstr "" +"Eğer ilk kutu işaretlenmiş ise, diğer iki seçeneğe erişilebilir, eğer " +"sistemin hangi kullanıcının oturum açacağını (ve parola) sormaya devam " +"etmesini istiyorsanız <guibutton>Hayır, otomatik oturum açma istemiyorum</" +"guibutton> ya da gerekliyse <guibutton>Evet, şununla (kullanıcı, masaüstü) " +"otomatik oturum açmak istiyorum</guibutton> işaretleyin. Bu durumda ayrıca " +"<guilabel>Varsayılan kullanıcı adı</guilabel>nı ve <guilabel>Varsayılan " +"masaüstü</guilabel>nü girmeniz gerekir. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -969,32 +1199,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</" +"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından " +"başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Bu komutun çıktısını bir dosyaya yazdırmanız tavsiye edilir, örneğin <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis> komutu ile yapabilirsiniz. Fakat yeterli disk boşluğunuzun bulunduğundan emin olun: bu dosya kolaylıkla birkaç GB boyutunda olabilir." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Bu komutun çıktısını bir dosyaya yazdırmanız tavsiye edilir, örneğin " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis> komutu " +"ile yapabilirsiniz. Fakat yeterli disk boşluğunuzun bulunduğundan emin olun: " +"bu dosya kolaylıkla birkaç GB boyutunda olabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." -msgstr "Çıktı, gereksiz bölümleri silmeden hata raporuna eklemek için çok çok fazla büyük." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"Çıktı, gereksiz bölümleri silmeden hata raporuna eklemek için çok çok fazla " +"büyük." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1171,12 +1411,19 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "Bu yardım sayfası yazıldığı sıralarda, bu komutun \"syslog\" bölümü boştu, çünkü bu araç systemd geçişine göre düzeltilmemişti. Eğer hala boşsa, \"syslog\" u (kök olarak) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> komutuyla alabilirsiniz. Yeterince boş alanınız yoksa, bunun yerine örneğin son 5000 satır kaydı şu komutla alabilirsiniz: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Bu yardım sayfası yazıldığı sıralarda, bu komutun \"syslog\" bölümü boştu, " +"çünkü bu araç systemd geçişine göre düzeltilmemişti. Eğer hala boşsa, " +"\"syslog\" u (kök olarak) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " +"journalctl.txt</emphasis> komutuyla alabilirsiniz. Yeterince boş alanınız " +"yoksa, bunun yerine örneğin son 5000 satır kaydı şu komutla alabilirsiniz: " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1188,8 +1435,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia Hata Bildirme Aracı" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1197,29 +1443,37 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." -msgstr "Genellikle bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir Mageia aracı çöktüğünde otomatik olarak başlar. Bununla birlikte, bir hata raporunu doldurduktan sonra sizden bu aracı çalıştırmanız ve böylece bazı bilgileri sağlamanız istenebilir. " +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"Genellikle bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir Mageia aracı " +"çöktüğünde otomatik olarak başlar. Bununla birlikte, bir hata raporunu " +"doldurduktan sonra sizden bu aracı çalıştırmanız ve böylece bazı bilgileri " +"sağlamanız istenebilir. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." -msgstr "Eğer yeni bir hata raporunun dosyalanması gerekiyorsa ve buna alışkın değilseniz, \"Raporla\" düğmesine tıklamadan önce lütfen <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Bir hata raporu Nasıl uygun bir şekilde raporlanır</link>." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Eğer yeni bir hata raporunun dosyalanması gerekiyorsa ve buna alışkın " +"değilseniz, \"Raporla\" düğmesine tıklamadan önce lütfen <link xlink:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Bir hata raporu " +"Nasıl uygun bir şekilde raporlanır</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1227,7 +1481,10 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "Hatanın başka bir kullanıcı tarafından daha önce raporlanması durumunda (öyleyse drakbug'ın verdiği hata mesajı aynıdır), ayrıca gördüğünüz hata raporuna ek yorumlar yapmanız faydalı olur." +msgstr "" +"Hatanın başka bir kullanıcı tarafından daha önce raporlanması durumunda " +"(öyleyse drakbug'ın verdiği hata mesajı aynıdır), ayrıca gördüğünüz hata " +"raporuna ek yorumlar yapmanız faydalı olur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1239,8 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "Tarih ve saati yönet" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1248,18 +1504,24 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</" +"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Merkezi Sistem sekmesinde <guilabel>\"Tarih ve saati yönet\"</guilabel> etiketi ile bulunur. Bazı masaüstü ortamlarında görev çubuğundaki saatin üstüne sağ tıklayıp / Tarih ve saati ayarla ... ile ayarlamak mümkündür." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Merkezi " +"Sistem sekmesinde <guilabel>\"Tarih ve saati yönet\"</guilabel> etiketi ile " +"bulunur. Bazı masaüstü ortamlarında görev çubuğundaki saatin üstüne sağ " +"tıklayıp / Tarih ve saati ayarla ... ile ayarlamak mümkündür." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1270,30 +1532,43 @@ msgstr "Bu çok kolay bir araçtır." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "Sol üst bölümde <emphasis role=\"bold\">takvim</emphasis> bulunur. Yukarıdaki ekran görüntüsünde Eylül (sol üstte), (sağ üstte), 2 (mavi) ve Pazar. Ayı (ya da yılı) Eylül'ün (ya da 2012'nin) iki tarafında da bulunan küçük oka tıklayarak seçiniz. Günü rakamına tıklayarak seçiniz." +msgstr "" +"Sol üst bölümde <emphasis role=\"bold\">takvim</emphasis> bulunur. " +"Yukarıdaki ekran görüntüsünde Eylül (sol üstte), (sağ üstte), 2 (mavi) ve " +"Pazar. Ayı (ya da yılı) Eylül'ün (ya da 2012'nin) iki tarafında da bulunan " +"küçük oka tıklayarak seçiniz. Günü rakamına tıklayarak seçiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "Sol altta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ağ zaman Protokolü</emphasis> eşzamanlanıyor, bit sunucu ile eşzamanlanarak daima dakik bir saate sahip olmak mümkündür. <guilabel>Ağ Zaman Protokolünü Etkinleştir</guilabel>i işaretleyin ve en yakın sunucuyu seçin." +msgstr "" +"Sol altta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ağ zaman Protokolü</emphasis> " +"eşzamanlanıyor, bit sunucu ile eşzamanlanarak daima dakik bir saate sahip " +"olmak mümkündür. <guilabel>Ağ Zaman Protokolünü Etkinleştir</guilabel>i " +"işaretleyin ve en yakın sunucuyu seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "Sağ tarafta <emphasis role=\"bold\">saat</emphasis> bulunur. Eğer NTP etkinleştirilmişse saati ayarlamak faydasızdır. Üç kutu saati, dakikayı ve saniyeyi (ekran görüntüsünde 15, 28 ve 22) gösterir. Saati doğru olarak ayarlamak için küçük okları kullanın. Burada biçim değiştirilemez, bunun için masaüstü ortamınızın ayarlarına bakınız." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"Sağ tarafta <emphasis role=\"bold\">saat</emphasis> bulunur. Eğer NTP " +"etkinleştirilmişse saati ayarlamak faydasızdır. Üç kutu saati, dakikayı ve " +"saniyeyi (ekran görüntüsünde 15, 28 ve 22) gösterir. Saati doğru olarak " +"ayarlamak için küçük okları kullanın. Burada biçim değiştirilemez, bunun " +"için masaüstü ortamınızın ayarlarına bakınız." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1301,15 +1576,20 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "En azından, sağ altta, <guibutton>Saat Dilimini Değiştir</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ve listeden en yakın yerleşim yerini seçerek zaman diliminizi seçin." +msgstr "" +"En azından, sağ altta, <guibutton>Saat Dilimini Değiştir</guibutton> " +"düğmesine tıklayarak ve listeden en yakın yerleşim yerini seçerek zaman " +"diliminizi seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "Bu araçtan bir tarih ve saat biçimi seçemek mümkün olmasa bile, masaüstünüzde yerelleştirme ayarlarınızla uyumlu olarak gösterilecektir. " +msgstr "" +"Bu araçtan bir tarih ve saat biçimi seçemek mümkün olmasa bile, " +"masaüstünüzde yerelleştirme ayarlarınızla uyumlu olarak gösterilecektir. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1321,8 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "Bir bağlantıyı kaldır" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1330,30 +1609,38 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --" +"del</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Burada, bir ağ arabirimini silebilirsiniz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Burada, bir ağ arabirimini silebilirsiniz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Aşağı açılır menüye tıklayın, kaldırmak istediğinizi seçin ve <emphasis>sonraki</emphasis>ye tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Aşağı açılır menüye tıklayın, kaldırmak istediğinizi seçin ve " +"<emphasis>sonraki</emphasis>ye tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "Ağ arayüzünün başarılı bir şekilde silindiğini söyleyen bir mesaj göreceksiniz." +msgstr "" +"Ağ arayüzünün başarılı bir şekilde silindiğini söyleyen bir mesaj " +"göreceksiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1365,8 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir ağ arayüzü kur (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1374,9 +1660,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</" +"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1384,14 +1672,19 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> yerel ağın ve İnternet erişiminin büyük kısmını yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Erişim sağlayıcınızdan veya ağ yöneticinizden bazı bilgileri almak zorundasınız." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> yerel ağın ve İnternet " +"erişiminin büyük kısmını yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Erişim sağlayıcınızdan " +"veya ağ yöneticinizden bazı bilgileri almak zorundasınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "Ayarlamak istediğiniz bağlantı türünü, hangi donanıma ve sağlayıcıya sahip olduğunuza bağlı olarak, seçiniz." +msgstr "" +"Ayarlamak istediğiniz bağlantı türünü, hangi donanıma ve sağlayıcıya sahip " +"olduğunuza bağlı olarak, seçiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1403,133 +1696,150 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir kablolu bağlantı (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi seçiniz." +msgstr "" +"İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi " +"seçiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere verilir. " +msgstr "" +"Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere " +"verilir. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "Otomatik IP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu " +"tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz " +"gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. " +"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME " +"belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> " +"ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini " +"DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP " +"sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL " +"yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "Gelişmiş düğmesi, şunları belirtme fırsatı verir:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "Alan tara (DHCP sunucu tarafından sağlandığından erişilebilir değil)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "DHCP istemci" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "DHCP zamanaşımı" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işaretli): NIS sunucuyu belirt" +msgstr "" +"DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işaretli): NIS sunucuyu belirt" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "DHCP'den NTPD sunucuyu getir (saat eşzamanlaması)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "DHCP taraından istenen HOSTNAME . Bu seçeneği sadece DHCP sunucunun istemcinin IP adresi almasından önce alanadına gereksinim duyması durumunda kullanınız. Bu seçenek bazı DHCP sunucular tarafından yerine getirilmez." +msgstr "" +"DHCP taraından istenen HOSTNAME . Bu seçeneği sadece DHCP sunucunun " +"istemcinin IP adresi almasından önce alanadına gereksinim duyması durumunda " +"kullanınız. Bu seçenek bazı DHCP sunucular tarafından yerine getirilmez." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantı yapaılandırmaları için ortak olan son adım açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantı yapaılandırmaları için ortak olan son " +"adım açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Elle yapılandırma" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek " +"zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer " +"hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> " +"ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ " +"maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS " +"sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız \"splash\" olarak isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı \"splash.boatanchor.net\" ise, Arama Alanı \"boatanchor.net\" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı tanımlamamak normaldir. Yine evdeki ADSLiniz bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu " +"genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız \"splash\" olarak " +"isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı \"splash.boatanchor.net\" ise, Arama " +"Alanı \"boatanchor.net\" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı " +"tanımlamamak normaldir. Yine evdeki ADSLiniz bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1550,11 +1860,14 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir Uydu bağlantısı (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına " +"yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile " +"iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1566,59 +1879,73 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir kablolu modem bağlantısı" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Kimlik kontrolü metodunu belirtmek zorundasınız:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Hiçbiri" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (Telstra için gerekli). Bu durumda Kullanıcı adını ve parolayı sağlamalısınız." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (Telstra için gerekli). Bu durumda Kullanıcı adını ve parolayı " +"sağlamalısınız." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kablolu/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kablolu/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu " +"tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz " +"gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. " +"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME " +"belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> " +"ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini " +"DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP " +"sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL " +"yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Kablo/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Kablo/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek zorundasınız. " +"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME " +"belirtilmemişse, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan " +"olarak verilecektir." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız \"splash\" olarak isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı \"splash.boatanchor.net\" ise, Arama Alanı \"boatanchor.net\" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı tanımlamamak normaldir. Yine evdeki bağlantınız bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu " +"genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız \"splash\" olarak " +"isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı \"splash.boatanchor.net\" ise, Arama " +"Alanı \"boatanchor.net\" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı " +"tanımlamamak normaldir. Yine evdeki bağlantınız bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1633,47 +1960,47 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir DSL bağlantısı" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Eğer araç ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu yapılandırmanızı önerir." +msgstr "" +"Eğer araç ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu " +"yapılandırmanızı önerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. " +"Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</" +"guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Mümkün olan protokollerden birini seçiniz:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Değişen Makine Yapılandırma Protokolü (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Elle TCP/IP yapılandırması" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "ADSL üzerinden PPP (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "Ethernet üzerinden PPP (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Noktadan Noktaya Borulama Protokolü (PPTP)" @@ -1683,26 +2010,22 @@ msgstr "Noktadan Noktaya Borulama Protokolü (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Erişim ayarları" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Oturum Hesabı (kullanıcı adı)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Hesap parolası" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Gelişmiş) Sanal Yol Kimliği (VPI)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Gelişmiş) Sanal Şebeke Kimliği (VCI)" @@ -1722,14 +2045,12 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir ISDN bağlantısı" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "Sihirbaz hangi cihazı yapılandıracağını sorar" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Elle seçim (dahili ISDN kartı)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Harici ISDN modem" @@ -1739,16 +2060,16 @@ msgstr "Harici ISDN modem" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "Bir donanım listesi sunulmuş, kategori ve üreticisine göre sınıflandırılmış. Kartınızı seçiniz." +msgstr "" +"Bir donanım listesi sunulmuş, kategori ve üreticisine göre sınıflandırılmış. " +"Kartınızı seçiniz." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Avrupa hariç, dünyanın geri kalanı için protokol (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Avrupa için protokol (EDSS1)" @@ -1757,31 +2078,31 @@ msgstr "Avrupa için protokol (EDSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "Sonra ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. Sonra parametreler için sorulcaktır:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Sonra ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. " +"Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</" +"guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. " +"Sonra parametreler için sorulcaktır:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Bağlanrı ismi" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Telefon numarası" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "Oturum ID" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Kimlik Denetimi yöntemi" @@ -1791,43 +2112,49 @@ msgstr "Kimlik Denetimi yöntemi" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "Bundan sonra IP adresinizi otomatik mi yoksa elle mi elde ettiğinizi seçmeniz gerekir. Eğer ikincisiyse IP adresi ve Altağ maskesini belirtin." +msgstr "" +"Bundan sonra IP adresinizi otomatik mi yoksa elle mi elde ettiğinizi " +"seçmeniz gerekir. Eğer ikincisiyse IP adresi ve Altağ maskesini belirtin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" -msgstr "Sonraki metod DNS sunucu adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya elle, seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda şunları girmelisiniz:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"Sonraki metod DNS sunucu adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya " +"elle, seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda şunları girmelisiniz:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Alanadı ismi" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Birinci ve ikinci DNS Sunucu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Eğer makineadı IP ile ayarlanıp ayarlanmadığını seçiniz. Bunu sadece sağlayıcınızın bunu kabul edecek şekilde yapılandırıldığından eminseniz seçin." +msgstr "" +"Eğer makineadı IP ile ayarlanıp ayarlanmadığını seçiniz. Bunu sadece " +"sağlayıcınızın bunu kabul edecek şekilde yapılandırıldığından eminseniz " +"seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." -msgstr "Sonraki metod ağgeçidi adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya elle, seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda IP adresini girmelisiniz:" +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"Sonraki metod ağgeçidi adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya elle, " +"seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda IP adresini girmelisiniz:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1840,103 +2167,92 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri ve Windows sürücüleri için bir girdi (ndiswrapper) listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi seçiniz. ndiswrapper'ı sadece diğer yapılandırma metodları işe yaramadığında kullanın." +msgstr "" +"İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri ve Windows sürücüleri için bir girdi " +"(ndiswrapper) listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi seçiniz. ndiswrapper'ı " +"sadece diğer yapılandırma metodları işe yaramadığında kullanın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "Bu adımda kartın algıladığı farklı erişim noktaları arasında seçim verilir." +msgstr "" +"Bu adımda kartın algıladığı farklı erişim noktaları arasında seçim verilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Kablosuz kart için sağlanacak belirli parametreler:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "İşlem modu:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Yönetildi" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Varolan bir erişim noktasına erişmek için (çoğunlukla)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-hoc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Bilgisayarlar arasındaki doğrudan bağlantıyı yapılandırmak için." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Ağ İsmi (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "Şifreleme modu: Erişim noktasının nasıl yapılandırıldığına bağlıdır." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "Eğer donanımınız izin veriyor ise şifreleme modu tercih edilir." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "Bazı eski donanımlar sadece bu şifreleme metodunu kullanır." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Şifreleme anahtarı" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Bu genellikle erişim noktasına verilen donanım ile sağlanır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1944,10 +2260,11 @@ msgstr "Bu genellikle erişim noktasına verilen donanım ile sağlanır." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere verilir. " +msgstr "" +"Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere " +"verilir. " -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1957,49 +2274,63 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak localhost.localdomain ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. " - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu tarafından mı " +"yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz gerekir. " +"İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın " +"HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse " +"varsayılan olarak localhost.localdomain ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP " +"sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> " +"seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. " + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işareli): NIS sunucuları belirt" +msgstr "" +"DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işareli): NIS sunucuları belirt" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantılar için ortak olan adım açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantılar için ortak olan adım " +"açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu açıklamak zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu açıklamak zorundasınız. " +"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME " +"belirtilmemişse, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan " +"olarak verilecektir." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." -msgstr "Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ " +"maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS " +"sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." -msgstr "Gelişmiş ayarlarda <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirsiniz. Bu, makineadınıza ilk isim olmadan görünmelidir." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"Gelişmiş ayarlarda <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirsiniz. Bu, " +"makineadınıza ilk isim olmadan görünmelidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2011,11 +2342,14 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir GPRS/Edge/3G bağlantısı" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Eğer araç kablosuz ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu yapılandırmanızı önerir." +msgstr "" +"Eğer araç kablosuz ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu " +"yapılandırmanızı önerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "PIN numarası isteniyor. PIN numarası gerekmiyorsa devam edin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2023,15 +2357,16 @@ msgstr "PIN numarası isteniyor. PIN numarası gerekmiyorsa devam edin." msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "Sihirbaz ağı soruyor. Eğer bulunmamışsa <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin." +msgstr "" +"Sihirbaz ağı soruyor. Eğer bulunmamışsa <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> " +"seçeneğini seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Erişim ayarlarını sağlayın" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Erişim Noktası İsmi" @@ -2046,14 +2381,12 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir Blurtooth Çevirmeli Ağ bağlantısı" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "Yeni bir Analog telefon modem bağlantısı (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Elle seçim" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Donanım bulundu, eğer varsa." @@ -2068,73 +2401,69 @@ msgstr "Bir port listesi sunuldu. Portunuzu seçiniz." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Eğer hala kurulmadıysa, <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> paketini kurmanız önerilir" +msgstr "" +"Eğer hala kurulmadıysa, <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> paketini " +"kurmanız önerilir" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. Sonra Çevirmeli seçenekleri sorulcaktır:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. " +"Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</" +"guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. " +"Sonra Çevirmeli seçenekleri sorulcaktır:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Bağlantı ismi</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Telefon numarası</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Oturum ID</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Parola</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Kimlik Denetimi</emphasis>, seçiniz:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Betik Tabanlı" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Uçbirim-tabanlı" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2168,7 +2497,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Trafik muhasebesini etkinleştir</emphasis>" #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin ver</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin ver</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2176,7 +2506,10 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "Kablosuz bağlantı durumunda, tamamlayıcı bir kutu, sinyal gücüne göre otomatik olarak erişim noktasını değiştiren <emphasis>Erişim noktası dolaşımına izin ver</emphasis> bulunur." +msgstr "" +"Kablosuz bağlantı durumunda, tamamlayıcı bir kutu, sinyal gücüne göre " +"otomatik olarak erişim noktasını değiştiren <emphasis>Erişim noktası " +"dolaşımına izin ver</emphasis> bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2208,10 +2541,10 @@ msgstr "IPv6' dan IPv4 tünellemeyi etkinleştir" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "Son adım bağlantının hemen başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını belirtmenizi sağlar." +msgstr "" +"Son adım bağlantının hemen başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını belirtmenizi sağlar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2226,8 +2559,7 @@ msgstr "Yönetici olarak bir komut satırı açın" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2235,17 +2567,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</" +"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> doğrudan root olarak bir uç birim açmanızı sağlar. Bununla ilgili daha fazla bilgiye ihtiyacınız olmadığını düşünüyoruz. " +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> doğrudan root olarak bir uç " +"birim açmanızı sağlar. Bununla ilgili daha fazla bilgiye ihtiyacınız " +"olmadığını düşünüyoruz. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2257,8 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "Disk bölümlerini yönet" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk veya diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2266,10 +2602,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında ve root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> veya <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında ve root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</" +"emphasis> veya <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> yazarak " +"başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2277,19 +2616,25 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> çok kuvvetlidir, küçücük bir hata veya bir kedinin klavyenizin üzerinde dolaşması bir bölmümdeki tüm verileri kaybatmenize veya hatta tüm sabit diskin silinmesine yol açabilir. Bu yüzden araç ekranının en üstünde yukarıdaki ekranı göreceksiniz. Devam etmek istediğinize emin değilseniz <emphasis>Çıkış</emphasis>a tıklayınız." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> çok kuvvetlidir, küçücük " +"bir hata veya bir kedinin klavyenizin üzerinde dolaşması bir bölmümdeki tüm " +"verileri kaybatmenize veya hatta tüm sabit diskin silinmesine yol açabilir. " +"Bu yüzden araç ekranının en üstünde yukarıdaki ekranı göreceksiniz. Devam " +"etmek istediğinize emin değilseniz <emphasis>Çıkış</emphasis>a tıklayınız." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Eğer birden fazla sabit diskiniz varsa, doğru sekmeyi seçerek (sda, sdb, sdc vb.) üzerinde çalışmak istediğiniz sabit diske geçebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Eğer birden fazla sabit diskiniz varsa, doğru sekmeyi seçerek (sda, sdb, sdc " +"vb.) üzerinde çalışmak istediğiniz sabit diske geçebilirsiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2299,12 +2644,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." -msgstr "Sabit diskinizi tercihlerinize göre ayarlamak için bir çok işlem arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Tüm sabit diski silme, bölme ya da birleştirme, yeniden boyutlandırma ya da dosya sistemini değiştirme, biçimlendirme ya da bir bölümde ne olduğunu görüntüleme: hepsi mümkün. En alttaki <emphasis><guibutton>Tümünü temizle</guibutton></emphasis> düğmesi tüm diski silmek içindir, sağ taraftaki diğer düğmeler bir bölüme tıkladığınızda görünür olur." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Sabit diskinizi tercihlerinize göre ayarlamak için bir çok işlem arasından " +"seçim yapabilirsiniz. Tüm sabit diski silme, bölme ya da birleştirme, " +"yeniden boyutlandırma ya da dosya sistemini değiştirme, biçimlendirme ya da " +"bir bölümde ne olduğunu görüntüleme: hepsi mümkün. En alttaki " +"<emphasis><guibutton>Tümünü temizle</guibutton></emphasis> düğmesi tüm diski " +"silmek içindir, sağ taraftaki diğer düğmeler bir bölüme tıkladığınızda " +"görünür olur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2312,7 +2663,10 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Eğer seçilen bölüm bağlanmışsa, aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi, yeniden boyutlandırmayı, biçimlendirmeyi veya silmeyi seçemezsiniz. Bunun için önce bölümün ayırılması gerekir." +msgstr "" +"Eğer seçilen bölüm bağlanmışsa, aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi, yeniden " +"boyutlandırmayı, biçimlendirmeyi veya silmeyi seçemezsiniz. Bunun için önce " +"bölümün ayırılması gerekir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2326,15 +2680,17 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "Bölüm türünü değiştirmek için (örneğin ext3'den ext4'e) bölümü silmeli ve yeniden oluşturmalısınız. Boş bir bölüm seçildiğinde <guibutton role=\"bold\">Oluştur</guibutton> düğmesi görünecektir." +msgstr "" +"Bölüm türünü değiştirmek için (örneğin ext3'den ext4'e) bölümü silmeli ve " +"yeniden oluşturmalısınız. Boş bir bölüm seçildiğinde <guibutton role=\"bold" +"\">Oluştur</guibutton> düğmesi görünecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Varolmayan bir bağlama noktaı seçebilirsiniz, oluşturulacaktır." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2345,10 +2701,12 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Uzman moduna geç</guibutton></emphasis> seçilerek, aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsünde görüldüğü gibi, bölümü etiketleme gibi bazı ek işlemler gelir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Uzman moduna geç</guibutton></emphasis> seçilerek, " +"aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsünde görüldüğü gibi, bölümü etiketleme gibi bazı ek " +"işlemler gelir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2363,8 +2721,7 @@ msgstr "Görüntü yöneticisini ayarla" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2372,17 +2729,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." -msgstr "Burada<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> masaüstü ortamınızda oturum açmak için hangi görüntü yöneticisini kullanacağınızı seçebilirsiniz. Sadece sisteminize uygun olanlar gösterilecektir. " +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"Burada<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> masaüstü ortamınızda oturum " +"açmak için hangi görüntü yöneticisini kullanacağınızı seçebilirsiniz. Sadece " +"sisteminize uygun olanlar gösterilecektir. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2390,7 +2752,11 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "Çoğu kullanıcı sadece sağlanan oturum açma ekranının farklı olduğuna dikkat eder. Bununla birlikte, sağlanan özelliklerde de farklılıklar bulunur. LZDM düşük yoğunluklu bir görüntü yöneticisidir, KDM ve GDM daha fazla ek özelliğe sahiptir." +msgstr "" +"Çoğu kullanıcı sadece sağlanan oturum açma ekranının farklı olduğuna dikkat " +"eder. Bununla birlikte, sağlanan özelliklerde de farklılıklar bulunur. LZDM " +"düşük yoğunluklu bir görüntü yöneticisidir, KDM ve GDM daha fazla ek " +"özelliğe sahiptir." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2402,8 +2768,7 @@ msgstr "Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı ayarlayın" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2411,9 +2776,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2422,18 +2789,28 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki Güvenlik sekmesinde \"Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı ayarlayın\" etiketiyle bulunur. \"Sistem güvenliğini, yetkileri ve denetimi yapılandır\" kısmının ilk sekmesindekiyle aynı araçtır." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim " +"Merkezindeki Güvenlik sekmesinde \"Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı ayarlayın\" " +"etiketiyle bulunur. \"Sistem güvenliğini, yetkileri ve denetimi yapılandır\" " +"kısmının ilk sekmesindekiyle aynı araçtır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "Temel bir güvenlik duvarı Mageia tarafından kurulmuştur. Dışarıdan gelen tüm bağlantılar eğer yetkilendirilmemişse bloklanır. Yukarıdaki ilk ekranda dış bağlantı girişimlerinin kabul edildiği servisleri seçebilirsiniz. Güvenliğiniz için, eğer güvenlik duvarını devre dışı bırakmak istemiyorsanız, ilk kutunun - <guilabel>Herşey (güvenlik duvarı yok)</guilabel> - işaretini kaldırın, ve gerekli servisleri işaretleyin." +msgstr "" +"Temel bir güvenlik duvarı Mageia tarafından kurulmuştur. Dışarıdan gelen tüm " +"bağlantılar eğer yetkilendirilmemişse bloklanır. Yukarıdaki ilk ekranda dış " +"bağlantı girişimlerinin kabul edildiği servisleri seçebilirsiniz. " +"Güvenliğiniz için, eğer güvenlik duvarını devre dışı bırakmak " +"istemiyorsanız, ilk kutunun - <guilabel>Herşey (güvenlik duvarı yok)</" +"guilabel> - işaretini kaldırın, ve gerekli servisleri işaretleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2442,7 +2819,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "Açılacak port numaralarını elle girmek mümkündür. <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınca yeni bir pencere açılır. <guilabel>Diğer portlar</guilabel> alanında gerekli portları aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi giriniz:" +msgstr "" +"Açılacak port numaralarını elle girmek mümkündür. <guibutton>Gelişmiş</" +"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınca yeni bir pencere açılır. <guilabel>Diğer " +"portlar</guilabel> alanında gerekli portları aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi " +"giriniz:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -2452,7 +2833,8 @@ msgstr "80/tcp : port 80 tcp protokolünü aç" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" -msgstr "24000:24010/udp : 24000'den 24010'e kadar tüm udp protokolü portlarını aç" +msgstr "" +"24000:24010/udp : 24000'den 24010'e kadar tüm udp protokolü portlarını aç" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 @@ -2464,10 +2846,12 @@ msgstr "Listelenen portlar boşlukla ayırılmış olmalı." msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "Eğer <guilabel>Güvenlik duvarı mesajlarını sistem günlüklerine kaydet</guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmişse, güvenlik duvar mesajı sistem günlüklerine kaydedilir." +msgstr "" +"Eğer <guilabel>Güvenlik duvarı mesajlarını sistem günlüklerine kaydet</" +"guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmişse, güvenlik duvar mesajı sistem günlüklerine " +"kaydedilir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2478,7 +2862,10 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Konağa özel servisleriniz yoksa (web veya e-posta, sunucu, dosya paylaşımı, ...) hiçbirini işaretlememiz mümkündür, hatta tavsiye edilir. Bu sizin İnternete bağlanmanızı engellemez." +msgstr "" +"Konağa özel servisleriniz yoksa (web veya e-posta, sunucu, dosya " +"paylaşımı, ...) hiçbirini işaretlememiz mümkündür, hatta tavsiye edilir. Bu " +"sizin İnternete bağlanmanızı engellemez." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2488,24 +2875,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "Bir sonraki ekran Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı seçeneklerini halleder. Bu özellik, eğer en azından ilk kutu<guilabel>Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı kullan </guilabel> işaretlenmişse, bağlantı girişimleri ile ilgili uyarı almanızı sağlar. Eğer portlar taranacaksa (bazı yerlerdeki hataları bulmak için ve makineyi girmek için) ikinci kutuyu işaretleyin. Üçüncüden itibaren her kutu ilk ekranda açtığınız bir porta karşılık gelir; aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsünde, böyle iki kutu bulunur: SSH sunucu ve 80:150/tcp. Bu portlara her bağlantı girişimide uyarı almak için bunları işaretleyin." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"Bir sonraki ekran Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı seçeneklerini halleder. Bu " +"özellik, eğer en azından ilk kutu<guilabel>Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı " +"kullan </guilabel> işaretlenmişse, bağlantı girişimleri ile ilgili uyarı " +"almanızı sağlar. Eğer portlar taranacaksa (bazı yerlerdeki hataları bulmak " +"için ve makineyi girmek için) ikinci kutuyu işaretleyin. Üçüncüden itibaren " +"her kutu ilk ekranda açtığınız bir porta karşılık gelir; aşağıdaki ekran " +"görüntüsünde, böyle iki kutu bulunur: SSH sunucu ve 80:150/tcp. Bu portlara " +"her bağlantı girişimide uyarı almak için bunları işaretleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "Bu uyarılar ağ applet'i tarafından açılan pencere ile verilir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2514,16 +2907,21 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." -msgstr "Son ekranda, hangi ağ arayüzlerinin İnternete bağlanacağını ve korumalı olması gerektiğini. Bir kez TAMAM düğmesi tıklandığında gerekli paketler indirilir." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"Son ekranda, hangi ağ arayüzlerinin İnternete bağlanacağını ve korumalı " +"olması gerektiğini. Bir kez TAMAM düğmesi tıklandığında gerekli paketler " +"indirilir." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Hangisini seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, MCC sekmesinde Ağ & İnternet bakınız, Yeni bir Ağ arayüzü kur'u seçiniz." +msgstr "" +"Hangisini seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, MCC sekmesinde Ağ & İnternet " +"bakınız, Yeni bir Ağ arayüzü kur'u seçiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 @@ -2535,8 +2933,7 @@ msgstr "Fontları yönet, ekle ve sil. Windows(TM) fontlarını içe aktar." msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2544,9 +2941,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</" +"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2555,7 +2954,11 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur. Bilgisayarınızda bulunan fontları yönetmenize izin verir. Ana ekran aşağıda gösteriliyor:" +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur. " +"Bilgisayarınızda bulunan fontları yönetmenize izin verir. Ana ekran aşağıda " +"gösteriliyor:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -2575,14 +2978,17 @@ msgstr "bazı düğmeler burada daha sonra açıklanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows Fontlarını Getir: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows Fontlarını Getir: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "Bu düğme otomatik olarak Windows bölümünde bulunan fontları ekler. Kurulu Microsoft Windows olmalıdır." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"Bu düğme otomatik olarak Windows bölümünde bulunan fontları ekler. Kurulu " +"Microsoft Windows olmalıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2592,9 +2998,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Seçenekler:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." -msgstr "Bu sizin uygulamaların veya aygıtların (çoğunlukla yazıcılar) fontları kullanabileceklerini belirtmenizi sağlar." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"Bu sizin uygulamaların veya aygıtların (çoğunlukla yazıcılar) fontları " +"kullanabileceklerini belirtmenizi sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2607,7 +3015,10 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "Bu düğme kurulu fontların kaldırılması ve muhtemelen yer kazanılması içindir. Fontları kaldırıken dikkatli olun çünkü onları kullanan belgelere ciddi sonuçlar doğurabilir." +msgstr "" +"Bu düğme kurulu fontların kaldırılması ve muhtemelen yer kazanılması " +"içindir. Fontları kaldırıken dikkatli olun çünkü onları kullanan belgelere " +"ciddi sonuçlar doğurabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2619,18 +3030,26 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">İçe aktar:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "Üçüncü partiden (CD, internet, ...) fontları eklemenizi sağlar. Desteklenen biçimler ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ve gsf'dir. <emphasis role=\"bold\">İçe aktar</emphasis> düğmesine ve sonra <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekle</emphasis>ye tıklayın, kurulacak fontları seçebileceğiniz bir dosya yöneticisi açılır, bitince <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kur</emphasis>a tıklayın. /usr/share/fonts altına kurulurlar." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"Üçüncü partiden (CD, internet, ...) fontları eklemenizi sağlar. Desteklenen " +"biçimler ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ve gsf'dir. <emphasis role=\"bold\">İçe " +"aktar</emphasis> düğmesine ve sonra <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekle</" +"emphasis>ye tıklayın, kurulacak fontları seçebileceğiniz bir dosya " +"yöneticisi açılır, bitince <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kur</emphasis>a " +"tıklayın. /usr/share/fonts altına kurulurlar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Eğer yeni kurulmuş (ya da kaldırılmış) fontlarDrakfon ana ekranında görünmüyorsa, değişiklikleri görmek için kapatıp yeniden açın." +msgstr "" +"Eğer yeni kurulmuş (ya da kaldırılmış) fontlarDrakfon ana ekranında " +"görünmüyorsa, değişiklikleri görmek için kapatıp yeniden açın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2642,8 +3061,7 @@ msgstr "Ebeveyn Denetimi" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2651,18 +3069,23 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</" +"emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <guilabel>Ebeveyn Denetimi</guilabel> sekmesinde bulunur. Bu etiketi görmüyor iseniz drakguard paketini kurmalısınız (varsayılan olarak kurulmaz)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde " +"<guilabel>Ebeveyn Denetimi</guilabel> sekmesinde bulunur. Bu etiketi " +"görmüyor iseniz drakguard paketini kurmalısınız (varsayılan olarak kurulmaz)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -2675,30 +3098,41 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard bilgisayarınızda kimin neyi günün hangi saatinde yapabileceğini sınırlandıran ebeveyn denetimini yapılandırmak için kolay bir yoldur. Drakguard'ın üç kullanışlı özelliği vardır:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard bilgisayarınızda kimin neyi günün hangi saatinde yapabileceğini " +"sınırlandıran ebeveyn denetimini yapılandırmak için kolay bir yoldur. " +"Drakguard'ın üç kullanışlı özelliği vardır:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Web erişimini belirli kullanıcılar için günün belirli zamanlarında sınırlar. Bunu Mageia içinde kurulu shorewall güvenlik duvarını kontrol ederek yapar." +msgstr "" +"Web erişimini belirli kullanıcılar için günün belirli zamanlarında sınırlar. " +"Bunu Mageia içinde kurulu shorewall güvenlik duvarını kontrol ederek yapar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "Belirli komutların belirli kullanıcılar tarafından çalıştırılmasını engeller, bu sayede sadece izin verdiklerinizi çalıştırabilir." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"Belirli komutların belirli kullanıcılar tarafından çalıştırılmasını " +"engeller, bu sayede sadece izin verdiklerinizi çalıştırabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Web sayfalarına erişimi hem elle tanımlanmış karaliste/beyazliste yoluyla, hem de web site içerğine dayalı bir şekilde dinamik olarak sınırlar. Drakkguard bunu yapmak için lider açık kaynaklı ebeveyn denetimi engelleyici DansGuardian kullanır." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Web sayfalarına erişimi hem elle tanımlanmış karaliste/beyazliste yoluyla, " +"hem de web site içerğine dayalı bir şekilde dinamik olarak sınırlar. " +"Drakkguard bunu yapmak için lider açık kaynaklı ebeveyn denetimi engelleyici " +"DansGuardian kullanır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2712,19 +3146,30 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Eğer bilgisayarınızda Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS biçiminde biçimlendirilmiş bir sabit disk bölümü varsa, bölünleriniz üzerinde ACL'i yapılandırmayı öneren bir açılır pencere göreceksiniz. ACL'in açılımı Erişim Kontrol Listeleridir, ve Linux çekirdeğinin tekil dosyaların erişimini belirli kullanıcılarla sınırlandıran bir özelliidir. ACL Ext4 ve Btrfs içine inşa edilmiştir fakat Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS'de bir seçenek ile etkinleştirilmelidir. Eğer 'Evet'i seçerseniz drakguard tüm bölümleri ACL destekli yapılandıracaktır ve size yeniden başlatmayı önerecektir." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Eğer bilgisayarınızda Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS biçiminde biçimlendirilmiş " +"bir sabit disk bölümü varsa, bölünleriniz üzerinde ACL'i yapılandırmayı " +"öneren bir açılır pencere göreceksiniz. ACL'in açılımı Erişim Kontrol " +"Listeleridir, ve Linux çekirdeğinin tekil dosyaların erişimini belirli " +"kullanıcılarla sınırlandıran bir özelliidir. ACL Ext4 ve Btrfs içine inşa " +"edilmiştir fakat Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS'de bir seçenek ile " +"etkinleştirilmelidir. Eğer 'Evet'i seçerseniz drakguard tüm bölümleri ACL " +"destekli yapılandıracaktır ve size yeniden başlatmayı önerecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ebeveyn kontrolünü etkinleştir</guibutton>: İşaretlenmişse, ebeveyn kontrolü etkiinleştirilir ve <guilabel>Programları engelle</guilabel> sekmesi açılır." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ebeveyn kontrolünü etkinleştir</guibutton>: İşaretlenmişse, " +"ebeveyn kontrolü etkiinleştirilir ve <guilabel>Programları engelle</" +"guilabel> sekmesi açılır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -2732,7 +3177,10 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "<guibutton>Tüm ağ trafiğini engelle</guibutton>: Eğer işaretlenmişse, tüm web sayfaları engellenir. Aksi durumda karalistede sekmesindekiler hariç tüm web sayfalarına izin verilir." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Tüm ağ trafiğini engelle</guibutton>: Eğer işaretlenmişse, tüm " +"web sayfaları engellenir. Aksi durumda karalistede sekmesindekiler hariç tüm " +"web sayfalarına izin verilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -2744,7 +3192,15 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "<guibutton>Kullanıcı erişimi</guibutton>: Sol taraftaki kullanıcılar tanımladığınız kurallara bağlı olarak erişim sınırlandırmalarına sahip olacaktır. Sağ taraftaki kullanıcılar sınırlandırılmamış erişime sahip olacaktır, böylece yetişkin kullanıcılar güçlük yaşamayacaktır. Sol taraftan bir kullanıcı seçiniz ve onu izin verilen kullanıcılara eklemek için <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. Sağ taraftan bir kullanıcı seçiniz ve onu izin verilmiş kullanıcılardan çıkartmak için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Kullanıcı erişimi</guibutton>: Sol taraftaki kullanıcılar " +"tanımladığınız kurallara bağlı olarak erişim sınırlandırmalarına sahip " +"olacaktır. Sağ taraftaki kullanıcılar sınırlandırılmamış erişime sahip " +"olacaktır, böylece yetişkin kullanıcılar güçlük yaşamayacaktır. Sol taraftan " +"bir kullanıcı seçiniz ve onu izin verilen kullanıcılara eklemek için " +"<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. Sağ taraftan bir kullanıcı " +"seçiniz ve onu izin verilmiş kullanıcılardan çıkartmak için " +"<guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -2753,7 +3209,11 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "<guibutton>Zaman denetimi:</guibutton> Eğer işaretlenmişse, internet erişimine <guilabel>Başlangıç</guilabel> zamanı ve <guilabel>Bitiş</guilabel> zamanı arasında izin verilir. It is totally blocked outside these time window. Bu zamandilimi dışında tamamen engellenir." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Zaman denetimi:</guibutton> Eğer işaretlenmişse, internet " +"erişimine <guilabel>Başlangıç</guilabel> zamanı ve <guilabel>Bitiş</" +"guilabel> zamanı arasında izin verilir. It is totally blocked outside these " +"time window. Bu zamandilimi dışında tamamen engellenir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2765,7 +3225,9 @@ msgstr "Karaliste/Beyazliste sekmesi" msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "En üstte ilk alanda web sayfası URL'sini girin ve <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"En üstte ilk alanda web sayfası URL'sini girin ve <guibutton>Ekle</" +"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2775,17 +3237,22 @@ msgstr "Programları Engelle Sekmesi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "<guibutton>Tanımlanan Uygulamaları Engelle</guibutton>: Belirli uygulamaların erişimini sınırlandırmak için ACL kullanımını etkinleştirir. Engellemek istediğiniz uygulamaların yolunu ekleyin." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Tanımlanan Uygulamaları Engelle</guibutton>: Belirli " +"uygulamaların erişimini sınırlandırmak için ACL kullanımını etkinleştirir. " +"Engellemek istediğiniz uygulamaların yolunu ekleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "<guibutton>Engelsiz Kullanıcılar listesi</guibutton>: Sağ tarafta listelenen kullanıcılar acl engellemesine tabi değildir." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Engelsiz Kullanıcılar listesi</guibutton>: Sağ tarafta listelenen " +"kullanıcılar acl engellemesine tabi değildir." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2797,8 +3264,7 @@ msgstr "İnternet bağlantısını diğer yerel makinelerle paylaşın" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2808,8 +3274,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Prensipler" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" @@ -2824,14 +3289,22 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Bu Internet (2) erişimi olan ve ayrıca yerel bir ağa (1) bağlı bir bilgisayarınız (3) olduğunda kullanışlıdır. Bilgisayarı (3) erişimi yerel ağdaki (1) diğer iş istasyonlarına (5) ve (6) vermek için ağ geçidi olarak kullanabilirsiniz. Bunun için, ağ geçidinin iki arayüzü olmalıdır; birincisi ethernet kartı gibi, yerel ağa bağlı olmalı, ve ikincisi (4) İnternete (2) bağlı olmalı." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Bu Internet (2) erişimi olan ve " +"ayrıca yerel bir ağa (1) bağlı bir bilgisayarınız (3) olduğunda " +"kullanışlıdır. Bilgisayarı (3) erişimi yerel ağdaki (1) diğer iş " +"istasyonlarına (5) ve (6) vermek için ağ geçidi olarak kullanabilirsiniz. " +"Bunun için, ağ geçidinin iki arayüzü olmalıdır; birincisi ethernet kartı " +"gibi, yerel ağa bağlı olmalı, ve ikincisi (4) İnternete (2) bağlı olmalı." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "İlk adım ağ ve İnternete erişimin <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> belgesinde anlatıldığı gibi ayarlandığını doğrulamaktır." +msgstr "" +"İlk adım ağ ve İnternete erişimin <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> " +"belgesinde anlatıldığı gibi ayarlandığını doğrulamaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2841,23 +3314,29 @@ msgstr "Ağ geçidi sihirbazı" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" -msgstr "Sihirbaz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aşağıda gösterilen ardıl adımları önerir:" +msgstr "" +"Sihirbaz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aşağıda gösterilen ardıl " +"adımları önerir:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Eğer sihirbaz en azında iki arayüz algılamazsa, bunun hakkında uyarır ve ağ ve donanım yapılandırmasını durdurmayı ister." +msgstr "" +"Eğer sihirbaz en azında iki arayüz algılamazsa, bunun hakkında uyarır ve ağ " +"ve donanım yapılandırmasını durdurmayı ister." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -2865,22 +3344,30 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "İnternet bağlantısı için kullanılan arayüzü belirtin. Sihirbaz otomatik olarak arayüzlerden birini önerir, fakat önerilenin doğru olduğunu kontrol etmeniz gerekir." +msgstr "" +"İnternet bağlantısı için kullanılan arayüzü belirtin. Sihirbaz otomatik " +"olarak arayüzlerden birini önerir, fakat önerilenin doğru olduğunu kontrol " +"etmeniz gerekir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "Lan erişimi için hangi arayüzün kullanılacağını belirtin. Sihirbaz ayrıca bir tane önerir, doğru olduğunu kontrol edin." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"Lan erişimi için hangi arayüzün kullanılacağını belirtin. Sihirbaz ayrıca " +"bir tane önerir, doğru olduğunu kontrol edin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "Sihirbaz, IP adresi, ağ maskesi ve alan adı gibi, yerel ağ için parametreler önerir. Bu parametrenin yapılandırmanızla uygun olduğunu kontrol edin. Bu değerleri kabul etmeniz tavsiye edilir:" +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"Sihirbaz, IP adresi, ağ maskesi ve alan adı gibi, yerel ağ için parametreler " +"önerir. Bu parametrenin yapılandırmanızla uygun olduğunu kontrol edin. Bu " +"değerleri kabul etmeniz tavsiye edilir:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -2888,15 +3375,21 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "bilgisayarın bir DNS sunucu olarak kullanılmak zorunda olup olmadığını belirtin. Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>bind</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder. Aksi durumda, DNS sunucunun adresini belirtmeniz gerekir." +msgstr "" +"bilgisayarın bir DNS sunucu olarak kullanılmak zorunda olup olmadığını " +"belirtin. Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>bind</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu kontrol " +"eder. Aksi durumda, DNS sunucunun adresini belirtmeniz gerekir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "bilgisayarın bir DHCP sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını belirtin. Evet ise, sihirbaz <code>dhcp-server</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder ve DHCP aralığındaki başlangıç ve bitiş adresleri ile yapılandırmayı önerir." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"bilgisayarın bir DHCP sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını belirtin. " +"Evet ise, sihirbaz <code>dhcp-server</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder " +"ve DHCP aralığındaki başlangıç ve bitiş adresleri ile yapılandırmayı önerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -2905,20 +3398,29 @@ msgid "" "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "bilgisayarın vekil sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını belirtin. Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>squid</code>in kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder ve, yönetici adresi (admin@mydomain.com), vekil sunucu ismi (myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) ve önbellek boyutu (100 Mb) ile yapılandırmayı önerir. " +msgstr "" +"bilgisayarın vekil sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını belirtin. " +"Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>squid</code>in kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder ve, " +"yönetici adresi (admin@mydomain.com), vekil sunucu ismi " +"(myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) ve önbellek boyutu (100 Mb) ile " +"yapılandırmayı önerir. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "Son adım ağ geçidi olan makinanın yazıcılara bağlı olup olmadığını ve onları paylaşıp paylaşmayacağını işaretlemenizi sağlar." +msgstr "" +"Son adım ağ geçidi olan makinanın yazıcılara bağlı olup olmadığını ve onları " +"paylaşıp paylaşmayacağını işaretlemenizi sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "Güvenlik duvarının aktif olup olmadığını kontrol etmeniz gerektiği hakkında uyarılacaksınız." +msgstr "" +"Güvenlik duvarının aktif olup olmadığını kontrol etmeniz gerektiği hakkında " +"uyarılacaksınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -2931,9 +3433,12 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." -msgstr "Ağ geçidi makinasını DHCP ile yapılandırdıysanız, tek gerekli olan ağ yapılandırma aracında adresi otomatik olarak aldığınızı (DHCP kullanarak) belirtmenizdir. " +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"Ağ geçidi makinasını DHCP ile yapılandırdıysanız, tek gerekli olan ağ " +"yapılandırma aracında adresi otomatik olarak aldığınızı (DHCP kullanarak) " +"belirtmenizdir. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -2941,7 +3446,9 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "Eğer ağ parametrelerini elle belirtmeliyseniz, özellikle ağ geçidi olarak görev yapan makinanın IĞ-adresini ağ geçidi olarak girmelisiniz." +msgstr "" +"Eğer ağ parametrelerini elle belirtmeliyseniz, özellikle ağ geçidi olarak " +"görev yapan makinanın IĞ-adresini ağ geçidi olarak girmelisiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2952,9 +3459,10 @@ msgstr "Bağlantıyı paylaşmayı durdur" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." -msgstr "Mageia bilgisayarında paylaşımı durdurmak isterseniz, aracı çalıştırın. Bağlantıyı yeniden yapılandırmanızı veya ppaylaşımı durdurmayı önerecektir." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Mageia bilgisayarında paylaşımı durdurmak isterseniz, aracı çalıştırın. " +"Bağlantıyı yeniden yapılandırmanızı veya ppaylaşımı durdurmayı önerecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2966,8 +3474,7 @@ msgstr "Konakların tanımlaması" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2975,9 +3482,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</" +"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -2986,7 +3495,11 @@ msgid "" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Eğer ağınızdaki bazı sistemlerde size hizmet veriyorsa, ve sabit IP-adresleri varsa, bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> onlara kolaylıkla ulaşmak için isim vermenizi sağlar. Sonra IP-adresleri yerine isimleri kullanabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Eğer ağınızdaki bazı sistemlerde size hizmet veriyorsa, ve sabit IP-" +"adresleri varsa, bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> onlara " +"kolaylıkla ulaşmak için isim vermenizi sağlar. Sonra IP-adresleri yerine " +"isimleri kullanabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -2999,7 +3512,10 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "Bu düğme ile, sisteminiz için bir isim eklersiniz. IP-adresini, sistem için makina adını, ve seçimlik olarak makina adı ile benzer şekilde kullanılan bir mahlas belirteceğiniz bir pencere çıkacak." +msgstr "" +"Bu düğme ile, sisteminiz için bir isim eklersiniz. IP-adresini, sistem için " +"makina adını, ve seçimlik olarak makina adı ile benzer şekilde kullanılan " +"bir mahlas belirteceğiniz bir pencere çıkacak." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3011,7 +3527,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "Daha önce tanımlanan bir girdinin parametrelerine erişebilirsiniz. Aynı pencere karşınıza çıkacak." +msgstr "" +"Daha önce tanımlanan bir girdinin parametrelerine erişebilirsiniz. Aynı " +"pencere karşınıza çıkacak." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3023,8 +3541,7 @@ msgstr "Ağ arayüzleri ve güvenlik duvarı için gelişmiş kurulum" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3034,17 +3551,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına " +"yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile " +"iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</" +"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3056,8 +3578,7 @@ msgstr "Ağ Merkezi" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3065,9 +3586,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</" +"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3075,40 +3598,45 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde Ağ & İnternet sekmesinde bulunur." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde " +"Ağ & İnternet sekmesinde bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "Bu araç çalıştırıldığında bir pencere açılır, bilgisayardaki yapılandırılmış tüm ağları türlerine bağlı olmaksızın (kablolu, kablosuz, uydu, vb.) listeler.Birine tıkladığınızda, ağ türüne bağlı olarak, ağı gözlemek, ayarlarını değiştirmek, bağlanmak/bağlantıyı kesmek için üç ya da dört düğme ortaya çıkar.Bu araç ağ oluşturmak için değildir, bunun için aynı MDM sekmesinde <guilabel>Yeni bir ağ arayüzü kur (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> e bakınız." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç çalıştırıldığında bir pencere açılır, bilgisayardaki yapılandırılmış " +"tüm ağları türlerine bağlı olmaksızın (kablolu, kablosuz, uydu, vb.) " +"listeler.Birine tıkladığınızda, ağ türüne bağlı olarak, ağı gözlemek, " +"ayarlarını değiştirmek, bağlanmak/bağlantıyı kesmek için üç ya da dört düğme " +"ortaya çıkar.Bu araç ağ oluşturmak için değildir, bunun için aynı MDM " +"sekmesinde <guilabel>Yeni bir ağ arayüzü kur (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</" +"guilabel> e bakınız." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3118,36 +3646,51 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." -msgstr "Aşağıda örnek olarak verilen ekran görüntüsünde, iki ağ görüyoruz, ilki kablolu ve bağlı, <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> simgesinden anlaşılabilir ( bu bağlanmamış <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) ve ikinci bölüm kablosuz ağı gösterir, bağlanmamış olduğu <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> simgesinden anlaşılabilir ve eğer bağlanmışsa bu <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Diğer ağ türleri için, renk kodu daima aynıdır, bağlıysa yeşil, bağlı değilse kırmızı." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"Aşağıda örnek olarak verilen ekran görüntüsünde, iki ağ görüyoruz, ilki " +"kablolu ve bağlı, <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " +"simgesinden anlaşılabilir ( bu bağlanmamış <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) ve ikinci bölüm kablosuz ağı gösterir, " +"bağlanmamış olduğu <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> " +"simgesinden anlaşılabilir ve eğer bağlanmışsa bu <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Diğer ağ türleri için, renk kodu daima " +"aynıdır, bağlıysa yeşil, bağlı değilse kırmızı." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." -msgstr "Ekranın kablosuz tarafında, tüm algılanan aygıtları, <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Sinyal gücü</guilabel>, şifrelenmişlerse (kırmızı) veya değilse (yeşil), ve <guilabel>İşlem modu</guilabel> ile görebileceksiniz. Seçilmiş olana tıklayın ve sonra ya <guibutton>Ekran</guibutton>, ya <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> veya <guibutton>Bağlan</guibutton>a tıklayın. Burada bir ağdan diğerine gitmek mümkündür. Eğer özel bir ağ seçilmişse, Ağ Ayarları penceresi (aşağıya bakınız) açılacak ve ek ayarları soracaktır ( özellikle bir şifreleme anahtarı)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"Ekranın kablosuz tarafında, tüm algılanan aygıtları, <guilabel>SSID</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Sinyal gücü</guilabel>, şifrelenmişlerse (kırmızı) veya " +"değilse (yeşil), ve <guilabel>İşlem modu</guilabel> ile görebileceksiniz. " +"Seçilmiş olana tıklayın ve sonra ya <guibutton>Ekran</guibutton>, ya " +"<guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> veya <guibutton>Bağlan</guibutton>a " +"tıklayın. Burada bir ağdan diğerine gitmek mümkündür. Eğer özel bir ağ " +"seçilmişse, Ağ Ayarları penceresi (aşağıya bakınız) açılacak ve ek ayarları " +"soracaktır ( özellikle bir şifreleme anahtarı)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "Ekranı yenilemek için <guibutton>Yenileye</guibutton> tıklayınız." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3157,8 +3700,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "The Monitor button" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3168,9 +3710,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "Bu düğme ağ etkinliğini, indirmeleri (PC'ye gelen, kırmızı ile) ve yüklemeleri (İnternet'e doğru, yeşille) izlemenizi sağlar. Aynı ekrana <guimenu>Görev çubuğu İnternet simgesi -> Ağı Görüntüle</guimenu> ile de erişilebilir. " +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"Bu düğme ağ etkinliğini, indirmeleri (PC'ye gelen, kırmızı ile) ve " +"yüklemeleri (İnternet'e doğru, yeşille) izlemenizi sağlar. Aynı ekrana " +"<guimenu>Görev çubuğu İnternet simgesi -> Ağı Görüntüle</guimenu> ile de " +"erişilebilir. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3178,14 +3724,19 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Her bir ağ (burada eth0 kablolu ağ, lo yerel loopback ve wlan0 kablosuz ağdır) için bir sekme ve bağlantı durumunun detaylarını veren bir sekme bulunur. " +msgstr "" +"Her bir ağ (burada eth0 kablolu ağ, lo yerel loopback ve wlan0 kablosuz " +"ağdır) için bir sekme ve bağlantı durumunun detaylarını veren bir sekme " +"bulunur. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "Pencerenin altında <guilabel>Trafik muhasebesi</guilabel> başlığı var, buna bir sonraki bölümde bakacağız." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"Pencerenin altında <guilabel>Trafik muhasebesi</guilabel> başlığı var, buna " +"bir sonraki bölümde bakacağız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3197,8 +3748,7 @@ msgstr "Yapılandırma düğmesi" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Kablolu bir bağlantı için</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3208,9 +3758,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." -msgstr "Ağ oluşturma sürecinde verilen tüm ayarları değiştirmek mümkündür. Çoğu zaman, <guibutton>Otomatik IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>yi işaretlemek bunu yapar, fakat problem durumunda, elle yapılandırma daha iyi sonuçlar verir." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"Ağ oluşturma sürecinde verilen tüm ayarları değiştirmek mümkündür. Çoğu " +"zaman, <guibutton>Otomatik IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</" +"guibutton>yi işaretlemek bunu yapar, fakat problem durumunda, elle " +"yapılandırma daha iyi sonuçlar verir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3219,7 +3773,11 @@ msgid "" "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." -msgstr "Bir ev ağı için <guilabel>IP adresi</guilabel> genellikle 92.168.0.x, <guilabel>Ağ maskesi</guilabel> 255.255.255.0, ve <guilabel>Ağ Geçidi</guilabel> gibidir ve <guilabel>DNS sunucular</guilabel> sağlayıcınızın web sayfasından elde edilir." +msgstr "" +"Bir ev ağı için <guilabel>IP adresi</guilabel> genellikle 92.168.0.x, " +"<guilabel>Ağ maskesi</guilabel> 255.255.255.0, ve <guilabel>Ağ Geçidi</" +"guilabel> gibidir ve <guilabel>DNS sunucular</guilabel> sağlayıcınızın web " +"sayfasından elde edilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 @@ -3228,22 +3786,27 @@ msgid "" "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "<guibutton>Trafik muhasebesini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretlenmiş ise bu trafiği saatlik, günlük ve aylık olarak tutar. Sonuç önceki bölümde anlatılan Ağ ekranında görünür. Etkinleştirildiğinde ağa tekrar bağlanmanız gerekir." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Trafik muhasebesini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretlenmiş ise bu " +"trafiği saatlik, günlük ve aylık olarak tutar. Sonuç önceki bölümde " +"anlatılan Ağ ekranında görünür. Etkinleştirildiğinde ağa tekrar bağlanmanız " +"gerekir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin ver:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin " +"ver:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Gelişmiş Düğmesi:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3258,8 +3821,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Kablosuz bir bağlantı için</emphasis>" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "Sadece henüz yukarıda görünmeyen öğeler açıklanmıştır." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3277,12 +3839,19 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Eğer bağlantı erişim noktası vasıtası ileyse <guilabel>Yönetilmiş</guilabel>i eçiniz, algılanmış bir <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> bulunur. Eğer eşler arası bir ağ ise <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel>u seçiniz. Eğer ağ kartınız erişim noktası olarak kullanılıyorsa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Asıl</emphasis>ı seçiniz, ağ kartınızın bu modu desteklemesi gerekmektedir." +msgstr "" +"Eğer bağlantı erişim noktası vasıtası ileyse <guilabel>Yönetilmiş</" +"guilabel>i eçiniz, algılanmış bir <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> " +"bulunur. Eğer eşler arası bir ağ ise <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel>u seçiniz. " +"Eğer ağ kartınız erişim noktası olarak kullanılıyorsa <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Asıl</emphasis>ı seçiniz, ağ kartınızın bu modu desteklemesi " +"gerekmektedir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Şifreleme modu ve Şifreleme anahtarı</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Şifreleme modu ve Şifreleme anahtarı</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3292,11 +3861,15 @@ msgstr "Bu özel bir ağ ise, bu ayarları bilmelisiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." -msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> parola kullanır ve parola-cümleciği kullanan WPA'dan daha zayıftır. <guilabel>WPA Ön-paylaşımlı anahtar</guilabel> ayrıca kişisel WPA ya da WPA ev olarak adlandırılır. <guilabel>WPA Kurum</guilabel> özel ağlarda genellikle kullanılmaz." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> parola kullanır ve parola-cümleciği kullanan " +"WPA'dan daha zayıftır. <guilabel>WPA Ön-paylaşımlı anahtar</guilabel> ayrıca " +"kişisel WPA ya da WPA ev olarak adlandırılır. <guilabel>WPA Kurum</guilabel> " +"özel ağlarda genellikle kullanılmaz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 @@ -3308,10 +3881,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erişim noktası dolaşımına izin ver</emphasi msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Dolaşım, bilgisayarın İnternet bağlantısı devam ederken erişim noktasını değiştirmesini sağlayan bir teknolojidir." +msgstr "" +"Dolaşım, bilgisayarın İnternet bağlantısı devam ederken erişim noktasını " +"değiştirmesini sağlayan bir teknolojidir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3321,8 +3895,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "Gelişmiş Ayarlar düğmesi" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3337,8 +3910,7 @@ msgstr "Farklı Ağ profillerini yönet." msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3346,9 +3918,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">draknetprofile</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3360,8 +3934,7 @@ msgstr "Sürücü ve dizinleri NFS kullanarak paylaşın" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3374,28 +3947,32 @@ msgstr "Ön gereksinimler" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</" +"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "Sihirbaz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ilk kez çalıştırıldığında şu mesajı gösterir:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"Sihirbaz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ilk kez çalıştırıldığında " +"şu mesajı gösterir:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "nfs-utils paketinin kurulması gerekiyor. Kurulmasını ister misiniz?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 msgid "" "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." -msgstr "Kurulum tamamlandıktan sonra boş bir liste içeren bir pencere gösterilir." +msgstr "" +"Kurulum tamamlandıktan sonra boş bir liste içeren bir pencere gösterilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:42 @@ -3408,7 +3985,9 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "Paylaşılan dizinler listesi gösterilir. Bu adımda, liste boştur. <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesi bir yapılandırma aracına erişim verir." +msgstr "" +"Paylaşılan dizinler listesi gösterilir. Bu adımda, liste boştur. " +"<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesi bir yapılandırma aracına erişim verir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3421,10 +4000,12 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "Yapılandırma aracı \"Girdiyi değiştir\" ile etiketlenmiştir. Bu ayrıca <guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton> düğmesiyle de çalıştırılabilir. Takip eden parametreler kullanılabilir." +msgstr "" +"Yapılandırma aracı \"Girdiyi değiştir\" ile etiketlenmiştir. Bu ayrıca " +"<guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton> düğmesiyle de çalıştırılabilir. Takip eden " +"parametreler kullanılabilir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3440,7 +4021,9 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "Burada hangi dizinin paylaşılacağını belirtebilirsiniz. <guibutton>Dizin</guibutton> düğmesi gözatmanızı ve seçmenizi sağlar." +msgstr "" +"Burada hangi dizinin paylaşılacağını belirtebilirsiniz. <guibutton>Dizin</" +"guibutton> düğmesi gözatmanızı ve seçmenizi sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -3452,7 +4035,9 @@ msgstr "Konak erişimi" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "Burada paylaşılan dizinlere erişim yetkisine sahip konakları belirtebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Burada paylaşılan dizinlere erişim yetkisine sahip konakları " +"belirtebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3464,12 +4049,16 @@ msgstr "NFS istemciler çeşitli şekillerde belirtilebilir:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>tekil makina</emphasis>: ya çözücü tarafından algılanan bir kısaltılmış isim ya da tam sınıflandırılmış alan adı veya bir IP adresi olan bir makinadır." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>tekil makina</emphasis>: ya çözücü tarafından algılanan bir " +"kısaltılmış isim ya da tam sınıflandırılmış alan adı veya bir IP adresi olan " +"bir makinadır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." -msgstr "<emphasis>netgrupları</emphasis>: NIS netgrupları @group olarak verilebilir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>netgrupları</emphasis>: NIS netgrupları @group olarak verilebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 @@ -3477,7 +4066,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>joker karakterler</emphasis>: makina ismi * ve ? joker karakterleri içerebilir. Örnek: *.cs.foo.edu cs.foo.edu alanındaki tüm makinalarla eşleşir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>joker karakterler</emphasis>: makina ismi * ve ? joker " +"karakterleri içerebilir. Örnek: *.cs.foo.edu cs.foo.edu alanındaki tüm " +"makinalarla eşleşir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -3485,7 +4077,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP ağları</emphasis>: ayrıca dizinleri tüm makinalara IP (alt-)ağları üzerinden sırasıyla dışa aktarabilirsiniz. Örneğin, ya `/255.255.252.0' ya da `/22' ağ temel adresine eklenir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP ağları</emphasis>: ayrıca dizinleri tüm makinalara IP " +"(alt-)ağları üzerinden sırasıyla dışa aktarabilirsiniz. Örneğin, ya " +"`/255.255.252.0' ya da `/22' ağ temel adresine eklenir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -3497,32 +4092,46 @@ msgstr "Kullanıcı Kimlik Haritalaması" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>root kullanıcısını anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: uid/gid 0'dan gelen istekleri anonymous uid/gid (root_squash)'e haritalar. istemciden root kullanıcısı sunucudaki root tarafından oluştuulmuş dosyalara yazamaz ve okuyamaz." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>root kullanıcısını anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: uid/gid " +"0'dan gelen istekleri anonymous uid/gid (root_squash)'e haritalar. " +"istemciden root kullanıcısı sunucudaki root tarafından oluştuulmuş dosyalara " +"yazamaz ve okuyamaz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>uzaktan gerçek root erişimine izin ver</emphasis>: kök sıkıştırmayı kaldırır. Bu seçenek temel olarak disksiz istemcilerde (no_root_squash) uygundur." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>uzaktan gerçek root erişimine izin ver</emphasis>: kök " +"sıkıştırmayı kaldırır. Bu seçenek temel olarak disksiz istemcilerde " +"(no_root_squash) uygundur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>tüm kullanıcıları anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: tüm uidleri ve gidleri anonim kullanıcı (all_squash) olarak haritalar. NFS-dışa aktarılmış umumi FTP dizinleri, haber spool dizinleri, vb. için kullanışlıdır. Karşıt seçenek, hiçbir UID haritalama (no_all_squash) varsayılan ayardır." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>tüm kullanıcıları anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: tüm uidleri " +"ve gidleri anonim kullanıcı (all_squash) olarak haritalar. NFS-dışa " +"aktarılmış umumi FTP dizinleri, haber spool dizinleri, vb. için " +"kullanışlıdır. Karşıt seçenek, hiçbir UID haritalama (no_all_squash) " +"varsayılan ayardır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid ve anongid</emphasis>: anonim hesabın uid ve gid'sini kesin bir şekilde aayrlar." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>anonuid ve anongid</emphasis>: anonim hesabın uid ve gid'sini " +"kesin bir şekilde aayrlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -3533,9 +4142,12 @@ msgstr "Gelişmiş seçenekler" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Güvenli Bağlantı</emphasis>: bu seçenek IPPORT_RESERVED (1024)'den daha düşük bir internet portu kökenli istekleri gerektirir. Bu seçenek ön tanımlı olarak etkindir." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Güvenli Bağlantı</emphasis>: bu seçenek IPPORT_RESERVED (1024)'den " +"daha düşük bir internet portu kökenli istekleri gerektirir. Bu seçenek ön " +"tanımlı olarak etkindir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3544,7 +4156,11 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Sadece-okunabilir paylaşım</emphasis>: Bu NFS bölümünde ya sadece okuma veya hem okuma hem de yazma isteklerine izin ver. Ön tanımlı davranış, dosya sisteminde değişiklik yapan istekleri engellemektir. Bu ayrıac bu seçenek kullanılarak kesinleştirilebilir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Sadece-okunabilir paylaşım</emphasis>: Bu NFS bölümünde ya sadece " +"okuma veya hem okuma hem de yazma isteklerine izin ver. Ön tanımlı davranış, " +"dosya sisteminde değişiklik yapan istekleri engellemektir. Bu ayrıac bu " +"seçenek kullanılarak kesinleştirilebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3552,7 +4168,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Eşzamanlı erişim</emphasis>: NFS sunucunun NFS protokolü tarafından zarar görmesini, ve istekleri bu istekler tarafından yapılan herhangi bir değişikliğin kalıcı depoya (örn. disk sürücüleri) yapılmasından önce engeller." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Eşzamanlı erişim</emphasis>: NFS sunucunun NFS protokolü " +"tarafından zarar görmesini, ve istekleri bu istekler tarafından yapılan " +"herhangi bir değişikliğin kalıcı depoya (örn. disk sürücüleri) yapılmasından " +"önce engeller." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3560,7 +4180,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Alt ağaç denetimi</emphasis>: güvenliği arttıran ama işlevselliği azaltan alt ağaç denetlemesini etkinleştir. Ayrıntılı bilgi için exports(5) el kitabına bakın." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Alt ağaç denetimi</emphasis>: güvenliği arttıran ama işlevselliği " +"azaltan alt ağaç denetlemesini etkinleştir. Ayrıntılı bilgi için exports(5) " +"el kitabına bakın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3572,8 +4195,7 @@ msgstr "Menü girdileri" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Şu ana kadar listede en azından bir girdi var" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3597,7 +4219,8 @@ msgstr "NFS Sunucu|Yeniden başlat" #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "Sunucu aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile durduruldu ve yeniden başlatıldı." +msgstr "" +"Sunucu aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile durduruldu ve yeniden başlatıldı." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 @@ -3607,9 +4230,9 @@ msgstr "NFS Sunucu|Yeniden yükle" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." -msgstr "Gösterilen yapılandırma aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile yeniden yüklendi." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Gösterilen yapılandırma aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile yeniden yüklendi." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3621,8 +4244,7 @@ msgstr "Vekil" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3630,30 +4252,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</" +"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Internete erişim için vekil sunucu kullanmak zorundaysanız, bunu yapılandırmak için bu aracı <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kullanabilirsiniz. Ağ yöneticiniz ihtiyacınız olan bilgiyi verecektir. Ayrıca istinai olarak vekil olmadan erişebilen servisleri de belirtebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Internete erişim için vekil sunucu kullanmak zorundaysanız, bunu " +"yapılandırmak için bu aracı <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"kullanabilirsiniz. Ağ yöneticiniz ihtiyacınız olan bilgiyi verecektir. " +"Ayrıca istinai olarak vekil olmadan erişebilen servisleri de " +"belirtebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "Wikipedia'dan, 24.09.2012'de Vekil sunucu makalesi: Bilgisayar ağlarında, bir vekil sunucu istemcilerden gelen ve diğer sunuculardan kaynak arayan istekler için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur (bir bilgisayar sistemi ya da uygulama). Bir istemci vekil sunucuya dosya bağlantısı, web sayfası ya da farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir. " +msgstr "" +"Wikipedia'dan, 24.09.2012'de Vekil sunucu makalesi: Bilgisayar ağlarında, " +"bir vekil sunucu istemcilerden gelen ve diğer sunuculardan kaynak arayan " +"istekler için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur (bir bilgisayar sistemi ya " +"da uygulama). Bir istemci vekil sunucuya dosya bağlantısı, web sayfası ya " +"da farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet " +"istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını " +"kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -3665,326 +4301,426 @@ msgstr "Ortamı Yapılandır" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 +msgid "" +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Bir kurulumdan sonra yapılması gereken ilk şey yazılım kaynakları eklemektir " +"(depo, ortam ya da yansı olarak da bilinir). Bu, kurulumda ve paket ve " +"uygulamaların güncellenmesinde kullanılacak yazılım kaynağını seçemeniz " +"gerektiği anlamına gelir. (aşağıdaki Ekle düğmesine bakınız)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." -msgstr "Bir kurulumdan sonra yapılması gereken ilk şey yazılım kaynakları eklemektir (depo, ortam ya da yansı olarak da bilinir). Bu, kurulumda ve paket ve uygulamaların güncellenmesinde kullanılacak yazılım kaynağını seçemeniz gerektiği anlamına gelir. (aşağıdaki Ekle düğmesine bakınız)." +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Sisteminiz 32-bit (i586 denen) veya 64-bit (x86_64 denen) bir mimari üzerinde çalışıyor olabilir. Bazı paketler, ki bunlar noarch olarak isimlendirilir- sisteminizin 32-bit mi yoksa 64-bit mi olduğundan bağımsızdır. Yansılarda kendi noarch dizinlerine sahip değildirler, fakat hem i586 hem de x86_64 ortamları bulunur." +msgstr "" +"Sisteminiz 32-bit (i586 denen) veya 64-bit (x86_64 denen) bir mimari " +"üzerinde çalışıyor olabilir. Bazı paketler, ki bunlar noarch olarak " +"isimlendirilir- sisteminizin 32-bit mi yoksa 64-bit mi olduğundan " +"bağımsızdır. Yansılarda kendi noarch dizinlerine sahip değildirler, fakat " +"hem i586 hem de x86_64 ortamları bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-" +"media</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım Yönetimi</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sekmesinde bulunur." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım " +"Yönetimi</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sekmesinde " +"bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Sütunlar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Sütun Etkinleştir:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "İşaretlenmiş yazılım kaynağı yeni paketlerin kurulmasında kullanılacaktır. Testing ve Debug gibi bazı yazılım kaynaklarında dikkatli olun çünkü sisteminizi kullanılmaz yapabilir." +msgstr "" +"İşaretlenmiş yazılım kaynağı yeni paketlerin kurulmasında kullanılacaktır. " +"Testing ve Debug gibi bazı yazılım kaynaklarında dikkatli olun çünkü " +"sisteminizi kullanılmaz yapabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Sütun Güncelle:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "İşaretlenmiş ortam paketleri güncellemede kullanılır, bu etkinleştirilmelidir. Sadece ismi içinde \"Update\" olan ortamlar seçilmelidir. Güvenlik sebeplerinden, bu sütun bu araç içinden değiştirilebilir değildir, root olarak uç birim açıp <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> yazmalısınız. " +msgstr "" +"İşaretlenmiş ortam paketleri güncellemede kullanılır, bu " +"etkinleştirilmelidir. Sadece ismi içinde \"Update\" olan ortamlar " +"seçilmelidir. Güvenlik sebeplerinden, bu sütun bu araç içinden " +"değiştirilebilir değildir, root olarak uç birim açıp <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> yazmalısınız. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "Ortam sütunu:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Ortam ismini göster. Mageia son yayımı sürümlerinin resmi depoları en azından şunları içerir:" +msgstr "" +"Ortam ismini göster. Mageia son yayımı sürümlerinin resmi depoları en " +"azından şunları içerir:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> Mageia tarafından sağlanan çoğu programı içerir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> Mageia tarafından sağlanan çoğu " +"programı içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> bazı özgür olmayan programları içerir" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> bazı özgür olmayan programları " +"içerir" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> bazı ülkelerde patent hakları olabilecek özgür yazılımlar" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> bazı ülkelerde patent hakları " +"olabilecek özgür yazılımlar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Her ortam 4 alt-dizine sahiptir:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yayım</emphasis> Mageia'nın bu sürümü yayımlandığı tarihteki paketlerdir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yayım</emphasis> Mageia'nın bu sürümü yayımlandığı " +"tarihteki paketlerdir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Güncellemeler</emphasis> yayımdan beri güvenlik ve hata ile ilgili güncellemelerdir. Herkes bu yazılım kaynağını çok yavaş bir İnternet bağlantısı olsa bile etkinleştirmelidir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Güncellemeler</emphasis> yayımdan beri güvenlik ve " +"hata ile ilgili güncellemelerdir. Herkes bu yazılım kaynağını çok yavaş bir " +"İnternet bağlantısı olsa bile etkinleştirmelidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> yeni sürümün bazı paketleri Cauldron'dan alınmıştır (yeni sürümü geliştirme aşamasındadır)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> yeni sürümün bazı paketleri " +"Cauldron'dan alınmıştır (yeni sürümü geliştirme aşamasındadır)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> yeni güncellemelerin hata raporlamasını ve QA takımının düzeltmeleri onaylamasını sağlayan geçici testler için kullanılır." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> yeni güncellemelerin hata " +"raporlamasını ve QA takımının düzeltmeleri onaylamasını sağlayan geçici " +"testler için kullanılır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Sağdaki düğmeler" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Kaldır:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "Ortamı çıkarmak için üzerine ve sonra bu düğmeye tıklayın. Kurulum için kullanılan ortamı (örneğin CD veya DVD) çıkarmayı, içerdiği tüm paketlerin resmi Core yayım ortamında bulunduğu için bilir." +msgstr "" +"Ortamı çıkarmak için üzerine ve sonra bu düğmeye tıklayın. Kurulum için " +"kullanılan ortamı (örneğin CD veya DVD) çıkarmayı, içerdiği tüm paketlerin " +"resmi Core yayım ortamında bulunduğu için bilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Düzenle:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "Seçilen ortam ayarlarını değiştirmenizi sağlar (URL, indirici ve vekil)." +msgstr "" +"Seçilen ortam ayarlarını değiştirmenizi sağlar (URL, indirici ve vekil)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Ekle:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "İnternet üzerindeki resmi depoları ekleyin. Bu depolar sadece güvenli ve iyice test edilmiş yazılımları içerir. \"Ekle\" düğmesine tıklayarak yapılandırmanıza yansı listesi eklersiniz, bu size yakın bir yansıdan kurulum ve güncelleme yaptığınızdan emin olmak için tasarlanmıştır. Belirli bir yansıyı seçmek isterseniz, \"Dosya\" açılır menüsünden \"Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle\"yi seçerek eklersiniz." +msgstr "" +"İnternet üzerindeki resmi depoları ekleyin. Bu depolar sadece güvenli ve " +"iyice test edilmiş yazılımları içerir. \"Ekle\" düğmesine tıklayarak " +"yapılandırmanıza yansı listesi eklersiniz, bu size yakın bir yansıdan " +"kurulum ve güncelleme yaptığınızdan emin olmak için tasarlanmıştır. Belirli " +"bir yansıyı seçmek isterseniz, \"Dosya\" açılır menüsünden \"Belirli bir " +"ortam yansısı ekle\"yi seçerek eklersiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Yukarı ve aşağı oklar:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Liste sırasını değiştir. Drakrpm bir paket aradığında, listeyi gösterilen sırada okur ve aynı sürüm numarası ile bulduğu ilk paketi kurar -sürüm eşleşmemesinde son yayım kurulur. Bu yüzden eğer mümkünse, en hızlı depoyu en üste koyun." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Liste sırasını değiştir. Drakrpm bir paket aradığında, listeyi gösterilen " +"sırada okur ve aynı sürüm numarası ile bulduğu ilk paketi kurar -sürüm " +"eşleşmemesinde son yayım kurulur. Bu yüzden eğer mümkünse, en hızlı depoyu " +"en üste koyun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Menü" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Dosya -> Güncelle:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Ortam listesi penceresi ortaya çıkar. Güncellemek istediklerinize tıklayın ve <guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Ortam listesi penceresi ortaya çıkar. Güncellemek istediklerinize tıklayın " +"ve <guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Dosya -> Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Farzedelim şu anki yansıdan memnun deeğilsiniz, çünkü örneğin çok yavaş ya da çoğu zaman erişilebilir değil, başka bir yansı seçebilirsiniz. Aktif tüm ortamları seçiniz ve devre dışı bırakmak için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın, <guimenu>Dosya-> Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle</guimenu>ye tıklayın, sadece güncelleyi veya tam seti (bilmiyorsanız <guibutton>Kaynakları tam kümesi</guibutton>ni seçiniz) seçiniz ve <guibutton>Evet</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak iletişimi kabul edin. Bu pencere açılır:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +msgstr "" +"Farzedelim şu anki yansıdan memnun deeğilsiniz, çünkü örneğin çok yavaş ya " +"da çoğu zaman erişilebilir değil, başka bir yansı seçebilirsiniz. Aktif tüm " +"ortamları seçiniz ve devre dışı bırakmak için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> " +"düğmesine tıklayın, <guimenu>Dosya-> Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle</" +"guimenu>ye tıklayın, sadece güncelleyi veya tam seti (bilmiyorsanız " +"<guibutton>Kaynakları tam kümesi</guibutton>ni seçiniz) seçiniz ve " +"<guibutton>Evet</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak iletişimi kabul edin. Bu " +"pencere açılır:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Sol tarafta ülkeler listesini görebilirsiniz, kendinizinkini veya > düğmesine tıklayarak bu ülkedeki en yakını yansıyı seçin. Birini seçin ve <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Sol tarafta ülkeler listesini görebilirsiniz, kendinizinkini veya > " +"düğmesine tıklayarak bu ülkedeki en yakını yansıyı seçin. Birini seçin ve " +"<guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Dosya -> Özel bir ortam ekle:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "Mageia tarafından desteklenmeyen yeni bir ortam kurmak mümkündür (örneğin üçüncü parti). Yeni bir pencere çıkar:" +msgstr "" +"Mageia tarafından desteklenmeyen yeni bir ortam kurmak mümkündür (örneğin " +"üçüncü parti). Yeni bir pencere çıkar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ortam türünü seçin, ortamı iyi bir şekilde tanımlayan akıllıca bir isim bulun ve URL (veya ortam türüne göre yol) girin" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ortam türünü seçin, ortamı iyi " +"bir şekilde tanımlayan akıllıca bir isim bulun ve URL (veya ortam türüne " +"göre yol) girin" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Seçenekler -> Global seçenekler:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "Bu öğe \"Kurulacak RPMleri doğrulayın\" (daima veya asla) zamanını, indirme programını (curl, wget veya aria2) ve paketler hakkındaki bilgiler için indirme politikasını (instendiğinde -varsayılan-; sadece güncelle veya asla) seçmenizi sağlar." +msgstr "" +"Bu öğe \"Kurulacak RPMleri doğrulayın\" (daima veya asla) zamanını, indirme " +"programını (curl, wget veya aria2) ve paketler hakkındaki bilgiler için " +"indirme politikasını (instendiğinde -varsayılan-; sadece güncelle veya asla) " +"seçmenizi sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Seçenekler -> Anahtarları yönet:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "Yüksek seviye güvenliği garanti etmek için, sayısal anahtarlar ortam kimlik denetimi için kullanılır. Her bir ortam için anahtarı kabul etmek veya reddetmek mümkündür. Çıkan pencerede, bir ortam seçin ve yeni bir anahtarı kabul etmek için <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine veya anahtarı reddetmek için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın. " +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"Yüksek seviye güvenliği garanti etmek için, sayısal anahtarlar ortam kimlik " +"denetimi için kullanılır. Her bir ortam için anahtarı kabul etmek veya " +"reddetmek mümkündür. Çıkan pencerede, bir ortam seçin ve yeni bir anahtarı " +"kabul etmek için <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine veya anahtarı " +"reddetmek için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "Bunu, güvenlikle-ilgili tüm sorularda olduğu gibi, dikkalice yapın" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Seçenekler -> Vekil:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "İnternet erişimi için vekil sunucu kullanmanız gerekiyorsa, bunu burada yapılandırabilirsiniz. Gerekli olan sadece <guibutton>Vekil sunucuadı</guibutton>nı ve gerekliyse <guilabel>Kullanıcı adı</guilabel> ve <guilabel>Parolayı</guilabel> girmenizdir." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"İnternet erişimi için vekil sunucu kullanmanız gerekiyorsa, bunu burada " +"yapılandırabilirsiniz. Gerekli olan sadece <guibutton>Vekil sunucuadı</" +"guibutton>nı ve gerekliyse <guilabel>Kullanıcı adı</guilabel> ve " +"<guilabel>Parolayı</guilabel> girmenizdir." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -3996,8 +4732,7 @@ msgstr "Sürücü ve dizinleri Samba ile paylaşın" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4010,7 +4745,12 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba farklı işletim sistemlerinde dizinler veya yazıcılar gibi bazı kaynakları paylaşmak için kullanılan bir protokoldür. Bu araç makinayı SMB/CIFS protokolü kullanarak Samba sunucu olarak yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Bu protokol ayrıca Windows(R) ve işistasyonları tarafından, bu işletim sisteminin Samba sunucudaki kaynaklara erişebilmesi için kullanılır. " +msgstr "" +"Samba farklı işletim sistemlerinde dizinler veya yazıcılar gibi bazı " +"kaynakları paylaşmak için kullanılan bir protokoldür. Bu araç makinayı SMB/" +"CIFS protokolü kullanarak Samba sunucu olarak yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Bu " +"protokol ayrıca Windows(R) ve işistasyonları tarafından, bu işletim " +"sisteminin Samba sunucudaki kaynaklara erişebilmesi için kullanılır. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4026,7 +4766,12 @@ msgid "" "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." -msgstr "Diğer iş istasyonlarından erişilebilmesi için, sunucunun sabit IP adresi olmalıdır. Bu doğrudan sunucu üzerinde yapılabilir, örneğin <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> ile, veya DHCP sunucuda istasyonu MAC-adresi ile belirterek ve daima aynı adresi vererek yapılabilir. Güvenlik duvarı da ayrıca Samba sunucuya gelen isteklere izin vermelidir." +msgstr "" +"Diğer iş istasyonlarından erişilebilmesi için, sunucunun sabit IP adresi " +"olmalıdır. Bu doğrudan sunucu üzerinde yapılabilir, örneğin <xref linkend=" +"\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> ile, veya DHCP sunucuda istasyonu MAC-adresi ile " +"belirterek ve daima aynı adresi vererek yapılabilir. Güvenlik duvarı da " +"ayrıca Samba sunucuya gelen isteklere izin vermelidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -4036,20 +4781,24 @@ msgstr "Sihirbaz - Tekbaşına sunucu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\"> " +"draksambashare</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "İlk çalıştırmada, araçlar <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gerekli paketlerin kurulu olup olmadığını denetler ve yoklarsa onları kurmayı önerir. Sonra Samba sunucuyu yapılandıran sihirbaz başlatılır. " +msgstr "" +"İlk çalıştırmada, araçlar <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gerekli " +"paketlerin kurulu olup olmadığını denetler ve yoklarsa onları kurmayı " +"önerir. Sonra Samba sunucuyu yapılandıran sihirbaz başlatılır. " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4061,8 +4810,7 @@ msgid "" "selected." msgstr "Bir sonraki pencerede Tekbaşına sunucu yapılandırması zaten seçili." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4070,9 +4818,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." -msgstr "Sonra çalışmagrubunun ismini belirtin. Bu isim paylaşılan kaynaklara erişim için olanla aynı olmalı." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"Sonra çalışmagrubunun ismini belirtin. Bu isim paylaşılan kaynaklara erişim " +"için olanla aynı olmalı." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 @@ -4081,8 +4831,7 @@ msgid "" "the network." msgstr "netbios ismi ağdaki sunucuyu tasarlamada kullanılan bir isimdir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4097,24 +4846,29 @@ msgstr "Güvenlik modunu seçiniz:" msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>kullanıcı</guilabel>: istemci kaynağa erişim için yetkilendirilmiş olamlı" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>kullanıcı</guilabel>: istemci kaynağa erişim için yetkilendirilmiş " +"olamlı" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>paylaş</guilabel>: istemci kendini her bir paylaşım için ayrı ayrı yetkilendirir" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>paylaş</guilabel>: istemci kendini her bir paylaşım için ayrı ayrı " +"yetkilendirir" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "Burada, hangi konakların kaynaklara erişim izni olduğunu, IP adresi veya konak ismi ile belirtebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Burada, hangi konakların kaynaklara erişim izni olduğunu, IP adresi veya " +"konak ismi ile belirtebilirsiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4124,10 +4878,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Sunucu afişini belirtin. Afiş bu sunucunun Windows iş istasyonlarında tanımlanacağı biçimdir." +msgstr "" +"Sunucu afişini belirtin. Afiş bu sunucunun Windows iş istasyonlarında " +"tanımlanacağı biçimdir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4136,10 +4891,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "Samba'nın bilgileri kaydedeceği yer bir sonraki bölümde belirtilebilir." +msgstr "" +"Samba'nın bilgileri kaydedeceği yer bir sonraki bölümde belirtilebilir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4148,12 +4903,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "Sihirbaz, yapılandırmayı kabul etmenizden önce seçilen parametlerin bir listesini gösterir. Kabul edildiğinde yapılandırma <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> dosyasına yazılır." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"Sihirbaz, yapılandırmayı kabul etmenizden önce seçilen parametlerin bir " +"listesini gösterir. Kabul edildiğinde yapılandırma <code>/etc/samba/smb." +"conf</code> dosyasına yazılır." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4163,8 +4920,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "Sihirbaz - birincil alan denetleyicisi" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4177,7 +4933,12 @@ msgid "" "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Eğer \"Birincil alan denetcisi\" seçeneği seçilmişse, sihirbaz, Wins'in desteklenip desteklenmeyeceğini ve yönetici isimlerinin sağlanıp sağlanmayacağını sorar. Takip eden adımlar, tek başına sunucu için olanla -ayrıca güvenlik modunu seçebilmeniz dışında- aynıdır:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Eğer \"Birincil alan denetcisi\" " +"seçeneği seçilmişse, sihirbaz, Wins'in desteklenip desteklenmeyeceğini ve " +"yönetici isimlerinin sağlanıp sağlanmayacağını sorar. Takip eden adımlar, " +"tek başına sunucu için olanla -ayrıca güvenlik modunu seçebilmeniz dışında- " +"aynıdır:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 @@ -4185,7 +4946,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: tüm kullanıcı ve grup hesaplarının merkezi ve paylaşılan bir hesap deposunda depolanmasını sağlayan bir mekanizma sunar. Merkezi hesap deposu, alan (güvenlik) denetleyiceleri arasında paylaştırılır." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: tüm kullanıcı ve grup hesaplarının merkezi ve " +"paylaşılan bir hesap deposunda depolanmasını sağlayan bir mekanizma sunar. " +"Merkezi hesap deposu, alan (güvenlik) denetleyiceleri arasında paylaştırılır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4197,8 +4961,7 @@ msgstr "Paylaşılacak dizini belirtin" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesiyle şu gelir:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4206,14 +4969,16 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." -msgstr "Yeni bir girdi böylece eklendi. Bu <guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton> düğmesiyle değiştirilebilir. Dizinin görünebilir, yazılabilir, görüntülenebilir olup olmayacağı gibi seçenekler düzenlenebilir." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Yeni bir girdi böylece eklendi. Bu <guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton> " +"düğmesiyle değiştirilebilir. Dizinin görünebilir, yazılabilir, " +"görüntülenebilir olup olmayacağı gibi seçenekler düzenlenebilir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4226,7 +4991,8 @@ msgstr "Liste en azından bir girdi içerdiğinde, menü girdileri kullanılabil #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "Aktif yapılandırmayı <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> dosyasına kaydet." +msgstr "" +"Aktif yapılandırmayı <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> dosyasına kaydet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:214 @@ -4258,8 +5024,7 @@ msgstr "Yazıcıların paylaşımı" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba ayrıca yazıcıları paylaştırmanızı sağlar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4277,8 +5042,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Samba Kullanıcıları" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4289,7 +5053,11 @@ msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Bu sekmede, kimlik denetimi gerektiğinde paylaşılan kaynaklara erişmeye izin verilen kullanıcılar eklenebilir. <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>'dan kullanıcıları ekleyebilirsiniz. " +msgstr "" +"Bu sekmede, kimlik denetimi gerektiğinde paylaşılan kaynaklara erişmeye izin " +"verilen kullanıcılar eklenebilir. <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/" +"><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>'dan kullanıcıları " +"ekleyebilirsiniz. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -4301,8 +5069,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia araçları için kimlik denetimini yapılandırın" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4310,23 +5077,29 @@ msgstr "draksec.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Güvenlik</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Güvenlik</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:20 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "Bu sıradan kullanıcılara genellikle yönetici tarafından yapılan görevleri yapabilme için gerekli hakları verir." +msgstr "" +"Bu sıradan kullanıcılara genellikle yönetici tarafından yapılan görevleri " +"yapabilme için gerekli hakları verir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:23 @@ -4334,7 +5107,10 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list gives the choice between:" -msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki çoğu araç pencerenin solunda gösterilir (aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakın) ve her bir araç için bir açılır liste şöyle seçenekler verir:" +msgstr "" +"Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki çoğu araç pencerenin solunda gösterilir " +"(aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakın) ve her bir araç için bir açılır liste " +"şöyle seçenekler verir:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:29 @@ -4344,7 +5120,8 @@ msgstr "Parola yok: Araç parola sormadan çalıştırılır." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:34 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Kullanıcı parolası: Araça çalıştırılmadan önce kullanıcı parolası sorulur." +msgstr "" +"Kullanıcı parolası: Araça çalıştırılmadan önce kullanıcı parolası sorulur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:39 @@ -4356,7 +5133,9 @@ msgstr "Root parolası: araç çalıştırılmadan önce root parolası sorulur" msgid "" "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC " "tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Varsayılan değerler seçilen güvenlik seviyesine bağlıdır. Aynı MCC sekmesinde bakınız \"Sistem güvenliğini yapılandır, izinler ve denetim\"." +msgstr "" +"Varsayılan değerler seçilen güvenlik seviyesine bağlıdır. Aynı MCC " +"sekmesinde bakınız \"Sistem güvenliğini yapılandır, izinler ve denetim\"." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11 @@ -4368,8 +5147,7 @@ msgstr "Anlık Durum Yedekleri" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4377,17 +5155,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-" +"config </emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> sekmesinde <guilabel>Yönetimsel araçlar</guilabel> bölümünde bulunur." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde " +"<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> sekmesinde <guilabel>Yönetimsel araçlar</" +"guilabel> bölümünde bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -4395,44 +5178,64 @@ msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "Bu aracı MDM'de ilk kez başlattığınızda, draksnapshot kurulumu hakkında bir mesaj göreceksiniz. Devam etmek için <guibutton>Kur</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın. Draksnapshot ve ihtiyaç duyduğu bazı diğer paketler kurulacaktır. " +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı MDM'de ilk kez başlattığınızda, draksnapshot kurulumu hakkında bir " +"mesaj göreceksiniz. Devam etmek için <guibutton>Kur</guibutton> düğmesine " +"tıklayın. Draksnapshot ve ihtiyaç duyduğu bazı diğer paketler kurulacaktır. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Yeniden <guilabel>Anlıkyedekler</guilabel>a tıklayın, <guilabel>Ayarlar</guilabel> ekranını göreceksiniz. <guilabel>Yedekleri Etkinleştir</guilabel>i ve, tüm sistemin yedeğini almak isterseniz <guilabel>Tüm sistemi yedekle</guilabel> işaretleyin." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Yeniden <guilabel>Anlıkyedekler</guilabel>a tıklayın, <guilabel>Ayarlar</" +"guilabel> ekranını göreceksiniz. <guilabel>Yedekleri Etkinleştir</" +"guilabel>i ve, tüm sistemin yedeğini almak isterseniz <guilabel>Tüm sistemi " +"yedekle</guilabel> işaretleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." -msgstr "Dizinlerin sadece bazı bölümlerini yedekleyecekseniz <guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel>i seçiniz. Küçük bir açılır pencere göreceksiniz. Dizinleri yedeklemeye eklemek veya yedeklemeden çıkartmak için <guilabel>Yedekleme listesi</guilabel> yanındaki <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> ve <guibutton>Çıkar</guibutton> düğmelerini kullanınız. Seçilen dizinler içinde yedeklemeye <emphasis role=\"bold\">eklenmemesi</emphasis> gereken altdizinleri ve/veya dosyaları kaldırmak için <guilabel>Hariç</guilabel> listesinin yanındaki aynı düğmeleri kullanınız. Bitirdiğinizde <guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Dizinlerin sadece bazı bölümlerini yedekleyecekseniz <guilabel>Gelişmiş</" +"guilabel>i seçiniz. Küçük bir açılır pencere göreceksiniz. Dizinleri " +"yedeklemeye eklemek veya yedeklemeden çıkartmak için <guilabel>Yedekleme " +"listesi</guilabel> yanındaki <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> ve " +"<guibutton>Çıkar</guibutton> düğmelerini kullanınız. Seçilen dizinler içinde " +"yedeklemeye <emphasis role=\"bold\">eklenmemesi</emphasis> gereken " +"altdizinleri ve/veya dosyaları kaldırmak için <guilabel>Hariç</guilabel> " +"listesinin yanındaki aynı düğmeleri kullanınız. Bitirdiğinizde " +"<guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Şimdi <guilabel>Yedekleme yeri</guilabel> için yolu girin, veya <guibutton>Gözat</guibutton> düğmesiyle doğru yolu seçin. Herhangi bağlı USB-anahtarı veya harici HD <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/kullanıcı_adınız/</emphasis> içinde bulunabilir." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Şimdi <guilabel>Yedekleme yeri</guilabel> için yolu girin, veya " +"<guibutton>Gözat</guibutton> düğmesiyle doğru yolu seçin. Herhangi bağlı " +"USB-anahtarı veya harici HD <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"kullanıcı_adınız/</emphasis> içinde bulunabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." -msgstr " Anlık yedekleme için <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "" +" Anlık yedekleme için <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksound.xml:3 @@ -4444,8 +5247,7 @@ msgstr "Ses Yapılandırması" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4453,16 +5255,20 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</" +"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur.¶" +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur.¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4470,15 +5276,19 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound ses yapılandırmasını, sürücü seçimi, PulseAudio seçenekleri ve hata giderme de dahil olmak üzere, halleder.Ses problemi yaşadığınızda veya ses kartını değiştirdiğinizde size yardım eder." +msgstr "" +"Draksound ses yapılandırmasını, sürücü seçimi, PulseAudio seçenekleri ve " +"hata giderme de dahil olmak üzere, halleder.Ses problemi yaşadığınızda veya " +"ses kartını değiştirdiğinizde size yardım eder." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." -msgstr "Açılır liste <guilabel>Sürücü</guilabel> bilgisatarınızda ses kartınızla eşleşen tüm sürücüler arasında seçim yapmanızı sağlar." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"Açılır liste <guilabel>Sürücü</guilabel> bilgisatarınızda ses kartınızla " +"eşleşen tüm sürücüler arasında seçim yapmanızı sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4486,58 +5296,76 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "Çoğu zaman, OSS veya ALSA API kullanan bir sürücü seçmek mümkündür. OSS en eskisidir ve çok basittir, gelişmiş özelliklerinden dolayı mümkün olduğunda ALSA'yı seçmenizi öneriyoruz." +msgstr "" +"Çoğu zaman, OSS veya ALSA API kullanan bir sürücü seçmek mümkündür. OSS en " +"eskisidir ve çok basittir, gelişmiş özelliklerinden dolayı mümkün olduğunda " +"ALSA'yı seçmenizi öneriyoruz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> bir ses sunucudur. Tüm ses girişlerini karşılar, onları kullanıcı tercihlerine bağlı olarak karıştırır ve sonuçta oluşan sesi çıktıya gönderir. Bu özellikleri ayarlamak için <guimenu>Menü ->Ses ve Video -> PulseAudio ses denetimi</guimenu> ne bakınız." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> bir ses sunucudur. Tüm ses girişlerini " +"karşılar, onları kullanıcı tercihlerine bağlı olarak karıştırır ve sonuçta " +"oluşan sesi çıktıya gönderir. Bu özellikleri ayarlamak için <guimenu>Menü -" +">Ses ve Video -> PulseAudio ses denetimi</guimenu> ne bakınız." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio varsayılan ses sunucusudur ve bunu etkinleştirilmiş olarak bırakmanız önerilir." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio varsayılan ses sunucusudur ve bunu etkinleştirilmiş olarak " +"bırakmanız önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> PulseAudio'yu bazı programlarla zenginleştirir. Bunu da etkinleştirilmiş olarak bırakmanız önerilir." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> PulseAudio'yu bazı programlarla " +"zenginleştirir. Bunu da etkinleştirilmiş olarak bırakmanız önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" -msgstr "<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi üç düğme olan yeni bir pencere görüntüler:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi üç düğme olan yeni bir pencere " +"görüntüler:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." -msgstr "İlk düğme tamamen seçim özgürlüğü verir. Ne yaptığınızı biliyor olmalısınız." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." +msgstr "" +"İlk düğme tamamen seçim özgürlüğü verir. Ne yaptığınızı biliyor olmalısınız." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." -msgstr "İkincisi açıktır ve sonuncusu karşılaşabileceğiniz problemleri çözmede yardım sağlar. Topluluğa sormadan önce bunu denemeyi faydalı bulacaksınız." +msgstr "" +"İkincisi açıktır ve sonuncusu karşılaşabileceğiniz problemleri çözmede " +"yardım sağlar. Topluluğa sormadan önce bunu denemeyi faydalı bulacaksınız." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -4549,8 +5377,7 @@ msgstr "Güç görüntüleme için bir UPS ayarlayın" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4558,9 +5385,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4572,8 +5401,7 @@ msgstr "Ağ erişimi güvenliği için VPN Bağlantısı yapılandır" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4581,9 +5409,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</" +"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4594,7 +5424,13 @@ msgid "" "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> uzak bir ağa yerel iş istasyonu ve uzak ağ arasında tünel oluşturarak güvenli erişimi yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Burada sadece iş istasyonu tarafındaki yapılandırmadan bahsedeceğiz. Uzak ağın halihazırda çalışmakta olduğunu ve ağ yöneticisinden .pcf yapılandırma dosyası gibi bilgilere ulaştıınızı varsayıyoruz." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> uzak bir ağa yerel iş " +"istasyonu ve uzak ağ arasında tünel oluşturarak güvenli erişimi " +"yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Burada sadece iş istasyonu tarafındaki " +"yapılandırmadan bahsedeceğiz. Uzak ağın halihazırda çalışmakta olduğunu ve " +"ağ yöneticisinden .pcf yapılandırma dosyası gibi bilgilere ulaştıınızı " +"varsayıyoruz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -4606,7 +5442,9 @@ msgstr "Yapılandırma" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "Önce sanal özel ağınız için hangi protokolün kullanıldığına bağlı olarak Cisco VPN Concentrator'u veya OpenVPN'i seçiniz." +msgstr "" +"Önce sanal özel ağınız için hangi protokolün kullanıldığına bağlı olarak " +"Cisco VPN Concentrator'u veya OpenVPN'i seçiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -4623,8 +5461,7 @@ msgstr "Sonraki ekranda, VPN bağlantınızın detaylarını sağlayınız." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Cisco VPN için" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4634,10 +5471,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "openvpn için. openvpn ve bağımlı olduğu paketler araç ilk kez kullanıldığında kurulacaktır." +msgstr "" +"openvpn için. openvpn ve bağımlı olduğu paketler araç ilk kez " +"kullanıldığında kurulacaktır." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4647,15 +5485,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ağ yöneticinizden aldığınız dosyaları seçin." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ağ yöneticinizden aldığınız " +"dosyaları seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Gelişmiş parametreler:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4670,15 +5509,20 @@ msgstr "Sonraki ekran ağ geçidinin IP-adresini sorar." msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." -msgstr "Parametreler ayarlandığında VPN bağlantısını başlatma imkanına sahip olursunuz." +msgstr "" +"Parametreler ayarlandığında VPN bağlantısını başlatma imkanına sahip " +"olursunuz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." -msgstr "Bu VPN bağlantısı ağ bağlantısı ile otomatik olarak başlayacak şekilde ayarlanabilir. Bunu yapmak için, ağ bağlantısını daima bu VPN'e bağlanmak için yeniden yapılandırın." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Bu VPN bağlantısı ağ bağlantısı ile otomatik olarak başlayacak şekilde " +"ayarlanabilir. Bunu yapmak için, ağ bağlantısını daima bu VPN'e bağlanmak " +"için yeniden yapılandırın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -4690,8 +5534,7 @@ msgstr "Web sunucu yapılandır" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4699,16 +5542,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard " +"apache2</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir web sunucusu kurmanız için yardımcı olabilir." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir web sunucusu kurmanız " +"için yardımcı olabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -4720,7 +5567,9 @@ msgstr "Bir web sunucusu nedir?" msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Web sunucusu, İnternet üzerinden erişilebilen web içeriğini ulaştımaya yardımcı olan bir yazılımdır. (Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Web sunucusu, İnternet üzerinden erişilebilen web içeriğini ulaştımaya " +"yardımcı olan bir yazılımdır. (Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -4732,26 +5581,25 @@ msgstr "Bir web sunucusunu drakwizard apache2 ile kurmak" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "Web sunucusu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "İlk sayfa sadece bir sunumdur, <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"İlk sayfa sadece bir sunumdur, <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Sunucu Açılımcısı seçiliyor: Yerel Ağ ve/veya Dünya" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4761,15 +5609,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Web sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır. Kötü şeyler için şimdiden hazır olun." +msgstr "" +"Web sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır. Kötü şeyler için " +"şimdiden hazır olun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "Sunucu Kullanıcı Modülü" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4784,8 +5633,7 @@ msgstr "Kullanıcıların kendi sitelerini oluşturmalarına izin verir." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "Kullanıcı web dizini adı" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4795,15 +5643,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." -msgstr "Kullanıcı bu dizini oluşturmalı ve içini doldurmalıdır, daha sonra sunucu bunu gösterecektir." +msgstr "" +"Kullanıcı bu dizini oluşturmalı ve içini doldurmalıdır, daha sonra sunucu " +"bunu gösterecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "Sunucu Belge Kökü" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4811,29 +5660,30 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." -msgstr "Web sunucusunun öntanımlı belgelerinin konumunu ayarlamanıza olanak sağlar." +msgstr "" +"Web sunucusunun öntanımlı belgelerinin konumunu ayarlamanıza olanak sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Özet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve <guibutton>İleri</" +"guibutton> düğmesine basın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -4841,8 +5691,7 @@ msgstr "Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve <guibutton> msgid "Finish" msgstr "Son" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4863,8 +5712,7 @@ msgstr "DNS yapılandır" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4872,245 +5720,259 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard " +"bind</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "DHCP yapılandırın" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard " +"dhcp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>bir <acronym>DHCP</acronym> sunucusu kurmanıza yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni olup önceden kurulmuş olmalıdır." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>bir <acronym>DHCP</acronym> " +"sunucusu kurmanıza yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni " +"olup önceden kurulmuş olmalıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "DHCP nedir?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Değişken Makine Yapılandırma Protokolü (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>), basit olarak sistemdeki bilgisayarlara IP adreslerini ve buna ek olarak değişik parametreleri atamak için kullanılan servistir. (Wikipedia' dan)" +msgstr "" +"Değişken Makine Yapılandırma Protokolü (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>), basit " +"olarak sistemdeki bilgisayarlara IP adreslerini ve buna ek olarak değişik " +"parametreleri atamak için kullanılan servistir. (Wikipedia' dan)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "Bir DHCP sunucusunu drakwizard dhcp ile kurmak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "DHCP sunucusu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Adaptörü seçerek" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Alt ağa bağlı olan ve DHCP'nin IP adresi atayacağı ağ arabirimini seçerek <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Alt ağa bağlı olan ve DHCP'nin IP adresi atayacağı ağ arabirimini seçerek " +"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "IP aralığı seçin" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ağ geçidi makinenin yerel ağ dışında, belki de İnternet, bağlandığı yerin IP adresi ile birlikte; sunucunun önermesini istediğiniz IP aralığının başlangıç ve bitiş IP adreslerini seçin ve sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Ağ geçidi makinenin yerel ağ dışında, belki de İnternet, bağlandığı yerin IP " +"adresi ile birlikte; sunucunun önermesini istediğiniz IP aralığının " +"başlangıç ve bitiş IP adreslerini seçin ve sonra <guibutton>İleri</" +"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Bekleyin..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." -msgstr "Bu düzeltilebilir. <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine bir kaç kez tıklayın ve seçenekleri değiştirin." +msgstr "" +"Bu düzeltilebilir. <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine bir kaç kez " +"tıklayın ve seçenekleri değiştirin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Saatler sonra..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "Ne yapıldı" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "dhcp-server şu gerekiyorsa kuruluyor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code> olarak kaydediliyor" +msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code> " +"olarak kaydediliyor" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Yeni bir <code>dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve yeni parametreler ekleniyor:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Yeni bir <code>dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası <code>/usr/share/wizards/" +"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve " +"yeni parametreler ekleniyor:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "ağ" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>maske</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "Ayrıca Webmin yapılandırma dosyası <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> da değiştiriliyor" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"Ayrıca Webmin yapılandırma dosyası <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> da " +"değiştiriliyor" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd</code> yeniden başlatılıyor." @@ -5124,8 +5986,7 @@ msgstr "Zamanı yapılandırın" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5133,18 +5994,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard " +"ntp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "Bu aracın<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> amacı sisteminizin saatini harici bir sunucu ile eşzamanlamaktır. Varsayılan olarak kurulu değildir ve ayrıca drakwizard vedrakwizard-base paketlerini de kurmanız gerekir." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracın<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> amacı sisteminizin " +"saatini harici bir sunucu ile eşzamanlamaktır. Varsayılan olarak kurulu " +"değildir ve ayrıca drakwizard vedrakwizard-base paketlerini de kurmanız " +"gerekir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5157,28 +6024,27 @@ msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "Hoşgeldiniz ekranından sonra (yukarıya bakınız), ikincisi açılır listelerden üç zaman sunucu seçmenizi ister ve pool.ntp.org'u iki kez önerir çünkü bu sunucu daima müsait zaman sunucuları gösterir." +msgstr "" +"Hoşgeldiniz ekranından sonra (yukarıya bakınız), ikincisi açılır listelerden " +"üç zaman sunucu seçmenizi ister ve pool.ntp.org'u iki kez önerir çünkü bu " +"sunucu daima müsait zaman sunucuları gösterir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5186,15 +6052,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "İlerleyen ekranlar bölge ve şehri seçmenizi sağlar ve sonra bir özet ekranına ulaşırsınız. Bir şey yanlış ise <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini kullanarak düzeltebilirsiniz. Her şey doğruysa <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak denemeye başlayabilirsiniz. Bu, biraz zaman alır ve sonunda aşağıdaki ekran ile karşılaşırsınız:" +msgstr "" +"İlerleyen ekranlar bölge ve şehri seçmenizi sağlar ve sonra bir özet " +"ekranına ulaşırsınız. Bir şey yanlış ise <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> " +"düğmesini kullanarak düzeltebilirsiniz. Her şey doğruysa <guibutton>İleri</" +"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak denemeye başlayabilirsiniz. Bu, biraz zaman " +"alır ve sonunda aşağıdaki ekran ile karşılaşırsınız:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5217,31 +6087,38 @@ msgstr "<code>ntp</code> paketi gerekiyorsa kurulur" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> dosyası <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> olarak ve <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code> olarak kaydediliyor;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> dosyası <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</" +"code> olarak ve <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code> olarak kaydediliyor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" -msgstr "Sunucuların listesi ile <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası yazılıyor;" +msgstr "" +"Sunucuların listesi ile <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası yazılıyor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" -msgstr "İlk sunucu adı eklenerek <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> dosyası değiştiriliyor;" +msgstr "" +"İlk sunucu adı eklenerek <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> dosyası değiştiriliyor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "<code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> ve <code>ntpd</code> hizmetleri durduruluyor ve başlatılıyor;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"<code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> ve <code>ntpd</code> hizmetleri " +"durduruluyor ve başlatılıyor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 @@ -5259,8 +6136,7 @@ msgstr "FTP yapılandırın" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5268,16 +6144,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard " +"proftpd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir <acronym>FTP</acronym> sunucusu kurmanız için yardımcı olabilir." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir <acronym>FTP</acronym> " +"sunucusu kurmanız için yardımcı olabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -5290,7 +6170,10 @@ msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Dosya Aktarım Protokolü (<acronym>FTP</acronym>), İntenet gibi <acronym>TCP</acronym> temelli bir ağ üzerinde bir makineden diğer bir makineye dosya aktarımında kullanılan bir standart ağ protokolüdür. (Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Dosya Aktarım Protokolü (<acronym>FTP</acronym>), İntenet gibi <acronym>TCP</" +"acronym> temelli bir ağ üzerinde bir makineden diğer bir makineye dosya " +"aktarımında kullanılan bir standart ağ protokolüdür. (Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -5302,14 +6185,12 @@ msgstr "Bir FTP sunucusunu drakwizard proftpd ile kurmak" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "FTP sihirbazına hoş geldiniz. Kemerinizi bağlayın." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5319,15 +6200,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "FTP sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır. Kötü şeyler için şimdiden hazır olun." +msgstr "" +"FTP sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır. Kötü şeyler için " +"şimdiden hazır olun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Sunucu Bilgisi" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5337,15 +6219,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Sunucunun kendisini tanıtacağı bir isim girin, email uyumlu bir kullanıcı ve kök oturum açma erişimi verilip verilmeyeceğini girin." +msgstr "" +"Sunucunun kendisini tanıtacağı bir isim girin, email uyumlu bir kullanıcı ve " +"kök oturum açma erişimi verilip verilmeyeceğini girin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Sunucu Seçenekleri" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5353,18 +6236,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Dinleme bağlantı noktasını ayarla, hapsedilmiş kullanıcı, sürdürmeye ve/veya <acronym>FXP</acronym> (Dosya Alışverişi Protokolü)ne izin ver" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Dinleme bağlantı noktasını ayarla, hapsedilmiş kullanıcı, sürdürmeye ve/veya " +"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (Dosya Alışverişi Protokolü)ne izin ver" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5379,8 +6262,7 @@ msgstr "Vekil sunucu yapılandırın" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5388,9 +6270,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard " +"squid</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5398,7 +6282,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>bir vekil sunucu kurmanıza yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni olup önceden kurulmuş olmalıdır." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>bir vekil sunucu kurmanıza " +"yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni olup önceden kurulmuş " +"olmalıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -5414,7 +6301,14 @@ msgid "" "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Bilgisayar ağlarında, bir vekil sunucu istemcilerden gelen ve diğer sunuculardan kaynak arayan istekler için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur (bir bilgisayar sistemi ya da uygulama). Bir istemci vekil sunucuya dosya bağlantısı, web sayfası ya da farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir. (Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Bilgisayar ağlarında, bir vekil sunucu istemcilerden gelen ve diğer " +"sunuculardan kaynak arayan istekler için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur " +"(bir bilgisayar sistemi ya da uygulama). Bir istemci vekil sunucuya dosya " +"bağlantısı, web sayfası ya da farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir " +"kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği " +"basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir. " +"(Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -5426,8 +6320,7 @@ msgstr "Bir vekil sunucuyu drakwizard squid ile kurmak" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Vekil sunucu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5437,8 +6330,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Bir ağ vekili bağlantı noktasını seçme" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5448,15 +6340,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Tarayıcıların üzerinden bağlanacağı vekil sunucu bağlantı noktasını seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Tarayıcıların üzerinden bağlanacağı vekil sunucu bağlantı noktasını seçin, " +"sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Bellek ve Disk Kullanımını Ayarla" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5465,15 +6358,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Bellek ve disk önbelleği sınırlarını ayarlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Bellek ve disk önbelleği sınırlarını ayarlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</" +"guibutton>yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "Ağ Erişim Denetimi' ni seçin" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5481,34 +6375,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Yerel ağ veya dünya görünürlüğünü ayarlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Yerel ağ veya dünya görünürlüğünü ayarlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</" +"guibutton>yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Ağ Erişimine İzin Ver" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Yerel ağlara erişime izin verin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Yerel ağlara erişime izin verin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi " +"tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "Üst Düzey Vekil Sunucu Kullanılsın Mı?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5516,15 +6411,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." -msgstr "Bir başka vekil sunucu üzerinden kademelendirmek mi istiyorsunuz? Cevabınız hayır ise sonraki adımı atlayın." +msgstr "" +"Bir başka vekil sunucu üzerinden kademelendirmek mi istiyorsunuz? Cevabınız " +"hayır ise sonraki adımı atlayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "Üst Seviye Ağ Vekili URLsi ve Bağlantı Noktası" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5532,12 +6428,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Üst seviye ağ vekili makine adı ve bağlantı noktasını sağlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Üst seviye ağ vekili makine adı ve bağlantı noktasını sağlayın, sonra " +"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5547,8 +6444,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "Önyükleme sırasında başlatılsın mı?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5558,10 +6454,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Vekil sunucunun önyüklemede başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Vekil sunucunun önyüklemede başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını seçin, sonra " +"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5574,56 +6471,54 @@ msgstr "squid şu gerekiyorsa kuruluyor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> dosyası <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code> olarak kaydediliyor" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> dosyası <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;" +"</code> olarak kaydediliyor" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Yeni bir <code>squid.conf</code> dosyası <code>squid.conf.default</code> dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve yeni parametreler ekleniyor:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Yeni bir <code>squid.conf</code> dosyası <code>squid.conf.default</code> " +"dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve yeni parametreler ekleniyor:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "seviyesine göre <code>seviye</code> 1, 2 veya 3 ve <code>http_access</code>" +msgstr "" +"seviyesine göre <code>seviye</code> 1, 2 veya 3 ve <code>http_access</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5643,8 +6538,7 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH art süreç yapılandırması" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5652,16 +6546,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard " +"sshd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir <acronym>SSH</acronym> arkaucu ayarlamanız için yardımcı olabilir." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir <acronym>SSH</acronym> " +"arkaucu ayarlamanız için yardımcı olabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -5673,11 +6571,17 @@ msgstr "<acronym>SSH</acronym>nedir?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Güvenli Kabuk (Secure Shell SSH), güvensiz bir ağ, bir sunucu ve bir istemci üzerinden (SSH sunucusu ve <acronym>SSH</acronym> istemci uygulamalarını çalıştıran) birbirine bağlı iki ağ bilgisayarı arasında güvenli veri iletimi, uzaktan komut satırı girişleri, uzaktan komut yürütülmesi ve diğer güvenli ağ hizmetlerini sağlayan şifreli bir ağ protokolüdür . (Wikipedia' dan)" +msgstr "" +"Güvenli Kabuk (Secure Shell SSH), güvensiz bir ağ, bir sunucu ve bir istemci " +"üzerinden (SSH sunucusu ve <acronym>SSH</acronym> istemci uygulamalarını " +"çalıştıran) birbirine bağlı iki ağ bilgisayarı arasında güvenli veri " +"iletimi, uzaktan komut satırı girişleri, uzaktan komut yürütülmesi ve diğer " +"güvenli ağ hizmetlerini sağlayan şifreli bir ağ protokolüdür . (Wikipedia' " +"dan)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -5694,8 +6598,7 @@ msgstr "Open SSH sihirbazına hoş geldiniz." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Yapılandırma Seçeneklerini Seçin" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5703,18 +6606,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Tüm seçenekler için <guilabel>Uzman</guilabel> veya 3-7 arası adımları atlamak için <guilabel>Yeni başlayan</guilabel> seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Tüm seçenekler için <guilabel>Uzman</guilabel> veya 3-7 arası adımları " +"atlamak için <guilabel>Yeni başlayan</guilabel> seçin, sonra " +"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Genel Seçenekler" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5724,15 +6628,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Görünürlüğü ve kök erişimi seçeneklerini ayarlar. Bağlantı noktası 22 standart <acronym>SSH</acronym> bağlantı noktasıdır." +msgstr "" +"Görünürlüğü ve kök erişimi seçeneklerini ayarlar. Bağlantı noktası 22 " +"standart <acronym>SSH</acronym> bağlantı noktasıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Kimlik Doğrulama Yöntemi" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5742,15 +6647,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Bağlantı sırasında kullanıcıların kullanabilecekleri farklı kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Bağlantı sırasında kullanıcıların kullanabilecekleri farklı kimlik doğrulama " +"yöntemlerini seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Kayıt Tutma" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5758,17 +6664,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Günlük kaydı tutma aracını ve çıktı düzeyini seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Günlük kaydı tutma aracını ve çıktı düzeyini seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</" +"guibutton>yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Giriş Seçenekleri" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5776,15 +6683,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Giriş ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Giriş ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Kullanıcı Giriş Seçenekleri" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5793,15 +6700,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Kullanıcı erişim ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Kullanıcı erişim ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</" +"guibutton>yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Sıkıştırma ve İletme" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5811,16 +6719,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "İletim sırasında X11 iletme ve sıkıştırmayı yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"İletim sırasında X11 iletme ve sıkıştırmayı yapılandırın, sonra " +"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5828,15 +6736,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakxservices.xml:3 msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them" -msgstr "Sistem hizmetlerini etkinleştirmek veya devre dışı bırakmak suretiyle yönetin" +msgstr "" +"Sistem hizmetlerini etkinleştirmek veya devre dışı bırakmak suretiyle yönetin" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakxservices.xml:3 msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5844,9 +6752,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5858,8 +6768,7 @@ msgstr "Donanım Yapılandırması" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5867,9 +6776,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5879,7 +6790,11 @@ msgid "" "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bilgisayarınızın donanımı ile ilgili genel bir görünüm verir. Araç çalıştırıldığında donanımın her bir öğesi için arama başlatır. Bunun için <code>ldetect-lst</code> içindeki bir donanım listesine başvuran <code>ldetect </code>komutunu kullanır." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bilgisayarınızın donanımı " +"ile ilgili genel bir görünüm verir. Araç çalıştırıldığında donanımın her bir " +"öğesi için arama başlatır. Bunun için <code>ldetect-lst</code> içindeki bir " +"donanım listesine başvuran <code>ldetect </code>komutunu kullanır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -5897,7 +6812,9 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "Sol sütun algılanan donanımların bir listesini içerir. Aygıtlar kategorilerine göre gruplandırılmıştır. Bu sütunda her araç seçilebilir." +msgstr "" +"Sol sütun algılanan donanımların bir listesini içerir. Aygıtlar " +"kategorilerine göre gruplandırılmıştır. Bu sütunda her araç seçilebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -5905,14 +6822,19 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "Sağ sütun seçilen aygıt ile ilgili bilgileri gösterir. <guimenu>Yardım -> Alanların tanımlamaları</guimenu> alanların içerikleri ile ilgili bilgiler verir." +msgstr "" +"Sağ sütun seçilen aygıt ile ilgili bilgileri gösterir. <guimenu>Yardım -> " +"Alanların tanımlamaları</guimenu> alanların içerikleri ile ilgili bilgiler " +"verir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "Hangi tür aygıtın seçildiğine bağlı olarak, sağ altta bir ya da iki düğmeye ulaşılabilir." +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"Hangi tür aygıtın seçildiğine bağlı olarak, sağ altta bir ya da iki düğmeye " +"ulaşılabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -5920,21 +6842,28 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Aktif sürücü seçeneklerini ayarla</guibutton>: aygıtla ilgili olarak kullanılan modül parametrelerini değiştirmek için kullanılabilir. Bu sadece uzmanlar tarafından kullanılmalıdır." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Aktif sürücü seçeneklerini ayarla</guibutton>: aygıtla ilgili " +"olarak kullanılan modül parametrelerini değiştirmek için kullanılabilir. Bu " +"sadece uzmanlar tarafından kullanılmalıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Yapılandırma aracı çalıştır</guibutton>: aygıtı yapılandıran araca erişim. Araç sıklıkla MDM'den erişilebilir." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Yapılandırma aracı çalıştır</guibutton>: aygıtı yapılandıran " +"araca erişim. Araç sıklıkla MDM'den erişilebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "<guimenu>seçenekler</guimenu> menüsü otomatik algılamayı etkinleştirmek onay kutuları imkanını verir:" +msgstr "" +"<guimenu>seçenekler</guimenu> menüsü otomatik algılamayı etkinleştirmek onay " +"kutuları imkanını verir:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -5957,7 +6886,10 @@ msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "Varsayılan olarak bu tespit edilenler etkinleştirilmemiştir, çünkü yavaştırlar. Eğer bu donanım bağlanmış ise uygun kutuları işaretleyin. Tespit etme bu aracın çalıştırıldığı bir sonraki zamanda gerçekleştirilir." +msgstr "" +"Varsayılan olarak bu tespit edilenler etkinleştirilmemiştir, çünkü " +"yavaştırlar. Eğer bu donanım bağlanmış ise uygun kutuları işaretleyin. " +"Tespit etme bu aracın çalıştırıldığı bir sonraki zamanda gerçekleştirilir." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -5969,8 +6901,7 @@ msgstr "Kılavye düzenini ayarlayın" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -5978,9 +6909,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -5990,7 +6923,12 @@ msgid "" "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "keyboarddrake aracı<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia üzerinde kullanmak istediğiniz klavye için temel düzeni yapılandırmada size yardımcı olur. Klavye düzenini sistemdeki tüm kullanıcılar için etkiler. Mageia Denetim Merkezinde (MDM) Donanım bölümünde \"Fareyi ve klavyeyi yapılandır\" etiketiyle bulunur." +msgstr "" +"keyboarddrake aracı<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia üzerinde " +"kullanmak istediğiniz klavye için temel düzeni yapılandırmada size yardımcı " +"olur. Klavye düzenini sistemdeki tüm kullanıcılar için etkiler. Mageia " +"Denetim Merkezinde (MDM) Donanım bölümünde \"Fareyi ve klavyeyi yapılandır\" " +"etiketiyle bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -6000,10 +6938,13 @@ msgstr "Klavye Düzeni" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." -msgstr "Burada hangi klavye düzenini kullanmak istediinizi seçebilirsiniz. İsimler (alfabetik olarak sıralanmıştır) her düzen için kullanılması gereken dili, ülkeyi, ve/veya etnik kökeni tanımlar. " +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"Burada hangi klavye düzenini kullanmak istediinizi seçebilirsiniz. İsimler " +"(alfabetik olarak sıralanmıştır) her düzen için kullanılması gereken dili, " +"ülkeyi, ve/veya etnik kökeni tanımlar. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6015,7 +6956,9 @@ msgstr "Klavye Türü" msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "Bu menü kullandığınız klavye türünü seçmenizi sağlar. Hangisini seçmeniz gerektiğinden emin değilseniz en iyisi varsayılan tür olarak bırakmaktır." +msgstr "" +"Bu menü kullandığınız klavye türünü seçmenizi sağlar. Hangisini seçmeniz " +"gerektiğinden emin değilseniz en iyisi varsayılan tür olarak bırakmaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -6027,8 +6970,7 @@ msgstr "Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6036,9 +6978,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı ayrıca komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı ayrıca komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">localedrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6048,14 +6992,20 @@ msgid "" "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinin (MDM) Sistem bölümünde \"Sisteminiz için yerelleştirmeyi yönetin\" etiketiyle bulunur. Dilinizi seçebileceğiniz bir pencere açar. Seçim kurulum sırasında seçilen dile uyarlanır." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinin " +"(MDM) Sistem bölümünde \"Sisteminiz için yerelleştirmeyi yönetin\" " +"etiketiyle bulunur. Dilinizi seçebileceğiniz bir pencere açar. Seçim kurulum " +"sırasında seçilen dile uyarlanır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi eski kodlama (UTF8 olmayan) ile uyumluluğu etkinleştirmeye erişimi sağlar." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi eski kodlama (UTF8 olmayan) ile " +"uyumluluğu etkinleştirmeye erişimi sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 @@ -6063,12 +7013,16 @@ msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." -msgstr "İkinci ekran seçilen dile bağlı olarak ülkeler listesini gösterir. <guibutton>Diğer Ülkeler</guibutton> düğmesi listelenmemiş ülkelere erişimi verir." +msgstr "" +"İkinci ekran seçilen dile bağlı olarak ülkeler listesini gösterir. " +"<guibutton>Diğer Ülkeler</guibutton> düğmesi listelenmemiş ülkelere erişimi " +"verir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications." -msgstr "Herhangi bir değişiklikten sonra oturumunuzu yeniden başlatmak zorundasınız." +msgstr "" +"Herhangi bir değişiklikten sonra oturumunuzu yeniden başlatmak zorundasınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:42 @@ -6082,14 +7036,21 @@ msgid "" "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." -msgstr "<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca girdi yöntemini seçebilirsiniz (listenin altındaki aşağı-açılır menüden). Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcının çokdilli karakterlkeri girmesini sağlar (Çince, Japonca, Korece, vb.)." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca girdi yöntemini " +"seçebilirsiniz (listenin altındaki aşağı-açılır menüden). Girdi yöntemleri " +"kullanıcının çokdilli karakterlkeri girmesini sağlar (Çince, Japonca, " +"Korece, vb.)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "Asya ve Afrika yerelleştirmeleri için, IBus, kullanııların elle yapılandırması gerekmesin diye varsayılan giriş yöntemi olarak ayarlanacaktır. " +msgstr "" +"Asya ve Afrika yerelleştirmeleri için, IBus, kullanııların elle " +"yapılandırması gerekmesin diye varsayılan giriş yöntemi olarak " +"ayarlanacaktır. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 @@ -6097,7 +7058,10 @@ msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, vb.) ayrıca benzer işlevleri sağlar ve eğer aşağı-açılır menüde yoksa Mageia Denetim Merkezinin başka bir yerinden kurulmasını sağlar. Bakınız <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, vb.) ayrıca benzer işlevleri " +"sağlar ve eğer aşağı-açılır menüde yoksa Mageia Denetim Merkezinin başka bir " +"yerinden kurulmasını sağlar. Bakınız <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -6109,8 +7073,7 @@ msgstr "Sistem günlük kayıtlarını görüntüleyin ve arama yapın" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6118,17 +7081,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezi Sistem sekmesinde \"<guilabel>Sistem günlüklerini gör ve ara</guilabel>\" etiketiyle bulunur." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezi " +"Sistem sekmesinde \"<guilabel>Sistem günlüklerini gör ve ara</guilabel>\" " +"etiketiyle bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -6138,27 +7106,42 @@ msgstr "Sistem günlüklerinde arama yapmak için" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "İlk olarak aramak istediğiniz anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eşleşen</emphasis> alanı içine ve/veya cevaplar arasında görmek <emphasis>istemediğiniz</emphasis> anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis role=\"bold\">fakat eşleşmeyen</emphasis> alanına giriniz. Sonra <guilabel>Dosya seçininiz</guilabel> alanından aramak istediğiniz dosya(lar)ı seçiniz. Seçimlik olarak, aramayı sadece bir günlük olarak sınırlandırmak mümkündür. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Takvim</emphasis> içinden ay ve yılın her iki yanındaki küçük okları kullanarak seçiniz, ve \"<guibutton>Sadece seçilen günler için göster</guibutton>\"i işaretleyiniz. En sonunda sonucu <guilabel>Dosyanın içeriği</guilabel> isimli pencerede görmek için <guibutton>ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kaydet</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayıp sonucu .txt biçiminde kaydetmek mümkündür." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"İlk olarak aramak istediğiniz anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Eşleşen</emphasis> alanı içine ve/veya cevaplar arasında görmek " +"<emphasis>istemediğiniz</emphasis> anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">fakat eşleşmeyen</emphasis> alanına giriniz. Sonra <guilabel>Dosya " +"seçininiz</guilabel> alanından aramak istediğiniz dosya(lar)ı seçiniz. " +"Seçimlik olarak, aramayı sadece bir günlük olarak sınırlandırmak mümkündür. " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Takvim</emphasis> içinden ay ve yılın her iki " +"yanındaki küçük okları kullanarak seçiniz, ve \"<guibutton>Sadece seçilen " +"günler için göster</guibutton>\"i işaretleyiniz. En sonunda sonucu " +"<guilabel>Dosyanın içeriği</guilabel> isimli pencerede görmek için " +"<guibutton>ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Kaydet</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayıp sonucu .txt biçiminde kaydetmek " +"mümkündür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "<guibutton>Mageia Günlükleme Araçları</guibutton> Mageia Denetim Merkezi araçları gibi Mageia yapılandırma araçlarına evsahipliği yapar." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Mageia Günlükleme Araçları</guibutton> Mageia Denetim Merkezi " +"araçları gibi Mageia yapılandırma araçlarına evsahipliği yapar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -6171,17 +7154,24 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." -msgstr "<guibutton>E-posta ikazı</guibutton> otomatik olarak her saat sistetem yükünü kontrol eder ve gerekliyse ayarlanmış adrese e-posta gönderir." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>E-posta ikazı</guibutton> otomatik olarak her saat sistetem " +"yükünü kontrol eder ve gerekliyse ayarlanmış adrese e-posta gönderir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Bu aracı yapılandırmak için, <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-posta İkazı</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın ve sonra, sonraki ekranda, <guibutton> E-posta ikaz sistemini yapılandır</guibutton> açılır dümesine tıklayın. Burada, tüm çalışan servisler gösterilir ve hangisini izleyeceğinizi seçebilirsiniz. (Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı yapılandırmak için, <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-posta İkazı</" +"emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın ve sonra, sonraki ekranda, <guibutton> E-posta " +"ikaz sistemini yapılandır</guibutton> açılır dümesine tıklayın. Burada, tüm " +"çalışan servisler gösterilir ve hangisini izleyeceğinizi seçebilirsiniz. " +"(Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -6228,8 +7218,7 @@ msgstr "Xinetd Servisi" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "BIND Alan Adı Çözücüsü" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6238,11 +7227,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "Sonrakiekranda, kabul edilebilir olarak düşündüğünüz <guilabel>Yük</guilabel> değerini giriniz. Yük, süreç talebini temsil eder, yüksek bir yük sistemi yavaşlatır ve çok yüksek yük bir sürecin kontrolden çıkmasına işaret edebilir. Varsayılan değer 3tür. Yük değerinin işlemci sayısının 3 katı olmasını tavsiye ediyoruz." +msgstr "" +"Sonrakiekranda, kabul edilebilir olarak düşündüğünüz <guilabel>Yük</" +"guilabel> değerini giriniz. Yük, süreç talebini temsil eder, yüksek bir yük " +"sistemi yavaşlatır ve çok yüksek yük bir sürecin kontrolden çıkmasına işaret " +"edebilir. Varsayılan değer 3tür. Yük değerinin işlemci sayısının 3 katı " +"olmasını tavsiye ediyoruz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 @@ -6250,7 +7244,10 @@ msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." -msgstr "Son ekranda, uyarılacak olan kişinin <guilabel>E-posta addresi</guilabel>ni ve kullanılacak <guilabel>E-posta sunucusu</guilabel>nu girin (yerel veya İnternet üzerinde)." +msgstr "" +"Son ekranda, uyarılacak olan kişinin <guilabel>E-posta addresi</guilabel>ni " +"ve kullanılacak <guilabel>E-posta sunucusu</guilabel>nu girin (yerel veya " +"İnternet üzerinde)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -6265,25 +7262,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> " +"yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından " +"başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına " +"yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile " +"iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -6298,9 +7303,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6308,18 +7315,23 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir. root kullanıcısı ile kullanıldığında daha fazla bilgi verecektir." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından " +"başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir. root kullanıcısı ile kullanıldığında daha " +"fazla bilgi verecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake bilgisayara bağlı (USB, PCI ve PCMCIA) tüm aygıtların ve sürücülerin listesini verir. Çalışmak için ldetect ve ldetect-lst paketlerine ihtiyaç duyar." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake bilgisayara bağlı (USB, PCI ve PCMCIA) tüm aygıtların ve " +"sürücülerin listesini verir. Çalışmak için ldetect ve ldetect-lst " +"paketlerine ihtiyaç duyar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6335,7 +7347,9 @@ msgstr "-v seçeneği ile lspcidrake üretici ve aygıt tanımlamalarını ekler msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "lspcidrake genellikle çok uzun listeler üretir, bu yüzden, sıklıkla bir boru ile grep komutu -bu örnekte olduğu gibi- kullanılır:" +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake genellikle çok uzun listeler üretir, bu yüzden, sıklıkla bir boru " +"ile grep komutu -bu örnekte olduğu gibi- kullanılır:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6367,10 +7381,11 @@ msgstr "-i büyük-küçük harf farklılığını göz ardı etmek için." msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "Aşağıdaki bu ekran görüntüsünde, lspcidrake için -v seçeneğinin etkisini ve grep için -i seçeneği etkisini görebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Aşağıdaki bu ekran görüntüsünde, lspcidrake için -v seçeneğinin etkisini ve " +"grep için -i seçeneği etkisini görebilirsiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6380,7 +7395,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Donanım hakkında bilgi veren<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> adında başka bir araç daha vardır (root altında)." +msgstr "" +"Donanım hakkında bilgi veren<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> " +"adında başka bir araç daha vardır (root altında)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6392,8 +7409,7 @@ msgstr "Yazılım Paketleri Güncelleme" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate veya drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6401,18 +7417,23 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> veya <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</" +"emphasis> veya <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> yazarak " +"çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6420,27 +7441,36 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "Çalışması için, MageiaUpdate rpmdrake-edit-media ile yapılandırılacak bazı ortamların güncelleme için işaretlendiği depolara ihtiyaç duyar. Eğer öyle değilse, bu şekilde bilgilendirilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Çalışması için, MageiaUpdate rpmdrake-edit-media ile yapılandırılacak bazı " +"ortamların güncelleme için işaretlendiği depolara ihtiyaç duyar. Eğer öyle " +"değilse, bu şekilde bilgilendirilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "Bu araç başlatılır başlatılmaz, kurulu paketleri tarar ve depolarda güncelleme olanlarını listeler. Tümü varsayılan olarak otomatik olarak indirilecek şekilde seçilmiştir ve kurulur. İşlemin başlaması için <guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. " +msgstr "" +"Bu araç başlatılır başlatılmaz, kurulu paketleri tarar ve depolarda " +"güncelleme olanlarını listeler. Tümü varsayılan olarak otomatik olarak " +"indirilecek şekilde seçilmiştir ve kurulur. İşlemin başlaması için " +"<guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Bir pakete tıklayarak, daha fazla bilgi pencerenin alt yarısında görüntülenir. Bir başlıktan önceki <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> işareti tıkladığınızda açılan bir metin anlamına gelir." +msgstr "" +"Bir pakete tıklayarak, daha fazla bilgi pencerenin alt yarısında " +"görüntülenir. Bir başlıktan önceki <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> " +"işareti tıkladığınızda açılan bir metin anlamına gelir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6449,17 +7479,19 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "Güncellemeler müsait olduğunda, bir applet görev çubuğunda kırmızı bir simge <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> göstererek sizi uyarır. Sistemi güncellemek için sadece tıklayın ve kullanıcı parolasını girin." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"Güncellemeler müsait olduğunda, bir applet görev çubuğunda kırmızı bir simge " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> göstererek sizi uyarır. " +"Sistemi güncellemek için sadece tıklayın ve kullanıcı parolasını girin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Önyükleme" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6469,7 +7501,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Bu ekranda önyükleme aşamalarında yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekranda önyükleme aşamalarında yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından " +"seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya " +"tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6496,8 +7531,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Donanım" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6507,23 +7541,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Bu ekranda donanımınızı yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekranda donanımınızı yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından seçim " +"yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Donanımınızı yönetin" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Donanım gözat ve yapılandır</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Donanım gözat ve yapılandır</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6533,16 +7569,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Ekran kartı yapılandırın" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = 3D Masaüstü etkilerini yapılandır</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = 3D Masaüstü etkilerini yapılandır</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6552,14 +7588,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Fare ve klavye yapılandırın" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6569,16 +7603,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Yazdırma ve tarama yapılandırın" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Yazıcı(lar)ı ve yazdırma iş kuyruğunu ayarlayın ...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Yazıcı(lar)ı ve " +"yazdırma iş kuyruğunu ayarlayın ...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6588,8 +7622,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Diğerleri" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6606,13 +7639,16 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezi (MDM) soldaki sütundan seçilebilecek sekiz değişik seçenek veya sekmeye sahiptir, ve eğer drakwizard paketi kurulu ise on tane daha olur. Bu sekmelerin her biri büyük sağ panelden seçilebilecek farklı araç kümeleri verir." +msgstr "" +"Mageia Denetim Merkezi (MDM) soldaki sütundan seçilebilecek sekiz değişik " +"seçenek veya sekmeye sahiptir, ve eğer drakwizard paketi kurulu ise on tane " +"daha olur. Bu sekmelerin her biri büyük sağ panelden seçilebilecek farklı " +"araç kümeleri verir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." msgstr "Takip eden on bölüm on seçenek ve onlarla ilgili araçlar hakkındadır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6620,29 +7656,34 @@ msgstr "Takip eden on bölüm on seçenek ve onlarla ilgili araçlar hakkındad msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "Son bölüm MDM sekmelerinden seçilebilmesi mümkün olmayan bazı diğer Mageia araçları hakkındadır, " +msgstr "" +"Son bölüm MDM sekmelerinden seçilebilmesi mümkün olmayan bazı diğer Mageia " +"araçları hakkındadır, " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." -msgstr "Sayfaların başlıkları çoğunlukla araç ekranının başlıkları ile aynı olacaktır." +msgstr "" +"Sayfaların başlıkları çoğunlukla araç ekranının başlıkları ile aynı " +"olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Ayrıca, sol tarafta \"Ara\" sekmesine tıklayarak erişebileceğiniz arama çubuğu vardır." +msgstr "" +"Ayrıca, sol tarafta \"Ara\" sekmesine tıklayarak erişebileceğiniz arama " +"çubuğu vardır." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Yerel diskler" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6652,7 +7693,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Bu ekranda yerel diskinizi yönetmeniz veya paylaşmanız için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekranda yerel diskinizi yönetmeniz veya paylaşmanız için bir çok araç " +"arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki " +"bağlantıya tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6674,8 +7718,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Ağ Hizmetleri" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6683,11 +7726,16 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Paylaşım</emphasis> için olanı sadece <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> tıklayınız." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Paylaşım</emphasis> için olanı sadece " +"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı " +"sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha " +"fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing" +"\"/> tıklayınız." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -6719,8 +7767,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Ağ Paylaşımı" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6730,40 +7777,41 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Bu ekranda sürücüleri ve dizinleri paylaşmak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekranda sürücüleri ve dizinleri paylaşmak için bir çok araç arasından " +"seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya " +"tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Windows(R) paylaşımlarını yapılandırın" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Windows (SMB) sistemleri ile sürücü ve dizinleri paylaşın</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Windows (SMB) " +"sistemleri ile sürücü ve dizinleri paylaşın</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "NFS paylaşımlarını yapılandırın" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6773,8 +7821,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "WebDAV paylaşımlarını yapılandırın" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6784,8 +7831,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Ağ ve İnternet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6793,29 +7839,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." -msgstr "Bu ekranda bir çok ağ aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekranda bir çok ağ aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını " +"öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Ağ aygıtlarınızı yönetin" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6825,32 +7870,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Ağınızı Kişiselleştirin ve Güvenli hale getirin" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6860,8 +7900,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Güvenlik" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6871,14 +7910,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "Bu ekranda bir çok güvenlik aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekranda bir çok güvenlik aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha " +"fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Sistem güvenliğini, izinleri ve yetkileri yapılandır</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Sistem güvenliğini, izinleri ve " +"yetkileri yapılandır</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -6905,8 +7948,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Paylaşım" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6915,10 +7957,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Ağ Hizmetleri</emphasis> için olanı sadece <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> tıklayınız." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Ağ Hizmetleri</emphasis> için olanı sadece " +"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı " +"sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha " +"fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref linkend=\"mcc-" +"networkservices\"/> tıklayınız." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -6935,8 +7982,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "Sistem" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -6946,27 +7992,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Bu ekranda bir çok sistem ve yönetim araçları arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekranda bir çok sistem ve yönetim araçları arasından seçim " +"yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Sistem hizmetlerini yönetin" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -6976,14 +8021,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Yerelleştirme" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -6993,34 +8036,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Yönetim araçları" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Sistemdeki kullanıcıları yönetin</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Sistemdeki kullanıcıları " +"yönetin</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" @@ -7034,25 +8074,35 @@ msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezi" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Bu belge <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> yardımlarıyla üretilmiş <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> tarafından geliştirilmiştir." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Bu belge <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> " +"yardımlarıyla üretilmiş <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</" +"link> tarafından geliştirilmiştir." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Gönüllüler tarafından onların boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu kılavuzun geliştirilmesine yardım etmek için lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Takımı</link> ile iletişime geçin. " +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Gönüllüler tarafından onların boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu kılavuzun " +"geliştirilmesine yardım etmek için lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Takımı</link> ile iletişime " +"geçin. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -7064,8 +8114,7 @@ msgstr "Güncelleme sıklığını yapılandırın" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7073,28 +8122,37 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-" +"config</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezi <emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesi altında bulunur. Ayrıca görev çubuğunda kırmızı simge üstünde <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> <guimenu>sağ tık / Yapılandırmayı güncelle</guimenu> ile erişilebilir." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezi " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesi altında bulunur. " +"Ayrıca görev çubuğunda kırmızı simge üstünde <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> <guimenu>sağ tık / Yapılandırmayı güncelle</" +"guimenu> ile erişilebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." -msgstr "İlk kayan ekran Mageia'nın güncellemeleri ne sıklıkta denetleyeceğini değiştirmenizi sağlar ve ikincisi ilk denetimden sonra önyükleme gecikmesi içindir." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"İlk kayan ekran Mageia'nın güncellemeleri ne sıklıkta denetleyeceğini " +"değiştirmenizi sağlar ve ikincisi ilk denetimden sonra önyükleme gecikmesi " +"içindir." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7106,8 +8164,7 @@ msgstr "İşaretleme aracı (fare, touchpad) yapılandır" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7115,23 +8172,30 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Mageia'yı kurmak için fareniz olması gerektiğinden, bu halihazırda Drakinstall tarafından kurulmuştur. Bu araç başka bir farenin kurulumunu sağlar." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Mageia'yı kurmak için fareniz olması gerektiğinden, bu halihazırda " +"Drakinstall tarafından kurulmuştur. Bu araç başka bir farenin kurulumunu " +"sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -7140,7 +8204,11 @@ msgid "" "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Fareler bağlantı türüne göre ve sonra modeline göre sıralıdırlar. Farenizi seçin ve <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton>a tıklayın. Çoğu zaman \"Universal / Any PS/2 & USB mice\" yeni fareler için uygundur. Yeni fare hemen devreye girer." +msgstr "" +"Fareler bağlantı türüne göre ve sonra modeline göre sıralıdırlar. Farenizi " +"seçin ve <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton>a tıklayın. Çoğu zaman \"Universal / " +"Any PS/2 & USB mice\" yeni fareler için uygundur. Yeni fare hemen " +"devreye girer." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -7152,8 +8220,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Sistem Güvenliği ve Denetimi" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7161,40 +8228,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</" +"emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> msec için, sistem güvenliğini iki yaklaşıma göre yapılandırmaya izin veren bir grafik kullanıcı arayüzüdür:" +msgstr "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> msec için, sistem " +"güvenliğini iki yaklaşıma göre yapılandırmaya izin veren bir grafik " +"kullanıcı arayüzüdür:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." -msgstr "Bu, sistem davranışını ayarlar, msec sistemi daha güvenli olması için değişiklik yapmaya zorlar." +msgstr "" +"Bu, sistem davranışını ayarlar, msec sistemi daha güvenli olması için " +"değişiklik yapmaya zorlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Bu, bir şeylerin tehlikeli görünmesi durumunda sizi uyarmak için, periyodik denetimleri sürdürür." +msgstr "" +"Bu, bir şeylerin tehlikeli görünmesi durumunda sizi uyarmak için, periyodik " +"denetimleri sürdürür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." -msgstr "msec, bir dizi sistem izinlerini yapılandırma amacıyla, değşiklikler veya zorlamalar için denetim olabilecek \"güvenlik seviyeleri\" kavramını kullanır. Bunların bikaçı Mageia tarafından önerilir, fakat kendi özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi tanımlayabilirsiniz." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"msec, bir dizi sistem izinlerini yapılandırma amacıyla, değşiklikler veya " +"zorlamalar için denetim olabilecek \"güvenlik seviyeleri\" kavramını " +"kullanır. Bunların bikaçı Mageia tarafından önerilir, fakat kendi " +"özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi tanımlayabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7211,43 +8291,48 @@ msgstr "Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız" msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "İlk sekme farklı güvenlik araçları listesini sağ tarafta onları yapılandırmak için bir düğmeyle alır:" +msgstr "" +"İlk sekme farklı güvenlik araçları listesini sağ tarafta onları " +"yapılandırmak için bir düğmeyle alır:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "Güvenlik duvarı ayrıca MDM / Güvenlik / Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı kurun içinde bulunabilir." +msgstr "" +"Güvenlik duvarı ayrıca MDM / Güvenlik / Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı kurun " +"içinde bulunabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Güncellemeler, ayrıca MDM / Yazılım Yönetimi / Sisteminizi güncelleyin içinde bulunabilir." +msgstr "" +"Güncellemeler, ayrıca MDM / Yazılım Yönetimi / Sisteminizi güncelleyin " +"içinde bulunabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "bazı bilgilerle msec'in kendisi:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "etkinleştir ya da etknleştirme" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "Yapılandırılmış Temel güvenlik seviyesi" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "Son periyodik denetimin tarihi ve detaylı rapor için bir düğme ve denetimleri hemen gerçekleştiren bir başka düğme bulunur." +msgstr "" +"Son periyodik denetimin tarihi ve detaylı rapor için bir düğme ve " +"denetimleri hemen gerçekleştiren bir başka düğme bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -7257,13 +8342,13 @@ msgstr "Güvenlik ayarları sekmesi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." -msgstr "İkinci sekmede veya Güvenlik <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklama aşağıda gösterilen aynı ekrana götürür." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"İkinci sekmede veya Güvenlik <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine " +"tıklama aşağıda gösterilen aynı ekrana götürür." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7281,22 +8366,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Güvenlik seviyeleri:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" -msgstr "<guilabel>MSEC aracını etkinleştir</guilabel> kutusunu işaretledikten sonra, bu sekme güvenlik seviyesini çift tıklayarak ve sonra kalın olarak göstererek seçmenizi sağlar. Eğer kutu işaretlenmiş değilse, « hiçbir » seviyesi uygulanır. Aşağıdaki seviyeler uygulanabilir:" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>MSEC aracını etkinleştir</guilabel> kutusunu işaretledikten sonra, " +"bu sekme güvenlik seviyesini çift tıklayarak ve sonra kalın olarak " +"göstererek seçmenizi sağlar. Eğer kutu işaretlenmiş değilse, « hiçbir » " +"seviyesi uygulanır. Aşağıdaki seviyeler uygulanabilir:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">hiçbir</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu seviye eğer sistem güvenliğini denetlemek için msec kullanmak istemiyorsanız, ve bunu kendi başınıza ayrlamak istiyorsanız kullanılır. Bütün güvenlik denetimlerini kaldırır ve sistem yapılandırması ve ayarları üzerinde hiçbir sınırlandırma ve baskı uygulamaz. Lütfen bu seviyeyi, sisteminizi zarar verici saldırılara karşı açık bırakacağında, ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız kullanınız." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">hiçbir</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu seviye eğer sistem " +"güvenliğini denetlemek için msec kullanmak istemiyorsanız, ve bunu kendi " +"başınıza ayrlamak istiyorsanız kullanılır. Bütün güvenlik denetimlerini " +"kaldırır ve sistem yapılandırması ve ayarları üzerinde hiçbir sınırlandırma " +"ve baskı uygulamaz. Lütfen bu seviyeyi, sisteminizi zarar verici saldırılara " +"karşı açık bırakacağında, ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız kullanınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 @@ -7307,27 +8402,43 @@ msgid "" "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu kurulduğunda varsıyılan yapılandırmadır ve genel kullanıcılar içindir. Pek çok sistem ayarlarını sınırlar ve dosya sisteminde, sistem hesaplarında ve savunmasız dizin izinlerindeki değişimleri algılayan günlük güvenlik denetimleri gerçekleştirir. (Bu seviye önceki msec sürümündeki seviye 2 ve 3 ile benzerdir)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu kurulduğunda " +"varsıyılan yapılandırmadır ve genel kullanıcılar içindir. Pek çok sistem " +"ayarlarını sınırlar ve dosya sisteminde, sistem hesaplarında ve savunmasız " +"dizin izinlerindeki değişimleri algılayan günlük güvenlik denetimleri " +"gerçekleştirir. (Bu seviye önceki msec sürümündeki seviye 2 ve 3 ile " +"benzerdir)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">güvenli</emphasis> eviyesi. Bu seviye sistemin güvenli olduğundan emin ve hala kullanılabilir olmasını istediğiniz durumlarda kullanılır. Sistem sınırlandırmalarını destekler ve daha çok periyodik denetimler yapar. Dahası, sisteme erişim daha çok sınırlandırılmıştır. (Bu seviye eski msec sürümlerindeki seviye 4 (Yüksek) ve seviye 5 (Paronoid) ile benzerdir)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">güvenli</emphasis> eviyesi. Bu seviye sistemin " +"güvenli olduğundan emin ve hala kullanılabilir olmasını istediğiniz " +"durumlarda kullanılır. Sistem sınırlandırmalarını destekler ve daha çok " +"periyodik denetimler yapar. Dahası, sisteme erişim daha çok " +"sınırlandırılmıştır. (Bu seviye eski msec sürümlerindeki seviye 4 (Yüksek) " +"ve seviye 5 (Paronoid) ile benzerdir)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "Bu güvenlik seviyelerinin yanında, <emphasis role=\"bold\">dosyasunucu </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">websunucu</emphasis> ve <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> seviyeleri gibi farklı görev-odaklı güvenlik ayrıca sağlanır." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"Bu güvenlik seviyelerinin yanında, <emphasis role=\"bold\">dosyasunucu </" +"emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">websunucu</emphasis> ve <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> seviyeleri gibi farklı görev-odaklı güvenlik " +"ayrıca sağlanır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 @@ -7335,25 +8446,36 @@ msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">günlük_denetim </emphasis> ve <emphasis role=\"bold\">aylık_denetim</emphasis> denen son iki seviye aslında gerçek güvenlik seviyelerinden ziyade sadece periyodik denetim için araçlardır." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">günlük_denetim </emphasis> ve <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">aylık_denetim</emphasis> denen son iki seviye aslında gerçek güvenlik " +"seviyelerinden ziyade sadece periyodik denetim için araçlardır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Bu seviyeler <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename> içine kaydedilirler. Kendi özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi tanımlayabilir, onları <filename>seviye.<seviyeismi></filename> içine kaydedip, <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> içine yerleştirebilirsiniz. Bu işlem özelleştirilmiş ve daha güvenli sistem yapılandırması isteyen güçlü kullanıcılar içindir. " +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Bu seviyeler <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename> " +"içine kaydedilirler. Kendi özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi " +"tanımlayabilir, onları <filename>seviye.<seviyeismi></filename> içine " +"kaydedip, <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> içine " +"yerleştirebilirsiniz. Bu işlem özelleştirilmiş ve daha güvenli sistem " +"yapılandırması isteyen güçlü kullanıcılar içindir. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." -msgstr "kullanıcı tarafından değiştirilen parametrelerin varsayılan seviye üzerinde bulunduğunu aklınızdan çıkarmayın." +msgstr "" +"kullanıcı tarafından değiştirilen parametrelerin varsayılan seviye üzerinde " +"bulunduğunu aklınızdan çıkarmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -7363,23 +8485,34 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Güvenlik ikazları:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." -msgstr "Eğer <guibutton>Güvenlik ikazlarını e-posta ile gönder :</guibutton> kutusunu işaretlerseniz, msec tarafından oluşturulan güvenlik ikazları alanın yanındaki güvenlik yöneticisi yerel e-posta adresine gönderilir. Yerel bir kullanıcı ya da tam e-posta adresi (yerel e-posta adresi ve e-posta yöneticisi uygun bir şekilde ayarlanmalıdır) girebilirsiniz. En azından, güvenlik ikazlarını doğrudan masaüstünde alabilirsiniz. Bunu etkinleştirmek için ilgili kutuyu işaretleyin. " +msgstr "" +"Eğer <guibutton>Güvenlik ikazlarını e-posta ile gönder :</guibutton> " +"kutusunu işaretlerseniz, msec tarafından oluşturulan güvenlik ikazları " +"alanın yanındaki güvenlik yöneticisi yerel e-posta adresine gönderilir. " +"Yerel bir kullanıcı ya da tam e-posta adresi (yerel e-posta adresi ve e-" +"posta yöneticisi uygun bir şekilde ayarlanmalıdır) girebilirsiniz. En " +"azından, güvenlik ikazlarını doğrudan masaüstünde alabilirsiniz. Bunu " +"etkinleştirmek için ilgili kutuyu işaretleyin. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "Güvenlik ikazları seçeneğinin işaretlenmesi muhtemel güvenlik sorunlarının güvenlik yöneticisine hemen gönderilmesi için şiddetle tavsiye edilir. Eğer öyle değilse, yönetici <filename>/var/log/security.</filename> içinden erişilebilen günlük dosyalarını düzenli olarak denetlemek zorundadır." +msgstr "" +"Güvenlik ikazları seçeneğinin işaretlenmesi muhtemel güvenlik sorunlarının " +"güvenlik yöneticisine hemen gönderilmesi için şiddetle tavsiye edilir. Eğer " +"öyle değilse, yönetici <filename>/var/log/security.</filename> içinden " +"erişilebilen günlük dosyalarını düzenli olarak denetlemek zorundadır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -7390,12 +8523,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Güvenlik seçenekleri:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." -msgstr "Özelleştirilmiş bir güvenlik seviyesi oluşturmak bilgisayar güvenliğini özelleştirmek için tek yol değildir, burada bulunan sekmelerive istediğiniz seçenekleri değiştirmek de ayrıca mümkündür. msec için aktif yapılandırma <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename> içinde saklanır. Bu dosya aktif güvenlik seviyesi ismini ve seçeneklerde yapılan tüm değişiklerin bir listesini içerir. " +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Özelleştirilmiş bir güvenlik seviyesi oluşturmak bilgisayar güvenliğini " +"özelleştirmek için tek yol değildir, burada bulunan sekmelerive istediğiniz " +"seçenekleri değiştirmek de ayrıca mümkündür. msec için aktif yapılandırma " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename> içinde saklanır. Bu " +"dosya aktif güvenlik seviyesi ismini ve seçeneklerde yapılan tüm " +"değişiklerin bir listesini içerir. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -7406,12 +8545,13 @@ msgstr "Sistem güvenlik sekmesi" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." -msgstr "Bu sekme tüm güvenlik seçeneklerini sol taraftaki sütunda, tanımı merkez sütunda ve aktif değerini sağ sütunda gösterir." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"Bu sekme tüm güvenlik seçeneklerini sol taraftaki sütunda, tanımı merkez " +"sütunda ve aktif değerini sağ sütunda gösterir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7424,10 +8564,14 @@ msgid "" "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." -msgstr "Bir seçeneği değiştirmek için, üzerine çift tıklanır ve yeni bir pencere açılır (aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız). Bu, seçenek ismini, kısa bir tanımını, aktif ve varsayılan değerleri, ve yeni değerin seçilebileceği açılır bir listeyi görüntüler. Seçimleri doğrulamak için <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Bir seçeneği değiştirmek için, üzerine çift tıklanır ve yeni bir pencere " +"açılır (aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız). Bu, seçenek ismini, kısa bir " +"tanımını, aktif ve varsayılan değerleri, ve yeni değerin seçilebileceği " +"açılır bir listeyi görüntüler. Seçimleri doğrulamak için <guibutton>TAMAM</" +"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7439,10 +8583,13 @@ msgid "" "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." -msgstr "msecgui'den çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu> yolulya yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı sağlar." +msgstr "" +"msecgui'den çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu> " +"yolulya yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik " +"yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı " +"sağlar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7458,8 +8605,7 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "Bu sekme tüm ağ seçeneklerini gösterir ve önceki sekme gibi çalışır" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7474,7 +8620,10 @@ msgstr "Periyodik kontroller sekmesi" msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Periyodik denetimler güvenlik yöneticisini msec'in potansiyel olarak tehlikeli olduğunu düşündüğü güvenlik ikazları için bilgilendirmesini amaçlar." +msgstr "" +"Periyodik denetimler güvenlik yöneticisini msec'in potansiyel olarak " +"tehlikeli olduğunu düşündüğü güvenlik ikazları için bilgilendirmesini " +"amaçlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -7482,10 +8631,12 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "Bu sekme msec tarafından gerçekleştirilen ve eğer <guibutton>Periyodik güvenlik denetimlerini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretli ise bunların sıklığını gösterir. Değişiklikler önceki sekmede olduğu gibi yapılır." +msgstr "" +"Bu sekme msec tarafından gerçekleştirilen ve eğer <guibutton>Periyodik " +"güvenlik denetimlerini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretli ise bunların " +"sıklığını gösterir. Değişiklikler önceki sekmede olduğu gibi yapılır." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7499,14 +8650,18 @@ msgstr "İstisnalar sekmesi" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "Bazen ikaz mesajları iyi bilinen ve istenen durumlardan kaynaklanır. Bu durumlarda bunlar kullanışsızdırlar ve sistem yöneticisinin zamanını harcarlar. Bu sekme istenmeyen mesajlardan kurtulmak için pek çok istisna oluşturmanıza izin verir. Açıktır ki msec ilk çalıştırıldığında boştur. Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsü dört istina gösterir." +msgstr "" +"Bazen ikaz mesajları iyi bilinen ve istenen durumlardan kaynaklanır. Bu " +"durumlarda bunlar kullanışsızdırlar ve sistem yöneticisinin zamanını " +"harcarlar. Bu sekme istenmeyen mesajlardan kurtulmak için pek çok istisna " +"oluşturmanıza izin verir. Açıktır ki msec ilk çalıştırıldığında boştur. " +"Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsü dört istina gösterir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7514,12 +8669,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" -msgstr "Bir istisna oluşturmak için <guibutton>Bir kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Bir istisna oluşturmak için <guibutton>Bir kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine " +"tıklayınız" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7528,12 +8683,16 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "İstenen periyodik denetimi <guilabel>Denetle</guilabel> ismindeki aşağı açılır listeden seçin ve sonra metin alanında <guilabel>İstisna</guilabel>yı giriniz. Bir istisna eklemek açıktır ki değiştirilmez değildir, bunu <guilabel>İstisnalar</guilabel> sekmesinin <guibutton>Sil</guibutton> düğmesini kullanarak veya çift tıklamayla düzenleyerek silebilirsiniz." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"İstenen periyodik denetimi <guilabel>Denetle</guilabel> ismindeki aşağı " +"açılır listeden seçin ve sonra metin alanında <guilabel>İstisna</guilabel>yı " +"giriniz. Bir istisna eklemek açıktır ki değiştirilmez değildir, bunu " +"<guilabel>İstisnalar</guilabel> sekmesinin <guibutton>Sil</guibutton> " +"düğmesini kullanarak veya çift tıklamayla düzenleyerek silebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -7557,13 +8716,22 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Pek çok güvenlik için olduğu gibi, msec farklı izin seviyelerine (standard, güvenli, ...) sahiptir, bunlar seçilen güvenlik seviyelerine bağlı olarak etkinleştirilir. Kendi özelleştirilmiş izin seviyelerinizi, onları <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> dizini içinde bulunan <filename>izin.<seviyeismi> </filename> ismindeki dosyaya yazarak oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu fonksiyon özelleştirilmiş yapılandırmaya ihtiyacı olan güçlü kullanıcılar içindir. Burada gösterilen sekmeyi istediğiniz herhangi bir izini değiştirmek için kullanmanız da mümkündür. Aktif yapılandırma <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> içinde saklanır. Bu dosya izinlerde yapılan tüm değişikliklerin listesini içerir." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Pek çok güvenlik için olduğu gibi, msec farklı izin seviyelerine (standard, " +"güvenli, ...) sahiptir, bunlar seçilen güvenlik seviyelerine bağlı olarak " +"etkinleştirilir. Kendi özelleştirilmiş izin seviyelerinizi, onları " +"<filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> dizini içinde bulunan <filename>izin." +"<seviyeismi> </filename> ismindeki dosyaya yazarak oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu " +"fonksiyon özelleştirilmiş yapılandırmaya ihtiyacı olan güçlü kullanıcılar " +"içindir. Burada gösterilen sekmeyi istediğiniz herhangi bir izini " +"değiştirmek için kullanmanız da mümkündür. Aktif yapılandırma <filename>/etc/" +"security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> içinde saklanır. Bu dosya izinlerde " +"yapılan tüm değişikliklerin listesini içerir." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7572,18 +8740,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" -msgstr "Varsayılan izinler bir kurallar listesi olarak (satır başına bir kural) gösterilir. Sol tarafta kural ile ilgili dosya veya dizini, ayrıca sahibi, ayrıca grubu ve kural tarafından verilen izini görebilirsiniz. Eğer, verilmiş bir kural için:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"Varsayılan izinler bir kurallar listesi olarak (satır başına bir kural) " +"gösterilir. Sol tarafta kural ile ilgili dosya veya dizini, ayrıca sahibi, " +"ayrıca grubu ve kural tarafından verilen izini görebilirsiniz. Eğer, " +"verilmiş bir kural için:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "<guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmiş değilse, msec sadece bu kural için tanımlı izinlerin itibarlı olup olmadığını denetler ve değilse ikaz mesajı gönderir, fakat herhangi bir şeyi deiştirmez." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmiş değilse, msec sadece bu kural " +"için tanımlı izinlerin itibarlı olup olmadığını denetler ve değilse ikaz " +"mesajı gönderir, fakat herhangi bir şeyi deiştirmez." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 @@ -7591,25 +8766,32 @@ msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." -msgstr "<guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> düğmesi işaretli, öyleyse msec ilk periyodik denetimde izinleri yönetecek ve izinlerin üzerine yazacaktır." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> düğmesi işaretli, öyleyse msec ilk periyodik " +"denetimde izinleri yönetecek ve izinlerin üzerine yazacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Bunun çalışması için <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik denetim sekmesi</emphasis> içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği uygun bir şekilde yapılandırılmalı." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Bunun çalışması için <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik denetim sekmesi</" +"emphasis> içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği uygun bir şekilde yapılandırılmalı." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Yeni bir kural oluşturmak için, <guibutton> Kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın ve aşağıdaki örnekte gösterildiği gibi alanları doldurun. <guilabel>Dosya</guilabel> alanında * joker karakterine izin verilir. \"aktif\" hiç değişiklik olmaması anlamında gelir." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Yeni bir kural oluşturmak için, <guibutton> Kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine " +"tıklayın ve aşağıdaki örnekte gösterildiği gibi alanları doldurun. " +"<guilabel>Dosya</guilabel> alanında * joker karakterine izin verilir. \"aktif" +"\" hiç değişiklik olmaması anlamında gelir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7621,26 +8803,40 @@ msgid "" "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Seçimi doğrulamak için <guibutton>OK</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın ve çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu> yolulya yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı sağlar." +msgstr "" +"Seçimi doğrulamak için <guibutton>OK</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın ve " +"çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu> yolulya " +"yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik " +"yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı " +"sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> dosyasını düzenleyerek de kural oluşturmak veya değiştirmek mümkündür." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> dosyasını düzenleyerek de " +"kural oluşturmak veya değiştirmek mümkündür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">İzin sekmesi</emphasis>ndeki değişiklikler (veya doğrudan yapılandırma dosyasındaki) ilk periyodik denetimde hesaba katılır (bakınız <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik denetimler sekmesi</emphasis> içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği). Bunların hemen hesaba katılmasını istiyorsanız, root hakları ile uç birimde msecperms komutunu kullanınız. Öncesinde msecperms tarafından değiştirilecek izinleri öğrenmek için msecperms -p komutunu kullanabilirsiniz." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">İzin sekmesi</emphasis>ndeki değişiklikler (veya " +"doğrudan yapılandırma dosyasındaki) ilk periyodik denetimde hesaba katılır " +"(bakınız <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik denetimler sekmesi</emphasis> " +"içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği). Bunların hemen hesaba katılmasını " +"istiyorsanız, root hakları ile uç birimde msecperms komutunu kullanınız. " +"Öncesinde msecperms tarafından değiştirilecek izinleri öğrenmek için " +"msecperms -p komutunu kullanabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -7651,7 +8847,13 @@ msgid "" "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "Unutmayın, bir izini uç birimden veya bir dosya yöneticisi ile değiştirirseniz, <emphasis role=\"bold\">İzinler sekmesi </emphasis> içinde <guilabel>Zorla </guilabel> kutusu işaretli bir dosya için, msecgui bir süre sonra <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik Denetimler Sekmesi </emphasis> içindeki CHECK_PERMS ve CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE seçeneklerinin yapılandırmasına bağlı olarak eski izinleri geri yazacktır, " +msgstr "" +"Unutmayın, bir izini uç birimden veya bir dosya yöneticisi ile " +"değiştirirseniz, <emphasis role=\"bold\">İzinler sekmesi </emphasis> içinde " +"<guilabel>Zorla </guilabel> kutusu işaretli bir dosya için, msecgui bir süre " +"sonra <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik Denetimler Sekmesi </emphasis> " +"içindeki CHECK_PERMS ve CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE seçeneklerinin yapılandırmasına " +"bağlı olarak eski izinleri geri yazacktır, " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -7662,9 +8864,12 @@ msgstr "Diğer Mageia Araçları" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." -msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezinden başlatılabilen araçlardan daha fazla Mageia aracı bulunur. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın ya da sonraki sayfayı okumaya devam edin." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"Mageia Denetim Merkezinden başlatılabilen araçlardan daha fazla Mageia aracı " +"bulunur. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın ya da " +"sonraki sayfayı okumaya devam edin." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7701,8 +8906,7 @@ msgstr "Yazılım Yönetimi (Yazılım Kurun veya Kaldırın)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7715,9 +8919,11 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake'e giriş" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7731,19 +8937,31 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, ayrıca drakrpm olarak bilinir, paketleri kurmak, kaldırmak ve güncellemek için kullanılan bir programdır. URPMI'nin grafik kullanıcı arayüzüdür. Her açılışta, Mageia'nın resmi sunucularından indirilen çevrimiçi paket listesini ('ortam' denir) kontrol edecektir, ve bilgisayarınız için uygun en son paket ve uygulamaları gösterecektir. Bir filtreleme sistemi sadece belirli türdeki paketleri görüntülemenizi sağlar: sadece kurulu olan paketleri (varsayılan), veya sadece uygun güncellemeleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca sadece kurulu olmayan paketleri de görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca, bir paketin ismi ile, veya tanımlamaların özetinde veya paketlerin tam tanımlamaları içinde ya da pakete dahil dosyaların içinde arama yapabilirsiniz." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, ayrıca drakrpm olarak " +"bilinir, paketleri kurmak, kaldırmak ve güncellemek için kullanılan bir " +"programdır. URPMI'nin grafik kullanıcı arayüzüdür. Her açılışta, Mageia'nın " +"resmi sunucularından indirilen çevrimiçi paket listesini ('ortam' denir) " +"kontrol edecektir, ve bilgisayarınız için uygun en son paket ve uygulamaları " +"gösterecektir. Bir filtreleme sistemi sadece belirli türdeki paketleri " +"görüntülemenizi sağlar: sadece kurulu olan paketleri (varsayılan), veya " +"sadece uygun güncellemeleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca sadece kurulu " +"olmayan paketleri de görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca, bir paketin ismi ile, " +"veya tanımlamaların özetinde veya paketlerin tam tanımlamaları içinde ya da " +"pakete dahil dosyaların içinde arama yapabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Çalışması için, rpmdrake <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ile yapılandırılacak depolara ihtiyaç duyar." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Çalışması için, rpmdrake <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ile " +"yapılandırılacak depolara ihtiyaç duyar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7752,28 +8970,36 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Kurulum sırasında, yapılandırılmış veri kaynağı kurulumda kullanılan, genellikle DVD veya CD veri kaynağıdır. Bu veri kaynağını tutmaya devam ederseniz, rpmdrake her paket kurulumunda bunu soracaktır: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Yukarıdaki ileti sizi rahatsız ediyorsa ve çok kısıtlı indirme sınırları olmayan iyi bir internet bağlantınız varsa, bu veri kaynağını <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> kullanarak çevrimiçi depolar ile değiştirmek daha uygun olacaktır ." +msgstr "" +"Kurulum sırasında, yapılandırılmış veri kaynağı kurulumda kullanılan, " +"genellikle DVD veya CD veri kaynağıdır. Bu veri kaynağını tutmaya devam " +"ederseniz, rpmdrake her paket kurulumunda bunu soracaktır: <placeholder type=" +"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Yukarıdaki ileti sizi rahatsız ediyorsa ve çok " +"kısıtlı indirme sınırları olmayan iyi bir internet bağlantınız varsa, bu " +"veri kaynağını <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> kullanarak çevrimiçi " +"depolar ile değiştirmek daha uygun olacaktır ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "Ayrıca, çevrimiçi depolar her zaman güncel olup çok daha fazla paket içerirler ve kurulu paketlerinizin güncelenmesini sağlarlar." +msgstr "" +"Ayrıca, çevrimiçi depolar her zaman güncel olup çok daha fazla paket " +"içerirler ve kurulu paketlerinizin güncelenmesini sağlarlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "Ekranın ana bölümleri" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7789,25 +9015,37 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Bu filtre sadece belirli türdeki paketleri görüntülemenizi sağlar. Yöneticiyi ilk kez çalıştırdığınızda, sadece grafik arayüzlü uygulamaları gösterir. Tüm paketleri veya, onların tüm bağımlılıklarını ve kütüphanelerini ya da sadece uygulamalar, sadece güncellemeler veya Mageianın daha yeni sürümünden düzeltilmiş paketler gibi grupları görüntüleyebilirsiniz." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Bu filtre sadece belirli türdeki paketleri görüntülemenizi sağlar. " +"Yöneticiyi ilk kez çalıştırdığınızda, sadece grafik arayüzlü uygulamaları " +"gösterir. Tüm paketleri veya, onların tüm bağımlılıklarını ve " +"kütüphanelerini ya da sadece uygulamalar, sadece güncellemeler veya " +"Mageianın daha yeni sürümünden düzeltilmiş paketler gibi grupları " +"görüntüleyebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "Varsayılan filtre ayarı Linux veya Mageia ile yeni tanışanlar içindir, ki bunlar komut satırı ve uzman araçları istemezler. Bu belgeyi okuduğunuza göre açıkça Mageia bilginizi geliştirmek istiyorsunuz, bu yüzden bu filtreyi \"Tümü\" yapmak en iyisidir." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"Varsayılan filtre ayarı Linux veya Mageia ile yeni tanışanlar içindir, ki " +"bunlar komut satırı ve uzman araçları istemezler. Bu belgeyi okuduğunuza " +"göre açıkça Mageia bilginizi geliştirmek istiyorsunuz, bu yüzden bu filtreyi " +"\"Tümü\" yapmak en iyisidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paket durumu filtresi:</emphasis> </firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paket durumu filtresi:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7815,7 +9053,9 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "Bu filtre sadece kurulu olan paketleri, kurulu olmayan paketleri veya kurulu veya kurulu olmayan tüm paketleri görmenizi sağlar, " +msgstr "" +"Bu filtre sadece kurulu olan paketleri, kurulu olmayan paketleri veya kurulu " +"veya kurulu olmayan tüm paketleri görmenizi sağlar, " #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -7828,7 +9068,9 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Paket isimleri, özetleri, tam tanımlamaları veya paketin içerdiği dosyalar arasında arama yapmak için bu simgeye tıklayın. " +msgstr "" +"Paket isimleri, özetleri, tam tanımlamaları veya paketin içerdiği dosyalar " +"arasında arama yapmak için bu simgeye tıklayın. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7841,7 +9083,10 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "Buraya bir ya da daha fazla anahtar kelime girin. Arama için birden fazla anahtar kelime girmek istiyorsanız anahtar kelimeler arasında '|' kullanın, örn. Aynı anda \"mplayer\" ve \"xine\" aramak için 'mplayer | xine' yazın. " +msgstr "" +"Buraya bir ya da daha fazla anahtar kelime girin. Arama için birden fazla " +"anahtar kelime girmek istiyorsanız anahtar kelimeler arasında '|' kullanın, " +"örn. Aynı anda \"mplayer\" ve \"xine\" aramak için 'mplayer | xine' yazın. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -7853,7 +9098,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tümünü sil:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "Bu simge \"Ara\" kutusuna girilmiş anahtar kelimeleri tek tıklamayla temizleyebilir." +msgstr "" +"Bu simge \"Ara\" kutusuna girilmiş anahtar kelimeleri tek tıklamayla " +"temizleyebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -7863,9 +9110,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategori listesi:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." -msgstr "Bu kenar çubuğu tüm uygulamaları ve paketleri net bir şekilde kategoriler ve alt kategoriler halinde gruplandırır. " +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"Bu kenar çubuğu tüm uygulamaları ve paketleri net bir şekilde kategoriler ve " +"alt kategoriler halinde gruplandırır. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -7876,10 +9125,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Açıklama paneli:</emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Bu panel paketin ismini, özetini ve tam tanımlamalarını gösterir. Seçilen paketle ilgili bir çok kullanışlı öğeler gösterir. Ayrıca paket ile ilgili tam detayları, pakete dahil edilmiş dosyalarla birlikte bakımcının yaptığı son değişikliği de gösterir. " +msgstr "" +"Bu panel paketin ismini, özetini ve tam tanımlamalarını gösterir. Seçilen " +"paketle ilgili bir çok kullanışlı öğeler gösterir. Ayrıca paket ile ilgili " +"tam detayları, pakete dahil edilmiş dosyalarla birlikte bakımcının yaptığı " +"son değişikliği de gösterir. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -7894,78 +9147,73 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Bir kez filtreyi doğru bir şekilde ayarladığınızda, yazılımınızı ya kategori (yukarıda alan 6) ya da alan 4 isim/özet/tanım yoluyla bulabilirsiniz. Sorgunuzu karşılayan bir paketler listesi ve unutmayın seçilen ortam her paketin kurulu/kurulu değil/güncelleme... durumuna bağlı olarak farklı durum işaretçisi ile gösterilir. Bu durumu değiştirmek için sadece paket isminin önündeki kutuyu işaretleyin ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Bir kez filtreyi doğru bir şekilde ayarladığınızda, yazılımınızı ya kategori " +"(yukarıda alan 6) ya da alan 4 isim/özet/tanım yoluyla bulabilirsiniz. " +"Sorgunuzu karşılayan bir paketler listesi ve unutmayın seçilen ortam her " +"paketin kurulu/kurulu değil/güncelleme... durumuna bağlı olarak farklı durum " +"işaretçisi ile gösterilir. Bu durumu değiştirmek için sadece paket isminin " +"önündeki kutuyu işaretleyin ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> butonuna " +"tıklayın." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Simge" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Gösterge" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "Bu paket zaten kurulu" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Bu paket kurulacak" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Bu paket değiştirilemez" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Bu paket bir güncelleştirme" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Bu paket kaldırılacak" @@ -7986,7 +9234,10 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Eğer digikam seçimini kaldırırsam (yeşil ok bize kurulu olduğunu söyler), durum simgesi kırmızı yukarı ok olur ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığımızda kaldırılır." +msgstr "" +"Eğer digikam seçimini kaldırırsam (yeşil ok bize kurulu olduğunu söyler), " +"durum simgesi kırmızı yukarı ok olur ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> " +"düğmesine tıkladığımızda kaldırılır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -7994,15 +9245,17 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Eğer qdigidoc seçersem (kurulu değildir, duruma bakınız),turuncu aşağı ok simgesi gözükür ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığımızda kurulur." +msgstr "" +"Eğer qdigidoc seçersem (kurulu değildir, duruma bakınız),turuncu aşağı ok " +"simgesi gözükür ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığımızda " +"kurulur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Bağımlılıklar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8010,15 +9263,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." -msgstr "Bazı paketler çalışabilmeleri için bağımlılıklar denen paketlere ihtiyaç duyarlar. Örneğin bunlar kütüphanelerdir ya da araçlardır. Bu durumda, Rpmdrake seçilen bağımlılıkları kabul edip etmediğinizi soran, işlemi iptal etmenizi veya daha fazla bilgi almanızı sağlayan bir pencere gösterir (yukarıya bakınız). Bu ayrıca çeşitli paketler gerekli kütüphaneleri sağlayabilecekleri zaman meydana gelebilir, bu durumda rpmdrake alternatif listesini daha fazla bilgi veren bir düğme ve hangi paketlerin kurulacağını seçtiren bir düğme ile gösterir." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Bazı paketler çalışabilmeleri için bağımlılıklar denen paketlere ihtiyaç " +"duyarlar. Örneğin bunlar kütüphanelerdir ya da araçlardır. Bu durumda, " +"Rpmdrake seçilen bağımlılıkları kabul edip etmediğinizi soran, işlemi iptal " +"etmenizi veya daha fazla bilgi almanızı sağlayan bir pencere gösterir " +"(yukarıya bakınız). Bu ayrıca çeşitli paketler gerekli kütüphaneleri " +"sağlayabilecekleri zaman meydana gelebilir, bu durumda rpmdrake alternatif " +"listesini daha fazla bilgi veren bir düğme ve hangi paketlerin kurulacağını " +"seçtiren bir düğme ile gösterir." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8040,7 +9301,9 @@ msgstr "Kurulum" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> " +"yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8049,7 +9312,11 @@ msgid "" "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir tekil tarayıcıyı veya taramayı da içeren çok fonksiyonlu bir aygıtı yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Ayrıca bu bilgisayara uzaktan bağlı veya uzak tarayıcıya erişim için yerel aygıtları paylaşıma izin verir." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir tekil tarayıcıyı veya " +"taramayı da içeren çok fonksiyonlu bir aygıtı yapılandırmanızı sağlar. " +"Ayrıca bu bilgisayara uzaktan bağlı veya uzak tarayıcıya erişim için yerel " +"aygıtları paylaşıma izin verir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 @@ -8062,7 +9329,9 @@ msgstr "Bu aracı ilk kez çalıştırdığınızda şu mesajı alabilirsiniz:" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>\"Tarayıcıların kullanılabilmesi için SANE paketlerinin kurulması gerekiyor</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>\"Tarayıcıların kullanılabilmesi için SANE paketlerinin kurulması " +"gerekiyor</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8074,10 +9343,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>SANE paketlerini kurmak istiyor musunuz?\"</emphasis>" msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Devam etmek için <emphasis>Evet</emphasis>i seçiniz. Bu kurulu değillerse <code>scanner-gui</code>yi ve <code>task-scanning</code>i kuracaktır." +msgstr "" +"Devam etmek için <emphasis>Evet</emphasis>i seçiniz. Bu kurulu değillerse " +"<code>scanner-gui</code>yi ve <code>task-scanning</code>i kuracaktır." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8088,15 +9358,22 @@ msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Eğer tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlandıysa, ve böylece yukarıdaki ekranda tarayıcınızın ismini görüyorsanız, tarayıcı, örneğin, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> veya <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis> ile kullanıma hazırdır." +msgstr "" +"Eğer tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlandıysa, ve böylece yukarıdaki " +"ekranda tarayıcınızın ismini görüyorsanız, tarayıcı, örneğin, " +"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> veya <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis> ile " +"kullanıma hazırdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "O durumda, <emphasis>Tarayıcı paylaşımı</emphasis> seçeneğini yapılandırmak isteyebilirsiniz. Bunun hakkında <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ı okuyabilirsiniz." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"O durumda, <emphasis>Tarayıcı paylaşımı</emphasis> seçeneğini yapılandırmak " +"isteyebilirsiniz. Bunun hakkında <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ı " +"okuyabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 @@ -8105,17 +9382,22 @@ msgid "" "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "Diğer taraftan, tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlanmamışsa, ve kablo(lar)ını, güç düğmesini kontrol etmek ve <emphasis>Yeni bir tarayıcı ara</emphasis> işe yaramadıysa, <emphasis>Elle bir tarayıcı ekle</emphasis> düğmesine basmanız gerekir." +msgstr "" +"Diğer taraftan, tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlanmamışsa, ve " +"kablo(lar)ını, güç düğmesini kontrol etmek ve <emphasis>Yeni bir tarayıcı " +"ara</emphasis> işe yaramadıysa, <emphasis>Elle bir tarayıcı ekle</emphasis> " +"düğmesine basmanız gerekir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Gördüğünüz listede tarayıcınızın markasınız seçiniz, sonra o marka için türünü seçiniz ve <emphasis>Tamam</emphasis>a tıklayınız" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Gördüğünüz listede tarayıcınızın markasınız seçiniz, sonra o marka için " +"türünü seçiniz ve <emphasis>Tamam</emphasis>a tıklayınız" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8123,59 +9405,74 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Tarayıcınızı listede göremiyorsanız <emphasis>İptal</emphasis> düğmesini tıklayın" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Tarayıcınızı listede göremiyorsanız <emphasis>İptal</emphasis> düğmesini " +"tıklayın" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Lütfen tarayıcınızın <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Desteklenen Cihazlar</link> sayfasında destekli olduğunu kontrol ediniz ve yardım için <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumlar</link>ı kullanınız." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Lütfen tarayıcınızın <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/" +"sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Desteklenen Cihazlar</link> sayfasında destekli " +"olduğunu kontrol ediniz ve yardım için <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forumlar</link>ı kullanınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Port seçin" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Bu ayarı tarayıcınızın arayüzü paralel port değilse <emphasis>Uygun portları otomatik olarak algıla</emphasis> şeklinde bırakabilirsiniz. Diğer durumda, eğer sadece bir tane varsa <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> seçiniz." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Bu ayarı tarayıcınızın arayüzü paralel port değilse <emphasis>Uygun portları " +"otomatik olarak algıla</emphasis> şeklinde bırakabilirsiniz. Diğer durumda, " +"eğer sadece bir tane varsa <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> seçiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." -msgstr "<emphasis>Tamam</emphasis> düğmesini tıkladıktan sonra, pek çok durumda, aşağıdakine benzer bir ekran göreceksiniz." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tamam</emphasis> düğmesini tıkladıktan sonra, pek çok durumda, " +"aşağıdakine benzer bir ekran göreceksiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "Eğer o ekran gelmediyse lütfen <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/> belgesini okuyun." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Eğer o ekran gelmediyse lütfen <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/> " +"belgesini okuyun." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8185,8 +9482,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Ekranpaylaşımı" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8194,11 +9490,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "Burada, bu makineye bağlanan tarayıcılara uzak makinelerden erişilip erişilemeyeceğini ve hangi uzak makinelerden erişilebileceğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca uzaktaki makinedeki tarayıcıların bu makineden erişilebilir olup olmadığına karar verebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Burada, bu makineye bağlanan tarayıcılara uzak makinelerden erişilip " +"erişilemeyeceğini ve hangi uzak makinelerden erişilebileceğini " +"ayarlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca uzaktaki makinedeki tarayıcıların bu makineden " +"erişilebilir olup olmadığına karar verebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8206,17 +9506,22 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." -msgstr "Makineleretarayıcı paylaşımı : mekinelerin isim veya IP adresi bu bilgisayardaki yerel cihaz(lar)a erişim izni verilen mekineler listesine eklenebilir veya buradan silinebilir." +msgstr "" +"Makineleretarayıcı paylaşımı : mekinelerin isim veya IP adresi bu " +"bilgisayardaki yerel cihaz(lar)a erişim izni verilen mekineler listesine " +"eklenebilir veya buradan silinebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Uzak tarayıcıların kullanımı : makinelerinisim veya IP adresi uzaktaki tarayıcılara erişim izni verilen mekinelerlistesine eklenebilir veya buradan silinebilir." +msgstr "" +"Uzak tarayıcıların kullanımı : makinelerinisim veya IP adresi uzaktaki " +"tarayıcılara erişim izni verilen mekinelerlistesine eklenebilir veya buradan " +"silinebilir." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8226,8 +9531,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Makinelere tarayıcı paylaşımı: makine ekleyebilirsiniz." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8237,10 +9541,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." -msgstr "Makinelere tarayıcı paylaşımı: eklenecek makineleri veya tüm makinelere izin verileceğini belirtin." +msgstr "" +"Makinelere tarayıcı paylaşımı: eklenecek makineleri veya tüm makinelere izin " +"verileceğini belirtin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8250,8 +9555,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "\"Tüm uzak makinelerin\" yerel tarayıcıya erişmesine izin verilmiştir" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8261,7 +9565,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." -msgstr "Eğer <emphasis>saned</emphasis> paketi kurulu değilse araç bunu yapmanızı önerir." +msgstr "" +"Eğer <emphasis>saned</emphasis> paketi kurulu değilse araç bunu yapmanızı " +"önerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -8283,14 +9589,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> \"net\" yönergesini eklemek veya kaldırmak için " +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> \"net\" yönergesini eklemek veya " +"kaldırmak için " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "Bu ayrıca <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ve <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> i önyüklemede başlatılacak şekilde yapılandıracak." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"Bu ayrıca <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ve <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> i " +"önyüklemede başlatılacak şekilde yapılandıracak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 @@ -8307,9 +9617,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "Bir çok HP tarayıcı ayrıca yazıcıları da yönetmeyi sağlayan <emphasis>HP Aygıt Yöneticisi</emphasis>nden (hplip) yönetilir. Bu durumda, bu araç bunu onu yapılandırmanıza izin vermez ve sizi <emphasis>HP Aygıt Yöneticisi</emphasis> kullanmaya davet eder. " +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Bir çok HP tarayıcı ayrıca yazıcıları da yönetmeyi sağlayan <emphasis>HP " +"Aygıt Yöneticisi</emphasis>nden (hplip) yönetilir. Bu durumda, bu araç bunu " +"onu yapılandırmanıza izin vermez ve sizi <emphasis>HP Aygıt Yöneticisi</" +"emphasis> kullanmaya davet eder. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -8319,14 +9633,20 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Sürücüler <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">bu sayfadan</link> edinilebilir. Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk olarak <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> , sonra <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> paketini kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> paketi <emphasis>sane</emphasis> paketi ile çakıştığı hakkında bir uyarı üretebilir. Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğini bildirmişlerdir." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Sürücüler <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/" +"search/?OSC=LX\">bu sayfadan</link> edinilebilir. Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk " +"olarak <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> , sonra <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> " +"paketini kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> paketi " +"<emphasis>sane</emphasis> paketi ile çakıştığı hakkında bir uyarı " +"üretebilir. Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğini bildirmişlerdir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -8339,7 +9659,10 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> ekranında tarayıcınız için port seçiminden sonra,tarayıcınızı doğru bir şekilde yapılandırmak için bir ya da iki ek adım olması mümkündür." +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> ekranında tarayıcınız için port " +"seçiminden sonra,tarayıcınızı doğru bir şekilde yapılandırmak için bir ya da " +"iki ek adım olması mümkündür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 @@ -8349,37 +9672,48 @@ msgid "" "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "Bazı durumlarda, tarayıcının her çalıştırıldığında kendi gömülü yazılımının yüklenmesinin gerektiğini biliyorsunuz. Bu araç, siteminize kurduktan sonra bunu aygıtın içine yüklemenizi sağlar. Bu ekranda gömülü yazılımı CD'den veya Windows kurulumundankurabilirsiniz ya da üreticinin İnternet sitesinden indirerek kurabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Bazı durumlarda, tarayıcının her çalıştırıldığında kendi gömülü yazılımının " +"yüklenmesinin gerektiğini biliyorsunuz. Bu araç, siteminize kurduktan sonra " +"bunu aygıtın içine yüklemenizi sağlar. Bu ekranda gömülü yazılımı CD'den " +"veya Windows kurulumundankurabilirsiniz ya da üreticinin İnternet sitesinden " +"indirerek kurabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "Cihazınızın gömülü yazılımı yüklenmesi gerektiğinde, her ilk kullanımda çok zaman alabilir, muhtemelen bir dakikadan fazla. Bu yüzden sabırlı olun." +msgstr "" +"Cihazınızın gömülü yazılımı yüklenmesi gerektiğinde, her ilk kullanımda çok " +"zaman alabilir, muhtemelen bir dakikadan fazla. Bu yüzden sabırlı olun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Ayrıca <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"SANE_arkaucunuzun_ismi\".conf file.</emphasis> dosyasını ayarlamanızı söyleyen bir ekranla karşılaşabilirsiniz." +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Ayrıca <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"SANE_arkaucunuzun_ismi\".conf file.</" +"emphasis> dosyasını ayarlamanızı söyleyen bir ekranla karşılaşabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "O ya da diğer yönergeleri dikkatlice okuyun ve ne yapacağınızı bilmiyorsanız <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumlar</link>a sormaya çekinmeyin." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"O ya da diğer yönergeleri dikkatlice okuyun ve ne yapacağınızı bilmiyorsanız " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumlar</link>a sormaya " +"çekinmeyin." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Yazılım Yönetimi" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8387,9 +9721,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Bu ekranda çeşitli yazılım yönetim araçları arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekranda çeşitli yazılım yönetim araçları arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. " +"Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8399,9 +9735,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Sisteminizi güncelleyin</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Sisteminizi güncelleyin</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8413,7 +9751,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Kurulum ve güncelleme için ortam kaynaklarını yapılandırın</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Kurulum ve " +"güncelleme için ortam kaynaklarını yapılandırın</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8425,8 +9765,7 @@ msgstr "Bir yazıcı kur veya yapılandır" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8440,30 +9779,42 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "Mageia'da yazdırma CUPS isminde bir sunucu ile yönetilir. Web tarayıcı ile ulaşılabilen kendi <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">yapılandırma arayüzü</link> ne sahiptir, fakat Mageia yazıcıları kurmak için system-config-printer isminde, Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu ve openSUSE ile paylaşılan kendi aracını önerir." +msgstr "" +"Mageia'da yazdırma CUPS isminde bir sunucu ile yönetilir. Web tarayıcı ile " +"ulaşılabilen kendi <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://" +"localhost:631\">yapılandırma arayüzü</link> ne sahiptir, fakat Mageia " +"yazıcıları kurmak için system-config-printer isminde, Fedora, Mandriva, " +"Ubuntu ve openSUSE ile paylaşılan kendi aracını önerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "Kuruluma devam etmek için non-free depoları etkinleştirmelisiniz, çünkü bazı sürücüler sadece bu şekilde erişilebilir olabilir." +msgstr "" +"Kuruluma devam etmek için non-free depoları etkinleştirmelisiniz, çünkü bazı " +"sürücüler sadece bu şekilde erişilebilir olabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz. Bunun için size root parolası sorulacak." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis> yazarak " +"çalıştırabilirsiniz. Bunun için size root parolası sorulacak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Yazıcı kurulumu Mageia Denetim Merkezinin <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> bölümünde halledilir. <guilabel>Yazdırma ve taramayı yapılandır</guilabel> aracını seçiniz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Yazıcı kurulumu Mageia Denetim Merkezinin <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> " +"bölümünde halledilir. <guilabel>Yazdırma ve taramayı yapılandır</guilabel> " +"aracını seçiniz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 @@ -8485,7 +9836,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "Devam etmek için bu kurulumu kabul etmeniz gerekiyor. 230MBa kadar bağımlılıklar gerekli." +msgstr "" +"Devam etmek için bu kurulumu kabul etmeniz gerekiyor. 230MBa kadar " +"bağımlılıklar gerekli." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -8495,7 +9848,12 @@ msgid "" "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Bir yazıcı ekleme için, yazıcı \"Ekle\" düğmesini seçin. Sistem herhangi bir yazıcı algılamayı mümkün portu bulmayı deneyecek. Ekran görüntüsü bir paralel porta bağlı bir yazıcıyı gösterir. Eğer bir yazıcı algılanırsa, USB portundaki bir yazıcı gibi, bu ilk satırda gösterilir. Pencere ayrıca bir ağ yazıcısını yapılandırmaya çalışır." +msgstr "" +"Bir yazıcı ekleme için, yazıcı \"Ekle\" düğmesini seçin. Sistem herhangi bir " +"yazıcı algılamayı mümkün portu bulmayı deneyecek. Ekran görüntüsü bir " +"paralel porta bağlı bir yazıcıyı gösterir. Eğer bir yazıcı algılanırsa, USB " +"portundaki bir yazıcı gibi, bu ilk satırda gösterilir. Pencere ayrıca bir ağ " +"yazıcısını yapılandırmaya çalışır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -8506,20 +9864,25 @@ msgstr "Otomatik olarak algılanan yazıcılar" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Bu genellikle USB yazıcıyı içerir. Araç otomatik olarak yazıcının ismini bulur ve bunu görüntüler. Yazıcıyı seçin ve \"Sonraki\" e tıklayın. Yazıcı için bilinen bir sürücü varsa otomatik olarak kurulacaktır. Eğer birden fazla sürücü varsa ya da hiç sürücü yoksa, bir sonraki paragrafta açıklandığı gibi, bir pencere sizden seçmenizi ya da tedarik etmenizi ister. <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/> ile devam ediniz" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Bu genellikle USB yazıcıyı içerir. Araç otomatik olarak yazıcının ismini " +"bulur ve bunu görüntüler. Yazıcıyı seçin ve \"Sonraki\" e tıklayın. Yazıcı " +"için bilinen bir sürücü varsa otomatik olarak kurulacaktır. Eğer birden " +"fazla sürücü varsa ya da hiç sürücü yoksa, bir sonraki paragrafta " +"açıklandığı gibi, bir pencere sizden seçmenizi ya da tedarik etmenizi ister. " +"<xref linkend=\"terminate\"/> ile devam ediniz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "Otomatik olarak algılanan yazıcı yok" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8527,10 +9890,12 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." -msgstr "Bir port seçtiğinizde, sistem bir sürücü listesi yükler ve bir sürücü seçmeniz biçin bir pencere gösterir." +msgstr "" +"Bir port seçtiğinizde, sistem bir sürücü listesi yükler ve bir sürücü " +"seçmeniz biçin bir pencere gösterir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -8555,7 +9920,11 @@ msgid "" "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." -msgstr "Veritabanından seçerek, pencere ilk olarak bir yazıcı üreticisi önerir, ve sonra bir aygıt ve bir sürücü onunla ilişkilendirilir. Eğer birden fazla sürücü önerilirse, eğer daha önce onunla sorun yaşamadıysanız tavsiye edileni seçiniz, bu durumda çalışıtığını bilineni seçiniz." +msgstr "" +"Veritabanından seçerek, pencere ilk olarak bir yazıcı üreticisi önerir, ve " +"sonra bir aygıt ve bir sürücü onunla ilişkilendirilir. Eğer birden fazla " +"sürücü önerilirse, eğer daha önce onunla sorun yaşamadıysanız tavsiye " +"edileni seçiniz, bu durumda çalışıtığını bilineni seçiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -8571,7 +9940,12 @@ msgid "" "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." -msgstr "Sürücü eçiminden sonra, bir pencere sistemin yazıcıyı tasarlaması ve tanıması için bazı bilgiler ister. İlk satır aygıtın uygulamaların içinde erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde gözüken ismidir. Kurulum programı sonra bir test sayfası yazdırmayı önerir. Bu adımdan sonra, yazıcı eklenmiştir ve erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde görünür. " +msgstr "" +"Sürücü eçiminden sonra, bir pencere sistemin yazıcıyı tasarlaması ve " +"tanıması için bazı bilgiler ister. İlk satır aygıtın uygulamaların içinde " +"erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde gözüken ismidir. Kurulum programı sonra " +"bir test sayfası yazdırmayı önerir. Bu adımdan sonra, yazıcı eklenmiştir ve " +"erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde görünür. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -8582,41 +9956,60 @@ msgstr "Ağ yazıcısı" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "Ağ yazıcıları doğrudan kablolu ya da kablosuz ağlara bağlanmış yazıcılardır, ki bunlar bir yazma sunucusuna veya yazma sunucusu hizmeti veren bir iş istasyonuna bağlanmıştır." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"Ağ yazıcıları doğrudan kablolu ya da kablosuz ağlara bağlanmış yazıcılardır, " +"ki bunlar bir yazma sunucusuna veya yazma sunucusu hizmeti veren bir iş " +"istasyonuna bağlanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." -msgstr "Genellikle, DHCP sunucuyu yazıcının MAC-adresi ile daima ayrılmış bir IP adresi ile eşleştirme şeklinde yapılandırmak daha iyidir. Tabii ki bu yazdırmasunucunun yazıcısının IP adresi ile aynı olmalıdır." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Genellikle, DHCP sunucuyu yazıcının MAC-adresi ile daima ayrılmış bir IP " +"adresi ile eşleştirme şeklinde yapılandırmak daha iyidir. Tabii ki bu " +"yazdırmasunucunun yazıcısının IP adresi ile aynı olmalıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "Yazıcının Mac-adresi yazıcıya veya yazdırma sunucuya ya da bağlandığı bilgisayara verilen bir rakam dizisidir, yazıcı tarafından yazdırılan yapılandırma sayfasından veya yazıcı veya yazdırma sunucusu üzerindeki etiketten elde edilebilir. Eğer paylaşılan yazıcınız Mageia sistemine bağlıysa, üzerinde root olarak <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> yazarak Mac-adresini bulabilirsiniz. Bu \"HWaddr\" ardından gelen rakamlar ve harfler dizisidir." +msgstr "" +"Yazıcının Mac-adresi yazıcıya veya yazdırma sunucuya ya da bağlandığı " +"bilgisayara verilen bir rakam dizisidir, yazıcı tarafından yazdırılan " +"yapılandırma sayfasından veya yazıcı veya yazdırma sunucusu üzerindeki " +"etiketten elde edilebilir. Eğer paylaşılan yazıcınız Mageia sistemine " +"bağlıysa, üzerinde root olarak <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> " +"yazarak Mac-adresini bulabilirsiniz. Bu \"HWaddr\" ardından gelen rakamlar " +"ve harfler dizisidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." -msgstr "Ağ yazıcınızı bilgisayarınızla ağ üzerinden konuşmak için kullandığı protokolü seçerek ekleyebilirsiniz. Eğer hangi protokolü seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, <guilabel>Aygıtlar</guilabel> menüsünden <guilabel>Ağ yazıcısı</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ağ Yazıcısı Bul</guilabel> seçeneğini deneyebilirsiniz ve sağ tarafta, \"makineler\" denen yerde yazıcının IP adresini veriniz." +msgstr "" +"Ağ yazıcınızı bilgisayarınızla ağ üzerinden konuşmak için kullandığı " +"protokolü seçerek ekleyebilirsiniz. Eğer hangi protokolü seçeceğinizi " +"bilmiyorsanız, <guilabel>Aygıtlar</guilabel> menüsünden <guilabel>Ağ " +"yazıcısı</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ağ Yazıcısı Bul</guilabel> seçeneğini " +"deneyebilirsiniz ve sağ tarafta, \"makineler\" denen yerde yazıcının IP " +"adresini veriniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 @@ -8624,14 +10017,20 @@ msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Eğer araç yazıcınızı veya yazıcı sunucunuzu algılarsa, bir protokol ve bir kuyruk önerir, fakat aşağıdaki listeden daha uygun birini seçebilirsiniz ya da listede değilse doğru kuyruk ismini girebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Eğer araç yazıcınızı veya yazıcı sunucunuzu algılarsa, bir protokol ve bir " +"kuyruk önerir, fakat aşağıdaki listeden daha uygun birini seçebilirsiniz ya " +"da listede değilse doğru kuyruk ismini girebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Yazıcınızın veya yazıcı sunucunuzun muhtemel belirli kuruk isimleri için hangi protokolleri desteklediğini bulmak için bunlarla beraber gelen belgelere bakınız." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Yazıcınızın veya yazıcı sunucunuzun muhtemel belirli kuruk isimleri için " +"hangi protokolleri desteklediğini bulmak için bunlarla beraber gelen " +"belgelere bakınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -8647,10 +10046,18 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "Bir teknik Hewlett-Packard tarafından geliştirilmiştir ve JetDirect olarak bilinir. Bu bir yazıcıya doğrudan ağa bağlı bir ethernet portu yolula erişimi sağlar. Yazıcının ağdaki IP adresini bilmelisiniz. Bu teknik ayrıca bazı yazıcı bağlanabilen USB portları olan ADSL-yönelticileri içinde kullanılır. Bu durumda, IP-adresi yönelticininkidir. \"Hp Device manager\"in dinamik olarak yapılandırılmış IP-areslerini <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> şeklinde bir URI ayarı ile yönetebileceğine dikkat edin. Bu durumda sabir IP-adresi gerekli değildir." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"Bir teknik Hewlett-Packard tarafından geliştirilmiştir ve JetDirect olarak " +"bilinir. Bu bir yazıcıya doğrudan ağa bağlı bir ethernet portu yolula " +"erişimi sağlar. Yazıcının ağdaki IP adresini bilmelisiniz. Bu teknik ayrıca " +"bazı yazıcı bağlanabilen USB portları olan ADSL-yönelticileri içinde " +"kullanılır. Bu durumda, IP-adresi yönelticininkidir. \"Hp Device manager\"in " +"dinamik olarak yapılandırılmış IP-areslerini <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-" +"the-printer></emphasis> şeklinde bir URI ayarı ile yönetebileceğine dikkat " +"edin. Bu durumda sabir IP-adresi gerekli değildir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 @@ -8658,12 +10065,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." -msgstr "Protokol olarak <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> seçiniz ve <guilabel>Makine:</guilabel> içindeki adresi giriniz, değiştirlecek olduğunu bilmiyorsanız <guilabel>Port Numarası</guilabel>nı değiştirmeyiniz. Protokolün seçiminden sonra, sürücünün seçimi yukarıdakiyle aynıdır." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Protokol olarak <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> seçiniz ve " +"<guilabel>Makine:</guilabel> içindeki adresi giriniz, değiştirlecek olduğunu " +"bilmiyorsanız <guilabel>Port Numarası</guilabel>nı değiştirmeyiniz. " +"Protokolün seçiminden sonra, sürücünün seçimi yukarıdakiyle aynıdır." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8680,7 +10090,11 @@ msgid "" "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipp)</emphasis>: TCP/IP üzerinden IPP yoluyla erişilebilen bir yazıcıdır, örneğin CUPS kullanılarak bir istasyona bağlanmış bir yazıcı. Bu protokol ayrıca bazı ADSL-yönelticiler tarafından kullanılabilir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipp)</emphasis>: TCP/IP üzerinden IPP " +"yoluyla erişilebilen bir yazıcıdır, örneğin CUPS kullanılarak bir istasyona " +"bağlanmış bir yazıcı. Bu protokol ayrıca bazı ADSL-yönelticiler tarafından " +"kullanılabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 @@ -8688,14 +10102,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (https): </emphasis> ipp ile aynı, fakat TLS güvenli protokol ile http iletimi kullanılır. Port tanımlanmış olmalıdır. Varsayılan olarak, 631 portu kullanılır." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (https): </emphasis> ipp ile aynı, " +"fakat TLS güvenli protokol ile http iletimi kullanılır. Port tanımlanmış " +"olmalıdır. Varsayılan olarak, 631 portu kullanılır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipps): </emphasis>ippile aynı, fakat TLS güvenlikli protokol." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipps): </emphasis>ippile aynı, fakat " +"TLS güvenlikli protokol." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 @@ -8703,21 +10122,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "<emphasis>LPD/LPR konağı veya Yazıcı</emphasis>: LPD protokolü yoluyla TCP/IP üzerinden erişilebilen bir yazıcı, örneğin LPD kullanılarak bir istasyona bağlanmış bir yazıcı." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>LPD/LPR konağı veya Yazıcı</emphasis>: LPD protokolü yoluyla TCP/" +"IP üzerinden erişilebilen bir yazıcı, örneğin LPD kullanılarak bir istasyona " +"bağlanmış bir yazıcı." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "<emphasis>SAMBA yoluyla Windows yazıcı</emphasis>: bir Windows ya da SMB sunucu çalışan ve paylaşılmış bir istasyona bağlanmış bir yazıcı. " +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>SAMBA yoluyla Windows yazıcı</emphasis>: bir Windows ya da SMB " +"sunucu çalışan ve paylaşılmış bir istasyona bağlanmış bir yazıcı. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" -msgstr "Ayrıca URI doğrudan eklenebilir. Burada URI in nasıl biçimlendirildiğine dair bir örnek var:" +msgstr "" +"Ayrıca URI doğrudan eklenebilir. Burada URI in nasıl biçimlendirildiğine " +"dair bir örnek var:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -8757,10 +10183,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Ek bilgiler <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS belgelendirmesi</link>nde bulunabilir." +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ek bilgiler <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/" +"network.html\">CUPS belgelendirmesi</link>nde bulunabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -8771,13 +10198,18 @@ msgstr "Aygıt Özellikleri" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Aygıtın özelliklerine erişebilirsiniz. Menü CUPS sunucu için olan parametrelere erişmenizi sağlar. Varsayılan olarak CUPS sunucu sisteminizden başlatılır, fakat <guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Bağlan...</guimenuitem> ile farklı bir tane belirtebilirsiniz, sunucunun özel parametrelerini ayarlamak için başka bir pencere <guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Ayarlar</guimenuitem> ile açılır." +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Aygıtın özelliklerine erişebilirsiniz. Menü CUPS sunucu için olan " +"parametrelere erişmenizi sağlar. Varsayılan olarak CUPS sunucu sisteminizden " +"başlatılır, fakat <guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Bağlan...</" +"guimenuitem> ile farklı bir tane belirtebilirsiniz, sunucunun özel " +"parametrelerini ayarlamak için başka bir pencere <guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Ayarlar</guimenuitem> ile açılır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -8789,29 +10221,43 @@ msgstr "Sorun giderme" msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> dosyasını inceleyerek yazdırma sırasında oluşan hatalarla ilgili bilgiler bulabilirsiniz" +msgstr "" +"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> dosyasını inceleyerek yazdırma " +"sırasında oluşan hatalarla ilgili bilgiler bulabilirsiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "<guimenu>Yardım</guimenu> | <guilabel>Hata Giderme</guilabel> menülerinden ayrıca problemleri teşhis eden bir araca erişebilirsiniz." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"<guimenu>Yardım</guimenu> | <guilabel>Hata Giderme</guilabel> menülerinden " +"ayrıca problemleri teşhis eden bir araca erişebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "Belirli yazıcılar için bazı sürücülerin Mageia'da bulunmaması ya da işler olmaması mümkündür. Bu durumda aygıtınız için bir sürücü bulunup bulunmadığını kntrol etmek için <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> sitesine göz atınız. Eğer varsa, paketin Mageia'da bulunup bulunmadığını kontrol ediniz ve elle kurunuz. Sonra yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için kurulum işlemini tekrar yapınız. Her durumda hatayı bugzilla'da veya forumda, bu araca alışkınsanız ve modeli ve sürücü bilgisini sağlayabiliyorsanız ve kurulumdan sonra yazıcının çalışıp çalışmadığını raporlayınız. Burada diğer güncel sürücüler ya da daha yeni aygıtlar için bazı kaynaklar var." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"Belirli yazıcılar için bazı sürücülerin Mageia'da bulunmaması ya da işler " +"olmaması mümkündür. Bu durumda aygıtınız için bir sürücü bulunup " +"bulunmadığını kntrol etmek için <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/" +"printers/\">openprinting</link> sitesine göz atınız. Eğer varsa, paketin " +"Mageia'da bulunup bulunmadığını kontrol ediniz ve elle kurunuz. Sonra " +"yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için kurulum işlemini tekrar yapınız. Her durumda " +"hatayı bugzilla'da veya forumda, bu araca alışkınsanız ve modeli ve sürücü " +"bilgisini sağlayabiliyorsanız ve kurulumdan sonra yazıcının çalışıp " +"çalışmadığını raporlayınız. Burada diğer güncel sürücüler ya da daha yeni " +"aygıtlar için bazı kaynaklar var." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -8821,37 +10267,49 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kardeş yazıcılar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Bu sayfa</link> Brother tarafından sağlanan bir sürücü listesini verir. Aygıtınız için bir sürücü arayın, rpm(ler)i aratın ve kurun." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">Bu sayfa</link> Brother tarafından sağlanan bir " +"sürücü listesini verir. Aygıtınız için bir sürücü arayın, rpm(ler)i aratın " +"ve kurun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Yapılandırma aracını çalıştırmadan önce Kardeş sürücüleri kurmalısınız. " +msgstr "" +"Yapılandırma aracını çalıştırmadan önce Kardeş sürücüleri kurmalısınız. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard yaıcılar ve hepsi birarada cihazlar</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard yaıcılar ve hepsi birarada cihazlar</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." -msgstr "Bu aygıtlar hplip aracını kullanırlar. Bu yazıcının algılanması ya da seçilmesinden sonra otomatik olarak kurulur. Diğer bilgileri <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">burada</link> bulabilirsiniz. \"HP Device Manager\" aracı <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> menüsünden ulaşılabilir. Yazıcıların yönetimi için ayrıca <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">yapılandırma</link> ya bakınız." +msgstr "" +"Bu aygıtlar hplip aracını kullanırlar. Bu yazıcının algılanması ya da " +"seçilmesinden sonra otomatik olarak kurulur. Diğer bilgileri <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">burada</link> " +"bulabilirsiniz. \"HP Device Manager\" aracı <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> " +"menüsünden ulaşılabilir. Yazıcıların yönetimi için ayrıca <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html" +"\">yapılandırma</link> ya bakınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 @@ -8863,7 +10321,13 @@ msgid "" "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "Bir HP çok fonksiyonlu aygıtı bir yazıcı olarak eklenmeli ve tarayıcı özellikleri eklenmeli. Bazen dikkat edin, Xsane arayüzü filmleri veya slaytları (parlayan slayt işlemez) taramaya izin vermez. Bu durumda tek başına modu kullanarak taramak mümkündür, ve resim cihaza bağlı hafıza kartı veya USB belleğe kaydedilir. Sonra gözde resim düzenleme yazılımınızı açın ve /media dizini içindeki hafıza kartında bulunan resminizi yükleyin." +msgstr "" +"Bir HP çok fonksiyonlu aygıtı bir yazıcı olarak eklenmeli ve tarayıcı " +"özellikleri eklenmeli. Bazen dikkat edin, Xsane arayüzü filmleri veya " +"slaytları (parlayan slayt işlemez) taramaya izin vermez. Bu durumda tek " +"başına modu kullanarak taramak mümkündür, ve resim cihaza bağlı hafıza kartı " +"veya USB belleğe kaydedilir. Sonra gözde resim düzenleme yazılımınızı açın " +"ve /media dizini içindeki hafıza kartında bulunan resminizi yükleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -8873,10 +10337,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung renkli yazıcı</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "Belirli Samsung ve Zerox renkli yazıcılar için QPDL protokolü için <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">bu site sürücüler sağlar</link> " +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"Belirli Samsung ve Zerox renkli yazıcılar için QPDL protokolü için <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">bu site sürücüler sağlar</link> " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -8886,20 +10352,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson yazıcılar ve tarayıcılar </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Epson yazıcılar için sürücüler <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">bu arama sayfasından</link> edinilebilir. Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk olarak \"iscan-data\" , sonra \"iscan\" paketini kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). Bir iscan-plugin paketi ayrıca bulunur ve kurulur. Mimarinize uygun olan <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> paketlerini seçiniz." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Epson yazıcılar için sürücüler <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson." +"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">bu arama sayfasından</link> edinilebilir. " +"Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk olarak \"iscan-data\" , sonra \"iscan\" paketini " +"kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). Bir iscan-plugin paketi ayrıca bulunur ve " +"kurulur. Mimarinize uygun olan <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> paketlerini seçiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "iscan paketinin sane ile çakışma hakkında bir uyarı üretmesi muhtemeldir. Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğine dair bilgilendirilirler." +msgstr "" +"iscan paketinin sane ile çakışma hakkında bir uyarı üretmesi muhtemeldir. " +"Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğine dair bilgilendirilirler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -8911,7 +10384,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon yazıcılar</emphasis>" msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "Canon yazıcılar için, turboprint isminde bir aracın -<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">burada bulunabilir</link>- kurulması önerilebilir. " +msgstr "" +"Canon yazıcılar için, turboprint isminde bir aracın -<link ns2:href=\"http://" +"www.turboprint.info/\">burada bulunabilir</link>- kurulması önerilebilir. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -8923,8 +10398,7 @@ msgstr "Windows (TM) belge ve ayarlarını aktar" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8932,9 +10406,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -8942,31 +10418,43 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde <guilabel>Windows(TM) belgelerini ve ayarlarını içe aktar</guilabel> etiketiyle bulunabilir" +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde <guilabel>Windows(TM) " +"belgelerini ve ayarlarını içe aktar</guilabel> etiketiyle bulunabilir" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "Araç yöneticiye Mageia kurulumu ile aynı bilgisayarda olan <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP veya <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> kurulumlarından kullanıcı belgelerinin ve ayarların içe aktarılmasına izin verir." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Araç yöneticiye Mageia kurulumu ile aynı bilgisayarda olan <trademark class=" +"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> XP veya <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> kurulumlarından kullanıcı " +"belgelerinin ve ayarların içe aktarılmasına izin verir." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Lütfen <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basar basmaz transfugdrake tarafından yapılan değişikliklerin uygulanacağına dikkat edin." +msgstr "" +"Lütfen <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basar basmaz transfugdrake " +"tarafından yapılan değişikliklerin uygulanacağına dikkat edin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "transfugdrake'i başlattıktan sonra araç ve içe aktarma seçenekleri hakkında bazı açıklamaların bulunduğu ilk sihirbaz sayfasını göreceksiniz. " +msgstr "" +"transfugdrake'i başlattıktan sonra araç ve içe aktarma seçenekleri hakkında " +"bazı açıklamaların bulunduğu ilk sihirbaz sayfasını göreceksiniz. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -8974,19 +10462,24 @@ msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "Yönergeleri okuduğunuzda ve anladığınızda, <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın. Bu <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kurulumu tespitini çalıştıracaktır." +msgstr "" +"Yönergeleri okuduğunuzda ve anladığınızda, <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> " +"düğmesine tıklayın. Bu <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " +"kurulumu tespitini çalıştıracaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." -msgstr "Tespit işlemi tamamlandığında <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>dan Mageia'ya aktaracağınız hesapları seçebileceğiniz bir sayfa göreceksiniz. Kendi hesabınızdan farklı hesapları da seçmeniz münkün." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"Tespit işlemi tamamlandığında <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>dan Mageia'ya aktaracağınız hesapları seçebileceğiniz bir sayfa " +"göreceksiniz. Kendi hesabınızdan farklı hesapları da seçmeniz münkün." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -8995,10 +10488,14 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr " <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kullanıcı hesapları ismi özel karakterler içerip yanlış gösterilebileceği şeklindeki migrate-assistant (transfugdrake'in arka ucu) sınırlandırmaları olabilceğini hesaba katın. " +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +" <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kullanıcı hesapları " +"ismi özel karakterler içerip yanlış gösterilebileceği şeklindeki migrate-" +"assistant (transfugdrake'in arka ucu) sınırlandırmaları olabilceğini hesaba " +"katın. " #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 @@ -9011,22 +10508,27 @@ msgstr "Belgeler dizinine bağlı olarak içe aktarma biraz zaman alabilir." msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." -msgstr "Bazı <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> uygulamaları, (özellikle sürücüler) deişik amaçlarla kullanıcı oluşturabilirler. Örneğin <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>daki NVidia sürücüleri <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> ile güncellenir. Lütfen içe aktarma amacıyla için böyle hesapları kullanmayınız. " +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"Bazı <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> uygulamaları, " +"(özellikle sürücüler) deişik amaçlarla kullanıcı oluşturabilirler. Örneğin " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>daki NVidia sürücüleri " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> ile güncellenir. Lütfen içe aktarma " +"amacıyla için böyle hesapları kullanmayınız. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" -msgstr "Hesap seçimlerini bitirdiğinizde <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basın. Sonraki sayfa belgeleri içe aktarmada yöntem seçimi için kullanılır:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Hesap seçimlerini bitirdiğinizde <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine " +"basın. Sonraki sayfa belgeleri içe aktarmada yöntem seçimi için kullanılır:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9034,23 +10536,29 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "Transfugdrake <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> verilerini <emphasis>Belgelerim</emphasis>, <emphasis>Müziklerim</emphasis> ve <emphasis>Resimlerim</emphasis> dizinlerinden içe aktarmak için tasarlanmıştır. Bu pencerede uygun öğeleri seçerek içe aktarmayı atamak mümkündür." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " +"verilerini <emphasis>Belgelerim</emphasis>, <emphasis>Müziklerim</emphasis> " +"ve <emphasis>Resimlerim</emphasis> dizinlerinden içe aktarmak için " +"tasarlanmıştır. Bu pencerede uygun öğeleri seçerek içe aktarmayı atamak " +"mümkündür." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "Belge içe aktarma yöntemini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basınız. Sonraki sayfa sık kullanılanların içe aktarılması yöntemini seçemk içindir:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"Belge içe aktarma yöntemini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> " +"düğmesine basınız. Sonraki sayfa sık kullanılanların içe aktarılması " +"yöntemini seçemk içindir:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9061,22 +10569,26 @@ msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> ve <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> sık kullanılanlarını Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a aktarabilir." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> ve <emphasis>Mozilla " +"Firefox</emphasis> sık kullanılanlarını Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</" +"emphasis> a aktarabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." -msgstr "Tercih edilen içe aktarma yöntemini seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basın." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Tercih edilen içe aktarma yöntemini seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> " +"düğmesine basın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "Sonraki ekran masaüstü arkaplanını içe aktarmanızı sağlar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9084,19 +10596,21 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." -msgstr "Tercih edilen seçenekleri seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basın." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Tercih edilen seçenekleri seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine " +"basın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Sihirbazın son sayfası bazı tebrik mesajlarını gösterir. <guibutton>Bitir</guibutton> düğmesine basmanız yeterli." +msgstr "" +"Sihirbazın son sayfası bazı tebrik mesajlarını gösterir. <guibutton>Bitir</" +"guibutton> düğmesine basmanız yeterli." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9111,8 +10625,7 @@ msgstr "Kullanıcılar ve Gruplar" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9120,9 +10633,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</" +"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -9130,23 +10645,33 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde \"Sistemdeki kullanıcıları yönet\" etiketiyle bulunur." +msgstr "" +"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde \"Sistemdeki " +"kullanıcıları yönet\" etiketiyle bulunur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "Araç yöneticilerin kullanıcıları ve grupları yönetmesini sağlar, bu kullanıcı ve grupların eklenmesi ve kullanıcı ve grup ayarlarının değiştirilmesi anlamına gelir (ID, kabuk, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"Araç yöneticilerin kullanıcıları ve grupları yönetmesini sağlar, bu " +"kullanıcı ve grupların eklenmesi ve kullanıcı ve grup ayarlarının " +"değiştirilmesi anlamına gelir (ID, kabuk, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "userdrake açıldığı zaman, sistemde bulunan tüm kullanıcılar <guibutton>Kullanıcılar sekmesinde ve </guibutton> tüm gruplar <guibutton>Grouplar</guibutton> sekmesinde listelenir. Her iki sekme de benzer şekilde çalışır." +msgstr "" +"userdrake açıldığı zaman, sistemde bulunan tüm kullanıcılar " +"<guibutton>Kullanıcılar sekmesinde ve </guibutton> tüm gruplar " +"<guibutton>Grouplar</guibutton> sekmesinde listelenir. Her iki sekme de " +"benzer şekilde çalışır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9158,8 +10683,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Kullanıcı Ekle</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Bu düğme tüm alanlar boş olarak gösterilen bir pencere açar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9170,7 +10694,9 @@ msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tam İsim</emphasis> alanı soyisim ve isim girdisi içindir, fakat herhangi bir şey yazılabilir ya da hiçbir şey yazılmayabilir!" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tam İsim</emphasis> alanı soyisim ve isim girdisi " +"içindir, fakat herhangi bir şey yazılabilir ya da hiçbir şey yazılmayabilir!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 @@ -9180,19 +10706,26 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Oturum</emphasis> gerekli olan tek alandır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "Bir <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parola</emphasis> girmek şiddetle tavsiye edilir. Sağda küçük bir muhafaza bulunur, eğer kırmızı ise parola zayıf, çok kısa ya da oturum ismine çok benzerdir. Simgeleri, küçük ve büyük harflari, noktalama işaretlerini vb. kullanmalısınız. Muhafaza parola güçlülüğü yükseldikçe turuncu ve sonra da yeşil olacaktır." +msgstr "" +"Bir <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parola</emphasis> girmek şiddetle tavsiye " +"edilir. Sağda küçük bir muhafaza bulunur, eğer kırmızı ise parola zayıf, çok " +"kısa ya da oturum ismine çok benzerdir. Simgeleri, küçük ve büyük harflari, " +"noktalama işaretlerini vb. kullanmalısınız. Muhafaza parola güçlülüğü " +"yükseldikçe turuncu ve sonra da yeşil olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parolayı onayla</emphasis> alanı girdiğiniz doğru bir şekilde yaptığınızdan emin olmak içindir." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parolayı onayla</emphasis> alanı girdiğiniz doğru " +"bir şekilde yaptığınızdan emin olmak içindir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -9200,7 +10733,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Oturum Kabuğu </emphasis> eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullandığı kabuğu değiştirdiğiniz, seçenekleri Bash, Dash ve Sh olan bir aşağı açılır listedir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Oturum Kabuğu </emphasis> eklediğiniz kullanıcının " +"kullandığı kabuğu değiştirdiğiniz, seçenekleri Bash, Dash ve Sh olan bir " +"aşağı açılır listedir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -9208,14 +10744,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kullanıcı için özel grup oluştur</emphasis>, eğer işaretlenmişse otomatik olarak aynı isimde bir grup oluşturulur ve sadece bu kullanıcı bu gruba üye olur ( bu düzenlenebilir)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kullanıcı için özel grup oluştur</emphasis>, eğer " +"işaretlenmişse otomatik olarak aynı isimde bir grup oluşturulur ve sadece bu " +"kullanıcı bu gruba üye olur ( bu düzenlenebilir)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Diğer seçenekler anlaşılır olmalı. <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklar tıklamaz yeni kullanıcı oluşturulur." +msgstr "" +"Diğer seçenekler anlaşılır olmalı. <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine " +"tıklar tıklamaz yeni kullanıcı oluşturulur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -9227,7 +10768,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Grup Ekle</emphasis>" msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "Sadece yeni grup ismi ve gerekliyse belirli grup IDsi girmeniz gerekir." +msgstr "" +"Sadece yeni grup ismi ve gerekliyse belirli grup IDsi girmeniz gerekir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 @@ -9239,15 +10781,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Düzenle</emphasis> (seçili bir kullanıcıy msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Kullanıcı Verisi</guibutton>: oluşturma sırasında kullanıcıya verilen tüm verileri değiştirmenizi sağlar (ID değiştirilemez)." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Kullanıcı Verisi</guibutton>: oluşturma sırasında kullanıcıya " +"verilen tüm verileri değiştirmenizi sağlar (ID değiştirilemez)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hesap Bilgisi</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9258,14 +10801,18 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "İlk seçenek hesap için son kullanma tarihi için ayardır. Bu tarihten sonra bağlantı mümkün değildir. Bu geçici hesaplar için uygundur." +msgstr "" +"İlk seçenek hesap için son kullanma tarihi için ayardır. Bu tarihten sonra " +"bağlantı mümkün değildir. Bu geçici hesaplar için uygundur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "İkinci seçenek hesabı klitlemedir, hesap kilitli kaldığı sürece bağlantı mümkün değildir." +msgstr "" +"İkinci seçenek hesabı klitlemedir, hesap kilitli kaldığı sürece bağlantı " +"mümkün değildir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9278,10 +10825,12 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parola Bilgisi</emphasis>: Parola için son kullanma tarihi ayarlamanızı sağlar, bu kullanıcıyı periyodik olarak parolasını değiştirmeye zorlar." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parola Bilgisi</emphasis>: Parola için son kullanma " +"tarihi ayarlamanızı sağlar, bu kullanıcıyı periyodik olarak parolasını " +"değiştirmeye zorlar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9291,14 +10840,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Burada kullanıcının üyesi olacağı grubu seçebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Burada kullanıcının üyesi olacağı " +"grubu seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Bağlı bir kullanıcıda değişiklik yaparsanız, değişiklikler bir sonraki oturumuna kadar geçerli olmaz." +msgstr "" +"Bağlı bir kullanıcıda değişiklik yaparsanız, değişiklikler bir sonraki " +"oturumuna kadar geçerli olmaz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 @@ -9310,14 +10863,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Düzenle</emphasis> (seçili bir grupla)" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup Verisi</emphasis>: Grup ismini değiştirmenizi sağlar." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup Verisi</emphasis>: Grup ismini değiştirmenizi " +"sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup Kullanıcıları</emphasis>: Burada grubun üyesi olacak kullanıcıları seçebilirsiniz" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup Kullanıcıları</emphasis>: Burada grubun üyesi " +"olacak kullanıcıları seçebilirsiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -9327,11 +10884,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Sil</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Bir kullanıcı ya da grubu seçin ve kaldırmak için <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sil</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın. Bir kullanıcı için, ev dizininin ve posta kurusunun silinip silinmeyeceğini soran bir pencere çıkar. Kullanıcı için oluşturulmuş özel bir grup varsa bu da silinir." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Bir kullanıcı ya da grubu seçin ve kaldırmak için <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Sil</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın. Bir kullanıcı için, ev dizininin ve " +"posta kurusunun silinip silinmeyeceğini soran bir pencere çıkar. Kullanıcı " +"için oluşturulmuş özel bir grup varsa bu da silinir." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -9346,9 +10907,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Yenile</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." -msgstr "Kullanıcı veritabanı Userdrake dışından değiştirilebilir. Görüntüyü yenilemek için bu simgeye tıklayın." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"Kullanıcı veritabanı Userdrake dışından değiştirilebilir. Görüntüyü " +"yenilemek için bu simgeye tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -9361,11 +10924,17 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> özel bir hesaptır. Herhangi bir kişiye geçici olarak tam güvenlik ile sisteme eriişm verilmesi içindir. Oturum açma xguestdir, parola yoktur, ve bu hesapla sistemde değişiklik yapmak mümkün değildir. Oturum sonunda kişisel dizinler silinir. Bu hesap varsayılan olarak etkindir, devre dışı bırakmak için menüde, <guimenu> Eylemler-> Misafir hesabını kaldr</guimenu>a tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> özel bir hesaptır. Herhangi bir " +"kişiye geçici olarak tam güvenlik ile sisteme eriişm verilmesi içindir. " +"Oturum açma xguestdir, parola yoktur, ve bu hesapla sistemde değişiklik " +"yapmak mümkün değildir. Oturum sonunda kişisel dizinler silinir. Bu hesap " +"varsayılan olarak etkindir, devre dışı bırakmak için menüde, <guimenu> " +"Eylemler-> Misafir hesabını kaldr</guimenu>a tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -9377,8 +10946,7 @@ msgstr "Grafiksel sunucu ayarlayın" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9386,19 +10954,25 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırındanormal kullanıcı ile <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> yazarak ya da root ile <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz. Büyük harflere dikkat edin." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Bu aracı komut satırındanormal kullanıcı ile <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> " +"yazarak ya da root ile <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> yazarak " +"çalıştırabilirsiniz. Büyük harflere dikkat edin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</emphasis>sekmesinde bulunur. <emphasis><guilabel>Grafik sunucuları kur</guilabel></emphasis> seçiniz. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</" +"emphasis>sekmesinde bulunur. <emphasis><guilabel>Grafik sunucuları kur</" +"guilabel></emphasis> seçiniz. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 @@ -9416,7 +10990,10 @@ msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "Şu anda tespit edilen grafik kartı gösterilirdi ve uygun sunucu yapılandırıldı. Başka bir sunucuya değiştirmek için bu düğmeye tıklayın, örneğin özel bir sürücü ile." +msgstr "" +"Şu anda tespit edilen grafik kartı gösterilirdi ve uygun sunucu " +"yapılandırıldı. Başka bir sunucuya değiştirmek için bu düğmeye tıklayın, " +"örneğin özel bir sürücü ile." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 @@ -9425,7 +11002,11 @@ msgid "" "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "Mümkün sunucular <guilabel>Satıcı</guilabel> altında üreticilerine göre alfabetik sırada ve sonra ayrıca modeline göre alfabetik sıralı olarak bulunur. Özgür sürücüler <guilabel> Xorg</guilabel> altında alfabetik olarak sıralıdır." +msgstr "" +"Mümkün sunucular <guilabel>Satıcı</guilabel> altında üreticilerine göre " +"alfabetik sırada ve sonra ayrıca modeline göre alfabetik sıralı olarak " +"bulunur. Özgür sürücüler <guilabel> Xorg</guilabel> altında alfabetik olarak " +"sıralıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:37 @@ -9433,7 +11014,10 @@ msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "Problem olması durumunda <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> bir çok ekran kartı ile çalışacaktır ve size Masaüstü Ortamını kullanırken doğru sürücüyü bulup kurmanız için zaman kazandıracaktır. " +msgstr "" +"Problem olması durumunda <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> bir çok ekran " +"kartı ile çalışacaktır ve size Masaüstü Ortamını kullanırken doğru sürücüyü " +"bulup kurmanız için zaman kazandıracaktır. " #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 @@ -9441,15 +11025,19 @@ msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Eğer Vesa çalışmasa bile, Mageia'yı kurarken kullanılan fakat çözünürlüğü ve tazeleme oranını değiştirmeye izin vermeyen <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> i seçiniz. " +msgstr "" +"Eğer Vesa çalışmasa bile, Mageia'yı kurarken kullanılan fakat çözünürlüğü ve " +"tazeleme oranını değiştirmeye izin vermeyen <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</" +"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> i seçiniz. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." -msgstr "Eğer özgür bir sürücü seçimi yaptıysanız, daha fazla özellikli (3D etkiler örneğin) sahipli bir sürücü kullanmak isteyip istemediğiniz sorulabilir." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Eğer özgür bir sürücü seçimi yaptıysanız, daha fazla özellikli (3D etkiler " +"örneğin) sahipli bir sürücü kullanmak isteyip istemediğiniz sorulabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 @@ -9460,10 +11048,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekran:</emphasis>" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "Yukarıdaki ile aynı şekilde, aktif olarak algılanan ekran gösterilir ve bir başkasıyla değiştirmek için düğmeye tıklayabilirsiniz. Eğer istenen ekran <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> listesinde bulunmuyorsa, <guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden aynı özelliklerde bir ekran seçiniz." +msgstr "" +"Yukarıdaki ile aynı şekilde, aktif olarak algılanan ekran gösterilir ve bir " +"başkasıyla değiştirmek için düğmeye tıklayabilirsiniz. Eğer istenen ekran " +"<guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> listesinde bulunmuyorsa, <guilabel>Genel</" +"guilabel> listesinden aynı özelliklerde bir ekran seçiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 @@ -9475,10 +11067,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Çözünürlük:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "Bu düğme çöznünürlük (benek sayısı) ve renk derinliği (renk sayısı) seçeneğini sağlar. Şu ekranı görüntüler:" +msgstr "" +"Bu düğme çöznünürlük (benek sayısı) ve renk derinliği (renk sayısı) " +"seçeneğini sağlar. Şu ekranı görüntüler:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" @@ -9488,31 +11081,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ortadaki ekran görüntüsü seçilen yapılandırma ile önizleme verir." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ortadaki ekran görüntüsü seçilen " +"yapılandırma ile önizleme verir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "İlk düğme aktif çözünürlüğü gösterir, bir diğeriyle değiştirmek için tıklayın. Liste ekran kartınıza ve ekranınıza bağlı olarak mümkün seçenekleri verir, <guilabel>Diğer</guilabel> e tıklayarak başka bir çözünürlük ayarlamak mümkündür, fakat ekranınıza zarar verebileceğinizi ve uygun olmayan bir ayar seçebileceğinizi aklınızdan çıkarmayın." +msgstr "" +"İlk düğme aktif çözünürlüğü gösterir, bir diğeriyle değiştirmek için " +"tıklayın. Liste ekran kartınıza ve ekranınıza bağlı olarak mümkün " +"seçenekleri verir, <guilabel>Diğer</guilabel> e tıklayarak başka bir " +"çözünürlük ayarlamak mümkündür, fakat ekranınıza zarar verebileceğinizi ve " +"uygun olmayan bir ayar seçebileceğinizi aklınızdan çıkarmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." -msgstr "İkinci düğme aktif renk derinliğini gösterir, bunu bir başkasıyla değiştirmek için tıklayın." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"İkinci düğme aktif renk derinliğini gösterir, bunu bir başkasıyla " +"değiştirmek için tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "Seçilen çözünürlüğe bağlı olarak, ayarların etkili olabilmesi için grafik ortamdan çıkıp yeniden başlatmanız gerekebilir." +msgstr "" +"Seçilen çözünürlüğe bağlı olarak, ayarların etkili olabilmesi için grafik " +"ortamdan çıkıp yeniden başlatmanız gerekebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 @@ -9525,15 +11129,21 @@ msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "Yapılandırma tamamlandığında, TAMAM düğmesine tıklamadan önce test etmeniz önerilir çünkü grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumuna göre bunu burada değiştirmeniz daha kolaydır." +msgstr "" +"Yapılandırma tamamlandığında, TAMAM düğmesine tıklamadan önce test etmeniz " +"önerilir çünkü grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumuna göre bunu burada " +"değiştirmeniz daha kolaydır." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "Grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumunda, metin ortamı açmak için Alt+Ctrl+F2 tuşlayınız, root olarak XFdrake'in metin sürümünü kullanmak için XFdrake (büyük harfli) yazınız." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"Grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumunda, metin ortamı açmak için Alt+Ctrl+F2 " +"tuşlayınız, root olarak XFdrake'in metin sürümünü kullanmak için XFdrake " +"(büyük harfli) yazınız." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 @@ -9541,7 +11151,11 @@ msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Eğer test başarısız olursa, sona kadar bekleyin, eğer başarılı olursa fakat sonra değişiklik yapmak istemezseniz <guibutton>Hayır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın, eğer herşey doğruysa <guibutton role=\"bold\">TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Eğer test başarısız olursa, sona kadar bekleyin, eğer başarılı olursa fakat " +"sonra değişiklik yapmak istemezseniz <guibutton>Hayır</guibutton> düğmesine " +"tıklayın, eğer herşey doğruysa <guibutton role=\"bold\">TAMAM</guibutton> " +"düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 @@ -9554,29 +11168,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "<guilabel>Global seçenekler</guilabel>: Eğer <emphasis>Ctrl-Alt-Backspace'i devre dışı bırak</emphasis> işaretlenmiş ise, Ctrl+Alt+Backspace tuşlarını X sunucuyu yeniden başlatmak için kullanmak artık mümkün olmayacak." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Global seçenekler</guilabel>: Eğer <emphasis>Ctrl-Alt-Backspace'i " +"devre dışı bırak</emphasis> işaretlenmiş ise, Ctrl+Alt+Backspace tuşlarını X " +"sunucuyu yeniden başlatmak için kullanmak artık mümkün olmayacak." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "<guilabel>Ekran kartı seçenekleri</guilabel>: ekran kartına bağlı olarak üç belirli özelliği etkinleştirmeyi veya devre dışında bırakmayı sağlar." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Ekran kartı seçenekleri</guilabel>: ekran kartına bağlı olarak üç " +"belirli özelliği etkinleştirmeyi veya devre dışında bırakmayı sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Açılışta Grafik arayüz </guilabel>: Çoğu zaman <emphasis>Önyükleme ardından otomatik olarak grafik arayüzünü (Xorg) başlat</emphasis>, önyüklemenin grafik moduna geçmesi için işaretlidir, sunucu için işaretlenmemiş olabilir." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Açılışta Grafik arayüz </guilabel>: Çoğu zaman <emphasis>Önyükleme " +"ardından otomatik olarak grafik arayüzünü (Xorg) başlat</emphasis>, " +"önyüklemenin grafik moduna geçmesi için işaretlidir, sunucu için " +"işaretlenmemiş olabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "<guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra, sistem onaylamanızı isteyecektir. Hala herşeyi iptaledip önceki yapılandırmayı koruma veya kabul etme fırsatı vardır. Bu durumda, yeni yapılandırmanın etkili olabilmesi için bağlantıyı kapatıp yeniden bağlanmalısınız." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra, sistem " +"onaylamanızı isteyecektir. Hala herşeyi iptaledip önceki yapılandırmayı " +"koruma veya kabul etme fırsatı vardır. Bu durumda, yeni yapılandırmanın " +"etkili olabilmesi için bağlantıyı kapatıp yeniden bağlanmalısınız." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po index 11048c99..408eed52 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-02 12:04+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 16:28+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 09:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" @@ -2435,7 +2435,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 -msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required." +#, fuzzy +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" "Програма попросить вас вказати PIN-код. Не вказуйте, якщо PIN не потрібен." @@ -4461,12 +4462,12 @@ msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:16 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " "repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " @@ -4480,7 +4481,17 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Додати</guilabel>, описану нижче)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " @@ -4496,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталогах обох архітектур, i586 та x86_64." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." @@ -4506,7 +4517,7 @@ msgstr "" "адміністратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " @@ -4517,17 +4528,17 @@ msgstr "" "\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:39 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Стовпчики" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:41 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Стовпчик «Доступний»:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:43 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." @@ -4537,12 +4548,12 @@ msgstr "" "використання може призвести до непрацездатності системи." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:47 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Стовпчик «Поновлення»:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:49 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " @@ -4557,12 +4568,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:55 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "Стовпчик «Джерело»:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" @@ -4571,7 +4582,7 @@ msgstr "" "випусків містять принаймні такі елементи:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." @@ -4580,7 +4591,7 @@ msgstr "" "більшість програм, які підтримуються спільнотою Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" @@ -4589,7 +4600,7 @@ msgstr "" "деякі з програм, доступ до коду яких обмежено правилами ліцензування." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:72 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." @@ -4599,12 +4610,12 @@ msgstr "" "застосовуватися патентні обмеження." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:75 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Кожен запис джерела містить 4 підрозділи:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." @@ -4613,7 +4624,7 @@ msgstr "" "день випуску вашої версії Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:84 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " @@ -4624,7 +4635,7 @@ msgstr "" "увімкнути всім, навіть якщо з’єднання з інтернетом є дуже повільним." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:90 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." @@ -4634,7 +4645,7 @@ msgstr "" "наступної версії дистрибутива, розробку якої ще не завершено)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:96 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " "of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " @@ -4646,17 +4657,17 @@ msgstr "" "працездатність виправлених пакунків." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Кнопки на панелі праворуч" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:107 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Вилучити:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " @@ -4669,12 +4680,12 @@ msgstr "" "пакунків (Core) відповідного випуску." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Виправити:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." @@ -4683,12 +4694,12 @@ msgstr "" "(адресу, програму для звантаження і параметри проксі-сервера)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:119 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Додати:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " @@ -4705,12 +4716,12 @@ msgstr "" "вказане дзеркало джерел» з меню «Файл»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопки зі стрілками вгору і вниз:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:130 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " @@ -4725,17 +4736,17 @@ msgstr "" "розташовуйте сховища з найшвидшим доступом на початку списку." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Меню програми" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Оновити:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:142 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." @@ -4745,12 +4756,12 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Оновити</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Додати вказане дзеркало джерел:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " @@ -4771,12 +4782,12 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Так</guibutton>. У відповідь буде показано таке вікно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:158 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " @@ -4788,12 +4799,12 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:167 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Додати власне джерело:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" @@ -4803,12 +4814,12 @@ msgstr "" "відповідь на вибір цього пункту меню буде показано нове вікно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:172 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " @@ -4819,12 +4830,12 @@ msgstr "" "шлях до джерела, залежно від його типу)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Параметри -> Загальні налаштування:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" "\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " @@ -4838,12 +4849,12 @@ msgstr "" "тільки поновлення, завжди або ніколи)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Параметри -> Керування ключами:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " @@ -4859,18 +4870,18 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Вилучити</guibutton>, щоб заборонити його використання." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" "Будьте обережними, як і з усіма іншими питаннями, пов’язаними з безпекою." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:197 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Параметри -> Проксі:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:199 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " @@ -4881,6 +4892,15 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Назву проксі</guibutton> і, якщо потрібно, вказати " "<guilabel>Користувача</guilabel> і <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see the Mageia Wiki page: " +"<link linkend=\"???\"><link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link></" +"link>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" @@ -5521,9 +5541,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with three " -"buttons:" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" msgstr "" "За допомогою кнопки <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> можна відкрити нове " "вікно з трьома кнопками:" @@ -5535,15 +5556,17 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " -"are doing." +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." msgstr "" "За допомогою першої кнопки ви можете вибрати будь-який драйвер. При цьому не " "завадять певні знання з того, який драйвер слід вибрати." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/draksound.xml:56 +#: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " @@ -5775,7 +5798,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." @@ -5853,7 +5876,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тут можна налаштувати шлях до теки типових документів інтернет-сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:90 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" @@ -5865,7 +5888,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:99 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" @@ -5917,22 +5940,29 @@ msgstr "" "(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Налаштовування DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:17 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interafces" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:23 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." @@ -5942,7 +5972,7 @@ msgstr "" "(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:22 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " @@ -5953,12 +5983,12 @@ msgstr "" "слід встановити до того, як ви зможете ним скористатися." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:30 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "Що таке DHCP?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:32 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " @@ -5972,32 +6002,32 @@ msgstr "" "Вікіпедії)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:39 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "Налаштовування сервера DHCP за допомогою drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Ласкаво просимо до майстра налаштовування сервера DHCP." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:59 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Вибір адаптора" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:63 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" @@ -6007,17 +6037,17 @@ msgstr "" "призначення IP-адрес, і натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:74 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Вибір діапазону IP-адрес" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:78 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " @@ -6030,22 +6060,22 @@ msgstr "" "комп’ютерами у інтернеті. Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:94 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Чекайте..." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:108 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." @@ -6054,28 +6084,28 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> декілька разів і внесіть якісь зміни." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:118 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Згодом..." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:122 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:131 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "Дії, які виконує інструмент" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:135 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "встановлення пакунка dhcp-server, якщо його ще не встановлено;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:139 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" @@ -6083,7 +6113,7 @@ msgstr "" "orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " @@ -6094,62 +6124,62 @@ msgstr "" "нових параметрів:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:150 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:154 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:158 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "net" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:162 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:166 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>mask</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:170 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:174 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:178 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:182 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>gateway</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:190 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:196 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" "code>" @@ -6158,7 +6188,7 @@ msgstr "" "config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:201 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "Перезапуск <code>dhcpd</code>." |